Skip to main content

Full text of "STUDIES IN VICTORIAN LITERATURE FOR THE THIRTEEN YEARS 1932-1944"

See other formats


016.820 T28b 56-01514 




This Volume is for 
REFERENCE USE ONLY H 



KANSAS CITY MO. PUBLIC LIBRARY 



D ODD1 DH313m 




BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF 

STUDIES IN 
VICTORIAN LITERATURE 



BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF 

STUDIES IN 
VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

For the Thirteen Years 1932-1944 

Edited by WILLIAM D. TEMPLEMAN 



Compiled by Samuel P. Chew, Frederic E. Faverty, Charles Fred 
erick Harrold, William Irvine, William D. Templeman, Charles W. 
Thomas, Ruth C. Wallerstein, Helen C. White, and Austin Wright 



UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS PRESS 



Copyright, 1945, by the University of Illinois Press. 
All rights reserved. Permission for reproduction 
in any form may be obtained from the Publisher. 




PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 



; PREFACE 

VOLUME constitutes the first presentation in book form 
of any of the annual "period" bibliographies of English litera 
ture. Some account of its history may be in order. 

In December, 1930, at the meeting of the Victorian Literature 
Group of the Modern Language Association of America, in Washing 
ton, D. C., the present editor submitted a bibliography of publications 
(books, articles, and reviews) of 1930 that had a bearing on English 
literature of the Victorian period. Considerable interest was shown in 
the bibliography and the accompanying suggestion that it be followed 
by annual Victorian bibliographies. 

, When the Group met the next year, in Madison, Wisconsin, further 
interest was made evident. The newly-elected chairman, Professor 
Howard Mumford Jones, then of the University of -Michigan, was 
authorized to appoint a bibliography committee. He asked the present 
editor to serve as chairman of such a committee, to aid in its forma 
tion, and to start it working. The following members of the Group 
agreed to help with the task, and were appointed members of the 
committee: Professor Frederic E. Faverty, Professor Charles Frederick 
Harrold, and Professor Helen C. White. 

The task of making an annual bibliography could scarcely be will 
ingly or effectively performed unless a satisfactory means of publica 
tion could be found. The Group had voted for this committee no 
directions as to procedure and no funds. The chairman of the com 
mittee consulted with Professor Ronald S. Crane, the managing editor 
of Modern Philology, published by the University of Chicago Press. 
Upon Professor Crane s recommendation, arrangements were made for 
the annual Victorian bibliographies to be printed in the May issues of 
Modern Philology. 

The first Victorian bibliography appeared in Modern Philology 
for May, .1933. Experience showed that its style was not completely 
satisfactory. Consequently the number of -sections in the next bibliog 
raphy became four instead of five, some alteration was made in the 
section headings, and boldface type was used in order to name em 
phatically the individual authors dealt with in Section IV. The 
bibliographies have been essentially the same in style from 1934 to 
the present. 



The following table shows the membership of the Bibliography 
Committee since its inception: 

diaries Frederick Harrold (Ohio State University) 1932-1944 

Helen C. White (University of Wisconsin) 1932-1934 

Frederic E. Faverty (Northwestern University) 1932-1940 

Ruth C. Wallerstein (University of Wisconsin) 1935 

Charles W. Thomas (University of Wisconsin) 1936-1938 

Samuel P. Chew (University of Oklahoma) 1939-1943 

Austin Wright (Carnegie Institute of Technology) 1941-1944 

William Irvine (Stanford University) 1944 

William D. Templeman (University of Illinois), chairman. .1932-1944 

The above-named persons have contributed most of the items that 
appear in the thirteen bibliographies. Professor Thomas acknowledged 
the assistance of Marjorie Hill, Rebecca Ruggles, and Viola Wendt 
during 1938. Professor Chew acknowledged the assistance of Leslie 
Rutlcdge during 1939. Professor Joseph G. Fucilla, of the Department 
of Romance Languages, Northwestern University, has kindly allowed 
the reprinting, on pages 215-22, of his bibliographical article from 
Modern Philology for August, 1939. Before its first appearance this 
article had been edited as a supplement to the Victorian Bibliography 
for 1937. Professor Carl J. Weber, of Colby College, has for several 
years kindly contributed numerous Hardy items. 

The editor wishes to thank Professor Ronald S. Crane, the man 
aging editor of Modern Philology; the late Professor Walter J, Gra 
ham, of the University of Illinois, who was helpful in the days before 
the committee was formed; Harrison E. Cunningham, Director of the 
University of Illinois Press; and Dean R. D. Carmichacl, of the 
Graduate School of the University of Illinois, who aided in having 
publication of the book approved. 

The University of Chicago Press has graciously allowed this re 
printing from the pages of Modern Philology. The reproduction has 
been made as economically as possible by photography. The original 
page numbers have been changed in order to permit continuous pagina 
tion, and the page headings have been made uniform. No other changes 
have been made. Additions are (1) this preface, (2) the foreword by 
Professor Howard Mumford Jones, and (3) the index, prepared by 
the editor, of the Victorian authors mentioned in the first four sections 
of the bibliography for 1932 and in the fourth section of each later 
bibliography. 

W D T 

University of Illinois 



VI 




FOREWORD 

BIBLIOGRAPHIES, like filing systems, are dull but necessary 
foundations to organized large-scale activities. Because the 
study of nineteenth-century literature and culture is, by its 
very nature, one of the largest activities possible to literary scholar 
ship, competent bibliographical "directives" are the more necessary. 
As one who once labored to put together, with friends, but on an 
amateur basis, a tentative bibliography in the Victorian field, I can 
testify to the fact that before the Victorian Group of the Modern 
Language Association set up the devoted and self -forgetting com 
mittee that created and now sustains the annual bibliography of Vic 
torian studies, the inquirer had to spend sixty or seventy percent of 
his energies assembling materials for any research he did. It is the 
great glory of the committee to have forged an instrument for research 
that has done more for a proper understanding of the Victorian world 
than any other single achievement of the last fifty years in this field. 

My name appears early in the preface. It doesn t really belong 
there. I happened to be chairman of the Group when the idea started, 
but the labor, the devotion, the patience, the critical selection have 
been the work of others. The work of the committee seems to me to 
show what cooperative enterprise can accomplish in the humanistic 
fields; and until humanists learn to work together on conjoint enter 
prises, as social scientists and scientists have learned to do, their 
progress is bound to lag behind that in these other sectors of learning. 
For that reason the achievement of this committee is all the more 
notable. 

But let us go on with the bibliographies. 

. TT . . HOWARD MXJMFORD JONES 

Harvard University 



vu 



CONTENTS 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 . ... 1 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 37 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 77 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 Ill 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 145 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY *HDR 1937 183 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 223 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 263 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 307 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 349 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 387 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943 409 

VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944 . ... 429 

INDEX OF VICTORIAN AUTHORS 447 



IX 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1932 



bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the Vic 
torian Literature Group of the Modern Language Association of 
America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University of 
Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal College; 
Helen C. White, University of Wisconsin; Frederic E. Faverty, North 
western University. It attempts to list the noteworthy publications of 
1932 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a bearing on 
English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise stated, 
the date of publication is 1932. Some cross-references are given, al 
though not all that are possible. 



KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 



AHR 

Beiblatt 

Bk 

BkL 

B of M 

CR 

EHR 

EJ 

ER 

ES 

ESt 

FR 
GRM 

HTB 

JMH 

LM 

LQHR 

LZD 

MLN 
MP 

N 
NC 



American historical review NewR - 

*= Beiblatt zur Anglia NR 

= Bookman NS = 

-Bookman (London) NYTBR = 

= Books of the month N &Q = 

= Contemporary review PMLA - 
Economic history review 

English journal PQ - 

English review QQ = 

Englische studien QR = 

= English studies (Amster- RA = 

dam) RasI 

= Fortnightly review RES - 

= Germanisch-Romanische RH = 

monatsschrift RHL = 
=New York Herald-Tribune 

books RLC 

= Journal of modern history RSP 

London mercury S - 

= London quarterly and Hoi SP = 

born review SR 

= LUerarisches Zentralblatt fur SRL - 

Deutschland SSA 

= Modern language notes TLS - 
Modern philology 

= Nation YR 
^Nineteenth century and after 



=New republic 

National review 

New statesman and nation 

New York Times book review 
-Notes & queries 

-Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of 
Am. 

Philological quarterly 

Queen s quarterly 

Quarterly review 
Revue anglo^imericaine 
Rassegna italiana 

Review of English studies 
Revue historigue 

Revue d histoire litter aire de 

la France 
Revue de litterature comparer 

Revue des sciences politiques 
Spectator 

Studies in philology 

Saturday review 
Saturday review of literature 
Social science abstracts 

(London) Times literary sup 
plement 

Yale review 



[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1933] 



2 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 
"American bibliography for 1931." PMLA, XLVI, SuppL, 1366-71: 

"English. Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh. 
Annual bibliography of English language and literature. Vol. XII. 1931. 
Edited for the Modern Humanities Research Association by Mary S. 
Sergeantson, assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Bowes & 
Bowes. Pp. x+272. "Nineteenth century," pp. 163-208. 
Arents, Prosper. Flemish writers translated (1830-1931). Bibliographical es 
say. Introd. by Emmanuel de Bom. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff, 1931 
(8 en 191). 
Rev. by J. van Dam in Deutsche Literaturzeitung, LXII, 1986. 

The art index. Vol. Ill, No. 5 (Feb.); No. 9 (June); No. 11 (Oct.); Vol. IV, 
No. 4 (Feb., 1933). These four issues make a cumulative subject and au 
thor index to fine-arts periodicals, books, and museum bulletins, from Sept. 
1931, to Feb., 1933. New York: H. W. Wilson Co. 
Cox, A. L. "Bibliography of the bicycle." N & Q, CLXII, 179. 
Bibliographischer Monatsbericht uber neu erschienene Schul-, Universitdts- u. 
Hochschulschriften .... herausgegeben von der Zentraktelle fur Disserta- 
tionen und Programme der Buchhandlung Gustav Fock Leipzig, bi 
monthly. 

Books of the month. Edinburgh: James Thin. Published monthly. 
Ricci, Seymour de. "Notes on the bibliography of encyclopedias." The Pyn- 
son printers. Colophon, III, part 12, art. 5. 

The chief encyclopedias considered are the Encyclopaedia Britannica; Brock- 
haus* Conversationslexikon (first printed, 1796-1811); the Spanish Enciclopedia 
universale (1908-30); Pancoucke and Agasse s Encydopedie methodique (1782- 
1832); Migne s Encydopedie theologique (1844-66); Pierre Larousse s Grand die- 
tionnaire universel du XIX* sieck; and the Grande encydopedie (1885-1901). 
German literature yesterday and today. Berlin: Terramare office. Pp. 18-19: 
"Some recent English and American contributors to the history of German 
literature since 1832." 

Price, Lawrence Marsden. The reception of English literature in Germany. 

Berkeley: Univ. of California pr. Pp. vii+596. 

Rev. in GRM, XX, 222; by Carl Colditz in German quar., V, 197-98. Third 
part treats particularly the reception of Dickens, Scott, Byron. A bibliography of 
120 pp. 

International bibliography of historical sciences Second year 1987. Ed. by 

the International Committee of Historical Sciences, Washington. New 
York: H. W. Wilson Co. Pp. Ixxx-f 431. 

Compiled by bibliographers from twenty-two nations. Sections on diplomatics, 
history, history of the book, genealogy, numismatics, linguistics; historical geogra 
phy; historical bibliography; folk lore; economic and social history; history of 
civilization; the sciences and education; history of art; religious history; history of 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 3 

philosophy ; history of literature; general history; history by countries; discoveries; 
modern religious history; history of modern culture (1) general; (2) academies 
and intellectual organization; (3) history of education; (4) the press; (5) philoso 
phy; (6) natural and medical sciences; (7) literature; (8) art and industrial art; (9) 
music and theater modern economic and social history; modern legal and con 
stitutional history; history of international relations (including a section "From 
1815 to 1890"); etc. 

International index to periodicals. Cumulative. Five times a year. New York: 
H. W. Wilson Co. 

Van Home, John. "Recent Italian books." Italica, IX, 13-14, 45-46, 81-82, 
118-19. 

Local catalogue of material concerning Newcastle and Northumberland as repre 
sented in the Central Public Library, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Newcastle-upon- 
Tyne: Andrew Reid. 

A London bibliography of the social sciences. Being the subject catalogue of the 
British Library of Political and Economic Science at the School of Economics, 
the Goldsmiths Library of Economic Literature at the University of London , 
the Libraries of the Royal Statistical Society, of the Royal Anthropological 
Institute, of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, of the Institute of In 
dustrial Psychology, the Edward Fry Library of International Law, and the 
collection of pamphlets at the Reform Club, together with certain special collec 
tions at the University College, London, and elsewhere. Compiled under the 
direction of B. M. Headicar, librarian, and C. Fuller, B.A., assistant libra 
rian, of the British Library of Political and Economic Science; with an 
introduction by the Rt. Hon. Lord Passfield. London: London School of 
Economics. 4 vols. 

Carter, John. Binding variants in English publishing, 1820-1900. London: 
Constable; New York: Ray Long & Richard R. Smith. Pp. xviii + 172. 
Rev. in NYTBR, Aug. 28, p. 16; TLS, July 7, p, 493. Of considerable biblio 
graphical value; Victorians: Ainsworth, Bulwer-Lytton, Dickens, Disraeli, George 
Eliot, Jeffries, Meredith, Charles Reade, Stevenson, Matthew Arnold, the Brown 
ings, Pater, Christina Rossetti. 

Bonar,J. Catalogue of the library of Adam Smith. 2ded. London: Macmillan. 
Pp. xxiv+218. 
Rev. by Henry Higgs in Economic journal, XLII, 625-27. 

The year s work in English studies. Vol. XL 1930. Ed. for the English Asso 
ciation by F. S. Boas. Oxford univ. pr. London: Milford. Pp. 400. 
Rev. by W. Fischer in Beiblatt, XLIII, 277-78. 

De Vane, William Clyde. "The new Browning letters." Yak university library 

gazette, VII, 39-41. 

"Yale University Library has recently acquired a volume of unpublished letters 
from the hands of Elizabeth Barrett and Robert Browning. Four portraits, two of 
which have not appeared elsewhere." Article summarizes contents of letters. 



4 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

"Byron in English, French, German, and American literature: A bibliogra 

phy ..... " In Werner G. Krug, Lord Byron als dichterische Gestalt in Eng 

land, Frarikreich, Deutschland und Amerika, pp. 101-42. Diss. Giessen. 

Potsdam: Richard Schneider. 
Carlyle: see IV. Carlyle. Diss. by Neumann. 
Catalogue of an exhibition at Columbia university to commemorate the one hun 

dredth anniversary of the birth of Lewis Carroll (Charles Lutwidge Dodgson) 

1832-1898. New York: Columbia univ. pr. 

Rev. by J. T. Winterich in SRL, IX, 278. 
Fish, Helen Dean. "1832-1932." SRL, VIII, 704. 

An account of the Lewis Carroll treasures on exhibition at the Avery Library, 
Columbia University. 
The Harcourt Amory collection of Lewis Carroll in the Harvard college library. 

Compiled by Flora V. Livingston. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Private 

ly printed in an edition of sixty-five copies. 

Rev. in SRL, IX, 278. 

Williams, S. H., and Madan, Falconer. A handbook of the literature of the Rev. 
C. L. Dodgson (Lewis Carroll) . Oxford univ. pr. 
Rev. by I. A. Williams in LM, XXV, 485. 

Victorius, Paul B. "A sketch of The origin of species ." Colophon, III, part 9, 
art. 6. 
Discusses the early English and American editions. 

Eckel, John C. A bibliography of the first editions of Charles Dickens. London: 

Maggs Bros. Pp. 290. 

Treats their points and values. Rev. by Philip Brooks in NYTBR, Oct. 2, p. 20. 
An enlargement and revision of the edition of 1913 (Chapman and Hall). Of great 
bibliographical value. 

Purdy, Richard L. "Journals and letters of George Eliot." Yale university 

library gazette, VII, 1-4. 

The "richest" of the letters and journals of George Eliot "have recently been 
purchased for the Yale Library ..... The collection presents for the future bi 
ographer a mine of material which has remained virtually untouched." 
Du Bois, A. E. "Additions to the bibliography of W. S. Gilbert s contribu 

tions to magazines." MLN, XLVII, 308-14. 
A catalogue of the Altschul collection of George Meredith in the Yale university 

library Compiled by Bertha Coolidge. Yale univ. pr. 

Rev. by I. A. Williams in LM, XXV, 484. 

Harting, Hugh. "Edward Smith Willard bibliography." N & Q, CLXIII, 
~ 



Successor to Sir Henry Irving as greatest English tragedian. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND SOCIAL 
ENVIRONMENT 

Acres, W. Marston. Bankof England from wthin, 1694-1900. Oxford. 2vols. 
Cf. Book rev. dig., Aug., p. 2. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 5 

Adams, L. P. Agricultural depression and farm relief in England, 1813-1852. 

London: P. S. King & Sons. 

Rev. by R. Leonard in Economic journal, XLII, 483-81 ("a useful but super 
ficial summary 7 )- 
Albion, Robert J. "The Communication Revolution/ " AHR, XXXVII, 

718-20. 

Anderson, R. M. C. The roads of England. Being a review of the roads, of 
travelers, and of traffic in England, from the days of the ancient trackways to 
the modern motoring era. Foreword by Sir William Morris. London: Benn. 
Pp. 236. 

Andr6ades, A. "La politique orientale de 1 Angleterre avant et apres le 
Congres de Berlin. Disraeli et Salisbury." Les balkans, 2 (3-5), Dec., 1931 
Feb., 1932, 159-86. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1061 (11151). 
"Andre&des, basing on Buckle s Life of Disraeli and Lady Cecil s Life of Lord 

Salisbury, traces the ultimate cause of the Eastern crisis of 1875-78 to Turkey s 

financial difficulties. Disraeli had no thought-out plan. .... The real statesman 

was Salisbury." 

Ardagh, J. "Door knockers." N & Q t CLXIII, 28, 67, 68. 

Askew, H. "Baron Huddleston (1815-1890)." N & Q, CLXIII, 153, 214. 

Askew, H. "Candyman." N & Q, CLXII, 45-46. 

Vendors of sweets and their connection with the process of eviction. 

Askew, H. "Sanderson of Oundle." N & Q, CLXIII, 475-76. 
A great Victorian schoolmaster. 

Askew, H. "Thumb-screw as school punishment." N & Q, CLXII, 192. 
Baring, Maurice. Lost lectures, or the fruits of experience. London: Peter 

Davies. Pp. 317. 

Rev, by K. Kinninmont, in B of M, April, pp. 7-9. 

Bell, Herbert C. "Palmerston and parliamentary reform." JMH, IV, 186- 

213. 

Palmerston, strangely, becomes a liberal "in dealing with the last great reform 
bill of his time." 

Bennett, Arnold. The journal of Arnold Bennett, 1896-1910. New York: Vi 
king pr. Pp. 417. 
Rev. by Hugh Walpole in HTB, VIII, No. 38, 1, 4; by Peter Quennell in Life 

and letters, VIII, 361; in SR, CLIV, 566. 

Berlioz, Hector Louis. Memoirs, from 1803 to 1865; comprising his travels in 
Germany, Italy, Russia and England. Trans, by Rachel (Scott Russell) 
Holmes and Eleanor Holmes. Annot. and the trans, rev. by Ernest New 
man. New York: Alfred Knopf. Pp. xxiii+533+xiii. 
Rev. by Peter Bowdoin in HTB, IX, No. 9, 8. 

Beveridge, Sir William, and others. Changes in family life. London: Allen & 

Unwin. Pp. 160. 
Blair, David Hunter. "Society in the seventies." ER, LV, 78-84. 



6 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Blunt, Hugh F. " Aubrey Beardsley: a study in conversion." Catholic world , 
CXXXIV, 641-50. 

Blunt, Reginald. "The Milners at Chelsea." NR, XCVIII, 75-78. 

Blunt, W. S. My diaries, being a personal narrative of events, 1888-1914, Lon 
don: Secher. Pp. xviii4-905. 

Bolitho, Hector. Albert the good and the Victorian reign. London: Cobden 
Sanderson; New York: D. Appleton, Pp. ix-h358. 
Based on new and intimate sources; a graphic, imaginative, apparently reliable 

and authoritative biography. Rev. by David Owen in SRL, VIII, 815 ; by Geoffrey 

Terwilliger in HTB, VIII, No. 32, p. 5; by Peter Quennell in Life and letters, 

VIII, 241; in SR, CLIII, 300; in CR, CXLI (May), 670-72; in TLS, March 17, 

p. 179; by John Betjeman in NYTBR, April 10, p. 5; in S, March 19, pp. 417-18; 

in EJ, XXI, 513; in New R, LXXI, 296; by Hamish Miles in NS, III, Lit, Suppl. 

No. 63, pp. xlv-xvi (able picture of Albert as a great civil servant) ; by Clennell 

Wilkinson in LM, XXVI, 184. 

Bott, Alan, and Clephane, Irene. Our mothers. A cavalcade in pictures, quota- 
tions and description of late Victorian women, 1870-1900. London: Gol- 
lancz. 

Boyd, A. W., and others. "A Hodening at Christmas time." N & Q, 
CLXIII, 427, 461. 

Bradbrooke, William. "Lord Brampton s Reminiscences : Padwick." N & 
Q, CLXII, 50. 
Padwick (d. 1880) "the largest money-lender of his time." 

Bradbury, F., and Hulberd, Percy. "Finger bowls." N & Q, CLXIII, 350, 
390, 428, 444. 

Brandenburg, E. "Die deutsch-englischen Bundnisverhandlungen um die 
Jahrhundertwende." Mededeel. v. h. Nederlandsche Comite t. Onderzock v. de 
Oorzaken v. d. Wereldoorlog, VII (1931-32). Abstract in SSA, IV, 1403 
(14689). 

Bridges, Robert. Three friends. Memoirs of Digby Mackworth Dolben, Richard 
Watson Dixson and Henry Bradley. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 243. 

The diaries of John Bright. Ed. by R. A. J. Walling. Foreword by Philip 
Bright. New York: Morrow. 
Rev. by Harold J. Laski in YR, XXI, 428-29. 

Brucculeri, Angelo. "La enciclica Rerum novarum 1891- 1931." Assicura- 

zioni Soc. Abstract in SSA, IV, 40 (457). 

The article deals with the historic origins of the document by which the Cath 
olic church "tends to take a position" in industrial relations, and with the practical 
results of the document. 

Butterfield, Paul K. The diplomacy of the Bagdad Railway 1890-1914. Diss. 
Gottingen. Pp. 82. 

Cecil, Algernon. "Lord Roseberry." QR, CCLVIII, 96-120. Abstract in 
SSA, IV, 698 (7376). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 7 

Cecil, Lady Gwendolyn. Life of Robert, Marquis of Salisbury. By his daughter, 
Lady Gwendolyn Cecil Vol. Ill: 1880-86. Vol. IV: 1887-92. London: 
Hodder & Stoughton, 1931. 

Rev. by John Telford, in LQHR, CLVII, 86-96; by G. A. R. Marriott in QR, 
CCLVIII, 79-95 ; by J. L. Morison in AHR, XXXVII, 752-56 ("adds definitely to 
our knowledge of later Victorian statesmanship in several important directions"). 

Chancellor, Frank B. Prince Consort. New York: Dial pr., 1931. Pp. ix+ 
308. 
Rev. by George G. Andrews in JMH, IV, 302. 

Cheyney, Edward P. Modern English reform, from individualism to socialism. 

Philadelphia: U. of Penn. pr.,*1931. Pp. vii+223. 

Rev. by Paul Knaplund in AHR, XXXVII, 375-76; by J. H. Park in Pdit. Sri. 
guar. } XLVII, 136-68. 

Clapham, J. H. An economic history of modern Britain. Vol. II: Free trade 
and steel, 1850-86. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi 
+554. 

A continuation of "The early railway age," and valuable on the economic back 
ground during Victorian prosperity." Rev. in TLS, Sept. 8, pp. 613-14; N & Q, 
CLXIII, 161-62; NS, IV, 212; by Arthur Redford in Economic jour., XLII, 595- 
99. 

Cohen, Victor. The nineteenth century: a biographical history. London: Mur 
ray. Pp. xiv+555. 
Rev. by John Betjeman in S, May 7, pp. 671-72 ; hi NS, IV, 80 (a survey of the 

century in a series of biographies set in their social context). 

Cole, George D. H. A short history of the British working class movement, 1789- 
1927. Complete edition with new foreword. 3 vols.in 1. London: Allen & 
Unwin. Pp. 657. 
Rev. by J. F. Rees of Vol. II: 1848-1900 (pub. in 1926) in EHR, XLVII, 140- 

42. 

Cole, George D. H. British trade and industry; past and future. New York: 
Macmillan. Pp. 466. 

Colson, Percy. Melba. An unconventional biography. London: Grayson. Pp. 

xvi+279. 

Rev. by Brian FitzGerald in SR, CLIII, 276 (famous operatic singer repeatedly 
successful in England from the nineties to the World War). 

Colson, Percy. Victorian portraits. London: Rich & Cowan. Pp. 256. 

Includes studies of Wilberforce, Harriet Martineau, Prince Albert, Baron 
Stockmar. A sketchy, naive, and at times misleading collection of prose-portraits. 
C. F. H. 

Rev. in SR, CLIV, 512; in Bk L, LXXXIII, 264-65. 

Crabites, Pierre. "England s fifty years in Egypt." NO, July, pp. 36-49. 
Crewe, The Marquess of. "Mr. Gladstone." QR, CCLIX, 193-203. 



8 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Crewe, The Marquess of . Lord Rosebery. New York: Harper; London: John 

Murray, 1931. Pp. xv+592. 

Rev. by Algernon Cecil in QR, CCLVIII, 96-120; in LM XXV, 213-15; by 
Ladaa in NR, XCVIII, 119-27, by R. L. Schuyler in Polit. sci. quart., XLVII, 
449-51; in SRL, VIII, 469; by J. C. Squire in ER, LIV, 39-42; abstract of Squire s 
rev. in SSA, IV, 698 (7388). 
Crichton-Browne, Sir James. The doctor s after-thoughts. London: Benn. 

Rev. in TLS, Sept. 29, p. 688. Touches at times on major Victorians and Vic 
torian books. 
Cross, Arthur Lyon. "Old English local courts and the movement for their 

reform." Michigan law rev. Abstract in SSA, IV, 886 (9320). 
Crosse, Gordon. Charles Gore: a biographical sketch. London: Mowbray. 

Pp. vii+128. 

Gore was a leading figure in the Anglican church "of the last half -century." 

de Felice, Gaetano. "II Card. Ruffo, Gladstone, e i falsi giudizi della storia 
dal 1799 ad oggi." RasI, XXXI, 616-21. 

Dibben, Eric. "Doughty the man." Cornhill mag., LXXII, 618-26. 

Donald, Rupert. "The story of London transport." Publ. Admin. Abstract 
in SSA, IV, 348 (3802). 
Cabs appeared in 1829, omnibuses in 1835, tramways hi 1870, electric tractions 

in 1900. 

Dunham, Arthur Louis. The Anglo-French treaty of commerce of 1860 and the 
progress of the industrial revolution in France. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michi 
gan pr., 1930. Pp. xii+409. 
Rev. by Henri Hauser in RH, CLXX, 546-47. 

Ellis, S. M. "Albert the good." NC, CXI, 739-48. 

Ernie, Lord, "An early Victorian childhood." QR, CCLVIII, 215-41. 
Life on the Isle of Wight in the middle of the last century. 

Fairley, Lincoln. "Machinery and the demand for labor in economic litera 
ture to 1850." Harvard university summaries of theses (1931), pp. 154r-57. 

Fay, C. R. The corn laws and social England. Cambridge. Pp. x+223. 
Fisher, H. A. L. "The subtle Strachey." SRL, VIII, 613. 

Forman, W. Courthope, and others. "The Doones of Exmoor. J> N & Q, 
CLXIII, 44, 81, 82, 102, 124, 159, 195. 
On legends of the Doones. 

Fort, G. Seymour. Alfred Beit. A study of the man and his work. Foreword by 
Lieut. Gen. the Rt. Hon. J. C. Smuts. London: Nicholson & Watson. Pp. 
221. 

Rev. in SR, CLIII, 179. Beit was a great financier and philanthropist, an asso 
ciate of Rhodes in Africa. 

Garnett, R. S. Odd memories. London: Blackwoods. 
Rev. by John Linnell in FR, CXXXII, 670-72. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 9 

Garvin, J. L. The life of Joseph Chamberlain. Vol. I: 1836-1885. . London: 
Macmillan. Pp. 638. 
Rev. in SR, CLIV, 623; NS, IV, No. 93, 693. 

Gifford, Margaret Jeune (ed.) . Pages from the diary of an Oxford lady, 181$- 

62. Oxford: Blackwell. Pp. 141. 

Diary of Margaret Dyne Jeune. Her husband, Dr. Francis Jeune, master of 
Pembroke, an active Protestant figure during the Oxford Movement. Rev. in 
TLS, June 30, p. 475; by ClenneU Wilkinson in LM, XXVI, 377. 

Goss, Charles W. F. The London directories, 1677-1855. London: Dennis 
Archer. 
Rev. in N & Q, CLXIII, 466-67. 

Grant, L F. Everyday life in old Scotland. Part Three. From 1707 to the end of 
the nineteenth century. London: Allen & Un win. 

GuedaUa, Philip. The Duke. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1931. Pp. 439. 
Rev. with high praise in Dalhousie rev., XII (1932-33), 134-35. 

Guyot, Raymond. "Quelques aspects nouveaux du regne de Victoria." RH t 
CLXIX, 594-604. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1922 (20342). 
"The article reviews especially Clark s Peel and Newman s Melbourne." 

Gynn, Denis. The life of John Redmond. London: Harrap. Pp. 611. 

Haggard, Howard W. The lame, the halt t and the blind. The vital rdle of medi 
cine in the history of civilization. London: Heinemann. Pp. xxvi+420. 

Haldane, Elizabeth. "Scottish family life in the seventies." QE, CCLIX, 

259-72. 
Hall, Thomas W. The Fairbanks of Sheffield, 1688-1848. Sheffield: J. W. 

Northend. Pp. 164. 

Rev. in N & Q, CLXIII, 125. 

Hall, Walter Phelps. Mr. Gladstone. New York: Norton, 1931. Pp. 275. 

Rev. by A. L. Sachar in HTB, VIII, No. 37, 10; by Paul Knaplund in AHR, 
XXXVII, 756-57. 
Hamilton, Henry. The industrial revolution in Scotland. Clarendon pr. Pp. 

300. 
Hammond, J. L., and Barbara. James Stansfeld: a Victorian champion of sex 

equality. London: Longmans. Pp. 320. 

Rev. in SR, CLIV, 352; in NS, IV, 522-24; in BkL y LXXXIII, 248. 
Harte, M. W. J. The control of foreign policy in the British commonwealth of 

nations. London: Bell & sons. 

Rev. in RH, CLXX, 558 (a r<sum< in six chapters of events from 1883 to 1919) . 

Hawker, A. Hamilton. "Victorian customs." N & Q, CLXII, 154, 194, 195, 

227, 285, 393, 444-45. 
The social and political ideas of some representative thinkers of the age of reaction 

and reconstruction, 1815-1865. A series of lectures ed. by F. J. C. Heara- 

shaw. London: Harrap. Pp. 220. 

Rev. in Les Langues modernes, XXX, 413 (lectures on Chateaubriand, Hegel, 
Coleridge, Owen, Mill, Hodgskin, Comte, and John Austin). 



10 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Herrick, F. H. "The abandonment of splendid isolation : British politics and 
the foreign office at the close of the nineteenth century." Am. Hist. Assn., 
Pacific Coast Branch. Proc. 1930. Abstract in SSA, IV, 505 (5329). 

Hicks-Beach, Lady Victoria. Sir Michael Hicks-Beach: a character sketch. 
London: Macmillan. 2 vols. Pp. 363; 422. 
Rev. in QR, CCLVIII, 386; NS, III, No. 93, vi-viii; BkL, LXXXII, 111. 

Hirst, Francis W. Gladstone as financier and economist. Introd. by Henry 

Neville Gladstone. London: Benn. Pp. xxiv+327. 

Rev. in Res publica, June, pp. 408-9 ; by C. R. Fay in Economic jour., XLII, 121- 
22; in LM t XXV, 316. 

Hirst, W. A. "The empire in literature." ER, LV, 23-28. 

Hort, Arthur F. "Naughty boys." Cornhill mag., LXXIII, 622-38. 
Reminiscences of a Harrow master, for 1888-1922. 

Hower, Ralph M. The Wedgwoods: ten generations of potters." /. Econ. 
& Business Hist. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1923 (20346). 

Image, Selwyn. Letters. Ed. by A. H. Mackmurdo. London: Pronto. Pp. 
220. 
Rev. in NS, IV, 161-62, 

Imlah, James A. H. "The Earl of Ellenborough, 1790-1871; a political biog 
raphy." Harvard university summaries of theses (1931), pp. 96-100. 
Ivimey, Alan. A history of London. London: Low. Pp. 253. 

Jackson, Annabel Huth. A Victorian childhood. London: Methuen. 
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 701. 

Jackson, Louis. "Gordon was not a drunkard." Nail. Rev. Abstract in SSA, 
IV, 1574 (16409). 
Refutes Strachey s libel against General Gordon in Eminent Victorians. 

James, Henry. Theatre and friendship: letters from Henry James to Elizabeth 
,Robins. Commentary by Elizabeth Robins. New York: Putnam. Pp.303. 
Rev. by Walter Pritchard Eaton in HTB, IX, No. 5, 3; in SRL, IX, 236. 

Jennings, W. I. "Disraeli and the constitution." /. Compar. Legis. & Inter. 
Law. Abstract in SSA, IV, 698 (7380). 

Jennings, W. Ivor. "Cabinet government at the accession of Queen Victoria. 
Part II." Economica, No. 35 (Feb.), 63-78. 

Jerkins, Wilfred J. William W ilberforce: a champion of freedom. London: Ep- 
worth pr. Pp. 128. 

Jones, Doris Arthur. What a life! The autobiography of Doris Arthur Jones 
(Doris Thome). Foreword by Somerset Maugham. London: Jarrolds. 
Rev. in NR, Nov., p. 667. She is a daughter of Henry Arthur Jones. 

Jones, Dorsey D. "Edwin Chadwick and the early public health movement 
in England." Univ. Iowa studies. Studies in soc. sci. Abstract in SSA, IV 
505 (5331). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 11 

Kirby, Chester. "The attack on the English game laws in the forties." JMH, 

IV, 18-37. 

John Bright s losing fight against the game laws. Their connection with the 
corn-law repeal. 

Knowles, Lillian C. A. Economic development in the nineteenth century, 
France, Germany, Russia and the United States. London: Routledge. Pp. 
viii+368. 

Leaf, Walter. Some chapters of autobiography; with a memoir by Charlotte M. 
Leaf. London: Murray. Pp. 350. 

Locke, Walter. Oxford memories, London: Oxford univ. pr. 
Rev. in CR, CXLII, 515-17. 

Lucas, E. V. Reading, writing and remembering. New York: Harper. 
Rev. by Gerald Bullett in FR, CXXXII, 659-60. 

Magnus, Laurie. Herbert Warren of Magdalen: president and friend, 1853- 
I960. London: Murray. Pp. 304. 
Rev. in SR } CLIII, 593. 

Mantripp, J. C. "Florence Nightingale and religion. 7 LQHR, CLVII, 318-25. 

Marjoribanks, Edward. Carson the advocate. Pref. by Viscount Hailsham. 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. 455. 

Chapters on "Gladstone s Irish land bill," "The Oscar Wilde case," "Ben Tillett 
and W. S. Gilbert." 

Marriott, J. A. R. "Lord Salisbury (1885-1892)." QR, CCLVIII, 79-95. 
Marriott, Sir John. "Queen Victoria in perspective." FR, CXXXII, 178-86. 
The English in India: a problem of politics. Clarendon pr. Pp. 328. 

Massingham, H. J., and Hugh (edd.). The great Victorians. London: Nichol 
son & Watson; New York: Doubleday. Pp. xx+566; xxi+507. 
Essays on forty Victorians by forty living British writers. Rev. in NR, XCIX, 
534-35 ; by Herbert Agar in ER, LV, 550-53 ; in NS, IV, 413 ; in SR, CLIV, 351 ; by 
A. L. Sachar in HTB, IX, No. 16, 5; by Geoffrey West in FR, CXXXII, 482-89, 
and in SRL, IX, 251; by E. F. Benson in S, Sept. 24, pp. 375-76; in TLS, Sept. 15, 
p. 639; by E. M. Kingsbury in NYTBR, Dec. 4, pp. 1, 30; by C. F. Harrold in 
Virginia guar, rev., IX (1933), 293-97. 

Matheson, P. E. "A mid-Victorian schoolboy." NR, XCIX, 485-90. 

Mathieson, William Law. British slave emancipation, 1888-1849. London: 
Longmans. Pp. xi+243. 
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 703. 

Maxse, The Hon. Lady. "Queen Victoria s letters." NR, XCIX, 261-65. 
Medlicott, W. N. "Vice Consul Dupuis 7 missing dispatch of June 23, 1876." 

JMH, IV, 38-48. 
Moore, J. F. "Fifty-three years at Harrow: some remembrances. Cornhill 

mag., LXXII, 46-55. 



12 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Mowat, R,. B. The states of Europe, 1815-1871: a study of their domestic de 
velopment. London: Arnold; New York: Longmans. Pp.408. 
Rev. by F. B. Artz in JMH, IV, 634-35. 

Newbolt, Sir Henry. My World as in my time: memoirs, 18%-1982. London: 

Faber. Pp. xvi+321. 

Rev. by H. W. Nevinson in S, Oct. 22, p. 540. Includes glimpses of Ruskin, 
Burne-Jones, Morris, etc. See TLS, Oct. 27, p. 790: letters of J. Howard White- 
house, denying the authenticity of one of Newbolt s stories concerning Ruskin s 
marriage. 

The Newgate garland. Ed. by W. L. Hanchant. London: Harmsworth. 
Rev. in S, July 16, p. 88; TLS, June 23, p. 459. 

Nugent, May. "Grandmother to Black Beauty." LM, XXVI, 52-60. 

Glimpses of the Victorian poor, from the poems of Mary SeweU. 
Palmstierna, C. F. Sverige, Ryssland och England 1833-1866. Kring Novem- 

bertraktatens forutsattningar. Akademisk avhandling. Stockholm: Nor- 

stedt. Pp. 408. 

Rev. in Historische Zeitschrift, CXLVII, 470. 

Pease, Sir A. E. Half a century of sport. London: John Lane. Pp.301. 
Rev. in SR, CLIII, 523. Sport, 1859-1909. 

Perugini, Mark. Victorian days and ways. London: Jarrolds, Pp.288. 

Rev. in BkL, LXXXII, 119; in S, May 7, pp. 671-72. 
Petrie, Sir William M. Flinders. Seventy years in archaeology: an autobiogra 

phy. New York: Henry Holt. Pp. vi+284. 

Rev. in HTB, VIII, No. 44, 7; in SRL, VIII, 794. 

Ponsonby, Arthur. Queen Victoria. London: Duckworth. 
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 26, 1933, p. 51. 

Redford, A. The economic history of England (1760-1860). London: Long 

mans, 1931. Pp. ix+221. 

Rev. by W. H. B. Court in Economic J<nar. t XLII, 481-83; in CR, CXLI, 271. 
Richards, Grant. Memories of a misspent youth: 1872-1896. Introd. by Max 

Beerbohm. London: Heinemann. Pp. xvi+353. 

Rev. in TLS, Oct. 27, p. 787; in FR, CXXXII, 670-72; in Bo/Af , Nov. pp. 7-9. 

Riddell, W. G. Adventures of an obscure Victorian. New York: Macmillan 
Pp. 283. 
Brief rev. by Peter QuenneU in Life and Letters, VIII, 240. 

Ridding, Laura E. "A nursery library seventy-five years ago." CR, CXLII, 
31321. 

Roberts, Morley. "Meetings with some men of letters." QQ, XXXIX 62-80. 
Reminiscences of Meredith, Hardy, Conan Doyle, etc. 



r Geor ian and earlv Victorian gardening books." 

tj LXXXIII, 2046. 

Rothenstein, John. Nineteenth century painting: a study in conflict. London- 
John Lane. Pp. xii+191. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 13 

Salvesen, Lord. "Divorce and marriage reform (in England)." Eugenics rev. 

Abstract in SSA, IV, 807 (8511). 

"Adultery remains the only grounds for divorce." 
Salwey, David E. L. "English organ building in the nineteenth century. * 

Organ. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1569 (16359). 

Shaw, Bernard. Music in London, 1890-1894- Standard ed. London: Con 
stable. 3 vols. Pp. 302; 325; 320. 

Southam, Herbert. "Domestic articles fallen into disuse." N & Q, CLXII, 
30-31, 66-68, 104, 123-24, 156-57, 177, 196, 227-28, 250, 267-68, 300-01, 
337-38, 375, 394, 429, 444-45. 

Spielmann, Marion H., and Jerrold, W. Hugh Thompson: his art, his letters, 
his humour and his charm. New York: Macmillan, 1931. Pp. xxiv+269, 
Rev. by W. M. Ivins in SRL, July 23, p. 3; in SR, CLIII, 104. 

Strachey, L. "Florence Nightingale." Neue rundschau, XL, 455-78. 

Sturt, George. A small boy in the sixties. With introd. by Arnold Bennett. 
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xvi+241. 

Thorpe, James. Phil May: master-draughtsman and humorist (1864-1903). 

London: Harrap. 

Rev. in TLS, Oct. 27, p. 775; by Anthony Blunt in N, Jan. 6, 1933, p. 21; by 
Francis Gribble in FR, CXXXII, 798-99. 

Trevelyan, George Macaulay. Sir George Otto Trevelyan: a memoir by his son. 

London: Longmans. Pp. x+213. 

Rev. in QR, CCLVIII, 386-87; in BkL, LXXXII, 38; in ER, LIV, 577-79; in 
HTB, VIII, No. 35, 6; by Peter Quennell in Life and Letters, VIII, 241-42; in SR, 
CLIII, 304; in All Month., CL, 12; TLS, Mar. 10, p. 169; by Arthur Waugh in 
FR, CXXXI, 532-33; by Sir Richard Lodge in History, N.S., XVII, 279-80; in S, 
Mar. 26, pp. 451-52. 

The letters of Queen Victoria: 1896-1901. Published by authority of His 
Majesty the King. Ed. by George Earle Buckle. Third series. Vol. III. 
London: Murray; New York: Longmans. Pp. xiv+662. 
Rev. in N8, III, 738; BkL, LXXXII, 188; LM, XXVI, 277; SR, CLHI, 566; 

LQHR, CLVII, 388-91; TLS, June 2, pp. 397-98; HTB, VIII, No. 4, 1; NYTBR, 

July 3, pp. 1, 12; by E. F. Benson in S, June 11, p. 834. 

Williams, Harley. A century of public health in Britain, 1832-19*,*,. London: 
Black. Pp. 312. 

Wilson, Cairine R. "The present status of women." Canad. Bar Rev. Ab 
stract in SSA, IV, 1923 (20351). 

Wilson, Edmund. "Lytton Strachey." NR, LXXII, 146-48. 

"Strachey s chief r61e was of course, to blast once for all the pretensions to a moral 
superiority of the Victorian Age." 

Wingfield-Stratford, Esm6. The Victorian sunset. London: Routledge; New 

York: Morrow. Pp. 396. 

Rev. in TLS, Oct. 27, p. 773; by E. F. Benson in S, Nov. 4, p. 631; NYTBR, 
Dec. 18, p. 5; HTB, IX, No. 13, p. 8; by C. F. Harrold in Virginia quar. rev., IX 
(1933), 293-97. 



14 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Continuing the author s The Victorian tragedy (in the U.S.A., Those earnest Vic 
torians, 1930); covering the period between 1870 and 1900; rich in social and 
economic sidelights on the Victorian period, and written in a light and vivid vein; 
maintaining the thesis that the Victorians built on a flimsy and crumbling founda 
tion of compromise and shortsightedness. C. F. HARBOLD. 
Zoond Vera "Housing legislation in England, 1851-1867, with special refer 
ence to London." "Summaries of theses," XCIX. Bull, of the lust, of hist, 
research, X, 136-39. 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY FORMS 

Allyn, Emily. Lords versus commons; a century of conflict and compromise, 

1830-1980. New York: London: Century, 1931. Pp. ix+266. 

Rev. by C. F. Brand in JMH, IV, 140. 
Archer, Charles. William Archer. New Haven: Yale univ. pr. 

Rev. by Homer Woodbridge in YR, XXI, 598-99. 
Arns K "Alte und neue irische Renaissance." Der Oral, XXVI, 928-33 

(listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 842). 
Arns, Karl. "Literarische Neuwertung im neuen England." Litteris^ XXXIV, 

199-201. 
Baring, Maurice. Lost lectures. New York: Knopf. Pp. 249. 

Rev. in NYTBR, Aug. 14, p. 2; TLS, Mar. 17, p. 192; S, Apr. 2, pp. 483-84. 
Contains a paper on Gilbert and Sullivan; gives a "fresh and not too rose-tinted 
picture of the Nineties 1 ; and adjusts The yellow book and other phenomena of the 
last decade of the century in a less glamorous perspective. 
Beckott, W. N. T., and Swan, E. W. "A hundred years of the royal navy." 

/. Royal United Service Inst. Abstract in SSA, IV, 505 (5325). 
Beerbohm, Max. "Pen and ink and wash drawing: One fine morning." New 

York: Photochrome pr. Colophon, III, Part 10. 

Thirty-one figures, among them Andrew Lang, George Moore, Kipling, and 
Lord Rosebery. 
Bickley, Francis. The pre-Raphaelite comedy, London: Constable. Pp. x+ 

276. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 1, p. 917; NS, Dec. 31, pp. 859-60. 

Bowen,F.C. A century of Atlantic travel, 1830-1 980. London: Sampson Low. 

Pp. x+374. 
Bowman, William D. The story of "The Times." New York: Dial pr., 1931. 

Rev. by Dora Raymond in JMH, IV, 136-39. 
Braybrooke, Patrick. Some Victorian and Georgian Catholics. London: Burns 

Oates & Washbourne. 

Treats the works of Patmore, Francis Thompson, etc. 

BrShier, Emile. Histoire de la philosophic, Tome II, La Philosophic moderne, 
fascicule III, Le XIX* sieck. Periodedes systemes (1800-1850). Paris: Al- 
can. Pp. 337. 
Rev. by Jean Wahl in Rev. de synthese, IV, 209-22. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 15, 

Bush, Douglas. "The Victorians, God bless them!" Bk, LXXIV, 589-97. 
Caro, Leopold. "Od Carlyle a do Forda [From Carlyle to Ford]." Sprawy 

Obce. Abstract in SSA, IV, 622 (6585). 

Ford has proved that Carlyle s altruistic system is the only "workable basis for 
a capitalistic society." 

Carritt, E. F. (ed.). Philosophies of beauty from Socrates to Robert Bridges. 
Being the sources of aesthetic theory. Oxford univ. pr., 1931. Pp. xxiv+334. 
Rev. in Univ of Calif, chron., XXXIV, 111-12. 

Case, Shirley J. Jesus through the centuries. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. 
Pp, 382. 

Cecil, Lord David. "Victorian novelists." NR, XCIX, 652-64. 
Chancellor, E. Beresford. "The spirit lamp (to the editor)." LM, XXV, 387- 

89. 

An Oxford literary venture of the nineties. 

Chevrillon, Andre*. Taine. Formation de sa pensee. Paris: Plon. 
Rev. in Books abroad, VI, 426-27; TLS, Sept. 15, p. 638. 

Clapp, Edwin Roosa. "English literary criticism, 1830-1890, as exemplified 
in the work of the major critics." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1931), 
pp. 215-18. 

Craig, Edward Gordon. Ellen Terry and her secret self. Together with a plea 

for G. B. S. New York: Dutton. Pp. xi-f 205. 

Rev. in SRL, VIII, 791; HTB, VIII, No. 27, 2. 
Crum, Ralph B. Scientifi-c thought in poetry. Columbia univ. pr.; London: 

Milford, 1931. Pp. 246. 

Rev. in TLS, July 21, p. 529. Includes discussions of Browning, Tennyson, 
Meredith. Omits any full discussion of the influences of science upon poetic crafts 
manship. 

Darton, F. J. Harvey. "Peter Parley and the battle of the children s books. 

A sidelight on the exhibition now being held at South Kensington. "Cornhill 

mag., LXXIII, 542-58. 

Darton, J. Harvey. "The youth of a children s magazine. An editorial retro 
spect." Cornhill mag., LXXII, 552-66. 
The eighteen-sixties. Essays by fellows of the Royal Society of literature. Ed. 

by John Drinkwater. Cambridge univ. pr,; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 

x+282. 

On Sir Henry Taylor, Clough, Wilkie Collins, Planche*, Gilbert, Punch, Whyte- 
Melville, "Science in the Sixties," etc. Rev. in BkL, LXXXII, 208-9; LM, 
XXVI, 570; NS, III, 832; S, July 2, p. 19; N, CXXXV, 288; TLS, June 9, p. 423; 
NYTBR, July 17, 2; SRL, IX, 32; N & Q, CLXIII, 17-18; by G. F. Whicher in 
HTB, IX, No. 8, p. 15; by Shane Leslie in SR, CLIII, 593. 
Ellis, Havelock. Views and reviews. A selection of uncollected articles, 1884- 

19S%. First series, 1884-1919. London: Harmsworth. Pp. 322. 

Rev. in SRL, CLIII, 400. 



16 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Essays and studies in English and comparative literature. By members of the 
English department of the University of Michigan. Ann Arbor: Univ. of 
Michigan pr. Pp. 231. 
Rev. in Beiblatt, XLIII, 273-75. 

Ewen, Frederic. The prestige of Schiller in England, 1788-1859. ("Columbia 
univ. studies.") Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xiii+287. 

Farmer, Albert J. Le mouvement aesthStique et "d&adent" en Angkterre: 1873- 

1900. Paris: Champion. 

Rev. in TLS, Feb. 4, p. 72; FR, V, 407; by L. Cazamian in RA, IX, 249-51 ; by 
Howard Mumford Jones in MP, XXX, 124-28 (not original but valuable for 
"clearness and sympathy of criticism"). 

Fay, C. R. "Economics in a novel [of Harriet Martineau]." Dalhousie rev., 
XIII, 180-81. 

Fifty ^ years. A composite picture of the period 1882-1932 by twenty-seven con 
tributors to the London "Times." Foreword by G. M. Trevelyan. London: 
Butter-worth. Pp. 224. 

Rev. by E. Wingfield-Stratford in SRL, IX, 25-26; in TLS, June 16, p. 441 in 
S, July 2, p. 19. 

Fornelli, Guido. Ultalia nel dramma ingkse dell Ottocento. Milano, etc : Soc 
Ed. Dante Alighieri, 1931. Pp. xix+201. 
Rev. in La rassegna, XL, 172-73. 

Ferguson, J. Delancey. "Death by spontaneous combustion." New York- 
Kurt Volk. Colophon, III, Part 9, art. 2. 

Friedell, Egon. A cultural history of the modern age. Trans, by Charles F. 
Atkinson. New York: Knopf, 1930-32. 3 vols. 
Rev, by William Harlan Hale, SRL, IX, 240, 

Fry, F. Charleton. CharksFry: his life and work. By his eldest son. London- 

F. C. Fry. Pp. vi+94. 

Rev. in TLS, Aug. 25, pp. 493-94. Fry produced The blot on the S scutcheon, 
.Browning himself watching the performance in secret. 

Fuller, John F. C. War and western civilization, 1832-1982. London- Duck 
worth. Pp. 287. 

Ganger, Hildegard. "Die Bedeutung des Self-Respect in dem englischen 
Personhchkeitsideal." Die neueren sprachen, XL, 263-74. 

Gluckman, H. Die Gegenuberstellung von Antike-Christentum in der englischen 
Literatur des 19. Jhs. Diss. Freiburg. Hanover: Kiister. Pp 76 
Deals chiefly with Landor, Swinburne, and Pater. 

Goodale Itolph Hinsdale. "Schopenhauer and pessimism in nineteenth cen 

tury English literature." PMLA, XLVII, 240-61. 
Graham, Joe. "Plagiaristic plays." Cornhill mag., LXXII, 653-71. 
rley " Exit Plan <>he^nter Gilbert." Lit, X 

intere8tog ^P*" in ^ development of the English 



cro > Harley " Exit Plan <>he^nter Gilbert." Lit, XXV, 457- 
, 55873. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 17 

Hayward, John (ed.). Nineteenth century poetry. An anthology. ("Phoenix li 
brary. 37 ) London: Chatto & Windus. Pp. 321. 
Rev. by Peter Quennell, in NS, IV, 396-97. 

Howard-Flanders, W. The Church of England and her reformations. London : 
Heath, Cranton. Pp. 256. 

Huxley, Julian. "Charles Darwin." CR, CXLII, 424-29. 
Irvine, Dallas D, "The Abbe* Raynal and British humanitarianism." JMH, 
III (1931), 564-77. 

Jackel, Hilde. Der Englander in Spiegel der franzosischen Literatur von der 
Romantik bis zum Weltkrieg. Breslau: Priebatsch. Pp. 249. 

Jastrow, Joseph. The house that Freud built. New York: Greenberg. Pp.293. 
Rev. by Carney Landis in SRL, VIII, 794. 

Johnson, Charles. English painting from the seventh century to the present day. 
New York: Dial pr. Pp. xvi+350. 

Jones, David. "Fabianizm i Fabianie [Fabian Society and its leaders]." 
Droga. Abstract in SB A, IV, 1923 (20347). 

Jones, H. A. "A hundred years of service aviation." J. Royal United Service 
Inst. Abstract in SSA, IV, 506 (5332). 

KingsmiU, Hugh. "1932 and the Victorians." ER, LIV, 681-84. 

Knickerbocker, Frances. "Those nonsensical Victorians." Bk, LXXV, 465- 
71, 584-89. 

Knickerbocker, W. S. "Saint-Beuve." Sewanee rev., XL, 206-25. 

Kroner, Richard. "Die internationale Bedeutung Hegels." Inter-Nationes. 
Abstract in SSA, IV, 1630 (17024). 

Krug, Werner G. Lord Byron als dichterische Gestalt in England, Frankreick, 
Deutschland und Amerika. Diss. Giessen. Potsdam: R. Schneider. Pp. 
143. 

Leavis. Q. D. Fiction and the reading public. London: Chatto & Windus. 
Rev. by Eric Partridge, "Best-sellers in fiction," NC, July, pp. 105-17. 

Leslie, Shane. Studies in sublime failure: Cardinal Newman, Lord Curzon, 

Charles Stewart Parnell, Coventry Patmore, Moreton Frewen. London: Benn. 

Pp. li+296. 

Rev. in TLS, July 14, p. 509; SR, CLIV, 104; NS, IV, 106-7; by C. Wilkinson 
in LM , XXVI, 467. 

Ley, J. W. T. "Victorianism." Dickensian, XXVIII, 64-66. 
Lippincott, B. " James Fitzjames Stephen critic of democracy." Economica. 

Abstract in SSA, IV, 246 (2790). 

Lodge, Sir Oliver. Advancing science. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp.191. 

Rev. in NR, LXXI, 27 ("many of the outstanding personalities and achieve 
ments in science," 1869-1900). 
Lovett, Robert Morss. "Goethe in English literature." Open court, XLVI, 

217-33. 



18 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Lovett, Robert Morss and Hughes, Helen Sard. The history of the novel in 
England. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. Pp. 495. 

MacLehose, James. The Glasgow University press, 1688-1931. With some 
notes on Scottish printing in the last three hundred years. Glasgow univ. pr. 
1931. 
Rev. m*Library, XII, 463-65. 

McGee, John Edwin. Crusade for humanity; the history of organized positivism 
in England. London: Watts. Pp. 249. 

Mclntyre, Clara F. "Modern college youth and the mid-Victorian novel " 
EJ, XXI, 750-57. 

McKechnie, S., and Armstrong, T. P. "The civil service and men of letters." 
N & Q, CLXII, 9, 103-4. 

Metzger, H61ne. "Eugene Chevreul historien de la chimie." Archeion, XIV 

6-11. 
Miller, Anna Irene. The independent theatre in Europe, 1887 to the present 

New York: R. R. Smith. Pp. 435. 
Minto, John. A history of the public library movement in Great Britain and 

Ireland. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 366. 
Mittasch, Alwin, and Theis, Erich. Von Davy und Dobereiner bis Deacon. Ein 

halbes Jahrhundert Grenzflachenkatalyse. Berlin: Verlag Chemie. Pp.278. 
Morison, Stanley. The English newspaper. Some account of the physical de 
velopment of journals printed in London between 1622 and the present day. 

Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xii+335. 

Rev. in SRL, IX, 229; HTB, IX, No. 2, 14. 

- Neugebauer, Paul. Schopenhauer in England m. bes. Ber. seines Einflusses auf 
die engl. Literatur. Diss. Berlin. Pp. 107. 

Oxford movement: see II. Gifford, Margaret. 

Baker, Joseph E. The novel and the Oxford movement. Diss. Princeton univ 
pr. Pp. xiv+220. 
Rev. in QR, CCLX (1933), 179-80. 

Briscoe, J. F., and Mackay, H. F. B. A Tractarian at work: a memoir of Dean 

Randall. London: Mowbray. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 29, p. 984. 
Clarke, C. P. S. The Oxford movement and after. London* Mowbray 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 29, p. 984. 

Dilworth-Harrison, T. Everyman s story of the Oxford movement. London: 
Mowbray. 

A little book of Oxford movement poetry. London: S.P.C.K Pp. 60. 
Morse-Boycott Rev. Desmond. Lead, kindly Light. Studies of the saints and 

heroes of the Oxford movement. Centenary pr. Pp. 240. 
Newman s Apologia pro sua vita. The two versions of 1864 and 1865. Preceded 

by Newman s and Kingsley s pamphlets. Introi by Wilfred Ward. Oxford 

univ. pr. Pp. xxx+528. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 19 

Simpson, W. J. Sparrow. The history of the Anglo-Catholic revival from 1845. 

London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 304. 

Rev. in FR, Sept., pp. 405-6; S, Oct. 8, p. 449. 
Watkin-Jones, H. Two Oxford movements: Wesley and Newman." Hib- 

bertjour., XXXI, 83-96. 
Ozenfant, Amede e. Foundations of modern art Trans, by John Rodker. Two 

pts. in one. Brewer. Pg. 324. 

Partridge, Eric. Literary sessions. London: Scholartis pr. 
Partridge, Robert. "The history of the copyright privilege in England." Li 
brary Ass. rec., II, 41-48; 73-83. 
Paston, George. At John Murray s: records of a literary circle, 1843-1892. 

London: Murray. Pp. 336. 

Of Salisbury and Gladstone, Borrow, Lockhart, Moore, Darwin, Thackeray, 
Carlyle, etc. Rev. in TLS, Nov. 10, p. 832; SR, CLIV, 510. 
Pevsner, Nikolaus. "Gemeinschaftsideale unter den bildenden Kunstlern des 

19. Jahrhunderts." Deutsche Vierteljahrsschr. Abstract in SSA, IV, 499 

(5259). 

Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood; William Morris; etc. 

Ralli, Augustus. A history of Shakespeare criticism. Oxford univ. pr. 2 vols. 
Revaluations: studies in biography. By Lascelles Abercrombie, Lord David 

Cecil, and others. Oxford univ. pr., 1931. Pp. 246. 

Includes studies of Tennyson, by Abercrombie; Gladstone, by Marjoribanks; 
George Frederick Watts, by James Laver; William Morris, by G. D. H. Cole; 
Elizabeth Garrett Anderson, by Naomi Mitchison; Pater, by T. E. Welby. Rev. 
by A. Digeon in RA, IX, 66-37; by Herbert Gorman in NYTBR, July 10, p. 2; in 
TSL, Mar. 24, p. 214. 

Rich, E. Everard. "The passing of the education act of 1870: a study of pub 
lic opinion, 1843-1870." "Summaries of theses," XCVIII. Bull of Inst. of 

hist, researchj X, 134-36. 

Robertson, J. G. "Goethe and England." GRM, XX, 134-49. 
Rosenblatt, Louise. L idee del art pour Vart dans la literature anglaise pendant 

la periode victorienne. Paris: Champion, 1931. Pp. 329. 

Rev. by A. J. Farmer in MP, XXIX, 499-501. 

Sadleir, Michael. "Bentley s standard novel series, its history and develop 
ment." Edinburgh: R. & R. Clark. Colophon, III, Part 10, art. 6. 
Shaw, George Bernard. Our theatres in the nineties. Standard ed. London: 

Constable. 3 vols. 
Sitwell, Edith. The pleasures of poetry. A critical anthology. Third series: The 

Victorian age. London: Duckworth. Pp. viii+204. 
Southworth, James G. "A study in the criticism of the romantic poets, 1798- 

1885." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1931), pp. 249-51. 
Spindler, R. Die Alpen in englischer Literatur und Kunst. Leipzig: Tauch- 

nitz. Pp. 31. 



20 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Stannard, Harold. "Queen Victoria the end." NC, July, pp. 118-28. 
Steiner, R. "tfber englische und franzosische Geistesstromungen des 19. 
Jhs." Das Goetheanum, XI, 101-3. 

Stevens, Thomas Wood. The theatre, from Athens to Broadway. New York: 
Appleton. Pp. 264. 

Stevenson, Lionel. Darwin among the poets. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. 
Pp. vii+357. 
Rev. in EJ, XXI, 519. 

Trappes-Lomax, Michael. Pugin: a mediaeval Victorian. London: Sheed & 
Ward. Pp. viii+358. 
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 27, p. 855. 

Tuell, Anne Kimball. A Victorian at bay. Boston: Marshall Jones. 

Rev. in NYTBR, Dec. 11, p. 8 (Meredith, Christina Rossetti, Mrs. Gaskell). 
Vallette, Jacques. "Victoriens et <douardians." LesLangwsmoderneSjXXX, 

328-33. 
Van Doom, Willem. Theory and practice of English narrative verse since 1888; 

an enquiry. Amsterdam: N. V. de Arbeiderspers. Pp. 249, 

Rev. by Mario Praz in ESt, XIV, 171-72. 

Vollrath W. Goethe und Grossbritannien. Erlangen: Palm & Enke. Pp. 73. 
Vooys, Sijna de. The psychological element in the English sociological novel of 

Ihe nineteenth century. Amsterdam: H. J. Paris. Pp. 159. 

Rev. in Die neueren sprachen, XL, 440-41. 

Wais, Kurt K T. "Das Motiv des Vergangenen in der neueren Literatur." 

Deutsche Vierteljahrsschr., X, 270-334. 

Treats Disraeli, Charles Kingsley, Carlyle, etc. 
Walraf,E. SocialeLyrik in England 1880-1914. Leipzig: Tauchnitz. Pp.108. 

Wellek, Ren& Immanuel Kant in England. 1798-1888. Princeton univ. pr , 

1931. 

Rev. by Charles Frederick Harrold in MP, XXX, 122-24 (admirably sets forth 
the nature and extent of Kant s influence on English literary men) ; by J. H. Muir- 
head in Philosophy, VII, 338-39. 

Wingfield-Stratford, E. "Panjandrums and decadents." Bk, LXXV, 657-63. 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 
Elwin, Malcolm. "Harrison Ainsworth." LM, XXVI, 349-60. 

Arnold, Matthew. Culture and anarchy. Ed. with introd. by J. Dover Wilson. 

Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xl+242. 

Rev. in TLS, April 21, p. 286; by J. A. Falconer in ESt, XIV, 228-29; Les 
langues modemes, XXX, 337-38; NS, III, 846. 

The letters of Matthew Arnold to Arthur Hugh Clough. Ed. with introd. by 
Howard Foster Lowry. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xi+192. 
Rev. (leading article), in TLS, Jan, 12, 1933; NYTBR, Jan. 22, 1933, p. 10. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 21 

Birss, J. H. "Whitman on Arnold: an uncollected comment." MLNj XLVII, 

316-17. 
Chambers, Sir. E. K. Matthew Arnold, Warton lecture on English poetry. 

Proc. of the Brit. Acad., Vol. XVIII. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 25. 

Rev. in TLS, April 21, p. 286; EJ, XXI, 691. 
Elias, Otto. Matthew Arnolds politische Grundanschauung. Leipzig: Mayeru. 

Mtiller, 1931. Pp. vi+152. 

Rev. in Deutsche literaturzeitung, LIII, 801-2; in LZD, LXXXIII, 166. 

Harvey, Charles H. Matthew Arnold: a critic of the Victorian period. London: 
James Clarke, 1931. Pp. 256. 
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 14, p, 24; in LQHR, CLVII, 126; RA, IX (1931-32), 59-60. 

Houghton, R. E. C. "Letter of Matthew Arnold." TLS, May 19, p. 368. 

Regarding his treatment of the Tristan-Iseult story. 
Steinmetz, Martha S. Die ideengeschichtliche Bedeutung Matthew Arnolds. 

Diss. Tubingen. Schramberg (Wiirttemberg) : Gatzer & Hahn. Pp. vii+ 

80. 
Wragge, Rev. Walter. "The religion of Matthew Arnold." Hibbert jour., 

XXX, 504-13. 
Goldschmidt, Emil. "Die Gedankenwelt von Baileys Festus." ES, LXVII, 

228-37. 
Hench, A. L. "Three letters to the Haynes from Richard Blackmore." Am. 

lit., IV, 199-207. 
The Brontes: their lives, friendships and correspondence. The Shakespeare 

Head Bronte. Oxford: BlackwelL 4 vols. 

Rev. in TLS, Oct. 27, pp, 769-70; by E. F. Benson in S, Nov. 11, pp. 667-68; 
Libr. Ass. Rec., II, 390-91; by Elizabeth Haldane, NC, CXII, 752-64; by R. Ellis 
Roberts, NS, IV, 584; by T. Earle Welby, BkL, LXXXIII, 202-4. 

Benson, E. F. Charlotte Bronte. London, New York: Longmans. Pp. 313. 

Rev. by Temple Scott in SRL, IX, 25-26; SR, CLIII, 373-74; HTB, VIII, No. 
48, 2; by Peter QuenneU in Life and Lett&rs, VIII, 241; Rev. de Vuniv. de Bruxelles, 
XXXVIII, 99 ; QR, CCLIX, 188-89 ; by Osbert Burdett in ER, LIV, 686-88 ; Eliza 
beth Haldane in NC, CXII, 752-64; NR, LXXI, 349-50; Crit., XI, 716-19; CR, 
CXLII, 384-^86; NYTBR, Aug. 7, pp. 4, 12; TLS, April 7, p. 244; FR, CXXXI, 
677; YR, XXII. 197-200; S, April 9, pp. 513-14; Atl. Month., CL, 14; N, CXXXV, 
286; LM , XXVI, 86-87; BkL, LXXV, 516-17 ; by L. A. G. Strong in NS, III, 486- 
88. 

Bradby, G. F. The Brontes and other essays. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 152. 

Rev. in TLS, Nov. 24, p. 886; N & Q, CLXIII, 413-14 (three on the Brontes; a 
criticism of "In Memoriam" ; Dr. Arnold of Rugby). 

Edgar, Pelham. "Judgments on appeal: II. The Brontes." QQ, XXXIX, 
414-22. 

Haldane, Elizabeth S. "The Brontes and their biographers." NC, CXII, 
752-64. 



22 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

O.F.M. "Charlotte Bronte." TLS, Oct. 27, p. 790. 
Portrait in the National Portrait Gallery. 

West, Rebecca. "Charlotte Bronte." SRL, IX, 217-18. 

Slightly expanded from her chapter in The great Victorians, ed. by H. J. and 

Hugh Massingham (cf. item in Sec. II). 

Browning. See Field, Michael. 

Armstrong, A. J. "Maclise s The serenade/ " N & <0, CLXII, 155, 266. 
This picture inspired Browning s "In a gondola." 

Brockington, A. Allen. Browning and the twentieth century: a study of Robert 
Browning 1 s influence and reputation. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 320. 
Rev. in BfcL, LXXXIII, 5^55; TLS, Oct. 20, p. 754 (see also Oct. 22, p. 290) ; 

by Austin Clarke in S, Nov. 11, p. 670; NYTBR, Dec. 25, p. 7. 

DeVane, W. C. "The harlot and the thoughtful young man: a study of the 
relation between Rossetti s Jenny and Browning s Fifine at the fair." SP, 
XXIX, 463-84. 

Duckworth, Francis R. G. Browning: background and conflict. Pref . by Wil 
liam Lyon Phelps. New York: Dutton. Pp. 217. 
Rev. by G. F. Whicher in HTB, VIII, No. 22, 16; by G. d Hangest in Les 

Langues modernes, XXX, 120-21; NR, LXXII, 53. 

Hood, Thurman L. "Browning and Lady Ashburton." YR, XXII, 152-68. 

Massey, B. W. A. Browning s vocabulary: compound epithets. Poznau: Daw- 
niej Fiszer. 

Peake, Leslie. "Browning and God in nature." SB, CLIII, 293, 316. 

Phelps, William Lyon. Robert Browning. New ed. with seven additional chap 
ters. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill. Pp. 536. 

Phelps, William Lyon. "Notes on Browning s Pauline. 1 " MLN, XLVII, 
292-99. 

Rea, John D. " My last duchess/ " SP, XXIX, 120-22. 

Butler, Samuel. "Jones and myself," Life and letters, VIII, 125-41. 

Samuel Butler: Butteriana. Ed. by A. T. Bartholomew. New York: Random 
House. 

"Samuel Butler s notebooks: some new extracts." Ed. by A. T. Bartholo 
mew. ER, LIV, 500-13, 624r-32; LV, 19-27/152-56. 

Stillman, Clara G. Samuel Butler: a mid-Victorian modern. New York: Vik 
ing pr.; London: Seeker. Pp. xi+319. 
Rev. in Bk, LXXV, 653 ; New R, LXXIII, 136-37; Scribn., XCII, 11 ; TLS, Dec. 

22, p. 975; NYTBR, Nov. 13, p. 4; SRL, Nov. 26, p. 267; N, Nov. 9. p. 462; by 

C. F. Harrold in Sewanee rev., XLI (1933), 119-22; SB, CLIV *93; HTB, IX, No. 

4,3. 

Staff, Rudolf. Die Philosophie des organischen bei Samuel Butler. Diss. Miin- 
chen. Pp. 109. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 23 

"A Cambridge poet" (C. S. Calverley). S, Jan. 9, pp. 42-43. See also Jan. 16, 
p. 81. 

.Irvine, Lyn. Ten letter writers [including Mrs. Carlyle.] London: Hogarth pr. 
Pp. 230. 
Rev. in NS, Oct. 15, pp. x-xii. 

Letters of Jane Welsh Carlyle to Joseph Neuberg: 1848-6%. Ed. by Townsend 
Scudder. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xiv+42. 
Rev. in TLS, Mar. 3, p. 150; SRL, VIII, 730; HTB, VIII, No. 47, 4. 

Carlyle, Thomas. See III. Caro, Leopold. 

Cazamian, Louis. Carlyle. Trans, by E. K. Brown. London and New York: 

Macmillan. Pp. 300. 

Rev. in Bk, LXXV, p. 757; in NS, IV, 756-60; by Isaac W. Dyer in Sewanee 
rev., XLI (1933), 104-8; by E. M. Kingsbury in NYTBR, Feb. 12, 1933, pp. 2, 14. 

Slightly revised; bibliographical note omitted; index added. An excellent short 
biographical study; a translation of the French, Paris, 1913. C. F. H. 

Dunn, Waldo H. "Wilson s Carlyle." Sewanee rev., XL, 460-75. 

Harrold, Charles Frederick. "The mystical element in Carlyle (1827-34)." 

MP, XXIX, 459-75. 

Attempts to show that although Carlyle never developed a complete or entirely 
consistent mysticism, he belongs in the company of the world s great mystical 
thinkers, C. F. H. 

Huxley, Leonard. "Carlyle and Huxley, early influences." Cornhill mag., 
LXXII, 290-302. 

Kingsmill, Hugh. "Some modern light bringers." Bk, LXXV, 766-68. 

What Carlyle "would probably have written about Wells, Shaw, Lawrence, 
Proust, and Joyce." 

Monch, W. "Carlyles Welt- und Geschichtsbild." Neophilol Mschr., Ill, 
417-29. Listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 1031. 

Morse, B. J. "Crabb Robinson and Goethe in England." ES, LXVII, 199- 

227. 

NeflE, Emery. Carlyle. New York: W. W. Norton. Pp. 9+282. 

Rev. by Karl Young in SRL, VIII, 754-55 ; by T . Earle Welby in BkL, LXXXII, 
298; EJ, XXI, 600-601; New R, LXX, 189; QR, CCLIX, 372-73; by Osbert Bur- 
dett, ER, LV, 446-47; TLS, Aug. 11, p. 567; by S. C. Chew in AT, May 18, pp. 576- 
77; by Isaac Dyer in SeR, XLI (1933), 104-8. 

Maintains an admirable objectivity; places Carlyle accurately in the setting of 
his period; provides excellent accounts of Edinburgh in Carlyle s youth, Chelsea in 
1834, the great reviews and their readers, the new art of "puffing"; gives more at 
tention to Carlyle s social and economic theories than to his philosophical, ethical, 
and critical doctrines; shows balance and restraint on the subject of Carlyle s mar 
riage, and narrates the story of his life with considerable skill. C. F. H. 



24 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Neumann, Konrad Friedrich. Carlyles "Friedrich der Grossed Ideengehalt, 
Entstehungsgeschichte und Aufnahme durch die Kritik. Diss. Giessen. Gies 
sen: Nitschkowski. Pp. 99. 
Bibliography, including English and German newspapers, on pp. 5-10. 

Suzannet, A! de. "Merimfe et Carlyle." Bulletin du bibliophile, Aug.-Sept., 

pp. 417-19. 

Letter from Merirne*e to Carlyle, indicating errors in Frederick II. 
Carroll, Lewis. The rectory umbrella and Mischmasch. London: Cassell. 

Rev. in TLS, Oct. 20, p. 755 (juvenilia). 

Arrow, James, and Forman, W. C. "The source of Alice in Wonderland.^ 
N & Q, CLXIII, 276, 320, 356. 

de la Mare, Walter. Lewis Carroll. London: Faber. Pp. 67. 

Originally published in the author s The eighteen-eighties, 1930. Rev. in TLS, 
June 16, p. 440; BkL, LXXXII, 165. 

Hargreaves, Caryl. "Alice s recollections of Carrollian days, as told to her son, 
Caryl Hargreaves. With a portrait of Alice today, by Cecil G. Trew." 
Cornhill mag., LXXIII, 1-12. 

Harrison, E. "Carrolliana." TLS, Mar. 24, p. 217. 

Maynard, Theodore. "Lewis Carroll: mathematician and magician." Cath. 
world, CXXXV, 193-201. 

Partington, Wilfred. "The untold tale of Lewis Carroll" Bk, LXXV, 78-82. 

Reed, Langford, The life of Lewis Carroll. London: Foyle. Pp. 142. 
Rev. in TLS, June 16, p. 440. 

E.L.S. "Lewis Carroll and other Oxford memories." Cornhill mag.. LXXIII 
559-62. 

Sausmarez, F. B. de. "Early theatricals at Oxford: with prologues by Lewis 
Carroll." NC, CXI, 235-38. 

Wilson, Edmund. "The poet-logician." NR, LXXI, 19-21 . 

McCabe, Joseph. Edward Clodd: a memoir. London: John Lane. Pp. 219. 
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in SR, CLIII, 153. 

Collins, Wilkie: See III. Eighteen-sixties. 

Collins, Wilkie. "MS letters. Recent accessions." Bodl. quar. rec., VII, 31. 

Barlow, Nora. "Robert Fitzroy and Charles Darwin." Cornhill mag. .LXXII 
493-510. 

Haas, Ludwig. Der Darwinismus bei Nietzsche. Diss. Giessen. Pp. 54. 

Janddsek, Ladislav. "Thefounder of theSokols." Slavonic and East European 

rev., X, 572-87. 

Influence of Darwin s Origin of species. 
The Dickensian. Ed. by Walter Dexter. Vol. XXVIII, Nos. 221-24. London 

Dickens House, 48 Doughty Street. 

See table of contents for articles not here listed. "Dickens s earliest literary 
friendship: some unpublished letters to Harrison Ainsworth" (pp. 173-79); "My 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 25 

father s oldest friend. Important discovery of letters to Thomas Beard" (pp. 89- 
95; see also pp. 214-18) ; "Dickens s hypnotic powers: an interesting unpublished 
letter" (pp. 322-24); "Dickens to his first publisher" (pp. 33-39); "The original 
manuscript of The Pickwick papers" (pp. 193-96); J. D. Billington, "Mr. Dombey 
travels by rail" (pp. 205-8); A. S. Chovil, "Tom Pinch a failure?" (pp. 202-4); 
S. M. Ellis, "Mrs. Touchet" (pp. 179-86); L. B. Frewer, "The influence of Dick 
ens: collected from recent books," pp. 40-45, 118-21, 324-26) ; N. Gusev, "Dick 
ens and Tolstoy" (pp. 63-64); A. H. Holt, "Captain Cuttle s quotations" (pp. 302- 
8); A. S. Hopkins, "A notable Drood collection" (pp. 231-34); F. S. Johnson, 
"About A Christmas carol " (pp. 7-10); R. Brimley Johnson, " Little Dorrit, 
an unpopular classic" (pp. 283-86); "The journalist Dickens" (pp. 11-13); E. F. 
Rines, "The technique of Edwin Drood " (pp. 105-8; see pp. 190-92, 287-88); 
H. S. Sanders, "The delightful scamp [Micawber]" (pp. 27-31); Edouard Sur- 
veyer, "Dickens in France" (pp. 46-56, 122-29, 197-201) ; A. de Suzannet, "The 
first German translation of Nicholas Nickleby " (pp. 60-62) ; E. F. Wilkins, "The 
influence of foreign travel on Dickens s novels" (pp. 277-80); G. F. Young, "The 
Marshalsea revisited" (pp. 219-27, 321). 

Dickens to his oldest friend: the letters of a lifetime to Thomas Beard. Ed. by 

Walter Dexter. New York: Putnam, Pp. xxiii+295. 

. Rev. by G. F. Whicher in HTB, IX, No. 4, 13 ; NYTBR, Aug. 14, p. 2 ("add lit 
tle of importance to the already rich Dickens biography"); TLS, Mar. 31, p. 227. 

Chancellor, E. Beresford. Dickens and his times. London: Rich & Cowan. 
Rev. in BkL, LXXXII, 35. 

Charles, Edwin. Some Dickens men. London: Rich & Cowan. 
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 10, p. 838. 

Clark, Cumberland. Dickens and democracy, and other studies. London: Cecil 
Palmer. Pp. vi+216. 
Rev. by Max Wildi in Deutsche literaturz., LIII, 885-89. 

Konig, Karla. Charles Dickens und das Theater. General-Anz. f . Stettin, Buch 

277. Listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 1129. 
Partington, Wilfred. "Swinburne, Dickens, and the lovely circus-rider. " Bk, 

LXXV, 292-94. 
Sitwell, Osbert. Dickens. ("The Dolphin Books.") London: Chatto & Win- 

dus. Pp. 47. 

Rev. in TLS, Feb. 25, p. 127: LM, XXVI, 272-73; Crit,, XI, 757; by John 
Rogers, BkL, LXXXII, 35 .(a brilliant defense, especially of Dickens as an artist.) 

Cook, E. Thomas. "Some early letters of Lord Beaconsfield." SR, CLIII, 
510, 542. 
To his sister; one describes Victoria s coronation. 

Paston, George. "The young Disraeli and his adventures in journalism." 

Cornhill mag., LXXIII, 385-99. 
Somerville, H. "Disraeli and Catholicism." Month. Abstract in SSA, IV, 

1062 (11166). 



26 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Macy, John. "George Eliot: Victorian queen." Bk, LXXV, 16-25. 

A successful effort to do justice to the emotional power and enduring freshness 
of interest of a great Victorian. HELEN C. WHITE. 

Romieu, Emilie and Georges. The life of George Eliot. Translated from the 
French by Brian W. Downs. London: Cape; New York: Button. Pp. 370. 
Rev. in Bk, LXXV, 534; NS, III, 844; New R, LXXII, 131-32; HTB, VIII, 

No. 52, 9; SR, CLIII, 569; N, CXXXV, 236-37; NYTBR, Aug. 21, p. 5; TLS, 

June 16, p. 442. 

Toyoda, Minoru. Studies in the mental development of George Eliot. Tokyo: 

Kenkyuska, 1931. Pp. xii+266. 

Rev. in TLS, Jan. 21, p. 41; RES, VIII, 498 ("convincing in the main, of the 
slow and painful development of George Eliot s thought") ; LM, XXV, p. 412. 
Field, Michael. "From Works and days 7 ; the diary of Michael Field/ " Ed. 

by T. Sturge Moore. I and II: " Michael Field and Robert Browning." 

Ill and IV: "George Meredith and Michael Field. " V: "Herbert Spencer 

and Oscar Wilde." Cornhill mag., LXXII, 1-13, 129-41, 257-69, 385-97, 

513-20. 

"Michael Field," pseudonym of Katherine Bradley and her niece, Edith Cooper. 
A FitzGerald friendship; being hitherto unpublished letters from Edward Fitz- 

Gerald to W.B.Donne. Ed. by Neilson Campbell Hannay. London: Faber. 

Pp. 132. 

Rev. in NS, IV, No. 86, x T xii; by Helen Moran in LM, XXVII, 82-83; by 
Arthur Waugh in S, Oct. 8, pp. 453-54. 

Fish, Andrew. "The reputation of James Anthony Froude." Pacific hist, rev 
Abstract in /SS4, IV, 1711 (17857). 

Letters of Mrs. Gaskell and Charles Eliot Norton, 1855-1865. Ed. by Jane 

Whitehall. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xxxii+131. 

Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 707; SRL, Dec. 10, p. 304; NYTBR, Dec. 25, p. 9; by 
E. F. Benson in S, Oct. 15, p. 485; Bk, LXXV, 886; LM, XXVII, 85-86; by T 
Earle Welby in BkL, LXXXIII, 120. 

Gilbert, W. S. A colossal idea; an original farce. Introd. and decorations by 
Townley Searle. London: Putnam. Pp. xiii+62. 
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 709. 

Lost Bab ballads. Collected, edited, and illustrated by Townley Searle. Lon 
don: Longmans. Pp. x+127. 
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 709. 

Reynolds, E. R. "Planch6 and Gilbert." TLS, June 9, p. 427 (see also June 
16, p. 447). 

Gissing, George. Brownie; now first reprinted from the Chicago Tribune, to 
gether with six other stories attributed to him. Introds. by G. E. Hastings, 
Vincent Starrett, T. 0. Mabbott. New York: Columbia univ pr Lon 
don: Milford. Pp. 7+107. 
Rev. in TLS, May 26, p. 384; NYTBR, June 26, p. 5; SRL, VIII, 739; by 

Robert Shafer, Bk, LXXIV, 674-77 ("grave-robbery"); LM, XXVI, 462. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 27- 

Mabbott, Thomas Ollive. "A tale by Gissing identified." TLS, July 7, p. 499. 
Morley, Christopher. "Pebbles from Gissing pond." AH. month., CXL, 143- 

52. 
Weber, Anton. George Gissing und die soziak Frage. Diss. Miinchen. Pp. 298. 

Listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 792, as published at Leipzig by Tauchnitz. 
West, Herbert F. Cunninghame Graham: his life and works. London: Cran- 

ley & Day. 

Rev. unfavorably by G. R. Barnes in BofM, Dec., p. 26. 

de Ridder-Barzin, Louise. Le Pessimisme de Thomas Hardy. ("Travaux de la 
facultt de philosophic et lettres de 1 Universite" de Bruxelles," Tome III.) 

Pp. 192. 

Rev. by Franz de Backer in Rev. de Vuniv. de Bruxelles, May- July ( Bibliogra- 
phie"), PP- 140-43; in Books abroad, YI, 451. 
Loane, George G. "Hardy and N.EJ)." TLS, Jan. 21, p. 44. 

Shows Hardy using archaic words and forms of words which the N.E.D. lists as 
not in use after 1725, etc. Based on Hardy s Collected poems (1928). Concluded in 
a second list, TLS, April 14, p. 271. 
Ufer, Hanna. Uber d. kompositionelle Bedeutung d. Natur bei Thomas Hardy. 

Diss. Marburg, 1930. Pp. ix+100. 
Vogt, Frieda. Thomas Hardy s Naturansicht in seinen Romanen. Hamburg: 

Friedrichsen, de Gruyter. Pp. vi+114. 

Rev. in LZD, LXXXIII, 891. 
Weiner, Joyce. "Four novels of Hardy: some second impressions." CR, 

CXLII, 228-36. 

Huxley. See Carlyle (article by Huxley, Leonard). 
Ayres, Clarence. Huxley. New York: W.W.Norton. Pp. vii+254. 

Rev. by Morris Cohen, "The prophet of a great hope," NR, LXXII, 182-84 
(interesting discussion of Huxley s present position in the history of scientific 
thought); by H. L. Mencken in N, Mar. 30, p. 374; by C. L. Fenton in Sewanee 
rev., XL, 370-73; by L. L. Woodruff in YR, XXII, 204-5; NYTBR, Mar. 27, pp. 
11, 19; SRL, April 16, p. 663; HTB, VIII, No. 31, 3. 
Huxley, Aldous. T. H. Huxley as a man of letters. Huxley Memorial lecture. 

London: Stockwell. Pp. 28. 
Huxley Memorial lectures, 1925-1932. London: Macmillan. 

Rev. in TLS, Sept. 15, p. 633. 
Peterson, Houston. Huxley, prophet of science. New York: Longmans. Pp. 

xiii+338. 

Rev., with Clarence Ayres Huxley (..), by William S. Ament in Univ. of Calif. 

chron., XXXIV, 367-69. 

Jones, Henry Arthur. See II. Jones, Doris. 

Kingsley, Charles. See III. Oxford Movement (Newman). 



28 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Partington, Wilfred. "Westward ho ! with Charles Kingsley," Bradford, Eng 
land: County pr. Designs by F. Angus Horn. Colophon, III, Part 11, art. 
5. 

"Charles Kingsley s ruined life, 1 " Bk, LXXV, 539-40. 
Biography long overdue. 

Browne, Rose. "Henry Kingsley." SR, CLIII, 44. 

T. A. Browne induced Henry Kingsley to write a novel; Geoffrey Hamlyn was 
the result. 
Ellis, S. M. Henry Kingsley, 1830-1876: towards a vindication. London: 

Grant Richards, 1931. Pp. 285. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, IX, 445-46; by Eric Gillett in LM, XXV, 601-2. 

Gwyn, Stephen. The life of Mary H. Kingsley. London: Macmillan. Pp. vii 

+272. 

Rev. by ClenneU Wilkinson, LM, XXVII, 88-89; in BkL, LXXXIII, 120-21; 
NS, IV, 801-2; NR, Nov., p. 666. 

Courtney. Janet E. "A novelist of the nineties, " FR, CXXXI, 230-41. 

Discusses Mary St. Leger Kingsley, daughter of Charles, who, under the 
pseudonym of Lucas Malet, startled the final years of Victoria s reign with two 
audacious novels, The Wages of Sin (1891) and Sir Richard Calmady (1901). "To 
find her prototype we must turn to the creator of Vanity Fair" 

Cazamian, Louis. Andrew Lang and the Maid of France. Andrew Lang lecture 
delivered before the Univ. of St. Andrews, Oct. 22, 1931. London: Milford. 
Pp. 30. 

Edward Lear. Born May 12, 1818. Died January 29, 1888. A short review of 
his life and work. London: Warne. Pp. 14. 

Coolidge, Bertha. "How pleasant to know Mr, Lear!" Pynson printers. Colo 
phon, III, Part 9, art. 5. 

Hildyard, M. Clive. "John Gibson Lockhart." Cornhill mag., LXXIII, 371- 
82. 

Seton-Anderson, James. "Mrs. H. Lovett-Cameron, novelist." N & Q } 
CLXII, 82, 157, 211. 

Lytton, E. B. "Autograph letters. Recent accessions," Bodl. guar. rec.j 2d 
quar. p. 71. 

Watts, Harold Holliday. The intellectual and artistic development of Lord Lyt 
ton: "On art in fiction." Abstract of Univ. of Illinois diss. Urbana, Illinois. 
Pp. 24. 

Macaulay, Thomas B. "Macaulay on democracy." SR, CLIV, 64. 

Bryant, Arthur. Macaulay. London: Peter Davies. Pp. 190. 

Rev. by Rose Macaulay in NS, IV, 586-87 ("just and lively presentation"); 
NR, XCIX, 795; BofM, Dec., pp. 23-24; TLS, Dec. 15, p, 958; by R. C. K. Ensor 
in N, Dec. 30, pp. 923-24. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 29 

Firth, C. H. "Macaulay s third chapter." History, N.S., XVII, 200-219. 

Analyzes the method and achievement in chapter iii of the History of England; 
and shows wherein Macaulay failed to grasp "the unity of spirit which pervades 
the different manifestations of the national life." 

Mackenzie, W. D. "A Macaulay find?" TLS, April 21, p. 291. 
Ottley, Richard R. "Macaulay reconsidered." NR, XCIX, 518-28. 
Roberts, S. C. An eighteenth century gentleman and other essays. Cambridge 

univ. pr. Pp. viii+131. 

Contains an essay on Macaulay. Rev. in RES, VIII, 489. 

Sampson, George. "Gibbon and Macaulay." TLS, Dec. 22, p. 977 (see also 
Dec. 29, p. 989). 
Macaulay B treatment of Warren Hastings. 

"Warren Hastings." NR, XCIX, 768. 

Rivenburg, Norola E. Harriet Martineau: an example of Victorian conflict. 
Diss. Philadelphia: the author. 

Meredith. See Field, Michael. 

Dobr<e, Bonamy. "Some novels of Meredith." NR, XCVIII, 255-63. 

Hengelhaupt, Margrit. Die Personifikation bei George Meredith. Diss. Frei 
burg, 1931. Pp. 74. 

Szerer, Mieczyslau. "Zywot czlowieka madrego [The life of a scientist]." 
Droga. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1733 (18119). 
Life of John Stuart Mill. 

Welby, Alfred. "Thomas Miller of Gainsborough." N & Q, CLXIII, 173, 
211, 248. 

Moore, George. George Moore in quest of locale. Two letters to W. T. Stead. 
San Francisco: Harvard pr., 1931. 
Rev. in SRL, VIII, 483. 

Morris, William. See III. Revaluations. 

Morris, William. "Autograph letters, and MS of his speech on free trade. Re 
cent accessions." Bodl. quar. rec., 2d quar., p. 71. 

Davies, Frank J. J. "William Morris s Sir Peter Harpdon s end. " PQ, XI, 
314-17. * 

M[urry], J. M. "The greatness of William Morris." Adelphi, IV, 774. 

Murry, John Middleton. "The return to fundamentals: Marx and Morris." 

Adelphi, V. 19-29, 97-109. 

Newman. See III. Leslie, Shane; Oxford Movement. 

Rhodon. "Newman s memorandum to friends/ " N & Q, CLXIII, 225, 282. 
Pater. See III. Revaluations. 
Beyer, Arthur. Walter Paters Beziehungen zur franzosischen Literatur and Kul~ 

tur. Diss. Gottingen. Halle: Niemeyer, 1931. Pp. x+H6. 

Rev. by A. J Farmer in MP, XXIX, 501-2;; in LZD, LXXXIII, 25; by 
Klemperer in Deutsche literaturz., XLIII, 2037-40. 



30 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Burgum, Edwin Berry. "Walter Pater and the good life." Sewanee rev., XL 

276-93. 
Newman, Bertram. "Walter Pater: a revaluation." NC, CXI, 633-40. 

Symons, Arthur. A study of Walter Pater. London: Sawyer. Pp. 110. 
Rev. in TLS, June 9, p. 423. 

Patmore. See III. Leslie, Shane. 

Baddeley, St. Glair. "Coventry Patmore s house." TLS, June 2, p. 408 (see 

also June 9, p. 427; June 23, p. 464). 
Bax, Clifford. "Patmore and Ford." TLS, May 12, p. 351. 
Burdett, Osbert. "Patmore no dramatist." TLS, May 26, p. 390. 
Eglinton, John. "Coventry Patmore s grave." TLS, May 19, p. 368. 

Heinrich, G. "Coventry Patmore: der Dichter der ehelichen Liebe." Hock- 
land, XXIX, nr. 8 (1931-32), 149-67. 
Listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 504. 

Patmore, Francis J. "Coventry Patmore: a son s recollections." ER LIV 
135-41. 

Patmore, J. Deighton. "Some childish recollections of Coventry Patmore " 
BkL, LXXXII, 57-58. 

Planch6, James R. See Gilbert; also III. Eighteen-sixties. 

Kuehne, Oswald R. "Possible Latin sources for an episode in Charles Reade, 

The cloister and the hearth" Classical weekly, XXV, 177-81. 
Sutcliffe, Emerson G. "Plotting in Reade s novels." PMLA, XL VII, 834-63. 
Rossetti. See Browning (article by DeVane.) 

Hunt, Violet. The wife of Rossetti. London: Lane; New York- Button PD 
xxx+339. ^* 

Rev. by Geoffrey Rossetti, BkL, LXXXIII, 56; Bk, LXXV, 727-28 ("God save 

v<! ? !v ^ 8U r^ d P J Nm R} LXXI11 78; Scrib " XCII > 9 J ER > LV > 548-50; 
d fvS XXVn 83 ~ 84J W Aug " 2 ^ ^ Eve1 ^ Waugh in 8, Oct. 8 

G S*- ** 3; SW- 22 P * 655J Janet C Win FR 
CXXXII 665-66; N, Dec. 7, p. 568; 8RL, Dec. 17, p. 327; HTB, IX, No. 8 1- 

We and Letters, VIII, 474-75. See TLS, Oct. 27, p. 789, for Mrs. kelen Rossettl 
Angell s letter objecting to certain statements and judgments in Miss Hunt s W- 
ograpny. 

Brilliant and gossipy portraiture of the pre-Raphaelite circle centering around 



Knickerbocker, K.L. "Rossetti s The blessed damozel. " 5P.XXIX 485- 
504. * 

Morse, B. J. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti and William Blake." ES, LXVI 364r- 

1 2i. 

Symons, Arthur. "Notes on two manuscripts." ER, LIV, 514-20. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 31 

Teasdale, Sara. Christina Rossetti. New York: Macmillan. 

Waller, Ross Douglas. The Rossetti family, 1824-1864. ("English series," No. 

21.) Manchester univ. pr. Pp. xii+324. 

Rev. by F. Neri in Criomale storico deUa letteratura italiana, C, 324; by Paul de 
Reul in ESt, XIV, 201-3; by B. J. Morse in ES, LXVII, 283-87; by Wynyard 
Browne in BkL, LXXXII, 108 (finds book perhaps out of proportion, but impar 
tial and sensible); TLS, May 19, p. 364. 

Bayes, Walter. Turner: a speculative portrait London: Geoffrey Bles. Pp. 
288. 
Rev. in Adelphi, II, 254; by A. B. Bateman in LQHR, CLVII, 453-63. 

Bentley, J. A. "Ruskin and modern fiction." QQ, XXXIX, 145-56. 

Ladd, Henry. The Victorian morality of art; an analysis of Ruskin s esthetic. 

New York: Long and Smith. Pp. xi+418. 

Rev. by Elisabeth Gary in NYTBR, Dec. 11, p. 10. 

Larg, David John. John Ruskin. London: Peter Da vies. Pp. 152. 

Brief rev. in TLS, Sept. 15, p. 646. 
MacDonald, Greville. Reminiscences of a specialist. London: Allen & Unwin. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 1, p. 915. Noteworthy light on Ruskin and Rose la Touche. 
Maurois, Andre*. "Proust et Ruskin." Essays and studies by members of the 

English Association, XVII (1931). 25-32. 

Rev. in AT & Q, CLXIII, 36. Strong influence of Ruskin. 
Rhodon. "Ruskin s "The queen s garden. " N & Q, CLXIII, 225, 316, 354. 
Rocke, Niel. "Ruskin s drawings for Italy." TLS, May 26, p. 390. 

Tea, Eva. Giacomo Boni nella vita del suo tempo. Milan: Ceschina. 2 vols. 

Rev. by Williams in NR, XCVIII, 787-96. The story of an Italian friend and 
disciple of Ruskin. 
Whitehouse, J. Howard. "Ruskin s marriage tragedy." BkL, LXXXII, 208- 

9; LM, 158-59. 
Looker, Samuel J. "Alexander Smith and Dreamthorp." N & Q, CLXIII, 117, 

177. 

Spencer, Herbert. See Field, Michael. 
Cavenagh, F. A. (ed.). Herbert Spencer on education. Cambridge univ. pr. 

Pp. xxiv+233. 

Rev. in N & Q, CLXII, 126. 

Stephen, Leslie. Sketches from Cambridge. Foreword by G. M. Trevelyan. 

London: Milford. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 1, p. 919. 

"R. L. Stevenson problems," N & Q, CLXIII, 278, 316. 
"R. L. Stevenson s use of obliterated/ " N & Q, CLXIII, 287. 
Morley, Christopher. "Two enthusiasms: Stevenson and Conrad." All. 

month., CXL, 403-6. 



32 VICTOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Steel, Anthony. "Jorrocks s London." FR, CXXXXI, 208-17. 
Sidelights on London in the novels of B. S. Surtees. 

Steel, Anthony. Jorrocks s England. London: Methuen. 

Rev. in TLS, Noy. 10, p. 833; by Bonamy DobrSe in S, Dec. 2, pp. 800-802 

Swinburne. See Dickens; also Rossetti (Symons). 

Griggs, Earle Leslie. "Swinburne on Coleridge." MP, XXX, 215-16. 

Lafourcade, Georges. Swinburne: a literary "biography. London: G r Bell; 

New York: Morrow. Pp. xiv+314. 

Rev. by Clyde K. Hyder in SRL, Sept. 24, p., 122; HTB, IX, No. 4, p. 6; SR, 
CLIII, 545; Rev. de Vunto. de Bruxettes, XXXVIH, 106-8; QR, CCLIX, 189; Bk, 
LXXV, 628-29; by Arthur Waugh, BkL, LXXXII, 154; NYTBR, Oct. 2, p. 4; 
TLS, June 2, p. 404; by John Sparrow, in S t June 4, p. 804. See authors letter, 
TLS, June 9, p. 427. 

An admirably balanced and well-informed biography, C. F. H. 

Rutland, William R. Swinburne: a nineteenth century Hellene. Oxford: Black- 
well, 1931. 
Rev. by Georges Lafourcade in RLC, Apr .-June, pp, 464-67; by Mario Praz in 

RES, VIII, 354-57. 

Taylor, Sir Henry. See III. Eighteen-sixties. 
Tennyson. See III. Revaluations. 

Bradby, G. F. "Tennyson s In memoriam. " The Brontes and other essays. 
Oxford univ. pr. 

Callender, Geoffrey. "Tennyson and Froude." TLS, Jan. 21, p. 44. 

Evans, B. Ivor. "Tennyson and the origins of the Golden Treasury" TLS, 
Dec. 8, p. 941. 

Osborne, E. A. "Tennyson s Holy Graft. " TLS, Aug. 25, p. 596. 
Peake, Leslie S. "Tennyson and faith." LQHR, CLVII, 182-89. 

Peake, L. S. "Tennyson and the search for immortality." I: "The pre-exist- 
ence of man." II: "The idea of spiritualism." Ill: "Reason and love." 
SR, CLIII, 192, 216, 266. 

Rendall, Vernon. "A Tennyson puzzle." SR, CLIII, 175. 

Identifies "the long unlovely street" of In memoriam as that on which Hallam 
lived. 

Barbeau, A. "Sur un passage des Newcomes." RA, IX, 143-44. 
On the change in Thackeray s attitude toward the Catholic church, 

Baucke, Ludwig. Die ErztihVcunst in Thackeray s Vanitv Fair. Hamburg: 
Friedrichsen, de Gruyter. Pp. xii+187. 
Brief rev. in LZD, LXXXIII, 891. 

Digeon, A. "Sur le chapitre des Newcomes." RA, IX, 413-17. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1932 33 

Elwin, Malcolm. Thackeray; a personality. London: Cape. Pp. 410. 

Rev. in TLS, Sept. 29, p. 684; by John Linnell in PR, CXXXII, 670-72; SR, 
CLIV, 349; by Osbert Burdett in ER, LV, 557-58; LM, XXVII, 82-83; by 
Michael Sadleir in NS, IV, 347-48; by T. Earle Welby in BkL, LXXXIII, 40 
("the man rather than the artist is Mr. Elwin s concern 1 ). 
Forsythe, Robert S. "Thackeray, critic of his times." Univ. of North Dakota, 

quar. jour., XXII, 191-203. 

Garnett, R. S. "Thackerayana." Blackwood, CCXXXI, 826-39. 
Las Vergnas, Raymond. W. M. Thackeray: I homme, le penseur, le romancier. 

Paris: Champion. 

Rev. in TLS, Sept. 29, p. 684. 

Vulpuis, Dr. Walter. "When Thackeray came to Weimar." SR, CLIII, 339, 
364. 

Leslie,; Shane. "Francis Thompson." S, Nov. 11, pp. 657-58. 

Twitchett, E. G. "Francis Thompson." LM, XXVII, 58-64. 

Thomson, James. The city of dreadful night and other poems. Introd. by Ed 
mund Blunden. London: Methuen. 
Rev, in TLS, June 9, p. 422; by Herbert Agar in ER, LV, 204-6. 

The city of dreadful night and other poems. Introd. by Henry S. Salt. London: 
Watts. Pp. 110. 
Rev. in TLS, June 9, p. 422; by P. Quennell in NS, IV, 235-36. 

Belloc, H. "Anthony Trollope." LM, XXVII, 150-57. 

Huxley, Leonard. "Anthony Trollope and the Cornhill. " Cornhill mag., 

LXXIII, 758-66. 

Waugh, Arthur. "Trollope after sixty years." FR, CXXXII, 712-24. 
Benson, A. C. "Theodore Watts-Dunton." Life and letters, VIII, 385-99. 
Ellis, S. M. "Theodore Watts-Dunton, the friend of friends. " BkL, 

LXXXIII, 28-29.. 
Wilde. See Field, Michael. 
Braybrooke, Patrick. Oscar Wilde: a study. London: Studies publications. 

Pp. 147. 
Douglas, Lord Alfred. My friendship with Oscar Wilde. New York: Coventry 

house. 
Eichbaum, Gerda. "Die impressionistischen Friihgedichte Oscar Wildes unter 

besonderer Berticksichtigung des Einflusses von James MacNeill Whist 
ler." Die neueren sprache, XL, 398-407. 
Gardiner, Alexander. "Oscar in buncoland, U.S.A." New York: Kurt Volk. 

Colophon, III, Part 12, art. 3. 
Ricketts, Charles, and Raymond, Jean Paul. Some recollections of Oscar Wilde. 

New York: Random house; London: Nonesuch pr. 

Rev. in "After Ruskin," NS, IV, 161-62. 



34 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

V. CONTINENTAL MATERIAL 

Ackerknecht, E. H. Beitrdge z. Geschichte d. Medizinalreform von 1848. Diss. 

Leipzig. Pp. 61-185. 
Barbusse, Henri. Zola. Trans, from the French by Mary Balairdie Green and 

Frederick C. Green. London: Dent. Pp. 279. 

Bessemertny, Bertha. "Hermann Kopp als Chemiker." Archeion, XIV, 62- 

68. 

Bockstahler, 0. L. "Sudermann and Ibsen." German guar., V, 54-57. 
Cahen, L6on. Les debuts du monde contemporain, 1789-1848. Paris: F. Alcan. 

Pp. 460. 

Rev. in Ras /, XXX, 447; Rev. critique, June, pp. 274-75. 

Canu, Jean. "L ceuvre dramatique de Flaubert/ RHL, Jan.-Mar., pp. 45- 

72; Apr-June, pp. 190-203. 
Carre*, Jean-Marie. "L Egypte antique dans Poeuvre de The*ophile Gautier." 

RLC, Oct.-Dec., pp. 765-800. 
Croce, Benedetto. Introduzione ad una storia d Europa nel secolo decimonono. 

Bari: Laterza e figli. Pp. 366. 

Rev. in RSP, LV, 472-73; SRL, VIII, 845; in Res publica, Aug., pp. 518-26. 
Decker, C. R. "Balzac s literary reputation in Victorian society." PMLA y 

XLVII, 1150-57. 

de la Gorce, Pierre. Louis Philippe (1830-1848). Paris: Plon, 1931. Pp.420. 
Rev. in La critica, XXX, 203-5; in RSP, LV, 315-16. 

Del Bono, Giulio. "Garibaldi condottiero ed eroe." RasI, XXXI, 577-92. 
dePourtales,Guy. Richard Wagner. Trans, by J. Lewis May. London: Cape. 
Pp. 406. 

de Sanctis. Francesco. History of Italian literature. Trans, by Joan Redfern. 
Oxford univ. pr. 2 vols. 
Rev. by Herbert Read in Crit., Oct., pp. 155-58. 

d Ormesson, Wladimir. "La grande crise mondiale de 1857." Le Correspon 
dent, Dec. 10, pp. 651-66; Dec. 25, pp. 869-84. 

Fischer, Isidor. Biographisches Lexikon der hervorragenden* Aerzte der letzten 
funfzig Jahre. BerUn und Wien: Urban & Schwarzenberg. 

Gay, Jules. Les deux Romesetr opinion fran^aise. Les Rapports franco-italiens 
depuis 1816. Paris: Alcan, 1931. Pp. 246. 
Rev. in Etudes italiennes, N.S., II, No. 2, 136-67. 

Griffith, Gwilym 0. Mazzini: prophet of modem Europe.. London: Hodder & 
Stoughton; New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 382. 
Rev. in NYTBR, Jan. 22, 1933, p. 5. 

Guedalla, Philip. The second empire. London: Hodder & Stoughton Pp 
xvi+362. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 35 

Iltis, Hugo. Life of Mendel. Trans, by Eden and Cedar Paul. New York: 

W. W. Norton. Pp. ix+336. 

Rev. by Logan Clendening in HTB, IX, 16; SRL, VIII, 826; LQHR, CLVII, 
413. 

Janes, George M. "Marxian socialism." Univ. of North Dakota, guar. jour., 
XXII, 330-50. 

Koht, Halvdan. The life of Ibsen. London: Allen & Unwin: New York: 
W. W. Norton, 1931. 2 vols. Pp. 304; 341. 
Rev. by William Lyon Phelps in SRL, VIII, 455. 

Langer, William L. European alliances and alignments, 187 1-1 890. New York: 
Knopf. Pp. 523. 

Liang, Esther M. Die Ethik der Schuk Schopenhauer s. Diss. Berlin. Pp. 118. 
Lieske, Rudolf. Tiecks Abwendung von der Eomantik. Diss. Berlin. Pp. 51. 
Lippmann, Edmund. "Hermann Kopp als Historiker." Archeion, XIV, 1-5. 

Marcuse, Alexander. Die Geschichtsphilosophie Auguste Comtes. Diss. Berlin. 
Pp. 64. 

Marriott, Sir John. Makers of modern Italy; Napoleon-Mussolini. Oxford 

univ. pr. Pp. 228. 

Book rev. dig., Aug., p. 250: "An entirely re-written edition of a famous book, 
first published in 1889." 

Meyer-Benfey, H. "Ibsen in seinem ersten Drama." GRM, XX, 266-77. 

Mittelmeier, Emma. Die geschichtt. Entwicklung des Heimatgedankens seit 
dem 17. Jahrh. Diss. Mtinchen. Pp. 112. 

Nicolli, Pellegrino. La carboneria e le sette affini nel Risorgimento italiano. 
Vicenza: Cristofari, 1931. Pp. 208. 
Rev. in Etudes italiennes, N.S., II, 71. 

O Brien, Edward J. Son of the morning: a portrait of Friedrich Nietzsche. 
London: Cape. Pp. 295. 

Pratt, E. J. "La Diplomatic fran$aise de 1875 a 1881." RH, CLXX, 447-70. 

Pribram, Albert F. England and the international policy of the European great 
powers, 1871-1914. Oxford univ. pr., 1931. Pp. xii+156. 
Rev. in HTB, VIII, No. 22, 13. 

Proudfit, Isabel. The ugly duckling: a Uography of Hans Christian Andersen. 
New York: Robert McBride. Pp. ix+226. 
Rev. in SRL, IX, 210. 

Rheinhardt, Emil. Napoleon and Eugenie; the tragicomedy of an empire. Trans, 
from the German by Hannah Waller. New York: Knopf. Pp. 376. 

Rossier, Edmond. Histoire politique de I Europe, 1815-1919. Paris: Payot, 
1931. Pp. 355. 
Rev. in ESP, LV, 314. 



36 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 

Schirokauer, Arnold, Lassalle; the power of illusion and the illusion of power. 
Trans, by Eden and Cedar Paul. New York: Century. Pp. 320. 
Rev. in HTB, VIII, No. 19, 4. 

Sencourt, Robert. Spanish crown, 1808-1931; an intimate chronicle of a hun 
dred years. (English title : Spain s uncertain crown) . New York : Scribner s. 
Pp. 393. 

Bibilia, Salvatore. "La letteratura della Svezia nelFottocento e in questo 
novecento." RasI, XXXI, 771-80. 

Southgate, George W. A textbook of modern European history, 1789-1930. 
London: Dent. Pp. 355. 

Swanson, Carl A, "Ibsen and the French drama." University of Chicago Ab 
stracts of theses (1929-30}. "Humanistic series/ VIII (Univ. of Chicago 
pr.), 399-403. 

Wais, Kurt, K. T. Henrik Ibsen und das Problem des Vergangenen, im Zusam- 
menhang der gleichzeitigen Geistesgeschichte. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, 1931. 
Pp. xu+281. 
Rev. in GRM, XX, 75. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

-for 1933 



bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the 
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa- 
tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman. University 
of Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal Col 
lege; Helen C. White, University of Wisconsin; Frederic E. Faverty, 
Northwestern University. It attempts to list the noteworthy publi 
cations of 1933 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a bear 
ing on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise 
stated, the date of publication is 1933. Reference to a page in the 
bibliography for 1932, in Modern philology, May, 1933, is made by the 
following form: See VB 1932, 429. Some cross-references are given, 
although not all that are possible, 

KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 



AHR American historical review LM 

AR American review (formerly LQHR 

Bk) 

Archiv *=Archiv fur das Studium der LZD 

neueren Sprachen 

Beiblatt -Beiblatt zur Anglia ML 

Bk = Bookman MLN 

BkL = Bookman (London) MLR 

B of M = Books of the month MP 

CR Contemporary review N 

Cr = Criterion NC 

CWd Catholic world NEQ 

DubR = Dublin review NeuP 
ER = English review 

ES =Englische Studien NeuS 

ESt - English studies (Amsterdam) NewR 

FR = Fortnightly review Nrf 

GRM = Germanisch-romanische Mo- NS 

natsschrift NYTBR 
HTB = New York Herald-Tribune N&Q 
books PMLA 
JEGP = Journal of English and Ger 
manic philology PQ 
JMH Journal of modern history QQ 



= London mercury 

London quarterly and Hoi- 
born review 

=Literarisches Zentralblatt fur 
Deutschland 

= Modern languages 

-Modern language notes 

= Modem language review 

- Modern philology 

- Nation 

-Nineteenth century and after 
=New England quarterly 

- Neuphilologische Monats- 

schrift 

= Die neueren Sprachen 
-New republic 
=Nouvelle revue fran$ aise 
-New statesman and nation 
= New York Times book review 
= Notes & queries 
-Pubs. Mod, Lang. Ass n of 

Am. 

-Philological quarterly 
= Queen s quarterly 



[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1934] 



37 



3S VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

QR ^Quarterly review SP = Studies in philology 

RA = Revue anglo-amtricaine SR = Saturday review 

RES = Review of English studies SRL = Saturday review of literature 

RH = Revue historic TLS = (London) Times literary sup- 

RLC = Revue de litterature comparee pleinent 

S - Spectator V Q R = Virginia quarterly review 

SeR -Sewanee review YR = Yak review 

I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 

-American bibliography for 1932. " PMLA, XLVII, Suppl, 1244-52: "Eng 
lish, Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh. 

Annual bibliography of English language and literature. Vol. XIII. 1932. Ed. 
for the Modern Humanities Research Association by Mary S. Sergeantson, 
assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes. Pp. x+ 
273. "Nineteenth century," pp. 160-210. 

The art index: annual cumulation. October 1932 to September 1933. A cumu 
lative author and subject index to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and mu 
seum bulletins. Also the Dec. issue, cumulative from Sept. New York: 
H. W. Wilson Co. 

Baker, Blanche M. (compiler). Dramatic bibliography: an annotated list of 
books on the history and criticism of the drama and stage and on the allied arts 
of the theatre. New York: H. W. Wilson Co. Pp. xvi+320. 
Rev. by Leon Carnovsky, Lib. quart., Ill, 438-40: "On the score of selection 

and completeness undoubtedly the best thing of its kind yet produced." 

Bibliographisclier Monatsbericht uber neu erschienene Schul-, Universitats- u. 

Hochschulschriften , herausgegeben von der Zentralstelle fur Disser- 

tationen und Programme der Buchhandlung Gustav Fock Leipzig, 

bimonthly. 

Cole, George Watson. Index to bibliographical papers. An index to biblio 
graphical papers published by the Bibliographical Society and the Library 
Association, London, 1877-1932. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. ix+ 

262. 

A valuable work of reference. Access is now made easier to many "contribu 
tions to knowledge" hidden away in these learned publications. A considerable 
number of the references are to Victorian figures, major and minor. See particu 
larly under Carlyle, Dobson, Landor, Lang, Meredith, Peacock, and Locker-Lamp- 
6on. F. E. F. 
Giordano-Orsini, N. "Gli studiinglesi in Italia nel 1932." Leonardo: rassegna 

bibliografica, IV, 419-20. 

Lists the "more important books and articles" published in Italy about English 
and American literature. 
Gregory, Winifred (ed.). List of the serial publications of foreign governments, 

1815-1931. Ed. for the American Council of Learned Societies, American 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1933 30 

Library Association, National Research Council. New York: H. W. Wil 
son Co., 1932. Pp. 720. 

Rev. by A. S. Fletcher, director, British Library of Information, in Lib. jour., 
March 15, pp. 258-59; by A. F. Kuhlman, in Lib. quart., Ill, 221-25 (This is a 
companion volume to the Union list of serials in the libraries of the United States 
and Canada; it "records the holdings of these publications of 85 [14 reported only 
in part] American libraries"); by H. B. Van Hoesen, JMH, V, 395-97; Lib. assoc. 
rec., Ill, 134. 

International bibliography of historical sciences Third year 192S. Ed. by 

the International Committee of Historical Sciences, Washington. New 
York: H. W. Wilson Co. Pp. 458. Also Fourth year 1939 Pp. 

495. 

For description, see VB 1932, 400. The foregoing two vols. are published also 

as follows: Rome: Maglione; Paris: Colin. 

International index to periodicals. Twentieth annual cumulation: July 1933 
June 1933. Also the Nov. issue, which is cumulative from July. New York: 
. H. W. Wilson Co. 

Larassegna (quarterly), XLI, 133-48, 233-42, 341-50. "Repertorio." 
N.B. the sections "Letterature straniere." 

Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica (monthly), IV, 179-84. "Bollettino biblio- 
grafica." And monthly thereafter, the same sort of 5-page bibliog., of books 
recently published in Europe and America. 

McKerrow, R. B. and Fergusson, F. S. Title page borders used in England and 
Scotland. Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. xlviii+234. 

Parrish, M. L. Victorian lady novelists. George Eliot, Mrs. Gaskell, The Bronte 
sisters. First editions in the library at Dormy House, Pine Valley, New Jer 
sey. Described with notes. London: Constable. Pp. xii+160. 

Peddie, R. A. Subject index of books published before 1880. London: Grafton. 
Pp. xiv+745. 
Rev. in Lib. assoc. rec., Ill, 134-35. 

Price, Lawrence Marsden. The reception of English literature in Germany. See 

VB 1932, 400. 

Rev. by F. Baldensperger in RLC, XIII, 377-78; by A. Ludwig in Archiv, 
CLXIV, 94^96; by Helene Richter in NeuS XLI, 381-82. 
Ricci, Seymour de. English collectors of books and manuscripts (1530-1930) 

and their marks of ownership. Cambr. univ. pr.; London: Macmillan, 1930. 

Pp. ix+203. 

Rev. by Ernst Crous in Deutsche literaturzeitung, Jan. 1, pp. 1-4. 

The year s work in English studies. Vol. XII. 1931. Ed. for the English Asso 
ciation by F. S. Boas and M. S. Sergeantson. Oxford univ. pr.j London: 
Milford. Pp. 342. Chaps, xi-xii, "Nineteenth century and after," pp. 266- 
310. 



40 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND 
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

Adams, L. P. Agricultural depression and farm relief in England 1813-1852. 

See VB 1932, 403. 

Rev. by J. H. Park in Pol sci. quart., XL VIII, 319-20. 
Adams, W. F. Ireland and Irish emigration to the New World from 1815 to the 

Famine. New Haven: Yale univ. pr.; London: Milferd. Pp. vi+444. 
Allen, Bernard M. Gordon and the Sudan. London: Macmillan, 1931. Pp. 

485. 

Rev. by Gerald Hurst in Eng. hist, rev., XLVIII, 131-33 ("a full and fair his 
tory"). 

Allen, B. M. Gordon in China. London: Macmillan. 
Allyn, Emily. Lords versus commons; a century of conflict and compromise, 

1830-1930. See VB 1932, 412. 

Rev. by G. H. in Eng. hist, rev., XLVIII, 708. 
Armstrong, Martin. Lady Hester Stanhope. "The Soho library/ 7 London: 

Gerald Howe. Pp. 96. 
Arthur, Sir George. A septuagenarian s scrap-book. Foreword by Sir Herbert 

Maxwell. London: Butterworth. Pp. 320. 

Rev. in JMH, V, 577; TLS, July 13, p. 473 (informative and reflective essays, 
touching Gladstone, Salisbury, Kitchener, Mrs. Langtry, etc.), 
Babington, Thomas. "A forgotten gentleman." S, July 28, pp. 121-22. 

Reminiscences of Thomas Babington, brother-in-law of Zachary Macaulay, and 
prominent in the antislavery movement, by Babington s grandson. 

Bailey, Alec. "The vision of Cecil Rhodes." Empire rev., LVIII, 14-17. 
Balleine, G. R. A history of the Evangelical party in the Church of England. 

2d ed. London: Longmans. Pp. xi+346. 
Baring, M. Sarah Bernhardt. London: P. Davies. Pp. 162. 
Bauer, Marion, and Peyser, E. R. Music through the ages: a narrative for stu 
dent and layman. London: Putnam. Pp. xii+572. 
Baxter, James P. The introduction of the ironclad warship. Harvard univ. pr.; 

London: Milford. Pp. xvi+398. 
Beales, Hugh L. The early English socialists. "Makers of the New World." 

London: Hamilton. Pp. 96. 
Benson, E. F. King Edward VII: an appreciation. London: New York: 

Longmans. Pp. 307. Bibliog., p. 289. 
Benson, Edwin. "A history of education in York, 1780-1902." "Summary of 

theses," CXIII, Bull of Inst. of hist, research, XI, 133-35. 
Bentham s theory of fictions. Ed. by C. K. Ogden. New York: Harcourt, 

Brace, 1932. Pp. 313. 

Rev. by William Gorman in Hound & horn, VII, 153-60. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 41 

Bentwich, N. The religious foundations of internationalism. A study in inter 
national relations through the ages. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 288. 

Berkeley, G. F. H. Italy in the making, 1815 to 1846. Cambr. univ. pr. ? 1932. 
Pp. xxx+292. 

Birkenhead, Frederick E., Earl of. Birkenhead: the first phase. By his son, 

the Earl of Birkenhead. Foreword by the Rt. Hon. Winston S. Churchill. 

London: Butterworth. Pp. 319. 
Birnie, A. Storia economica dell Europa occidentale (1760-1933). Ediz. aggior- 

nata dalPautore. Milano: Corticelli. Pp. viii+396. 
Birrell, Francis. Gladstone. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth; New 

York: Macmillan. Pp. 143. 

Rev. by Arthur Colton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; by J. L. Hammond in S, April 7, 
pp. 492-93; by K. John in NS, April 1, p. 418 ("will please all for whom the glow 
of a rational admiration is one of the luxuries of life"); by Isidor Schneider in 
New R, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; TLS, March 30, p. 231. 
Blomfield, J. St. George s, 1733-1933. London: Medici society. Pp. 128. De 

luxe ed. 
Blood, Gen. Sir Blindon. Four score years and ten: the reminiscences of Gen. 

Sir Blindon Blood London: G. Bell & Son. 

Bolitho, Hector (ed.). The Prince Consort and his brother: two hundred new 

letters. London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. xi-(-225. 

Rev. by Osbert Burdett in ER, LVII, 672-74; by Miss M. Scott Johnston in 
8R, Oct. 21, p. 423; by Geoffrey Wellington in BkL, LXXXV, 124r-25; NS, Oct. 
21, pp. 492-94. 
Bolsover, G. H. "Great Britain, Russia, and the Eastern question, 1832- 

1841." "Summary of theses," CXII, Bull, of Inst. of hist, research, XI, 

129-33. 
Booth, Catherine B. Bramwell Booth. London: Rich & Cowan. Pp. ix+542. 

Rev. by Ernest Jeffs in S, May 19, pp. 719-20; SR, June 10, p. 571; TLS, May 
11 , p. 320. Biography of the late general of the Salvation Army, by his daughter. 
Booth, John Bennison (Costs, pseud.). Pink parade. Foreword by Charles B. 

Cochran. London: Butterworth; New York: E. P. Button. Pp. ix+317. 

Music halls, night clubs, and the stage in the nineties. 
Bovill, E. W. Caravans of the old Sahara. An introduction to the history of the 

Western Soudan. Oxf or duniv.pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 300 +12 maps. 

Rev. by A. Demangeon in Rev. critique, LXVII, 238-39. 
Bradlaugh. Champion of liberty: Charles Bradlaugh. Centenary volume. Lon 
don: C. A, Watts. Pp. 128. 

Rev. by R. C. K. Ensor in S, Sept. 29, p. 408; by Harold Laski in NS, Sept. 30, 
p. 388; TLS, Oct. 5, p. 661. 
Brandenburg, E. From Bismarck to the World War. A history of German for- 

eign policy 1870-1914. Trans, by A. E. Adams. 2d impression. Oxford 

univ. pr. Pp. 556. 



42 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Brinton, Crane. English political thought in the nineteenth century. London: 

Benn. Pp. vii+312. 

Rev. by Harold Laski in NS, Dec. 9, pp. 782-84; TLS, Dec. 21, p. 903. A study 
of nineteen Victorian political thinkers: Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Kingsley, etc. 
Bruns, Gerhard. England und der deutsche Krieg 1866. "HistorischeStudien," 

No. 221. Berlin: Ebering. Pp. xx+218. (Diss. Gottingen, 1932.) 
Bullock, J. M., and others. "The ancestors of Chinese Gordon/ N & Q, 

Feb. 11, pp. 93-95; Feb. 25, pp. 140, 141; April 8, pp. 249, 250. 
Burghclere, Lady (ed.). A great lady s friendships: letters to Mary, Marchioness 

of Salisbury, Countess of Derby, 1862-1890 London: Macmillan. 

Burrow, J. (ed.). Denny, Dumbarton, 1844-1932. London: For William Den 
ny & Bros. Pp. 113. 

Note in JM H, V, 433. History, illustrated, of this shipbuilding establishment. 

Cambridge history of the British empire. Ed. J. Holland Rose, A. P. Newton, 
and E. A. Benians. Vol. VII, Part I, "Australia. " Adviser for the Domin 
ion of Australia, Ernest Scott. Part II, "New Zealand," J. Hight. Cambr. 
univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xx+760; xiv+310. 
Rev. in AT & Q, Aug. 12, pp. 106-8; SR t Sept. 16, p. 302. 

Cambridge history of India, volume VI: the Indian empire, 1858-1918. With 
chapters on the development of administration, 1818-1858. Ed. by H. H. 
Dodwell. Cambr. univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan, 1932. Pp. xxiv+660. 
Rev. by Jules Bloch in Rev. critique, LXVI, 565-66; by W. Norman Brown in 

HTB, Oct. 8, p. 18; N & Q, Jan. 28, pp. 70-71; SR, Jan. 28, p. 98. Also obtainable 

as Vol. V of Cambridge history of the British empire. 

Carlton, R. The gentle adventure: a Victorian prelude. London: Dent. Pp. vii 

+181. 
Carr, E. H. The romantic exiles: a nineteenth century portrait gallery. London: 

Gollancz. Pp. 391. 

Carritt, E. F. (ed.). Letters of courtship between John Torr and Maria Jackson, 
1838-43. New York: Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 289. 
Rev. by Lyn Irvine in S, May 5, pp. 649-50; by Constance Jordan in HTB, 

June 11, p. 13. 

Chandler, Asa C. "Sir Ronald Ross and his work. 7 Rice Institute pamphlet, 
XX, 322-34. 
Summary of Ross s labors in discovering the cause of malaria. 

Clapham, J. H. An economic history See VB 1932, 405. 

Rev. by Edward Cheyney in JMH, V, 248-50; by F. C. Dietz in AHR, 
XXXVIII, 753-54; by R, C. K. Ensor in LM, XXVII, 285-87 ("one of those rare 
books .... which treats a subject of absorbing interest, not yet annexed, with 
such mastery as at once to become the classic on it") J by Henri Hauser in Rev. 
critique, LXVII, 220-23; by Kenneth Pickthorn in Cr, XII, 517-19; by Henri S^e 
in RH, CLXXI, 410-12. 



VICTOHIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 43 

Colles, Henry Cope. The Royal College of Music: a jubilee record, 1833-1933. 

London: Macmillan. Pp. vii+56. " Authorities, " p. v. 
Collier, John, and Lang, Ian. Just the other day. New York: Harper. 

Touches late Victorians Hardy, Edmund Gosse, etc. 

Compton-Rickett, A. 7 look back: memoirs of fifty years. London: Herbert 

Jenkins. Pp. 318. 

Rev. in TLS, Sept. 28, p. 644. Includes memories of James Martineau, Swin 
burne, Watts-Dunton, William Morris. 

Coolen, Georges. Histoire de VEglise d Angleterre. "Bibliotheque catholique 
des sciences religieuses." Paris: Bloud & Gay, 1932. Pp. 200. 

Coupland, Reginald. The British anti-slavery movement. "Home univ. lib." 
London: Butterworth. Pp. 256. Note on books, p. 252. 

Crabits, Pierre. Gordon: the Sudan and slavery. London: Routledge & Ke- 
gan Paul. Pp. x+334. 
Rev. by W. H. Hindle in FR, CXXXIX, 398; by Geoffrey West in BkL, 

LXXXIII, 496; by Clennell Wilkinson in LAf, XXVII, 472-74; by Leonard Woolf 

in NS, Jan. 28, pp. 105-6; TLS, Jan. 26, pp. 45-46. 

Craig, Edith, and St. John, C. Ellen Terry s memoirs. Ellen Terry s autobiog 
raphy and the story of her last twenty years. London: Gollancz. Pp. 376. 

Crew, Albert. London prisons of today and yesterday. London: Nicholson & 

Watson. Pp. 268. 
Croce, Benedetto. History of Europe in the nineteenth century. New York: 

Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 375. 

Rev. by C. F. Ronayne in AR, II, 241^7. 

Gumming, Sir John (ed.). Political India, 1832-1932: a cooperative survey of a 

century. Oxford univ. pr., 1932. Pp. viii+324. 
Dalhousie-Phayre correspondence, 1852-1856. Ed. with introd. and notes by 

D. G. E. Hall. Oxford univ. pr., 1932. Pp, lxxii+426. 

Rev. by P. E. R. in Eng. hist, rev., XLVIII, 710-11. 

Dangerfield, George. Bengal mutiny: the story of the Sepoy Rebellion. London: 
Hutchinson; New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 272. Bibliog. 
Rev. by Ben Ray Redman in HTB, Jan. 29, p. 4; SR, May 20, p. 489. 

Dasent, Arthur I. A history of Grosvenor Square. London: Macmillan. 
Davidson, E. F. Edward Hincks: a selection from his correspondence. Oxford 

univ. pr. Pp. 282. 

Note in Periodical, June: "pioneer in Assyriological and Egyptological re 
search" (1792-1866). 
D Azeglio, V. E. Cavoureringhilterra. Bologna: Zanichelli. 3vols. Pp.1114. 

Rev. by Pietro Silva, "L lnghilterra e 1 UniU Italiana," Leonardo, IV, 414-16. 
Dressier, B. "Die padagogische Ausbildung des englischen hoheren Lehrers." 

NeuS, XLI, 451-58. 



44 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1933 

Driver, Leota S. Fanny Kemble. Chapel Hill. Univ. of N.C. pr.; London: 

Milford. Pp. xiv+271. 

Rev. by Walter P. Eaton in HTB, June 11, p. 5; by Ruth L, Higgins in Miss. 
Valley hist, rev., XX, 416-17; by S. G. Stoney in VQR, IX, 609-13; NYTBR, 
June 18, p. 5; TLS, June 22, , 424 ("a careful account of [Fanny Kemble s] char 
acters, her successes and partial failures"). 
Doyle, Phyllis. A history of political thought. London: Cape. Pp. 335. 

Bibl. by H. J. Laski. "Individualism and social control in the nineteenth cen- 
tury." 

Ernie, Lord. "School and college sixty years since." QR, CCLX, 185-208. 
Fane, A. G. C. (compiler). Index of names to Burke* s royal families. Oxford: 

A. Maltby & Son, 1932. 

Rev. in N & Q, Jan. 7, pp. 17-18. Part I gives the names in Vol. I of Burke s 
1851 ed.; Part II gives those in Vol. II of the 1851 ed. and those in the 1876 ed. 

Fay, C. R. The corn laws and social England. Cambr. univ. pr., 1932. Pp. xii 

+223. 

Rev. by T. S. Ashton in Econ.jour., XLIII, 477-79; by A. L. Dunham in AHR, 
XXXVIII, 794; by J. H. Park in Pol sci. quart., XLVIII, 639-40; NS, March 11, 
p. 296 ("an interesting, irritating, conscientious and inconclusive book"). 

Fayle, E. C. A short history of the world s shipping industry. Foreword by Sir 
A. G. Anderson. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 320. 

Flavigny, Pierre. Le regime agraire en Angleterre au XIX* siecle. Paris: Edi 
tions Internationales. Pp. 300. 

Fleming, J. R. A history of the church in Scotland 1843-1929. Vol. II: 1875- 
1929. Edinburgh: T. and T. Clark. Pp. x+338. 
Rev. by P. C. Simpson in 8, May 26, pp. 769-70; LQHR, CLVIII, 416-17; 

TLS, July 6, p. 456 (see also July 13, p. 480). 

Fulford, Roger. Royal dukes: the father and uncles of Queen Victoria. London: 
Duckworth. Pp. 320. 

Garvin, J. L. The life of Joseph Chamberlain, Vol. I: 1836-1885. See VB 

1932, 407. 

Rev. by E. P. Chase in JMH, V, 404-7; by Felix Frankfurter in II TB, Feb. 5, 
p. 3; by F. W. Hirst in CR, CXLIII, 164-71; by W. T. Laprade in S. AH.- quart., 
XXXII, 306-7; by J. E. Lockwood in Bk, LXXVI, 183-84; by Ian Malcolm in 
QR, CCLX, 261-74; by W. Notestein in YR t XXII, 825-29; by H. L. S. in Dal- 
housie rev., XIII, 132-33; by D. C. Somervell in ER, LVI, 108-9; by H. Stannard 
in FR, CXXXIX, 120-21; by Fabian Ware in NC, CXIII, 118-28; by Clennell 
Wilkinson in LM, XXVII, 279-80; Ail. month,, CLI, 12-14. 
Ibid., Vol. II: 1885-1895: Disruption and combat. New York and London: 

Macrnillan. Pp. 654. 

Rev. by L. S. Amery in Nat. rev., C, 824-34; by Francis Birrell in NS, April 29, 
pp. 536-37; by C. H. Driver in SRL, July 15, pp. 701, 705; by G. P. Gooch in CR, 
CXLIV, 113-15; W. P. Hall in AHR, XXXVIII, 757-58; by W. T. Laprade in 
S. All quart., XXXII, 419-20; by D. McArthur in QQ, XL, 612-29; by William 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 45 

MacDonald in HTB, June 4, p. 4; by Ian Malcolm in QR, CCLXI, 211-22; by 
W. Notestein in YR, XXIII, 194-97; by W. Noteatein in SRL, March 25, pp. 498- 
500; by S. K. Ratcliffe in N, Aug. 9, p. 164 (see N, Feb. 8, p. 153); by Peter Renny 
in Empire rev., LVII, 368-70; by H. Stannard in FR, CXXXIX, 804-5; by D. C. 
Somervell in ER, LVI, 700-701; by C. Wilkinson in LM> XXVIII, 184-86; SR, 
April 29, p. 417. 

Geller, E. E. Sarah Bernhardt. London: E. <fe G. Potter. Pp. 272. 

Grant, A. J., and Temperley, H. W. V. Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries, 1789-1932. 4th and enl. ed. London: Longmans, 1932. Pp. xxiii 
+652. 

Graves, C. L. "Waterloo Place in the nineties." Cornhill mag., LXXV, 438-48. 
Reminiscences dealing with the publisher George Smith; the editors James 
Payn, St. Loe Strachey, and Leonard Huxley; and the authors Frank T. Bullen 
and Joseph Conrad. 

Griffith, Gwilym. Mazzini: prophet of modern Europe. London: Hoddcr & 
Stoughton, 1932; New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1933. Pp. vii+381. 
Bibliog., pp. 365-71, 373-74. 
Rev. by Stringfellow Barr in HTB, May 14, p. 12; by C. F. Ronayne in AR, I, 

116-21. SeeVB 1932,432. 

Guedalla, Philip (ed.). The Queen and Mr. Gladstone, 1845-1879. London: 

Hodder & Stoughton. Pp. vii+457. 

Rev. by Birrell in NS, Aug. 5, 163-64; by Osbert Burdett in SR, July 22, pp. 
106-7; by K. M. in NS, Dec, 2, pp. 708-10; by D. C. Somervell in ER, LVII, 
330-31; by C. Wilkinson in I/AT, XXVIII, 475-77; by H. R. Williamson in BkL, 
LXXXIV, 229-30 ("the most important historical work of the year"); Nat. rev., 
CI, 529-30; S, July 21, p. 86. Letters from Queen Victoria to Gladstone and his 
replies. 
Haldane, Elizabeth S. The Scotland of our fathers: a study of Scottish life in 

the nineteenth century. London: MacLehose. Pp.388. 
Hal6vy, Elie. Histoire du peuple anglais au XIX e sieck. ... Paris: Hachette, 

1932. Pp. vi+663. 

Rev. by Ch. Seignobos in Rev. critique, LXVI, 561-65. 

Hamilton, Lord Ernest. The halcyon era. London: Murray. 

Society life in the mid- Victorian period. 
Hamilton, Lord Ernest. "The midvics." Cornhill mag., LXXV, 257-73. 

Society life, by an inside observer, "when Dukes were Dukes indeed." 
Hamilton, Henry. The industrial revolution in Scotland. See VB 1932, 407. 

Rev. by R. J. S. Hoffman in JMH, V, 530-31; by W. R, Scott in Econ. jour., 
XLIII, 155-58. 
Harding, R. E. M. The pianoforte: its history traced to the great Exhibition of 

1851. Cambr. univ. pr. Pp. xviii-f-432. 
Harris, Sir John. A century of emancipation. London: Dent. Pp. xvi+287. 



46 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Hawkes, C. P. Glancing back: a salad of memories and impressions, London: 

Methuen. Pp. ix+262. 
Hearnshaw, F. J. C. (ed.). The social and political ideas of some representative 

thinkers of the Victorian age. London: Harrap. Pp. 271. 

A series of lectures by authorities of the present day (G. P. Gooch, J. Dover 
Wilson, R. S. Dower, H. J. Laski, C. H. Driver) on Carlyle, Herbert Spencer, 
Maine, De Tocqueville, Marx, T. H. Green, Arnold, Bagehot, and Taine. Rev. by 
R. C. K. Ensor in LM, XXVIII, 286-88; by Gerald Hurst in Eng. hist, rev., 
XLVIII, 128-29; by T. H. Marshall in NS, July 22, p. 108; CR, CXLIV, 759-62; 
TLS, June 8, p. 393. 

Hernmeon, Douglas. "A maritime small town in the nineties." Dalhousie rev., 

XIII, 208-16. 
Henderson, W. 0. "The Lancashire cotton famine." "Summary of theses," 

Butt, of Inst. of hist, research, X, 198-201. 
Hicks-Beach, Lady Victoria. Sir Michael Hicks-Beach: a character sketch. See 

VB 1932, 408. 

Rev. by P. E. Hubbell in JMH, V, 547-48; by Paul Knaplund in AHR, 
XXXVIII, 756-57. A parliamentary career, 1864-1916, 

Hirst, W. A. "Ninety years of empire." Empire rev., LVIII, 272-77. 

Hook, Sidney. Towards the understanding of Karl Marx t a revolutionary in 
terpretation. New York: John Day. Pp. xiv+347. 

Horner, Lady. Time remembered. London: Heinemann. 

Rev. in Poetry rev., XXV (1934), 84-85. Intimate associations with Burne- 
Jones, Rossetti, Tennyson, Browning, and Ruskin. 

Housman, Laurence. Victoria and Albert. "Palace plays." 3d ser. London: 
Cape. Pp. 190. 

Hume, E. Douglas. Bechamps or Pasteur? A lost chapter in the history of biol 
ogy. Founded on MSS, by Montague R. Leverson, M.D. Foreword by 
S. Judd Lewis. London: Daniel, 1932. Pp. 301. 

Inskip, James T. The evangelical influence in English life. New York and 

London: Macmillan. Pp. xiv+215. 
Irvine, H. E. S. B. "1933 looks at 1883." Nat. rev., C, 239-47. 

A cursory examination of some Victorian political prophecies that the author 
believes have been fulfilled. 

Jaggard, William, and others. "Arundel Society." N & Q, June 24, p. 443; 

July 15, p. 31; Aug. 12, p. 102. 

Society established by Ruskin to promote knowledge of art. 
Jepson, E. Memoirs of a Victorian. Vol.1. London: Gollancz. Pp.288. 

Rev. in TLS, Nov. 16, p. 798. Late Victorians: Lionel Johnson, Ernest Dow- 
son, and Beardsley. 

Jones, G. T. Increasing returns: a study of the relation between the size and 
efficiency of industries, with special reference to the history of selected British 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 47 

and American industries, 1850-1910. Ed. by Colin Clark. Cambr. univ. 

pr. Pp. xvi+300. 
Kendal, Dame Madge. "My command performance/ Cornhill mag., LXXV, 

424-28. 

W. H. and Dame Madge Kendal in Sweethearts before Queen Victoria and her 
court at Osborne, Feb. 1, 1887. 

Kendal, Dame Madge. Dame Madge Kendal, by herself. London: John Mur 
ray. Pp. 324. 
Klein, Herman. The golden age of opera. London: Routledge. Pp.301. 

Rev. by V. Pilkington in LM, XXVIII, 453-55; by C. H. Warren in BkL, 
LXX1V, 158-59. Devoted largely to Covent Garden, 1870-1910. 
Knox, W. L., and Vidler, A. R. The development of modern Catholicism. Lon- 

don: Allan. Pp. viii+336. 
Levy, Max. Der Sabbath in England: Wesen und Entwicklung des englischen 

Sonntags. Diss. Koln. 

Lockhart, J. G. Cecil Rhodes. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 
136. 
Rev. by Colin Brooks in BkL, LXXXIV, 42; by R. Mortimer in NS, March 25, 

pp. 390-91; by Isidor Schneider in New R, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; by D. C. Somervell 

in ER, LVI, 455-56 ("the cynical imperialist"); SR, Feb. 4, p. 121. 

Lockridge, Richard. Darling of misfortune: Edwin Booth. New York: Cen 
tury. 

London s buses. The story of a hundred years. Compiled by Vernon Sommer- 
field. London: St. Catherine pr. Pp. 118. 

MacMunn, Lieutenant General Sir George. "The romance and tragedy of 
Sussex smuggling." Cornhill mag., LXXV, 465-75. 

Magnus, Laurie. "St. Paul s school fifty years ago." Cornhill mag., LXXIV, 
626-35. 

Maine, Basil. Elgar: his life and works. 2 vols. London: Bell. Bibl., I, xiv; 
dupl. in II, v; gramophone records of Elgar s works, II, 315-17. 

Makarov, A. K., and Schmitz, Ernest. Handbuch der diplomatischen Korre- 
spondenz der europaischen Staaten. Repertoire de la correspondance diplo 
matique des etats europeens. Digest of the diplomatic correspondence of the 
European states, 1856-1871. "Fontes juris gentium," ser. B, sec. 1, t. 1, 
p. 2, fasc. 1. Berlin: Heymann. Pp. 400. 

Malcolm-Smith, Elizabeth. The life of Stratford Canning. London: Benn. Pp. 
368. 
Rev. by C. Petrie in ER, LVII, 445-46; by E. W. in NS, Sept. 30, pp. 391-92. 

Mallet, Sir Charles. Herbert Gladstone: a memoir. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 

326. 
Marriott, Sir J. A. R. Oxford: its place in national history. Clarendon pr.; 

London: Milford. Pp. 206. 



48 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Marriott, Sir J. A. R. Queen Victoria and her ministers. London: Murray. 
Pp. 248. . 
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in ER, LVII, 672-74; by K. M. in NS, Dec. 2, 708-10. 

Millin, Sarah G. Rhodes. London: Chatto & Windus; New York: Harper. 

Pp. viii+449. "Sources," pp. 411-25. 

Rev. by Colin Brooks in BkL, LXXXIV, 42 ("presenting a man in relation to 
his own time in terms understandable in ours") ; by J. L. Davies in HTB, Sept. 10, 
p. 3; by G. d Hangest in Les langues modernes, XXXI, 408; by M. M. Lowes in AR, 
II, 97-101; by Violet Milner in Nat. rev., C, 556-60; by R. Mortimer in NS, 
March 25, pp. 390-91; by W. Plomer in Cr, XII, 699-701; by Peter Renny in 
Empire rev., LVII, 246-47; by D. C. Somervell in ER, LVI, 455-56; by C. Wilkin 
son in LM, XXVIII, 91-93; QR, CCLXI, 177-78. 
Modder, Montagu F. "An aspect of Jewish, emancipation in England." 

LQHR, CLVIII, 453-63. 

Deals with the battle, 1847-58, for the admission of Jews to Parliament, and 
the general emancipation of the Jew in England which resulted from the parlia 
mentary act of 1858. 
Modrone, Senator Visconti di. "England and Italy: an historical survey of a 

great friendship." Proc. of the Brit, academy, Vol. XVIII. London: Mil- 
ford, 1932. 

Note by Ch. B. in RH, CLXXI, 422. Carlyle is among the English authors 
helping to cement the friendship. 

Morgan, Dr. Alexander. Scottish university studies. Oxford univ. pr. 
Morrow, Rising L. "Citizenship in Anglo-American diplomacy from 1790 to 

1870." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1932), pp. 120-23. Harvard 

univ. pr. 
Murray, Marischal. Ships and South Africa. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 347; 328 

illus. 

Nevinson, H. W. "Gordon: the Victorian hero." S, Jan. 27, pp. 107-8. 
Newman, Sir George. The rise of preventive medicine. Oxford univ. pr., 1932. 

Pp. 270. 
Olivier, Sydney Haldane Olivier, Baron. The myth of Governor Eyre [Edward 

John Eyre], London: Hogarth pr. Pp. 348. 
O Malley, W. Glancing back: seventy years experiences and reminiscences of 

pressman, sportsman and member of Parliament. London: Wright & Brown. 

Pp. 294. 
Oman, Sir Charles. Things I have seen. London: Methuen. Pp. vi+292. 

Rev. in SR } June 3, p. 544. Memories from 1868; picture of Napoleon III, 
Gladstone at All Souls, etc. 
P., H. F., and others. "The Fauntleroy costume." N & Q, Feb. 18, p. 120; 

March 18, p. 193; March 25, p. 213; April 1, p. 231; April 22, p. 285; May 

13, p. 339; June 3, p. 393; July 22, p. 51. 
Parker, Eric. College at Eton. London: Macmillan. Pp. ix+272. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1933 40 

Peel, Dorothy C. The stream of time. Social and domestic life in England, 
1805-1861. New York: Scribner s, 1932. Pp. xix+265. 
Rev. by A. L. Cross in JMH, V, 99-100; HTB, Jan. 1, p. 9. Fictionized sod J 

history. 

Plomer, William. Cecil Rhodes. London: P. Davies; New York: D. Apple- 
ton. Pp. 180. BibL, pp. 173-75. 
Rev. by Colin Brooks in BkL t LXXXIV, 42; by R. Mortimer in NS, March 25, 

pp. 390-91 ; by Isabel Paterson in HTB, May 21, p. 6; by D. C. Somervell in ER, 

LVI, 455-56; JMH, V, 440; NewR, July 12, pp. 242-43. 

Pollock, Sir Frederick. "For my grandson. Cambridge and the Apostles : 
Oxford scholars and historians. University memories. " Cornhill mag., 
LXXIV, 1-15. 

Ponsonby, Arthur. Queen Victoria. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. 

Pp. v+141. See VB 1932, 410. 

Rev. by Arthur Colton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; by R. Mortimer in NS, Feb. IS, 
pp. 193-94; by Isidor Schneider in NewR, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; BkL, LXXXIII, 
480-83; SR, Feb. 4, p. 121. 

Porte, John F. Elgar and his music: an appreciative study. London: Isaac 
Pitman. Pp. xvi 4-106. 

Postgate, R. W. Karl Marx. "Makers of the new world ser." London: Ham- 
ish Hamilton. Pp. 92. 
Rev. by H. J. Laski in NS, Nov. 4, pp. 55-56. 

Priebe, Hermann. Das Christusbild in der Kunst des 19. und 20. Jh. Diss. 
Halle, 1932. Pp. 97. 

"The Public Record Office. Official records, open to public inspection, re 
ceived in 1932." "Historical manuscripts," Bull, of the Inst. of hist, re 
search, XI, 139-40. 

List includes nine nineteenth-century MSS, among them Queen Victoria s visi 
tors 1 book for Osborne, 1853-96. 

Rich, R. W. The training of teachers in England and Wales during the nine 
teenth century. Cambr. univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. viii-f 286. 

Roberts, S. C. (compiler). A picture book of British history, Vol. Ill: 1688- 
1901. Cambr. univ. pr., 1932. Pp. xiii-f78. Folio with 248 plates. 

Rose, William, and others. "Saturday half-holidays." N & Q, May 27, p. 372; 

June 10, pp. 410-11; June 24, pp. 447-48; July 22, p. 49; Sept. 2, p. 159; 

Sept. 9, p. 176. 

Henry Marsden (d. 1848) and Robert J. Lowes (d. 1874) credited with the 
origin of the custom in industry. 

Sabry, M. L empire egyptien sous Ismail et I ingfrence anglo-frangaise (1863- 
79). Paris: Geuthner. Pp. 576. 

Sachs, C. Eine Weltgeschichte des Tanzes. Berlin: Reimer. 



oO VICTORIAN BIBLIOGKAPHY FOR 1933 

Sams, Hubert A. Pauline and old Pauline, 1884-1981. Cambr. univ. pr. 
privately printed. 
Rev. in N & Q, Aug. 19, pp. 125-26. History of St. Paul s School, 

Sharp, Evelyn. Unfinished adventure. London: John Lane. Pp. xi+316. 

Rev. in TLS, June 22, p. 423. Reminiscences of the Yellow Book group, of 
Alice Meynell, Stephen Gwynn, Henry Nevinson, Max Beerbohm, John Lane; 
"amusing Victorian glimpses of a large family at work and at play." 

Sontag, R. J. European diplomatic history, 1871-1932. "Century historical 
ser." London and New York: Century. Pp. xi+425. 
Rev. by R. A. Newhall in JMH, V, 407-8. 

Stephen, Barbara (Nightingale), Lady. Girton college, 1869-1932. Cambr. 
univ. pr. Pp. viii+202. 

Stevens, Albert K. "Milton and chartism." PQ, XII, 377-88. 

Swears, Herbert. "A Victorian miniature." Empire rev., LVII, 223-29. 
Stage life as revealed in the early years of Dame Madge Kendal. 

Talbert, Ernest L. "On Francis Galton s contribution to the psychology of 
religion." Scientific monthly, XXXVII, 53. 

Thorpe, James. Happy days: recollections of an unrepentant Victorian. Lon 
don: Gerald Howe. Pp. 318. 

Tilley, Sir John, and Gaselee, Stephen, The foreign office. Introd. by Sir J. 
Simon. New York: Putnam. Pp. 351. 

Tout, Thomas Frederick. Collected papers: with a memoir and bibliography, 
Vol. I: Miscellaneous papers chiefly on the study of history and the Univer 
sity of Manchester. Manchester univ. pr., 1932. Pp. vii+213. 
Rev. by C. G. C. in Bull of Inst. of hist, research, X, 186; by C. H. Walker in 

JMH, V, 555-56. 

Trevelyan, George M. Sir George Otto Trevelyan: a memoir by his son See 
VB 1932, 411. 

Rev. by M. A. DeWolfe Howe in AHR, XXXVIII, 329-30; by J H Park in 
JMH,V,9Q. 

Turner, A. Logan (ed.). History of the university of Edinburgh 1883-1933. 
Edinburgh and London: Oliver & Boyd. Pp. xxxi+452. 

Victoria, Queen, The letters of: 1896-1901. 3d ser. Vol. III. See VB 1932 411 
Rev. by H. C. BeU in AHR, XXXVIII, 551-52; by Gerald Hurst in Eng. hist, 
rev., XLVIII, 310-11. y 

Wassermann, Jacob. BulaM atari: Stanley, conquer or of a continent. Trans, by 
Eden and Cedar Paul. New York: Liveright. Pp.xvi+351. See IV, Stan 
ley. 
Rev. by G. Armitage in BkL, LXXXIII, 406; by H. Brickell in North Amer. rev., 

CCXXXV, 285-86; by M. M. Lowes in Bk, LXXVI, 287-88. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 51 

Wastell, R. E. P. "The history of slave compensation, 1833-1845." "Sum 
maries of theses/ CVIII, Bull ofthelnsL of hist, research, XI, 48-50. 

Webb, Clement C. J. A study of religious thought in England from 1850. Ox 
ford: Clarendon pr. Pp. xiii+192. 
Rev. by A. E. Garvie in Philosophy, VIII, 481-83; by J. K Mozley in S t June 

30, pp. 953-54; by C. F. Ronayne in AR, II, 116-21; CR, CXLIV, 502-3; LQHR, 

CLVIII, 543-44; TLS, June 8, p. 388. 

Mainly a philosophical and theological wofk, but valuable also in setting forth 

the background of much literary achievement: the deposition of Maurice from his 

professorship, the publication of Essays and reviews, Lux mundi, and Foundations. 

Consideration of the Oxford movement has been definitely excluded. 

Wilkinson, H. S. Thirty-five yean: 1874-1909. London: Constable. Pp. ix-f- 

325. 

Rev. in JMH, V, 285; SR, June 17, p. 598; TLS, March 2, p. 137. Journalistic 
and political memoirs. 

Williamson, George C. Memoirs in miniature: a volume of random reminis 
cences. London: Grayson. Pp. 273. 
Rev. by O. M. Green in SR, July 1, pp. 18-19. Has portraits of Queen Victoria, 

Gladstone, Lord Roseberry, and Edmund Gosse. 

Wilson, Albert Edward. Penny plain, twopence coloured. New York: Mac- 

millan. 

Rev. by E. Evans in HTB, Jan. 29, p. 6. Treats the English toy theater of the 
nineteenth century. 

Wilson, Mona. Queen Victoria. London: Davies. 

Rev. by Hamish Miles in S, Oct. 13, p. 485; TLS, Oct. 12, p. 681. 

Wingfield-Stratford, Esm6. The Victorian sunset. See VB 1932, 411. 

Rev. by Karl Arns in ES, LXVIII, 285-86; by H. Brickell in North Amer. rev,, 
CCXXXV, 192; by Austin Clarke in NS, Jan. 21, pp. 77-78; by G. Danger-field in 
Bk, LXXVI, 76-77; by W. C. De Vane in YR, XXII, 632-34; by W. Notestein in 
SRL, April 29, p. 560. 

Wortham, H. E. Chinese Gordon (English title: Gordon; an intimate portrait). 

Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. ix+384. London: Harrap. Pp. 342. 

Rev. by G. R. Barnes in B of M, Feb., pp. 15-16; by R. Gilbert in HTB, April 
23, pp. 1-2; by W. H. Kindle in FR, CXXXIX, 398; by H. W. Nevinson in S, 
Feb. 10, p. 192; by Charles Roland in SRL, April 29, p. 559; by G. West in BkL, 
LXXXIII, 496; by C. Wilkinson in LM, XXVII, 472-74; by Leonard Wool! in 
NS, Jan. 28, pp. 105-6 ("a solid piece of work, giving us the facts and an intelli 
gent, reasonably impartial appreciation of them and of Gordon"); TLS, Jan. 26, 
pp. 4,5-46. 

Wyndham, Horace. Victorian sensations. London: Jarrolds; New York: 
Sears. Pp. 288. 



52 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY 
FORMS: ANTHOLOGIES 

Boas, Guy (ed.). A "Punch" anthology. London: Macmillan. Pp. 276. 

Bram, E. Max. Die italien. Renaissance in dem engL Geistesleben des 19. Jahrh. 
im bes. bei John Ruskin, John Addington Symonds, und Vernon Lee. Diss. 
Zurich, 1932. Pp. 100. 

Brass, Herta. Der Wandel in der Auffassung des Menschen im englischen Ro 
man vom 18. zum 20. Jahrhundert. Diss. Tubingen, 1932. Pp. 31. 

Braybrooke, Patrick. Some Victorian and Georgian Catholics: their art and 
outlook. London: Burns, Oates, 1932. Pp. 214. 
Rev. in BkL, LXXXIII, 509. Has epsays on Patmore and.-Francis Thompson. 

Bulloch, John Malcolm. "Literary circles of the nineties." Lib. rev., No. 28, 
pp. 145-50. (Especially Clement K. Shorter and W. R. NicoU.) 

Burstall, Sara A. Retrospect & prospect: sixty years of women s education. Prei. 
by Sir Michael Sadler. London and New York: Longmans. Pp. xv+286. 

Chambers, Frank P. The history of taste: an account of the revolutions of art 
criticism and theory in Europe. New York: Columbia univ. pr., 1932. Pp. 
xi+342. 
Rev. by Winifred Denison in Lib. quart., Ill, 115 ("original in the selection of 

literature of the various periods as sources of criticism"). 

Cook, E. Thornton. "Going abroad a century ago with a Murray hand 
book." Cornhill mag., LXXV, 129-38 . 

Darton, F. J. Harvey. Children s books in England: five centuries of social life. 

Cambr. univ. pr., 1932. Pp. xii+359. 

Rev. by K. A. E. in Lib. assoc. rec., Ill, 52-53 ("the nineteenth century the 
greatest era in this branch of literature") ; by M. L. Rocher in Lea langues modernes, 
XXI, 339; N & Q, Jan. 7, pp. 16-17. 

Dumesnil, R. Gustave Flaubert: I homme et Vo3uvre. Paris: Descle e & De Bro- 

wer. Pp. 530. 

Rev. by L. F. Benedetto in Leonardo, IV, 102-5; by P. Jourda in Rev. critique, 
LXVII, 28-30. 

Edgar, Pelfcam. The art of the novel from 1700 to the present time. New York: 

Macmillan. 
Eliot, T. S. Selected essays 1917-1932. London: Faber & Faber; New York: 

Harcourt, Brace, 1932. Pp. 415; 454. 

Rev. by A. Brute in RA, X, 547-48; by Robert Hillyer in NEQ, VI, 402-4; by 
H, B. Parkes in Hound & horn, VI, 35CH56; by W, H. Shewring in Dublin rev., 
CXCII, 156-59. Has essays on Arnold, Dickena, Wilkie Collins, Pater, and Swin 
burne. 

Eliot, T. S. The use of poetry and the use of criticism; studies in the relation of 
criticism to poetry in England. London: Faber & Faber. Pp. 156. 
Rev. by Spender in NS t Nov. 18, pp. 637-38. Has essay on Arnold. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 53 

Elton, Oliver. The English muse. London: G. Bell. Pp. 500. 
Rev. by Paul Yvon in Les langues modernes, XXXI, 275-77. 

Essays and studies. Vol. XVII. By members of the English Association. Col- 
lected by W. H. Hadow. Oxford: Clarendon pr., 1932. Pp. 105. 
Rev. by H. Jantzen in Beiblatt, XLIV, 202-4. 

Essays and studies. Vol. XVIII. By members of the English Association. Col 
lected by Hugh Walpole. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 159. 
Rev. by W. Kalthoff in NeuS, XLI, 468-70. 

Evans, B. If or. English poetry in the later nineteenth century. London: Me- 

thuen. Pp. xxv+404. 

Rev. in Poetry rev., XXIV, 328 ("a critical commentary," to some extent carry 
ing on Elton s The English muse) ; TLS, June 1, pp. 369-70. Account of Swinburne, 
D. G. Rossetti, Meredith, Hardy, Hopkins, and Bridges. 

Ewen, Frederic. The prestige of Schilkr in England: 1788-1859. See VB 1932, 

414. 

Rev. by B. V. Crawford in PQ, XII, 222-23; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXX, 
445-47. 

Fehr, Bernhard. "Das erf iillte Zeitalter : der Viktorianismus. Eine Revision." 
NeuP, IV, 385-403. 

Flugel, John C. A hundred years of psychology, 1888-1988. London: Duck 
worth. Pp. 384. 

Gillet, C. R. Burned books: neglected chapters in British history and literature. 
New York: Columbia univ. pr., 1932. 2 vols. 

Glucksmann, H. L. Die Gegenuberstellung von Antike-Christentum in der eng- 
lischen Literatur des 19. Jhs. Diss. Freiburg. Hannover: Ktister, 1932. 
Pp. 76. 
Rev. in Archiv., CLXII, 305. Studies Pater and Swinburne. 

Griffiths, B. E. "Grillparzer and the London theater." Germanic rev., VIII, 

246-64. 

A month of theater-going, May-June, 1836, recorded in the diary of the Austri 
an playwright; additional comments on actors, actresses, and audiences. 

Gutbier, Elisabeth. Psychologischrdsthetische Studien zu Tristandichtungen der 
neueren englischen Literatur. Diss. Erlangen. Pp. 98. 

Halperin, Maurice. Le roman de Tristan et Iseut dans la litterature anglo-am6- 
ricaine au XIX 6 et au XX e stecles. Paris: Jouve & Cie., 1931. Pp. 146. 
Bibliog., pp. 141-44. 

Rev. by Justin O Brien in Romanic rev., XXIV, 161-63 (versions by Arnold, Ten 
nyson, Fr. Millard, Swinburne, Anspacher, Martha Austin, Joseph C. Carr, Wil 
liam Wells Newell, Symonds, Hardy, E. A. Robinson, and Masefield). 

Howe, M. A. DeWolfe. "Victorian poets: a side-light." Ail. month., CLII, 
224-27. 



54 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Jones, Howard Mumford. "Those eminent Victorians." Scribner s mag., 

XCIII, 89-93. 

"They didn t invent Victorianism but rebelled against it. Under conditions 
similar to those now facing us, they give lessons in tolerance and wit." 

Kellet, E. E. "The religious biography." Life and letters, IX, 233-43. 

A survey of nineteenth-century religious biographies, of varying degrees of 
literary merit, which were often far more popular than the most widely read novels. 

Lovett, R. M., and Hughes, Helen S. The history of the novel in England. See 

VB 1932, 416. 

Rev. by C. E. Brackenbury in BkL, LXXXV, 90; by A. Digeon in RA, X, 352- 
53; by Eric Gillett in LM, XXVIII, 84r-86. 

Maxse, Mary. "Children s books ancient and modern." Nat. rev., CI, 788-94. 

M6groz,R.L. Modern English poetry, 1882-1932. London: Nicholson & Wat 
son. Pp. ix+267. 
Rev. by Karl Arns in Zeitschrift filr franzos. u. engl. Unterr., XXII, 303; by 

Ashley Sampson in SR, Feb. 11, p. 145. A survey. 

Moraud, Marcel. Le romantisme frangais en Angleterre de 1814 a 1848. Paris: 

Champion. Pp. 479. Bibliog., pp. 427-64. 

Rev. by Ch. Btaont in RH, CLXXII, 340-41; by P. Martino in Rev. critique, 
LXVII, 271-72. Last quarter of the volume deals with the influence of Balzac and 
George Sand in England, 1844-48, and of Rousseau and George Sand on George 
Eliot. 

Morison, Stanley. The English newspaper See VB 1932, 416. 

Rev. by F. Schonemann in Deutsche Literaturzeitung, March 26, pp. 577-82. 

OXFOBD MOVEMENT 

(See also IV, Keble, Newman, Wilberforce) 

Abercfombie, Nigel. "Some directions of the Oxford movement." Dublin rev., 
74-84. 

Baker, Joseph E. The novel and the Oxford movement. See VB 1932, 416. 

Rev. by N. B. in ML, XIV, 202; G. H. Harper in MLN, XLVITI, 480-81; by 
A. H. Dodd in History, XVIII, 272-73; by C. F. Harrold in PQ, XII, 319-20; by 
Charles Smyth in Cr, XII, 686-87; TLS, June 29, p. 436. 

Barnes, W. Emery. After the celebration of the Oxford movement: some consider 
ations. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes. Pp. 23. 

Baynes, Bishop Hamilton. "From Newman to Gore." Hibbertjour., XXXII, 

1-8. 

Traces the incidental but definitely operative social influences of the Oxford 
movement as they appeared in Christian socialism, Maurice, and Kingsley, etc. 
Bolton, J. R. G. "Polemics without literature." BkL, LXXXIV, 142-43. 

"It was not until the Oxford movement ceased to protest that it produced fine 
literature." 



VUTOKIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 5") 

Boulter, B. C. The Anglican reformers. London: Allan. Pp. 256. 

Rev. in TLS, June 1, p. 372 (minor tractarians; Newman s failures as a Catho 
lic, etc.). 
Brash, W. Bardsley. "The Oxford movement." LQHR, CLVIII, 145-56. 

A brief restatement of some generally recognized effects of the movement. 
Adds nothing new. F. E. F. 

Bre"gy, Katherine. " Some fruits of the Oxford movement." CWd, CXXXVII, 

684-88. 

Brilioth, Yngve. The Anglican Revival: studies in the Oxford movement. Cheap 
ed. London: Longmans. Pp. xv+357. 

Burdett, Osbert. "What of the Oxford movement?" JVC, CXIV, 215-25. 
Canterbury, Archbishop of. "Mr. Gladstone and the Oxford movement." NC, 

CXIV, 374r-84. 
Carpenter, S. C. Church and people, 1789-1889: a history of the Church of 

England from William Wilberforce to "Lux mundi" London: S. P. C. K. 

Pp. 598. 

Rev. by J. K. Mozley in S, Aug. 25, pp. 255-56; in CR, CXLIV, 502-3; TLS, 
Sept. 7, p. 585. 

Cecil, Algernon. "The dean of the Tractarians." TLS, July 20, p. 496. 

Cecil, Lord Hugh. "The Oxford movement: our debt to the Tractarians." 
S, May 5, pp. 634^35; see also May 12, p. 684. 

Cross, F. L. John Henry Newman; with a set of unpublished letters. "Tractari- 
an ser." London: Allan. Pp. 182. 
Rev. by N. J. Abercrombie in Dublin rev., 306-9; by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, 

pp. 77-78. 

Cross, F. L. The Oxford movement and the seventeenth century. "Oxford move 
ment centenary ser." London: S.P.C.K. 
Rev. (strongly adverse) in TLS, Sept. 14, p. 615. 

Cross, F. L. Preaching in the Anglo-Catholic revival. "Oxford movement cen 
tenary ser." London: S.P.C.K. Pp. 75. 

Cross, F. L. The tractarians and Roman Catholicism. London: S.P.C.K. 

Dark, Sidney. "The Oxford centenary." SR, July 8, pp. 35-37. 

Dawson, Christopher. The spirit of the Oxford movement. New York: Sheed & 

Ward. Pp. 144. 

A short but closely reasoned analysis of the central conception underlying the 
Oxford movement; the Tractarians were seeking to return to "the old Anglican 
tradition that had its roots in the 17th century" and at the same time to reassert 
the great European Catholic tradition of the "incommensurability of Nature and 
Grace." The author departs from the usual treatment of the Tractarians by draw 
ing heavily, and illuminatingly, upon the Lyra apostoHca for expressions of their 
spirit and aims. A valuable book for a short and concrete exposition of the ecclesi 
astical and theological foundations of the movement. C. F. HARROLD. 



56 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

"The Dean of the Tractarians" [R. W. Church]. TLS, July 13, pp. 469-70. 

Dimond, S. G. "The philosophy and theology of. the Oxford movement and 

Anglo-Catholicism." LQHR, CLVIII, 433-46. 

Treats of Newman: his "doctrine of the church," his "psychology of assent," 
and his "idea of development." 

Donald, Gertrude. Men who left the movement. London: Burns Gates. Pp. ix 

+422. 

Rev. by Trappes-Lomax in DubR, 143-46; TLS, June 1, p. 372; also p. 412. 
Treats of the conversion of Newman, Allies, Manning, and Maturin. 

Donovan, Marcus. After the Tractarians. From the recollections of Athelstan 
Riley. "Lives of the Tractarians ser." London: Allan. Pp. 184. 

Faber, Geoffrey. Oxford Apostles: a character study of the Oxford movement. 

London: Faber & Faber. Pp. xxiii+467. Bibliog., pp. xxi-xxiii. 

Rev. by Francis Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by Osbert Burdett in ER, 
LVII, 219-20, and in NC, CXIV, 215-55; by J. C. Hardwick in S, July 21, p. 87; 
by H. Read in Adelphi, VI, 461-62; by D. Woodruff in DubR, 333-35; TLS, June 
29, 436; Get. 5, p. 671. 

Flood, J. M. Cardinal Newman and Oxford. London: Nicholson & Watson. 

Pp. xi+283. 

Rev. by Francis Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by J. W. C. Wand in S, 
April 7, pp. 504-5; see S, April 14, p. 536; April 21, p. 570; TLS, June 29, p, 436. 

Hardwick, J. C. The light that failed: reflections on the Oxford movement. Ox 
ford: Blackwell. Pp. 23. 

Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; TLS, June 29, p. 451. Intolerant 
and illiberal in tone; exalts historical "liberalism" of the English church; mini 
mizes the significance of the movement. 

Harper, Gordon H. Cardinal Newman and William Froude, F.R.S. Baltimore : 

John Hopkins pr. Pp. viii+221. 

Presents hitherto unpublished letters by Newman to a Fellow of the Royal 
Society; noteworthy as throwing new light on Newman s Grammar of assent and 
his participation in the religious controversy of the age, especially his efforts to 
combat skepticism with his own theory of knowledge. C. F. H. 

Harrison, A. W. "Romanticism in religious revivals." Hibbert jour., XXXI, 
582-94. 

Henson, H. H. The Group movement: being the first part of the charge delivered 

at the Third Quadrennial Visitation Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 86. 

See Periodical (June) : attacks the movement as "an undesirable and dangerous 

outbreak of crude emotion justified by fallacious thought." 

Henson, H. H. The Oxford groups: the charge delivered at the Third Quadren 
nial Visitation Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 162. 

Heywood, Bernard. Sermon notes for a suggested course on the Oxford move 
ment London: S.P.C.K. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 57 

H[olloway], 0. E. "The Tractarian movement in Oxford." Bodleian quart, 
rec., VII, 213-32. 

Hunkin, J. W. "The flying start of the Oxford movement." CR, CXLIII, 
561-69. 

Ingram, Kenneth. "A century of Anglo-Catholicism." BkL, LXXXTV, 
140-41. 

Ingram, Kenneth. John Keble. "Lives of the Tractarians ser." London: Al 
lan. Pp. 184. 

Knox, E. A., Bishop of Manchester. The tractarian movement 1833-1845: the 
Oxford movement as a phase of the religious revival in Western Europe in the 
second quarter of the nineteenth century. London: Putnam. Pp. xix+410. 
Bibliog., pp. 398-403. 
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by K. Ingram in BkL, LXXXIV, 

140-41; by J. W. C. Wand in S, June 16, p. 874; TLS, April 20, p. 268 (see also 

May 4, p. 312). 

Knox, E. A. "Tractarianism and episcopacy." NC, CXIV, 73-81. 

"The net result .... was to exhibit the impotence of the bishops as rulers of 
the Church." 

Knox, E. A. "Tractarianism and the national life." , May 12, pp. 673-74. 

Knox, Wilfred L. The development of modern Catholicism. London: Allan. Pp. 
viii+336. 

Leslie, Shane. "Lewis Carroll and the Oxford movement: a paper submitted 
to the historical theological school at Gottingen university." LM, XXVIII, 
233-39. 

Leslie, Shane. The Oxford movement 1833-1933. London: Burns, Oates. Pp. 

xv+167. Bibl., pp. 161-66. Milwaukee: Bruce pub. co. Pp. xiii+189. 

Rev. by N. Abercrombie in DubR, 306-9; by Osbert Burdett in NC, CXIV, 215- 
25; TLS, June 29, p. 436 (journalistic, " swash-buckling"). 

Mackean, W. H. The Eucharistic doctrine of the Oxford movement: a critical 
study. London, New York: Putnam. Pp. 252. Bibliog., pp. 235-47. 
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; TLS, Sept. 14, p, 615. 

Masserman, J. H. B. "The Oxford movement." S, Feb. 17, pp. 208-9. See 
letter, S, Feb. 24, p. 251. 

May, J. Lewis. The Oxford movement, its history and its future: a layman s 
estimate. London: John Lane: New York: Dialpr. Pp. xi+301. 
Rev. by N. Abercrombie in DubR, 306-9; by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77- 

78; by Osbert Burdett in ER, LVII, 219-20; by same in NC, CXIV, 215-25. 

May, J. Lewis. The unchanging witness: some detached reflections on the Oxford 
movement. London: Centenary pr. Pp. 190. 
Rev. by J. C. Hardwick in S, July 21, p. 87; TLS, June 29, p. 436. 



58 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Morse-Boycott, Desmond, The secret story of the Oxford movement. London: 
Skemngton. Pp. 287. 

Note in TLS, June 22, p. 431 ("compilation, put together with some appearance 
of haste, from other works on the Oxford movement" ; misleading in title, occasion 
ally inaccurate). 
Mortlock, C. B. (ed.). Oxford movement centenary sermons. By eminent 

preachers. London: Skeffington. Pp. 95. 

Mortlock, C. B. The peopk s book of the Oxford movement. London: Skeffing 
ton. Pp. 128. 

Attempts to show influence of Oxford movement upon the English church; con 
tains a valuable "Who s who" of the movement, and a hitherto unpublished letter 
from Newman to Perceval giving the text of a manifesto of Keble s in connection 
with the publication of the Tracts. C. F. H. 

Moss, C. B. The orthodox revival: 1833-1933. London: Mowbray. Pp. 93. 

Newman, John Henry. Tract ninety, or remarks on certain passages in the 
Thirty-nine articles. Reprinted from ed. of 1841 with historical commen 
tary by A. W. Evans. London: Constable. Pp. lviii+102. 
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by Osbert Burdett in NC, CXIV, 

215-25; by J. C. Hardwick in S, July 21, p. 87; TLS, June 29, p. 436. 

NichoUs, Norah. "A bibliography of the Oxford movement." BkL, LXXXIV, 
143. 

Ollard, S. L., and Cross, F. L. The Anglo-Catholic revival in outline. No. 1 in 
"Oxf ord centenary ser." London: S.P.C.K 

"The Oxford movement." S, July 14, pp. 37-38. 

Report of the Oxford Movement Centenary Congress, July, 1933. London: Cath 
olic lit. assoc. Pp. xvii+194. 

Peck, Winifred F. "The ladies of the Oxford movement." Cornhill mag., 

LXXV, 3-14. 

Mrs. Pusey, Mrs. Keble, Mrs. Ward, Dame Elizabeth Wordsworth, and Char 
lotte Yonge, whose novels helped to popularize the movement. 

Peck,W. G. The social implications of the Oxford movement. New York: Scrib- 

ner s. Pp. x+346. 

The Hale Lectures delivered in the Seabury-Western Theological Seminary, 
from the Anglican point of view, on the specifically social and economic signifi 
cance of the Oxford movement for both 1833 and 1933-34. After the opening para 
graphs of chapter iii, the movement as such tends to recede into the background, 
and the work as a whole becomes a socio-religious tract on the need for clothing 
the natural order with its true supernatural significance," according to what the 
author conceives to have been one of the central ideals of Newman and Keble. 
C. F. HABROLD. 

Perry, William. The Oxford movement in Scotland. Cambr. univ. pr Pp xiv 
+ 125. 
Rev. in N & Q, April 29, p. 306; TLS, June 22, p. 431. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 59 

Prestige, Leonard. Pusey. "Tractarianser." London: Allan. Pp. vii+176. 
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by JL Wand in S, April 7, pp. 504- 

5; TLS, April 20, p. 268. 

Preston, W. Anglo-Catholicism and the Oxford movement: reviewed in the light 
of the Holy Scriptures, the Book of Common Prayer, and contemporary his 
tory. Revised and enlarged by G. E. A. Weeks. London: Protestant Ref 
ormation soc. Pp. 126. 

Richards, G. C. "Oriel College and the Oxford movement." NC, CXIII, 
724-38. 

Richey, J. A. M. "The Oxford movement centennial." CWd, CXXXVII, 
158-65. 

Ross, J. Elliot. John Henry Newman: Anglican minister, Catholic priest, Ro 
man cardinal New York: W. W. Norton. Pp. xxi+258. 
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 240; CWd, CXXXVIII, 244-45. 

Scott, S. H. Modernism and Anglo-Catholicism. "Oxford movement cente 
nary ser." London: Talbot. 

Selwyn, E. G. "The Oxford movement." QR, CCLX, 301-14. 

Simpson, W. J. S. The history of the Anglo-Catholic revival from 1845. See 
VB 1932, 417. 
Rev. by C. Butler in DubR, 166-68; by A, H. Dodd in History, XVIII, 272-73. 

Stockley, W. F. P. Newman, education, and Ireland. London: Sands. Pp. 218. 
Rev. by T. C. in Studies, XXII, 686-87 ("authentic personal view on the na 
ture of what Newman himself styled My campaign in Ireland "); TLS, Oct. 19, 

p. 714. 

Storr, V. F. The Oxford movement: a liberal evangelical view. For the Anglican 
Evangelical Group Movement. London: S.P.C.K. Pp. 16. 

Underbill, Evelyn. "The spiritual significance of the Oxford movement. " Hib- 
bertjour., XXXI, 401-12. 

Vroom, F. W. "The Oxford movement: 1833-1933." Dalhousie rev., XIII, 
152-64. 

Webb, C. C. J. "Two philosophers of the Oxford movement [Newman and 
W. G. Ward]." Philosophy, VIII, 273-84. 

Willard, Rudolph. "Exhibition commemorating the Oxford movement." Yale 
univ. lib. gazette, VIII, 57-63. 

Williams, N. P., and Harris, Charles (edd.). Northern Catholicism: centenary 
studies in the Oxford and parallel movements. London: S.P.C.K. Pp. xvi 
+555. 

Williamson, Hugh R. "The Oxford movement centenary." BkL, LXXXIV, 
133-34. 

Parrott, T. M., and Thorp, W. (edd.). Poetry of the transition, 1850-1914- 
Oxford univ. pr., 1932. Pp. xli+622. 
Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, X, 536-38. 



60 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

PoUock, F. "Talkers I have known." QR, CCLXI, 141-61. 

Reminiscences of Kinglake, Alfred Lyall, Henry Maine, Meredith, Huxley, 
Swinburne, and Tennyson. 

Powys, A. R. "Pugin; A. Welby: the revival of Christian architecture. Lon 
don: 1843." LM, XXVIII, 63-65. 

Praz, Mario. The romantic agony. Trans, from the Italian by Angus David 
son. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 470. 

Rev. by J. Hayward in Cr, XIII, 158-60 ("penetrating and exhaustively docu 
mented study of erotic sensibility in European literature"); by H. Williamson in 
BkL, LXXXIV, 276; NewR, Sept. 27, p. 193. 

PRE-RAPHAELITE MOVEMENT 

Bateman, Arthur. "Edward Burne Jones (1833-1898)." LQHR, CLVIII, 

447-52. 
Bickley, Francis. The Pre-Raphaelite comedy. See VB 1932, 412. 

Rev. by G. Annitage in BkL, LXXXIII, 406; by A. Brute in RA, X, 534r-35; 
by S. Coblentz in NYTBR, Oct. 22, p. 3; by Yvonne Ffrench in LM, XXVII, 368- 
70; by R. Hoops in ES, LXVTII, 139-40; by R. M. Lovett in NewR, Dec. 6, pp. 
106-7; by Genevieve Taggard in HTB, Oct. 29, p. 22; CWd, CXXXVIII, 375. 
Clarke, Kenneth. "The Burne- Jones centenary exhibition, Tate gallery. 7 NS, 

July 22, pp. 105-6. 
Holmes, Ch. Raphael and the modern use of the classical tradition. London: 

Christophers. Pp. 136. 
Neumeyer, A. "Die praraffaelitische Malerei im Rahmen der Kunstgeschichte 

des 19. Jahrh." Dt. Vischr. /. Litwiss. u. Geistesgesch., XI, 67-77. 
Nibetis. "Burne Jones." Nat rev., CI, 220-24. 

Quiller-Couch, Sir A. Studies in literature: third series. The pocket "Q." 

Cambr. univ. pr. 

Rev. by V. Kaowles in BkL, LXXXV, 238. Includes "Coventry Patmore"; 
"W. S. Gilbert." 

Ralli, Augustus. Later critiques. New York: Longmans. 

Rev. by Osbert Burdett in FR, CXXXVIII, 632-33; NYTBR, Dec. 10, p. 15; 
TLS, Oct. 12, p. 687. 

Revaluations: studies in biography. See VB 1932, 417. 
Rev. by B. E. C. Davis in RES, IX, 355-56. 

Rosenblatt, Louise. Uidle de I art pour I art dans la literature anglaise pendant 

la periode victoriemie. See VB 1932, 417. 

Rev. by Ernest Baker in RES, IX, 349-51; by E. Burgum in MLN, XLVIII, 
201-3; ESt, XV, 74-77. 

Russell, Frances T. Touring Utopia: the realm of constructive humanism. New 
York: Dial pr. Pp. vii+317. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 61 

Staglich, Hans. Verzeichnis der Schriften zum Thema Pessimismusfur die Jahre 
1872-1 93 L Rev. ed. Leipzig: Staglich. Pp. 26. 

Strehler, Marguerite. Der Dekadenzg$danke in "Yellow Book" und "Savoy." 
Diss. Zurich, 1932. Pp. viii+191. 

Strong, Sir Archibald. Four studies. Ed. with memoir by R. C. Bald. Ade 
laide: F. W. Preece. Pp. 140. 
Rev. in TLS, April 27, p. 291 (has studies of Swinburne s Mary Stuart and the 

poetry of Hardy). 

Stutterheim, K. von. Die englische Presse von ihren Anfdngen bis zur Gegen- 

wart. Berlin: Duncker. Pp. 139. 
Toksvig, Signe. Life of Hans Christian Andersen. London: Macmillan. 

Tuell, Anne K. A Victorian at bay. See VB 1932, 418. 
Rev. in CWd, CXXXVI, 506-7; SeR, XLI, 253-54. 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 

Arnold (see also III, Eliot). Davies, F. J. "Matthew Arnold. " TLS, March 9, 

p. 167. 
The letters of Matthew Arnold to Arthur Hugh Clough. Ed. with introd. by 

Howard Foster Lowry. See VB 1932, 418. 

Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIV, 138-39; by L. Bonnerot in RA, X, 532-33; by 
Douglas Bush in Bk, LXXVI, 178; by S. C. Chew in YR, XXII, 835-38; by J. W. 
Dodds in VQR, IX, 453-57; J. Eglinton in NS, Feb. 25, p. 226 ("the most intimate 
revelation we have had of Arnold s personality and character"); by Kingsmill in 
ER, LVI, 227-30; by W. S. Knickerbocker hi SeR, XLI, 152-74; by L. Trilling in 
N, Feb. 22, p. 211; by Karl Young in SRL, April 15, p. 539; N&wR, March 15, 
p. 139. 
Harris, Alan. "Matthew Arnold: the unknown years. " NC, CXIII, 498- 

509. 
Knickerbocker, W. S. "Semaphore." SeR, XLI, 152-74. 

Interpretation of Arnold and Clough on the basis of the letters to Clough; see 
second item above. 
Motter, T. H. V. "A new Arnold letter and an old Swinburne quarrel." TLS, 

Aug. 31, p. 576. 

Tinker, Chauncey B. "Arnold s poetic plans." YR, XXII, 782-93. 
Wilkins, E. H. "The source of Arnold s Jacopone sonnet." M P, XXXI, 200- 

202. 
Bagehot The love-letters of Walter Bagehot and Eliza Wilson (1857-1858). 

Ed. by their sister, Mrs. Russell Barrington. London: Faber. Pp. 204. 

Rev. by A. Birrell in NS, April 1, pp. 422-24; by G. West in BkL, LXXXIV, 
38-39; TLS, March 2, p. 143. 
Bailey. Black, Greta. "P. J. Bailey s debt to Goethe s Faust in his Festus." 

MLR, XXVIII, 166-75. 



62 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGKAPHY FOR 1933 

Blessington. Sadleir, Michael. Blessington-D Orsay: a masquerade. London. 
Constable. Pp. 416. 

Sadleir, Michael. The strange life of Lady Blessington. Boston: Little, Brown. 
Pp. 370. 

Bradley (see Dolben: Bridges). 

Bronte (see also I, Parrish). Bronte, Charlotte. Legends of Angria. Com 
piled from her early writings, by Fannie E. Ratchford, with the collabora 
tion of William Clyde DeVane. New Haven: Yale univ. pr.; London: Mil- 
ford. Pp. xlv+332. 
Rev. by E. F. Benson in SRL, June 10, p. 641; by L. Trilling in N, May 31, p. 

619; by Rebecca West in YR, XXIII, 160-62; by H. F. Whicher in HTB, June 25 

p. 15; by I. A. Williams in BkL, LXXXIV, 258. 

Bronte, Emily. Poemes. Traduits de 1 anglais par Marcelle Graham et 
Georges Pelorson. Paris. 
Rev. by L. Ernie in Nrf, CCXXXVI, 853-55. 

Bronte, Emily. Wuthering Heights. Dramatized by Mary Pakington and Olive 
Walter. 

Bradner, Leicester. "The growth of Wuthering Heights." PMLA, XLVIII 
129-46. 

Ferguson, R. Charlotte Bronte: a play. London: Benn. 

O Byrne, Cathal. The Gaelic source of the Bronte genius. London: Sands. Pp 
46. 

Ratchford, Fannie E. "Some new notes on the Bronte-H<ger letters," BkL 
LXXXV, 180-82. 

Sangster, Alfred. The Brontes: a play in three acts. London: Constable. Pp 

92. 

Rev. by J. Bramwell in LM, XXVIII, 179-81 ("unsatisfactory"). 
Willis, Irene Cooper. The Brontes. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth; 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. 144. 

Rev. by A. Colton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; by Babette Deutsch in HTB, Sept. 
10, p. 8; by K John in NS, April 1, p. 418; by I. Schneider in NewR, Dec. 20, pp. 
174-75; TLS, April 6, p. 244. 

Browning. Letters of Robert Browning. Collected by Thomas J. Wise. Ed. 

with introd. by Thurman L. Hood. London: Murray; New Haven: Yale 

univ. pr. Pp. xx+389. 

Rev. by N. Arvin in N, July 12, p. 50; by L. N. Broughton in YR, XXIII, 185- 
86; by R. Church in S, Nov. 3, p. 634; by R. Hillyer in Ail month., CLII, p. 6; by 
A. Hood (heated disapproval) in Poetry rev., XXV, 71-72; by Kingsmill in ER, 
LVIII, 547-50; by D. MacCarthy in NS, Oct. 14, pp. v-vi; by F. Mayer in VQR, 
IX, 615-19; by W. L. Phelps in SRL, June 24, p. 665; by A. Waugh in BkL, 
LXXXV, 127; by Edna Walton in HTB, May 28, pp. 1-2; CWd, CXXXVIIL 
119-20; SR, Oct. 7, p. 374; TLS, Sept. 28, p. 647. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 t>3 

Armstrong, A. J. Browning the world over. Waco, Texas: Baylor univ. 
Brockington, A. Allen. Browning and the twentieth century See YB 1932, 

420. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, X, 342-44; by DeVane in YR, XXII, 398-400; by 
H. Heuer in BeiUatt, XLIV, 250-54; by Mario Praz in RES, IX, 494-96 ("On the 
whole, Mr. Brockington s view of modern poetry is that of a man belonging to a 
former generation"); ESt, XV, 111-12. 
Buck, Gerhard. "Das Nachleben Robert Brownings in Kritik und For- 

schung." GRM, XXI, 207-20. 

Davies, Frank. "Browning s The guardian angel. " TLS, Oct. 12, p. 692. 
Drachmann, A. "E. B. Browning and Hans Andersen." Edda, XXXIII, 494- 

502. 
Goldschmidt, E. "Der Gedankengehalt von Robert Brownings Paracelsus." 

ES, LXVIII, 87-93. 
Graham, Walter (ed.). The reader s Browning: selected poems. New York: 

Amer. book co., 1934. Pp. xxxii+486. 

Presents a terse, informative survey of the Browning scholarship of the last 
thirty years. Introd, : I. "Some facts about Browning" ; II. "Browning and mod 
ern poetry." Excellent selected bibliog., pp. xxvi-xxxii. Notes primarily intended 
to aid interpretation of general meanings of the poems. Poems printed according 
to date of first publication. P. xxiv: "It is true and important that Browning had 
no real predecessors; it is equally true and significant that the best of our modern 
poets are indebted to him for manner and theme." 
Heuer, H. "Robert Browning und die Gegenwart." NeuP, IV, 97-108. 
Heuer, H. Zum Formproblem in Brownings Sordello." ES, LXVII, 350-70. 
Hinckley, E. B. "Browning and the Bible. " Harvard univ. summaries of theses 

(1932), pp. 260-63. 

Hovelaque, H.-L. Lajeunesse de Browning (Pauline, Paracelse, Sordello). Pa 
ris: Presses modernes, 1932. Pp. 492. 
Hovelaque, H.-L. Browning s English in Sordello. Paris. Presses modernes, 

1932. Pp. 170. 

Both books reviewed by P. de R. in Rev. de I univ. de Bruxelles, Oct.-Nov., pp. 
115-22. 
Huxley, Leonard. "Mrs. Browning and her father s forgiveness." Cornhill 

mag., LXXIV, 331-36. 

Unpublished letter to her sister Henrietta, May 15, 1857, shows Mr. Barrett 
forgiving the sinner, but not the sin. 
Ley, W. R. "The Brownings in Paris." AR, I, 308-12. 
Merrill, Flora. Flush: from Wimpole Street to Broadway. New York: Mc- 

Bride. Pp. 120. 
Phelps, W. L. "Robert Browning on spiritualism." YR, XXIII, 125-38. 



64 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Schinz, Albert. "Victor Hugo, Napoleon III et Elizabeth Browning." RLC, 

XIII, 740-44. 

This article is occasioned by the facsimile reproduction of the original by the 
owner, George Arents, Jr.: A letter of Elizabeth Barrett Browning to Napoleon III 
in behalf of Victor Hugo. Privately printed, New York City, 1932. 
Schneider, Franz. "Browning s The Ring and the Book and Wassermann s 

<Der Fall Maurizius. " MLN, XLVIII, 10-17. 
Woolf, Virginia. Flush: a biography. London: Hogarth; New York: Har- 

court, Brace. Pp. xi+185. 

Rev. by J. Farquhar in LM, XXVIII, 173-75; by David Garnett in NS, Oct. 7, 
p. 416; Poetry rev., XXIV, 470-71. 
Butler. Butler, Samuel. Butkriana. Ed. by A. T. Bartholomew. London: 

Nonesuch pr.; New York: Random House. Pp. xvi+172. 

Rev. by R. Blackmur in Hound & horn, VI, 707-12; by B. Hill in BkL, LXXXIII, 
462; by Clara Stillman in HTB, June 11, p. 11; TLS, Feb. 16 (further extracts 
from the notebooks). 
Stillman, Clara G. Samuel Butler: a mid-Victorian modern. See VB 1932,420. 

Rev. by G. Armitage in BkL, LXXXIII, 406; by R. Blackmur in Hound & 
horn, VI, 707-12; by Brickell in North Amer. rev., CCXXXV, 188; by Osbert Bur- 
dett in ER, LVI, 451-53. 

Wilson, Edmund. "The satire of Samuel Butler." NewR, May 24, pp. 35-37. 
Carlyle. Baker, J. E. "Carlyle rules the Reich." SRL, Nov. 25, p. 291. 
Cazamian, L. Carlyle. See VB 1932,421. 

Rev. by DeVane in YR, XXII, 398ntOO; by E. Partridge in ER, LVI, 236-38; 
CWd, CXXXVII, 249-50; TLS, June 15, p. 408. . 
Dyer, Isaac W, "Carlyle reconsidered." SeR, XLI, 141-51. 
Grierson, H. J. C. Carlyle and Hitler. Cambr. univ. pr. 

Rev. in TLS, Nov. 30, p. 847. 

Kingsmill, Hugh. "Some modern light-bringers extinguished by Thomas Car 
lyle." ER, LVI, 23-27. 

Kingsmill, Hugh. "The table of truth." Bk, LXXVI, 29-35. 
Satire on Oscar Wilde, Carlyle, and some moderns. 

Carroll (see also III, Oxford movement: Leslie). Carroll, Lewis. Collected verse 
of. London: Macmillan, 1932. Pp.446. 
Rev. in Poetry rev., XXIV, 80: the old and "a dozen new." 

Carroll, Lewis. Two letters to Marion. First printed. Bristol: Cleverdon, 
1932. Pp. 8. 

Hatch, Evelyn (ed.). A selection from the letters of Lewis Carroll to his child- 
friends: together with "eight or nine wise words about letter-writing." London : 
Macmillan. Pp. xvii+268. 
Rev. by EUen Buell in NYTBR, Dec. 31, p. 2; by E. Sturgis in NS, Dec. 9, p. 

757; TLS, Nov. 23, p. 822, also Nov. 30, p. 56. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 65 

Williams, S. H., and Madan, F. A handbook of the Rev. C. L. Dodgson (Lewis 
Carroll). Oxford univ. pr., 1932. 

Clougji. Holloway, 0. E. "Clough and Oriel." TLS, March 23, p. 200. 

Darwin. Darwin, Charles. Diary of the voyage of H. M. S, Beagle. Ed. by 
Nora Barlow. Cambr. univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xxx+451. 
Rev. by David Garnett in NS, Nov. 18, p. 635; by G. Wendt in HTB, Dec. 10, 

p. 4. 

Dickens. Dickens, Charles. Letters to Charles Lever. Ed. by Flora V. Living 
ston. Introd. by Hyder E. Rollins. Harvard univ. pr.; London: Milford. 
Pp. xvii+65. 
"Thirty-two letters .... from the originals in .... Harvard College Library" 

(rev. in TLS, Nov. 2, p. 754). 

Askew, H. "Edward Smith, the prototype of Smike. " N & Q, Dec. 9, p. 
402. 

Askew, H., and others. "Leigh Hunt and Harold Skimpole. " N & Q, Aug. 
26, p. 135; Sept. 23, p. 213; Oct. 14, p. 265. 

Chester, Austin. "Christmas with Dickens." Windsor mag., Dec., pp. 33-48. 

Chesterton, G. K. Criticisms and appreciations of the works of Charles Dickens. 

London: Dent. Pp. 273. 

Rev. by E. Blair in Adelphi, VII, 224-25; by Wynyard Browne in LM, XXVIII, 
87-89. 

Darton, F. J. H. Dickens: positively the first appearance. A centenary review 
with a bibliography of "Sketches by Boz." London: Argonaut pr. Pp. x+ 
145. 

Darwin, Bernard. Charles Dickens. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth; 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. 135. 

Rev. by Babette Deutsch in HTB, Sept. 10, p. 8; by K. John in NS, April 1, 
p. 418; by I. Schneider in NewR, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; by A. Waugh in PR, 
CXXXIX, 676-77; by C. Wilkinson in LAf, XXVIII, 91-93; TLS, March 23, p. 
196 ("admirably fair"). 

Dexter, Walter. Days in Dickensland. London: Methuen. Pp. xii+256. 

Dexter, Walter. "Dickens: positively the first appearance." TLS, Oct. 5, p. 
671. See Oct. 12, p. 692, for reply by the Argonaut pr. See also Dec. 28, 
p. 924. 

Eckel, J. C. The first editions of Dickens. See VB 1932, 402. 

Rev. by A. de Suzannet in Dickensian, XXIX, 117-19. See also pp. 127-30. 

Graves, Robert. The real David Copperfield. London: Barker. Pp.424. 

Rev. by C. Brooks in BkL, LXXXIV, 127 ("out-Dickens Dickens"); by B. 
Causton in SR, April 22, p. 392 (condenses David Copperfield) ; by T. Matthews in 
NewR, Sept. 13, pp. 129-30; by G. Stonier in NS, March 25, p. 389; TLS, March 
23, p. 196. 



66 VICTOKTAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Leacock, Stephen. Charles Dickens: Ms life and work. London: DaviesjNew 

York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. viii+276. 

Rev. by A. E, Grant in NS, Dec. 23, p. 843; TLS, Dec. 7, p. 873. 
Machen, Arthur. "Lost books." Bk, LXXVI, 134^36. 

Traces of the great London novel Dickens never wrote in the novels he did 
write. 
McNulty, J. H. Concerning Dickens and other literary characters. Clapton: 

pub. by the author. Pp. 111. 
Sadleir, Michael. "John Macrone, Charles Dickens and The Thief/ " TLS, 

Dec. 28, p. 924 (cf. second Dexter item). 
Steuart, A. F., and others. "Miss Ellen Lawless Ternan." N & Q, July 1, 

p. 459; July 15, p. 35; July 22, p. 51; Aug. 5, pp. 87-88, 

The woman to whom Dickens bequeathed 1,000. 
Wickardt, W. Die Formen der Perspective in Charles Dickens Romanen, ihr 

sprachlicher Ausdruck und ihre strukturelle Bedeutung. Berlin: Junker & 

Dunnhaupt. Pp. 133. 
Winterich, J. T. An American friend of Dickens (Dr. Elisha Bartlett). New 

York: T. F. Madigan. Pp. 14. 

Rev. in NYTBR, Dee. 31, p. 10 (two new letters). 
Zweig, Stefan. Tre maestri: Balzac, Dickens, Dostojevskij. Trad, di Berta Ah- 

rens. Milan: Sperling e Kupfer, 1932. Pp. 197. 

Rev. by G. Zamborni in Leonardo, IV, 252-54. 

Dtikensian (quarterly). Vol. XXIX. See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: W. C. Bennett, "More credit due Inspector Bucket" (pp. 
31-33); E. W. Borough, "The humorous character of Dickens that interests me 
most and why" (pp. 143-46); Charles Clarke and Mary Cowden, "Peeps at 
Dickens : the first meeting with Dickens .... Hans Andersen on his visit" (pp. 
206-7); F. R. Dean, "The Dickens spirit" (pp. 293-96); "Dickens and his French 
publishers" (pp. 7-10); "Dickens as a reporter: further facts now revealed in new 
letters" (pp. 91-95); "Dickens s correspondence with John Hullah" (pp. 257-65); 
"Dickens s love of Wordsworth" (pp. 197-98); H, B. Fantham, "The personality 
of Dickens as seen by a biologist" (pp. 313-14) ; L. B. Frewer, "Dickens in Wash 
ington" (pp. 139-41); same, "The influence of Dickens: compiled from recent 
books" (pp. 69-71, 136-38, 233-35, 319-21); "A further American note: an un 
published letter of Dickens to Maclise" (pp. 115-17); W. J. Gray, "The prototype 
of Gashford in Barnaby Rudge" (175-83); Kate Woodfield, "A great debate: 
Mr. Shaw Desmond v. Mr. J. H. McNidty" on Dickens 1 failures as narrator (pp. 
199-205); A. G. Holmes, "Light in darkness" JSteafc house (pp. 59-60); A. Hud 
son, "The slavery of genius" (pp. 187-89); "An interesting unpublished letter" 
(pp. 286-88); J. W. Ley, "A believer s heresies" (pp. 120-27, 191-97) ; same, "Sen- 
timental songs in Dickens" (pp. 43-52); G. Major, "Scrooge s chambers" (pp. 11- 
15); J. H. McNulty, "Dickens s opening chapters" (pp. 289-92); same, "Where 
fancies turn to fact" Christmas (pp. 61-65); W. Miller and E. H. Strange, "The 
original Pickwick papers: the collation of a perfect first edition" (pp. 303-9); 
Margaret Older, "The mysterious Mrs. Harris" (pp. 310-12); "One hundred years 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 67 

ago: Mr. Horace Annesley Vachell s speech to the immortal memory [of Dickens 
at the birthday dinner" (pp. 132-36); "Peeps at Dickens: pen pictures from con 
temporary sources. XXIV. A second visit to Gad s Hill" (pp. 9&-100); M. Pen- 
dered, "Dickens the rebel" (pp. 101-9); same, "In defence of Mrs. Niekleby" (pp. 
209-16); N. F. Read, "Did Mr. Dombey take his chariot?" (pp. 25-30); S. J. 
Rust, "Faults that add lustre" (pp. 53-57) ; same, "The mystery of Edwin Drood: 
a plea for a solution which would make Dickens more than a writer of inferior 
melodrama" (pp. 96-99); "Mr. Sapsea the murderer of Edwin Drood!" (pp, 217- 
19); T. C. Simpson, "Misplaced admiration" (pp. 147-51); L. Stevenson, "An 
introduction to young Mr. Dickens" (pp. 111-14); E. H. Strange, "The original 
plates in Nicholas Nickleby" (pp. 227-28) ; L. Thorpe, "Dining with Dickens" (pp. 
17-23) ; F. Tyler, " Going to the dogs with Dickens" (pp. 267-75) ; J. C. Walters. 
"The gospel of Martin Chuzdewit" (pp. 221-26); "The work of Ball Hughes [Bos 
ton sculptor]" (pp. 229-30); J. Y. Wyatt, "Local events in the days of Drood" 
(pp. 40-42). 

Disraeli. Berman, Harold. "The novels of Benjamin Disraeli." Open court, 
XLVII, 398-408. 

Hermann, Inngard. Benjamin Disraelis SteUung zur kathol Kirche. Diss. Frei 
burg, 1932. Pp. viii+82. 

Seikat, H. Die Romankunst Disraelis. Jena: Frommann. Pp. 78. 

Dolben. Bridges, Robert. Three friends .... (Dolben, Dixon, Bradley). See 

VB 1932, 404. 

Rev. by J. Sparrow in LM, XXVII, 462-65; by E. Walton in HTB, Jan. 29, 
p. 14; LQHR, CLVIII, 271-72; NewR, May 3, pp. 344-45. 

Dowden. EgUnton, John. "Edward Dowden." Life and Utters, IX, 412-25. 

Eliot (see also I, Parish). Bourrhonne, P. George Eliot: essai de biographie in- 
tellectudle et morale 1819-1854 influences anglaises et ttrangeres. Paris: 
Champion. Pp. 214. 
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIV, p. 137; by Ch. B. in RH, CLXXII, 359-60. 

Fremantle, Anne. George Eliot. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth; New 

York: Macmillan. Pp. v+144. 

Rev. by A. Coulton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; by Babette Deutsch in HTB, 
Sept. 10, p. 8; by K. John in NS, April 1, p. 418 ("As a psychological study it is 
rather facile"); by L Schneider in NewR, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; by C. Wilkinson in 
LM, XXVIII, 91-93; TLS, April 6, p. 244. 

Kitchel, Anna T. George Lewes and George Eliot: a review of records. New 

York: John Day. Pp. xui+321. 

Rev. by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Oct. 29, pp. 4, 16; by Clara Stillman in 
HTB, Oct. 22, p. 6 (drawn from unpublished diaries and letters of Lewes). 

Parlett, Mathilde. "The influence of contemporary criticism on George 
Eliot." SP, XXX, 103-32. 

Fitzgerald. Din, Siraj. "Edward Fitzgerald." TLS, March 9, p. 167. 



68 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1933 

Ganz, Charles (ed.). A Fitzgerald medley. London: Methuen. Pp. xvi+307. 
Rev. by A. Waugh in 8, April 28, p. 613; NS, May 27, p. 698; QR, CCLXI, 
186; TLS, May 4, p. 309 ("open to conjecture whether .... anything of ex 
traordinary appeal in the juvenilia and trivia of this volume"). 

Gaskell (see also I, Parrish). Bull of the John Rylands lib., XVII, 193-94, 

announces the acquisition of more than three hundred letters, presented by 

the executors of the late Miss M. E. Gaskell. 

The letters, of which a large portion are addressed to Mrs. Gaskell, and are 
still in the envelopes in which they reached that lady, will be kept together, and 
will be known as The Gaskell collection of letters." 

It is not yet possible to form a correct estimate of the importance of this collec 
tion, but in due course it will be reduced to order and made accessible to students. 

In the meantime, with the object of giving some idea of its value to the students 
of literature of the first half of the nineteenth century, we have selected, almost at 
random, the following names of noteworthy literary personalities of the period, 
whose letters are in this collection: Charles Dickens .... thirty letters . . . . : 
Matthew Arnold, Samuel Bamford, Thomas Lovell Beddoes, Elizabeth Barrett 
Browning, Robert Browning, Thomas Campbell, Jane Carlyle, Thomas Carlyle, 
Richard Cobden, Sara Coleridge, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Mrs. D. M. Craik, 
Charles Darwin, Maria Edgeworth, "George Eliot," Ralph Waldo Emerson, John 
Forster, J. Anthony Froude, W. H. Furness, Francois Guizot, Henry Hallam, Sir 
Charles Halle*, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Rowland Hill, Sidney Herbert, Mary 
Howitt, Thomas Hughes, Victor Hugo, Leigh Hunt, T. H. Huxley, Charles Kem- 
ble, Charles Kingsley, Charles Lamb, Walter Savage Landor, H. W. Longfellow, 
W. C. Macready, J. D. Maurice, F. Max-Miiller, G. Mazzini, Prosper Merime e, 
Florence Nightingale, Patricia Nightingale (Lady Verney), Caroline Norton, J. 
Noel Paton, Charles Reade, Samuel Rogers, D. G. Rossetti, John Ruskin, "George 
Sand/ Sir Walter Scott, Jules Simon, Robert Southey, W. W. Storey, Harriet 
Beecher Stowe, Tom Taylor, Alfred Tennyson, W. Makepeace Thackeray, James 
Watt, William Wordsworth. 

Letters of Mrs. Gaskell and Charles Eliot Norton. See VB 1932, 424. 

Rev. by S. C. Chew in YR, XXII, 835-38; by T. S, Eliot in NEQ, VI, 627-28. 

Gilbert (see also III, Quiller-Couch). Gilbert, W. S. Lost Bab ballads. See 

VB 1932, 424. 

Rev. by Franklin P. Adams in HTB, Jan. 29, p. 2; by I. A. Williams in BkL. 
LXXXIII, 457. 

Kendal, Dame Madge. "W. S. Gilbert." CornhiU mag., LXXV, 303-16. 

Gissing. Gissing, A. C. "Gissing s By the Ionian sea. " TLS, April 27, p. 
295. 
See also TLS, April 13, p. 261; April 20, p. 276; May 4, p. 312. 

Henriot, Emile. "Un Julien Sorel anglais." Revue bkue, LXXI, 16-20. 

Stadler, C. F. Die RoUe der Antike bet George Gissing. Diss, Freiburg, 1932. 
Pp. xiii+74. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 69 

Weber, Anton. George Gissing und die soziale Frage. See VB 1932, 425. 
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIII, 147; by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXVIII, 533- 

36; by W. van Maanen in ESt, XV, 202-5; GRM, XXI, 156. 

Gordon. Humphris, Edith. The life of Adam Lindsay Gordon. London: Scho- 
lartis pr. Pp. 166. 

Hardy. Giinther, Hildegard. Das Verheimlichungs-, Hochzeits-, und Briefmo- 
tiv in den Romanen Thomas Hardy s. Diss. Halle. Pp. 119. 

Holler, Hedwig. Thomas Hardy: seine Entwicklung als Romancier. Diss. Tu 
bingen. Pp. 64. 

Holland, Clive. Thomas Hardy, OM.: the man, his works and the land of 
Wessex. London: Herbert Jenkins. Pp. 320. 

Mliller, Otto. "Das Naturgefuhl bei Thomas Hardy im Zusammenhang mit 
seiner Weltanschauung." NeuP, IV, 253-68. 

Vogt, Frieda. Thomas Hardys Naturansicht See VB 1932, 425. 

Rev. by J. W. Beach in JEGP, XXXII, 269-70. 
Webster, H. C. "Borrowings in Tess of the D UrberviUes." MLN, XLVIII, 

459-62. 
Zachrisson, R. E. Thomas Hardy s twilight-view of life. Uppsala: Almquist & 

Wiksell. Pp. 17. 
Henley. Gregory, Horace. "Henley and his henchmen." SRL, July 15, pp. 

701-2. 
Niven, Frederick. "Henley." Lib. rev., No. 27, pp. 93-98. 

Hopkins. Phare, Elsie. The poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins: a survey and a 
commentary. Cambr. univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. viii+160. 
Rev. by Wynyard Browne in BkL, LXXXV, 228-29; by W. Plomer in S, Nov. 

17, p. 712; N & Q, Nov. 25, p. 378; Poetry rev.,. XXIV, 465. 

Stainer, R. S. "Gerard Hopkins s meter." TLS, Feb. 23, p. 127. 

Stonier, G. W. Gog Magog: and other critical essays (one on Hopkins). Lon 
don: Dent. 

Tierney, M. "Gerard Hopkins s meters." TLS, Feb. 16, p. 108. See also TLS, 
March 2, p. 147; March 9, p. 167. 

Jeffries. Arkell, Reginald. Richard Jeffries. London. Rich & Cowan. Pp.294. 
P.ev. by J. Bell in NS, Nov. 11, pp. 596-600; by Yvonne Ffrench in LM, 
XXVIII, 78-80; by A. G. Street in ER, LVII, 446-48; by A. Waugh in FR 
CXXXVII, 503-4. 

Jewsbury. Jewsbury, Maria Jane. Occasional papers. Selected with a memoir 
by Eric Gillett. Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford, 1932. Pp. lxvii+108. 
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 16, p. 105 (sister of Geraldine, friend of Mrs. Carlyle). 

Keble. Ingram, K. Keble. London: Philip Allan. 

Rev. by J. Wand in S, April 7, pp. 504-5; TLS, April 20, p. 268 ("journalistic")- 

Kinglake. Ellis, A. W. "Kinglake called Eothen. " LM, XXVIII, 335-43. 



70 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Kipling. Friedrich, Ernest. "Kipling und die Bewegung der Boy Scouts. " 

NeuP, IV, 333-36. 

MacMunn, Sir G. Kipling s women. London: Sampson Low. Pp. viii+215. 
Nazari, Emilio. Rudy ard Kipling: saggiocritico. Palermo: A. Trimarchi. Pp. 

263. 
Knowles. Meeks, Leslie Howard. Sheridan Knowles and the theatre of his time. 

Bloomington, Indiana: Principia pr. Pp. 256. 
Landor. The complete works of Walter Savage Landor, Vol. XIII, Poems I; 

Vol. XIV, Poems II. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. viii+395; viii+411. 
Lang. Buchan, John. Andrew Lang and the border. Andrew Lang lecture, 

Univ. of St. Andrews, Oct. 17, 1932. London: Milford. Pp. 22. 
Macaulay. Bryant, Arthur. Macaula$. New York: Appleton. See VB 1932, 

426. 

Rev. by C. H. Firth in History, XVIII, 74-76; by W. MacDonald in HTB, 
June 25, p, 11; by C. H. Walker in JMH, V, 245-46. 
Dobrfe, Bonamy. "Macaulay." Cr, XII, 593-604. 
Trevelyan, Sir George Otto. The life and letters of Lord Macaulay. Pref . by 

G. M. Trevelyan. London: Milford, 1932. 2 vols. Pp. xi+475; viii+476. 

Rev. by C. H. Firth in History, XVI, 74^76. 

Martineau. Calkins, E. E. "Harriet Martineau: deaf bluestocking." Colo 
phon, Part XIV, art. 2. 
Rivenburg, Norola. Harriet Martineau See VB 1932, 427. 

Rev. by F. Gillespie in Jour, pol econ., XLI, 570-71 ; by Mabel Wilson in Phtios. 
rev., XLII, 642; in QR } CCLX, 180 ("valuable"). 

Meredith. Walz, Heinz. "George Merediths Farina. " NeuS, XLI, 370-73. 
Walz, Heinz. George Merediths Jugendwerke und ihre Bedeutung fur die per- 

sonliche Entwicklung des Dichters. Diss. Freiburg i. Br., 1932. Pp. 64. 
Mill. Hamilton, Mary Agnes. John Stuart Mill. "Makers of the new world 

ser." London: Hamish Hamilton. Pp. 94. 

Rev. by G. K. Chesterton in S, Oct. 27, p. 581; by H. J. Laski in NS, Nov. 4, 
p. 556. 

Moore. Benson, E. F. "George Moore." S, Jan. 27, pp. 110-11. 
Davray, H. "George Moore." Mercure de France, CCXLII, 536-51. 
Eglinton, John. "George Moore at St. Winifred s Well." Life and letters, IX, 
67-77. 

Gillet, L. "George Moore (1851-1932)." Rev. des deux mondes, April, pp. 
670-82. 

Gilomen, W. George Moore. Jugendwerk. Naturalismus und Abkehr. Diss. Zu 
rich. Pp. 114. 

Gogarty, Oliver. "George Moore: a conversation in Ebury Street." SRL, 
Jan, 28, pp. 398-401, 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1933 71 

Sechler, R. P. George Moore: a disciple of Walter Pater. Diss. Philadelphia: 
Univ. of Pennsylvania. Pp. 158. 

Weferling, H. Das religiose Gefuhl lei George Moore. Diss. Greifswald, 1932. 

Pp. 127. 
Wolfe, Humbert. George Moore. Rev. ed. London: Butterworth. Pp. xxiii+ 

135. 
Morris. Litzenberg, Karl. "The social philosophy of William Morris and the 

Doom of the gods." Essays and studies in English .... Univ. of Michigan, 

pp. 183-203. 
R.R. "Marx, Morris and Keir Hardie." Addphi, VII, 62-63. 

Newman (see also III, Oxford movement). Cross, F. L. Newman. London: 

Philip Allan. Pp. 182. 

Rev. by J. Wand in S, April 7, pp. 504r~5 (see also April 14, p. 536; April 21, p. 
570) ; TLS, April 20, p. 268. Has unpublished letters and a new interpretation of 
Newman s conversion. 

Elbert, J. A. The evolution of Newman 3 s concept of faith. Philadelphia: Dol 
phin pr. 

The English way: studies in English sanctity from St. Bede to Newman. By 
various authors. London: Sheed & Ward. Pp. 328. 
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 24, p. 563. M. C. D Arcy, on Newman (noteworthy). 

Guitton, Jean. La philosophic de Newman: essai sur I idee de devdoppement. 
Paris: Boivin. 
Rev. in TLS, March 2, p. 136 ("penetrating essay," with new letters). 

Thirlwall, J. C. "Cardinal Newman s literary preferences." MLN, XLVIII, 

23-27. 
Tristram, H. "Lead, kindly Light-June 16, 1833." DubR, CXCIII, 85-96. 

Tristram, Henry. Newman and his friends. London: John Lane, 

Rev. in TLS, Nov. 2, p. 741 (see Nov. 9, p. 774). Friends to whom Newman 
dedicated his books. 

O Shaughnessy. Bronner, Oskar. Das Leben Arthur O Shaughnessys. Heidel 
berg: Winter. Pp. 77. 

Pater. Beyer, A. Walter Paters Beziehungen zur franzosischen See VB 

1932, 427. 

Rev. by A. Koszul in Rev. critique, LXVII, 168-69. 

Young, Helen H. The writings of Walter Pater: a review of British philosophi 
cal opinion from 1860 to 1890. Diss. Bryn Mawr. Lancaster, Pa. : Lancas 
ter pr. Pp. 3+137. 
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIV, p. 138. Reveals Pater s interest in literary 

and philosophical developments in England, France, and Germany. 

Patmore (see also III, Quiller-Couch). Page, Frederick. Patmore: a study in 
poetry. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 184. 



72 ViCTOHIAN BlBLTOGKAPHV FOR 1933 

Peacock (see also III, Essays . . . . , Vol. XVIII). Mayoux, J. Un epicurien 
anglais: Thomas Love Peacock. Paris: Nizet et Bastard. 

Reade. Turner, Albert M. "Charles Reade and Montaigne." MP, XXX, 
297-308. 

Rossetti. Dante Gabriel Rossetti: an anthology. Chosen by F. L. Lucas. "Poets 

in brief ser." Cambr. univ. pr. Pp. xx+241. 

Rev. by H. Agar in ER, LVI, 338-40; by C. L. B. in Dalhousie rev., XIII, 275- 
76; by H. J. C. in ML, XIV, 201; by L. Wolff in RA, X, 534. 

Buck, Janet. "Charles Augustus Howell and the exhumation of Rossetti j s 
poems." Colophon, Part XV, art. 4. 

Dubslaff, F. Die Sprachform der Lyrik Christina Rossettis. Diss. Gottingen. 
Halle: Niemeyer. Pp. vi+94. 

Evans, B. Ifor. "The sources of Christina Rossettijs Goblin market/ " MLR, 
XXVIII, 156-65. 

Howe, M. L. "Some unpublished stanzas by Dante Gabriel Rossetti." MLN, 
XLVIII, 176-79. 

Hunt, Violet. The wife of Rossetti. See VB 1932, 428. 
Rev. by W. H. Chesson in QR, CCLX, 84-93. 

Klenk, Hans. Nachwirkungen Dante Gabriel Rossetti s. Unter&uchungen an 
Werken von Christina Rossetti, Coventry Patmorej Philip Bourke Marston t 
Theodore Watts-Dunton, Arthur E. W. O Shaughnessy, Ernest Dowson, John 
Davidson. Diss. Erlangen, 1932. Pp. 61. 

Koszul, A. "Dante G. Rossetti House of life, 18." RA, X, 331. 

Larg, David. Trial by virgins: fragment of a biography. London: P. Davies. 

Pp. viii+330. 

Rev. by D. Carswell in NS, May 20, pp. 650-52; by M. Elwin in SR, June 3, 
p. 541 (impressionistic biography of Rossetti, ending with the death of his wife; 
undocumented); by G. Rossetti in BkL, LXXXIV, 216 ("permanent contribution 
to the criticism of the man Rossetti"); by Scott-James in S, May 26, pp. 766-67; 
TLS, April 27, p. 290. 

Las Vergnas, R. "Le britannisme de Rossetti." RA, XI, 129-35. 

Morse, J. B. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti and Dante Alighieri." ES, LXVIII, 

227-48. 

Nothwang, Irene. Die Frau, die Liebe und der Tod bei Dante Gabriel Roesetti. 
Diss. Tubingen, 1932. Pp, 51. 

Waller, Ross. The Rossetti family. See VB 1932, 429. 

Rev. by L. C. Martin in MLR, XXVIII, 113-14 (" of unusual value not 

only to the social and literary history .... but also to the art of biography") ; by 
L. Wolff in RA, X, 242-43; Archw, CLXII, 304; Leonardo, IV, 38. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 73 

Winw&r, Frances. "Dante Gabriel s or William Michael s (an attempt to es 
tablish the authorship of some Rossetti sonnets published by the Duke uni 
versity press)." PMLA, XLVIII, 312-15. 

Winwar, Frances. Poor splendid wings: the Rossettis and their circle. Boston : 

Little, Brown. Pp. xii+413. 

Rev. by Ralph Adams Cram in Ail. month., CLII, 6-8; by H. Gregory in N, 
Oct. 18, p. 447; by Percy Hutchinson in NYTBR, Sept. 24, p. 3; by R. M. Lovett 
in NewR, Dec. 6, pp. 106-7; by Clara Stillman in HTB, Sept. 24, p. 3; SRL, Oct. 7, 
p. 159. 

Woolf, Virginia. The second common reader. London: Hogarth pr., 1932; New 

York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 270. 

Has essay on Christina R. Rev. by Brickell in North Amer. ret>., CCXXXV, 95; 
by Gorman in NewR, Feb. 8, p. 357; by Spender in Cr, XII, 522-24. 

Ruskin. Gaily, Henriette. Ruskin et I estMtique intuitive. Diss. Grenoble. 

Paris: Vrin. Pp. 353. 

Rev. by Cazamian in RA, XI, 157-59; by J. de Montmorency in CJK> CXLIV, 
625-28. 

Janes, G. M. "The social ethics of Ruskin. " Univ. of N. Dakota quart, jour., 
XXIII, 252-75. 

Ladd, H, The Victorian morality of art See VB 1932, 429. 

Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SeR, XLI, 495-97; by Genevieve Taggard in HTB, 
Sept. 10, p. 16; J5fc, LXXVI, 309; NewR, May 10, p. 372; SRL, Aug. 12, p. 43. 
Bibliog. at end of each chapter. 

A thoroughgoing and painstaking examination of the elements of Ruskin s 
aesthetic, and of its underlying assumptions, together with the social and cul 
tural background from which Ruskin s conception of art emerged; a noteworthy 
work in a field where much has long been in confusion. C. F. H. 

Sencourt, Robert. "Ruskin." CWd, CXXXVI, 664-71. 

Wilenski, R. H. John Ruskin: an introduction to further study of his life and 
work. London: Faber & Faber: New York: Frederick Stokes. Pp* 406. 
An analysis in the light of modern psychological knowledge. Rev. by A. Blunt 
in S, July 14, pp. 54-56; by Osbert Burdett in LM , XXVIII, 370-72; by E. Jewel 
in NYTBR, Oct. 15, p. 2; by Kingsmill in ER, LVII, 103-5; by J. Piper in NS, 
June 17, p. 800; by Genevieve Taggard in HTB, Nov. 26, p. 8; by Trilling in AT, 
Oct. 25, pp. 488-89; by A. Williams-Ellis in SRL, Dec. 30, p. 379; by H. R. Wil 
liamson in BkL, LXXXIV, 137-38; by D. Woodruff in DubR, No. 387, pp. 333-36; 
More book*, VIII, 364; SR, June 3, pp. 542-45; TLS, June 1, p. 377. 

Saintsbury. Elton, Oliver. "George Saintsbury." Life and letters, IX, 181-90. 

Stanley (see also II, Wassermann). Symons, A. J. A. H. M. Stanley. "Great 

lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 128. 
Wassermann, Jacob. H. M. Stanley explorer. London: Cassell. (La vie de 

Stanley. Paris: Michel. Pp. 320.) 



74 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Stevenson. Heanley, K. "The mystery of Lettennore." Cornhitt mag,, 

LXXIV, 521-34. 

An attempt to explain the mystery connected with the famous trial of James 
Stewart of the Glens (used in Kidnapped). 
Richards, Grant. "A Stevenson query. 7 TLS, Feb. 23, p. 127 (see also March 

2, p. 147). 
Suttees. Watson, Frederick. Robert Smith Surtees: a critical study. London: 

Harrap. Pp. 292. 

Rev. by S. M. Ellis in BkL, LXXXIV, 100-101 (valuable for country life); by 
A. Williams-Ellis in FR, CXXXIX, 810-11; in Dickensian, XXIX, 231-32, "Sur 
tees and the modern mind"; TLS, March 16, p. 179. 

Swinburne. Benson, A. C. "Swinburne and Watts-Dunton." (From London 

lit. quart.) Living age, CCCXLIII, 531-38. 
Dingle, Herbert. "Swinburne s internal centre." QQ, XL, 212-28. 

Hyder, Clyde K. "Emerson on Swinburne: a sensational interview." MLN, 
XLVIII, 180-82. 

Hyder, Clyde K. Swinburne s literary career and fame. Durham, N.C.: Duke 

univ. pr. Pp. x+3+388. Bibliog., pp. 333-78. 

Rev. by Clara Stillman in HTB, Oct. 1, p. 21; by Edna Walton in NYTBR, 
Oct. 15, p. 2. 
Knickerbocker, K. L. "The source of Swinburne s Les noyades." PQ, XII, 

82-83. 
Lafourcade, G. Swinburne See VB 1932, 430. 

Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXVIII, 265-67; by DeVane in YR, XXII, 
632-34; by Legouis in RA, X, 243-45; by S. B. Liljegren in Beiblatt, XLIV, 211-12; 
by Mario Praz.in RES, IX, 351-53. 

Tennyson. "Tennyson in 1833." TLS, Sept. 14, pp. 597-98 (see Sept. 21 

p. 631). 
Ftiting, A. Tennyson s Jugenddrama "The devil and the lady." Diss. Marburg, 

1932. Pp. 85. 

"In memoriam: A. H. H." Poetry rev., XXIV, 479-81. 

Special celebration at Clevedon for the centenary of Hallam s death. Refers 
also to centenary articles in the Times (with a new portrait of Hallam by Sped- 
ding) ; Birmingham Post; Scotsman; Church of England newspaper (by Herbert. L. 
Hallam). 

Mabbott, T. 0. "The correspondence of John TomUn. Letters from Tenny 
son and Aubrey De Vere." N & Q, April 29, pp. 293-94. 
Madan, G. "Tennyson and the letter S." TLS, May 18, p. 348. 

Thackeray. Baucke, L. Die Erzahlkunst in Thackeray s "Vanity fair." See 

VB 1932, 430. 

Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXVIII, 533-36; by J. W. Beach in JEGP 
XXXII, 271-72. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 75 

Ellis, G. U. Thackeray. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth; New York: 

Macmillan. Pp. v-f 143. 

Rev. by A. Colton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; H TB, Dec. 10, p. 18; Nat. rev., CI, 
131; TLS, Aug. 3, p. 527. 

Kurrelunger, W. "Thackeray and Friedrich von Heyden." MLN y XLVIII, 
12-16. 

Las Vergnas, R. W. M. Thackeray. See VB 1932, 431. 

Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXVIII, 533-36; by C. Bastide in Rev. universi- 
taire, XLII, Part II, 51-52; by J. W. C. in BkL, LXXXIII, 416; by A. Rivoallan in 
Les langues modernes, XXXI, 169-75; by W. Schirmer in DeiUsche Literaturz., 
March 19, pp. 546-48; SR, March 4, p. 218. See author s summary in RA, X, 
218-26. 

Partington, Wilfred. "Dickens, Thackeray, and Yates: with an unknown in 
discretion by Trollope." SR, March 11, pp. 234-35. 

Partington, Wilfred. "The indiscretion of Anthony Trollope." Bk, LXXVI, 

206-8. 

". . . . a storm in a soupplate. But it involved, among others, Thackeray, 
Dickens, Trollope, and Edmund Yates." 

Smith, S. N. "In defence of Thackeray." NC, CXTV, 103-13. 

Stevenson, A. L. "Vanity fair and Lady Morgan." PMLA, XLVIII, 547-51. 

Wells, John Edwin. "On a sheet of Thackeray manuscript" (The notch). Corn- 
hill mag., LXXIV, 34-44. 

Thompson, de la Gorce, Agnes. Francis Thompson et les poetes catholigues 

d Angleterre. Paris: Plon, 1932. Pp. 260. 

Rev. by F. Delattre in RA, X, 246-48; by J. Hannand in Rev. des etudes histo- 
riques, C, 86-87; by L. M. Morton in Books abroad, VII, 54. Treats the "Hound of 
heaven" as the flower of the "Catholic Renaissance" which grew out of the Oxford 
movement. 

de la Gorce, Agnes. Francis Thompson. Trans, from the French by H. F. 

Kynaston-Snell. London: Burns, Gates. Pp. 184. 

Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM , XXVIII, 370-72; BkL, LXXXV, 222; TLS, 
June 1, p. 382. Roman Catholic in view, somewhat overtheological; good account 
of Patmore s mysticism; occasional errors. 

Martz, Alfons. Francis Thompsons dichterische Entwicklung: ein biographisch- 
psychologischer Versuch. Diss. Munster, 1932. Pp. 127. 

Trollope (see Thackeray: Partington). 

Wilberforce. Coupland, R. "The memory of Wilberforce." Hibbert jour., 

XXXII, 94-103. 
Hardwick, J. C. Lawn sleeves: a short life of Samuel Wilberforce. Oxford: 

BlackweU. Pp. 195. 
Law, Alice. "The achievement of Wilberforce." FR, CXXXIX, 749-58. 



76 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 

Wilde (see also Carlyle: Kingsmill). The works of Oscar Wilde: stories, plays, 
poems, essays. Illus. by Donia Nachsen. London: Collins, Pp. 1248. 

Baumann, F. K. Oscar Wilde als Kritiker der Literatur. Diss. Zurich. Pp. 104. 

Braybrooke, P. "Oscar Wilde: a consideration." Essays by divers hands. 
Transactions, N.S., Vol. XI. Ed. by Sir Henry Imbert-Terry. Royal So 
ciety of Literature, 1932. London: Milford. 
Rev. by John Sparrow in LM, XXVII, 462-65. 

Lemonnier, L. "Oscar Wilde et Importance d etre s6vre." RA, X, 410-17. 

Renier, Gustaf . Oscar Wilde. London: P. Da vies; New York: Appleton-Cen- 
tury. Pp. 166. Bibl, pp. 159-61. 
Rev. by Kingsmill in ER, LVI, 582-85 (his "analysis of the influences which 

shaped Wilde s life is the clearest and most balanced we yet possess") ; by Ben 

Redman in HTB, Dec. 3, p. 39; by Wilkinson in LM, XXVIII, 91-93; by Stark 

Young in NewR, Sept. 13, pp. 128-29; SR, May 6, p. 440; TLS, March 30, p. 234. 

Schnapp, Luise. "Oscar Wilde und die Bibel." GRM, XXI, 360-73. 

Schwartz, H. S. "The influence of Dumas fils on Oscar Wilde." French rev, t 
VII, 5-25. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1934 



- bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the 
I Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa- 
-IL tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University 
of Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal Col 
lege; Helen C, White, University of Wisconsin; Frederic E. Faverty, 
Northwestern University. It attempts to list the noteworthy publica 
tions of 1934 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a, bearing 
on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise stated, 
the date of publication is 1934. Reference to a page in the bibliog 
raphy for 1933, in Modern philology, May, 1934, is made by the followr 
ing form: See VB 1933, 407. Some cross-references are given, al 
though not all that are possible. 



KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 



AHR 

AL 

AR 



= American historical review 
= American literature 
= American review (formerly 
Bookman) 

Archiv Archiv fur das Studium der 
neueren Sprachen 

Beiblatt Beiblatt zur Anglia 

BkL = Bookman (London) 

CR - Contemporary review 

Cr Criterion 

CWd = Catholic world 

D Dickensian 

EC . Economica 

ELH -Journal of English literary 
history 

ER = English review 

ES = Englische Studien 

ESt = English studies (Amsterdam) 

FR - Fortnightly review 

GRM Germanisch-romanische Mo- 
natsschrift 

HTB =New York Herald-Tribune 

books 

[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1935] 



JEGP = Journal of English and Ger 
manic philology 

JMH Journal of modern history 

JPE Journal of political economy 

LM London mercury 

LQHR = London quarterly and Hoi- 
born review 

LZD Literarisches Zentralblatt fur 
Deutschland 

MLN Modern language notes 

MLR -Modern language review 

MP = Modem philology 

N -Nation 

NC = Nineteenth century and after 

NEQ =New England quarterly 

NeuP ^Neuphilokgische Monats- 
schrift 

New R -New republic 

Nrf = Nouvelle revue frangaise 

NS -New statesman and nation 

NYTBR=New York Times book review 

N & Q Notes & queries 

PMLA =*Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of 
Am. 



77 



78 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

PQ Philological quarterly SeR -Sewanee review 

QQ Queen s quarterly SP Studies in philology 

QR = Quarterly review SR = Saturday review 

RA Revue anglo-americaine SRL Saturday review of literature 

RES Review of English studies TLS = (London) Times literary sup- 

RH Revue historique plement 

RLC = Revue de literature comparte VQR - Virginia quarterly review 

S Spectator YR = Yale review 

I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 

" American bibliography for. 1933." PMLA, XLIII, SuppL, 1333-41: "Eng- 
lish, Nineteenth century/ ed. Albert C. Baugh. 

Annual bibliography of English language and literature. Vol. XIV, 1933. Ed. 
for the Modern Humanities Research Association by Mary S. Sergeantson, 
assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes. Pp. x+ 
265. "Nineteenth century," pp. 156-204. 

The art index: annual cumulation. A cumulative author and subject index to a 
selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Oct. 1933 to Sept. 
1934. Also Vol. VI, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson Co. 

Carter, John,- and Pollard, Graham. An enquiry into the nature of certain 
nineteenth century pamphlets. London: Constable; New York: Scribner s. 
Pp. xii+400. 

A bibliographical expose* of forgeries of "first editions" of Arnold, Dickens, 
Eliot, the Brownings, Morris, Rossetti, Ruskin, Kipling, Stevenson, Swinburne, 
Tennyson, Thackeray, etc. Rev. by Philip Brooks in NYTBR, July 15, pp. 2, 9; 
by A. H. Cleaver in D, XXX, 301; by Harriet Gaylord in SRL, Oct. 20, p. 220; 
by John Hayward in SR, July 14, p. 832; by Leonard Mackall in HTB, July 15, 
p. 14, July 22, pp. 14, 15, July 29, p. 18, Aug. 5, p. 14; by C. B. Tinker in SRL, 
Aug. 11, pp. 45-46; by Gabriel Wells (The Carter-Pollard disclosures. Pamphlet. 
New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. 13); More books, IX, 268-71 ("The biggest 
fraud hi the history of book collecting"), 310-11; TLS, July 12, p. 492 (by 
Thomas J. Wise), July 19, p. 511, Aug. 23, p. 577, Nov. 8, p. 775, Nov. 15, p. 795, 
Nov. 22, p. 840. 

Craven, Wesley Frank. "Historical study of the British Empire." JMH, VI 

40-69. 

An excellent bibliographical "survey of half a century s achievement"; indi 
cates "the sources of this new interest in the empire s history," and "the more 
significant trends in its study." 

Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language. Vol. 
XXXVII, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.); Vol. XXXVIII, No. 2 (Feb., 
1935). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Fucilla, Joseph. "Spanish poetry in English to the year 1850." [A bibliog. 
of translations.] Hispania, First special number, pp. 35-44. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 79 

International bibliography of historical sciences Seventh year 1932. Ed. 

for the International Committee of Historical Sciences, Washington. New 

York: H. W. Wilson Co. Pp. $25. 

Rev. by C. L. Grose m JMH, VI, 511. The bibliography published in 1933 
(see VB 1933, 397) is rev. by H. A. in Vi&rteljahrsschriftfur sozial- und Wirtschafts- 
geschichte, XXVII, 312; by C. L. Grose in JMH, VI, 345-46; by L. Halphen in 
RH, CLXXIV, 102-4. 

International index to periodicals; devoted chiefly to the humanities and science. 
Vol. VI. July 1931 -June 1934. Also Vol. 22, Nos. 3, 4 (Nov., 1934, and 
Jan., 1935). New York: H. W. Wilson Co. 

La rassegna (quarterly), XLII, 133-40, 258-75. "Repertorio." 

Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica (monthly), V. "Bollettino bibliografica," 
each month, a 5-page bibliog. of books recently published in Europe and 
America. 

A London bibliography of the social sciences [see VB 1932, 401]. First 

supplement, containing additions to the libraries, 1st June, 1929, to 3 1st May, 
1931. Compiled by Marjorie Plant. London: London School of Eco 
nomics and Political Science. Pp. 596. 

Morgan, Bayard Quincy. A bibliography of German literature in English trans 
lation [1509-1917]. "Univ. of Wisconsin studies in language and litera 
ture," No. 16. Madison, 1932. Pp. 708. 
Rev. by F. Stroh in Literaturblatt fur germanische und romanische Philologie, 

LV, 1-2, 24-25. 

Parrish, M. L. "Variant bindings in the library at Dormy House [see VB 1933, 
397]." Colophon, Part 17, p. 3. 

Price, Lawrence Marsden. The reception of English literature in Germany [see 

VB 1933, 397]. 

Rev. by W. Kayeer in Neophilologus, XIX, 297-98; by H. A. Pochmann in 
AL, VI, 211-15. 

Thieme, Hugo-P. Bibliographic de la litterature frangaise de 1800 a 1930. 
Paris: E. Droz, 1933. 2 vols. Pp. xxvi+1061. 
Rev. by D. Mornet in Rev. d hist. litt. de la France, XLI, 146-47. 

Van Patten, Nathan. An index of bibliographies and bibliographical contribu 
tions relating to the work of American and British author-s, 1928-1932. Calif . : 
Stanford univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 324. 

Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part XXXVIII annual volume, 1933. A 

classified list . . . . with an extended alphabetical index Also Part 

XLI, Jan.-Sept. London: J. Whitaker & Sons. 



80 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

The year s work in English studies, Vol. XIII, 1932. Ed. for the English As 
sociation by F. S. Boas and M. S. Sergeantson. Oxford univ. pr.; London: 
Milford. *Pp. 348. Chaps, xi-xii, "The nineteenth century and after" (H. 
V. Routh), pp. 272-310. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND 
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

Airlie, Mabell, Countess of. With the guards we shall go. A guardsman s letters 
in the Crimea, 1854-1855. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1933. Pp. 322. 

Aldin, C. Time I was dead. Pages from my autobiography. London: Eyre and 
Spottiswoode. Pp. xiv+389. 

Allen, Bernard M. Gordon in China. London: Macmillan. 

Rev, by ClenneU Wilkinson in LM t XXIX, 382-84; BkL, LXXXV, 417. 

Allen, H. Warner. "The tragedy of General Gordon, a victim of politics and 
cowardice." SR, Jan. 6, p. 14. 

Annals of the Royal Statistical Society, 1834-1934- London: Royal Statistical 
Society. Pp. 308. 

Arthur, Sir George. Queen Alexandra. London: Chapman & Hall. 
Rev. by Julia Strachey in NS, June 23, pp. 954r-56. 

Ashton, T. S. Economic and social investigations in Manchester: 1833-1933. 
London: P. S. King & Son. 
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 4, p. 666 (a record of reform). 

Badger, Alfred B. An historical study of British and continental critical concep 
tions regarding some aspects of public schools in England and Wales (1800- 
1932}. Diss. Hamburg, 1933. Pp. xxiv+180. 

Baker, Sir Herbert. Cecil Rhodes. By his architect. Oxford univ. pr.; London: 

Milford. Pp. xv+182. 

Rev. by Arthur Bryant in BkL, LXXXVII, 138-40. 
Belloc, Hilaire. A shorter history of England. London: Harrap. 

Rev. by G. M. Young in NS, Oct. 13, p. 486. 

Benedict, Gordon M. "Imperialism in England in the last decade of the 
nineteenth century." Harvarduniv. summaries of theses (1933), pp. 148-51. 

Bensly, Edward. "Jezreel s Temple, Gillingham." N & Q, Aug. 18, p. 118; 
Sept. 1, p. 155; Sept. 29, p. 227. 

Berchet, Giovanni. La letter atur a e la politica del risorgimento nazionale (1788- 
1851). Florence: "Le nuova Italia" editrice, 1933. Pp. 564. 

Rev. by E. Bellorini in Giomale starico della letteratura Italiana, CHI, 157-60, 
307-8. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 81 

Berners, Lord. First childhood. New York: Farrar & Rinehart. Pp. 273. 

Binder, Hildegard, Queen Victoria und Preussen-Deutschland bis zum Aus- 
schluss Oesterreichs 1866. Diss. Berlin, 1933. Pp. 46. 

Bindoff, S. T. "Lord Palmerston and the universities." Bull, of Inst. of Hist. 
Research, XII, 39-43. 
On the selection of men for foreign embassies, 1841-54. 

Bixler, Raymond W. Anglo-German imperialism in South Africa, 1880-1900. 

Baltimore: Warwick & York, 1932. Pp. x+181. 

Rev. by C. D. Penner in JMH, VI, 484. 
Bolitho, Hector. "Queen Victoria and Ireland." ER, LVIII, 534-41. 

Bolitho, Hector. Victoria the widow and her son. New York: D. Appleton- 

Century; London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. xvi+390. 

Rev. by Arthur Bryant in BkL, LXXXVII, 138-40; by Frank Hardie in NS, 
July 21, p. 94; by C. Rattigan in SR, June 30, p. 768; by A. L. Sachar in HTB, 
Nov. 4, p. 10; FR, CLXVI, 252-53; Nat. rev., CHI, 404-5; TLS, June 21, p. 456. 

Bonner, Hypathia B. "Charles Bradlaugh as a Freemason." N & Q, May 26, 
p. 370; June 9, pp. 411-12. 

Bourne, Gilbert C. Memories of an Eton wet-bob of the seventies. Oxford univ. 
pr. 

Bradlaugh. See Bonner, above. Bradlaugh and today: speeches delivered at the 
centenary, and at the commemoration dinner .... 1933. London: Watts, 
with the Pioneer pr. 
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXIX, 469-71. 

Brown, A. Barratt (ed.). Great democrats. London: Nicholson & Watson. 
E,ev. by Ralph Bates in NS, Dec. 8, pp. 868-70. 

Buchan, John. Gordon at Khartoum. "Great occasions." London: Peter 

Davies. Pp. 169. 

Rev. by H. W. Nevinson in S, July 13, pp. 60-62; by Richard Strachey in NS, 
Oct. 6, pp. 445-46; BkL, LXXXVI, 268; TLS, June 28, p. 453. 

Bulloch, J. M. "John Auldjo, F.R.S." (1805-86). N & Q, May 12, pp. 327- 
32. 

Burghclere, Lady (ed.). A great lady s friendships: .... See VB 1933, 400. 

Rev. by Clara Stillman in HTB, Jan. 21, p. 6; JMH, VI, 113. Includes letters 
from Henry Bulwer, Bulwer Lytton, Lord Cowley, etc. 

Bury, Patrick. "Gambetta et FAngleterre." RH, CLXXIV, 29-40. 

Calthrop, Dion C. English dress. From Victoria to George V. London: Chap 
man & HaU. Pp. xvi+172. 



82 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Cambridge history of the British empire. Vol. VII * See VB 1933, 400. 

Rev. by W. F. Craven in JMH, VI, 77-80; by William Macdonald in HTB, 
Jan. 21, p. 16; by A. P. Scott in AHR, XXXIX, 515-17. 

The Cambridge shorter history of India. Ed. by H. EL Dodwell. London: Cam 
bridge univ: pr. Pp. xxii+970. 

Can, Edward H. Karl Marx: a study in fanaticism. London: Dent. Pp.317. 
Carton, Ronald. The genfle adventure: a Victorian prelude. London: Dent. 

Chimay, Princesse de. Letters from the French and English courts, 1853-59. 
Presented by Princesse Marthe Bibesco. Trans, by Hamish Miles. Lon 
don: Cape. Pp. 159. 

Christie, 0. F. The transition to democracy, 1867-1914. London: Routledge. 

Cole, G. b. H. What Marx really meant London: Gollancz; New York: 
Knopf. Pp. vi+309. 

Colvin, I. The life of Lord Carson. VoLII. London: Gollancz. Pp.446. 
Courtney, Janet. The women of my time. London: Lovat Dickson. Pp. 250. 

Creevy s life and times: a further selection from the correspondence of Thomas 
Creevy. Ed. by John Gore. London: Murray. Pp. xxi+466. 
Rev. by E. L. Woodward in S, Feb. 9, pp. 204r-5; TLS, Feb. 1, pp. 65-66. 

Croce, Benedetto. History of Europe in the nineteenth century. See VB 1933, 

401. 

Rev. by Charles A. Beard in JMH, VI, 84-85; by G. Bourgin in RH, CLXXIII, 
188-90; by H. Butterfield in BkL, LXXXVII, 194-95; by J. L. Hammond in 
NS, Oct. 13, pp. 473-74; by Quincy Howe in New R, April 25, pp. 317-18; by 
A. D. Lindsay in LM, XXXI, 167-71; by E. Rota in Scientia, LV, 399-400. 

Dawson, W. R. Charles Wycliffe Goodwin, 1817-1878. A pioneer in Egyptol 
ogy. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 168. 

Day, Olive. Economic development in modern Europe. New York: Macmillan, 
1933. Pp. xiv+447. 
Rev. by M. M. Knight in JPE, XLII,, 260-64. 

De Ridder, Alfred. Les projets d union douaniere franco-beige et ks puissances 
europeennes (1886-1843). Bruxelles: Lamertin, 1933. Pp. 473. 

Derwent, Lord. Rossini and some forgotten nightingales. London: Duckworth. 
Pp. 336. 

Dodd, A. H. The industrial revolution in North Wales. Cardiff: Univ. of Wales 
pr., 1933. Pp. xii+422. 
Rev. by C. R. Fay in EC, New Ser. No. 1, pp. 113-14. 

Edwards, William. British foreign policy from 1815 to 19S3. London: Me- 
thuen. Pp. xiii+226. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 83 

Emden, Paul. Behind the throne. London: Hodder & Stoughton. Pp. 320. 

Studies of royal private secretaries. Rev. in NS t Sept. 1, p. 274; SR, July 28, 
p. 897. 

Ervine, St. John. God s soldier: General Wittiam Booth. London: Heinemann. 
Rev. by R, Mortimer in NS, Dec. 22, pp. 944-46; by H. W. Nevinson in S, 
Dec. 14, p. 930. 

Esher, Reginald, Viscount. Journals and Letters. Vol. I: 1870-1903. Ed. by 
Maurice V. Brett. London: Ivor Nicholson and Watson. Pp. xx+430. 
Rev. by Arthur Bryant in BkL, LXXXVII, 138-40; by Anne Fremantle in 

BkL, LXXXVII, 181 ( invaluable/ for "all subjects political and social during 

the last thirty years of Queen Victoria s reign"); by H. J. Laski in NS, Sept. 22, 

p. 336; LM, XXX, 569-70. 

Ewen, David. Wine, women, and waltz: a romantic biography of Johann 
Strauss, son and father. New York: Sears, 1933. Pp. xiii+298. 

Ewen, David (ed.). From Bach to Stravinsky: the history of music by Us fore 
most critics. New York: W. W. Norton, 1933. Pp. 357. 

Fay, C. R. The corn laws and social England. See VB 1933, 402. 

Rev. by D. G. Barnes in JPE, XLII, 684r-86; by T. H. Marshall in Eng. hist, 
rev., XLIX, 141-43. 

Fay, C. R. Imperial economy and its place in the formation of economic doc 
trine, 1600-1982. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. vi+152. 

Firebrace, Captain C. W. The Army and Navy Club, 1837-1933. London: 
Murray. Pp. 313. 

Fisher, H. A. L. Life and work in England. A sketch of our social and economic 
history. London: E. Arnold. Pp. 224. 

Fortescue, Sir John. Author and curator. Autobiog. by the historian of the 
British army. London: Blackwood, 1933. Pp. 281. 

Ffrench, Yvonne (ed.). News from the past: 1805-1877: the autobiography of 
the nineteenth century. Introd. by Sir John Squire. New York: Viking 
pr.; London: Gollancz. Pp. 656. 

Over two thousand extracts from English newspapers items mostly of social, 
artistic, literary, political, and fashionable interest. Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, 
Nov. 23, p. 4; by R. Mortimer in NS, Dec. 1, p. 794; LM, XXXI, 191; TLS, 
Nov. 22, p. 819. 

Garvin, J. L. The life of Joseph Chamberlain. Vol. II. See VB 1933, 402. 

Vol. Ill: 1895-1900. Empire and world policy. New York, London: Mac- 

millan. Pp. ix+632. 

Vol. II rev. by E. P. Chase in JMH, VI, 210-12; by W. P. Hallin AHR, XXXIX, 
330-32. Vol. Ill rev. by W. Macdonald in HTB, Dec. 30, p. 3; by K. Martin in 



84 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

NS, Nov. 17, pp. 721-22; by V. Milner in Nat. rev., GUI, 796-801; by Lord Eus 
tace Percy in S, Nov. 9, p. 721; by H. Sidebotham in LM, XXXI, 172-73; 
by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Dec. 30, p. 5; TLS, Nov. 8, p. 763. 

Gloag, J. English furniture. London: Black. Pp. xv+200. 

Guedalla, Philip (ed.). The queen and Mr. Gladstone. 1880-1898. London: 
Hodder & Stoughton. See VB 1933, 403. New York: Doubleday, Doran. 
Pp. vi+793. 
Rev. by H. Bolitho in ER, LVIII, 104-7; by F. K. Brown in VQR, X, 626-30; 

by W. P. Hall in YR, XXIII, 840-42; by Emery Neff in N, May 9, p. 541; by W. 

Notestein in SRL, April 14, p. 627; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, April 8, p. 3. 

Haldane, Elizabeth. "Edward Irving." QR, CCLXIII, 111-26. 

Haldane, Elizabeth. The Scotland of our fathers. See VB 1933, 403. 

Rev. by H. Heaton in JMH, VI, 243; by W. L. Phelps in Scribner s, XCVI, 9; 
NS, Jan. 27, p. 131. 

Hammond, J. L. C. P. Scott of the Manchester Guardian. London: Bell; New 
York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. xvi+366; 365. 

Hammond, J. L. and Barbara. The bkak age. London, New York: Long 
mans. 

A study of the working people during the first half of the nineteenth century. 
Rev. in NS, Nov. 3, pp. 634-35. 

Hearnshaw, F. J. C. (ed.). The social and political ideals of some representative 

thinkers of the Victorian age. See VB 1933, 404. 

Rev. by C. Becker in AHR, XXXIX, 327-29; by A, Digeon in RA, XI, 260-61 ; 
by A. Freemantle in Hist., XIX, 171-73; by W. J. Shephard in JMH, VI, 203-5; 
by R. Vettier in Rev. d hist. mod., N.S., No. 11, pp. 69-70. 

Heidel, Werner. Eduard VII und Deutschland 1841-1888. Diss. Leipzig: 
Radestock. Pp. xix+108. 

Henderson, W. 0. The Lancashire cotton famine: 1861-65. Manchester: 
Univ. pr. Pp. 178. 

Henochsberg, A. J. An old stager j s memories. Johannesburg: Central news 
agency. Pp. 92. 

Heywood, Thomas, J. UAngkterre dans Vceuvre de Victor Hugo. Paris: E. 
Droz. Pp. 240. 

Hill. Extracts from Octavia Hill s ktters to fellow workers, 1864 to 1911. Com 
piled by her niece, Elinor Southwood Ouvry. Foreword by Rt. Hon. 
Neville Chamberlain. London: Adelphi Bookshop. Pp. 64. 

Hoffman, Ross J. S. Great Britain and the German trade rivalry, 1875-1914. 
Philadelphia: Univ. of Pa. pr., 1933. Pp. xii+363. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 85 

Housman, Laurence. "Aims and objects. 1849. A palace play." NC, CXV, 
596-602. 

A dramatic sketch in which Prince Albert begins the serious education of the 
future King Edward. 

Hughes, Herbert. "Edward Elgar. The passing of a great Englishman" SR, 
March 3, p. 247. 

Hughes, M. Vivian. A London child of the seventies. New York and London: 

Oxford univ. pr. Pp. iv+174. 

Rev. by 0. B. in BkL, LXXXVII, 122; by Isabel Paterson in HTB, Nov. 18, 
p. 6; NYTBR, Nov. 18, p. 25; TLS, Nov. 22, p. 819. 

A hundred years of vehicle building. Centenary of the National Union of 
Vehicle Builders. Manchester: National Union of Vehicle Builders. Pp. 
120. 

Hutton, Edward. "An unknown Victorian." NC, CXV, 91-101. 

Brindley, discoverer of the most famous of the marble quarries of antiquity. 

James. Alice James: her brothers, her journal Ed. by Anna Robeson Burr. 

New York: Dodd, Mead. 

Rev. by C. H. Grattan in NYTBR, May 20, p. 3, 12; by R. B. Perry in SRL, 
June 16, pp. 749-50; by William Troy in N, June 13, p. 682. 

Jekyll, Francis. Gertrude JekylL London: Jonathan Cape. 

Rev. by Guy Mayfield in BkL, LXXXVII, 87; NS, Sept. 29, p. 400 ("a garden 
maker"). 
Johnson, Mary Z. "Development of democratic theory since 1848." Univ. of 

Chicago abstracts ofthtses, humanistic ser., IX (1930-32), 163-70. 

"Confined to the theories advanced by the writers of the United States and the 
great nations of Europe." 

Johnson, Rt. Hon. Thomas. The financiers and the nation. London: Methuen. 

Jones, Captain Adrian. Memoirs of a soldier-artist. Foreword by Lt. Gen. 

Lord Baden-Powell. London: Stanley Paul, 1933. Pp. 256. 

Brief rev. in JMH, VI, 114 (experiences in the Indian army and as sculptor; 
sidelights on Edward VII, Carlyle, Whistler, and Forbes-Robertson). * 

Jose, Arthur W. The romantic nineties. Sydney: Angus & Robertson; Lon 
don: Australian, 1933. Pp. 234. 

Kaufman, Schima. Mendelssohn, "a modern Elijah. 1 New York: T. Y. 
Crowell. Pp. xiv+353. 

Kelso, Maxwell R. "The revival of the French labor and socialist movement 
after the Paris commune, 1871-79." Harvard univ. summaries of theses 
(1933), pp. 161-64. 



86 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Koelle, W. Englische Stellungsnahme gegenuber Frankreich in der vom deutsch- 
franzosischen Kriege J.870-71 bis zur Besetzung Agyptens durch England 
1882. "Historische Studien," No. 242. Berlin: Ebering. Pp. 137. 

Lacaita, Charles. An Italian Englishman: Sir James Lacaita, K.C.M.G., 
1818-1895, senator of the Kingdom of Italy London: Grant Rich 
ards, 1933. Pp. xi+286. 

Lambert, Richard S. The railway king, 1800-1871. A study of George Hudson 
and the business morals of his time. London: Allen & Unwin. 
Rev. by T. H. Marshall in NS, Nov. 24, pp. 762-64; by C. E. Vulliamy in S, 

Nov. 23, pp. 14-16; TLS, Dec. 6, pp. 863. A study of the man Whom Carlyle 

ironically immortalized in the seventh section of the Latter-day pamphlets 

"Hudson s Statue." 

Learmouth, David. "A historic Derby fraud" (1844). SR, June 2, pp. 637-38. 

Lenard, Philippe. Great men of science; a history of scientific progress. Trans, 
from the 2d German ed. by Dr. H. S. Hatfield. London: Bell, 1933. Pp. 
xix+389. 
Rev. by 0. CarusS in Scientia, LV, 385-86; by R. T. F. in the Personalist, XV, 

171-72. Darwin and Mendel are included. 

Lloyd, Lord. Egypt since Cromer. Vol. II. London: Macmillan. Pp. viii+ 
418. 

Lovell, Reginald L The struggle for South Africa, 1875-1899. A study in eco 
nomic imperialism. London and New York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+438. 
Rev. by R. W. Bixler, in JMH, VI, 339-40; HTB, April 8, p. 27. 

Lucas, E. V. Sauntered s rewards. Philadelphia: Lippincott. 

Rev. in NYTBR, Feb. 11, p. 2 (Dickens, the Ruskin-Whistler trial, etc.). 
Lucas. A Quaker journal, being the diary and reminiscences of William Lucas 

of Hitchin (1804-1861}. Ed. by G. E. Bryant and G. P. Baker. Vol. I: 

1804-42. Vol. II: 1843-61. London: Hutchinson. 

Rev. by H. E. Bates in NS, March 3, pp. 308-10, June 9, pp. 888-90; by A. T. 
Sheppard in BkL, LXXXVI, 52, 174-75; Nat. rev., GUI, 268-69; TLS, May 24, 
p. 371 ("lively portraits" of Macaulay, Peel, Bulwer Lytton, etc.). 

Lumsden, Louisa I. Yellow leaves. Memories of a long life. London: Black- 
wood, 1933. Pp. 200. 

McLachlan, H. The Unitarian movement in the religious life of England. I: 
Its contribution to thought and learning, 1700-1900. London: Allen & Un 
win. Pp. 317. 
Rev. by R. V. Holt in Phiks., IX, 486-87. 

Malcolm-Smith. The life of Stratford Canning. See VB 1933, 405. 

Rev. by V. J. Puryear in JMH, VI, 205-6; by R. W. Seaton-Watson in Slavonic 
rev., XII, 47^-76. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 87 

Manchester, Alan. British preeminence in Brazil, its rise and decline. A study 
in European expansion. Chapel Hill: Univ. of N.C. pr., 1933. Pp.xi+371. 

Marr, N. Y., and Prigozhin, A. G. Karl Marks i probkmy istorii dokapita- 
listichesky formatsky [Karl Marx and the problems of the history of the pre- 
capitalistic formulations]. Moscow: "Pechatny dvor." Pp. 766. 

Marriott, Sir J. A. R. Modern England, 1885-1932: a history of my own times. 
London: Methuen. Pp. xiv-f 551. 

Rev. in Nat. rev., GUI, 537-38 ("scrupulously fair" in facts) ; SR, Sept. 15, 
p. 118. 

Marriott, Sir J. A. R. Queen Victoria and her ministers. See VB 1933, 406. 
Rev. by F. K. Brown in VQR, X, 626-30; by R. C. K. Ensor in LM, XXIX, 
283-85; by W. P. Hall in YR, XXIII, 840-42. 

Martin, Hugh (ed.). Christian social reformers of the nineteenth century. Lon 
don: Student Christian Movement, 1933. Pp. vi+242. 

Martin, Thomas. Faraday. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp.144. 

Maunsell, H. R. " Vanity Fair cartoons 7 (identifications). N & Q, April 7, 
p. 242; April 21, p. 284. 

Mayer, Gustav. Friedrich Engels. Sine Biographic 2vols. The Hague: 

Nijhoff. Pp. 393; 585. 

Milne, James. The memoirs of a bookman. London: Murray. Pp. xii+316. 
Includes reminiscences of Tennyson, Rossetti, Meredith, Stevenson, Gladstone. 

Milner, Gamaliel. The threshold of the Victorian Age. London: Williams & 

Norgate. Pp. 291. 

Rev. by A. Freemantle in Hist., XIX, 171-73; by K. Martin in NS, March 10, 
p. 382; by P. Yvon in Les langues mod., XXXII, 372-73; QR, CCLXII, 371; TLS, 
March 8, p. 151 (Macaulay, Carlyle, Tennyson, Dickens). 

Mitchell, J. Leslie. Earth conquerors; .... great explorers. New York: Simon 
& Schuster. Pp. ix+370. Includes Richard Burton. 

Montefiore. Think and thank. The Montefiore synagogue and college, Rams- 
gate, 1838-1933. Vol. I: 1833-85. By Rev. D. A. J. Cardozo. Vol. II: 
1885-1933. By Paul Goodman. London: Oxford univ. pr., 1933. Pp.200. 

Montmorency, Miles F. de. A short history of painting in England. London: 
Dent, 1933. Pp. xviii+254. 

Morison, J. L. Lawrence of Lucknow, 1806-1857. London: Bell. Pp. xiii+ 
348. 
Rev. by R. Strachey in NS, May 12, pp. 737-38; by C. Wilkinson in LM, XXX, 

475-77. 

Moseley, Philip E. Russian diplomacy and the opening of the eastern question in 
1838 and 1839. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 178. 



88 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Ne*donceile, Maurice. La philosophic religieuse en Grand-Bretagne de 1850 d, 
nos jours. Paris: Bloud & Gay. Pp. 233. 
Rev. by H. S. in RH, CLXXIV, 128; Jour, ofphilos., April 26, p. 250. 

"The Newdigate." TLS (leading article), June 14, pp. 413-14. 

Many allusions to Victorian poets, in relation to the origin and nature of the 
Newdigate Prize. 

Norris, Herbert, and Curtis, Oswald. Costume and fashion. Vol. VI: The 
nineteenth century. London: Dent; New York: Button, 1933. Pp. xiii+ 
264. 

Nussbaum, Frederick. A history of the economic institutions of modern Europe: 
an introduction to "Der moderne Kapitalismus JJ of Werner Sombart. New 
York: Crofts, 1933. Pp. xvi+448. 

Omond, J. S. Parliament and the army } 1642-1904. Cambridge univ. pr., 1933. 
Pp. viii+187. 

Owen, D. E. British opium policy in China and India. Yale univ. pr. Pp. 412. 

Pennell, Elizabeth. "Whistler makes a will" (D. G. Rossetti his executor). 
Colophon } Part 17, p. 4. 

Phillips, W. A. (ed.). History of the Church of Ireland: .... 3 vojs. Oxford 
univ. pr. 

Pollock, Sir Frederick. For my grandson: remembrances of an ancient Vic 
torian. London: Murray, 1933. 

Rev. by H. Kingsmill in BkL, LXXXV, 406-8; by J. Telford in LQHR, CLIX, 
238-42. 

Quennell, Marjorie and C. H. B. A history of everyday things in England. Vol. 
Ill: The rise of industrialism (1733-1851). Vol. IV: The age of production 
(1851-1934). London: Batsford; New York: Scribner s. 
Vol. Ill (1933) rev. by W. Bowden in JMH, VI, 240; by Ch. B. in RH, 

CLXXIV, 125-26; NYTBR, Feb. 25, p. 14. Vol. IV rev. in NS, Dec. 8, p. 844; 

TLS, Nov. 29, p. 855. 

Radcliffe, A. N. "Old Eton days." Cornhill mag., CXLIX; 452-59. 

Rankin, Robert C. "The Indian mutiny of 1857: its nature and causes." 
Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1933), pp. 190-93. 

Rattenbury, Owen. (See Tolpuddle, below.) Flammen der Freiheit. Die Ge- 
schichte der Martyrer von Tolpuddk. Berne: Gotthelf-Verlag. Pp.103. 

Rendall, Vernon. Wild flowers in literature. London: Scholartis pr. Pp. 372. 

Rhodes, Albert J. Dartmoor prison. A record of 126 years of prisoner of war 
and convict life, 1806-1932. London: Lane, 1933. Pp. x+304. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 89 

Rothenstein, William. Men and memories. Vol. I: 1872-1900. Vol.11: 1900- 
1922. London: Faber & Faber. Pp. viii+390; viii+395. 

Russell, Frank. "Victoria s century of growth." Nat. rev., GUI, 455-60. 

Schauffler, Robert. The unknown Brahms New York: Dodd, Mead, 

1933. 

Scholefield, G. H. Captain William Hobson, fast governor of New Zealand. 
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 228. 

Sherrington, C. E. R. A hundred years of inland transport, 1830-1983. Lon 
don: Duckworth. Pp. 376. 

Shillito, Edward. "Edward Irving." 8, Dec. 7, pp. 872-73. 
Singh, Bhupal. A survey of Anglo-Indian fiction. London: Milford. 

Sitwell, Sacheverell. Liszt London: Faber & Faber; Boston: Houghton 
Mifflin. Pp. xx+417. 

Slater, Gilbert. The growth of modern England. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 
1933. Pp. xi+642. 
Rev. by Chester Kirby in JMH, VI, 327-28. 

Soulsby, Hugh. The right of search and the slave trade in Anglo-American rela 
tions, 1814-1862. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins pr., 1933. Pp. 185. 

Spender, J. A. A short history of our times. London : Cassell. 

- Rev. by H. Butterfield in BkL, LXXXVII, 52 ; by Leonard Woolf in LM, XXX, 
551-52; Nat. rev., CIII, 675. 

Stanley, Mary. "A Victorian woman in the Crimea." Ed. by Hector Bolitho 
in ER, LIX, 459-69. 

Stirk, S. D. Die Aristokratie und die industrielle Entwicklung in England. 
Breslau: Priebatsch, 1933. Pp. 110. 

Strangways, A. H. Fox. Cecil Sharp, 1859-1924. Oxford univ. pr., 1933. Pp. 
246. 
Collection and promulgation of English folk song and dance. 

"Summer, B. H. "Lord Augustus Loftus and the eastern crisis of 1875-1878." 
Cambridge hist, jour., IV, 283-95. 

Tattersall, C. E. C. A history of British carpets. London: F. Lewis. Pp. 182; 
116 ppl. 

Temperley, Harold. "Stratford de Redcliffe and the origins of the Crimean 
War. Part II." Eng. hist, rev., XLIX, 265-98. 

Thompson, E., and Garratt, G. T. Rise and fulfilment of British rule in India. 
London: Macmillan. Pp. xii+690. 



90 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Tolpuddle. The book of the martyrs of Tolpuddk, 1884-1934. The story of the 
Dorsetshire labourers who were convicted and sentenced to seven years trans 
portation for forming a trade union. London: Trades Union Congress Gen 
eral Council. Pp. 239. 

Toye, R Rossini. A study in tragi-comedy. London: Heinemann. Pp. xvii+ 
269. 

Turner, Ralph E. James Silk Buckingham: 1786-1855. A social biography. 

London: Williams & Norgate; New York: Whittlesey House. Pp. 463. 

Rev. by Percy Hutchinson in NYTBR, Aug. 12, p. 9; by P. Lewinson in Mis 
sissippi Valley hist, rev., XXI, 275-76; by W. Macdonald in HTB, July 22, p. 15; 
LQHR, CLIX, 273. 

Underwood, Eric. A short history of English painting. London: Faber & 
Faber, 1933. Pp. 264. 

Underwood, Eric. A short history of English sculpture. London: Faber & 
Faber. Pp. 192. 

Uys, C. J. In the era of Shepstone; being a study of British expansion in South 
Africa (1842-1877). London: Kegan Paul, 1933. Pp. xix+469. 

Valentin, Veit. "Some interpretations of Frederick the Great." Hist., XIX, 
115-23. 
Treats of Macaulay and Carlyle. 

Vidler, A. R. The modernist movement in the Roman church. Cambridge univ. 
pr. 

Walstrum, Mary. The nineteenth and twentieth centuries: reminiscences. Lon 
don: Dorrance. 

Wang, Chi Kao. Dissolution of the British parliament, 1832-1931. New York: 
Columbia univ. pr. Pp. 174. 

Ward, Bernard. Reddie of Abbotsholme (1858-1903). London: Allen & Un- 
win. Pp. 336, 

Ward, Maisie. The Wilfrid Wards and the transition. Vol. /, The nineteenth 
century. London and New York: Sheed & Ward. Pp. xii+428. 
Throws light on Newman, Tennyson, Huxley, Ruskin, Mill, and many others. 

Rev. by H. Gray in BkL, LXXXVII, 176 ("another cross-section of the history 

of the Roman Catholic church in the nineteenth century"); CWd, CXL, 367-68; 

HTB, Dec. 30, p. 4; Life and letters, XI, 353-55; TLS, Nov. 29, p. 848. 

Ward, Wilfrid. "Some recollections, 1882-1887." Life and letters, X, 677-90. 
(Gladstone, Jowett, Ruskin.) 

Warrender, Lady Maud. My first sixty years. London: Cassell, 1933. Pp. 
xii+320. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 91 

Webster, C. K. Palmerston, Metternich, and the European system: 1830-1841. 
Raleigh lecture on history. Oxford univ. pr. Pamphlet. 

Weill, G. Le journal Origine, Evolution et rdle de la presse periodique. Paris: 
Renaissance du livre. Pp. xix-j-450. 

Welby, T. Earle. Second impressions. London: Methuen. 

Rev. by W. Browne in ER, LVIII, 370-72. 
Whitfield, G. J. Fifty thrilling years at sea. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 283. 

Whiting, Mary B. "Seymour Kirkup, necromancer." Carnhitt mag., CXLIX, 
742-51. (Browning, Landor.) 

Wilenski, Reginald. English painting. London: Faber & Faber, 1933. Pp. 
303. 

Williams, W. E. The rise of Gladstone to the leadership of the Liberal Party, 
1859-1868. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. x+190. 
Rev. by J. Hammond in S, Oct. 26, p. 260; N & Q, Sept. 2, pp. 215-16. 

Willson, Beckles. Friendly relations. A narrative of Britain s ministers and 
ambassadors to America (1791-1930). Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. vii-f350. 

Wilson, Mona. Queen Victoria. See VB 1933, 409. 
Rev. by C. Payne in JMH, VI, 241; NS, Jan. 13, p. 60. 

Wingfield-Stratford, Esme*. The Victorian aftermath t 1901-1914. London: 

Routledge, 1933; New York: Morrow. Pp. xvi+394. 

Third in the trilogy: Those earnest Victorians and The Victorian sunset are 
the other two. Rev. by Robert Morss Lovett in New R, April 11, pp. 247-48; by 
Isabel Paterson in HTB, Feb. 4, p. 7. 

Wortham, H.E. Edward VII. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth, 1933; 
New York: Macmillan. Pp. 144. 

Yeats, W. B. Letters to the new island. Ed. by Horace Reynolds. Cambridge: 
Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xv+222. (The eighties and nineties.) 

Young, G. M. (ed.). Early Victorian England, 1830-1865. 2 vols. Oxford 

univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. xxv+414; viii+558. 

Rev. by Edmund Blunden in S, Dec. 21, pp. 968-69; by David Garnett in NS, 
Dec. 22, 29, pp. 940-41, 971; TLS, Nov. 29, pp. 845-46 (leading article). 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY 
FORMS: ANTHOLOGIES 

Barkas, Pallister. A critique of modern English prosody (1880-1980). Halle: 
Niemeyer. Pp. 101. 

.Beach, Constance L. "The use of Anglo-Saxon material by Scott, Bulwer- 
Lytton, Kingsley, and Tennyson in relation to the Anglo-Saxon revival in 



92 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

England." Univ. of Chicago abstracts of theses, humanistic ser., IX (1930- 
32), 437-45. 

Berlage, Heinrich. Ueber das englische Soldatenlied in der zweiten Halfte des 19. 
Jahrhunderts mil besonderer Berucksichtigung der Soldatenlieder Rudyard 
Kiplings. Diss. Mtinster. Emsdetten: H. and J. Lechte, 1933. Pp. vi+50. 

Blodgett, Harold. Walt Whitman in England. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell univ. 

pr.; London: Milford. Pp. ix+244. 

Rev. by Eric Gillett in LM, XXX, 271-73; by Clarence Gohdes in AL, VI, 
355-57 ("faithful summarizing"). 
Carter, Henry. The English temperance movement Vol. I: The formative 

period, 1880-1899. London: Epworth pr., 1933. Pp. 269. 

Carter, John (ed.). New paths in book-collecting. London: Constable. Pp. vi 

+294. 

Includes essay by Mr. Baston, "English illustrated books, 1880-1900." Rev. 
in Life and letters, XI, 242-43. 

Castell, Albury. "Mill s logic of the moral sciences : a study of the impact of 
Newtonism on early nineteenth-century social thought." Univ. of Chicago 
abstract of theses, humanistic ser., IX (1930-32), 35. 

Courtney, Janet. The adventurous thirties: a chapter in the woman s move- 
ment. Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford, 1933. Pp. 279. 
Mentions Harriet Martineau, Frances Trollope. Rev. in N, Aug. 8, p. 16; 

NYTBR, March 11, p. 6. 

Cunliffe, J. W. Leaders of the Victorian revolution. New York: D. Appleton- 

Century. Pp. viii+343. 

Rev, by Stanton Coblentz in NYTBR, Nov. 4, p. 8; by C. F. Harrold in SeR, 
XLIII, 244-46. 

A consideration and historical survey of Victorian literature from the stand 
point of its relation to the social, economic, religious, and scientific problems of 
the age, especially in the light of the Darwinian theory and its ascendancy. Adds 
little to our knowledge, but is a fresh and stimulating account, and presents an 
excellent analysis of later writers, such as Gissing, Hardy, Moore, and Shaw. 
An interesting attempt at a primarily social approach to an understanding of the 
period and its literature. Not always accurate; arbitrary in emphasis. C. F. 
HABKOLD. 

Cunningham, G. Watts. The idealistic argument in recent British and Ameri 
can philosophy. New York and London: Century. 

Decker, Clarence R. "Zola s literary reputation in England." PMLA, XLIX, 
1140-53. 

Du Bois, Arthur. "Shakespeare and 19th-century drama." ELH, I, 163-96. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGKAPHY FOR 1934 93 

Elwin, Malcolm. Victorian wallflowers. London : Cape. Pp. 324. 

Rev. by Edmund Blunden in S, June 1, p. 861; by E. Clark in BkL, LXXXVI, 
210 ("likely to become the classic book of criticism" on those Victorian authors 
who, though wielding a wide contemporary influence, rank just below the classic 
standard of that era") ; by H. W. Nevinson in FR, CXXXVI, 115-16; NS, Sept. 8, 
pp. 302-3; TLS, May 31, p. 389. 

James, Philip. "Children s books: a retrospect." Libr. assoc. rec. (4th ser.), 
I, 355-61. 

Kent, Muriel. "The art of nonsense" (Lear, Carroll, etc.). Cornhill mag., 
CXLIX, 478-S7. 

Lanz, Emma. Das viktorian Lebensideal dargestellt auf Grund der Romane. 
Diss. Tubingen: Chr. Guide, 1933. Pp. 78. 

Legouis, Emile. A short history of English literature. Trans, by V. F. Boyson 
and J. Coulson. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 420. 

Lidgett, John S. The Victorian transformation of theology. London: Epworth 

pr. Pp. 96. 

Rev. by W. R. Matthews in CR, CXLVI, 499-500; LQHR, CLIX, 550-51. On 
F. D. Maurice. 

Lucas, F. L. Studies French and English. London: Cassell. 

Masefield, Muriel. Women novelists from Fanny Burney to George Eliot. Univ. 

extension libr. London: Nicholson & Watson. Pp. 224. 

Rev. by K. John in NS, Oct. 6, pp. 433-34; BkL, LXXXVII, 85-86; LAf, 
XXX, 571. 

Mathews, Mitford M. A survey of English dictionaries. Oxford univ. pr.; 
London: Milford, 1933. Pp. 123. 

Moraud, Marcel. Le romantisme frangais en Angkterre de 1814 & 1848. ... 

See VB 1933, 412. 

Includes consideration of Carlyle, George Eliot, Thackeray. Rev. by Colbert 
Searles in MP, XXI, 330-31 ("as far as such a work can be, definitive"); by E. 
Selliere in RLC, XIV, 594-98; by J. M. Tompkins in RES, X, 482-83; by F. 
Walter in PQ, XII, 411-12; RA, XI, 544-46 (last two reviews partly adverse). 

THE OXFORD MOVEMENT 

(See also II, Ward; IV, Newman) 

Brilioth, Yngve. Three lectures on Evangelicalism and the Oxford movement. 
.... Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 86. 

Coleman, A. M. " Tuseyite as a general term of abuse." N & Q, April 7, 
June 16, pp. 241, 428. 



94 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Dawson, C. The spirit of the Oxford movement. See VB 1933, 413. 

Rev. by N. Abercrombie in Dublin rev., CXCIV, 159-61 ; by Osbert Burdett in 
ER, LVIII, 118-19 ("the best short book upon the Oxford movement"); by 
J. Cournos in VQR, X, 149-55; by C. F. Harrold in SeR, CXXXVI, 244-4? ; by 
Ben Redman in HTB, Jan. 21, p. 12. 

Dimond, S. G. "The Oxford movement and Anglo-Catholicism, II." LQHR 
CLIX, 54-64. See VB 1933, 414. 

Harris, Silas M. The Oxford movement and the Holy See. Tractate 7. The first 

ten years: the witness of the early tractarians. London: Talbot. Pp. 24. 
Hunter-Blair, D. 0. "Memories of old Oxford." Dublin rev., CXCV, 227-39. 

M., J. E. B. de. "The Oxford movement: before and after." CR, CXLV 

244r-48. 
Peck, W. Tine social implications of the Oxford movement. See VB 1933, 416. 

Rev. by J. Cournos in VQR, X, 149-55; by C. F. Harrold in SeR, CXXXVI, 
244-47; by Harold J. Laski in NS, Feb. 3, p. 160 ("able and attractive"); by 
Charles Smyth in Cr, XIV, 149-52; by Ben Redman in HTB, Jan. 21, p 12- 
LQHR, CLIX, 270; TLS, March 8, p. 152. 

Report of the Oxford movement centenary congress. July 1938. Catholic Associa 
tion. 

Simpson, W. J. S. The contribution of Cambridge to the Anglo-Catholic revival. 
London: S.P.C.K., 1933. Pp. 80. 

Palfrey, Thomas R. "Balzac in England." MLN, XLIX, 513-16. 

THE PRE-RAPHAELITE MOVEMENT 

Ford, Ford Madox, "Pre-Raphaelite epitaph." SRL, Jan. 20, pp. 417-19. 

A reminiscent leading article; also a review of Bickley s Pre-Raphaelite comedy 
and Winwar s Poor splendid wings, giving only qualified praise of the two works, 
from the point of view of an eyewitness and descendant. 

Housman, Laurence. "Pre-Raphaelitism in art and poetry." .Essays by divers 
hands. Being the transactions of the Royal Society of Literature of the United 
Kingdom. N.S. Vol. XII. Ed. by R. W. Macan. Oxford univ. pr. London- 
Milford. Pp. xix+162. 

Rath, Joseph. Die Personenbeschreibung der humorist. Charaktere in der erzahl 
Literatur von Addison bis Dickens, Diss. Minister, 1933. Pp. 90. 

Rees, J. Aubrey. The English tradition: the heritage of the venturers. London: 
F. Mueller. 

Rosteutscher, J. Der Gedanke des kulturelkn Fortschritts in der englischen 
Dichtung. Breslau, 1933. 

Rev. by W. Kohlund in ES, LXIX, 251-53 (partly hostile). Part II of thin 
work treats of the nineteenth-century writers. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 95 

Russell, Bertrand. Freedom versus organization: 4814-1914. New York: W. 

W. Norton; London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. viii+471. Bibliog., pp. 453-59* 

Rev. by H. Butterfield in BkL, LXXXVII, 194-95; by Albert Guerard in 

HTB, Sept. 23, p. 5; by Elmer Davis in SRL, Sept. 22, p. 123; by J. Hammond in 

NS } Oct. 13, pp. 473-44; by C. F. Harrold in VQR, XI (1935), 133-35- by Henry 

Hazlitt in NYTBR, Sept. 23, pp. 4, 14; by C. Joad in FR, CXXXVI 751-52- 

by A. D. Lindsay in LM, XXXI, 167-71 ("gadflies ought not to write history, nor 

should they bite the dead"); by E, L. Woodward in S, Oct. 26, pp. 627-28- Life 

and letters, XI, 237-39; TLS, Dec. 13, pp. 881-82. 

A witty but erratic survey of nineteenth-century political, social, and economic 
thought; excellently lucid on the Philosophical Radicals and the Owenites; il 
luminating on the rise of Marx from the heart of the Victorian era; but adding 
very little to our knowledge of the period. Ends with a stimulating account of 
imperialism. C. F. HARROLD. 

Stephens, James, with Beck, Edwin D., and Snow, Royall H. (edd.). Victorian 
and later English poets. New York: American. Pp. xliii+1104. 
Rev. by Frederic E. Faverty in English jour., XXIII, 793-94. 

Strachey, Lytton. Characters and commentaries. London: Chatto & Windus; 

New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1933. Pp. 320. 

Rev. by A. Digeon in RA, XI, 357-59; by P. Dottin in Rev. de France, III, 689; 
by Hugh Kingsmill in ER, LVIII, 107-10. Has essay on Matthew Arnold. 

Thrall, Miriam. Rebellious Fraser s; Nol Yorke s magazine in the days of 
Maginn, Thackeray, and Carlyk. New York: Columbia univ pr Pn xii4- 
332. 

Discusses also Father Prout, James Hogg, Barry Cornwall, John Lockhart 
Count d Orsay, Theodore Hook. 

Tucker, W. H. "The glory of English prose" (Newman, Ruskin, Carlyle 
etc.). CWd, CXXXVIII, 684-93. 

Wagner, Donald 0. (ed.). Social reformers, from Adam Smith to John Dewey. 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvii+749. 

Rev. by R. F. Howes in Quar. jour, of speech, XX, 449-50; by C. F. Mullett in 
JMH, VI, 333-34. Excerpts from thirty-four reformers. Victorians are Carlyle, 
Marx, Mill, Kingsley, Spencer. 

Wellek, R. Kant in England. See VB 1932, 418. Controversy, "A propos de 
Kant en Angleterre," by R. Wellek and B. Munteano, in RLC, XIV 372- 
79. 

Wewel, Hildegard. Die Jugendnot im englischen soziakn Roman von 1830- 
1850. Diss. Minister. Pp. 75. 

Withington, Robert, and Van Winkle, Cortlandt (edd.). Eminent British 
writer s of the nineteenth century. Prose. New York and London: Harper s. 



96 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 

Acton. Blennerhassett, W. L. "Acton: 1834-1902." Dublin rev., CXCIV 
169-88. 

Ainsworth (see also III, Elwin). Parsons, C. 0. "The friendship of Theodore 
Martin and William Harrison Ainsworth." N & Q, June 23, pp. 435-39. 

Arnold (see also III, Strachey). Angell, J. W. "Matthew Arnold s indebted 
ness to Renan s Essais de morale et de critique." RLC, XIV, 714-33. 

Brown, Leonard. "Matthew Arnold s succession : 1850-1914." SeR, CXXXVI 
158-79. 

Corbett, J. A. "Matthew Arnold and Germany" (thesis in progress). TLS 
July 19, p. 511. 

Hock, E. "Matthew Arnolds Forsaken Merman. " NeuP, V, 157-75. 
King, Wilfrid. Matthew Arnold as a poet. Shanghai: Kelly & Walsh. Pp.57. 

Kronenberger, Louis. "Rereading Matthew Arnold." SRL, Sept, 15, pp. 
105-6 (leading article). 

Hunt, Everett L. "Matthew Arnold: the critic as rhetorician." Qitar. jour, 
of speech, XX, 483-507. 

Hotter, T. H. V. "A check list of Matthew Arnold s letters." SP, XXXI 
600-605. 

Besant. Besterman, T. Mrs. Annie Besant. A modern prophet. London: 
Kegan Paul. Pp. xi+274, 

Borrow. Wright, Herbert G. "Influence of George Borrow in Norway #nd 
Sweden." MLR, XXIX, 297-310. 

Brontes. The poems of Charlotte Bronte and Patrick Bramwell Bronte. The 
poems of Emily Jane Bronte and Anne Bronte. Ed. by T. J. Wise and J. A. 
Symington. 2 vols. Oxford: Blackwell. 
Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, May 4, pp. 706-8; by Yvonne Ffrench in LM, XXX, 

265-67; by W. L. Phelps in Scribner s, XCVI, 252-53; by R. E, Roberts in NS, 

Aug. 11, p. 185; TLS, May 31, pp. 381-82, June 7, p. 408, June 21, p. 443, June 28, 

p. 460. 

Cecil, Lord David. Early Victorian novelists. London: Constable. Pp. 332. 

Rev. by Edwin Muir in S, Dec. 28, p. 1000; Life and letters, XI, 348-49; TLS, 
Dec. 20, p. 906. Studies in Emily Bronte, Dickens, George Eliot, Mrs. Gaskell, 
Thackeray, Trollope. 

Moore, Virginia/ Distinguished women writers. New York: Dutton. Pp.253. 
Rev. by Clara Stillman in New R, LXXXI, 147. Essays on Emily and Charlotte 
Bronte, Mrs. Browning, George Eliot, Christina Rossetti. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 97 

Troteroh, Dan. Moor born. The Playhouse, April 3. 

Rev. by Stark Young in New R. April 18, p. 275 (discusses ways of handling 
the lives of the Brontes dramatically) . 

Brown. Simpson, S. G. "T. E. Brown, the poet of the Isle of Man." Trans, 
by Frederick Wood from the French in RA, Feb., 1932. Poetry rev., XXVI, 
181-90. 

Brownings (see also II, Whiting; and Brontes: Moore). Letters of Robert 

Browning. Collected by T. J. Wise. See VB 1933, 420. 

Rev. by P. Dottin in Rev. de France, III, 691; by K. L. Knickerbocker in SeR, 
CXXXV, 112-14; by F. L. Lucas in MLN, XLIX, 552; by C. S. Northup in 
JEGP, XXXIII, 311-13; More books, IX, 25, 

Intimate glimpses from Browning s letter file. Selected from the Baylor Univ. 

Browning Collection. Assembled by A. J. Armstrong. Introd. by R. A. 

Young. Baylor Bulletin, XXXVII, Nos. 3, 4. Waco, Tex.: Baylor univ. 

pr. Pp. x+139. 

Part I: Browning s rectorship correspondence: Part II: letters from Brown 
ing s friends. 

"A letter from Hanover Cottage written by Robert Browning to Miss Ha- 
worth in 1837 is here printed in full for the first time, with comments by 
H. C. Minchin." BkL, LXXXVI, 6-7. 

Hovelaque, H.-L. Lajeunesse de Browning. See VB 1933, 121. 

Rev. by F. Delattre in RA, XI, 238-45; by P. de Reul in RA, XI, 350-56. 

Howe, M. L. "Robert Browning and William Allingham." SP, XXXI, 567- 

77. 

Knickerbocker, K. L. "Browning s Cenciaja." PQ, XIII, 390-400. 
Phelps, William Lyon. "Landor and Browning." ELH, I, 231-34. 

Polster, Siegfried. Stilgrundsdtze in nichtdramat. Jugendwerk Robert Brown 
ings. Diss. Erlangen, 1933. Pp. xii+172. 

Raymond, William 0. "Browning s dark mood: a study qf Fifine at the 
fair/ " SP, XXXI, 578-99. 

Render, Helmut. "Rilke und Elizabeth Barrett Browning." JEGP, XXXIII, 

547-59. 
Snitslaar, Louise. Sidelights on Robert Browning s "The ring and the book." 

Amsterdam: "Pronto" (Swets & Zeitlinger) . Pp. 153. 

Rev. by Mario Praz in ESt, XVI, 233-34. 
Bulwer-Lytton (see also II, Lucas; III, Beach). Sadleir, Michael. Bulwer and 

his wife. A panorama, 1803-36. London: Constable, 1933. Pp. 451. 



98 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Burton. Downey, Fairfax. "Lady Isabel Burton: author s wife extraordi 
nary." Colophon, Part 16, p. 10. 

Butler. Further extracts from the note-books of Samuel Butler. Chosen and ed. 
by A. J. Bartholomew. London: Cape. Pp. 414. 
Rev. by Eric Blair in Adelphi, VIII, 72-73; by Graham Greene in S, Feb. 9, 

p. 205; by G. W. Stonier in NS, May 12, pp. 720-22; Life and letters, X, 113-16; 

TLS, Feb. 22, p. 122. 

Carlyle (see also II, Haldane [Irving]; III, Thrall). Barrett, James A. "Two 
note books of Thomas Carlyle. Ed. by Charles Eliot Norton (New York: 
Grolier Club, 1899)." N & Q, March 10, pp. 164-65. Emendations. 

Brooks, Richard. "MSS pertaining to Carlyle s Frederick the Great." Yale 
univ. libr. gazette , IX, 38-41. 

Grierson, H. J. C. Carlyle and Hitler. See VB 1933, 422. Rev. in NS, Jan. 13, 
p. 58; TLS, June 7, pp. 397-98. 

Harrold, Charles Frederick. Carlyle and German thought: 1819-1934. "Yale 

studies in English," Vol. LXXXII. New Haven: Yale univ. pr.; London: 

Milford. Pp. xii+340. 

Rev. by Alois Brandl in Archw, CLXIV, 140-41 ; by L. Cazamian in ESt, XVI, 
191-94; by Otto Schlapp in Phiks., IX, 499-500; Jour, of philos., June 21, pp. 
361-62. 

An attempt to indicate Carlyle s early relations with, and his debt to, German 
literature and philosophy, based upon a fresh study of the sources, in the light of 
all the relevant published research on Carlyle; an effort to show that Carlyle, while 
remaining a "Calvinist without theology," levied freely upon Kant, Goethe, 
Fichte, Novalis, Schiller, and other German writers for new terms and formulas. 
Dugald Stewart anbl Jacobi are disclosed as hitherto neglected influences. 
C. F. H. 

Keller, Wolfgang. "Carlyle und der Fiihrergedanke." Zeitschr. fur franzos. 
und engl Unterricht, XXXIII, 137-53. Abstract in LZD, LXXXV, 600. 

Lammond, D. Carlyle. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 144. 

Rev. by R. Strachey in NS, Aug. 11, pp. 186-87; SR, June 9, p. 673. 
Lotter, Karl. Carlyle und die deutsche Romantik. Nurnberg, 1931. Pp. 78. 

Rev. by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXI, 331-32. 

Neff, Emery, Carlyle. See VB 1932, 421. 

Rev. by Waldo H. Dunn in MLN, XLIX, 47-50 (severe criticism); by G. H. 
in Eng. hist, rev., XLIX, 177-78 ("able"). 

Parsons, C. 0. "Carlyle on Ramsay and Ferguson." MLR, XXIX, 324-25. 

Parsons, C. 0. "A Goethe poem and Carlyle s translation." Archiv, CLXIV 
(1933), 252-53. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 99 

Wilson, J). A., and MacArthur, D. W. Carlyle in old age. London: Kegan 

Paul; New York: Button. Pp. xx+488. 

Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SRL, Sept. 29, p. 144; by P. M. Jack in NYTBR, 
Sept. 2, pp. 5, 13; by Hugh Kingsmill in ER, LIX, 358-61; by Emery Neff in N, 
Sept. 5, p. 278; by E. Sackville-West in S, July 20, pp. 95-96; by Arthur Waugh 
in BkL, LXXXVI, 291; by Karl Young in YR, XXIV (1935), 418-20. 

The sixth and final volume of the most exhaustive account of Carlyle s life; 
marred, as in the preceding volumes, by excessive championing of Carlyle against 
the allegations of Froude, and by an opinionated approach to the subject; con 
taining virtually no exposition or interpretation of Carlyle s works and doctrines, 
or his relation to the social, economic, religious, and philosophical problems of his 
time; a readable compilation of anecdotes, and a factual narrative of considerable 
value for reference. C. F. H. 

Carroll (see also II, Williamson; III, Kent). "Parrish Carroll additions." In 
"Notes for bibliophiles," HTB, Feb. 4, p. 18. 

Ayers, Harry M. "Carroll s withdrawal of the 1865 Alice." Huntington libr. 
bull, No. 6, pp. 153-63. 

Phelps, W. L. "Lewis Carroll and the -Queen." Scribner s, XCV, 139. 

Collins. Hardy, T. J. Books on the shelf. London: Philip Allan. Has essays 
on Collins, Dickens. 

Dickens (see also Brontes: Cecil; Collins: Hardy). The life of our Lord; 

written for his children New York: Simon & Schuster. Pp. 128. 

Rev. by John Holmes in HTB, May 20, p. 1; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, 
May 20, p. 2; SRL, May 19, pp. 697-98. "Two prayers, written by Charles Dick 
ens for his young children," on pp. 125-28. 

Dickens all the year round: a Dickens anthology. Arranged by W. H. Wethered 

and Charles Turley. London: Seeley service, 

Rev. in NS, Jan. 6, pp. 22-24. 

Buzzichini, M. "Dickens, buon cristiano." Pan, II, 525-30. 
Darton, F. J. H. "Dickens the beginner: 1833-1836." QR, CCLXII, 52-69. 
Dexter, Walter. "Charles Dickens: journalist." NO, CXV, 705-16. 

Dexter, Walter. "Dickens and the Morning chronicle: some hitherto unpub 
lished letters/ 7 FR, CXXXVI, 591-98. 

Dickens, Sir Henry. The recollections of . .... London: Heinemann. Pp. xix 

+376. 

Rev. by J. W. T. Ley in D, XXX, 297-98; by Arthur Waugh in S, Aug. 10, 
pp. 199-200; SR, July 7, p. 801; TLS, June 21, p. 439. 

Duffield, Howard. "Edwin Drood." TLS, May 31, p. 392. See also ibid., 
June 14, p. 424. 



100 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Hatton, T., and Cleaver, A. H. A bibliography of the periodical works of Charks 
Dickens. Bibliographical. Analytical. Statistical. "London : Chapman & 
HaU. 
Rev. by Michael Sadleir in D, XXX, 147-50. See D, XXX, 193-96. 

Kingsmill, Hugh. The sentimental journey: a life of Charks Dickens. London; 

Wishart. Pp. 228. 

Rev. by Bonamy DobrSe in S, Nov. 23, p. 3; by David Garnett in NS, Nov. 17, 
p. 720; Life and letters, XI, 348-50 (unfavorable); TLS, Nov. 22, 29, pp. 817, 856. 

Leacock, Stephen. Charles Dickens: his life and work. See VB 1933, 424, 

Rev. by May L. Becker in HTB, Jan. 14, p. 6; by Hector Bolitho in ER, 
LVIII, 104-7; by P. Dottin in Rev. de France, XIV, 683; by Yvonne Ffrench in 
LM, XXIX, 379-81; by J. W. Ley in D, XXX, 129-31 (severe criticism); Amy 
Loveman in SRL, Jan. 13, p. 405; by Alice Shepard in AR, II, 625-29; by Clara 
Stillman in New R, May 9, p. 369; R. Strachey in NS, Jan. 6, p. 18 ("scholars will 
find little to interest them"); by L. Trilling in N, Feb. 7, p. 161; BkL, LXXXV, 
417 ("Dickens bovrilized and peptonized"); More books, IX, 98. 

Leacock, Stephen. The greatest pages of Charks Dickens New York: 

Doubleday, Doran. Pp. viii+233. 

Leacock, Stephen. "Two humorists: Charles Dickens and Mark Twain." 
Ffi, XXIV, 118-29. 

Mabbott, T. 0. "Correspondence of John Tomlin. Letters from Dickens." 
N & Q, Jan. 6, pp. 6-7. 

Maurois, Andre*. Dickens. Trans, by Hamish Miles. London: John Lane. 
Pp. x+183. 
Rev. in Life and letters, XI, 349-50; TLS, Dec. 13, p. 891. 

Roe, P. Gordon. "Sam Weller s scrap sheet." BkL, LXXXVII, 45-47. 

Rouse, W. H. D. "Dickens and Jorrocks." TLS, April 19, p. 282. See also 
April 26, p. 303; May 3, p. 322; June 14, p. 424. 

Silver, Rollo. "Whitman and Dickens." AL, V, 370-71. 
Stonehouse, J. H. "Dickens s library." TLS, June 21, p. 443. 
Thompson, C. W. "The track of Edwin Drood." CWd, CXL, 51-58. 

Tyrrell, T. W. "Dickens and the gong-donkey: " N & Q, Sept. 15, p. 193; 
Sept. 29, p. 231. 

Tyson, Moses (ed.). "A review and other writings by Charles Dickens, edited 
from the original manuscripts hi the John Rylands Library." Butt, of the 
John Rylands library, Vol. XVIII. Manchester: Univ. pr. Pp. 177-86. Al 
so reprinted separately. 

Young, R. T. "Doctors and diseases in Dickens." Cornhitt mag., CXLIX, 
709-15. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 101 

Dickensian (quarterly). Vol. XXX. See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: "An amusing unpublished letter" (pp. 39-40); "The art of 
Dickens: two brilliant tributes" (pp. 91-96); W. A. Burton, "The clergy in 
Dickens" (pp. 209-11) ; W. Dexter, "The genesis of Sketches by Boz" (pp. 105-11) ; 
"Dickens s correspondence with John Hullah" (pp. 17-22); "Dickens s first pub 
lisher" (pp. 135-43, 163-72) ; "A dinner at Poplar Walk" : a facsimile of Dickens s 
first story (pp. 4-10); EL Duffield, "The Macbeth motiMn Edwin Drood" (pp. 
263-71); L. B. Frewer, "The influence of Dickens: compiled from recent books" 
(pp. 6&-6Q); "The letters of Dickens to F. D. Finlay" (pp. 273-82); J. H. 
McNulty, "The tale of London s riots and London s forest" refers to 
Barndby Rudge, Tale of two cities, and Edwin Drood (pp. 97-103); W. Miller and 
E. H. Strange, "The original Pickwick papers: the collation of a perfect first edi 
tion" [see A XXIX, 309] (pp. 31-37, 121-24, 177-80, 249-59); "A new contribu 
tion [by Dickens] to the Manthly magazine and an early dramatic criticism in the 
Morning chronicle" (pp. 223-25); H. T. Olive, "Sara Gamp: was she a sober 
nurse?" (pp. 131-33); E. F. Payne, "The Dexter bust of Dickens" (pp. 23-25); 
E. K. Pearson, "Facts about the Gordon riots: Dickens s use of newspaper re 
ports" (pp. 43-47); W. J. Phythian- Adams, "A suggested solution of The mystery 
of Edwin Drood" (pp. 181-82); N. F. Read, "On the writing of Barnaby Rudge" 
(pp. 53-57); W. R. Riddell, "A lawyer reads Oliver Twist" (pp. 27); "Unique 
items in famous Dickens collections" (pp. 63-67, 112-16, 204-6, 292-96); U. 
Walsh, "Nicotine in Dickensland" (pp. 217-21); H. Walters, "Similarities between 
Scott and Dickens" (pp. 144^-46); C. H. Wright, "Dickens: positively the first 
appearance." TLS, June 7, p. 408, and see D, 61-62; G. F. Young, "Limehouse 
luck, or the lead mills located" (pp. 173-76). 

Disraeli. Modder, Montagu. "The alien patriot in Disraeli s novels." 
LQHR, CLIX, 363-72. 

Doyle. Bulloch, J. M. "Sherlock Holmes s prototype." N & Q, June 30, p. 
458; July 21, p. 51. 

Kernahan, Coulson. "Personal memories of Sherlock Holmes." LQHR, 
CLIX, 449-60. 

Sayers, Dorothy L. "The dates in the red-headed league." Colophon, Part 17, 
p, 10. 

Starrett, Vincent. The private life of Sherlock Holmes. London: Nicholson & 
Watson. Pp. xii+199. 

Du Manner. Lucas, E. V. "George du Maurier at thirty-three." Cornhill 
mag., CL, 385-410. 

Eliot (see also Brontes: Cecil, and Moore; and III, Masefield). Bourrhonne, 

P. George Eliot: See VB 1933, 425. 

Rev. by M.-L. Cazamian in RIC, XIV, 412-14; by A. Digeon in RA, XI, 459- 
60; TLS, July 14, 421. 

Field. Works and days] the diary of Michael Field. Ed. by T. Sturge Moore. 
London: Murray, 1933. Pp. xxii+338. 
Rev. in SR, Jan. 13, pp. 48-49. See VB 1932, 424. 



102 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Fitzgerald. "Rubaiydt" of Omar Khayydm .... translated . . . . by Edward 
FitzGerald. Facsimile of the 1st edition, 1859. Facsimile text society. Lon 
don: Percy Lund, Humphries. Pp. xiii+21. 

Gaskell, Mrs. See Brontes: Cecil. 

Gissing. Adams, George M. "How and why I collect George Gissing. . 
Colophon, Part 18, p. 8. 

McKay, Ruth C. George Gissing and his critic Frank Swinnerton. Phila 
delphia: Univ. of Pa. pr., 1933. Pp. 111. 
Rev. by A. Rotter in Beiblatt, Nov., pp. 339-41. 

Weber, A. George Gissing und die soziale Frage. See VB 1933, 427. 

Rev. by J. W. Beach in MLN, XLIX, 200-202; by Marie Schutt in Literatur- 

blattfur germ, und roman. PhiloL, LV, 306-8. 

Gordon. Sladen, Douglas. Adam Lindsay Gordon. London: Hutchinson 
Pp. 288. 
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXX, 268-70; BkL, LXXXVI, 173-74. 

Sladen, Douglas. "The Adam Lindsay Gordon memorial in the Poets Corner 
of Westminster Abbey." Poetry rev., XXVI, 249-50. 

Hardy. Hartmann, J. Architektur in den Romanen Thomas Hardys. Diss- 
Minister. Pp. vii+77. 

Lawrence, D. H. Thomas Hardy. New York: Viking pr. 

Smith, Fred. "Hardy: the poet of life at its worst." Personalist, XV, 32-38. 

Vogt, Frieda. Thomas Hardys Naturansicht See VB 1932, 425. 

Rev. by E. B. Burgum in MLN, XLIX, 202-4. 

Weber, CarlJ. In Thomas Hardy s workshop. Parti: "Hardy and Trollope." 
Part II: "Brazil in Hardy." Colby colkge bull, Ser. XXXIII. Waterville, 
Me.: Colby college. Pp. 64. 

Weber, Carl J. " History as it is written" (Tess). Colby mercury, V, 37-40. 
Weber, Carl J. "A careful chronology, (in Tess)." The miter, XLVI, 236-37. 
Weber, Carl J. "On the dismemberment of Tess." SRL, XI, 308. 

Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy s Aeschylean phrase." Class, jour XXIX 
533-35. 

Weber, Carl J. "Twin-voice of Shakespeare." Shakespeare assn. bulL IX 
91-97, 162-63. 

Weber, Carl J. "Mrs. Grundy s wheelbarrow." Colby mercury, V, 56-57. 

Weber, Carl J. "The manuscript names of Hardy s characters " RES X 
456-59. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 103 

Weber, Carl J. "Notes on Hardy s Chosen poems." Scribner s, XCVI, 111. 

Weber, Carl J. "The Colby collection of Hardy letters." Colby mercury, VI, 
11-16. 

Hopkins. Abbott, C. Collier (ed.). Letters of Gerard Mauley Hopkins. (I. 
"Letters to Robert Bridges"; II. "Letters to and from Canon Dixon.") Ox 
ford univ. pr. 

Phare, Elsie. The poetry of Gerald Manley Hopkins. See VB 1933, 427. 

Rev. by W. H. Auden in Cr, XIII, 497-500; by Babette Deutsch in HTB, 
Jan. 28, p. 2; by M. R. in Adelphi, VIII, 76-77; by G. W. Stonier in FR } CXXXV, 
374; by L. Wolff in RA, XI, 546-47; CWd, CXXXIX, 499; TLS y Jan. 25, p. 57. 

Huxley. MacBride, E. W. Huxley. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. 

Pp. 143. 

Rev. by R. Strachey in NS, Aug. 11, pp. 186-87; Life and letters, X, 254-56; 
Nat. rev., CIII, 270-71; TLS, June 14, p. 425. 

Huxley, Leonard. "An American student in Huxley s laboratory." Comhill 
mag., CXLIX, 679-93. 

Kingsley (see also III, Beach). Baldwin, Stanley E. Charles Kingsley. 
Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 207. 
Rev. by A. Waugh in BkL, LXXXVI, 212; TLS, May 24, p. 378. 

Welte, H. Das heroische Element bei Charles Kingkey. Diss. Freiburg. Pp. 
80. Abstract in LZD, LXXXV, 1032. 

Kipling (see also II, Berlage), Spee, Antonia Grafin. Der Sinnesimpressionis- 
mus bei Kipling. Diss. Bonn. Pp. 39. 

Landor (see also II, Whiting; Browning: Phelps). Minchin, H. C. (ed.). 
Walter Savage Landor: last days, Utters, and conversations. London: Me- 
thuen. Pp. xiv+174. 

Lang. Grierson, H. J. C. Lang, Loclchart and biography. London: Milford. 

Lear (see also III, Kent). Field, Osgood. Edward Lear on my shelves. Bibliog., 
biog., and list of drawings and water colors. New York: For the author. 

Brooks, Philip. "Notes on rare books" (Lear bibliog.; cf. Field item). 

NYTBR, June 10, p. 14. 
Linton. Hopson, W. F. "Side lights on William James Linton, 1812-1897." 

Papers of the Bibliog. soc. of America, XXVII, 74-82. 

Macaulay (see also II, Lucas). Baker, H. K. "Estimate of Macaulay." 
N & Q, May 26, p. 367, Aug. 11, p. 101, Aug. 25, p. 137. 

Marvin, F. S. "Back to Macaulay." Cornhill mag., CL, 232-35. 

Martineau. Askew, H., et al. "Rankin: Martineau." N & Q, Jan. 6, p. 9; 
Feb. 3, p. 89; Feb. 24, p. 141; May 19, p. 355; Aug. 11, p. 103. 



104 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Stearns, Bertha-Monica. "Miss Sedgwick observes Harriet Martineau." 
NEQ } VII, 533-41. 

Meredith. Able, Augustus H. George Meredith and Thomas Love Peacock: 
a study in literary influence. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pa. pr., 1933. Pp. 140. 

Galland, R. "Meredith et Galsworthy." RA, XII, 47-48. 

Moll, Marie. Das Eheprobkm bei George Meredith. Diss. Freiburg, 1933. Pp. 
54. 

Simpson, Helen. "George Meredith translates." S, Nov. 9, pp. 710-11. 

Moore. "Letters from George Moore. The Greek background of Aphrodite 
in Aulis." Annotated by P. G. Dixon. LM, XXXI, 14-21. 

Ferguson, Walter. The influence of Flaubert on George Moore. Philadelphia: 

Univ. of Pa. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. viii+108. 

Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXX, 268-70. 
Morris, Lewis. "Lewis Morris : 1833-1907." Mrf. ret>., CII, 267-68. 

Moms, William. Selected writings. Ed. by G. D. H. Cole. London: None 
such pr.; New York: Random House. Pp. xxiv+671. 
Rev, by K. John in NS, March 31, p. 489; Life and letters, X, 251-52. 

Editorial notes on centenary of Morris. LM, XXIX, 385-88. 

Arkell, Reginald. "Kehnscott." BkL, LXXXVI, 56-57. 

Bloomfield, Paul. William Morris. London: Barker. Pp. x+314. 

Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXIX, 565-67; by H. W. Nevinson in NS, 
March 10, pp. 356-58; by A. S. in SR, Sept. 8, p. 90; by G. West in BkL, LXXXV, 
472-74; by E. L. Woodward in S, March 16, pp. 416-17. 

Bradley, Will. "William Morris: a review of his influence [chiefly on printing 
and art] on the centenary of his birth." Publishers 1 weekly, CXXV, 1373- 
76. 

Crow, Gerald H. William Morris: designer. New York: Studio publications. 

Einarsson, Stefan. "Eiriker Magntisson and his saga-translations." Scandi 
navian studies and notes, XIII, 17-32. 

Evans, B. If or. "William Morris : his influence and reputation." CR, CXLV, 
315-23. 

Haraszti, Zoltdu. "Centenary of William Morris." More books, IX, 153-60. 

Housman, Laurenpe. "Morris s Defence of Guenevere." Essays by various 
hands , Vol. XII. Ed. by R. W. Macan. London: Milford. 

Leatham, James. William Morris: master of many crafts. Turriff, Aberdeen- 
shire: Deveron pr. Pp. xii+109. 

Mackall, Leonard. "William Morris centenary." HTB, Sept. 30, p. 30. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 105 

Morris, May. "William Morris." TLS, May 17, p. 360. 

Murry, John Middleton. "William Morris." Reprinted in Adelphi, VIII, 
157-71. 
Reply by A. K. Woodward and rejoinder by Murry, Adelphi, VIII, 286. 

Newdigate, B. H. "William Morris" in "Book-production notes" in LM, 
XXIX, 545-46. 

O Conor, Beatrice. "G. B. S. and WiUiam Morris." Letter in NS, Nov. 10, 

p. 660. 

See also discussion by Olivier, NS, Nov. 17, p. 715; and Miss O Conor, NS, 
Nov. 24, p. 751. 

Olivier, Lord. "William Morris." S, March 23, pp. 440-41. 

Philobiblion. A magazine for book-colkctors, No. 4, 1934- A Morris memorial 

number. Strohmayergasse 6, Vienna VI: H. Reichner. 

Rev. by B. H. Newdigate in LM, XXX, 648. 
R., R. "William Morris." Editorial in Adelphi, VII, 393-96. 

Roebuck, George E. (ed.). Some appreciations of William Morris. London: 
Walthamstow museum and antiquarian society. Pp. 36. 
Rev. by W. G. B. in Essex rev., XLIII, 124-26; by E. L. Woodward in S, March 

16, pp. 416-17. 

Speeches in commemoration of William Morris. Delivered at Walthamstow. 

By John Drinkwater, Holbrook Jackson, and H. J. Laski. Walthamstow: 

Public libraries. Pp. 21. 

Tallant, J. "WiUiam Morris centenary." TLS, Oct. 18, p. 715. 
Tillotson, Geoffrey. "Morris and machines." FR, CXXXV, 464-71. 

Weekley, Montague. William Morris. "Great lives ser." London: Duck 
worth. Pp. 136. 
Rev. by Geoffrey West in BkL, LXXXV, 472-74; by E. L. Woodward in S, 

March 16, pp. 416-17. 

West, Geoffrey. "William Morris man creative: an estimate of his sig 
nificance today." BkL, LXXXV, 472-74. 

Witcutt, W. P. "William Morris: distributist." AR, II, 311-15. 

Newman (see also III, Oxford movement). Baker, A. E. Prophets for an age 
of doubt: Job, Socrates, Pascal, Newman. London: Centenary pr. Pp.247. 

Dark, Sidney. Newman. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 141. 
Rev. in Nat. rev., CHI, 270-71; TLS, June 28, p. 450. 

DuBos, Charles. "Henri Bremond: historian of the man capable of God." 
Dublin rev., CXCV, 1-24. 
Roman Catholic appraisal of one of the most eloquent critics of Newman. 



106 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Grennan, Margaret R. (ed.). The heart of Newman s "Apologia" New York: 

Longmans, Green. Pp. viii+195. 

The most significant parts of the Apologia, eleven letters from the Newman- 
Kingsley correspondence, and two of the suppressed pamphlets (for Thurs., 
April 21, and Thurs., April 28, 1864). 

Guitton, Jean. La philosophic de Newman. See VB 1933, 429. 

Rev. by W. M. Horton in Jour, ofphilos., March 1, pp. 139-40; by A. Thorold 
in Cr, XIII, 680-81; Rivista di filosofia, XXV, 182-83; Rev. de philosophic, XXX 
(1933), 656-57. 

Harper, G. Cardinal Newman and William Fronde See VB 1933, 414. 

Rev. by Bernard I. Bell in SRL, Feb. 17, p. 492; by A. Du Bois in SeR, 
CXXXVI, 253-54; by H. W. S. in Jour, of philos., March 1, p. 139; by W. Van 
Wyck in Personalist, XV, 274-76; by E. I. Watkin in Dublin rev., XCVIII, 325- 
27; CWd, CXXXIX, 367-68; HTB, Aug. 26, p. 17; LQHR, CLIX, 267-68; TLS, 
April 5, p. 246. 

Kiener, Sister Mary Aloysi. John Henry Newman, the romantic, the friend, 

the leader. Introd. by G. K. Chesterton. Boston: Collegiate pr. corp., 

1933. Pp. xxiii-f- 510. Bibliog., pp. 457-86. 

Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, May 13, pp. 5, 19; CWd, CXXXVIII, 758. 
Lamm, William. The spiritual legacy of Newman. Milwaukee: Bruce, 
Ross, J. Elliott. John Henry Newman. See VB 1933, 417. 

Also London: Allen & Unwin. Rev. by J. Cournos in VQR, X, 149-55; by 
R. Strachey in NS, Jan. 13, pp. 48-50; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, May 13, 
pp. 5, 19; Ail. month., CLIII, 4-6; BkL, LXXXVI, 76 ("almost a thesis on the 
reconstruction of the Roman church in England during the later nineteenth cen 
tury"); LQHR, CLIX, 268; TLS, Jan. 4, p. 13. 

Tristram, Henry. Newman and his friends. See VB 1933, 429. 

Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXIX, 277-79; by V. Knowles in BkL, 
LXXXV, 415; by R. Strachey in NS, Jan. 13, pp. 48-50; Dublin rev., CXCIV, 
334-35; LQHR, CLIX, 128. 

Tristram, Henry. "Two suppressed passages from Newman s Autobio 
graphical memoir relating to his tutorship at Oriel College, Oxford. " RA, 
XI, 481-94. 

Pater. Saintsbury, George. Prefaces and essays. London: Macmillan. Has 
essay on Pater. 

Van de Put, A. "Walter Pater and the Rosenwald pedigree." Lingard 
papers, N.S., No. 17. London: Author. Pp. 16. 

The Duke of Rosenwald served as the original of Pater s fourth "imaginary 
portrait/ 

Young, Helen H. The writings of Waiter Pater: a reflection of British philo 
sophical opinion from 1860 to 1890. Diss. Bryn Mawr. Lancaster, Pa. : 
The author, 1933. Pp. iv-f!40. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 107 

Patmore. Page, Frederic. Patmore See VB 1933, 429. 

Rev. by A. Koszul in Les langues modernes, XXXII, 450-51; by D. Patmore in 
BkL, LXXXV, 450-51 ; by M. T. in Studies, XXIII, 180-81 ; by M. Van Doren in 
HTB, March 25, p. 17; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 71-74; Dublin rev., CXCIV, 330- 
31;AT!TJ3fl, Feb. 25 ; p. 12. 

Pattison. Montague, Francis C, "Some early letters of Mark Pattison." 
Bull of John Rylands library. Vol. XVIII. Manchester: Univ. pr. Pp. 
156-76. Also reprinted separately. 

Peacock. See Meredith: Able. 

Proctor. Armour, Richard W. "The life and works of Bryan Waller Procter 
( Barry Cornwall ) ." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1933), pp. 272-74. 
Vol. II of this thesis has some three hundred letters, hitherto unpublished 

to Browning, Carlyle, Leigh Hunt, Landor, etc. 

Rolfe, Frederick. Corvo, Baron [pseud.]. The desire and pursuit of the whole, 

London: CasselL 

Rev. by Hamish Miles in NS, Dec. 1, pp. 794-95 ("a fascinating if monotonous 
monster, a derivation from an eighteen-nineties stock belatedly discovered and 
published in these nineteen-thirties")- 

Bambridge, H. C. Twice seven. London: Routledge. 

Rev. by Hugh Kingsmill in BkL, LXXXV, 406-8 (contains account of Baron 
Corvo). 

Blair, Rt. Rev. Sir David Hunter. "More light on Baron Corvo/ LM,XXX, 
625-29. 

Butts, Mary. "Baron Corvo." LM, XXX, 619-24. 

Moore, Leonard. "More about Corvo." BkL, LXXXVI, 8-11. 

Symons, Alphonse J. A. The quest for Corvo: an experiment in biography. Lon 
don: Cassell; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 293. 
Biography of Frederick Rolfe, who began his career in the Yellow book. Rev. 

by R. Blackmur in New R, LXXX, 135-36; by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXIX, 

469-71; by David Garnett in NS, Feb. 17, p. 230; by J. Langdon-Davies in HTB, 

Sept. 9, p. 5. 

Rossetti (see also Brontes: Moore). Rossetti, C. G. Goblin Market, ed altri 
poesie. Introd. e note a cura di G. M. Alliaud. Torino: Paravia. Pp. 74. 

Letters of William Michael Rossetti concerning Whitman, Blake and Shelley. 

.... Ed. by Clarence Gohdes and Paull F. Baum. Durham, N.C.: Duke 

univ. pr.; London: Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. 201. 

Rev. by H. Blodgett in AL. VI, 357-58; by K B. M. in NEQ, VII, 754-55; 
by R. Thompson in NYTBR, June 3, p. 12; CWd, CXL, 120; HTB, Sept. 16, 
p. 22; NS, Sept. 22, p. 370; TLS, Aug. 30, p. 586. 



108 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Dubslaff, F. Die Sprachform der Lyrik Christina Rossettis. See VB 1933, 430. 
Rev. Gg.-K. Bauer in GEM, XXII, 250; by P. Meissner in Beiblatt, Nov., 
pp. 331-33; by C. S. Northup in JEGP, XXXIII, 150-51; by P. de Reul in ESt, 
XVI, 120-21; ES, LXIX, 140-42. 

Howe, M. L. "A dramatic skit by Dante Gabriel Rossetti." MLN, XLIX, 

39-44. 
Howe, M. L. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti s comments on Maud. " MLN, 

LXIX, 290-93. 
Klinnert, Adelheid. Dante Gabriel Rossetti und Stefan George. Diss. Bonn, 

1933. Pp. 104. 
R., F. " The blessed damozel in French. 77 N <fc Q, Aug. 11, p. 97. 

Seiler, Magdalene. D. G. Rossettis kunstlerische Entwicklung. Diss. Griefs- 

wald. Mitau, 1933. Pp. 126. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in Beiblatt, Nov., pp. 334-36; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 
153-54. 

Winwar, Frances. Poor splendid wings See VB 1933, 431. 

Also published London: Hurst & Blackett (title: The Rosettis and their circle). 
Rev. by C. D. Abbott in VQR, X, 123-27; by C. F. Harrold in South Ail. quar., 
XXXIII, 200-202; by K. L. Knickerbocker in SeR; CXXXV, 117-19; by R. 
Strachey in NS, Dec. 29, pp. 973-74 (unfavorable); by R. F. Waller in BkL, 
LXXXVII (Christmas suppl.), 20 ("unreadable") ; by Evelyn Waugh (scathingly) 
in S, Jan. 11, 1935, p. 58; SR t Nov. 17, p. 404. "Inaccurate in detail, false in per 
spective, and free in its improvised material." C. F. H. 

Wolff, L. Dante Gabriel Rossetti. Paris: H. Didier. Pp. 320. 

Rev. by A. Brul< in RA, XII, 154-56; by K. John in NS, Aug. 4, pp. 155-56; 
LQHR, CLIX, 557; N & Q, July 28, p. 70. 

Ruskin (see also II, Hill, Octavia; II, Ward). Gaily, Henriette. Ruskin et 
I esthetique intuitive. Paris: J. Vrin, 1933. Pp. 353. 

To the memory of Ruskin. Ed. by J. Howard Whitehouse. (Speeches, Feb.) 
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. 41. 

Wilenski, R. H. John Ruskin See VB 1933, 431. 

Rev. by P. Dottin in Rev. de France, III, 689; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXI, 
440-42; by E. B. C. Jones in Adelphi, VII, 311; by P. Wheelwright/ Ruskin 
psychoanalyzed," New R, March 21, p. 164. 

Smith, Albert. Thorington, J. M. Mont Blanc sideshow; the life and times of 
Albert Smith. Philadelphia: Winston, 1933. Pp. xv+270. 

Smith, Sydney. Burdett, Osbert. The Rev. Sydney Smith. London: Chap 
man & Hall. Pp. xv+303. 
Rev. by Geoffrey West in FR, CXXXVI, 507-8; TLS, Aug. 30, p. 587. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 109 

Pearson, Hesketh. The Smith of Smiths: being the life, wit and humour of 
Sydney Smith. Introd. by G. K. Chesterton. London: Hamish Hamilton; 
New York: Harper s. Pp. 9+336. 
Rev. by E. M. Kingsbury in NYTBR, May 27, pp. 5, 19; by W. Notestein in 

YR, XXIII, 838-iO; by Clara StiUman in HTB, April 15, "p. 6; CWd, CXXXIX, 

624-25. 

Shorthouse. Polak, M. The historical, philosophical and religious aspects of 
John Inglesant. Oxford: Blackwell. Pp. 188. 

Spencer. Guthmann, J. Entmicklung und Selbstentfaltung bei Herbert Spencer. 
Diss. Wurzburg, 1931. Pp. 85. 

Ramlow, Lilli. A. Riehl und H. Spencer. Diss. Berlin, 1933. Pp. 67. 

Spurgeon. Carlile, J. C. C. H. Spurgeon. An interpretative biography. Lon 
don: Kingsgate pr. Pp. 312. 

Burley, A. Spurgeon and his friendships. London: Epworth pr. Pp. 180. 

Stevenson. Forse, E. J. G., et ol. "Stevenson: Treasure Island. " N & Q, 
Feb. 10, p. 98; April 7, p. 246. 
"Dead man s chest" one of the Virgin Islands in the West Indies. 

Lockett, W. G. Robert Louis Stevenson at Davos. London : Hurst & Blackett. 
Pp. 304. 
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 8, p. 774. 

Starrett, Vincent. "The dead man s chest: a Stevensonian research." Colo 
phon, Part 17, p. 1. 

Swinburne. Beatty, Richmond C. "Swinburne and Bayard Taylor." PQ, 
XIII, 297-99. 

Falk, Bernard. The naked lady: or storm over Adah. London: Hutchinson. 
Rev. by C. Wilkinson in LM , XXX, 183-85. 

Hyder, Clyde K. "Swinburne and the popular ballad." PMLA, XLIX, 295- 
309. 

Hyder, Clyde K. Swinburne s literary career and fame. See VB 1933, 432. 

Rev. by S. C. Chew in MLN, L (1935), 59-60; by Merle Colby in Harvard 
graduates mag., XLII, 246-47; by W. S. Knickerbocker in SeR, CXXXVII, 359- 
61; by R. D. Waller in MLR, XXIX, 353-54. 

Wright, Herbert. "Unpublished letters from Theodore Watts-Dunton to 
Swinburne." RES, X, 129-55. 

Tennyson (see also III, Beach). In memoriam. Introd. by John Sparrow. 
London: Nonesuch pr., 1933. Pp. xxiv+148. 
Rev. by B. H. Newdigate in LM, XXX, 648-49; NS, March 10, p. 364. 

Adkins, Nelson. "Tennyson s Charge of the heavy brigade : a bibliography." 
N & Q, Sept. 15, p. 189, Oct. 13, p. 266. 



110 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 

Beaver, Dorothy. "Mr. Tennyson." SRL t Sept. 15, p. 108. 

Brief note of personal acquaintance. 
Bush, Douglas. "The personal note in Tennyson s classical poems." Univ. 

of Toronto, quar., IV, 201-18. 
Motter, T. H. V. "Arthur Hallam s centenary: a bibliographical note." Yale 

univ. libr. gazette, VIII, 104-9. 
Phelps, W. L. "Lancelot and that forward hussy Elaine as seen by Godey s." 

Scrilmer s, XCV, 434-35. 

Pollard, Graham. "Tennyson s A welcome/ 1863." TLS, Feb. 15, p. 112. 
Wise, Thomas J. "Tennyson s A welcome, 1863." TLS, March 8, p. 168. 

Zamick, M. (ed.). "Unpublished letters of Arthur Henry Hallam from Eton, 
now in the John Rylands Library." Bull, of the John Rylands Library. 
Vol. XVIII. Manchester: Manchester univ, pr. Pp. 197-248. Also re 
printed separately. 

Thackeray (see also Brontes: Cecil; III, Thrall). Behmenburg, W emer - Dw 
Snobbismus bei Thackeray. Diss. Bonn. Diisseldorf: Nolte, 1933. Pp. 
viii+126. 

Gulliver, Harold S. Thackeray 1 s literary apprenticeship. Valdosta, Ga.: The 
author. 

Pringle, Kenneth. "Thackeray in America." TLS, March 8, p. 162. 

Thompson. Abrams, Meyer H. The milk of Paradise: the effect of opium on 
the works of De Quincey, Crdbbe, Francis Thompson, and Coleridge. Cam 
bridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr. 

Trollope (see also Brontes: Cecil; Hardy: Weber). Trollope, Anthony. Huni- 
ting sketches. Introd. by James Boyd. New York: Golden head, 1933. Pp. 
xx+103. A reissue. 
Rev. in HTB, Feb. 4, p. 8. 

Sadleir, Michael. TroUope: a bibliography. London: Constable. 
With eight collotypes. 

Ward, William G. See II, Ward. 

Wilde. Schirmann, Elisabeth. Die literarischen Strommungen im Werke Oscar 

Wildes. Greifswald: Dallmeyer. Pp. vii+117. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in Beiblatt, Nov., pp. 336-38; by G. Lafourcade in ES, 
LXIX, 278-79. 

Sherrard, R. H. Oscar Wilde twice defended. Chicago: Argus book shop. 

Refutation of charges by Andr6 Gide and Frank Harris. 
Zaneo, A. Oscar Wilde. Genoa: Orfini. Pp. 235. 
Yonge. Bailey, Sarah. "Charlotte Mary Yonge." Comhitt mag., CL, 188. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1935 



bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the 
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa 
tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University 
of Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal Col 
lege; Frederic E. Faverty, Northwestern University; Ruth C. Waller- 
stein, University of Wisconsin. It attempts to list the noteworthy pub 
lications of 1935 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a bear 
ing on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise 
stated, the date of publication is 1935. Reference to a page in the 
bibliography for 1934, in Modern philology, May, 1935, is made by the 
following form: See VB 1934, 407. Some cross-references are given, 
although not all that are possible. 



KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 



A =Anglia JMH 

AHR = American historical review JPE 

AL = American literature LM 

AR -American review (formerly LQHR 

Bookman) 

Archiv =Archiv fur das Studium der MLN 

neueren Sprachen MLR 

BeiUatt =Beiblatt zur Anglia MP 

CR = Contemporary review N 

Cr = Criterion NC 

CWd = Catholic world NEQ 

DLtz = Deutsche Literaturzeitung NeuP 
EC Economica 

ELH = Journal of English literary New R 

history Nrf 

ER = English review NS 

ES =Englische Studien NYTBR 

ESt ^English studies (Amsterdam) N & Q 

FR = Fortnightly review PMLA 
HTB =New York Herald-Tribune 

books PQ 

HV =Historische Vierteljahrschrift QQ 

JEGP = Journal of English and Ger- QR 

manic philology RA 
[MODERN PHILOLOGT, May, 1936] 



Journal of modem history 
Journal of political economy 
London mercury 
= London quarterly and Hoi- 
born review 

= Modem language notes 
= Modern language review 
= Modern philology 
= Nation 

= Nineteenth century and after 
=cNew England quarterly 
= Neuphilologische Monats- 

schrift 

-New republic 
=Noiwette revue fran$aise 
=New statesman and nation 
-New York Times book review 
= Notes & queries 
-Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of 

Am. 

-Philological quarterly 
= Queen s quarterly 
^Quarterly review 
= Revue anglo-americaine 



112 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

RF = Revue de France SeR Seivanee review 

RES = Review of English studies SP = Studies in philology 

RH -Revue historique SR = Saturday review 

RM Revue de metaphysique et de SRL ~ Saturday review of literature 

morale TLS = (London) Times literary sup- 

RLC = Revue de litterature comparee plement 

S = Spectator VQR Virginia quarterly review 



I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 

"American bibliography for 1934." PMLA, XLIX, Suppl, 1236-42: "Eng 
lish, Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh. 

"An annotated bibliography of contemporary literature for 1934: a partial 
list." By the committee on contemporary literature. English jour., XXIV, 
283-332. 
Has brief reviews of various books about the Victorian period. 

Annual bibliography of English language and literature, Vol. XV (1934). Ed. 
for the Modern Humanities Research Association by Mary S. Sergeantson, 
assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes. Pp. x+296. 
"Nineteenth century/ pp. 175-229. 

The art index: annual cumulation. A cumulative author and subject index to a se- 
kcted list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Oct. 1932 to Sept. 
1935. Also Vol. VII, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir. Vol. I, Nos. 1-4. Lon 
don: Elkin Matthews. 

Brown, Huntington. "The classical tradition in English literature: a bibliog 
raphy." Harv. studies and notes in philol. and lit., Vol. XVIII. Cambridge, 
Mass.: Harv. univ. pr. "Nineteenth and twentieth centuries," pp. 42-46. 

Brussel, I. R. Anglo-American first editions 1826-1900: East to West. De 
scribing first editions of English authors whose books were published in Ameri 
ca before their publication in England. Introd. by Graham Pollard. "Bibli- 
ographia ser.," No. 9. London: Constable; New York: Bowker; Toronto: 
Macmillan. Pp. 170. Ltd. ed., pp. 236. 

Rev. in LM, XXXII, 585-86; TLS, Dec. 14, p. 864 ("an important pioneer 
book")- Victorians: Arnold, Barrie, Bulwer-Lytton, Carlyle, W. Collins, DeQuin- 
cey, Dickens, DuMaurier, Mrs. Gaskell, Grahame, Rider Haggard, Hardy, Mrs. 
Hemans, Kipling, S. Lover, Macaulay, Marryat, Meredith, Reade, Shaw, Steven 
son, Thackeray, Trollope, S. Warren, Wilde. The introd. (pp. 3-31) treats of the 
history of copyright. 

Carter, John, and Pollard, Graham. An enquiry into the nature of certain 
nineteenth century pamphlets. See VB 1934, 398, 
Rev. by M. D. Zabel in MP, XXXII, 335-36. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 113 

Cole, A. H. A finding list of British Royal Commission reports, 1860-1935. 
Oxford univ. pr.; Harv. univ. pr. Pp. 66. 

Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language. Vol. 
XXXVIII, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.); Vol. XXXIX, No. 2 (Feb., 
1936). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities 
1984-1935. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xii+102. 

Hammond, W. A. A bibliography of aesthetics and a philosophy of the fine arts, 
from 1900 to 1932. Rev. and enl. ed. London: Longmans, 1934. Pp. 205. 
Rev. by R. M. Ogden in Philos. rev., XLIV, 403; in AL, VI, 472-73. 

International index to periodicals; devoted chiefly to the humanities and science. 
Twenty-second annual cumulation. July 1934 June 1935. Also Vol. XXIII, 
No. 3 (July Nov.), No. 4 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

La rassegna (quarterly), XLIII, 88-94, 186-94. 

Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica, Vol. VI. "Bollettino bibliografico," each 
month, a 5-6 page bibliog. of books recently published in Europe and 
America. 

Modder, M. F. "The Jew in English literature of the nineteenth century." 
Menorah jour., XXIII, 46-56 (to be cont.). 

Morris, Adah V. Anonyms and pseudonyms. An annotated list. Chicago: 
Univ. of Chicago pr., 1934. Pp. 22. 

Repr. from Library guar., Ill, 354-72. List of reference books for works in 
many languages. 

Pratt. Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore. Period biographies. 6vols. Bal 
timore, 1934r-35. No. 6: The age of freedom; biographies of the nineteenth cen 
tury. 

Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. Vol. IX 
(July, 1932 June, 1935). Also Vol. XXXV, No. 12 (July-Jan., 1936). 
New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Rhodes, R. Crompton. "The early nineteenth-century drama." Trans, of 

the Bibliogr. Soc., N.S., XVI, 91-112; 210-31. 

New information as to the publication of plays between 1825 and 1850, based 
on the part-books and prompt-books of the old Theatre Royal, Birmingham. Com 
parison is made with AUardyce NicolPs A history of early nineteenth-century drama. 
Note especially the account of adaptations of Dickens works. 

Riches, Phyllis M. An analytical bibliography of universal collected biography, 
comprising books published in the English tongue in Gt. Britain and Ireland t 



114 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

America and the British dominions. Introd. by Sir Frederic Kenyon. Lon 
don: Library Assoc., 1934. Pp. x+709. 

Rev. by E. A. H. in Libr. assoc. rec., II (4th ser.), 38-39 (analysis of "every vol 
ume of collected biography (English and American) that could be traced up to the 
end of 1933," with indexes); in N & Q, April 6, pp. 251-52. 

"Victorian bibliography for 1934." MP, XXXII, 397-430. 

Vorstius, J., and Steinborn, E. Internationale Bibliographic des Buck- und 
Bibliothekswesens mil besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. In 
kritischer Auswahl zusammengestellL Leipzig: 0. Haras sowitz, 1934. Pp. 
xii+370. 
Rev. by G. Leyh in DLtz, XVI, 89-91. 

Wells, Gabriel. The Carter-Pollard disclosures. New York: Doubleday, Do- 
ran, 1934. Pp. 13. 

Rev. by Temple Scott in SRL, March 23, p. 572 ("a dignified plea for Mr. Wise 
.... the pamphlets were spurious, not forgeries . . . ."). 

Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part XLII Jan.-Dec. 1934- A classified list 

.... with an extended alphabetical index Also Part XLV (Jan.- 

Sept.). London: J. Whitaker & Sons. 

The year s work in English studies. Vol. XIV, 1933. Ed. for the English Asso 
ciation by F. S. Boas and M. S. Sergeantson. Oxford univ. pr.; London: 
Milford, Pp. 387. "The nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh), pp. 
311-51. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND 
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

Addison, W. G. The renewed church of the United Brethren, 1722-1930. Lon 
don: S. P. C. K, 1932. 
Rev. by E. W. W. in Eng. hist, rev., L, 368-69. 

Allen, Bernard. Gordon. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 141. 

Anonymous. Middle-age: autobiography, 1885-1932. London: Constable. Pp. 
xii+302. 

Ardagh, J., "London exhibitions in the eighties. " N & Q, March 30, p. 233. 

Bailey, John, Letters and diaries, 1864-1931. Ed. by his wife. London: Mur 
ray. Pp. 326. 
Rev. by Hugh Kingsmill in NS, X, 456; ER t LIX, 489-90. 

Baily, Francis E. Lady Beaconsfield and her times. London: Hutchinson; To 
ronto: Ryerson pr. Pp. 292. 
Rev. in SR, April 20, p. 502; TLS, April 25, p. 265. 

Baker, Sir Herbert. Cecil Rhodes. By his architect. See VB 1934, 400. 
Rev. by M. Melchior in DLtz, LVI, 568-71. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 115 

Barclay, Lt.-Col. H. F., and Wilson-Fox, Alice (comps.). The history of the 
Barclay family: with pedigrees from 1067 to 19SS. Part II I: The Barclays in 
Scotland and England from 1610 to 1983. London: St. Catherine pr. 

Barr, Stringfellow. Mazzini: portrait of an exile. New York: Holt. 

Beer, Max. Fifty Years of international socialism. London: Allen & Unwin. 

Rev. by G. D. H. C. in NS, IX, 595-96. 
Bell, G. K. A. Randall Davidson, Archbishop of Canterbury. Oxford univ. pr. 

Rev. by H. D. A. Major in NC> CXVIII, 781-86. 

Benson, E. F. Queen Victoria. London, New York: Longmans. Pp. 409. 

Rev. by C. D. Abbott in SRL t April 20, p. 630; by George Arthur in S t May 3, 
p. 740; by E. C. Bently in LM t XXXII, 188; by Hector Bolitho in FR, CXLIII, 
751-52 ("cold, informed and conscientious") ; by H. B. Parkes in N, April 24, p. 
487; by Isabel Paterson in HTB, April 21, p. 3; by D. C. Somervell in History, XX, 
182-83; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, April 21, pp. 1, 18; by G. M. Young in NS, 
IX, 680; in CWd, CXLI, 631-32; in TLS, May 2, p. 279. 

Birnie, A. An economic history of the British Isles. London: Methuen. Pp. 
391. 

Bolitho, Hector. Victoria the widow and her son. See VB 1934, 401. 

Rev. by P. Dottin in RF, XV, 141-42; in Eng. jour., XXIV, 84, 284. 
Bolitho, Hector. Older people. London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. 296. 

Rev. in LM t XXXI, 405 (autobiography; some material on social background). 

Bouthoul, G. La population dans U monde, Paris: Payot. Pp. 253. 

Rev. in RM , Oct., suppl., pp. 5-6 (a scientific study of increase in population 
and its effects, especially since the beginning of the great increase of the nineteenth 
century). 

Bowen, Ian. Cobden. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 144. 
Briggs, Martin S. Middlesex, old and new. London: Allen & Unwin. 

Brinton, Crane. English political thought in the nineteenth century. See VB 

1933, 400. 

Rev. by G. H. in Eng. hist, rev., L, 374; by H. G. Wilson in Political sci. guar. t L, 
143-45. Has chapters on "Chartism" and "The prosperous Victorians." 

Carritt, E. F. Morals and politics. Theories of their relations from Hobbes and 
Spinoza to Marx and Bosanguet. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. vii+216. 
Rev. in AR } V, 118-26. 

Casson, M. "Un t&noignage sur le Maroc et la litte*rature anglaise: les aven- 
tures de Thomas Pelow." Revue d hist. de la philos., July 15 (see RA, XII, 
188). 

Cazamian, L. La Grande-Bretagne. Paris: Didier, 1934. Pp. 540. 
Rev. by F. Delattre in RA, XII, 35-40. 



116 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Charpentier, Henri, and Sparkes, Boyden. Those rich and great ones. London: 
Gollancz. Pp.320. 
Rev. in NS, IX, 77 (pictures of hotel life, esp. in the Riviera of the nineties). 

Cheney, Sheldon. Expressionism in art. New York: Liveright, 1934. Pp. 
xxii+415. 205illus. 

Cohen, Lucy. Lady de Rothschild and her daughters, 1821-1931. London: 
Murray. Pp. xiii+354. 

Cole, G. D. H. Some relations between political and economic theory. London: 

Macmillan. Pp. 92. 

Rev. by M. Dobb in Econ.jour., XL, 296-300; in NS, IX, 118. Considers origin 
of divorce between politics and economics in the nineteenth century. 

Colles, H. C. The Oxford history of music. Vol. VII. Symphony and drama, 
1850-1900. Oxford univ. pr., 1934. Pp. 516. 

Collins, Sir W.J. "The University of London fifty years ago." CR, CXLVIII, 
317-24. 

Coville, A., and Temperley, H. (eds.) Studies in Anglo-French history during 
the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Cambridge univ. pr. 
Rev. by P. Vaucher in RH, CLXXVI, 335-36. 

Crowther, J. G. British scientists of the nineteenth century. London: Kegan 
Paul. Pp. xii+332. (Davy, Faraday, Joule, Kelvin, and Clerk-Maxwell.) 

Cunnington, C. W. Feminine attitudes in the nineteenth century. London: 

Heinemann. Pp. 314. 

The Victorian woman: her dress, her novels, her education, etc. Rev. by Sally 
Graves in 8, Aug. 23, pp. 298-99; by Edith Olivier in NS," X, 456; by Edith 
Shackleton in LM , XXXII, 471-72; Life and letters, XIII, 227 (very unfavorable) ; 
SR, Sept. 7, p. 149. 

Darwin, Bernard. John Gully and his times. London: Cassell. Pp. 240. 

Dawson, Christopher. Religion and the state. London: Sheed & Ward. Pp. 
176. 
Rev. by H. Kingsmill in ER, LXI, 228. 

"Lord de Tabley: April 26, 1835 Nov. 22, 1895." Centenary article. TLS, 
April 25, p. 268. 

Dietrich, Richard. "England und Italien, 1887-1902." HV, XXIX, 768-800. 

Douglas, Norman. Looking lack: an autobiographical excursion. London: 
Chatto & Windus, 1934. Pp. 527. 
Includes information on Sir Edwin Arnold, C. M. Doughty, Conan Doyle, etc. 

Dreyfuz, R. "Houston Stewart Chamberlain, ou la configuration de la race." 
Revue de Paris, XLII, Part III, 33-53. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 117 

Edwards, Maldwyn. After Wesley: a study of the social and political influence 
of Methodism in the middle period (1791-1849}. London: Epworth pr. Pp. 
190. 

Eggers, Reinhold. Vom Viktor ianischen Zeitalter zur Gegenwart. Eine Unter- 
suchung der pddagogischen Reformbeiuegung in England. Diss. Halle, 1934. 
Pp. 69. 

Enrich, Sigrid. Die persmil. und polit. Beziehungen der Konigin Victoria von 
England zum Prinzgemahl Albert. Diss Leipzig. Pp. xi+79. 

Elliot, Lt.-Col. R. H. "A Bart s student in the eighties." Btaekwood s, 

CCXXXYII, 174-92. See also pp. 795-813. 

Brief account of slum conditions; medical memories. 
Ervine, St. John. God s soldier: General William Booth. See VB 1934, 403. 

Rev. by Rose C. Feld in HTB, May 26, pp. 1-2; Life and letters, XI, 743-45; 
LQHR, CLX, 260-61 (favorable); SR, Feb. 2, p. 154. 

Evans, James. A bookman in the making. London: Independent pr., 1934. 

Pp. 192. 

Victorians: Arnold, Newman. 
Faraday, M. Faraday s diary, 1820-1862. Vol.V: 1847-1851. London: Bell. 

Pp. 469. 

Foley, Lt.-Col. Cyril. Autumn foliage. London: Methuen. 
Fry, Roger. Reflections on British painting. London: Faber & Faber, 1934. 

Pp. 148. 
Fyfe, Hamilton. Keir Hardie. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 7, p. 839. Biography of a late-Victorian leader of political 
radicalism (an M. P. in 1892). 

Galbraith, V. H. An introduction to the use of the public records. Oxford: Clar 
endon pr.; London: Milford, 1934. Pp. 112. Bibliog., pp. 89-99. 
Garratt, G. T. Lord Brougham. London, New York: MacmiUan-. Pp. viii+ 

354. 

Rev. by W. Hannam in LQHR, CLX, 530-31; by L. B. Namier in NS, IX, 
932-33; by Clara Stillman in HTB, Aug. 18, p. 15; by R. van Gelder in NYTBR, 
July 7, p. 3; by E. L. Woodward in S, June 7, pp. 983-84; CR, CXLVIII, 376-78; 

TLS (leading article), May 16, pp. 305-6 ("an admirable study of a career a 

study of an age .... of first-class importance"). 

Garvin, J. L. The life of Joseph Chamberlain. Vol. Ill: 1895-1900. Empire 

and world policy. See VB 1934, 403. 

Rev. by E. P. Chase in JMH, VII, 352-54; by G. P. Gooch in CR, CXLVII, 
113-16; by H. D. Jordan in SRL, Feb. 2, p. 458; by W. T. Laprade in South At 
lantic quar., XXXIV, 342-43; by Sir John Marriott in FR, CXXXVII, 115-16. 



118 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Gibbs, Sir Philip (ed.)- The look of the King s jubilee. The life and times of our 
king and queen and their people, 1865-1935. London: Hutchinson. Pp.512. 

Glanville, J. L. Italy s relations with England 1896-1905. "Johns Hopkins 
univ. studies in history and political science/ Ser. LII, No. 1. Baltimore: 
Johns Hopkins pr., 1934. Pp. 170. 
Rev. by P. Kluke in Historische Zeitschrift, CLIII, 144-46. 

Graham, Abbie. Ladies in revolt. New York: Woman s pr., 1934. Pp. 222. 
Bibliog., pp. 215-22. 
Rights of women in the nineteenth century. 

Greenwall, H. J. The strange life of Willie Clarkson. London: Long. 
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 4, 1936, p. 2, Social sidelights from the seventies. 

Hale-White, Sir William. Great doctors of the nineteenth century. London: Ar 
nold; Baltimore: Wood. Pp. vii+320. 

Hardie, Frank. The political influence of Queen Victoria: 1861-1901. Oxford 

univ. pr. Pp. 258. 

Rev. by J. L. Hammond in S, Aug. 2, p. 194; by W. MacDonald in HTB, Oct. 
20, p. 23; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Aug. 18, p. 9; in TLS, July 25, p. 473. 

Harris, S. H. "Herbert Spencer s sociology." TLS, Nov. 9, p. 722. 

Harrison, G. Elsie. Methodist good companions. London: Epworth pr. Pp. 

156. 

Rev. in LQHR, CLX, by W. B. Brash, pp. 521-23, by E. E. Kellett, pp. 519-21, 
by John Telford, pp. 545-46. One chapter, "Reactions in Haworth Parsonage, " is 
devoted to the influence of Methodism upon the Brontes, particularly for Wuther- 
ing Heights. 

Hartzell, K. D. "The origins of the English Secularist movement, 1817- 
1846." Harv. univ. summaries of theses (1984), PP- 158-62. 

Hird, Frank. H. M. Stanley: the authorized life. London: Stanley Paul. Pp. 
320. 

Holden, Angus. Elegant modes in the nineteenth century: from high waist to 
bustle. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 123. 
Rev. by Roger Marvel in NS, X, 872; TLS, Dec. 21, p. 873 (qualified praise). 

Home, C. S. David Livingstone. "New Eversley ser." London, New York: 
Macmillan. Pp. 256. 

Howard of Penrith, Esm4 W. Howard, 1st baron. Theatre of life: life seen 
from the pit, 186S-1905. London: Hodder & Stoughton; Boston: Little, 
Brown. Pp. 336. 

Hyde, F. E. Mr. Gladstone at the Board of Trade. London: Cobden-Sander- 
son, 1934. Pp. xxviii+256. Bibliog., pp. 245-52. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 119 

Isham, Gyles. "William Charles Macready, 1793-1873." Cornhillmag., CLH, 
483-91. 

Jerrold, Douglas. England. London: Arrowsmith. 

Rev. by R. Ellis Roberts in NS, IX, 834 (adverse, although the destructive 
criticism in the book is praised); Dublin rev., CXCVII, 355-56. 

Jones, Tom B. "George Grote and his history of Greece." Classical weekly, 
XXIX, 59-61. 

Knox, Rt. Rev. E. A. Reminiscences of an octogenarian: 1847-1934- London: 
Hutchinson. Pp. 336. 

Rev. by R. B. Lloyd in FR, CXLIII, 370; by A. Waugh in S, Feb. 1, p. 174; 
TLS, Jan. 31, p. 57. Valuable for glimpses of Evangelical life in the mid-Victorian 
decades, by the author of The Tractarian movement (1933). Chapters on Evangeli 
cal family life, education, religious and literary life. 

Kohler, Walther. Luther und das Luthertum in ihrer weUgeschichtlichen Aus- 
wirkung. Leipzig: Heinsius, 1933. 
Rev. by E. Wolf in HV, XXX, 185-86. 

Lamb, W. R. M. The Royal Academy. A short history of its foundation and de 
velopment to the present day. London: MacLehose. 
Rev. by D. S. MacColl in NC, CXVIII, 786-92. 

Langer, W. L. The diplomacy of imperialism, 1890-92. 2 vols. New York: 
Knopf. 

Laski, H. J., and others (eds.). A century of municipal progress: 1835-1983 
London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 511. 

Lockhart, J. G. Viscount Halifax: Parti. 1839-1885. London: Bles. 

Rev. by F. R. Barry in S, Oct. 18, pp. 618-20 (Victorian Roman Catholicism). 

Maccoby, Simon. English radicalism, 1832-1852. London: Allen & Unwin. 
Pp. 462. 

Mclnnes, Charles M. England and slavery. Bristol: Arrowsmith, 1934. Pp. 
224. Bibliog., pp. 213-18. 

McLachlan, H. Records of a family, 1800-1988. Pioneers in education, social 
service and liberal religion. Manchester: Manchester univ. pr. Pp. xi+240. 

Malcolm-Smith, E. F. Palmerston. London: Duckworth. 

Markham, Violet. Paxton and the Bachelor Duke. London: Hodder & Stough- 

ton. Pp. 362. 

Rev. by Raymond Mortimer in NS, IX, 529-30; SR, May 25, p. 672. Sir Joseph 
Paxton, creator of the Crystal Palace. 
Martin, Basil. An impossible parson. London: Allen & Unwin. 

Rev. by R. Ellis Roberts in NS, IX, 459 ("not only the glory of his own life, but 
an account, vivid and faithful, of a society which has almost ceased to exist"). 



120 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Mason, Alfred E. W. Sir George Alexander and St. James theatre. London: 
MacmiUan. Pp. 237. 
Alexander (1858-1918), nineteenth century actor-manager. 

Mills, Joseph T. John Bright and the Quakers. London: Methuen. 2 vols. 
Pp. xii+505; xii+389. 
Rev. by A. E. Freemantle in History, XX, 181-82; CR, CXLVIII, 757-59. 

Morley, Edith J. The life and times of Henry Crabb Robinson. London: Dent- 
Rev. by E. H. Carr in FR, CXXXVII, 63^35; by E. Sackville West in S, 
March 29, p. 538; TLS, March 28, p. 199. 

Mowat, R. B. Americans in England. London: Harrap. Pp. x+284. 
Rev. by R. E. Spiller in NEQ, VIII, 290-91. 

Mlihlmann, Klaus. England und die polnische Frage im Jahre 1868. Diss. 
Gottingen, 1934. Pp. xi+59. 

Mumby, Frank A. The house of Routledge, 1834-1934, with a history of Kegan, 
Paul, Trench, Trubner and other associated firms. London: Routledge, 1934. 
Pp. xiii+232. 

Rev. in N & Q, July 6, pp. 17, 18; SR, Jan. 26, p. 117; TLS, Jan. 24, p. 47. His 
tory of the publisher of Bulwer-Lytton, Moxon s Tennyson, Kate Greenaway, 
Reade, Samuel Butler, Stevenson, Meredith, etc. 

Murray, Eunice Guthrie. A gallery of Scottish women. London: Gowans & 
Gray. Pp. 235. Includes Mrs. Oliphant. 

Murry, J. Middleton. "Looking before and after." Adelphi, IX, 220-29. 

The hopes of the Labour party as shown in The new party (a symposium), 1894, 
compared with the present outlook. 

N&Ioncelle, M. La philosophic religieuse en Grand-Bretagne. See VB 1934, 

408. 

Rev. by A. Thorold in Cr, XIV, 690-94; by Sven Wilson in Philos. rev., XLIV, 
507 ("to British and American readers .... of scant value") ; Dublin rev., CXCVI, 
161-62. 

Newsholme, Sir Arthur. Fifty years in public health. London: Allen & Un- 
win. 

Rev. by Harry Roberts in NS, IX, 968. TeUs of boyhood in Haworth, and has 
"interesting and hitherto unpublished things to say" of the Brontes, 

Niederhommert, C. Queen Victoria und der deutsche Kronprinz Friedrich Wit- 
helm. Diss. Minister, 1934. Pp. viii+94. 

Oddie, E. M. Portrait of lanthe, being & study of Jane Digby, Lady Elknbor- 
ough. London: Cape. 

Palmer, Herbert E. The mistletoe child. Autobiography. London: Dent. Pp. 
317. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 121 

Perry, R. B. The thought and character of WiUiam James. 2 vols. Boston: 
Little, Brown. 

Rev. by C. H. Grattan in NYTBR, Dec. 1, pp. 3, 39. Includes glimpses of late 
Victorians: Kipling, F. W. H. Myers, F. H, Bradley, etc. 

Pimlott, J. A. R. "Toynbee Hall and the settlement movement: 1884- 
1934." CR, CXLVII, 446-53. 

Pimlott, J. A. R. Toynbee Hall: fifty years of social progress 1884-1934- With 
a preface of the Archbishop of Canterbury. Introd. by J. J. Mallon, warden 
of Toynbee Hall. London: Dent. Pp. 335. 

Rev. by Sir William Beveridge in LM, XXXII, 171-72; by J. R. Brooke in S, 
June 21, pp. 1072-74; by F. Gribble in FR, CXXXVIII, 122; NS, IX, 866; TLS, 
May 2, p. 283. 

Ponsonby, Victoria. "A Victorian childhood." Cornhill mag., CLII, 78-83. 

Rait, Sir Robert, and Pryde, G. S. Scotland. Forew. by H. A. L. Fisher. New 
York: Scribner, 1934. Pp. ix+372. Bibliog., pp. 340-46. 

Rosenbliith, E. John Robert Seeky, sein historisches und politisches Weltbild. 
DIBS. Berlin, 1934. Pp. 67. 

Routh, H. V. Money, morals and manners as revealed in modern literature. 
Univ. Extension libr. London: Nicholson. Pp. 256. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, XIII, 162-63 ("instructif ... dans le detail ... loin 
de satisfaire n6tre besoin d intelligence historique") ; LM, XXXII, 96. 

Russell, Arthur James. Their religion. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1934; 
New York, London: Harper. Pp. xii+352. 

On religious beliefs of great men; includes Gladstone, Disraeli, Dickens, Living 
stone, Darwin. 

Sargent, Daniel. Four independents. London: Sheed & Ward. 

Rev. in TLS, Nov. 30, p. 799. Roman Catholic converts; chapter on Gerard 
Manley Hopkins. 

Schaefer, Paula. The Catholic regeneration of the church of England. Trans. 
Ethel Scheffauer. London: Williams & Norgate. 

Rev. in TLS, p. 882. Uninformed and inaccurate; does not supplant Thureau- 
Dangin s La renaissance Catholique en Angleterre. 

Scudamore, C. "Oxford in the seventies/ " Cornhitt mag., CLI, 172-80. 

Seton-Watson, R. W. Disraeli, Gladstone and the Eastern question. London, 
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+590. 

Rev. by E. Wiskemann in NS, IX, 560. Contains account of National Conven 
tion, Dec., 1876, at which William Morris, J. R. Green, Lecky, Ruskin, and Burne- 
Jones met to protest against atrocities in the Balkans. 



122 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Swanwick, H. M. I have been young. London: Gollancz. Pp. 512. 

Rev. by H. N. Brailsford in MS, X, 528; by Hugh Kingsmill in ER } LIX, 746- 
48. Meetings of men of letters in the eighties. 

Simpson, W. J. S. Religious thought in France in the nineteenth century. Lon 
don: Allen & Unwin. Pp. viii+192. 

Rev. by H. Watson- Jones in LQHR, CLX, 542-43. Shows contemporary Ger 
man thought influencing France as well as England. 

Smith, S. G. "Some nineteenth century Irish economists." EC, N.S., II, 
20-32. 

Spoerl, Howard D. "The problem of faculties in the psychology of character 
during the nineteenth century." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1934) } 
pp. 387-90. 

"The psychology of character .... was largely dominated by the view, enun 
ciated by John Stuart Mill . . . . , that a science of character must be a deductive 
science, dependent on general psychology." 

Taylor, Ernest R. Methodism and politics 1791-1851. Cambridge univ. pr. 

Pp. x+226. Bibliog., pp. 217-22. 

Rev. by Bonamy Dobr^e in Cr, XIV, 641 ; by T. H. Marshall in NS, IX, 591-92 ; 
by J. Telford in LQHR, CLX, 416; N & Q, Oct. 5, pp. 251-52. 

Thompson, Mrs. Frances, and Horsley, Sophy. Mendelssohn and his friends in 
Kensington. Letters .... 1883-1836. Ed. Rosamund Gotch. Oxford univ. 
pr., 1934. Pp. 289. 

Thornton, Alfred. Fifty years of the New English Art Club. London: Offices of 
the club. 

Thorpe, James. English illustration: the nineties. London: Faber & Faber. 

Ussher, Kathleen. Hail Victoria! London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1934. Pp. 
262. 

Wall, Rev. James. "Converting the Pope." Cornhill mag., CLI, 90-99. 

Quixotic attempt in 1850 of Canon George Townsend to convert Pio Nono to 
Anglicanism. 

Ward, Herbert. The educational system of England and Wales and its recent 
history. Cambridge univ. pr. 

Ward, Maisie. The Wilfrid Wards and the transition. Vol. I. See VB 1934, 
410. 

Rev. by H. Tristram in Dublin rev., CXCVI, 292-303; Dalhousie rev., XV, 
256-57. 

Wellesley, Lord Gerald, and Steegmann, J. The iconography of the first Duke of 
Wellington. Foreword by Philip Guedalla. London: Dent. Pp.106. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1935 123 

Wey, Francis A. A Frenchman sees the English in the fifties. Trans. Valerie 

Pirie. London: Sidgwick & Jackson. Pp. vii+312. 

Rev. by W. King in NS, IX, 836-37; by C. E. VulHamy in S, May 24, pp. 886- 
88; TLS, May 16, p. 311. A view of England shortly after the great Exhibition 
of 1851. 

Whitehead, Christina. Youth on the prow. London: Duckworth. 

Rev. in NS, IX, 154. Explorers and slave-traders in the Sudan of the 1860 s, 
including some historical figures, as Sir Herbert Baker. 

Willcocks, Sir. W. Sixty years in the East. London: Blackwood. Pp. 338. 

Williams, Thomas G. The main currents of social and industrial change since 
1870. 2d ed. London: Pitman. Pp. 328. 

Williamson, David. Our three great queens: Victoria, Alexandra, Mary. Lon 
don: Independent pr. Pp. 176. 

Windred, G. "Michael Faraday. A brief account of his electrical researches." 
Archeion archivo di storia della sdenza, XVII, 48-63. 

Wyndham, Horace. Victorian parade. London: Muller, 1934. Pp. 304. 
Rev. in SR, Jan. 19, p. 84. A social panorama, not wholly successful. 

Yarnall, H. E. The Great Powers and the Congo Conference in the years 1884 
and 1885. Diss. Gottingen, 1934. Pp. 86. 

Young, G. M. "Puritans and Victorians." Life and letters, XII, 58-63. 

Young, G. M. (ed.). Early Victorian England, 1830-1865. 2 vols. See VB 

1934, 411. 

Rev. by W. C. Abbott in SRL, pp. 441, 443; by Herbert Bell in AHR, XL, 
733-35; by S. C. Chew in HTB, Jan. 13, pp. 1-2; by Bonamy Dobrde in Cr, XIV, 
638-iO; by C. F. Harrold in VQR, XI, 610-12; by Robert M. Lovett in New R, 
LXXXIV, 52-53; by Emery Neflf in N, May 1, pp. 5&-14; by Clifford Sharp in 
LM } XXXII, 388-89; by D. C. Somervell in History, XX, 282; by P. W. Wilson in 
NYTBR, Jan. 13, p. 3; CR, CXLVII, 633-36; Life and letters, XI, 724-26. 

A worthy addition to the Oxford series which already includes Shakespeare s 
England and Johnson s England. As is inevitable in a work by many hands, the 
performance is uneven. Some of the seventeen chapters are deserving of particular 
commendation, notably "Homes and habits," "Town life and London," "The 
Press," "Architecture," and the editor s concluding summary, "Portrait of an 
age," which is the most brilliant of all. Least adequate are the chapters on art and 
drama, in spite- of the fact that Allardyce Nicoll is the author of the latter. Limita 
tions of space, of course, necessitate the omission of many interesting and impor 
tant subjects; indeed, the editor apologizes for including nothing on law. But in a 
work in which a full chapter is devoted to charity, and another to holidays and 
travel, the failure to include any discussion of philosophy, religion, science, inven 
tion, commerce, or politics would seem rather reprehensible. These reservations 
granted, one must admit that the authors are successful in their attempt to furnish 
a "background of ideas and habits" for the understanding of early Victorian life. 
FREDERIC E. FAVERTY. 



124 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY 
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES 

Alexander, Calvert. The Catholic literary revival. Milwaukee: Bruce. 

Rev. by Cuthbert Wright in NYTBR, July 21, p. 6; CWd, CXLII, 118-19. 
From the Roman. Catholic standpoint. 

Allen, R. B. Old Icelandic sources in the English novel. Diss. Univ. of Pennsyl 
vania. Privately ptd., 1933. Pp. 121. 

Baker, Joseph E. "Victorian England and modern America." AR, V, 432-50. 

Bandy, T. W. Beaudelaire judged by his contemporaries. New York: Institute 
of French studies, 1933. Pp. 188. 
Rev. by E. S. in MLR, XXX, 393. 

Bateson, F. W. English poetry and the English language. Oxford: Clarendon 

pr.; London: Milford, 1934. Pp. vii+129. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, XII, 528-31; Poetry rev., XXVI, 171-72; TLS, 
March 21, p. 172 (qualified praise). Victorians: Tennyson, Arnold, etc. 

Blodgett, Harold. Walt Whitman in England. See VB 1934, 412. 
Rev. by Portia Baker in MP, XXXII, 334-35. 

Bluhm, H. S. "The reception of Goethe s Faust in England after the middle of 

the nineteenth century." JEGP, XXXIV, 201-12. 

"The history of Goethe s Faust in England .... is an immensely gripping story 
of how some leaders of English thought, in their gradual outgrowth of the reaction 
ary spirit of the nineteenth century, come to realize their problems of a non- 
theological view of life as solved in no small measure" by Goethe s drama. 

Boas, Guy (ed.). An anthology of wit. London: Macmillan. Pp. 258. 
Bockheler, Lotte. Das englische Kinderlied. Diss. Tubingen. Pp. 114. 

Bohlen, Adolf. "Lehrer und Schiller im neueren franzosichen und englischen 
Schulroman." Die neueren Sprachen, XLIII, 127-61, 203-18, 239-66. 
Tom Brown s Schooldays established the type for school novels such as Wells s 

The undying fire, etc. 

Bosch, Gertrud. Der englische Frauenroman um die Wende des 18-19. Jahr. 
hunderts. Diss. Tubingen, 1934. Pp. 58. 

Br6hie*r, Emile. La notion de la Renaissance dans I histoire de la philosophie. 
Zaharoff lecture. Oxford univ. pr., 1934. Pp. 32. 

Rev. by S. V, Keeling in Philos., X, 115-17. Defines approach of nineteenth- 
century philosophers toward their problems. 

Brockington, A. A. Mysticism and poetry: on a basis of experience. London: 

Chapman & Hall, 1934. Pp. 224. 

Rev. by P. Chauvet in RA, XII, 549; by Glyn Jones in Adelphi, IX, 384; TLS 
(adversely), Feb. 14, p. 86. Treats of Browning, Newman, and Hopkins, among 
others. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 125 

Brunschvigg, L. "L histoire de la philosophie par Emile Bre"riie*r." RM, 
XLII, 385-98. 

A critique of BrdhieVs book, and some considerations of the manifestations of 
philosophic views in literature . 

Cecil, Lord David. "Dusting off the gold tops." SRL, Jan. 19, pp. 429-30. 

This later appeared as introductory essay in the American edition of Early Vic 
torian novelists. 

Cecil, Lord David. Early Victorian novelists. See VB 1934, 416. American 

ed., Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill. Pp. 342. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in Univ. of Toronto quar. (cited in RA, XIII, 88) ; by Isabel 
Lewis in NewR, LXXXIV, 341; by M. E. N. in Comhitt mag., CLI, 125; by Alice 
Parsons in HTB, June 9, p. 1 1 ; by W. L. Phelps in Scribner s mag., XCVIII, 59-60 ; 
by V. S. Pritchett in FR, CXXXVII, 249; by G. W. Stonier in NS, IX, 44; by A. 
Whitridge in SRL, May 18, p. 12; SR, Jan. 26, p. 117. 

Clark, Isabel C. Six portraits. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 290. 

Rev. in TLS, June 6, p. 366. Victorians: George Eliot and Mrs. Oliphant, con 
sidered as women, not as writers, and from a religious point of view. 

Collins, Norman. The facts of fiction. London: Gollancz, 1932; New York: 
Dutton, 1933. Pp. 312. 

Rev. by H. G. Heun in DLtz, LVI, 464-65. The novel from Richardson to 
James Joyce. 

Constant, G. "Les progres du Catholicisme en Angleterre." Revue des deux 
mondes, XXVIII, 519-38. 
Includes a survey of Victorian Catholicism, etc. 

Cook, Davidson. "Allan Cunningham s literary ghost." TLS, March 21, p. 
180, and March 28, p. 216. 

Cosgrove, L. D. "Obiter scripta." TLS, Feb. 28, p. 124. 

Treats of Augustine BirrelTs marginalia in Brandes Main currents in nineteenth 
century literature. 

Cruse, Amy. The Victorians and their reading. (English title: The Victorians 
and their books.) Boston: Houghton Mifflin; London: G. Allen. Pp. 444.. 
Rev. by B. A. Barber in LQHR, CLX, 565-66; by E. F. Benson in Am. mercury, 
XXXVII, 119-22 (Jan., 1936); by Edmund Blunden in 8, May 24, p. 880; by M. 
Downing in QR, CCLXV, 238-52; by P. M. Jack in NYTBR, Oct. 6, pp. 2, 20; by 
G. F. Whicher in HTB, Oct. 20, p. 20; Adelphi, X, 315-16; English jour., XXIV, 
786; LM, XXXII, 303; N, Dec. 25, p. 750; SR, June 29, p. 821; TLS, May 23, 
p. 326. 

An interesting study of what the Victorians read, considered from the point of 
view of social and intellectual groups High Church, Dissenter, Tractarian, patron 
of Mudie s library, etc. Excellent, so far as the author s materials permit; a wider, 
deeper, and more exact study in this field remains to be done. Not always accu 
rate; little attempt at proportion or emphasis. A good, popular, pioneering type of 



126 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

study, suggestive of further possibilities in the study of Victorian reading habits. 
C. F. HAREOLD. 

Decker, C.R. "Ibsen s literary reputation and Victorian taste." SP, XXXII, 

632-45. 
Evans, B. If or. English poetry in the later nineteenth century. See VB 1933, 

411. 

Rev. by Lascelles Abercrombie in MLR, XXX, 237-38; by Paul de Reul in 
ESt, XVII, 42-43; by E. J. Morley in RES, XI, 239-41. 

Fay, W. G., and Carswell, Catharine. The Fays of the Abbey theater. London: 
Rich & Cowan. Pp. 313. 
Rev. by L. A. G. Strong in S, Aug. 23, p. 295; TLS, Aug. 29, p. 535. 

Gottbrath, K. Der Einfluss von Goethes "Wilhelm Meister" auf die englische 
Literatur. Diss. Miinster. Lippstadt i. Westfalen: C. J. Laumanns, 1934. 
Pp. xv+79. 

Henderson, Philip. Literature and a changing world. London: Lane. Pp.180. 

Rev. by Michael Roberts in NS, X, 68 (A Marxist critic "indebted to Edmund 
Wilson"). 

Henn, T. R. Longinus and English criticism. Cambridge univ, pr., 1934. Pp. 
viii+163. 

Hicks, Granville. "Literature and revolution." Engl. jour., XXIV, 219-39. 

Discusses significance of relation of an author to his social environment; makes 
illustrative analyses of Carlyle, Dickens, Kingsley, Tennyson, etc. 

Kornder, T. Der Deutsche im Spiegelbild der englischen Erzdhlungsliteratur des 
19. Jahrhunderts. Diss. Erlangen. Erlangen-Bruck: M. Krahl, 1934. 
Pp. 116. 

Lehmann, W. G. G. Bernard Shaws Verhdltnis zu Romantik und Idealismus. 
Bonn, 1934. Pp. 79. 

MacFayden, The Rev. D. "De imitatione Christi." NC, CXVIII, 226-35. 
Considers the Victorian views of Thomas a Kempis. 

MacNeill, Nigel. The literature of the Highlanders. Ed. with an additional 
chapter by J. M. Campbell. Stirling: E. Mackay. Pp. 585. 
Published originally in 1892. An expression of the renaissance of Scotch nation 
al feeling. Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, XII, 131-32. 

Metz, Rudolf. Die philosophischen Stromungen der Gegenwart in Grossbritan- 

nien. 2 vols. Leipzig: Meiner. Pp. xv+442; ii-j-359. 

Rev. by G. Dawes Hicks in Philos,, X, 360-63. Includes an analysis of nine 
teenth-century English philosophy and especially of its relation to German 
thought. 

Meyerstein, E. H. W. "Rimbaud and the Gentleman s magazine. " TLS, 
April 11, p. 244. 



VICTORIAN- BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 127 

Milliquant, P. Tableau de la litter ature frangaise du romantisme a nos jours. 
Berlin: Schoneberg. Also mentions foreign influences. 

Modder, Montagu. "British travellers on American manners." LQHft, CLX, 
331-44. 

A review of British opinion from that of Mrs. Trollope (1832) to that of E. M, 
Delafield (1934). The list of travelers includes Miss Martineau, Capt. Marryat, 
Dickens, John M. Duncan, Sir Charles Lyell, Charles MacKay, Matthew Ar 
nold, etc. 

Moore, Virginia. Distinguished women writers. New York: Dutton, 1934. 
Pp. 253. 

Includes Christina Rossetti, Emily Bronte, Charlotte Bronte, Elizabeth Brown 
ing, George Eliot, etc. 

O Faolafn, S. "It no longer matters, or, The death of the English novel." CV, 

XV, 49-56. 

Uses the Victorian novelists in discussing the spiritual point of view in fiction. 
Oriental travel. See IV, Krnglake. 

Osgood, Charles Grosvenor. The voice of England. A history of English litera 
ture. New York, London: Harper. Pp. xiii+627. 

Oxford Movement. Tristram, Henry. "Mr. Newman and Father Clement." 
Dublin rev., CXCVI, 100-114. 

Phillips, E. Margaret. Philarete Chasks, critique et historien de la litterature 

anglaise. Paris: Droz, 1933. Pp. 309. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in ESt, XVI (1934), 191-94; by K R. Gallas in Beiblatt, 
XLVI, 79-82. 

Power, William. Literature and oatmeal: what literature has meant to Scotland. 
London: Routledge. 
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 14, p. 852. Includes consideration of Carlyle. 

Ransom, John Crowe. "The cathartic principle." AR 9 V, 287-300. "The 

mimetic principle." AR, V, 536-51. 

Contain criticism of Butcher s interpretation of Aristotle as typically Victorian 
in intellectual and moral outlook, 

Russell, Bertrand. Freedom versus organization: 1814-1914- See VB 1934, 

415. 

Rev. by M. Belgion in Or, XIV, 52&-30; by J. G. Fletcher in AR, IV, 377-84; 
by R. Heppenstall in Aryan path, March, pp. 186-87; by E. M. Kayden in SeR, 
XLIII, 511-12; by R. Lodge in History, XX, 279-80; by R. H. Murray in OR, 
CXLVII, 373-74; by G. de R. in La critica } XXXIII, 128-31; by James Harvey 
Robinson m JMH, VII, 217-19 (very favorable). 

Schneider, Georg. Theory and history of bibliography. Trans. Ralph R. Shaw. 
New York: Columbia univ. pr., 1934. Pp. xiv+306. 



128 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Schofer, Marie-Helene. Britischer Imperialismus im englischen Spiegel de$ 
historischen Buhnenstucks. Bottrop i. W.r Postberg, 1934. Pp. vi+114. 
Rev. in Die neueren Sprachen, XLIII, 273-74. Imperialism as revealed in 132 

plays, Victorian and post- Victorian. 

Pre-Raphaelite movement. Scott-James, R. A. "Editorial notes." (On Pre- 
Raphaelites as experimenters.) LM, XXXI, 322. 

Scudder, Townsend. "Emerson s British lecture tour, 1847-1848. Parti. The 
preparations for the tour, and the nature of Emerson s audiences. Part II. 
Emerson as a lecturer in Britain and the reception of the lectures." AL, 
VII, 15-36, 166-80. 

Smith, Chard P. Annals of the poets. Their origins, backgrounds, private lives, 
habits of composition, characters, and personal peculiarities. New York, Lon 
don: Scribner s. Pp. xxv+523. Bibliog., acknowledgments, and index on 
pp. 505-23. 

Smith, Warren, H. Architecture in English fiction. "Yale studies in English," 
Vol. LXXXII. New Haven: Yale univ. pr., 1934. Pp. 236. 
Rev. by M. D. Zabel in MP, XXXII, 434r-35. 

Snaith, Stanley. "A round-up of anthologies." Libr. rev., Summer, pp. 64-71. 

Starks, Lewis M. English literature as reflected in bookplate design. Sunapee, 
N.H.: Franklin Lectures, Inc., Aug., 1935. Pp. 104. 

Stutterheim, Hurt von. The press in England. Trans. W. H. Johnson. Lon 
don: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 223. 

Swears, Herbert. "Theatres of the past." Empire rev., LXI, 261-66. 

Thoma, Fritz. "Die englische und amerkanische Literatur im Spiegel der 
Tauchnitz-Edition." Das deutsche Wort, XI, 15. Noted in Literatur, 
XXXVII, 456. 

The history of "The Times." (3 vols.) Vol. I. The thunderer in the making: 
1785-1841. London: The Times; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xx+515. 

Rev, by J. L. Garvin in TLS (leading article), Jan. 3, pp. 1-2; by Charles Madge 
in Cr, XIV, 519-23; by W. Steed in FR, CXXXVII, 239-40; by W. Tilby in LM, 
XXXII, 402; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Jan. 27, p. 9; CR, CXLVII, 376-78; 
NS, IX, 4-5. 

Van Tieghem, Paul. "Le II 6 congres Internationale d histoire litte"raire." 
Revue universelk, XLIV, 394-96. 

Includes account of the definition and delimitation of periods and movements 
in the study of literature. Paper by Cazamian on "Les pe*riodes dans 1 histoire de 
la litte rature anglaise moderne." Full proceedings to be published in the Bulletin 
du comitt international des sciences historiques, 1936. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 129 

Waugh, Arthur. "The Fortnightly s seventieth birthday." FR> CXXXVII, 
627-29. 
Refers to Trollope, Mill, Lewes, W. K. Clifford, Arnold, Swinburne, etc. 

Weill, Georges. Le journal. Origines, evolution, et rdle de la presse p&riodique, 
"L Svolution de 1 humanite*," Vol. XCIV. Paris: La Renaissance du Livre, 
1934. Pp. xix+450. Bibliog., pp. 419-32. 
Rev. by A. Albert-Petit in Revue de Paris, XLII, 422-25; by K. S. Pinson in 

JMHj VII, 94-95. History of the press, chiefly in Great Britain, France, Germany, 

and the United States. 

Wellard, J. H. "State of reading among the working classes of England dur 
ing the first half of the nineteenth century." Libr. quar., V, 87-100. 

Wilson, Claudine. "Francisque Michel and his Scottish friends." MLR. 
XXX, 26-35. 

Young, Francis Brett. A century of boys 1 stories. "Century omnibus ser." 
London: Hutchinson. Pp. 1024. 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 

Arnold. Brown, Curtis. "Famous authors I have met." Strand, LXXXIX, 
600-610, 728-35, 836-45. Includes Arnold. 

Brown, E. K. "The scholar gypsy. An interpretation." RA, XII, 219-25. 

Brown, E. K. Studies in the text of Matthew ArnoloJs prose works. JParis: E. 
Droz. Pp. 136. 

Cairncross, A. S. "Arnold s Taded leaves and Switzerland/ " TLS, March 
28, p. 210. 

Cooper, Lane. Evolution and repentance. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell univ. pr. 

Has essay on Arnold. 

Loring, M. L. S. "T. S. Eliot on Matthew Arnold." SeR, XLIII, 479-88. 
Pettet, E. C. "Note on Matthew Arnold s poetry." Adelphi, X, 284r-87. 

Replies to T. S. Eliot s classification of Arnold as an academic poet. 

Sells, Iris E. Matthew Arnold and France; the poet. Cambridge univ. pr.; New 

York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+282. 

Rev. by L. Bonnerat in RA, XII, 547-48; by S. C. Chew in HTB, Aug. 18, p. 8; 
by D. Gascoyne in NS, IX, 391-92; TLS, Feb. 28, p. 121 (largely adverse) see 
March 7, p. 143, for author s reply. Combines a weakness for finding "influences," 
where they are not always indubitable, with the technique of the "fictionizing" 
biographer; treats particularly Arnold s debt to Edgar Quinet, E. de S&iancour, 
and George Sand. 

Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. "Arnold s Dover beach. " TLS, Oct. 10, 
p. 631. 



130 VICTOHIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Bagehot. Irvine, William. "Walter Bagehot as literary critic." Harvard 

univ. summaries of theses (1934) > PP- 320-22. 
Barnes. See Tennyson: Quiller-Couch. 

Beddoes. The Browning box: or the life and works of Thomas Lovell Beddoes. 
Ed. H. W. Donner. Oxford univ. pr. 

Rev. by David Garnett in NS, X, 852; TLS, Nov. 16, pp. 729-30. Unpublished 
letters from Beddoes to Wordsworth, Mary Shelley, Browning, etc. 

Donner, H. W. Thomas Lovell Beddoes: the making of a poet. Oxford: Black- 
well. 

Garnett, D. "Books in general/ NS, IX, 524. 

General comment on Beddoes, and a review of The second brother as performed 
at Norwich, April, 1935. 

Bradley. Collected essays. 2 vols. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; London: Milford. 
Pp. viii+348; iv-f 360. 

Segerstedt, T. Value and reality in Bradley s philosophy. Lund, Sweden: 
Gleerup, 1934. Pp. iv-f 260. 

Brontes (see also II, Newsholme). The poems of "The Shakespeare 

Head Bronte." 2 vols. See VB 1934, 416. 

Published also in Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1934. Rev. by Abbe* Dimnet in 
SRL, Feb. 2, p. 463. 

Aiken, Ralph. "Wild-heart: an appreciation of Emily Jane Bronte." So. 
Atlantic quar. } XXXIV, 202-10. 

Delafield, E. M. (ed.). The Bontes: their lives recorded by their contemporaries. 
"Biographies through the eyes of contemporaries," No. 2. London: Ho 
garth. Pp. 274. 

Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, June 14, pp. 1026-28 ("a piling up of trivialities," 
an "exasperating book"); by M. E. N. in Cornhitt mag., CLII, 124; by Sylvia Nor 
man in FR, CXXXVIII, 123-24; CR, CXLVIII, 246-48; LM, XXXII, 302; TLS, 
May 30, p. 345. 

Newton, A. E. Derby day, and other adventures. Boston: Little, Brown, 1934. 
Pp. 351. 

Two essays are on the Haworth life of the Brontes, and their literary work. 
Ratchford, Fannie. Two poems by Emily Bronte: with the Gondal background 
of her poems and novel. Austin, Texas: Von Boeckmann- Jones, 1934. Pp. 
44. 

Rev. by Leicester Bradner in MP, XXXIII, 209-10. 

Wroot, H. E. Persons and places: sources of Charlotte Bronte s novels. Ha 
worth Parsonage Museum, Yorkshire: Bronte Society. 

Rev. in TLS, Sept. 5, p. 554 ("a most valuable contribution to Bronte litera 
ture"). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 131 

Brown. Groom, I. S. "The T. E. Brown memorial in Man." Poetry rev., XXV 
(1934), 498-500. 

Brownings. "Letters of the Brownings." TLS, April 11, p. 248. 

Sale of twenty-two unpublished letters at Anderson Galleries, New York. 

Armstrong, A. J. "The Brownings set to music." TLS, March 14, p. 160. 

Boas, F. S. "Robert Browning s Paracekus, 1835-1935." QR, CCLXV, 
280-95. 

Boodin, J.-E. Three interpretations of the universe. London: Macmillan. Pp. 
519. 
Rev. in RM, XLII, Suppl., July, pp. 8-9. Treats of "Browning. 

Casson, J. Traductions de Robert Browning et de Rudyard Kipling. Rev. in 
Nouvelks litteraires (Aug. 27) cited in RA, XIII, 86. 

Clarke, Isabel. Elizabeth Barrett Browning. A portrait. "Booklovers* libr." 
London: Hutchinson. Pp. 287. 

DeVane, William Clyde. A Browning handbook. New York: F.S. Crofts. Pp. 

ix+533. 

Rev. in Engl jour., XXIV, 789; New R, LXXX, iii. 

This handbook is one of the best in the excellent Crofts series on the English 
poets. Among the widely dispersed materials, the immature criticisms, and often 
erroneous conclusions of his predecessors in the field, DeVane threads his way with 
assurance and painstaking accuracy. He levies tribute upon the sounder Browning 
commentators, and corrects the work of the misinformed. In many cases he adds 
new information. The poems are discussed in "the chronological order of their 
publication," all discussions following the same orderly arrangement: publication, 
text, genesis and composition, sources and influences, after-history. The book is a 
valuable addition to Browning scholarship, and should provide, as the author 
modestly hopes it will, "a point of departure for further investigations." FRED 
ERIC E. FAVERTY. 

Dodge, R. E. N. "Bishop Blougram s apology." TLS, March 21, p. 176. See 
also TLS, Jan. 24, p. 48. 

Heuer, H. "Browning und die englische Romantik." Zeitschrift fur neu- 

sprachlichen Unterricht, XXXIV, 201-14. 

Rev. by F. Neubert in Die neueren Sprachen, XLIII, 54. Chiefly the debt to 
Byron and Shelley. 

Hovelaque, H. Lajeunesse de Robert Browning. See VB 1934, 417. 
Rev. by H. Heuer in Beiblatt, XLVI, 183-86. 

Knickerbocker, K L. "Browning and his critics." SeR, XLIII, 283-91. 

Knickerbocker, K. L. "An echo from Browning s second courtship." SP, 
XXXII, 120-24. 



132 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Meyerstein, E. H. W. "A rhyme in Browning." TLS, Feb. 7, p, 76. See also 
April 18, p. 257. 

Phelps, W. L. "A rhyme in Browning." TLS, Aug. 29, p. 537. 

Renter, I. Studien uber . . . . D. H. Lawrence. Diss. Marburg. Marburg: 
Poppinghaus, 1934. Pp. 97. 

Pp. 26-45 have "Vergleich zwischen Robert Browning und D. H, Lawrence, 
dargestellt an der Bedeutung des Augenblicks bei beiden." 

Schroer, C. "Germanisch-gotische Wesensziige in der Paracelsusgestalt." 
NeuP, VI, 351-61. 

Shackford, Martha. E. B. Browning; R. H. Home. Two studies. Wellesley, 
Mass.: Wellesley pr. Pp. 79. 

Sherwood, Margaret. Undercurrents of influence in English romantic poetry. 
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr., 1934. Pp. xii+365. 

Rev. by M. Zabel in MP, XXXII, 440-41. Includes chapters "The young 
Browning" and "Browning and Mr. Santayana." 

Shillito, Edward. "The young Browning." (Autobiogr. in Paracelsus.) S, 
March 15, pp. 431-32. 

Smally, D. R, "Browning and Donne." TLS, p. 631. 

Snitslaar, L. Sidelights on .... "The ring and the book." See VB 1934, 417. 
Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, XII, 438-39; by H. L. G. in MLR, XXX, 414. 

Tracy, C. R. "Bishop Blougram s apology." TLS, Jan. 24, p. 48. See also 
March 21, p. 176. 

Varner, J. G. "Poe and Miss Barrett." TLS, April 11, p. 244. 
Bulwer-Lytton. McCarthy, Desmond. Experience. London: Putnam. 

Has essay on Bulwer-Lytton. 

R., V. "The Athenaeum and Bulwer Lytton." N & Q, Feb. 23, pp. 128-29. 
Watts, Harold. "Lytton s theories of prose fiction." PMLA, L, 274-89. 

Butler. Letters between Samuel Butter and Miss E. M. A. Savage, 1871-1885. 
London: Cape. 

Rev. by C. Carswell in S, Dec. 6, p. 947; by G. W. Stonier in MS, X, 944-45; 
TLS (leading article), Dec. 7, pp. 821-22. 

Ervine, St. John. "The centenary of Samuel Butler." FR, CXXXVIII, 698- 
710. 

Jordan-Smith, P. "Samuel Butler the first century." Colophon, NS, I, 271- 
80. 

Keynes, G., and Hill, Brian. "Distribution of Samuel Butler s manuscripts: 

new gift to the British Museum." TLS, Nov. 23, p. 764. 
Larband, V. "Les carnets de Samuel Butler." NrJ, XLIII, 83-98. 



VICTORIAN BIBLKHJRAPHY FOR 1935 133 

Rattray, R. F. Samuel Butler. London: Duckworth. 

Rev. by G. B. Fort in RA, XIII, 157-58, by C. E. M. Joad in FR t CXXXVII, - 
636-37. 

Steele, Robert. "Butler and the Odyssey." TLS, Dec. 21, p. 879. 

Carlyle (see also II, Brinton, and III, Hicks). "Lebendige Vergangenheit: 
aus Thomas Carlyle Der Chartism/ Recht und Macht." Deutsche Rund 
schau, LXI (1934), 168-70. 

Armstrong, T. P. "Carlyle and Uhland: parallel passages." N & Q, Sept. 28, 
p. 221. 

Borbein, H. "Thomas Carlyle im Lichte des deutschen Shicksals." NeuP, 
VI, 167 ff. 

Goldberg, M. H. "Carlyle and Ruskin." TLS, May 16, p. 313. 

Harrold, Charles Frederick. "Carlyle and the mystical tradition." CWd, 
CXLII, 45-49. 

Harrold, Charles Frederick. Carlyle and German thought: 1819-1884. See 
VB 1934, 418. 

Rev. by W. H. Dunn in MLN, L, 551-52; by J. T. McNeil in Jour, of religion, 
XV, 114; by K. Neumann in Beiblatt, XLVI, 311-14; by S. Rosati in Nuova anto- 
logia, XIII, 314-16; by N. P. Stallknecht in Philos. rev., XLIV, 404; by H. Tron- 
chon in Revue germanique, XXVI, 273-74; by Jacob Zeitlin in JEGP, XXXIV, 
143-44. 

Holmberg, 0. David Hume in Carlyle s Sartor resartus. Lund, 1934. Pp. 19. 
Rev. by R. Metz in ES, LXXX, 298-300. 

Klipstein, E. "Thomas Carlyle: der Mensch." Deutsche Rundschau, LXI 
(1934), 170-76. 

Mampel, A. Thomas Carlyle als Kunstler unter besonderer Berucksichtigung 
"Friedrich des Grossen." Diss. Gottingen. Pp. vii+167. 

Morris, G. I. "Durne Hitler." NS, IX, 139. 

Treats study of Heroes and hero worship in Germany, and the view there of 
Carlyle and Ruskin as "first national socialists." 

Scudder, T. "Carlyle receives a friend." SRL, Sept. 14, p. 9. 

Shine, Hill. "Carlyle and the German philosophy problem during the year 
1826-1827." PMLA, L, 807-27. 

Vollrath, W. Thomas Carlyle und H. St. Chamberlain, zwei Freunde Deutsch- 
lands. Mtinchen: Lehmann. Pp. 100. 

Wissman, P. "Carlyles Buch iiber Helden und Heldenverehrung im Dienste 
nationalpolitischer Schulung." Zeitsch. fur neusprachlichen Unterricht, 
XXXIV, 302-10. 



134 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Woolf, L. Qiiack, Quack! London: Hogarth; New York: Harcourt, Brace. 

Pp.201. 

Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, IX, 830; by Lewis Mumford in New R, LXXXIV, 
308; by Lord Percy in LM, XXXI, 283-84. 

Carroll. Fonteno y, Henri. "Presentation de Lewis Carroll.* Nrf, CCLXIII, 
202-7. 

Williams, S. H., and Madan, F. Handbook of the literature of Rev. C. L. Dodgson 
("Lewis Carroll"), 1931. Suppkment, corrigenda and addenda, the latter cov 
ering 1932-4 and including the centenary year 1932, by F. Madan. Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. 24. 

Cholmondeley. Kent, Muriel. "A novelist of yesterday." Cornhillmag.,CLI, 
194-200. 

Clare. Poems by John Clare, Ed. Tibbie. London: Dent. 

Rev. by K John in NS, IX, 333-34; by D. Thomas in Adelphi, X, 179-81. 

Darwin. Barber, Otto. H. G. Wells Verhaltnis uber Darwinismus. Leipzig: 
Tauchnitz, 1934, Pp. 81. 

Dickens (see also Gaskell: Waller; III, Hicks). Mr. and Mrs. Charles Dick- 
ens: his letters to her. Ed. by Walter Dexter. London: Constable. Pp. 
xviii+298. 

Rev. by Lord Cecil in S, June 28, pp. 1110-11 ("the letters themselves are dull: 
and they do not reveal the longed-for secret" regarding Dickens marriage) ; by 
W. Holby in LM, XXXII, 295-96; by M. E. N. in Cornhitt mag., CLII, 253; by 
A. Waugh in FR, CXXXVIII, 248-49; NS, IX, 970-71; N & Q, July 20, p. 54; 
TLS, June 13, p. 377. 

"The centenary of Boz: Dickens s new London." TLS (leading article), Dec. 
28, pp. 885-86. 

Dickens-Thackeray. Reprints of catalogues. Dickens library, from Sotheran s 
Price current of literature ; his pictures and objects of art, sold by Christie s; 
Thackeray s library, sold by Christie s; and relics from his library, from Soth 
eran s Price current of literature. London: Sotheran. Pp.182. Illus. Lim 
ited to 250 copies. 

"Libraries of Dickens and Thackeray." TLS, April 18, p. 260. 

Boarman, J. C. Boz: an intimate biography of Charles Dickens. Boston: Strat 
ford. 
Boll, T. E. M. "Great expectations." TLS, Aug. 15, p. 513. 

Cohn, A. M. " Loving ballad of Lord Bateman, 1839." TLS, May 16, p. 

313. 

On Dickens notes to the ballad as reset by Thackeray. See TLS, May 2, p. 288; 
June 6, p. 364; June 13, p. 380. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 135 

Darwin, B. "New discoveries of Charles Dickens: his earliest writings in 
Maria BeadnelTs Album." Strand, LXXXIX, 574r-79. 

Fargeon, Eleanor. "Adventure in the fifties. Our father, B. L. Fargeon." 
(Contains letter from Dickens to Fargeon.) Btockwood s, CCXXXVIII, 
306-27. 

Kent, William. London for Dickens lovers. London: Methuen. Pp. 177. 
Rev. in N & Q, June 15, pp. 430-31; TLS, July 18, p. 463. 

Kingsmill, Hugh. The sentimental journey: a life of Charks Dickens. See VB 
1934, 420. 

Rev. by N. Arvin in New R, LXXXII, 258; by May Becker in HTB, Feb. 17, 
p. 3; by S. C. Chew in SRL, Feb. 23, pp. 501, 506; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, 
Feb. 17, pp. 5, 14; by A. Waugh in FR, CXXXVII, 119-20; AR, V, 126-28. 
Journalistic; untrustworthy. 

Lloyd, J. A. T. "Who wrote English notes ?" Colophon, N.S., 1, 107-18. 

Poe probably wrote the answer to Dickens American notes. 
Lyon, T. A. "Don Quixote and Dickens." NS, X, 60. 

Maurois, A. Dickens. See VB 1934, 420. Publ. New York: Harper. 

Rev. by N. Arvin in New R, LXXXII, 258; by May Becker in HTB, Feb. 17, 
p. 3; by S. C. Chew in SRL, pp. 501, 506; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Feb. 17, 
pp. 5, 14; by A. Waugh in FR, CXXXVII, 119-20; SR, Jan. 26, p. 117. 

Morand, P. "Un pr&16cesseur de Monsieur Pickwick/ 7 Nouvettes litteraires, 
Sept. 7 (cited in RA, XIII, 183). 

Phelps, W. L. "As I like it" quotes letters containing personal reminiscences 
of Dickens and Hardy. Scribner s mag., XCVII, 190. 

Wickardt, W. Die Formen der Perspective in Charks Dickens Romanen 

See VB 1933, 424. 

Rev. by G. Plessow in BeiblaU, XLVI, 280-84. 
Wright, Thomas. The life of Charks Dickens. London: Jenkins. Pp. 385. 

Rev. in NS, X, 498; S, Dec. 6, p. 962; SR, Dec. 28, p. 660; TLS, Nov. 30, p. 816. 

The results erf a lifetime of labor; but adding little to our knowledge of Dickens; 
containing critical matter of little value, and showing evidence of error in detail. 
Will not supersede Ley s annotated reprint of Forster s biography. C. F. H. 

Dickensian (quarterly), Vol. XXXI. See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: "Dickens agreements with Bentley: important new facts" 
(pp. 241-54) ; "Dickens first contributions to The morning chronicle " (pp. 5-10) ; 
"Dickens tenancy of FumivaTs Inn: some new documents" (pp. 255-58) ; "Dick- 
ensian peeps into Punch " (pp. 264-66); "Peeps at Dickens: pen pictures from 
contemporary sources" (pp. 287-S8) ; "Why Not so bad as we seem was acted in 
Free-trade Hall" (pp. 297-98); J. B. Bulloch, "The ancestry of Mrs. Charles 
Dickens" (pp. 209-14); L. M. H. Brush, "A psychological study of Barnaby 



136 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Rudge" (pp. 24-30); E. B. Chancellor, "Dickens in Scotland" (pp. 63-66); E. 
Chartier, "A French appreciation of Dickens" (pp. 52-58); A. E. Cross, "Those 
early Victorians" rev. of Cecil s book; see III, Cecil (pp. 125-28); W. Dexter, 
"Contemporary opinions of Dickens s earliest work" (pp. 105-$) ; H. L. R. Edgar, 
"Dickens s friendship with the Coldens" (pp. 11-22); M. Evans, "Dickens the 
satirist" (pp. 111-16); W. F. Gray, "Dickens s debt to Scotland" (pp. 177-91); 
C. F, Lehmann-Haupt, "Studies in Edwin Drood " (pp. 299-305); J. W. T. Ley, 
"Biography: How not to do it " severe criticism of KingsmilTs The sentimental 
journey (pp. 101-4; see, also, p. 286); J. W. T. Ley, "Dickens and his wife" (pp. 
226-30); J. W. T. Ley, "Tom Mitton: an early friendship [of Dickens]" (pp. 289- 
94); K A. McKenzie, "Foreigners in Dickens" (pp. 169-74); W. Miller and E. H. 
Strange, "The original Pickwick papers " (pp. 35-40, 95-99, 219-22, 284-86); 
F. G. Roe, "Surnames in Dickens" (pp. 83-90) ; A. de Suzannet, "Maria BeadnelTs 
album" (pp. 161-68); A. de Suzannet, "Dickens judged by Andrg Maurois" (pp. 
92-94); U. Walsh, "Some very minor characters [in Dickens s novels]" (pp. 
277-83). 

Disraeli (see also II, Baily). Blumenfeld, R. D. R. D. B. S procession. New 

York: Macmillan. 

Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Aug. 11, pp. 1, 16. Personal glimpses of 
Disraeli, Gladstone, Hardy, etc. 

Riihl, Hans. Disraelis Imperialisms und die Kolonialpolitik seiner Zeit. 

"Palaestra," No. 196. Leipzig: Mayer & Mtiller. Pp. xvi+168. 
Sauer, Eugen. Die Politik Lord Beaconsfields in der Oriental. Krisis (1875/78). 

Diss. Tubingen, 1934. Pp. vi+201. 

Dobson, Austin. Account of first editions for sale. LM } XXXI, 420. 

Dowden. Eglinton, John. Irish literary portraits. London, New York: Mac 
millan. Pp. 6+158. 

Rev. by J. M. H. in , Aug. 16, p. 270; TLS, July 25, p, 474. Includes chapter 
on Dowden s letters and one on recollections of George Moore. 

Dowson. Poetical works of Dowson. Ed. Desmond Flower. London: Cassell; 
The Bodley Head pr. Pp. 333. 

Du Manner. Du Maurier, Daphne. Gerald; a portrait. (Includes treatment 
of Gerald s father, George.) New York: Doubleday; London: Gollancz, 
1934. Pp. 312. 

Eliot Bourrhonne, P. George Eliot: See VB 1934, 421. 

Rev. by E. Batho in RES, XI, 237-39; by Mathilde Parlette in MLN, L, 
275-76. 

Williams, Blanche C. "George Eliot and John Chapman: a fragment." Colo 
phon, NS, I, 6^-70. 

Fitzgerald. Wright, Thomas. The life of the Rev. Timothy Richard Matthew, 
friend of Edward Fitzgerald. London: Farncombe & Sons, 1934. Pp. 218. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 137 

Gaskell. Waller, Ross D. "Letters addressed to Mrs. Gaskell by celebrated 
contemporaries. Now in the possession of the John Rylands Library." 
Butt, of the John Rylands Library, XIX, 102-69. Also published separately. 
(See VB 1933, 426.) 

"The Gaskell MSS are in four divisions: Letters to E. C. and W. Gaskell, 2 vols.; 
Miscellaneous letters, 3 vols.; letters from W. S. Landor; letters from Dickens. This 
article uses the first and the third, draws a few letters from the second, and does not 
touch the fourth. The Miscellaneous letters have several interesting items (letters 
by Lamb and Coleridge among others) but most of them are of little interest. A 
considerable group were addressed to Edward Coleridge at Eton." Letters are 
printed or referred to by Waller, written by William Howitt, S. Bamford, Maria 
Edgeworth, the Carlyles, Tom Taylor, Florence Nightingale, Wordsworth, L. 
Hunt, Matthew Arnold, G. H. Lewes, E. B. Browning, Mrs. G. L. Craik, Eliza 
Cook, J. Ruskin, D. G. Rossetti, R. M. Mimes, Charles Reade, Froude, H. B. 
Stowe, Frederika Bremer, and others. See also the itemized account in the Bulle 
tin, XIX, 465-66. 

Waller, R. D. "Articles by Mrs. Gaskell." TLS, July 25, p. 477. 

Gilbert. Pearson, Hesketh. Gilbert and Sullivan: a biography. London: Ham 
ilton; New York: Harper. Pp. xvi+317. 

Rev. by K Hare in ER, July, pp. 107-8; by D. Hussey in S, May 24, pp. 884- 
86; by G. Stevens in SRL, Sept. 28, p. 11 ("an informed, appreciative, and most 
diverting book .... remarkably acute") ; by E. Tinker in HTB, Sept. 29, p. 7; by 
P. Wilson in NYTBR, Oct. 20, p. 5; NS, IX, 762-63; TLS, May 23, p. 325. 

Halton, F. J. The Gilbert and Sullivan operas. A concordance. Foreword by 
R. D Oyly Carte. Brooklyn: Bass. Pp. 184. 

Gissing. Shafer, Robert. "The vitality of George Gissing." AR, V, 459-87. 

Hallam. Motter, T. H. V. "A lost poem by Arthur Hallam." PML A, L, 
568-75. 

Hardy (see also Dickens: Phelps; Disraeli: Blumenfeld; Tennyson: Quiller- 
Couch). 

Hardy, Thomas. An indiscretion in the life of an heiress. ("Hardy s lost nov 
el") Ed. by Carl J, Weber. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins pr. Pp. 146. 
Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, June 16, p. 9; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, 

April 28, p. 9; by Christopher Morley in SRL, March 16, p. 551; by W. L. Phelps 

m New Haven register, June 7 (syndicated) ; by H. C. W. in New R, LXXXIII, 259. 

Budke. W. Die Darstellung der Frau bei Thomas Hardy unter besonderer 
Berucksichtigung Schopenhauer s. Diss. Mtinster, 1934. Pp. 71. 

Cockerell, Sir S. "Early Hardy stories." TLS, March 14, p. 160. See also 

May 9, p. 301. 
Elliott, Albert P. Fatalism in the works of Thomas Hardy. Diss. Univ. of 

Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, 



138 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Griesbach, I. Das tragische WeUgefuhl als Gestaltungsprinzip in Thomas Har 
dy s Wessexromanen, unter Hineinbeziehung Shakespeares in seiner Lear- und 
Macbeth-Periode. Diss. Marburg. Marburg: Poppinghaus, 1934. Pp. 79. 

Ledoux, L. "Robinson and Hardy." SRL, May 11, p. 11. 
Lillard, R. G. "Irony in Hardy and Conrad." PMLA, L, 316-22. 

Purdy, R. L. "The Thomas Hardy collection." Yale univ. libr. gazette, X, 8-9. 
Primarily of first editions. 

Ratcliffe, H. R. "Colby s Hardy collection." Colby alumnus, XXIV, 3-6, 18. 
Weber, Carl J. "Brazil as it is in Thomas Hardy s novel." RA, XII, 520-23. 

Weber, Carl J. "Two sonnets by E. A. Robinson." SRL, April 27, p. 648. 
See Ledoux, supra. 

Weber, Carl J. "E. A. Robinson and Hardy." N, May 1, p. 508. 
Weber, Carl J. "Care and carelessness in Hardy." MLN, L, 41-43. 

Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy s Song in The woodlanders. 1 " ELPI, II, 
242-45. 

Wilmsen, G. Thomas Hardy als impressionistischer Landschaftsmaler. Diss. 
Marburg, 1934. Pp. 107. 

Haydon. Wagner, Use. Das litererarische Werk des Malers Benjamin Robert 
Hay don. Diss. Gottingen, 1934. Pp. viii+64. 

Hewlett. Sutherland, B. "A bibliography of Maurice Henry Hewlett." Bull, 
of bibliog., XV, 126-29. 

Hood. Gilman, M., "Beaudelaire and Thomas Hood." Romanic rev., XXVI, 
240-44. 

Hope. Mallet, Sir Charles. Anthony Hope and his books: the authorized life of 
Sir Anthony Hope Hawkins. London: Hutchinson. Pp.290. 
Rev. by H. KingsmiU in ER, LXI, 619; by A. Palmer in LM, XXXII, 605; NS, 

X, 352; TLS, Sept. 12, p. 561. 

Hopkins (see also II, Sargent). "Early poems and extracts from the note 
books and papers." Cr, XV, 1-17. 

Abbott, C. C. (ed.) Letters of Gerard Manley Hopkins. See VB 1934, 423. 

Rev. by M. Carpenter in Poetry rev,, XXVI, 166; by H. Downey in VQR, XI, 
458-61; by Shane Leslie in SRL, March 16, pp. 549-50; by C. Lewis in New R t 
LXXXIII, 52; by H. Read in Cr, XIV, 478-80; by M. Roberts in LM, XXXI, 480- 
81; by M. Walker in NYTBR, March 10, p. 2; by Edna Walton in N, July 24, pp. 
109-11; C H. Warren in FR, GXXXVII, 503-4; C Wd, CXLII, 119-20; TLS, 
Jan. 31, p. 59. 

Abbott, C. C. "Letters of .... Hopkins." TLS, March 21, p. 176. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 139 

Behn, I. "Gerard Manley Hopkins und seine Dichtung." Hochland, XXXII, 
148-69. 

Downey, Harris. "A poem ["The windhover"] not understood." VQR, XI, 
506-17. 

Kelly, Bernard. The mind and poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins, SJ. Lon 
don : S. Dominic s pr. Pp. 46. 

Plowman, M. "Gerard Manley Hopkins." Adelphi, IX, 356-61. 

Stonier, G. W. "Books in general." Treats Hopkins. NS, IX, 108. 

Home. See Brownings: Shackford. 

Huxley. Huxley, Julian. "The voyage of the Rattlesnake: an unpublished 
diary of Thomas Henry Huxley." FR, CXLIII^ 661-73. 

Irving. Kent, M. "Edward Irving: 1792-1834." Hibbert jour., XXXIII, 
277-89. 

Jefferies. Daglish,E.F. (ed.). Out-of-doors wtth Richard Jefferies. An anthol 
ogy, with preface. "Open-air library ser." London: Dent; Paris: Didier. 
Pp. xvi+264. 

Jewsbury. Howe, Susanne. Geraldine Jewsbury: her life and errors. London: 
Allen & Unwin. Pp. 236. 
Rev. by H. Bates in LM, XXXI, 400-401; by E. Sackville-West in S, Aug. 16, 

pp. 267-68 ("eminently readable") ; NS, X, 132; SR, Aug. 3, p. 982; TLS, July 18, 

p. 461. 

Kinglake. "From Kinglake to Lawrence." TLS (leading article), July 25, pp. 
469-70. See also Aug. 1, p. 489. 
On Oriental travel. 

Kingsley (see also II, Brinton; III, Hicks). Baldwin, S. E. Charles Kingsky, 
See VB 1934, 423. 
Rev. by Margaret Thorp in MLN> L, 482-83; Eng. jour., XXIV, 296. 

Kipling (see also Brownings: Casson). Pofrnes traduit en versfrangais de An 
toinette Soulas. Paris: Donoel et Steele. Pp. 121. 
Rev. by E. Legouis in RA, XIII, 63-64. 
Canby, H. S. "Kipling: the great Colonial." SRL, Jan. 25, pp. 3-4, 14, 16. 

See also p. 8: editorial by W. R. Bene"t. 
Koszul, A. "Kipling en surplis." RA, XIII, 130-34. 
Kummer, G. Kipling als Imperialist. Diss. Jena. Jena: Gutenberg Druck- 

erei, 1934. Pp. 76. 

Maurois, Andre*. Prophets and poets. Trans. Hamish Miles. New York: Har 
per. 

Rev. by H. S. Canby in SRL, Dec. 14, p. 5; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Dec. 
8, p. 2. Has chapter on Kipling. 



140 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Landor (see also Gaskell: Waller). Ehrich, E. Southey und Landor. Eine 
Studie uber Hire lit., geistigen u. menschl. Beziehungen. Diss. Gottingen, 
1934. 

Elkin, Felice. Walter Savage Landor 3 s studies of Italian life and literature. Diss. 
Univ. of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, 1934. Pp. 221. 

Lockhart, Macbeth, G. John Gibson Lockhart: a critical study. "Univ. of 
Illinois studies/ Vol. XXXII, No. 26. Urbana: Univ. of Illinois pr. 

Macaulay. "Gift of Macaulay letters." Bull of New York Public libr., 
XXXIX, 38. 

Le Breton, M. "Edgar Poe et Macaulay." RA, XIII, 38-42. 

MacDonald. MacDonald, Greville. "George MacDonald and Ruskin." 
TLS, March 14, p. 160. 

Recently discovered reply to a Ruskin letter on the death of Rose La Touche. 

Meredith. "Evan Harrington" Traduit de V anglais par Mme. Le Corbeiller et 
Reni Galland. Paris: Galimard, 1934. 

Able, A. H. George Meredith and .... Peacock. See VB 1934, 424. 

Rev. by A. DuBois in MLN, L, 407-8; by H. Papajewski in Beiblatt, XLVI, 
77-78. 

Zeddies, W. George Merediths Naturauffassung in seinen Gedichten. Diss. 
Miinster. Borna : Leipzig: Noske, 1934. Pp. 80. 

Moore (see also Dowden: Eglinton). Goodwin, Geraint. Call back yesterday. 
London: Cape. 
Autobiography, with interesting information about George Moore. 

Steward, S. M. "J. K. Huysmans and George Moore." Romanic rev. y XXV, 
197-206. 

Kriiger, F. "George Moore und die irische Renaissance." NeuP, VI, 333-36. 

Morgan, Charles. Epitaph on George Moore. New York: Macmillan. 

Rev. by Ernest Boyd in SRL, Dec. 7, p. 13; by J. M. Hone in 8, Dec. 13, pp. 
998-1000. Ran serially in FR t CXXXVIII, 406-17, 550-62. 

Wolfe, Humbert. Portraits by inference. London: Methuen. 
Has essay on Moore. 

Morris. Crow, Gerald. William Morris: designer. See VB 1934, 424. 
Rev. in Eng. jour., XXIV, 286; TLS, Jan. 3, p. 7. 

Litzenberg, K. "William Morris and Scandinavian literature: a bibliographi 
cal essay." Scandinavian studies, XIII, 93-105. 

Munday, G. P. "Morris and MacDonald." Adelphi, X, 55-57. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 141 

Newman. D Cruz, F. A. Cardinal Newman: his place in religion and litera 
ture. Madras: The "Good Pastor" pr. 

Harper, G. Cardinal Newman and William Froude See VB 1934, 426. 

Rev. by W. H. Dunn in MLN, L, 484-85; by G. B. Leishman in RES, XI, 
105-8. 

Sobry, D. P. Newman en zijn "Idea of a university" Louvain, 1934. Pp. 
vii+207. 

Pater. Eaker, Gordon. Walter Pater: a study in method and effects. "Univ. of 
Iowa studies." Vol. V, No. 4. 
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXIII, 110-12. 

Green, Z. E. "Walter Pater s unhappy beginnings." Eng. jour., XXIV, 
421-22. 

Rosenblatt, L. " Marius PEpicurien de Walter Pater et ses points de depart 
frangais." RLC, XV, 97-106. 

Young, Helen. The writings of Walter Pater See VB 1934, 426. 

Rev. by C. F. Harrold in M P, XXXIII, 110-12. 

Patmore. Page, Frederic. Patmore . t . . . See VB 1934, 427. 

Rev. by 0. E. Holloway in MLN, L, 409-11; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 71-74. 

Patmore, Derek. Portrait of my family, 1788-1896. New York: Harper; Lon 
don: Cassell. Pp.x+270. 

Rev. by Isabel Paterson in HTB, Oct. 27, p. 7; by P. Q. in NS, X, 940; by M. E. 
Walker in NYTBR, Nov. 24, p. 9 ("brilliant picture .... objective method"), 4 
TLS, Nov. 30, p. 799. Deals chiefly with Coventry Patmore. 

Procter. Armour, Richard W. Barry Cornwall. Boston: Meador. Pp. 370. 
See VB 1934, 427. 
Contains hitherto unpublished letters. 

Robinson. Morley, Edith J. Life and times of Henry Crabb Robinson. Lon 
don: Dent. Pp. ix+212. 

Rossettis. Letters of Wittiam Michael Rossetti concerning Whitman, Blake, and 
Shelky. Ed. by Clarence Gohdes and Paull F. Baum. See VB 1934, 427. 
Rev. by H. B. Wright in RES, XI, 370; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 255; by M. 

Zabel in MP } XXXII, 435-37; Eng. jour., XXIV, 287. 

Justus. W. William Michael Rossetti im Kreise der Prdraphaeliten. Diss. 
Munster, 1934. Pp. 79. 

M., T. 0. "Echoes of Poe in Rossetti s Beryl song. J " N & Q, Feb. 2, p. 77. 

Seller, M. D. G. Rossettis kunstlerische Entwicklung. See VB 1934, 428. 

Rev. by G. Lafourcade in ES t LXX, 300-302; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 153-54. 



142 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 

Ruskin (see also Carlyle: Goldberg, and Morris; MacDonald: MacDonald). 
Seibt, R. "John ,Ruskins f lch will aber diesem letzten geben gleich wie 
dir. " Neue Jbb. fur Wiss. u. Jugendbildung, XI, 148-63. 

Wilenski, R. H. John Ruskin See VB 1934, 428. 

Rev. by J. G. Fletcher in AR, IV, 504-12; Eng. jour., XXIV, 351. 

Stevenson. Colquhoun, G. "R. L. Stevenson and the French language." 
Modern languages, XVI, 184-89. 

Morley, Christopher. "Reasons of my own." SRL, April 13, p. 623. 

Snyder, Edward D. "Another Apology for idlers in the light of some new 
Stevenson discoveries." SRL } Aug. 3, pp. 11-12. 

Swinburne. Hyder, Clyde K. Swinburne s literary career and fame. See VB 

1934, 429. 

Rev. by W. O. Raymond in JEGP, XXXIV, 144-47; by H. G. Wright in RES, 
XI, 366-68. 

Lafourcade, G. "L algolagnie de Swinburne." Hippocrate, pp. 230-58, 326-49 
(cited in RA, XII, 471). 

Probst, E. DerEinflussShakespearesaufdieStuart-TrilogieSwinburnes. Diss. 
Miinchen. Pp. 48. 

Tennyson (see also III, Hicks). Brie, Friedrich. "Tennysons Ulysses" A, 
LIX, 441-47. 

GDI, W. W. "Rizpah." N & Q, Nov. 9, p. 333; Nov. 23, pp. 373-74; Nov. 30, 
p. 394. 
Other appearances of Tennyson s story in nineteenth-century literature. 

Quiller-Couch, Sir Arthur. The poet as citizen, and other papers. Cambridge 

univ. pr., 1934. Pp. vii+230. 

Rev. by J. Vallette in Les langues modernes, XXXIII, 107-8; by L. Wolff in 
RA, XII, 548. Includes essays on Tennyson, W. Barnes, Hardy. 

Scott-James, R. A. "Editorial notes." LM, XXXI, 324. Cambridge influ 
ence toward mawkishness on Tennyson. 

Thackeray (see also Dickens: Cohn; Gaskell: Waller). Baucke, L. Die 
Erzahlkunst in Thackeray s {l Vanity Fair." See VB 1933, 432. 
Rev. by W. H. Dunn in MLN, L, 274-75. 

Ernst, P. "Nachwort zu Thackerays Vanity Fair. " Dichtung und VoUcstum, 
XXXVI, 303-11. 

Fuller, Hester Thackeray. "Thackeray letters." TLS, Dec. 14, p. 859. 
A request for unpublished letters. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 143 

Strachey, Richard. "Two royal profligates." NS, IX, 254-56. 

A review of Sergeant s George, Prince and Regent (London: Hutchinson), con 
taining commentary on Thackeray s portrait of the Prince Regent. 

Thackeray, Col. C. B. "Thackeray and the melancholy humorist: the gentle 

art of de-bunking. " Cornhill mag., CLII, 160-75. 
Thomson. Worcester, David. "James Thomson the second: studies in the 

life and poetry of B. V. 7 " Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1984), P- 349. 

Thompson. Olivero, F. Francis Thompson. Brescia: Morcelliana. Pp. 281. 
Rev. by G. Lafourcade in RA, XIII, 57-60; Archiv, CLXVII, 144. 

Willson, Cecil. "Francis Thompson: poet of childhood." Dalkousie rev. } 
XIV, 474-78. 

Williamson, Claude. "Francis Thompson: a new study." Poetry rev., XXVI, 
205-12. 

Trollope. Brown, C. R. They were giants. London, New York: Macmillan. 
Contains essay on Trollope as "the best" of the Victorian novelists. 

Watson. Rendall, V. "The reminiscences of Marriott Watson." N & Q, July 
6, pp. 4-6; July 20, pp, 38-39; Aug. 3, pp. 74-76. 

Wilde. Complete works of Oscar Wilde. 7. The stories. II. The plays. III. The 
poems and essays. IV. The posthumous works. 4 vols. Paris: Albatross 
libr. Pp. 510, 351, 383, 253. 
Rev. by G. Charbonnier and L. C. B. in RA, XIII, 67-68; by J. Vallette in Les 

langues modernes } XXXIII, 65152. 

Charbonnier, J. "L intellectualisme d Oscar Wilde." RA, XII, 508-19. 

Defieber, R. Oscar Wilde: der Mann und sein Werk im Spiegel der deutschen 

Kritik und sein Einfluss auf die deutsche Literatur. Diss. Heidelberg, 1934. 

Pp. 132. 

Ihrig, E. Das Paradoxonbei Oscar Wilde. Diss. Marburg, 1934. Pp. 60. 
Lewis, L., and Smith, Henry J. "Oscar Wilde in Denver." Harper s mag., 

CLXXI, 686-96. 

Mtiller, E. Oscar Wilde. Wesen und Stil Diss. Zurich, 1934. Pp. 139. 
Silver, Rollo. "Oscar makes a call." Colophon, Part 20. 

Reprint of a newspaper account of Wilde s visit to Walt Whitman, 
von Helmersen, J. "Oscar Wildes Gedichttitel." Die Literatur, XXXVII, 

496-97. . 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1936 



NIHIS bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the Vic 
torian Literature Group of the Modern Language Association 

. of America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University of 
Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal College; 
Frederic E. Faverty, Northwestern University; Charles W. Thomas, 
University of Wisconsin. It attempts to list the noteworthy publica 
tions of 1936 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a bearing 
on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise stated, 
the date of publication is 1936. Reference to a page in the bibliography 
for 1935, in Modern philology, May, 1936, is made by the following 
form: See VB 1935, 407. Some cross-references are given, although 
not all that are possible. 

EEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 



A =Anglia JMH = 

AHR = American historical review JP 

AL American literature JPE 

AR = American review (formerly LM 

Bookman) LQHR 
Archiv -Archiv fur das Studium der 

neueren Sprachen LZD 
Beiblatt =Beiblatt zur Anglia 

CR = Contemporary review MF - 

Cr = Criterion MLN 

CWd = Catholic world MLR 

DLtz = Deutsche Literaturzeitung MP 

DV = Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift N 

ELH = Journal of English literary NC 

history NEQ 

ER - English review NeuP 
ES -Englische Studien 

ESt = English studies (Amsterdam) New R 

FR = Fortnightly review Nrf 

HTB =New York Herald-Tribune NS 

books NYTBR 

HV =Historische Viertdjahrschrift N &Q 

JEGP = Journal of English and Ger- PMLA 

manic philology 
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1937] . 



= Journal of modern history 
= Journal of philosophy 
= Journal of political economy 
- London mercury 
= London quarterly and Hoi- 
born review 
-Literarisches Zentralblatt fur 

Deutschland 
=Mercure de France 
= Modern language notes 
= Modern language review 
= Modern philology 
= Nation 

= Nineteenth century and after 
=New England quarterly 
=Neuphilologische Monats- 

schrift 

-New republic 
=Nouvette revue fran$ai$e 
-New statesman and nation 
=New York Times book review 
-Notes & queries 
= Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of 
Am. 



146 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 



PQ 

QQ 

QR 

RA 

RdDM 

RES 

RF 

RH 

RM 

RLC 



^Philological quarterly RPh 

= Queen s quarterly S 

= Quarterly review Scan 

= Revue anglo^imericaine SeR 

=Revue des deux mondes SP 

Review of English studies SR 

= Revue de France SRL 

= Revue historique TLS 
= Revue de metaphysigue et de 

morale VQR 
= Revue de litter ature comparee 



= Revue de philosophie 
Spectator 

Scandinavian studies 
Sewanee review 
Studies in philology 
Saturday review 
Saturday review of literature 
= (London) Times literary sup 
plement 
= Virginia quarterly review 



I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 



American Art Association, Anderson Galleries, Inc.: A catalogue of the splendid 
library of . . . . Mr. and Mrs. William A. Read .... [New York:] Am. Art 
Ass n, Anderson Galleries. Pp. 287. 
Describes books and MSS by Barham, the Brownings, Carlyle, Carroll, Cruik- 

shank, Peter Cunningham, Dickens, Doran, Eliot, Alfred Austin, Morris, W. S. 

Blunt, Kipling, Tennyson, and (especially) Thackeray. 

"American bibliography for 1935." PMLA, L, SuppL, 1244-52: "English, 
Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh. 

"An annotated bibliography of contemporary literature for 1935: a partial 
list." By the committee on contemporary literature, Erich A. Walter, 
chairman. English jour., college ed., XXV, 461-95. 
Has brief reviews of various books about the Victorian period. 

Annual bibliography of English language and literature, -Vol. XVI (1935). Ed. 
for the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. by Mary S. Serjeantson, as 
sisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xi-f 
279. "Nineteenth century," pp. 178-224. 

Arnim, M. Internationale Personalbibliographie 1850-1935. Bearbeitet in der 
Preussischen Staatsbibliothek. Leipzig: Hiersemann. 4to. Pp.xii+572. 

The art index. October 1985 September 1936. A cumulative author and subject 
index to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Also Vol. 
VIII, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Baughman, Roland. "Some Victorian forged rarities." Huntington Library 
bull, No. 9 (April), pp. 91-117. 

Comments arising from the investigation by Carter and Pollard (see VB 1934, 
398) ; and an account of the copies in the Huntington Library of "fifty-four of the 
fifty-five questioned books." 

Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir and David Randall. Vol. 
II, Nos. 1-7. London: Elkin Mathews; New York: Scribner s. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 147 

Brooks, Philip. "Notes on rare books." NYTBR, Sept. 27, p. 26. 

Bibliographical rev. of the catalogue of M. L. Parrish s library of nineteenth- 
century authors: Kingsley, Thomas Hughes. 

Catalogue of a collection of works on publishing and bookselling in the British 
Library of Political and Economic Science. London: London Sch. of Econ. 
and Poll. Sci. Pp. 194. 
Rev. briefly by R. B. McKerrow in Trans, of the BiUiog. Soc., XVII, 368. 

Colbeck Radford & Co., The ingatherer, No. 51. A Victorian catalogue of auto 
graph letters. London: Colbeck Radford. Pp. 22. 

Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language Thir 
ty-eighth annual cumulation (Jan.-Dec. 1935). Also Vol. XXXIX, Nos. 7, 
10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.); Vol. XL, No. 2 (Feb., 1937). New York: H. W. 
Wilson. 

Ehrsam, T. G., Deily, R. H., and Smith, R. M. (comps.)- Bibliographies of 
twelve Victorian authors. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 362. 
Rev. by Charles Frederick Harrold in MP, XXXIV (1937), 331-32. Bibli 
ographies of Arnold, Mrs. Browning, Clough, Fitzgerald, Hardy, Kipling, Morris, 
the Rossettis, Stevenson, Swinburne, and Tennyson. Without annotation. Each 
author is dealt with under three headings: (1) "Chronological outline of author s 
chief works"; (2) "Bibliographical material"; (3) "Biographical and critical 
material." Compiled from more than 200 sources, in English and foreign lan- 
guages. Includes unpublished masters essays and doctoral dissertations. Com 
plete up to July, 1934. Most of the items have been freshly examined, and the 
rate of accuracy is high. An indispensable guide. C. F. H. 

Ghosh, J. C., and Withycombe, Miss E. G. Annals of English literature, 1475- 
1925. The principal publications of each year together with an alphabetical 
index of authors. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 
vi+340. 
Rev. by G. Davies in JMH, VIII, 401; in N & Q, CLXX, 414. 

Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities 
1935-86. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xiii+102. 

Guide to the reports ofdhe Royal Commission on Historical Manuscripts. Part 
II: Index of persons. First section: A-Lever. London: H. M. Stationery 
Office, 1935. Pp. 448. 

International bibliography of historical sciences .... Fifth year 1930. Ed. for 
the International Committee of Historical Sciences. New York: H. W. 
Wilson, 1935. Pp. 514. 
Rev. by C. L. Grose in JMH, VIII, 144. The volume for the eighth year (1933) 

and that for the sixth year (1931), publ. by Wilson in 1935, 1936 (pp. 509, 532), 

are rev. by Grose in JMH, VIII, 552. 



148 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science. 
Twenty-third annual cumulation. July 1935 June 1936. Also Vol. XXIV, 
No. 3 (July-Nov.), No. 4 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Kunitz, Stanley J., and Haycraft, Howard (eds.). British authors of the nine 
teenth century. Complete in one volume with 1000 biographies and 350 por 
traits. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 677. 

A volume of literary biographies, written with more freshness and informality 
than is usual in reference books; many of the portraits are excellently printed; 
the bibliographies supplied are neither adequate nor discriminating nor up to date; 
there are a number of regrettable errors in fact and in proofreading. Though the 
editors assert that "current bio-critical research into nineteenth century English 
literary history has been consulted, and, it is hoped, assimilated," very little 
modern research has apparently entered into either the articles or the bibli 
ographies, which rely, to their detriment, far too heavily on the old manuals and 
literary histories. An attractive and interesting book to browse in, but not a 
scholarly guide. C. F. HAEROLD. 

LaRassegna, XLIII (1935), 295-304; XLIV, 98-104, 199-207. "Repertorio." 

Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica, Vol. VII. "Bollettino bibliografico," each 
month, a 5-6-page bibliog. of books recently publ. in Europe and America. 

Orsini, N. "Awiamento critico allo studio della letteratura inglese." Leonar 
do, VII, 1-6 (annotated bibliog. of histories of Engl. lit.) ; 39-43 (annotated 
bibliog. of bibliographies) ; 224-29 (annotated bibliog. of publishers series 
and of general anthologies). 

Publications of the Modern Language Association of America. Index (1884- 
1935}. Ed. by P. W. Long. Published by the Assoc. Pp.240. 

Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. July 1935 
June 1936. Also Vol. XXXVI, No. 12 (July-Jan., 1937). New York: H. W. 
Wilson. 

Shaw> Marian (ed.). Essay and general literature index. 1984-36 supplement. 

An index to 10,632 essays and articles in 670 volumes New York: 

H. W. Wilson, 1937. Pp. viii+625. 

Targ, William. Ten thousand rare books and their prices. New York: Harry F. 
Marks. Pp. viii+360. 

"Victorian bibliography for 1935." MP, XXXIII, 403-35. 

Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographic des Buch- und 
Bibliothekswesens mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. X 
(1935). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. xii+394. 

Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part XLVI Jan -Dec. 1935. A classified list 

.... with an extended alphabetical index Also Part XLIX (Jan.- 

Sept.). London: J. Whitaker & Sons. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 149 

The year s work in English studies, Vol. XV, 1934. Ed. for the English Associa 
tion by F. S. Boas and M. S. Serjeantson. Oxford univ. pr.; London, Mil- 
ford. Pp. 372. "The nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh), pp. 
299-334; "Bibliographica" (Harry Sellers), pp. 335-51. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, 
AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

Abbott, Wilbur C. Adventures in reputation. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard 

univ pr., 1935. Oxford univ. pr., 1936. Pp. 264. 

Rev. by David Owen in SRL, July 25, p. 18. Has essays on Macaulay, Queen 
Victoria, etc. 

Anon. "The perfect John Bull: Palmerston s fist in diplomacy." TLS, April 

25, pp. 341-42. 
Anstey, F. A long retrospect. London: Milford; New York: Oxford univ. pr. 

Pp. viii+424. 

Rev. by G. Dangerfield in SRL, Aug. 8, p. 7; by R. Le GaUienne in NYTBR, 
Aug. 9, p. 10. Reminiscences including those of authors (Meredith, Henry James, 
Henry Irving, Du Maurier, etc.). 

Ashton, Thomas S. Economic and social investigations in Manchester, 1883- 
1938: a centenary history of the Manchester Statistical Society. Introd. by 
the Rt. Hon. the Earl of Crawford and Balcarres. London: P. S. King, 
1934. Pp. xii+179. 
Rev. by F. GiUespie in JMH, VIII, 25&-S9. 

Attwater, Aubrey. Pembroke College, Cambridge: a short history. Ed. by S. C. 
Roberts. London: Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. viii 
+130. 
Rev. in N & Q, CLXXI, 125. 

Barr, Stringfellow. Mazzini: portrait of an exile. See VB 1935, 407. 

Rev. by W. C. Abbott in SRL, Feb. 15, p. 11; by W. G, Barnes in JMH, VIII, 

541 (very favorable); by G. O. Griffith in VQR, XII, 15(H53: by C. R. D. Miller 

in Italica, XIII, 126-28. 

Barrington, Charlotte (Viscountess). Through eighty years, 1855-1985: remi 
niscences. London: Murray. Pp. 263. 

Ban-on, E. Evelyn. The National Benevolent Institution, 1812-1936. A short 

account of its rise and progress extracted from the minutes. London: Spottis- 

woode, Ballantyne. 
Barthold, U. Studien zur englischen Vorbereitung des Burenhriegs. Bonn diss. 

Koln: W. May. Pp. 73. 
Bassett, A. Tilney (ed.). Gladstone to his wife. London: Methuen. Pp.280. 

Extracts from letters written daily over a period of fifty-five years. 



150 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Bauer, Catherine. Modern housing. New York: Hough ton Mifflin, 1934. Pp. 

xvii 4-331. 

Noteworthy in devoting more than a hundred pages to Victorian backgrounds, 
social and economic; to "Victorian mind and matter," to Robert Owen, Engels, 
Morris, Ruskin, etc. A substantial and illuminating account of the period from 
the point of view of social conditions. Many references to Victorian literature. 
C. F. HARROLD. 

Baumann, A. A. Personalities: a selection from the writings of A. A. Baumann. 
London: Macmillan. Pp. xvi+272. 

Rev. in TLS, Oct. 31, p. 889. Chapters on "The Victorian tradition," Queen 
Victoria, Disraeli, Jowett, Trollope, etc. 

Bell, G. K. A. Randall Davidson, Archbishop of Canterbury. See VB 1935, 407. 
Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Jan. 26, p. 10; Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 
375-78. 

Bell, Herbert C. F. Lor dP aimer ston. London, New York: Longmans. 2vols. 
Rev. by W. H. Dunham in HTB, July 26, pp. 1, 2; by F. Hearnshaw in CR, 
CXLIX, 749-51; by O. Heseltine in Life and letters today, XV, 207; by E. L. 
Howard in S, April 24, p. 752; by Sir John Marriott in FR, CXXXIX, 751-52; 
by D. Owen in SRL, Aug. 15, pp. 10-11; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, May 31, 
pp. 3, 13; in More books, XI, 292; in SR, May 2, p. 563. 

Benson, E. F. Queen Victoria. See VB 1935, 407. 
Rev. by R. E. Turner in JMH, VIII, 371-74. 

Berkeley, G. F.-H. and J. Italy in the making, June 1846 to 1 January 1848. 
Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xlvi+374. 
Rev. by Mary Shay in Italica, XIII, 67-68. 

Bindoff, S. T., Malcolm-Smith, E. F., and Webster, C. K. British diplomatic 
representatives, 1789-1852. London: Royal Historical Soc. Pp. xvii+216. 

Binkley, Robert C. Realism and nationalism, 1852-1871. ("The rise of mod 
ern Europe," ed. William L. Langer, Vol. XVI.) New York: Harper, 1935. 
Pp. xx+337. 
Rev. by R. Hoffman in AR, VI, 502-6; by J. F. Scott in JMH, VIII, 503-5. 

Blunden, Edmund. Keats s publisher: a memoir of John Taylor (1781-1864). 

London: Cape. Pp. 256. 

Rev. by Gerald Buliett in FR, CXL, 625-26; by Arthur Waugh in S, Oct. 30, 
pp. 762-64; in TLS, Oct. 24, p. 857. Many Victorian references. 

Brash, William B. The story of our colkges, 1885-1935: a centenary record of 
ministerial training in the Methodist church. London: Ep worth pr., 1935. 
Pp. 165. 
Rev. in LQHR, CLXI, 137. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 151 

Butchart, Montgomery (comp.). Money: selected passages presenting the con 
cepts of money in the English tradition, 1640-1935. London: Stanley Nott 
1935. Pp. 348. 

Butler, J. R. M. A history of England, 1815-1918. ("Home univ. libr.") Lon 
don: Butterwortk Pp. 256. 
Rev. in NS, July 7, p. 427. 

Conklin, Robert J. Thomas Cooper, the Chartist (1805-1892). Manila: Univ. 
of the Philippines pr., 1935. Pp. vii+482. 

Creed, J. M. Joseph Armitage Robinson, 1858-1983. London: British Acade 
my and Oxford univ. pr., 1935. Pp. 14. 

Crowther, J. G. British scientists of the nineteenth century. See VB 1935, 408. 

Rev. by B. Jaffe in HTB, March 15, p. 9; by F. Emiques in Scientia, LX, 
No. 294, 227. 

CruttweU, C. R. M. F. Wellington. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth. 
Pp. 144. 

Cunnington, C. W. Feminine attitudes in the nineteenth century. See VB 
1935, 408. 
Rev. by Isabel Paterson in HTB, May 24, p. 15; in NYTBR, June 14, p. 8. 

Druett, W. W. Harrow through the ages. Uxbridge: King & Hatchings, 1935. 
Pp. xvi+239. 

Dunbar, G. History of India. London: Nicholson & Watson. Pp. 653. 

Edinger, G. A., and Neep, E. J. C. The grand old man: A Gladstone spectrum. 
London: Methuen. Pp. viii+275. 
Rev. in C&rnhitt mag., CLIII, 125. 

Edwards, Maldwyn. After Wesley: (1791-1849). See VB 1935, 409. 

Rev. in TLS, Feb. 1, p. 85. 

Eisdell, J. W. Back country, or the cheerful adventures of a bush parson in the 
eighties. [Australia.] Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 184. 

Elliott-Binns, L. E. Religion in the Victorian era. London: Lutterworth pr. 
Pp. 526. 

Rev. by E. E. Kellett in S, May 15, p. 894; by Ashley Sampson in LM , XXXIV, 
372; in TLS, May 9, p. 388. 

Ensor, R. C. K. England, 1870-1914. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; London: Mil- 
ford; New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xxiii+634. 

Rev. by W. L. Langer in HTB, Sept. 13, p. 4; by David Owen in SRL, Jan. 2, 
1937, p. 10; by H. Temperley in 8, March 13, p. 474; in TLS, Feb. 29, p, 171. The 
concluding volume of the Oxford history of England; includes treatment of litera 
ture, art, politics, economics, society, health, religion. 



152 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Flaad,Paul. England und die Schweiz, 1848-1852. Zurich diss. Zurich-Barets- 
wil: Graphische Werkstatte,-i935. Pp. x+152. 

Garratt, G. T. Lord Brougham. See VB 1935, 409. 
Rev. by A. Aspinwall in History, XXI, 77-79. 

Gissing, Alfred C. William Holman Hunt: a biography. London: Duckworth. 
Pp. 257. 
Rev. in TLS, April 25, p. 348. 

Goodall, E. W. William Budd, the Bristol physician and epidemiologist. Lon 
don: Arrowsmith. Pp. 159. 

Guedalla, Philip. The hundred years: 1837-1937. London: Hodder & Stough- 

ton. Pp. 274. 

Rev. by R. Fulford in NS, XII, 519; by G. Mattingly in SRL, Jan. 30, 1937, 
p. 7; by D. Walker-Smith in ER, LXIII, 524; NYTBR, Jan. 31, 1937, pp. 1, 15; 
TLS, Oct. 10, p. 799. 

A vivid panoramic account, at times epigrammatic, often fragmentary and 
impressionistic; stresses the twin powers, Russia and America, in the development 
of the century; contains stimulating passages on the Victorians, on Chartism, 
revolution, and other social and economic phenomena of the age. A suggestive and 
entertaining book, but not a studied history of the century. C. F. HABROLD. 

H., Z. "John Gould, the British Audubon." More books, XI, 205-9. 

Hanotaux, G. "Mon temps: souvenirs d un siecle a 1 autre." RdDM, 
XXXIII, 315-48, 539-72, 811-41; XXXIV, 83-107. 

Hardie, F. The political influence of Queen Victoria. See VB 1935, 410. 

Rev. by Fritz Hartung in DLtz, LVII, 763-66; by F. J. C. Hearnshaw in 
History, XX, 366-67; by A. L. Morton in Cr, XV, 311; by R, E. Turner in JMH, 
VIII, 371-74. 

Harvey, F. B. "Sir James Fijizjames Stephen." TLS (Correspondence), Nov. 
14, p. 928. 

Haslip, Joan. Lady Hester Stanhope: a biography. New York: Stokes. Pp. 
xv+284. 

Rev. by G. Mattingly in SRL, June 27, p. 5; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, 
June 21, pp. 3, 19. 

Haslip, Joan. Parnell: a biography. London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. 
vii+406. 
Rev. in SR, Aug. 1, p. 149. 

Hayes, Carlton J. H. A political and cultural history of modern Europe. Vol. 
II: A century of predominantly industrial society, 1830-1935. London and 
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiv+1215. 
Rev. by Preston Slosson in JMH, VIII, 356-57 (very favorable). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOOHAIMIY FOR 1936 153 

Herrmann, H. "England im Victorianischen Zeitalter." Deutsche Rundschau, 
LXIII, 199-204. 

Holme, Horst, Das Hegelianismus in der englischen Philosophie Halle: 

AkacL Vlg. Pp. 85. 

Holden, Angus. Elegant modes in the nineteenth century See VB 1935, 

410. 

Rev. by H. K. Fisher in Life and letters today, XIV, 206-8; SR, Jan. 4, p. 24. 

Hollis, Christopher. The two nations: a financial study of English history. Lon 
don: Routledge, 1935. Pp. ix+258. 
The rich and the poor: their relations in English history. 

Holman, L. E. Lamb s Barbara S : the life of Frances Maria KeUy, actress. 

London: Methuen, 1935. Pp. xi+117. 

Holmes, Sir Charles J. Self and partners (mostly self). New York: Macmillan. 

Pp. xvi+403. 

Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, July 12, p. 5. Reminiscences of a painter 
and art critic; passages on Ruskin, Pater, etc. 

Holt, Anne. A ministry to the poor: being the history of the Liverpool Domestic 
Mission Society, 1836-1936. Liverpool: Henry Young. Pp. viii+136. 

Hook, Sidney. From Hegel to Marx: studies in the intellectual development of 
Karl Marx. London: Gollancz; New York: Reynal & Hitchcock. Pp. vi 
+335. 
Rev. by Fabian Franklin in NYTBR, Dec. 6, p. 40; by Max Lerner in HTB, 

Aug. 2, p. 2; in More books, XI, 402. 

Hughes, M. Vivian. A London girl of the eighties. New York: Oxford univ. 

pr. Pp. viiiH-308. 

Rev. by Bryher in Life and Utters today, XV, 203; in SRL, Nov. 14, p. 31 
("uneventful" but "interesting and charming"). 

Kappen, Richard. Die Idee des Volkes bei Dostojewski. Bonndiss. Wiirzburg: 
K. Triltsch. Pp. 90. 

Kautsky, Karl (ed.). Aus der Fruhzeit des Marxismus. Engels Brief wechse 
mit Karl Kautsky. Prague: Orbis, 1935. Pp.416. 

Kellett, E. E. As I remember. London: Gollancz. Pp. 400. 

Rev. by A. Waugh in S, April 3, pp. 626-28; in TLS, April 4, p. 295; TLS 
(leading article), June 6, pp. 465-66. Many allusions to Victorian men and 
manners. 

Knaplund, Paul. Gladstone s foreign policy. London, New York: Harper, 
1935. Pp. xviii+303. 
Rev. by William MacDonald in HTB, April 12, p. 23. 



154 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Knox, E. A. Reminiscences of an octogenarian: 1847-1934. See VB 1935, 411. 
Rev. by Charles Frederick Harrold in SeR, XLIV, 235-37. 

Kohler, W. "Zwei grosze Punch-Zeichner" [Leech and Tenniel]. NeuP, VII, 
407-11. 

Lammond, D. Florence Nightingak. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duck 
worth, 1935. Pp. 144. 

Langer, W. L. The diplomacy of imperialism ,1890-1 902. See VB 1935, 411. 

Rev. by M. Baumont in RH, CLXXVIII, 340-42; by R. J. Sontag in JMH, 
VIII, 228-29. 

Laski, Harold J. The rise of liberalism: the philosophy of a business civilization. 

London: Allen & Unwin; New York: Harper. Pp. 287; x+327. 

Rev. by M. Ascoli in New R, Oct. 7, p. 259; by B. C. in La Critica, XXXIV, 
458-60; by W. Millis in HTB, Aug. 30, p. 5; by Bertrand Russell in NS, XI, 805; 
by David Thomson in Philosophy, XI, 371; by A. Wells in FR, CXL, 125; More 
books, XI, 400-401; TLS (leading article), May 30, pp. 445-46. 

Latham, H. G. D. "Rugby in the early eighties. " Colophon, II, 702-13. 

Laver, James. "Vulgar society. 11 The romantic career of James Tissot: 1836- 

1902. London: Constable. Pp. 78. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 19, p. 1047. Valuable background item concerning a painter 
whose pictures of what Ruskin called "vulgar society," and of the countryside, 
constitute a unique document on the Victorian Era. C. F. H. 

Lawrence, Margaret. The school of femininity: a book for and about women as 
they are interpreted through feminine writers of yesterday and today. New 
York: Stokes. Pp. xii+382. 

Rev. by Katherine Woods in NYTBR, March 1, p. 2; More books, XI, 182. 
Short journalistic articles on English and American women writers of the nine 
teenth and twentieth centuries, including George Eliot and the Bronte sisters. 

Leamy, Mrs. Margaret. ParneWs faithful few. Pref . by Thomas F. Woodlock. 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. vii+235. 

Rev. by Maurice Joy in HTB, July 5, p. 3 (unfavorable). The last years of 
ParneU s life. 

Lee, H. W., and Archbold, E. Social democracy in Britain: fifty years of the 
socialist movement. Ed. with introd. by Herbert Tracey. London: Social 
Democratic Federation, 1935. Pp. 288. 

Ley, Horst. Die italienische Einigung und die englische Politik: 1859-1861. 
Leipzig: Noske, 1935. Pp. 154. 
Brief rev. in La Critica, XXXIV, 206-7. 

Maccoby, Simon. English radicalism, 1832-52. See VB 1935, 411. 

Rev. by A. F. Fremantle in History, XXI, 79-80; by H. J. Laski in NS, XI, 
21; CR, CXLIX, 511 ("immense amount of research and labor"). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1936 155 

MacKay, Douglas. The honourable Company. A history of the Hudson s Bay 
Company, Indianapolis, New York: Bobbs Merrill. Pp. xii4-396. 

McLachlan, Herbert. Records of a family, 1800-1933: pioneers in education, 
social service , and liberal religion. Manchester: Manchester univ. pr., 1935. 
Pp. xi+240. 
Rev. by W. L. Wardle in LQHR, CLXI, 129-30. Treats of Beard and Dendy 

families. Shows the influence of Unitarianism in the social development of 

England. 

MacMunn, Sir George F. The Crimea in perspective. London: Bell, 1935. Pp. 
xii+254. 

McPharlin, Paul. "The Collier-Cruikshank Punch and Judy." Colophon, II, 
371-87. 

Mathews, David. Catholicism in England, 1535-1935: a portrait of a minority, 
its culture and tradition. London: Longmans. Pp. xii+304. 
Includes chapters on "Wiseman and Ullathorne" and "Newman and Man 
ning." 

Matthews, Ronald. English messiahs: six English religious pretenders, 1656- 
1927. London: Methuen. Pp.246. 
Rev. by Petrie Townshend in Life and letters today, XV, 214-16. 

Maugham, Sir Frederick H. The Tichborne case. London: Hodder & Stough- 

ton. Pp. 384. 

Rev. in TLS, Sept. 19, p. 737. A careful, legal analysis of one of the most 
notorious trials in the Victorian Era, a "microcosm of many phases of English life 
in the middle years of Queen Victoria." C. F. H. 

Maurois, Andre*. "L Angleterre en XIX" siecle (II)." RF, XVII (Jan. 15, 
1937), 261-87 (to be cont.). 

Maurois, Andre*. Poets and prophets. London: Cassell, 1935. Pp. 288. 

Rev. by Frances Knickerbocker in SeR, XLIV, 509-12; by V. S. Pritchett in 
PR, CXXXIX, 493-94; TLS, March 14, p. 218. 

Mayer, Gustav. Friedrich Engels: a biography. Introd. by G. D. H. Cole. 

New York: Knopf; London: Chapman & Halh Pp. xii+332. 

Rev. by E. H. Carr in S, Jan. 10, p. 62; by Max Lerner in HTB, May 17, p. 3; 
More books, XI, 292-93. Trans, from the German. See VB 1934, 407. 

Mead, George H. Movements of thought in the nineteenth century. Ed. Mer- 
ritt H. Moore. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. xxxix-f518. 
Rev. by T. M. Knox in Philosophy, XI, 486; by Gertrude Rich in SRL, Aug. 8, 

p. 19; by F. C. S. S. in The personalist, XVII, 327-28. 

A rich and stimulating account of three or four themes in modern thought: 

philosophic Romanticism, from Kant through Hegel; utilitarianism; socialism; 

science and its challenge to philosophy. Valuable as a study in the intellectual 



156 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

foundations of the nineteenth century. Evolution, however, is given only one 
chapter, philosophic Bomanticism five. But the point of view is determined by 
Mead s basic creed a dynamic conception of the present as the living re-creation 
of all that was real in the past, pragmatically interpreted. C. F. HAKROLD. 

Mehring, Franz. Karl Marx: the story of his life. Trans, by Edward Fitz 
gerald. Ed. Ruth and Heinz Norden. Notes by the author, an appendix 
prepared under the direction of Eduard Fuchs based on researches of the 
Marx-Engels Institute, a bibliog., and an index. New York: Covici, Friede, 
1935. Pp. xxv+608. 
Rev. by Sutherland Bates in HTB, Jan. 5, p. 6; by A. K. in Books abroad, X, 

229; by E. M. in Life and tetters today, XV, 206; More books, XI, 94. 

Mikusch, D. von. Cecil Rhodes: der Traum einer Weltherrschaft. Berlin: Vor- 
hut-Verlag, Otto Schlegel. Pp. 261. 

Morris, R. J. Fifty years a surgeon. London: Bles, 1935. Pp. 276. 

Mottram, R. H. Portrait of an unknown Victorian. London: Robert Hale. 

Pp. 298. 

Rev. by W. H. Auden in NS, XII, 740; TLS, Oct. 24, p. 849. An imaginative 
biography of the author s father, full of the spirit of the Victorian Era. 

Murray, Geoffrey. The life of Admiral Collingwood. London: Hutchinson. 
Pp. 288. 

Nikolaevski, Boris, and Maenchen-Helfen, Otto. Karl Marx: man and fighter. 
Trans, by Gwenda David and Eric Mosbacher. London: Methuen; Phila 
delphia: Lippincott. Pp. ix+391. 
Rev. by E. Sutherland Bates in HTB, Nov. 15, p. 2. 

Palm, F. Charles. The middle classes then and now. New York: Macmillan. 

Pp. xiv+421. 

Rev. in More books , XI, 450-51. Middle classes in Europe and America from 
the Middle Ages to the present. 

Pankhurst, E. Sylvia. The life of Emmeline Pankhurst: the suffragette struggle 
for women s citizenship. London: Werner Laurie, 1935. Pp.180. 

Pearson, Hesketh. Lobby (the life and character of Henry Ldbouchere). London: 
Hamish Hamilton. Pp. 318. 
Rev. in SR, May 2, p. 599. 

Penn, John. For readers only. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. 289. 

Rev. in TLS, April 11, p. 311. Ten years at the British Museum; many allusions 
to Victorians. 

Pevsner, N. Pioneers of the modern movement. From William Morris to Walter 
Gropiu*. London: Faber & Faber. Pp. 224. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 5, p. 1010. A heavily documented, exhaustive account of 
the arts of industrial and architectural design from about 1850 to the present. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 157 

with excellent discussion of Morris strong and weak features as the father of much 
that is modern in design. C. F. H. 

Pineau, L. "Histoire de la literature sue*doise. Epoque contemporaine (1870- 
1914)." Revue germanique, XXVI (1935), 217-26, 313-21. 

Preller, H. Englands Weltpolitik als Gkichgewchtspolitik (ca. 1815 Us heute). 

Berlin, Leipzig: W. de Gruyter, 1935. Pp. 158. 

Rev. by E. Anrich in Historische Zeitschrift, CLIV, 210. 
Prestige, L. Thelife of Charles Gore. London: Heinemann, 1935. Pp.xi+547. 

Rev. in CR, CXLIX, 113-15. 

Rabl, Kurt. Christentum und VoUcstum bei W. E. Gladstone. Aufgewiesen an 
seiner Kritik der britischen Orientpolitik zur Zeit des Berliner Kongresses. 
Munich: Beck. Pp. 68. 
Rev. by W. Wirthwein in JMH, VIII, 523-24. 

Reed, W. H. Elgar as I knew him. London: Gollancz. Pp. 223. 

Rope, Rev. H. E. G. Pugin. Ditchling, Sussex: Pepler & Sewell. Pp. 42. 

Roth, C. A short history of the Jewish people, 1600 B.C.-A.D. 1985. London: 

Macmillan. Pp. xii-J-443. 
Riihl, Hans. Disraelis Imperialismus und die Kolonialpolitik seiner Zeit. See 

VB 1935, 428. 

Rev. by K. Brunner in Archiv, CLXIX, 258-59; by H. Wenz in Beiblatt, 
XLVII, 22-25. 
Sitwell, Edith. Victoria of England. London: Faber & Faber; Boston: 

Houghton Mifflin. Pp. 390; xiv-f 349. 

Rev. by Geoffrey Grigson in ER, LXII, 369 (pp. 506 and 617 have letters by 
Fulford and Grigson); by Ernest Hudson in Life and letters today, XIV, 182-83; 
by Edith Olivier in NS, XI, 232; by R. A. Scott-James in LM, XXXIII, 546; by 
John Sparrow in S, Feb. 14 ("not writing history, she is exploring it with her own 
sensibility"); by Clara Stillman in HTB, Aug. 2, p. 3; by Arthur Waugh in FR, 
CXXXIX, 495-96; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Aug. 2, p. 4; TLS, Feb. 15, p. 
133 ("pictorial and romantic"). 

Smith, Logan P. Reperusals and re-collections. London: Constable. Pp. 424. 

Rev. by G. M. Young in S, Sept. 11, pp. 425-26. 
Smyth, Ethel. "A Victorian grand dame." FR, CXXXIX, 404-18. 

Solmes, Alwyn. The English policeman, 187 1-1985. London: Allen &Unwin, 

1935. Pp. 256. 

Rev. in SR, Jan. 4, p. 24. 
Spender, J. A. Great Britain, empire and commonwealth: 1866-1985. London: 

Cassell. Pp. 932. 

Rev. by Wickham Steed in FR, CXL, 619-20. 



158 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Stephenson, Gwendolen. Edward Stuart Talbot, 1844-1934. London: S.P.C.K.; 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiii+352. 

Rev. by R. Fulford in S, Aug. 7, pp. 244-45; TLS, July 4, p. 559. Story of the 
Bishop of Rochester and of Southwark. Contains letters from Newman, Glad 
stone, etc. 

Stoakes, J. P. "Not all Victorians were eminent." SeR, XLIV, 223-34. 
Thibaudet, A. "Balzac." Revue universelk, LXVII, 144-59. 

Thirlwall, John C. Connop Thirlwatt, historian and theologian. London: 

S.P.C.K; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiii+271. 

Rev. by R. Fulford in S, Aug. 7, pp. 244-45; TLS, June 20, p. 510. Bishop of 
St. David s, 1840-74. 

Thomas, Ivor. Gladstone of Hawarden. London: Murray. Pp. 281. 
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 10, p. 799. 

Thomas, John. "The economic development of the North Staffordshire pot 
teries since 1730, with special reference to the industrial revolution." (Sum 
maries of theses, CXXXIX.) Bull, of the Inst. of Hist. Research, XIII, 
177-79. 

Tickner, Frederick W. London through the ages. London, New York: Nelson, 
1935. Pp. viii+307. 

Tiff en, Herbert J. A history of the Liverpool Institute schools, 1825-19S5. Liver 
pool: Liverpool Institute Old Boys Assoc. 

Townshend, Mrs. Emily. Emily Townshend, 1849-1934: some memories for 
her friends. London: privately pr. at Curwen pr. Pp.105. 

Ullmann, Hermann. Das neunzehnte JaKrhundert. Volk gegen Masse im Kampf 
um die GestaU Europas. Jena: Diederichs. Pp. 265. 
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXX, 129-30. 

Wearmouth, R. F. "Methodism and the working classes of England, 1800- 
1850." (Summaries of theses, CXLIV.) Bull, of the Inst. of Hist. Research, 
XIV, 121-22. 

Wey, Francis. A Frenchman among the Victorians. Trans. V. Pirie. Yaleuniv. 
pr. See VB 1935, 415. 

Rev. by W. C. DeVane in YR, XXVI, 189-^91; by Edgar Johnson in HTB, 
June 21, p. 18; NYTBR, March 8, p. 8. 

Whitehead, Alfred N. "Memories." Atlantic monthly, CLVII, 672-79. 

Winkler, A. Die Entstehung des "Kommunistischen Manifestes." Eine Unter- 
suchung, Kritik und Klarung. Wien: Manz. Pp. 271. 

Wolf, Marie-L. Botschafter Graf Hatzfeld. Seine T&tigkeit in London 1885- 
1901. Mtinchen diss. Pp. 80. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 159 

Yeats, W.B. Dramatis personae: 1896-1902, New York: Macmillan. Pp.89. 
Rev. by Padraic Colum in SRL, May 16, p. 7; by Horace Reynolds in NYTBR, 
May 17, p. 1 (leading article) ; TLS, May 23, p. 434. 

Young, G. M. (ed.). Early Victorian England. See VB 1935, 415. 

Rev. by W. C. DeVane in MLN, LI, 556-58; by W. Fischer in Beiblatt, XL VII, 
25-26. 

Young, G. M. Victorian England: portrait of an age. Oxford: Oxford univ. 

pr. Pp. 212. 

Rev. by Raymond Mortimer in NS, XII, 986; TLS, Dec. 12, p. 1025. 

A revision and enlargement of Mr. Young s chapter in Vol. II of Early Vic 
torian England (see VB 1934, 411, and VB 1935, 415). A brilliant summary of the 
early and mid-Victorian decades, tracing the Victorian mind from its early 
evangelical religion and utilitarian economics, through the age of social content 
ment and philosophic revolt, and through the later movements in aesthetic, social, 
and imperialist thought. Separate publication of the chapter was occasioned by a 
widely expressed wish. C. F. HABROLD. 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY 
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES 

Allen, R. B. Old Icelandic sources in the English novel. See VB 1935, 416. 
Rev. by Richard Beck in Scan, XIV, 57-58. 

Anon. "An era closes : the eve of Victoria s accession." TLS (leading article), 

Nov. 14, pp. 913-14. 

An anniversary article, summing up the literary output of 1836 and the 
evidences of the coming of a new era. 

Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vol. VII : The age of Dickens and 

Thackeray. London: Witherby. Pp. 404. 

Rev. by Edith Batho in MLR, XXXI, 438; by Richard Church in LM, 
XXXIV, 78; TLS, April 4, p. 295. 

Beach, Joseph W. The concept of nature in nineteenth-century English poetry. 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. xii+618. 

Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Aug. 2, p. 2; by John Cournos in NYTBR, May 
24, p. 2; by Irwin Edman in JP, XXXIII, 696-97; by E. C. Knowlton in South 
Atlantic quar., XXXV, 457-59; by R. M. Lovett in New R, Aug. 5, p. 385; TLS } 
Dec. 12, p. 1031. 

A comprehensive and scholarly study of the Romantic cult of nature in English 
poetry since the seventeenth century, showing how the concept of nature "grew 
out of the poets desire to associate the beauteous forms of the out-of-doors world 
with the laws and order of the universe, reinforcing the esthetic pleasure .... 
with the philosophical notion of order and unity, and vice versa, [and] assuming 
that the order of the universe is purposive, harmonious and .... benevolent 
towards man." The concept "made possible the passage without too great emo- 



160 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

tional strain from medieval Christian faith to the scientific positivism which tends 
to dominate cultivated minds today." After examining the roots of the concept 
in such thinkers as Cudworth, More, Newton, Berkeley, and Shaftesbury, the 
author deals with the naturalism of Wordsworth and other Romantics and con 
siders also the Platonism and transcendentalism in Shelley, Coleridge, Carlyle, 
Emerson, and Whitman. Chap, ix presents very suggestively the nature and in 
fluence of naturalism in Goethe. Part III (pp. 397-499) deals with the gradual 
breakup of the concept in Arnold, Tennyson, Browning, Swinburne, and Meredith. 
In Part IV (pp. 503-59) the Romantic concept of nature is seen disappearing in 
Hardy and the post-Victorians and vanishing in present-day poetry, which cele 
brates social union rather than nature as the refuge of "orphaned and defrauded" 
man. There are fifty-one pages of valuable and helpful notes. The study as a whole 
gives more stress to the "naturalistic rather than [to} the transcendental aspect of 
the romantic poets, " and excludes any consideration of the social and political 
aspects of the subject: "The most successful part of the book falls in the first two 
hundred pages, in the author s wide and lucid grasp of the metaphysical concept 
of nature and of its expression in Wordsworth. Not all readers will agree with all 
the statements in a work so wide in compass and so full of fact and judgment; but 
no student of English poetry can fail to benefit by a study of the work. It is not 
only an investigation of a literary attitude but is also the history of the rise and 
fall of "one of the bravest efforts of the human spirit." C. F. HARROLD. 

Blacam, Aodh de. A first book of Irish literature. From the earliest times to the 

present day. Dublin and Cork: Talbot pr. Pp. 236. 

Rev. by M. F. Liddell in Zeitschrift fur neusprachlichen Unterricht, XXXV, 
78-79. 

Boas, F. S. From Richardson to Pinero: some innovators and idealists. Lon 
don: Murray. Pp. 300. 
Rev. by Hugh Kingsmill in FR, CXL, 755-56; by E. Warringtbn Smith in ER, 

LXIII, 669. Has essays on Arnold, Mrs. Browning, A. H. Hallam, Tennyson, 

Thackeray. Uneven, superficial, sentimental. 

Bradley, Sculley. " Hans Breitmann in England and America." Colophon, 

II, 65-81. 

Charles Godfrey Leland, author of Breitmann ballads, and his reception in Vic 
torian England. 

Brown, Ford K. "Fathers of the Victorians [evangelicals]." VQR, XII, 
416-29. 

Buck, Philo M. The world s great age: the story of a century 1 s search for a phi 
losophy of life. New York: Macmilian. Pp. xv+382. 
Rev. by "H. M. J." in SRL, May 2, p. 18 ("partial clumsy") ; by Peter M. 

Jack in NYTBR, April 26, p. 2 ("an admirable work"); TLS (leading article), 

June 6, pp. 465-66. The literary and philosophical achievements of the nineteenth 

century, from Rousseau to Hardy. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 161 

Cazamian, Louis. Le Roman social en Angleterre (1880-1850): Dickens^ Dis 
raeli, Mrs. Gaskell, Kingsley. New ed. Paris : Didier, 1935. 2 vols. 
Brief rev. by G. d Hangest in Les Langues modemes, XXXIV, 183-84. First 

ed. appeared in 1903. 

Cazamian, Madeleine L. Le Roman et les idees en Angleterre. Tome II : UAn- 
ti-intelkctualisme et I esthetisme f 880-1900. Paris: Belles Lettres. 
Brief rev. in Les Langues modernes, XXXIV, 634-35. (Swinburne, Vernon Lee, 

L. Hearn, Morris, Pater, Wilde, Yeats, Moore.) 

Cerny, V. Essai sur k titanisme dans la poesie romantique occidentale entre 
1815 et 1850. Prague: Editions Orbis, 1935. Pp. 440. 
Rev. by H. Burger in DLtz, LVII, 1187-90. Includes Tennyson and Browning. 

Chesterton, G. K. "Some literary celebrities." SRL, Sept. 12, pp. 3-4, 13. 

Cross, S.H. Touchkine en Angleterre. RLC, XVII (1937), 163-81. See III, 
Simmons. 

Cruse, Amy. The Victorians and their reading. See VB 1935, 417. 

Rev. by E. F. Benson, "Archaeology in literature," Am. Mercury, XXXVIII, 
119-22; by D. M. Stuart in English, 1, 165-66; by C. F. Harrolcl in JEGP, XXXV, 
449-50. 

Daiches, D. New literary values: studies in modern literature. Edinburgh, Lon 
don: Oliver & Boyd. Pp. 148. 
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 10, p. 809. Chapter on Hopkins and present-day poets. 

Gassmann, W. Der Viktorianismus bei Hugh Walpole. Marburg diss., 1933. 

Pp. 59. 
Giraud, V. "Le Gas de Gustave." RdDM, XXXIV, 217-29. 

Rev. of R. DumesruTs Gustave Flaubert: Vhomme et r&uvre. 

Gottbrath, K. DerEinftuss von Goethes "Wilhelm Meister" aufdieengl. Litera 
te. See VB 1935, 418. 

A brief survey of Goethe s influence, through Wilhelm Meister, on Carlyle, 
Bulwer, Disraeli, Eliot, Meredith, Wilde, and on English criticism. Omits any 
really adequate treatment of Meister and the English Romantics, or of Sterling, 
Lewes, Froude, Kingsley, Geraldine Jewsbury, Mrs, Ward, and Samuel Butler. 
Does not supersede Susanne Howe s Wilhelm Meister and his English kinsmen 
(1930). C. F. HARROLD. 

Grauniss, Ruth. "Series of books about books." Colophon, N.S., I, 549-64. 

The popularization of bibliography in the last two decades of the nineteenth 
century. 
Gwynn, Stephen. Irish literature and drama. London: Nelson. Pp. ix+246. 

Rev. in Poetry rev., July-Aug., pp. 320-22. 



162 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Hathaway, Lillie V. German literature of the mid-nineteenth century in England 
and America as reflected in the journals, 1840-1914- Boston: Chapman & 
Grimes, 1935. Pp. 341. 
Rev. by C. C. D. Vail in Mod. lang.jour., XXI (Jan., 1937), 296-97. 

Hillhouse, J. T. The Waverley novels and their critics. Minneapolis: Univ. of 

Minn. pr. Pp. xi+357. 

Has chapters "Victorian critical prejudices" and "The three chief estimates: 
Carlyle, Bagehot, Leslie Stephen." 

Holder, Alfred. Beitrage zur Asthetik des Romans der ausgehenden viktoriarii- 
schen und nachviktorianischen Periode. Tubingen diss., 1935. Pp.131. 

Htibner, Walter. "Der politische Prosatext im englischen Unterricht." 
NeuP, VII, 449-68 

Jourda, P. "L Exotisme dans la literature fran^aise depuis le Romantisme." 
Revue des cours et conferences, XXXVII, 28-44; 111-26 ("L Angleterre") ; 
232-44 ("L Angleterre")- 

Kieseritzky, Helene v. Englische Tierdichtung. Eine Untersuchung uber End- 
yard Kipling, Charles G. D. Roberts und Ernest Thompson Seton. Berlin diss. 
Jena: G. Neuenhahn, 1935. Pp. 75. 

LaJou, R. Histoire de la literature frangaise contemporaine (1870 a nos jours). 
Paris: Presses- Universitaires. Pp.798. 

Landre*, Louis. Leigh Hunt: 1784-1859. Contribution a I histoire du Roman 
tisme anglais. Paris: Belles Lettres. 2 vols. 
Rev. in TLS, May 9, p. 394. 

Lavrin, J. Aspects of modernism, from Wilde to Pirandello. London: Stanley 
Nott. Pp. 247. 

Lebbin, Elisabeth. Alfred de Vignys Beziehungen zu England und zur englischen 
Literatur. Halle diss. Pp. 115. 

Linge, T. La Conception de V amour dans le drame de Dumas fits et d Ibsen. 
Paris: Champion, 1935. Pp. 230. 

Lucas, F. L. The decline and fall of the Romantic ideal. Cambridge univ. pr.; 
New York: Macmillan. Pp. 280, 

Rev. by Leonard Bacon in SRL, Dec. 19, p. 7; by Percy Hutchinson in NYTBR, 
Jan. 10, 1937, p. 2. 

An illuminating and frequently witty defense of the Romantic point of view 
in literature and in life, as against some modern critics; based largely on present- 
day theories of the unconscious and defining Romanticism as the expression of the 
instinctive ego (the "id") as it weaves its dream-world in which the social taboos 
(the "super-ego") and the sense of fact (the "reality-principle") may be success 
fully flouted. Classicism, Romanticism, and realism are all discussed in relation to 
their relative releasing of the "preconscious and instinctive side of personality" 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 163 

(pp. 31 ff.). The book is not, however, heavily laden with Freudian terms and 
theories but is a provocative examination of a literary ideal and method, made 
brilliant with quotations from foreign literatures, ancient and modern, and guided 
by a sane sense of values. The most successful chapters are chaps, i-iii (the 
Ballard Mathews Lectures for 1935) ; chap, iv ie a most vigorous attempt to deflate 
Coleridge s reputation as a critic (one of the most formidable attacks on any Ro 
mantic critic) ; chap, v attempts to answer the modern subjective and anarchic 
critics by an appeal to imagination and human dignity. The book ends, rather 
lamely, by reprinting, as chap, vi, a paper from the CornhiU magazine, on the 
author s visit to Iceland and on that country s Romantic tradition. Many refer 
ences to Victorian Romantics. C. F. HARROLD. 

Major, John C. The role of personal memoirs in English biography and novel. 
Diss. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pa., 1935. Pp. 176. 

Martin, Helen. "Nationalism in children s literature." Library quar., VI, 
405-18. 

Mauk, M. Der Kampf urn die Neger-Emanzipation in der engl-amerikan. Li- 
teratur. Freiburg diss., 1935. Pp. 77. 

May, J. Lewis. John Lane and the nineties. London: Lane. Pp. xxii+272. 

Index, pp. 265-72. 

Rev. by A. Waugh in S, Sept. 25, pp. 506-8; TLS, Sept. 26, p. 762. 

Less concerned with Lane than with the nineties; gracefully written; an acute 
analysis of the period of Wilde, Francis Thompson, The yellow book, Beardsley, 
Dowson, etc. Except for the material on Lane, not an original contribution. 
C. F. HARROLD. 

Meiszner, Paul. "Der Gedanke der dichterischen Sendung in der englischen 
Literaturkritik." DV, XIV, 31-59. 
Rapid survey on the meaning and place of poetry through the centuries. 

Metz, R. Die philosophischen Stromungen der Gegenwart in Grossbritannien. 
See VB 1935, 418. 

Rev. by E. Duprat in RPh, XXXVI, 560-61; by P. Meiszner in Beiblatt, 
XLVII, 26-32. 

Neuschaffer, W. Dostojewskijs Einfluss auf den englischen Roman. ("Angli- 
stische Forsch.," Band LXXXI.) Heidelberg: Winter, 1935. Pp. 110. 
Influence on Gissing, Conrad, and others. 

Oxford Movement. (See also II, Mathews; IV, Arnold: Middleton.) Dark, 
Sidney. Manning. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth. Pp.141. 
Rev. in TLS, July 11, p. 581 ("unprejudiced and sympathetic 1 ). 

Paxeco, Fran. "The literary relations between Portugal and Great Britain." 
Mod. languages, XVIII, 56-63. 

Pre-Raphaelite Movement. See II, Gissing; III, Cazamian, M, 



164 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Rapp, Marie. Jeanne d Atc in der englischen und amerikaniscken Literatur. 
Tubingen diss., 1934. Pp. 84. 

Reynolds, E. Early Victorian drama: 1880-1870. Cambridge: Heffer. Pp. 
viii+164. 
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 26, p. 1064. 

Rosa, Matthew W. The silver-fork school: novels of fashion preceding "Vanity 
Fair." New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp.223. 

Sanders, C. R. "Coleridge, F. D. Maurice, and the distinction between the 
reason and the understanding." PMLA, LI, 459-75. 

Scudder., Townsend. "A chronological list of Emerson s lectures on his British 
lecture tour of 1847-1848." PMLA, LI, 243-48. 

Scudder, Townsend. "Emerson in London and the London lectures." AL, 
VIII, 1. See IV, Carlyle: Scudder. 

Shepperson, Archibald. The novel in motley: a history of the burlesque novel. 
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. ix+301. 
Rev. by Gwendolyn Needham in SRL, Jan. 23, 1937, p. 10. 

Simmons, E. J. "La Littfrature anglaise et Pouchkine." RLC, XVII (1937), 
79-107. See III, Cross. 

Strasser, Joseph. Der Humor bei Henrik Ibsen. Miinchen diss. Pp. 87. 
Thiebaut,M. "Leon Tolstoi." Revue de Paris, XLIII, 381-413, 638-74. 
Thrall, Miriam. Rebellious Eraser s See VB 1934, 415. 

Rev. by Joseph E. Baker in MP, XXXIII, 334; by H. Hiddemann, in Die 
neueren Sprachen, XL, 236-37; by M. C. Hildyard in MLR, XXXI, 437. 

Utter, R. P., and Needham, G. B. Pamela s daughters. New York: Macmil- 

lan. Pp. 512. 

Rev. by Amy Loveman in SRL, Dec. 12, p. 7; by J. Southron in NYTBR, 
Nov. 15, p. 16 ("original .... gay .... encyclopedic"). A study of women in 
fiction since Richardson s day, with many social, economic, and political observa 
tions. 

Verschoyle, D. (ed.). The English novelists. London: Chatto. Pp. xii+293. 

Rev. by Hugh Fausset in LM, XXXIV, 174; by Raymond Mortimer in NS, 
XI, 730; by Erik Warman in Adelphi, XII, 382. 

"Victorian noon-time literature as social history." TLS (leading article), June 
6, pp. 465-66. 

Wellek, Rene*. "Poesie druhe* generace viktorianske ." Casopis pro moderni 
filokgii, XXII (1935), 46-52. 

Weygandt, Cornelius. The time of Tennyson: English Victorian poetry as it 
affected America. New York, London: Appleton-Century. Pp. ix+349. 



VKTOKIAX BIBLIOCJHAPHT FOU 19."M 165 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 
Anstey, F. (pseud, for Thomas Anstey Guthrie). See II, Anstey. 

Arnold (see also I, Ehrsam). Beatty, Richmond C. Bayard Taylor: laureate 
of the gilded age. Norman, Okla.: Univ. of Okla. pr. Pp. 364. 
Rev. by S. Coblentz in NYTBR, Jan. 10, 1937, p. 5. Many Victorian references: 

Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, Dickens, etc. 

Hunt, Everett. "Matthew Arnold and his critics." SeR, XLIV, 449-67. 

MacNeill, Jennie. "Matthew Arnold and Alexander Burnes." TLS (Corre 
spondence), April 11, p. 316. 

Middleton, R. D. Magdalen studies, London: S.P.C.K. Pp. xx+284. 

Rev. in TLS, March 28, p. 256. Includes consideration of Oxford Movement, 
Arnold, etc. 

Sells, Iris. Matthew Arnold and France: the poet. See VB 1935, 421. 

Eev. by E. A. Baker in RES, XII, 365; by 0. E. Hofloway in MLN, LI, 488- 
89; by George Kitchin in MLR, XXXI, 220; by M. Sandmann in Beiblatt, XLVII, 
85-88; by Morton Zabel in MP, XXXIV, 95; NYTBR, Feb. 2, p. 11. 

Bagehot Young, G. M. "Victorian psychology/ TLS, Jan. 25, p. 75. 

Beddoes. The Browning box: or the life and works of Thomas LoveU Beddoes. 

Ed. H. W. Dormer. See VB 1935, 422. 

Rev. by Lascelles Abercrombie in FR, CXXXIX, 115-16; by S. C. Chew in 
HTB, April 19, p. 6; by Trevor James in Life and Letters today, XIV, 186-90; 
by E. H. W. Meyerstein in Poetry rev., Jan.-Feb., pp. 71-73; More books, XI, 129. 

Burchardt, Carl. "Thomas LoveU Beddoes." Edda, XXXVI, 117-27. 

Dormer, H. W. Thomas LoveU Beddoes See VB 1935, 422. 

Rev., by Trevor James in Life and letters today, XIV, 186-90. 

Weber, Carl A. Bristols Bedeutungfur die englische Romantik und die deutsch- 
englischen Beziehungen. Halle: Niemeyer, 1935. Pp. xv+304. 
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIX, 299. Chatterton, Cottle, and Beddoes bring 

literary distinction to Bristol. 

Brontes. Miscellaneous and unpublished writings of Charlotte and Patrick 
Branwell Bronte. Ed. T. J. Wise and J. A. Symington. ("Shakespeare Head 
Bronte.") London: BlackweU. 2 vols. See VB 1935, 422: 1934, 416. 
Rev. by Irene Cooper Willis in LM, XXXV, 66; TLS, Oct. 3, p. 784. The 

Shakespeare Head Bronte is to be completed soon by the publication of the 

Bibliography. 

Gary, Franklin. "Charlotte Bronte and George Henry Lewes." PMLA, LI, 
518-42. 

Hatfield, C. W. "Emily Bronte s Lost love. " TLS (Correspondence), Aug. 
29, p. 697. 



166 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Malham-Dembledy, J. "Charlotte Bronte s Bretton. " TLS (Correspond 
ence), Sept. 19, p. 748. 

Moore, Virginia. The life and eager death of Emily Bronte. London: Rich & 

Cowan. Pp. 383. 

Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, Aug. 28, p 350; by David Garaett in NS, XII, 321, 
505; by D. Powell in LM, XXXIV, 459; TLS, Aug. 29, p. 677. Prints three new 
poems. 

Willis, Irene Cooper. The authorship of "Wuthering Heights" London: Ho 
garth pr. Pp. 94. 

Brownings (see also I, Ehrsam). From Robert and Elizabeth Browning: a fur 
ther selection of the Barretts-Browning family correspondence. Introd. and 
notes by William Rose Bene*t. London: Murray. Pp. 144. 
Rev. in TLS, March 21, p. 239. 

"Sordello": premiere traduction integrate. Introduction, sommaires et notes 
de Paul de Reul. Bruxelles: Edition de la Revue de TUniv. de Bruxelles, 
1935. Pp. vii+193. 
Rev. by Alta Jack in Books abroad, X, 60. 

Berlin-Liebermann, J. Robert Browning and Hebraism: a study of the sources 
of Browning which are based on rabbinical writings and other sources in 
Jewish literature. Zurich diss., 1934. Pp. 94. 

BorgogelH, 0. P. L Angelo custode del Guercino in Fano e la poesia di Roberto 
Browning con la traduzione di A. Mabellini. Fano: Sonciniana, 1935. 
Pp. 17. 

Bremond, A. "Les Sonnets de la Portugaise. De Marceline Desbordes-Val- 
more a Elizabeth Browning." Etudes, April 20. 

Carter, John. "Mrs, Browning s poems." TLS (Bibliographical notes), May 
30, p. 464. 

DeVane, William Clyde. A Browning handbook. See VB 1935, 423. 

Rev. by K. L. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLIV, 241-43; by W. 0. Raymond in 
MLN, pp. 558-59; TLS, April 18, p. 330. 

Du Bois, Arthur. "Robert Browning, dramatist." SP, XXXIII, 626-55. 
Friedland, L. S. "Ferrara and My last duchess." SP, XXXIII, 656-84. 

Hovelaque, H. Browning s English in "Sordello." See VB 1933, 421. 
Rev. by Hermann Heuer in Beiblatt, XLVII, 79-83. 

Pettigrew, Helen. "The early vogue of The ring and the book. " Archiv, 
CLXIX, 36-47. 

A refutation of the accepted opinion that Browning s fame had its origin with 
The ring and the book.F. E. F. 



VICTOUIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 167 

Rhys, Ernest. Letters from limbo. London: Dent. Pp.306. 

Rev. in TLS, Nov. 7, p. 898. A volume of letters to Rhys from great literary 
figures of the last fifty years, including Browning and other Victorians. 

Saludok, Emma. Stilkritische Untersuchung der Sonnette der Elizabeth Barrett- 
Browning im Verhdltnis zu Rainer Maria Rilkes Ubertragung. Marburg 
diss., 1933. Pp. viii+108. 

Snitslaar, L. Sidelights on "The ring and the book." See VB 1934, 417; 

1935, 424. 

Rev. by Herman Heuer in Beiblatt, XLVII, 83-84. 

Tracy, C. R. "Browning s heresies." SP, XXXIII, 610-25. 

Bulwer-Lytton. Seifert, Hellmuth. Bulwers Verhdltnis zur Geschichte. Miin- 
chendiss. Leipzig: Noske, 1935. Pp. 118. 
Rev. by A. Schmidt in Die neueren Sprachen, XL, 192. 

Butler. Arens, F. "Dem Jahrhundertgedenken Samuel Butlers." Europaische 
revue, XII, 70-72. 

Blackmur, R. P. Essays in craft and elucidation. New York: Arrow editions, 
1935. Pp. 302. 
Rev. by G. Stone in AR, VI, 357-62. 

Delattre, F. "Samuel Butler et le Bergsonisme avec deux lettres in&lites 
d Henri Bergson." RA, XIII, 385. 

Fort, J. B. Samuel Butler (1835-1902). Tome I: Etude d un caractere et d une 

intelligence. Tome II: L Ecrivain. Etude d un style. Bordeaux: Bi&re, 

1935; Paris: Didier. 2 vols. 

Rev. by E. M. Clark in Books abroad, X, 417-18; by R. Parrat in Les Langues 
modernes, XXXIV, 350-52; TLS, Aug. 22, p. 676. 

A monument of research and exposition but not improving on Henry Festing 
Jones s Life; unfortunately published too soon to include the recently published 
letters to Miss Savage (see VB 1935, 424) ; the first half is devoted to an analysis 
of Butler s life and background, with admirable treatment of Victorian England; 
the second half deals with Butler s style and literary method. A weighty and ex 
haustive work, one of the most impressive on Butler thus far. C. F. HAKROLD. 

Fort, J. B. "Les Ide"es de Samuel Butler." Revue philosophigue de la France, 
LXI, 215-39. 

Fort, J. B. "Samuel Butler 1935. Le Bilan d un anniversaire." Les Langues 
modernes, XXXIV, 352-60. 

Hill, Brian. "Samuel Butler in Canada." Dalhousie rev., XVI, 54-57. 
Krog, Fritz. "Butlers Erewhon: eine Utopia?" A } LX, 423-33. 



16S VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Muggeridge, Malcolm. The earnest atheist: a study of Samuel Butler. London: 

Eyre & Spottiswoode. Pp. 288. 

Rev. by Catherine Carswell in S, Sept. 11, pp. 424-25; by G. W. S. in NS, 
XII, 298; SR, Sept. 12, p. 341; TLS, Sept. 5, p. 708. 

An attack on Butler s reputation as a great man and as a great literary artist; 
vituperative, at times inacccurate or unfaithful to the facts; seeks to show that the 
world has accepted Butler at his own exaggerated evaluation and to deflate both 
Butler s and his biographer Jones s legend of Butler s importance in the late- 
Victorian advance toward emancipation. Shrewd and hard-hitting, but uncritical. 
C. F. HARROLD. 

Rattray, R. F. Samuel Butler: a chronicle and an introduction. London: 

Duckworth, 1935. Pp. 216. 

Useful as a guidebook, an anthology of quotations of Butler, and as a biographi 
cal and critical summary of Butler. Contains some new material. Not a sub 
stantial addition to the literature on Butler. C. F. H. 

Carlyle. Blackstone, B. "Carlyle and little Gidding." TLS (Correspond 
ence), March 28, p. 278. 

Burke, Thomas. Murder at Elstree, or Mr. Thurtell and his gig. London: Long 
mans. Pp. iv+178. 
Rev. in TLS, March 7, p. 195. "Fictionized" account of the notorious Victorian 

murder which supplied Carlyle with the term "gigmanity." 

Dwyer, J. J. "A French Catholic among eminent Victorians: Francois Rio" 
(friend of Carlyle, Disraeli, Gladstone). CWd, CXLII, 593-97. 

Eckloff, L. Bild und Wirklichkeit bei Thomas Carlyle. Eine Untersuchung des 
bildlichen Ausdrucks in Carlyles Sartor Resartus. Konigsberg: Ost-Europa 
Verlag. Pp. viii+187. 

Harrold, C. F. Carlyle and German thought See VB 1935, 425. 

Rev. in Revue philosophique de la France, LXI, 98-99. 
Harrold, C. F. "The nature of Carlyle s Calvinism." SP, XXXIII, 475-86. 

Attempts to show that, as German idealism was the dominating influence in 
Carlyle s thought up to about 1834, his underlying Calvinism became the chief 
influence on his later, social thought. 

Heinemann, G. "Von Fiihrertum, Helden und Heldenverehrung. Eine Wur- 
digung Carlyles." Die deutsche hohere Schule, II (1935), 535-39. 

Jost, Th. "Carlyle und das neue Deutschland." Die deutsche hohere Schule, 
III, 809-12, 

Mampel, A. Thomas Carlyle als KunstUr unter besonderer Berucksichtigung 

u Friedrich des Grossen. )} See VB 1935, 425. 

A closely wrought and valuable study. The first sixty-nine pages treat of Car 
lyle as a writer up to Frederick. The author then carefully analyzes Carlyle s 
method in that work, considering Carlyle s methods with sources, with historical 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 169 

phenomena, with his own style, etc. There are excellent passages on phantasy; 
on history as anecdote (a feature of Carlyle s work influenced by Novalis but hith 
erto neglected by critics of Carlyle); the dramatic element in Carlyle s historiog 
raphy (monologue, dialogue, lyrical characterization, etc.),* his irony; his pictorial 
methods with Momentaufnahmen, with the Miniaturarbeit bei der Personenschilde- 
rung, and with the Kleinmderei der Milieuschilderung; and Carlyle as a symbolist, 
especially in relation to Macaulay and Schiller. C. F. HARROLD. 

Meseke, W. A. Mensch, Geschichte und Stoat bei Thomas Carlyle. Heidelberg 
diss. Mlinchen: Knorr & Hirth, 1935. Pp. 60. 

Murphy, Ella. "Carlyle and the Saint-Simonians." SP, XXXIII, 93-118. 

Scudder, Townsend. The lonely wayfaring man: Emerson and some English 
men. New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xii+228. 
Rev. by Alexander Cowie in SRL, Dec. 19, pp. 16-17; by Peter Jack in 

NYTBR, Dec. 27, p. 2. Emerson s experiences and acquaintances in England. 

Treats of Carlyle, Clough, George EHot, Gilfillan, Landor, Harriet Martineau, 

etc. 

Shine, Hill. "Articles in Eraser s magazine attributed to Carlyle." MLN, LI, 
142-45. 

Shine, Hill. "Carlyle s views ori the relation between poetry and history up to 
early 1832." SP, XXXIII, 487-506. 

Shine, Hill. "Carlyle s views on the relation between religion and poetry up 
to 1832." SP, XXXIII, 57-92. 

Towne, Jackson. "Carlyle and Oedipus." The psychoanalytic rev., XXII 
(1935), 297-305. 

Vance, W. S. "Carlyle in America before Sartor resartus." AL, VII, 363. 
Comment by George Kummer, AL y VIII, 297. 

Carroll. Ayres, Harry Morgan. Carroll s Alice. New York: Columbia univ. 
pr. Pp. x+98. 
Rev. by May Lamberton Becker in HTB, May 31, p. 5. 

Heron, Flodden. "The 1866 Appleton Alice/ " Colophon, II, 422-27. 

Clough. See I, Ehrsam. 

Coleridge. Origo, Iris. "Hartley." Cornhitt mag., CLIV, 77-87. 

Dallas. "The dream and the poem: a Victorian psycho-analyst" (Eneas 
Sweetland Dallas). TLS, Jan. 18, pp. 41-42. 

Davidson. Lock, D. R, "John Davidson and the poetry of the nineties. " 
, CLXI, 338-52. 



170 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Dickens (see also III, Baker; III, Cazamian, L.) Dickensian (quarterly), 

Vol. XXXII. See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: "An unpublished letter [by Dickens] to Talfourd" (pp. 191- 
92); "Another unpublished letter" (pp. 299-300); "The Calverley examination in 
Pickwick at Cambridge, 1857" (pp. 51-54) ; "Dickens s instructions to Phiz for 
the Pickwick illustrations" (pp. 266-68); "Dickensian peeps into Tunch " (pp. 
37-42, 110-16, 181-84, 245-48; see also XXXI, 26^-66); "The English editions 
of Pickwick" (pp. 126-28); "The earliest French translation of Pickwick" (pp. 
133-35); "The motor tour of Dickens s London" (pp. 173-75); "One hundred 
years ago Dickens leaves The chronicle " (pp. 275-80); "Peeps at Dickens, etc." 
(pp. 55-56; see also XXXI, 287-88); "The Pickwick advertisements, etc." (pp. 
86-90) j "The Pickwick dedications and prefaces" (pp. 61-64) ; "The reception of 
Dickens s first book" (pp. 43-50); "The rise [of Dickens] to fame" (pp. 193-202); 
"Some Dickens letters about Pickwick" (pp. 118-325); "Some early reviews of 
Pickwick" (pp. 216-18, 281-85) ; H. O. Barnett, "Pickwickian plenty" (pp. 23-28) ; 
"Buss s Pickwick pictures" (pp. 101-4) ; P. T. Garden, "Speculations on the source 
of BardeU versus Pickwick" (pp. 105-9) ; W. F. D. Curtoys^ "Tobias Smollett s 
influence on Dickens" (pp. 249-54); E. M. Davies, "History in a Pickwickian 
sense " (pp. 291-94); F. S. Johnson, "Mrs. Bardell s house" (pp. 295-98); C. F. 
Lehmann-Haupt, "Studies on Edwin Drood " (pp. 20-34, 135-37, 219-20, 301-6; 
see also XXXI, 299-305); J. W. T. Ley, "What the soldier said, etc." (pp7 15-21. 
This is a spirited reply to Wright s Life of Dickens; see VB 1935, 427); C. R. 
Long, "The Launceston Pickwick reprint" (pp. 287-90); Sir John Martin-Harvey, 
"On The immortal memory [of Dickens]" (pp. 185-90); Anna Pazzi, "The Pick 
wick papers in Italy" (pp. 214-15); S. J. Rust, "Mr. Pickwick looks back over a . 
hundred years" (pp. 255-60) ; S. J. Rust, "The Pickwickians again go to Rochester 
by stage coach" (pp. 165-70); Lionel Stevenson, "Names in Pickwick" (pp. 241- 
44); W. Uhrstrom, " Pickwick in Sweden" (pp. 117-18); A. Waugh, "The birth 
of Pickwick" (pp. 7-14); P. C. Williams, "A defence of Dickens s detectives" 
(pp. 144r47). 

"Journalism immortalized: the endurance of Mr. Pickwick. " TLS (leading 
article), March 28, pp. 249-50. 

The love romance of Charles Dickens, told in his letters to Maria Beadnell (Mrs. 
Winter). Ed. Walter Dexter. London: Argonaut pr. Pp. 126. 
Rev. by J. W. T. Ley in Dickensian, XXXII, 227-28; in SR, April 18, p. 504. 

Berry, J. G. "A hundred years of Mr. Pickwick." Dalhousie rev., XVI, 177. 
Buck, Pearl S. "A debt to Dickens." SRL, April 4, pp. 11, 20, 25. 
Buck, Pearl S. "My debt to Dickens." ER, LXII, 408. 

Church, Howard. "Otto Babendiek and David Copperfield." Germanic rev., 
XI, 40-49. 

Clendening, Logan. A handbook to Pickwick Papers. New York: Knopf. Pp. 

x+156. 

Rev. by May Lamberton Becker in HTB, May 17, p. 4; NYTBR, May 10, 
p. 5; SRL, April 25, pp. 18-19. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 171 

Clendening, Logan. "Mr. Pickwick s birthday: 1836-1936." Atlantic month 
ly, CLVII, 463-72. 

Darwin, Bernard. "Mr. Pickwick s birthday." English, I, 112-14. 

Dexter, Walter. "How press and public received The Pickwick papers. " 
ATC, CXIX, 318-29. 

Dexter, Walter. "The old curiosity shop." TLS (Correspondence), Dec. 12, 
p. 1035. 

Dexter, Walter, and Ley, J. W. T. The origin of Pickwick: new facts now first 

published in the year of the centenary. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. 158. 

Rev. by K John in NS, XI, 497; by A. de Suzannet in Dickensiah, XXXII, 

170-71; by A. J. A. Symons in FR, CXXXIX, 625-26; TLS, March 28, pp. 249- 

50. Treats the relations of Seymour and Buss in the production of the papers. 

Erickson, Effie. "The influence of Charles Dickens on the novels of Benito 
Pfrez Gald6s." Hispania, XIX, 421-30. 

Lemonnier, Leon. "Actualite* de Dickens." MF, CCLXXII, 70-91. 

Miller, W., and Strange, E. H. A centenary bibliography of the Pickwick papers. 
London: Argonaut pr. Pp. 224. 
Rev. in TLS, March 28, pp. 249-50. 

Noyes, Alfred, et al. A Pickwick portrait gallery: from the pens of divers ad 
mirers of the illustrious members of the Pickwick Club, their friends and 
enemies. London: Chapman & Hall; New York: Seribner s. Pp. 243 and 
16 illus. from orig. plates by Seymour and "Phiz." 

A collection of essays on characters in Pickwick papers. Rev. by May Lamber- 
ton Becker in HTB, May 17, p. 4; by K. John in NS, XI, 497; by L. A. G. Strong 
in S, March 20, p. 532; by A. J. A. Symons in FR, CXXXIX, 625-26; NYTBR, 
April 5, p. 2; SRL, April 25, pp. 18-19; TLS, March 28, pp. 249-50. 

Parrish, M. L. " Loving ballad of Lord Bateman. " TLS (Correspondence), 

Dec. 12, p. 1035. 

Authorship is attributed to George Cruikshank; Dickens name was used be 
cause it "was of great commercial value." 

Pierce, Dorothy. "Special bibliography: the stage versions of Dickens nov 
els." Bull, of bibliog. and dramatic index, XYI, 10 (to be cont.). 

Sennewald, Ch. Die Namengebung bei Dickens: eine Studie uber Lautsymbolik. 
Leipzig: Mayer & Miiller. Pp. 121. 

Simpson, T. B. " In a Pickwickian sense. " QR, CCLXVI, 189-204. 

Straus, Ralph. Dickens: the man and the book. ("Argosy books.") London: 

Nelson. Pp. 256. 

Rev. by Arthur Colton in SRL, Sept. 5, p. 15; TLS, April 4, p. 301. Combina 
tion of anthology and biographical narrative. 



172 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Wright, Thomas. The life of Charles Dickens. See VB 1935, 427. 

Rev. by May L. Becker in HTB, May 17, p. 4; by J. S. Collis in LM, XXXIII, 
354; by J. W. T. Ley in Dickensian, XXXII, 15-21; by J. W. T. Ley in HTB, 
July 5, pp. 12-13 (very unfavorable). 

Disraeli (see also II, Baumann, Riihl; III, Cazamian, L.). Beeley, Harold. 
Disraeli. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth. Pp. 144. 
Rev. in TLS, May 23, p. 427. 

Cline, Clarence. "Disraeli s only venture in dramatic composition." ("Univ. 
of Texas studies in English," No. 16.) Austin: Univ. of Texas. Pp. 93-105. 

Gilbert, Felix. "The Germany of Contarini Fleming/ " CR, CXLIX, 74-80. 

Seton-Watson ; Robert. Disraeli, Gladstone, and the Eastern question: a study 

in diplomacy and party politics. ("Studies in modern history," ed. L. B. 

Namier.) London, New York: Macmillan. 

Rev. by Dwight Lee in JMH, VIII, 114-16. 
Thane, Elswyth. Young Mr. Disraeli. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 337. 

Rev. by Herman Simpson in New R, Nov. 4, p. 27; by Clara Stillman in HTB, 
March 15, p. 7. "The book ends twenty-nine years before Disraeli became prime 
minister in 1868." A three-act play, with the same title, by E. T. Beebe, was 
published by Samuel French (New York and London) in 1935. 

Doughty. Fairley, B. "Charles Doughty (1843-1926)." Europaische revue, 
XII, 72-73. 

Treneer, Anne. Charles M. Doughty; a study of his prose and verse. London: 
Cape, 1935. Pp. 350. 

Douglas. Douglas, Lord Alfred. Sonnets. And Lyrics. London: Rich & 
Cowan. Pp. 110, 82. 
Rev, by Laurence Whistler in MS, XI, 240. 

Eliot (see also Carlyle: Scudder). Diekhoff, John S. "The happy ending of 
Adam Bede." ELH, III, 221-27. 

Mo llor, Alfred. George Eliots Beschaftigung mit dem Judentum und ihre Stellung 
zur Judenfrage. Hamburg diss. Hamburg: P. Brandel, 1934. Pp. 62. 

Williams, Blanche Colton. George Eliot: a biography. New York: Macmillan. 

Pp. xix+341. 

Rev. by Percy Hutchinson in NYTBR, April 5, p. 5; by Clara Stillman in 
IfTB, April 12, p. 6; by Amabel Williams-Ellis in SRL, April 11, pp. 10-11; 
by L. Powys in Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 118-20; TLS, Sept. 5, p. 709. 

Fitzgerald (see also I, Ehrsam). Rempis, Christian. Omar Chajjam und seine 
Vierzeiler. Tubingen: Yerlag der deutschen Chajjam Gesellschaft; New 
York: Stechert, 1935. Pp. vii+200. 
Rev. by Gustav Mueller in Books abroad, X, 77. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 173 

Gaskell (see III, Cazamian, L.). 

Gilbert. Complete plays of Gilbert and Sullivan. ("Modern libr.") New York: 
Random House. Pp. ix-j-711. 
Rev. by St. John Ervine in Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 493-97. 

"Two Victorian humorists: Burnand and the mask of Gilbert." TLS (lead 
ing article), Nov. 21, pp. 935-36. 

Gilfillan (see also Carlyle: Scudder). Scudder, Townsend. "Emerson in Dun 
dee." Am. scholar, IV (1935), 331-43. 

Gissing (see also III, Neuschaffer). Gapp, Samuel V. George Gissing, classi 
cist. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania pr. Pp. 210. 
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 29, p. 692 ("comprehensive and painstaking .... as near 

the heart of Gissing as any book on the man yet published"). 

Hallam. See Tennyson: Tennyson, C. 

Hardy (see also I, Ehrsam; I, Targ). Bates, H. E. "Hardy contrasted with 
Conrad." Pp. 248-63 of The English novelists see III, Verschoyle. 

Beach, Joseph W. "Hardy." Pp. 503-21 of The concept of nature in nineteenth- 
century English poetry see III, Beach. 

Beach, Joseph W. Rev. of three Hardy novels ed. by Carl J. Weber, MLN, 
LI, 261-62. 

Bliemel, Bernh. Verkettung von Dichter und Werk bei Thomas Hardy. Breslau 
diss. Pp. 83. 

Brickell, Herschel. "How Hardy was accused of plagiarism." New York post 
and Philadelphia record, June 24. 

Elliott, A. P. Fatalism in the works of Thomas Hardy. See VB 1935, .429. 
Rev. by Carl J. Weber in MLN, LI, 481-82 (unfavorable). 

Ford, Ford Madox. "Thomas Hardy." Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 438-48. 
"Mr. Ford replies." Am. mercury, XXXIX, xx-xxii. 

Haines, Helen. "Elective affinities." Library jour., LXI, 527-28. 

Hansch, Marie-L. Die sprachkunstlerische Gestaltung bei Thomas Hardy: Stil- 
studien zu l Tess of the D Urbervilles. ("Die neueren Sprachen," Beiheft 
No. 31.) Marburg: G. Braun. Pp. 73. 

Lawrence, D. H. "Study of Thomas Hardy." Pp. 398-516 of Phoenix. New 
York: Viking pr. Pp. xxvii+852. 

Lowes, John Livingston. Essays in appreciation. Boston: Hough ton Mifflin. 

Pp. 189. 

Rev. by Christian Gauss in SRL, Sept. 12, pp. 12-13; NYTBR, May 10, p. 8. 
Includes discussion of Hardy and Meredith. 



174 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Mackall, Leonard. "Notes for bibliophiles" (on Hardy s plagiarism). HTB, 

June 28, p. 18. 
Marrot, H. V. Life and letters of John Galsworthy. New York: Scribner s. 

Pp. xv+819. 

Has thirteen letters from Hardy, and ten other Hardy passages, indexed p. 813. 

Phelps, William Lyon. "Mark Twain" (and Hardy). Yale rev., XXV, 291. 

Powys, Llewelyn. Dorset essays. London: John Lane, 1935. Pp.224. For 
Hardy see pp. 1, 72-74, 183-87. 

Rideout, John G, "Hardy s last words on The dynasts. 1 Colby mercury, VI 
(June 2), 85-87. 

Schumacher, M. Biologische Probleme in Thomas Hardys Werk. Bonn diss. 
Bonn: Richard Mayr. Pp. 146. 

Van Doren, Carl. "Robinson s interest in Hardy." Harper s mag., CLXXIII, 
154; repr. in the author s Three worlds (New York: Harper), pp. 159-60. 

Weber, Carl J. "A Connecticut Yankee in King Alfred s country." Colophon, 

N.S., I, 525-35. 

Hardy s plagiarism in The trumpet-major "The militia company drill" by 
Oliver Prince. 

Weber, Carl J. "The cottage lights of Wessex." Colby mercury, VI, 64-67. 
Weber, Carl J, "Fact vs. fiction." Am. mercury, XXXIX, xiv. 

Weber, Carl J. Hardy at Colby. Waterville, Me.: Colby library. Pp. 152. A 
bibliog. 

Weber, Carl J. In Thomas Hardy s workshop. See VB 1934, 422. 

Rev. by P. Aronstein in Beiblatt, XLVI (1935), 371-72. 
Weber, Carl J. "Last notes on Hardy s first novel." Colby mercury, VI, 89-93. 

Weber, Carl J. "Lowell s Dead rat in the wall. " NEQ, IX, 468-72. "More 
about Lowell s dead rat," NEQ, IX, 686-88. 

Wright, W. "Index to Hardy s poems." Colby mercury, VI, 94-100. 

Hopkins (see also III, Daiches). The note-books of Gerard Manley Hopkins. 

Ed. Humphrey House. New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 496. 

Includes journals, sermons, essays, and reproductions of Hopkins drawings. 
A valuable addition to our knowledge of Hopkins. 

Fletcher, J. G. "Gerard Manley Hopkins poet or priest?" AR, VI, 331-46. 

Gardner, W. H. "The wreck of the Deutschland." Pp. 124-52 of Essays and 
studies by members of the English Association, Vol. XXI, collected by Her 
bert Read. Oxford: Clarendon pr. 



VlCTOHlAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 175 

Kelly, Hugh. "Father Gerard Hopkins in his letters." Studies: an Irish quar 
terly, XXV, 239. 

Read, Herbert. In defence of Shelley, and other essays. London: Heinemann. 

Pp. 282. 

Rev. in TLS, Feb. 22, p. 157. Includes essays on Hopkins and Patmore. 
Hughes (see Kingsley). 

Huxley. T. H. Huxley s diary of the voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake. Ed., from 
the unpublished MS, by Julian Huxley. London: Chatto; New York: 
Doubleday, Doran. Pp. xiv+301. See VB 1935, 431. 
Rev. by R. L. Duffus in NYTBR, May 10, p. 3; by H. M. Parshley in HTB } 

May 24, p. 6; by William Plomer in LM, XXXIII, 346; by Homer Smith in SRL, 

May 16, pp. 5-6; Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 509. 

Jewsbuiy. Howe, Susanne. Geraldine Jewsbury: her life and errors. See VB 

1935, 431. 

Rev. by David Cooke in LQHR, CLXI, 128-29. Included are accounts of her 
relationships with the Carlyles, Ruskin, Browning, Froude, and Kingsley. 

Kingsley (see also III, Cazamian, L.). Parrish, M. L., and Maun, Barbara K. 
Charles Kingsley and Thomas Hughes. First editions (with a few exceptions) 
in the library at Dormy House, Pine Vattey, New Jersey. Described with 
notes. London: Constable. Pp. 166. 150 copies. 
Rev. in SRL, Jan. 9, 1937, p. 21. 

Kipling (see also I, Ehrsam; III, Kieseritzky). Abraham, P. "Rudyard Kip 
ling." Nrf t XXIV, 291-95. 

Anon. Editorial, LM, XXXIII, 373. 

Anon. "A flower of national art in verse and prose: Rudyard Kipling s place 
in English literature." TLS, Jan. 25, pp. 65-66. 

Anon. "Rudyard Kipling." Nosotros, I, 79-84. 
Anon. "Rudyard Kipling." S, Jan. 24, pp. 118-19. 

Bene"t, Stephen V. "Rudyard Kipling, teller of magic tales." HTB, Jan. 12, 
pp. 1-2. 

Beresford, George C. Schooldays with Kipling. Pref . by General Dunsterville 
(Stalky). London: Gollancz; New York: Putnam. Pp.319. 
Rev. by Peter Burra in LM, XXXIV, 466; by N. J. Michaels in HTB, Nov. 1, 

p. 4; NYTBR, Nov. 8, p. 10; TLS, June 20, p. 513. 

Bett, Henry. "Rudyard Kipling." LQHR, CLXI, 153-63. 

Cazamiaa, Louis. "Hommage & Kipling." Les Langues modernes, XXXIV, 

4-5. 
Charpentier, John. "Esquisse de Kipling." RF, Feb. 1, p. 521. 



176 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Chevrillon, Andre*. Rudy ard Kipling. Paris: Plon. Pp. 288. 
Colvin, Ian. "Rudyard Kipling." National rev.-, CVI, 188-92. 
Farr&e, Claude. "Le Grandeur de Kipling." RF, Feb. 15, p. 744. 
Gfflet, Louis. "Rudyard Kipling." RdDM, XXXI, 701-8. 

Grimm, H. "Vom politischen Dichter, geistige Begegnung mit Rudyard Kip 
ling." Das innere Reich, II (1935-36), 1449-70. 

Hill, Edmonia. "The young Kipling: personal recollections." Atlantic month 
ly, CLVII, 406-1J. 

Hood, Arthur. "The laureate of the people." Poetry rev., March-April, pp. 
97-102. 

Hughes, Randolph. "Kipling: une appreciation anglaise." MF, CCLXVI, 
633-47. 

KingsmiU, Hugh. "RUyard Kipling." ER,LXIl, 150-56. Criticized by .Lord 
Charnwood, ibid., pp. 373-76. Reply by KingsmiU, ibid., pp. 507, 618. 

Lalou, Rene*. "Rudyard Kipling: 1865-1936." MF, CCLXVI, 5-15. 

McFee, W. "The Kipling who was more than the poet of empire. " NYTBR, 
Feb. 9, pp. 2, 28. 

Maurois, Andre*. "Rudyard Kipling et la France." 8, Feb. 7, pp. 206-7. 

Mertner, Edgar. "Rudyard Kipling und die Tiergeschichte." Germanisch-ro- 
manische Monatsschrift, XXIV, 195-216. 

Monkshood, G. F. The kss familiar Kipling and Kiplingiana. 3d rev. ed. 
London: Jarrolds. Pp. 256. 
Brief rev. in Les Langues modernes, XXXIV, 395-96. First ed. pub, in 1917. 

Postif, Louis. "Hommage a Rudyard Kipling par Jack London." MF, 

CCLXVI, 431-37. 

A French trans, of a eulogistic letter by Jack London, written in Oct., 1901, 
and printed in an Oakland, Calif., newspaper. 

Reisiger, Hans. "Kipling." Die neue Rundschau, XLVII, 281-93. 

Rice, Howard C. "Rudyard Kipling in New England." NEQ, IX, 363-77. 

Rosati, Salvatore. "Rudyard Kipling." Nuova antologia, CXXI, 331-36. 

Van Gennep, A. "Kipling et le folklore." MF, CCLXVI, 189-93; CCLXIX, 
179-82; CCLXXII, 386-89. 

Veftier, R. "Une Conference sur Kipling" (at the Sorbonne). Les Langues 
modernes, XXXIV, 226-28. 

West, Rebecca. "Rudyard Kipling." NS, XI, 112-14. 
Williams, Basil. "Rudyard Kipling." NC, CXIX, 291-302. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 177 

Landor (see Carlyle: Scudder). 

Lear. "The Ingoldsby legends. Mirth and marvels from St. Paul s." TLS 
(leading article), Dec. 26, pp. 1057-58. 

Lewes (see Brontes: Gary). 

Macaulay (see also II, Abbot). Adams, C. M. "Macaulay on America, once 
more/ Bull, of New York Public Libr., XL, 437-39. 

Thompson, James Westfall. "Macaulay and Count d Avaux." TLS (Corre 
spondence), Sept. 12, p. 729. 

Marryat. Bader, Arno. "The gallant captain and Brother Jonathan." Colo 
phon, II, 114-29. 
Captain Frederick Marryat s reception in America, 1837 and 1838. 

Martineau. Bloore, Stephen. "Miss Martineau speaks out." NEQ, IX, 
403-16. 

Boyle, Sir Edward. Biographical essays: 1790-1890. Oxford univ. pr.; Lon 
don: Milford. Pp. viii+273. 

Rev. by E. S. P. Haynes in S, April 24, pp. 762, 764; TLS, April 11, p. 312. In 
cludes essays on Harriet Martineau and Christina Rossetti. 

Maurice (see III, Sanders). 

Meredith (see also II, Anstey; IV, Hardy: Lowes). Bierig, Erna. Frauen- 
gestalten bei George Meredith. Koln diss. Pp. 99. 

Lafourcade, G. Rev. of a French trans, of Meredith s One of our conquerors. 
Nrf, XXIV, 440-42. 

Wellek, Rene*. "George Meredith." Listy pro umenl a kritiku, III (1935), 
178-84. 

Mitford. "Mary Mitford s letters." Cornhitt mag., CLIII, 726-35. 

Moore. Ferguson, W. D. The influence of Flaubert on George Moore. See VB 
1934, 424. 
Rev. by H. Huscher in Beiblatt, XLVII, 57-59. 

Gogarty, Oliver. "Next door to George Moore." SRL (leading article), July 
18, pp. 3-4, 15. 

Hone, Joseph M. The life of George Moore; with an account of his last years by 
his cook and housekeeper, Clara Warvilk. London: Gollancz; Toronto: Ry- 
erson pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. viii+515. 
Rev. by Horace Gregory in HTB, Nov. 22, pp. 1, 2; by Mary Hutchinson in 

LM, XXXV, 73; by D. MacColl in S, Oct. 9, p. 590; by Edith Mirrielees in SRL, 

Nov. 28, p. 7; CornhiUmag., CLIV, 635; TLS, Oct. 10, p. 809. 

Hutchinson, Mary. "An impression of George Moore." NS, XII, 585. 



178 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Morgan, Charles. Epitaph on George Moore. See VB 1935, 432. 

Rev. by Edgar Johnson in NewR, LXXXVI, 81; by G. Price-Jones in Cr, XV, 
550; Les Langues modernes, XXXIV, 184. 

O Faol&in, Sedn. "Pater and Moore." LM, XXXJV, 330. 

Yeats, W. B. "Dramatis personae: 1896-1902." NewR, LXXXVI, 64, 130, 

189, 242, 308. 
Morris (see also I, Ehrsam). Litzenberg, Karl. "Allusions to the Elder Edda 

in the non-Norse poems of William Morris." Scan, XIV, 17-24. 

Litzenberg, Karl. "William Morris and the burning of Nj&l." Scan, XTV, 
40-41. 

Litzenberg, Karl. "William Morris and the Heimskringla." Scan, XIV, 33-39. 

Litzenberg, Karl. "William Morris and the reviews: a study in the fame of 
the poet." RES, XII, 413-28. 

Morris, May. William Morris: artist, writer, socialist. Vol. I: The art of Wil 
liam Morris. William Morris as a writer. Vol. II: Morris as a socialist. 
With an account of William M arris as I knew him, by Bernard Shaw. Oxford : 
Blackwell. 2 vols. 

Rev. by Havelock Ellis in Adelphi, XII, 356-61 (same rev. in NewR, Sept. 2, 
p. 108); by L. W. Eshleman in NYTBR, Oct. 4, pp. 2, 19; by K. John in NS, XII, 
93; by G. Rees in S, Oct. 9, pp. 596-98; by Carl Rollins in SRL, Nov. 14, p. 31; 
TLS, Aug. 8, p. 645. Much unpublished material (letters, poems, etc.); Vol. II 
includes "some of Morris s unpublished writing on Socialism, in the shape of lec 
tures and notes and articles." 

Shaw s preface adds little to our knowledge of Morris. The volumes give an 
admirable picture of the socialist movement of the day and an excellent account 
of Morris social doctrines; are less successful on Morris aesthetic theories, except 
as they relate to social and economic problems. A valuable and permanent con 
tribution. C. F. HARBOLD. 

Shaw, Bernard. William Morris as I knew him. New York: Dodd, Mead. Pp. 
52. See item just preceding. 

Newman (see also II, Stephenson). Bouyer, L. "Newman et le platonisme 
de F&me anglaise." RPh, XXXVI, 285-305. 

Drees, L. "Newman und seine Idea of a university im Lichte der Stilfor- 
schung." Hochland, XXXIII (1935-36), 461-65. 

Kreischer, J. "Wanderung zu Newman." Die Schildgenobsen, XV, 561-64. 
Listed in LZD, LXXXVII, 129. 

Loosen [-Koln], M. "Henry Kardinal Newman in neuer Schau." Der ka- 
tholische Gedanke, IX, 80-89. 

Overmans, J. "Harnack und Newman." Stimmen der Zeit, LXVJI (1936-37), 
20-31. Listed in LZD, LXXXVII, 1079. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 179 

Oliphant Kent, Muriel. "An errant genius." Colophon, II, 565-77. (Lau 
rence Oliphant.) 

Pater (see also Moore: O Faoldin; Hopkins: Read). Cattan, Lucien. Essai 
sur Walter Pater. Paris: Picart. Pp. 212. 

Procter. Armour, Richard W. Barry Cornwall. See VB 1935, 433. 

Rev. by H. M. Jones in MLN, III, 73-74; by Paul Landis in JEGP, XXXV, 
153. 

Armour, Richard W. (ed.). The literary recollections of Barry Comwatt. Bos 
ton: Meador. Pp. vii+133. 

Reade. MacLeod, R. "Charles Reade s brother." TLS (Correspondence), 
Jan. 18, p. 55. 

Rolfe, Frederick. Corvo, Baron (pseud.). Hubert s Arthur: being certain 
curious documents found among the literary remains of Mr. N. C., here pro 
duced by Prospero and Caliban. Introd. by A. J. A. Symons. London : Cas- 
sell, 1935. Pp. 453. See also VB 1934, 427. 

Rossetti (see also I, Ehrsam; IV, Martineau: Boyle). Curti, M. E. "A letter 
of Christina Rossetti." MLN, LI, 439-40. 

Klenk, Hans. Nachwirkungen Dante Gabriel Rossetti j s. See VB 1933, 430. 

Rev. by Karl Arns in Literaturblatt fur germanische und romanische PhUologie, 
LVII, 38-39. 

Vincent, Eric R. Gabriek Rossetti in England. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; New 
York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xii-f 199. Notes, appendixes, bibliog., and in 
dex. 

Rev. in TLS, Sept. 26, p. 763. A life of the father of Dante and Christina 
Rossetti, with interesting Victorian background. 

Ruskin. Beard, C. A. "Ruskin and the babble of tongues." NewR, Aug. 5, 
pp. 370-72. 

Crow, Gerald H. Ruskin. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth. Pp.140. 
Rev. by K. John in NS, XI, 727; TLS, April 18, p. 337. 

Inge, W. R. "Plato and Ruskin." In Essays by divers hands. ("Transactions 
of the Royal Society of Literature," Vol. XIV.) London: Royal Soc. of 
Lit./ 1935. 

Seibt, Robert. "John Ruskin s einsamer Kampf und die neue Zeit." NeuP, 
VII, 271-307. 

Spencer. "Herbert Spencer." Dublin rev., LXII, 136-38. 

Stephen. Engel, C. E. "Leslie Stephen s letters to some French friends." Al 
pine jour., Nov., 1935. 



180 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 

Stevenson (see also I, Ehrsam). MacLean, M. C. La France dans I ceuvre de 
R. L. Stevenson. Diss. for doctoral de I Universite de Paris. Listed in RLC 
XVI, 407. 

Smith, Janet Adam. "Henry James and R. L. Stevenson." LM, XXXIV, 412. 

Swinburne (see also I, Ehrsam). Jean-Aubry, G. "Victor Hugo et Swin 
burne." (Letters, in French, between the two authors, 1862-84.) Revue 
bleue, LXXIV, 150-57. 

Kernahan, Coulson. "A poet s moods: Swinburne asks, Can you explain 
it? " LQHR, CLXI, 186-92. 
Swinburne discussing the poet Herbert E. Clarke. 

Urmitzer, Klara. Rupert Brooke. Bonn diss. Wtirzburg: R. Mayr, 1935. 
Pp. 48. 

Chap, ii treats of the influence of Swinburne and the "decadent" literature of 
the nineties. 

Tennyson (see also I, Ehrsam). Carlson, C. Lennart. "A French review of 
Tennyson s 1830 and 1832 volumes." ELH, III, 218-20. 

Eliot, T. S. Essays ancient and modern. London: Faber & Faber, Pp. 190. 

Rev. by H. M. Jones in SRL, Sept. 19, pp. 13-14; TLS, March 7, p. 192. In 
cludes consideration of "In memoriam." 

Howeli, A. C. "Tennyson s Talace of art an interpretation." SP, XXXIII, % 
507-22. 

A well-argued paper on Tennyson s poem as reflecting his experiences at Cam 
bridge (the "palace" of the poem). 

Jensen, H. "Tennysons Ulysses." Engl. Kulturin sprachwiss. Deutung (Leip 
zig), pp. 130-43. Listed in LZD, LXXXVII, 1079. 

Tennyson, Charles. "Tennyson papers: I. Alfred s father, II. J. M. Heath s 

Commonplace book, III. Idylls of the King, IV. The making of The 

Princess. " Cornhillmag., CLIII, 283-305, 426-50, 534-58, 672-81. 

This series of articles is interesting for its light on Tennyson and his methods 

and the background. I presents a portrait of Dr. Tennyson drawn from his papers 

and notebooks. II gives new light on the "Apostles"; prints some unpublished 

work of Hallam and of the Tennyson brothers Frederick, Charles, Edward, 

Septimus, and Alfred. Ill has "some notes on the early MSS. of the Idylls." IV 

treats of Tennyson s method of composition as shown in the extant MSS of The 

princess. FREDERIC E. FAVERTY. 

Thackeray (see also III, Baker; III, Rosa). Sotheby and Co. "Thackeray s 
Four Georges. " TLS (Correspondence), March 21, p. 244, 

Thompson (see also III, May). McNabb, Father Vincent. Francis Thompson 
and other essays. Ditchling, Sussex: Pepler&Se well; Boston; Bruce Hum 
phries. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 181 

Owlett, F. C. Francis Thompson. London: Bumpus. Pp. 46. 

Williamson, Claude. "Francis Thompson: a new study: II." Poetry rev., 
Sept.-Oct., pp. 375-85. 

Thomson. Black, J. A. "James Thomson : his translations of Heine." MLR, 
XXXI, 48. 

Wallis, N. Hardy. "James Thomson and his City of dreadful night. " In 
Essays by divers hands. ("Trans, of the Royal Society of Literature," Vol. 
XIV.) London: Royal Soc. of Lit., 1935. 

Trollope (see II, Baumanri). 

Ward, Mrs. Humphrey. Amiel, Henri Frd6ric. The private journal. Trans, 
from the French by Van Wyck Brooks and Charles Van Wyck Brooks. 
New York: Macmillan, 1935. Pp. v+ xlvii+675. 
Rev. by John Matthew in Romanic rev., XXVII, 65-66. 

Beccard, Maria. Religiose Frage in den Romanen von Mrs. Humphrey Ward. 
Munster diss., 1935. Pp. 97. 

Ward, W. G. Ward, Maisie. The Wilfrid Wards and the transition. See VB 
1934, 410, 430. 
Rev. by Charles Frederick Harrold in SeR, XLIV, 235-37. 

Watson. Bett, Henry. "The poetry of Sir William Watson." LQHR, CLXI, 
14-23. 

". . . . the last representative of what may be called the classical tradition in 
modern English poetry." 

Wilde (see also III, May; III, Lavrin). Lewis, Lloyd, and Smith, Henry J. 
Oscar Wilde discovers America: 1888. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 
xiv+462. 

Rev. by May Lamberton Becker in HTB, May 24, pp. 1-2; by C. K. Hyder in 
SRL, May 23, p. 6; by C. G. Poore in NYTBR, May 24, p. 1. 

O Sullivan, Vincent. Aspects of Wilde. London: Constable. Pp. v+231. 

Itev. by John Garrett in Cr, XVI, 155; by William Plomer in LM, XXXIV, 
265; by Peter Quennell in NS, XII, 127; Cornhill mag., CLIV, 254; TLS, June 20, 
p. 516. 

Wellek, Rene*. "Dilo Oscara Wildea." Listy pro umeni a kritiku, III. 

Wood. Sadleir, Michael. "Bindings of Mrs. Henry Wood s novels." TLS, 
Feb. 8, p. 120. 
Bibliographical data on East Lynne and other novels of Mrs. Wood. 




VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1937 

JHIS bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the 
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa 
tion of America} William D. Templeman, chairman, Univer 
sity of Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal 
College; Frederic E. Faverty, Northwestern University; Charles W. 
Thomas, University of Wisconsin. It attempts to list the noteworthy 
publications of 1937 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a 
bearing on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless other 
wise stated, the date of publication is 1937. Reference to a page in the 
bibliography for 1936, in Modern philology, May, 1937, is made by the 
following form: See VB 1936, 407. Some cross-references are given, 
although not all that are possible. 



KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 



A = Anglia HV 

AHR American historical review 

AL American literature HZ 

AR = American review JEGP 
Archiv = Archiv fur das Studium der 

neueren Sprachen JMH 

BBDI = Butt, of bibliog. and dramat- JP 

ic index JPE 

Beiblatt = Beiblatt zur Anglia LgrP 
CR = Contemporary review 
Cr = Criterion 

CWd = Catholic world LL 

DLtz Deutsche Literaturzeitung LM 
DY = Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift 

EHR - English historical review" LQHR = 
ELH = Journal of English literary 

history LZD 
ER English review 

ES = Englische Studien MF 

ESt = English studies "(Amster- MLN = 

dam) MLR - 

EtA = Etudes anglaises MP = 

FR = Fortnightly review N = 

HTB *= New York Herald-Tribune NC 

books Neo = 

[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1938] , 



Historische Vierteljahrs- 
schrift 

Historische Zeitschrift 

Journal of English and Ger 
manic philology 

Journal of modem history 

Journal of philosophy 

Journal of political economy 

Literaturblatt fur german- 
ische und romanische Philo- 
kgie. 

Life and letters 

London mercury and book" 
man 

London quarterly and Hol~ 
born review 

Literarisches Zentralblattfur 
DeutscMand 

Mercure de France 

Modern language notes 

Modem language review 

Modern philology 

Nation 

Nineteenth century and after 

Neophilologus 



184 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 



NEQ = New England quarterly RM 
NeuP = Neuphilologische Monats- 

schrift RLC 
New R = New republic 

Nrf = Nouvelle revue frangaise RPh 

NS - New statesman and nation S 

NYTBR = New York Times book re- SAQ 

view Scan 

N & Q = Notes & queries SeR 

PMLA = Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of SM 

Am. SP 

PQ = Philological quarterly SR 

QQ = Queen s quarterly SRL 

QR = Quarterly review St 

RA = Revue anglo-americaine TLS 

RdDM = Revue des deux mondes 

RES = Review of English studies VQR 

RF = Revue de France YR 

RH = Revue historique 



= Revue de metaphysique et de 
morale 

Revue de litterature com 
pares 

Revue de philosophie 
= Spectator 

South Atlantic quarterly 

Scandinavian studies 
= Sewanee review 

= Scientific monthly 
= Sudies in philology 
= Saturday review 
= Saturday review of literature 
- Studies 

= (London) Times literary 
supplement 

Virginia quarterly review 

Yale review 



I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 

"American bibliography for 1936." PMLA, LI, Suppl., 1244-53: "English, 
Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh. 

Annual bibliography of English language and literature, Vol. XVII (1936). 
Ed. for the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. by Mary S. Serjeantson, 
assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge univ. pr., 1938. Pp. xii+279. 
"Nineteenth century/ pp. 175-218. 

The annual bibliography of the history of British art. Vol. II (1935). Cam 
bridge univ. pr. Pp. 159. 

The art index, October 1986 September 1937. A cumulative author and subject 
index to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Also 
Vol. IX, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir and David Randall. 
Vol. Ill, No. 8. London: Elkin Mathews; New York: Scribner s. 

"A brief annotated bibliography of some of the important books of 1936." 
By the Committee on Contemporary Literature, Erich A. Walter, chair 
man. English jour., college ed., XXVI, 374-94. 
Has brief reviews of various books about the Victorian period. 

Brussell, I. R. (ed.). Anglo-American first editions; west to east, 1786-1930. 
Intr. by Viscount Esher. New York: Bowker; London: Constable; To 
ronto: Macmillan, 1936. Pp. 162. See VB 1935, 404. 
This second vol. describes American authors books first published in England. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 185 

A catalogue of rare books of six centuries. Philadelphia and New York: Rosen- 
bach Co., 1935. Pp. 123. 
Rev. by J. Wyer in Library jour., LXII, 162-63. Browning, Bulwer-Lytton, 

Eliot, Kipling, Meredith, Swinburne, Tennyson, Thackeray, et al. 

Coulter, Edith M., and Gerstenfeld, Melanie. Historical bibliographies; a sys 
tematic and annotated guide Forew. by Herbert E. Bolton. Berkeley, 

Calif.: Univ. of Calif, pr., 1935. Pp. xii+206. 
Rev. by W. Kienast in HZ, CLVI, 38^-85. 

The dictionary of national biography, 1922-1930. Ed. J. R. H. Weaver. Lon 
don: Milford, Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xiv+962. 

The biographies "cover a period of more than a hundred years." This supple 
ment to the DNB is invaluable for students of the Victorian period. 

Ehrsam, Deily, and Smith (comps.). Bibliographies of twelve Victorian au 
thors. See VB 1936, 389. 
Rev. by J. D. Cowley in MLR, XXXII, 332-33; by C. F. Harrold in MP, 

XXXIV, 331-32; by K 0. Thompson in Library quar., VII, 161-62; by J. Wyer 

in Library jour., LXI (1936), 835. See also the additions by J. Fucilla forthcoming 

in Modern philology. 

Ghosh and Withycombe. Annals of English literature, 1475-1925. See VB 
1936, 389. 
Rev. by G. Becker in DLtz, LVIII, 701; by A. Brandl in Archiv, CLXXI, 226. 

Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities, 
1936-37. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 105. 

Historical Association, London. Annual bulletin of historical literature. No. 
XXVI: Publications of the year 1936. London: Bell, Pp. 71. 

International bibliography of historical sciences .... Ninth year, 1934- Ed. for 
the International Committee of Historical Sciences. New York: H. W. 
Wilson, 1936. Pp. xliii+489. 

Rev. by C. L. Grose in JMH, IX, 288 ("completes the arrears of the Commit 
tee s monumental labor, and henceforth the volume of each year will appear within 
twelve to eighteen months after its close"). 

International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science. 
Twenty-fourth annual accumulation. July 1934 June 1937. Also Vol. 
XXV, No. 3 (July-Nov.), No. 4 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Janecek, Blanche. "Bibliography of Czech literature in English translation." 
BBDI, XVI, 47-49, 70-71. 

Kunitz and Haycraft (eds.) . British authors of the nineteenth century. See VB 
1936, 390. 
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SAQ, XXXVI, 234-36; in New R, Jan. 27, p. 394. 



186 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Leonardo: rassegna bibliographica, Vol. VIII. "Bollettino bibliografico," each 
month, a 5-6 p. bibliog. of books recently publ. in Europe and America. 

MacNair, Mary W., and Karr, Margaret N. (comps.). A list of American doc 
toral dissertations printed in 1935. Washington: Government printing 
office. Pp.407. 

Palfrey, Thomas R., and Coleman, Henry E. Guide to bibliographies of theses, 
United States and Canada. Chicago: Am. Library Assoc., 1936. Pp. 48. 
Rev. by Lulu Reed in Library quar., VII, 286-87. 

La Rassegna, XLIV (1936), 315-20; XLV, 123-32, 220-33. "Repertorio." 
Readers guide to books on religion. London: Library Assoc., County Libraries 
Section. Pp. 48. 

Rev. by M. Spinka in Library quar., VII, 603-4 ("a fairly comprehensive, al 
though by no means exhaustive, selection of the more recent books dealing with 
historical and comparative religion, the Bible, Jesus Christ, Christian theology, 
church history, history of the various denominations, polity, liturgy"). 

Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. July 1935 
June 19S7. Also Vol. XXXVII, No. 12 (July-Jan., 1938). New York: 
H. W. Wilson. 

Shaw, Marian (ed.). Essay and general literature index. 1937. An index to 
2956 essays and articles in 150 volumes of collections of essays and miscel 
laneous works. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. vi+176. 

Union catalogue of the periodical publications in the university libraries of the 

British Isles Compiled, on behalf of the Joint Standing Committee 

on Library Co-operation, by Marion G. Roupell, London: National Cen 
tral Library. Pp. xii+712. 
Rev. by C. Ulrich in Library jour., LXII, 908-9. 

University of North Carolina record, No. 311: Research in progress, October, 
1935 October, 1936. Chapel Hill, N.C.: Univ. of N.C. pr., 1936. "Eng 
lish," pp. 37-51. 

"Victorian bibliography for 1936." MP, XXXIV, 387-423. 

Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographic des Buch- und 

Bibliothekswesens mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographic, Vol. 

XI (1936). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. 
Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part L (Jan.-Dec., 1936): A classified list 

.... with an extended alphabetical index Also Part LIII (Jan.-Sept.). 

London: J. Whitaker & Sons. 
Writings on British history 1934. A bibliography of books and articles on the 

history of Great Britain from about 450 A.D. to 1914, published during the 

year 1984 Comp. by Alexander Taylor Milne. London: Cape. Pp. 

427. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1937 187 

The year s work in English studies, Vol. XVI (1935). Ed. for the English 
Assoc. by F. S. Boas and M. S. Serjeantson. London: Milford, Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. 380. "The nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh), 
pp. 318-47; "Bibliographica" (Harry Sellers), pp. 348-62. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND 

SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

The Amberky papers: the ktters and diaries of Lord and Lady Amberky. Ed. 
Bertrand and Patricia Russell: London: Hogarth pr.; New York: W. W. 
Norton. 2 vols. Pp. iv-f 552; vi+581. 

Rev. by E. Hudson in LL, XVI, 192-94; by W. Soskin in HTB, May 16, pp. 1, 
2; in S, March 19, pp. 538-40; in TLS, March 13, p. 179. Many references to Vic 
torians: Carlyle, Eliot, Grote, Huxley, Jowett, Lecky, Mill, Trollope, etc. 

Andrews, Cyril B. The railway age; a social history. London: Country Life. 
Pp. 145. 
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVII, 158; in TLS, Nov. 6, p. 828. 

Archer, Charles (ed.). "Ibseniana: letters from William Archer to Charles 
Archer [1881-83]." LM, XXXVI, 527-37. 

Asquith, Herbert. Moments of memory. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 384. 

d Auvergne, Edmund. Envoys extraordinary; the romantic careers of some re- 
markable British representatives abroad. London: Harrap. Pp. 318. 
Rev. in SR, May 29, p. 258. Five men: James Harris, first Earl of Malmes- 

bury, Hugh Elliot, Lord W. Bentinck, Stratford Canning, Sir Henry Lytton Bul- 

wer. 

Barton, Margaret. Turibridge Wells. London: Faber; Toronto: Ryerson. 
Pp. 363. 
Three centuries of social life and customs at a famous resort. 

Beaty-Pownall, Fanny. "The crowning of the Queen: 1838." Cornhill mag., 
CLV, 577-89. 
A contemporary account, ed. by Cora Marshall, daughter of the author. 

Beckerath, H. von. "Economic thought and economic evolution during the 
last 150 years." Philosophical rev., XLVI, 573-95. 

Bell, Gertrude L. The earlier Utters (1869-83) of Gertrude Bell Ed. Elsa Rich 
mond. London: Benn; New York: Liveright. Pp. ix+347. 

Bell, Herbert C. F. Lord Palmerston. See VB 1936, 392. 

Rev. by P. Knaplund in AHR, XLII, 322-25; by C. Payne in JMH, IX, 88-91 
("most convincing and illuminating .... it is seldom that history is made so at 
tractive"); by C. Webster in EHR, LII, 713-16. 

Birrell, Augustine. Things past redress. London: Faber. Pp. xi+317. 

Rev. by E. Kellett in S, April 9, p. 670; in CR, CLI, 749-51; in TLS, April 10, 
p. 271. Many anecdotes and references concerning Victorians. 



188 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Blanche, Jacques-Emile. Portraits of a life time. Tr. anded. Walter Clement. 

Intro, by H. Granville-Barker. London: Dent. Pp. 336. 

Rev. by D. Shawe-Taylor in NS, XIV, 690-92; in TLS, Oct. 23, p. 777. In 
cludes accounts of Beardsley, Hardy, G. Moore, etc. 

Bolitho, Hector. Royal progress, 1837-1937; one hundred years of British mon 
archy. London: Batsford; New York: Scribner s. Pp. viii+120. 
Rev. in SR, May 1, p. 294. Includes some material from the author s Albert the 

good and Victoria, the widow, and her son. 

Byrne, Lionel S. R., and Churchill, E. L. Changing Eton; a survey of conditions 
based on the history of Eton since the Royal Commission of 1862-64- London : 
Cape. Pp. 288. 

Carter, John. "Bentleys three-deckers." S, May 7, pp. 856-57. See also 
June 11, p. 1097, and June 18, p. 1149. 

"A century of British monarchy: birth and growth of the new idea." TLS 
(leading article), May 1, pp. 315-16. 

Chancellor, E. Beresford. "London life a century ago (1837)." CR, CLI, 
469-75. 

Clark, George Kitson. Peel. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth, 1936. 
Pp. 142. 

Clynes, Rt. Hon. J. R. Memoirs, Vol. I: 1869-1924. London: Hutchinson. . 
Pp. 351. 
Rev. by G. D. H. Cole in NS, XIV, 418. 

Compton-Rickett, Arthur. Portraits and personalities. London: Selwyn & 

Blount. Pp.320. 

Rev. in SR, April 24, p. 279; in TLS, April 3, p. 250. Includes essays on Brown 
ing, Dickens, Hardy, Swinburne; appendix of Rossetti-Swinburne letters. 

Conklin, R. J. Thomas Cooper, the Chartist (1805-1892}. See VB 1936, 393. 
Rev. by A. Harrison, "Thomas Cooper and the Chartist movement," LQHR, 
CLXII, 183-97. 

Costin, W. C. Great Britain and China, 1883-1860. Oxford: Clarendon pr. 
Pp. 370. 

Crabit&s, Pierre. Victoria s guardian angel; a study of Baron Stockmar. Lon 
don: Routledge. Pp. ix+289. 
Rev. in SR, April 17, pp. 262-63. 

Cruttwell, C. R. M. F. A history of peaceful change in the modern world. Ox 
ford univ. pr. Pp. viii+222. 

Rev. by A. Toynbee in S, April 23, p. 766; in TLS, May 22, p. 387. Legal and 
historical aspects of all peaceful changes in the world during the last 125 years. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 189 

Cunliffe, John W. England in picture, song and story. With notes on the illus 
trations by Margaret Pickel. London and New York: Appleton-Century, 
1936. Pp. xxxviii+410. 
Rev. by L. Nicholl in HTB, Jan. 17, p. 12. 

Cunnington, C. W. English women s clothing in the nineteenth century. Lon 
don: Faber. 
Rev. by E. Bowen in NS, XIV, 930-32; by R. Lehmann in S, Nov. 19, p. 4; 

in TLS, Nov. 20, p. 883. 

Curie, Richard. Caravansary and conversation; memories of places and persons. 

New York: Stokes. Pp. x+309. 

Rev. by K. Woods in NYTBR, March 7, p. 4. Includes "Queen Victoria at the 
close," and passages on Meredith, Rossetti, Watts-Dunton. 

de Kiewet, C. W. The imperial factor in South Africa. A study in politics and 
economics. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. x+342 

Desart, Hamilton J. A. Cuffe, 5th earl of, 1848-1934, and Lubbock, Lady Sy 
bil Marjorie (Cuffe). A page from the past; memories of the Earl of Desart. 
London: Cape; Toronto: Nelson, 1936. Pp. 254. 

Dickinson, H. W. Matthew Boulton. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xiv+218. 
Digeon, A. "John Constable (1837-1937)." EtA, I, 483-97. 
Disher, Maurice. Greatest show on earth: Astky s. London: Bell. Pp. 302. 
Rev. by H. Fisher in LL, XVII, 160-61. The 19th-cent. English circus. 

Dobre*e, Bonamy. "Eccentric Englishwomen: I. Lady Hester Stanhope." 
S, April 16, pp. 700-701. 

Dollans, Edouard. Histoire du mouvement ouvrier: 1830-1871. Paris: A. 
Colin, 1936. Pp. 400. 
Rev. by G. Bourgin in RH, CLXXX, 136^38. 

Dugdale, Blanche E. C. Arthur James Balfour. London: Hutchinson, 1936; 

New York: Putnam. 2 vols. Pp. 448; 450. 

Rev. by W. Langer in HTB, Feb. 28, p. 4 ("will not measure up" to Morley s 
Gladstone, or Garvin s Chamberlain)] by P. Wilson in NYTBR, Feb. 28, p. 5; 
by W. Windelband in Dublin rev., LXIII, 86-93; in New R, April 21, p. 330. 

Edwards, H. "The corn laws." TLS, Nov. 20, p. 891. 

Ensor, R. C. K. England, 1870-1914- See VB 1936, 393. 

Rev. by C. Brinkmann in DLtz, LVIII, 333-34; by P. Knaplund in JMH, IX, 
100-102; by D. Owen in SRL, Jan. 2, p. 10. 

Falconer, Sir Robert. "In Edinburgh fifty years ago." QQ, XLIV, 441-54. 

Falk, Bernard. "Old <?Y daughter; the history of a strange family. London: 
Hutchinson. Pp. 369. 
Brief rev. in JMH, IX, 275. Nineteenth-cent, social history. 



190 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

"The Faraday-Whewell correspondence concerning electro-chemical terms." 

Scientific monthly, Dec., pp. 535-46. 
Ford, Ford Madox. Portraits from life. New York: Houghton Mifflin. Pp. 

vi+227. 

Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, April 3, p. 14; by I. Paterson in HTB, Mar. 28, p. 5; 
by K. Woods in NYTBR, April 4, p. 3. Includes studies of Hardy and Swinburne. 

John Freeman s letters. Ed. Gertrude Freeman and Sir John Squire. London : 
Macmillan, 1936. Pp. 395. 
Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, I, 76-77. 

GUI, Henry V. "Brave days at Cambridge." St, XXVI, 267-79. 

Gleichen-Russwurm, A. von. Victoria. Ihr Leben und ihre Zeit. ("Frauen der 
Geschichte.") Hamburg: Hoffmann & Campe, 1936. Pp. 165. 

Goldsmith, Margaret. Florence -Nightingale: the woman and the legend. Lon 
don: Hodder & Stoughton; Toronto: Musson. Pp. 320. 
Rev. in NS, June 26, p. 1074; in SR, July 3, pp. 6, 7; in TLS, June 26, p. 472. 

Guedalla, Philip. The hundred years: 1837-1937. See VB 1936, 394. 

Rev. by G. Mattingly in SRL, Jan. 30, p. 7; by W. Millis in HTB, Jan. 31, 

p. 1; by L. Titterton in NYTBR, Jan. 31, pp. 1, 15; by M. Urban in JMH, IX, 

384-85; in CR, CLI, 242-44; in More books, XII, 162; in New R, Feb. 17, p. 53. 

Guyon, B. "Les Origines du positivisme." RPh, XXXVII, 49-55. 

Harling, Robert (comp.). The London miscellany: a nineteenth century scrap- 
book. London: Heinemann. Illus. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 18, p. 959. A delightful volume on the daily life of the Vic 
torians. 

Heaton, Herbert. Economic history of Europe. New York: Harper, 1936. Pp. 
xiv+775. 
Rev. by J. Nef in AHR, XLII, 705-7. 

Henderson, G. B. "The diplomatic revolution of 1854." AHR, XLIII, 22- 
50. 

Henderson, G. B. "The pacifists of the fifties." JMH, IX, 314-41. 

Traces the influence of the early apostles of arbitration and disarmament upon, 
the press of various nations, upon Louis Napoleon, and notably upon Gladstone. 

Henrey, Robert. A century between; the story of the descendants of Nathan 
Rothschild. London: Heinemann; Toronto: Ryerson; New York: Long 
mans. Pp. 325. 
Rev. by W. MacDonald in HTB, Nov. 21, p. 1.2; in SR, Oct. 2, p. 214; in TLS, 

Sept. 11, p. 649. 

Hindle, Wilfrid H. The morning post: 1772-1987; portrait of a newspaper. 
London: Routledge. Pp. 260. 
Rev. in SR, Dec. 11, pp. 374r-75; in TLS, Dec. 4, p. 919. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 191 

Hobhouse, Christopher. "The Crystal Palace." Cornhill mag., CLV, 554- 
60. 

Hobhouse, Christopher. 1851 and the Crystal Palace; being an account of the 
Great Exhibition and its contents .... contemporary drawings. London: 
Murray; New York: Button. Pp. ix, xii+181. 
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Dec. 12, p. 10; by R. Duffus in NYTBR, Aug. 15, 

pp. 3, 20; by R. Waller in NS, March 27, p. 527; in SR, April 10, p. 247. 

Holden, Angus. Four generations of our royal family; with 32 photographs from 
1861 to 1896 London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 260. 

Housman, Laurence. Palace scenes. London: Cape. Pp. 7+189. 
Twelve scenes in which Queen Victoria takes part. 

Hughes, M, Vivian. A London home in the nineties. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 

255. 

Rev. by Bryher in LL, XVII, 158-59; in TLS, Oct. 23, p. 776. The 4th vol. of 
Mrs. Hughes s memoirs. 

Ilchester, the Earl of . Chonicks of Holland House, 1820-1900. London: Mur 
ray. Pp. xvi+554. 
Rev. by C. Hobhouse in S, Dec. 17, p. 1110; by P. QuenneU in NS, XIV, 887- 

88; in TLS, Nov. 6, p. 817. 

Jackson, J. Hampden. England since the industrial revolution, 1815-1935. A 
simple history. London: Gollancz, 1936. Pp. 312. 
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 6, p. 83. 

Jeffries, Graham M. (Bruce Graeme, pseud.). A century of Buckingham Pal 
ace, 1837-1937; an unconventional and anecdotal study London: 

Hutchinson. Pp. 180. 

An abridged and rev. ed. of the author s The story of Buckingham Palace (Lon 
don, 1928). 

Jeffries, Graham M. (Bruce Graeme, pseud.). The story of Windsor Castle. 
London: Hutchinson; Toronto: Ryerson. Pp. 359. 
Rev. in SR, May 15, p. 326. 

Jesse, William. "Cambridge in the eighties." Cornhill mag., CLV, 340-56. 

Kellett, E. E. "Mudie s." S, July 16, pp.- 100-101. See S, July 23, p. 149. 

Kirby, Chester. The English country gentleman. London: Clarke. Pp. 255. 
Rev. by J. Sparrow in S, Sept. 17, p. 472. 

Knickerbocker, Frances. "Victoria invicta." SeR, XLV, 168-79. 

Kuczynski, J. Labour conditions in western Europe, 1820-19S5. London: 
Lawrence & Wishart. Pp. 112. 
Rev. by M. Dobb in Economic jour., XLVII, 545-47. 



192 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Lambert, Margaret, and Marx, Enid. When Victoria began to reign: a corona 
tion year scrapbook. London: Faber. Pp. 319. 

Rev. by E. Benson in S, May 7, pp. 868-69; by G. Stonier in NS, May 8, p. 774; 
in TLS, May 1, p. 348. 

Leslie, Shane. "The centenary of Mrs. Fitzherbert." Dublin rev., July, pp 
61-75. 

Leslie, Shane. "Letters from the Fitzherbert papers." Dublin rev., Oct., pp. 
339-63. 

Leslie, Shane. Men were different; five studies in late Victorian biography. Lon 
don: Michael Joseph; Philadelphia: Saunders. Pp. 287. 
Rev. in S, March 19, p. 544; in TLS, March 20, p. 201. On Wilfrid Blunt, 

Randolph Churchill, Arthur Dunn, Augustus Hare, George Wyndham. 

Littlewood, L. M. "A Victorian magazine." CR, CLI, 331-39. 

An anniversary article on the founding of Benttey s miscellany in 1837, and its 
success until it was absorbed into Temple bar in 1868. 

Lockhart, John Gilbert. Viscount Halifax, Part II: 1885-1934. London: 
Bles, 1936. Pp. 429. See VB 1935, 411. 
Rev. by C. Bolton in Dublin rev., July, pp. 165-67. 

Lowndes, G. A. N, The silent social revolution. An account of the expansion of 
public education m England and Wales, 1895-1935. Oxford univ. pr. Pp 
xii+274. 

Lucas, E. V. All of apiece. New.essays. London: Methuen. Pp. 217. 

Includes printing of selections from Du Maurier s diary, 1867-68. 
McLachlan, H. Records of a family. Manchester univ. pr., 1936. Pp. xi+240. 

Brief rev. in English, I (1936), 186-87 (includes records of religious develop 
ments, education). 

MacMunn, Sir George. "British in Spain a century ago." NC, CXXI, 786- 
97. 

McPharlin, Paul. "Victorian bookmarkers." Colophon, N.S., II, 355-66. 
Marriott, J. A. R. "Our fathers that begat us." NC, CXXII, 179-88. 

Marvin, F. S. Comte: the founder of sociology. London: Chapman & Hall 
Pp. 216. 

Rev. in TLS, Jan. 2, p. 4. A very useful attempt to summarize the permanent 
elements of Comte s philosophy; makes no attempt to place Comte in the history 
of thought. C. F. H. 

Marwick, W, H. Economic developments in Victorian Scotland. London: Al 
len & Unwin, 1936. Pp. 295. 

Ma the w, David. Catholicism in England, 1536-1935. London: Longmans 
Pp. xii-f 304. 

Rev. by M. Trappes-Lomax in Cr, XVI, 371-74. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 193 

Maurice, Sir Frederick. Haldane: 1856-1915. London: Faber. Pp.410. 

Rev. by the Marquess of Crewe in S, Oct. 22, pp. 689-90; by R. Mortimer in 
MS, XIV, 686; in TLS, Oct. 23, p. 767. 

Maurois, Andre*. La Monarchic anglaise de Victoria d George VI. Paris: Flam- 
marion. Pp. 48. 

Mead, George H. Movements of thought in the nineteenth century. See VB 1936, 

397. 

Rev. by A. Castell in JMH, IX, 86-88; by J. Randall in AHR, XLII, 535-37; 
by R. Tsanoff in Philosophical rev., XLVI, 433-36. 

Meine, Kurt. England und Deutschland in der Zeit des Uberganges vom Man- 
chestertum zum Imperialismus, 1871 bis 1876. Berlin: Ebering. Pp. xiii+ 
218. 

Meysenbug, Malvida von. Rebel in bombazine. Memoirs Ed. Mildred 

Adams from tr. of Elsa von M. Lyons. New York: Norton, 1936. Pp. 

315. 

Rev. by C. Stillman in HTB, Jan. 10, p. 6. Exile in London, friend of Mazzini, 

Kossuth, and Wagner. Among pioneers in German liberal thought. 

Millin, Sarah. General Smuts. Boston: Little, Brown, 1936. 2 vols. 

Rev. by A. Fletcher in AHR, XLII, 549-51. 
Mure, G. R. C. "Oxford and Philosophy." Philosophy, XII, 291-301. 

Mostly 19th cent. 

Newton, A. P., et al. The Cambridge history of the British Empire, Vol. VIII: 
South Africa, Rhodesia, and the protectorates. Cambridge univ. pr.; New 
York: Macmillan, 1936. Pp. xxv+1005. 
Rev. by C. Loram in AHR, XLII, 546-49. 

Postgate, Raymond, and Vallance, Aylmer. England goes to press; the English 
people s opinion on foreign affairs as reflected in their newspapers since 
Waterloo (1815-1937}. Indianapolis and New York: Bobbs-Merrill; Lon 
don: Harrap. Pp. 337. 

Rev. by C. Brinton in SRL, Sept. 18, p. 17; by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, Dec. 
12, p. 35; by W. MacDonald in HTB, Oct. 10, p. 28; in TLS, July 3, p. 488. Eng 
lish title: Those foreigners 

"Production and typography: the comely and well-looking book (1837- 
1937)." TLS, May 1, pp. 326-27. 

Publishing houses: salute to the centenarians (1837-1937). " TLS, May 1, 
p. 337. 

Quennell, Peter. Victorian panorama; a survey of life and fashion from con 
temporary photographs. London: Batsford; New York: Scribner s. Pp. 
128. 
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Dec. 12, p. 10; by Hayward in S, Dec. 3, pp. 1008, 

1010; by A. Loveman in SRL, Jan. 8, 1938, p. 6; by C. St. John in MS, XIV, 1068; 

in TLS, Nov. 27, p. 901. 



194 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

A fascinating and valuable volume, both for its informative text and for its 
splendid photographs. There are unfortunately too few photographs from the 
1840 s and 50 s; and many of those depicting stage life and people are surely below 
average in technique and representativeness. There are seldom-seen pictures of 
Lord Brougham, Gladstone, Thackeray, Eliza Cooke, Tennyson, Spurgeon, Hux 
ley, Lord Leighton, Leech, Lord Elgin, and Palmerston. The Victorian middle- 
class family is caught to the life, opposite p. 44; and there is a remarkable "James- 
ian" group opposite p. 97. The Victorian age is the first epoch to leave behind it 
its photographed history. Perhaps the charm and interest of this book will induce 
someone to bring out a larger and better one. C. F. H. 

Ratcliffe, S. K. "Victorian centenary." FR, CXLVII, 683-92. 

"The rights and wrongs of authors: publisher-despotism and its decline 
(1837-1937)," TLS, May 1, pp. 338-39. 

Roth, Georges. "L Angleterre, Lamartine, et Pautonomisme irlandais en 
1848." France-Grande-Bretagne, June, pp. 164-73. 

Ryan, Mrs. Rachel R. Biography of Manchester. ("Biographies of cities ser.") 
London: Methuen; New York: Saunders. Pp. 146. 

Sayer, G. R. Hong Kong. Birth, adolescence, and coming of age. Oxford univ. 
pr. Pp. ix+232. 

Scudder, Vida D. On journey. London and New York: Dent. Pp. 7+445. 

Rev. in TLS, July 10, p. 504. Autobiography, with an interesting account of 
the author s discipleship under Ruskin, whose lectures at Oxford she attended. 

Seton- Watson, Robert. .Britain in Europe, 1789-1914, a survey of foreign pol 
icy. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmiflan. Pp. ix-f 716. 
Rev. by W. Langer in H TB, Nov. 28, p. 18 ("as a survey of Britain s European 

policy it is certainly the best thing we have"). 

Shaw. London music in 1888-89 as heard by Corno di Bassetto (later known as 
Bernard Shaw). With some further autobiographical particulars. London: 
Constable. Pp.439. 
Rev. in FR, CXLII, 628-29; in S, Nov. 12, pp. 860, 862. 

"Sixty years ago." By the assistant editor. NC, CXXI, 424-32. 

Smellie, K. P. A hundred years of English government. London: Duckworth. 

Pp. 468. 

Rev. by M. Maclagan in ER, LXIV, 376-77; in TLS, March 20, p. 204. 
Soames, Jane. The English press. London: Stanley Nott. Pp. 178. 
Somervell, D. C. Victorian age. London: Bell. Pp. 30. 

Sommerfield, Vernon. English railways; their beginnings, development, and 
personalities. London: Nelson. Pp. 362. 

Stevenson, Lionel. "Prude s progress." VQR, XIII, 257-70. 
On the rise of Victorian prudery. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 195 

Temperley, Harold W. V. England and the Near East: the Crimea. London 

and New York: Longmans, 1936. Pp. xxx+548. 

Rev. by B. Schmidt in JMH, IX, 94-95; by M. Lheritier in Revue des etudes 
historiques, CXL, 76-77; by P. Vaucher in RH, CLXXX, 132-33. 

Thirkell, Angela. Coronation summer. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. viii+195. 

Rev. in TLS, March 6, p. 166 (see also p. 348). Of Victoria s coronation, 1838. 

History through "The Times." A collection of leading articles on important 
events, 1800-1937. Selected by Sir James Marchant. Introd. by Geoffrey 
Dawson, editor of the Times. London: Cassell. Pp. xi+619. 
Rev. in SR, March 20, p. 198; in TLS, March 13, p. 183. 

Van Alstyne, Richard. " Anglo- American relations, 1853-1857." AHR, 

XLII, 491-500. 
Vaughan, W. W. "John Bailey, 1864-1931; letters and diaries/ English, I 

(1936), 124-28. 
Queen Victoria. Ein Frauenkben unter der Krone. Eigenhdndige Briefe und 

Tagebuchblatter 1834-1901. Ed. Dr. Kurt Jagow. BerKn: Siegismund, 

1936. Pp. 538. 

Contains many of the Queen s letters to members of the Prussian Royal family, 
published from the Hohenzollern "Hausarchiv." 

"Victoria Regina, 1837-1937." QR, CCLXIX, 258-67. 

Waterfield, Gordon. Lucie Duff Gordon. In England, South Africa and Egypt. 
London: Murray. Pp. xi-J-357. 
Rev. in SR, Feb. 13, pp. 118-19; in TLS, Jan. 30, p. 69. 

Watson, J. A. Scott, and Hobbs, May Elliott. Great farmers. London: Selwyn 
& Blount. Pp. 287. 
Rev. in SR, Jan. 30, p. 87. English farming, 1850-75. 

Wearmouth, R. F. Methodism and the working-class movements of England, 
1800-1850. London: Epworth pr. Pp. 289. See VB 1936, 400. 
Rev. by H. Laski in NS, XIV, 383-84; in TLS, Aug. 14, p. 586. 

White, Frederic. "Trades and professions in 1852." N & Q, Aug. 7, pp, 93- 

94. 
Whitelaw, W. M. "The financial plight of a queen s consort." AHR, XLII, 

691-99. 
Wicks, Margaret C. W. The Italian exiles in London, 1816-1848. Manchester 

univ. pr. Pp. xvi+316. 
Wilson, Mona. "Eccentric Englishwomen: II. Mrs. Grote." S, April 23, 

pp. 753-54. 
Wyndham, Horace. Mr. Sludge, the medium. The life of Daniel Dunglas Home. 

London: Bles. Pp.319. 

Rev. by R. Waller in NS, March 27, p. 527. 



196 VTCTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Young, G. M. Daylight and champagne. London: Cape; Toronto: Nelson 

(with title: Themes ancient and modern). Pp. 312. 

Rev. by E. Woodward in S, Oct. 8, p. 590; in FR, CXLII, 751-52; in TLS, 
Oct. 9, p. 731. Essays, many of them on Victorians and Victorian subjects: Peel, 
Disraeli, Macaulay, Newman, etc.; brilliant and provocative, rather than critical 
in aim. C. F. H. 
Young, G. M. Victorian England. See VB 1936, 401. 

Rev. by S. Chew in HTB, April 4, p. 22; by J. Curtiss in SRL, April 17, p. 17; 
by R. Ensor in S, Dec. 25, 1936, p. 1130; by E. Hudson in LL, XVI, 167-68; 
by F. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLV, 502-4; by P. Wilson in NYTBR, March 21, 
p. 10. 
Zukerman, William. "Queen Victoria is dead." Harper s mag., CLXXIV, 

561-68. 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY 

FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES 

Artz, Frederick B. "Eupojpean civilization 1815-1850; some unfinished busi 
ness." JMH, IX, 304-13 

Indicates the crying need for general interpretative works on 19th-cent. Ger 
man society, the Habsburg and Ottoman empires, and Spanish civilization. De 
plores the lack of comprehensive works on movements in literature from 1750 to 
1850 written from an international point of view. No such major work has ap 
peared since the Main currents of George Brandes in the 1870 s. The indifference of 
American historians to the valuable contributions to intellectual history by such 
historians of comparative literature as Baldensperger is pointed out. Monographic 
studies on a multitude of subjects are needed: studies on the press of individual 
countries; movements of social and political ideas across national boundaries for 
example, the influence of education, technical and otherw 3e, almost totally ig 
nored by the professors of education. Such general works must come from the 
"older practitioners of history/ but the monographic studies may well be at 
tempted by candidates for the Ph.D. F. E. F. 

Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel, Vol. VII : The age of Dickens and 

Thackeray. See VB 1936, 401. 

Rev. by J. Baker in JEGP, XXXVI, 134-36; by A. Digeon in EtA, I, 74-76;. 
by R. Waller in MLR, XXXII, 301-3. 

Baker, E. A. The history of the Enalish novel, Vol. VIII: From the Brontes to 
Meredith. Romanticism in the English novel London: Witherby, Pp. 411. 
Rev. in TLS, June 26, p. 477. 

Barnes, Harry Elmer. A history of historical writing. Norman, Okla. : Univ of 

Oklahoma. Pp. 434. 
Beach, Joseph W. The concept of nature in nineteenth-century English poetry. 

See VB 1936, 401. 

Rev. by A. Ballman in MLN, LII, 609-11; by C. Harrold in VQR, XIII, 303-7; 
by E. Legouis in EtA, I, 73-74; by J. Sp. in Archiv, CLXXI, 263-64 (underlying 
concept of Beach s work "decidedly false")- 



VICTORIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 197 

Boas, Frederick S. From Richardson to Pinero. See VB 1936, 402. 

Rev. by B. Dobr&j in Cr, XVI, 545-47; by J. Drinkwater in English, I, 341-42; 
by W. D. Thomas in MLR, XXXII, 663. 

Boas, Guy (ed.)- Prose of yesterday: Dickens to Galsworthy. London: Mac- 
millan. Pp. 236. 

Bush, Douglas. Mythology and the romantic tradition in English poetry. 

("Harvard studies in English," Vol. XVIII.) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard 

univ. pr. Pp. xvi+647. 

Rev. by W. De Vane in MP, XXXV, 211-13; by J. Stinchcomb in Classical 
weekly, May 10, pp. 276-77; by E. Walton, in HTB, Sept. 19, p. 23. A survey cov 
ering the years 1800-1935. 

One of the major scholarly works of the year; a monumental study, rich in 
learning, and admirable in style and method. The first five chapters deal with the 
Romantic period (beginning with "The eighteenth century" and bringing the dis 
cussion down to "Minor poets of the early nineteenth century," in chap, v); then 
there follow excellent treatments of Tennyson, Arnold, Morris, Swinburne, Brown 
ing, Meredith, and various minor poets; the last three chapters deal with poets 
from the 1890 s to the present, English and American. The author s wide knowl 
edge of the ancient classics imparts to his discussion of each poet such original and 
illuminating views that even the specialist in the poet finds new and fresh aspects 
of his subject. Unavoidably, in many cases the poets are seen somewhat out of 
focus, as the author expands upon the mythical element in their works; but in a 
study so laden with interesting findings, this fault if it be one is negligible. The 
study is amply documented with footnotes and chapter bibliographies and pre 
sents, in addition, an appendix listing all significant mythological poems in English 
since 1680. For the scholar and student in the Victorian field, Professor Bush has 
not only brilliantly delineated one of the major traditions of the Victorian era but 
has also shown one of the threads in the vital continuity between that age and the 
preceding one. C. F. H. 

Cazamian, Madeleine. Le Roman et Us idees en Angleterre, Tome II: .... 

1880-1900. See VB 1936, 403. 

Rev. by B. Groom in English, I, 435-36 (favorable) ; by A. Farmer in EtA, I, 
253-56; in TLS, Aug. 28, p. 620. 

Cowie, Donald. "The literature of New Zealand." English, I, 512-23. 

Cox, R. G. "The great reviews" (Parts I and II). Scrutiny, VI, issues for 

June and Sept. 

Treats of the literary criticism of the Edinburgh and the Quarterly review, and 
Blackwood s. 

Craig, Alec. The banned books of England. London: Allen & Unwin; New 

York: Macmillan. Pp. vii+207. 

Rev. by W. Carlton in HTB, Dec. 12, p. 28 ("instructive contribution to the 
history of books suppressed in England under the obscene publications act of 
1857"); in SR, April 24, p. 278. 



198 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Davidson, Donald (ed.). British poetry of the eighteen-nineties. ("Series in 

literature," ed. Robert Shafer.) New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. 

lxxii+420. Selected bibliog., pp, liii-lxxii. 
Decker, Clarence. "Victorian comment on Russian realism. " PMLA, LII, 

542-49. 
Delafield, E. M. Ladies and gentlemen in Victorian fiction. London: Hogarth 

pr. Pp. 294. 

Rev. by O. Downes in NYTBR, Dec. 26, p. 6; by A. Loveman in SRL, Jan. 8, 
1938, p. 6; by H. Miles in S, June 4, p. 1057; by R. Mortimer in NS, June 19, 
p. 1006; by P. Y. in EtA, I, 447; in TLS, June 5, p. 424. 

A collection of extracts from minor Victorian fiction designed to recall the 
"domestic scene" of the age; tending to present Victorianism under its more ab 
surd and repellent aspects, and thus to throw the picture of the age out of focus. 
The introductory essay, originally published in the Home Supplement of the 
Times of 1935, intelligently compares the Victorian age with our own day, and 
makes numerous illuminating observations relative to the significance of the term 
Victorian."~-C. F. H. 

Ernst, Gertrude. Die Rolle des Geldes im englischen Roman des neunzehnten 
Jahrhunderts. Heidelberg diss. Villingen, Schwarzwald: A. Wetzel, 1936. 
Pp. 77. 

Ertle, Max. Englische Liter aturgeschichtsschreibung, AesthetiJc und Psychologic 
in ihren Beziehungen. Ein Beitrag zur Methodik der englischen Literatur- 
wissenschajt. Berlin diss. Berlin: Triltsch & Huther, 1936. Pp. 116. 
Includes discussion of histories of English literature by A. W. Ward, Stephen, 
and Hallam; and by more recent writers who treat of 19th~cent. English litera 
ture. 

"Everybody s books: popular taste and clever enterprises (1837-1937)." 

TLS, May 1, pp. 328-29. 
"The expositors of science: growth of a new public (1837-1937)." TLS, 

May 1, p. 336. 
Eyre, Edward (ed.). European civilization, its origin and development. By 

various contributors. Vol. VI: Political and cultural history of Europe since 

the Reformation. London: Milford, Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 1624. 

Essays on the transition in religion, politics, education, philosophy, etc. In 
cludes Desmond MacCarthy, "The European tradition in literature from 1600 
onwards." 

Favreau, A. R. "British criticism of Daudet, 1872-97." PMLA, LII, 528- 

41. 
"The five-fold growth of theology: Catholicism and Liberalism (1837- 

1937)." TLS, May 1, pp. 330-31. 
Gottbrath, K. Der Einfluss von Goethes l{ Wilhelm Meister." See VB 1936, 

403. 

Rev. by C. Harrold in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 184r-85. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 199 

Groom, Bernard. The formation and use of compound epithets in English 
poetry from 1579. S.P.E. Tract No. XLIX. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 28. 

Grover, Frederick. "Poetry and astronomy/ SM, XLIV, 519-29. 

Hathaway, L. German literature of the mid^nineteenth century in England and 
America as reflected in the journals, 1840-1914. See VB 1936, 404. 

Rev. by H. Atkins in MLR, XXXII, 132-33; by B. Morgan in JEGP, XXXVI, 
140-44. 

Henderson, W. (ed.). Victorian street ballads; a collection of popular battads 
sold in the street in the nineteenth century. London : Country Life. Pp. 159. 
Rev. by J. Haywood in S, Jan. 7, 1938, p. 26; by H. Fisher in LL, XVII, 159- 

60; by G. Stonier in NS, XIV, 848. 

Hillhouse, J. The Waverky novel* and their critics. See VB 1936, 404. 
Rev. by J. Baker in PQ, XVI, 415-16. 

Hogan, J. J. "Swinburne, the moderns, and the tradition of English poetry." 

St, XXVI, 310-16. 
Holdsworth, F. Joseph de Maistre et rAngkterre. Paris: Champion, 1936. 

Pp. xii+324. 
A hundred years of drama: from romance to disillusion (1837-1937)." 

TLS, May 1, pp. 339-40. 
Johnson, Edgar. One mighty torrent: the drama of biography. New York: 

Stackpole Sons. Pp. 595. 

Rev. by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, April 18, p. 2. 

Covers four centuries, includes several passages on Victorian figures; a preten 
tious, over-written book. C. F. H. 

Konig, Georg. Der viktorianische Schulroman mit bes. Berucksichtigung der 
korperl. Erziehung. Giessen diss. Berlin: Weidmann. Pp. 102. 

Lebbin, E. Alfred de Vignys Beziehungen zu England und zur englischen 
Literatur. HaUe diss., 1936. Pp. 115. 

Lucas, F. L. The decline and fall of the Romantic ideal. See VB 1936, 404. 
Rev. by C. Harrold in VQR, XIII, 303-7. 

May, J. Lewis. John Lane and the nineties. See VB 1936, 405. 

Rev. by D. Moore in LL, XVI, 162; by F. Wood in ES, LXXII, 154-55. 

Mowat, R. B. The romantic age; Europe in the early nineteenth century. Lon 
don: Harrap. Pp. 280. 

Brief rev. in GLL, I, 320 (mostly concerned with "the reactions of European 
society to the new outlook on life and art" which the Romantic ihovement in 
duced). 

Muller, Herbert J. Modern fiction: a study of values. New York: Funk & 

Wagnalls. Pp. 447. 

Has chapters on Flaubert; Hardy; Zola; and naturalism in England: Gissing, 
Moore. 



200 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Nicoll, Allardyce. The English theatre. London and New York: Nelson. Pp. 

xi+252. 

Rev. by B. DobrSe in Cr, XVI, 545-47. 
Petersen, Carl. Das soziale-Denken in England, 1830-1855. (Ein Beitrag zur 

engl Liter aturwissenschaft.) Hamburg diss., 1936. Pp. xv+142. 
"The poetry of a century: modernisms old and new (1837-1937)." TLS, 

May 1, pp. 332-33. 
Praz, Mario. Storia della letterature inglese. ("La civilt europea.") Florence: 

G. Sansoni. Pp. 411. 
"Procession of the novelists: from Dickens to Virginia Woolf." TLS, May 1, 

pp. 322-23. 
"The refashioning of history: a line of great craftsmen." TLS, May 1, pp. 

319-20. 

A centenary article (1837-1937) on the writing of history in England. 
Reynolds, E. Early Victorian drama: 1830-1870. See VB 1936, 406. 

Rev. by B. DobrSe in Cr, XVI, 545-47; by H. Fisher in LL, XVI, 168-69. 
Routh, H. V. Towards the twentieth century; essays in the spiritual history of 

the nineteenth century. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York and Toronto: 

Macmillan. Pp. x+392. 

Rev. by A. Coates in Philosophy, XIII, 115-16; by E. Kellett in S, Nov. 19, 
pp. 12, 14; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Jan. 9, 1938, p. 2; by E. Sutton in NS, 
XIV, 744r-46; in FR, CXLII, 630-31; in N & Q, Oct. 9, pp. 269-70; in SRL, Nov. 
20, p. 12. 

An interesting, penetrating, but disappointing book. Useful mainly for its acute 
and comprehensive analysis of the chief Victorian problem: the reconciliation of 
"culture" with (industrial) "civilization," and with science. Mill s essay On liberty 
is taken as marking the turning-point in the century. Thereafter the effort became 
feverish to vindicate human, and spiritual, values in the presence of scientific 
reason and the overwhelming technological changes which were altering life on all 
planes. The author turns a shrewdly appraising eye on all the great Victorian 
writers and presents the essence of their individual struggle and the significance of 
their failure. Now and then, unexpected light is thrown into obscure corners, and 
some of the lesser figures take on fresh meaning (as in the case of Froude) . But as 
the author comes down to the Edwardian era, his analysis becomes less complete 
and convincing: J. S. Haldane, Jules Remains, and Thomas Mann are set up as 
the new guides, and the false leads of the nineteenth century are to be seen as no 
longer an incubus on modern man. The book succeeds better as an analysis of the 
Victorian spiritual struggle than as a study of man s progress toward the twentieth 
century. One may quarrel with the author s thesis, with his definitions, and with 
his prescriptions; but few will deny that he has written an intensely provocative, 
clarifying, and intelligent diagnosis of the Victorian age, especially as viewed in its 
earlier decades. With the last four chapters omitted, with a title accurately indi 
cating the Victorian compass of the book, and with a more adequate conclusion, 
the work would stand out as a memorably trenchant criticism of the age of Dar 
win. C. F. H. 

Scalia, S. Eugene. Carducci, his critics and translators in England and America 
1881-1932. New York: S. F. Vanni. Pp. 102. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 201 

Schlosser, Anselm. Die englische Literatur in DeutsMand von 1895 bis 1934 
mit einer vollstdndigen Bibliographic der deutschen Ubersetzungen und der im 
deutschen Sprachgebiet erschienenen englischen Ausgaben. Jena: Bieder- 
mann. Pp. ii+535. 

Schmucker, W. G. Die moderne englische Jugend. (Eine Analyse nach Zeug- 
nissen der neueren englischen Literatur?) Greifswald diss. Bottrop: W. 
Postberg, 1936. Pp. viii+90. 

Scott- James, R. A. " Proletarians in print; class-conscious novelists, from 
Dickens to Halward." Christian science monitor, weekly mag. sec., Nov. 10, 
p. 8. 

"Shakespeare scholars at work: an age of discovery and advance (1837- 
1937)." TLS, May 1, pp. 334-35. 

Smith, Elva. The history of children s literature; a syllabus with selected bibliog 
raphies. Chicago: Am. Library Assoc. Pp. xviii+244. 
Rev. by M. Davis in Library jour., LXII, 288-89. 

Steuert, H. "The Catholic tradition." CWd, CXLV, 229-31. 

Thurmann, E. Der Niederschlag der evangelischen Bewegung in der englischen 

Literatur. Minister, 1936. Pp. 128. 

Rev. by M. Korn in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 303-4. 

"Types of popular fiction: the fast, the sensational, and the simple (1837- 

1937)." TLS, May 1, pp. 343^4. 
van der Vat, D. G. The fabulous opera: a study of continuity in French and 

English poetry of the nineteenth century. Groningen: Wolters, 1936. Pp. 

211. 

Rev. by R. Waller in MLR, XXXII, 625-27. 

Walpole, Hugh (ed.). Essays by divers hands. Trans, of the Royal Soc. of 

Lit., Vol. XV. Oxford univ. pr., 1936. Pp. viii+202. 

Includes "Novels not by novelists," by the Marquis of Crewe. This essay ap 
peared in FR, CXLV (1936), 574-83. 

Weber, Carl A. Bristols Bedeutung fur die englische Romantik und die deutsch- 
englischen Beziehungen, See VB 1936, 407. 
Rev. by K. Brunner in LgrP, LVIII, 32, 33. 

Weygandt, Cornelius. The time of Tennyson. See VB 1936, 406. 

Rev. by C. Harrold in SAQ, XXXVI, 234-36; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, 

March 7, p. 9. 

Weygandt, Cornelius. The time of Yeats. New York: Appleton-Century. Pp. 
xiii+460, 

Wyatt, A. J., and Clay, Henry. Modern English literature, 1798-1935. Lon 
don: University tutorial pr. Pp. vii+324. 
Rev. in Modern languages, IX, 89-90. 

Wyld, Henry Cecil. A history of modern colloquial English. 3d rev. ed. Ox 
ford: Blackwell, 1936. Pp. 433. 



202 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 

Arnold (see also I, Ehrsam; III, Boas; and III, Bush). Arnold-Foster, F. D. 
At war with the smugglers: career of Dr. Arnold s father. London and Mel 
bourne: Ward, Lock, 1936. Pp. 256. (William Arnold, grandfather of 
Matthew.) 

Brown, E. K. Studies in Arnold s prose works. See VB 1935, 421. 
Rev. by H. Lowry in MLN, LII, 536-37. 

C., T. C. "Matthew Arnold: prose quotations." N & Q, Sept. 5, 1936, pp. 

169-71. 
Sells, Iris. Matthew Arnold and France: the poet. See VB 1936, 407. 

Rev. by K. Gallas in ESt, XIX, 43-45; by C. Harrold in SeR, XLV, 499-501. 
Austin. May, J. Lewis. "A neglected poet." Dublin rev., No. 402, pp. 76-86. 
Bagehot. Young, G. M. "The greatest Victorian." S t June 18, pp. 1137-38. 

Awards the title to Bagehot. For reply by S. K. Ratcliffe see S, June 25, p. 1190; 
other replies in S, July 2, p. 18. 

Young, G. M. "The case for Walter Bagehot." S, July 2, pp. 9-10. 
Beddoes. The works of Thomas Lovell Beddoes. Ed. with introd. by H. W. 

Donner. Oxford univ. pr., 1935. Pp. lxiv+834. 

Rev. by E. Batho in MLR, XXXII, 303-5; by F. Brie in DLtz, LVIII, 1983-86; 
by R. Kaiser in Archiv, CLXXII, 90-93. These reviewers treat also The Browning 
box and Thomas Lovett Beddoes; the making of a poet (see VB 1935, 422). 

Braddon. Sadleir, Michael. "Mary Elizabeth Braddon: born October 4, 

1837." TLS, Oct. 2, p. 711. 

An interesting analysis of the relations of the author of Lady Audley s secret with 
her several publishers; of her methods as a novelist; and of her claim as a perma 
nent, though now neglected, author. A valuable and suggestive centenary article, 
and an important note to the history of Victorian prose fiction. C. F. H. 

Brontes. Dry, Florence S. The sources of l( Wuthering Heights." ("Bronte 
Sources," Vol. I.) Cambridge: Heffer. Pp. 48. 

Harrison, G. E. Haworth parsonage: a study of Wesley and the Brontes. Lon 
don: Epworth pr. Pp. 45. 
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 4, p. 642. 

Maurer, K. W. "The poetry of Emily Bronte." A, XLIX, 442-18, 
Reilly, Joseph J. "Some Victorian reputations." CWd, CXLV, 16-23. 

Considers the strengthening fame of Emily Bronte, Macaulay, Alexander 
Smith, and Tennyson. 

Schulte, Clara. Genie im Schatten. Das Leben der Charlotte Bronte. Dresden: 
Jess, 1936. Pp. 251. 
Rev. by P. Meissner in Archiv, CLXXI, 264r-65. 

White, W. B. The miracle of Haworth. London: Univ. of London pr. Pp. 
384. 
Rev. by E. Benson in S t Nov. 19, pp. 10, 12 (qualified praise). 



VICTORIAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 203 

Brownings (see also I, Ehrsam; II, Compton-Rickett; II, Wyndham; III, 

Boas; III, Bush). Selected poems by Robert Browning. Ed. W. T. Hutchin- 

son and J. R. Reed. London: Longmans. Pp. 258. 
Robert Browning and Julia Wedgwood: a broken friendship as revealed by 

their letters. Ed. Richard Curie. London: Cape; New York: Stokes. Pp. 

xxiii+199. 

Rev. by L. Bacon in SRL, Jan. 1, 1938, p. 12; by W. De Vane in YR t XXVII, 
429-31; by D. Garnett in NS, XIV, 605; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Sept. 12, 
pp. 1, 16; by A. Waugh in S 9 Sept. 24, p. 516; by G. WMcher in HTB, Sept. 12, 
p. 7; in TLS, Sept. 25, p. 691. 

Browning met Miss Wedgwood in 1863. His wife had died June 29, 1861. From 
1863 to 1870 he wrote Miss W. 30 letters; she wrote him 42. Many are very long. 
Many subjects are treated: Keats, the Sonnets from the Portuguese, Queen Vic 
toria, Landor, The ring and the book, Browning s travels in the Pyrenees, etc. 

Clemens, Cyril. "Father Prouty and the Brownings." Dalhousie rev., XVII, 

163-67. 
Dubois, Arthur. " Shelley, Browning, and Masters." Personalist, XVIII, 

404-16. (Their poetic theories of beauty.) 
Englische Kultur in sprachwissenschoftlicher Deutung. Festschrift fur Max 

Deutschbein. Ed. W. Schmidt. Leipzig: Quelle u. Meyer, 1936. Pp. 237. 

Rev. by M. Wilde in LgrP, LVIII, 389-93. Among the essays, H. Heur has 
one on "A grammarian s funeral," and H. Jensen one on Tennyson s "Ulysses." 

Holmes, Stewart. "The sources of Browning s Sordello. )} SP, XXXIV, 467- 
96. 

Koziol, H. "Zu Robert Browning s A grammarian s funeral " Archiv, CLXX 
(1936), 227-29. 

Meredith. Letters from Owen Meredith to Robert and Elizabeth Barrett Brown 
ing. Ed. Aurelia B. Harlan and J. Lee Harlan, Jr. Waco, Texas: Baylor 
univ. Pp. 269. 

Slade, G. E. "The Browning complex." Poetry rev., XXVIII, 301-8. 

Tracy, C. R. "Porphyria s lover." MLN, LII, 579-80. 

Bulwer-Lytton. Seifert, H. Bulwers Verhaltnis zur Geschichte. See VB 1936, 
409. 
Rev. by G. Buck in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 279-80; by E. Vowinckel in LgrP, 

LVIII, 105^-6. 

Burton. Dearden, Seton. Burton of Arabia; the life story of Sir Richard Francis 
Burton. London: Barker; New York: McBride. Pp. 334. (English title: 
The Arabian knight.) 
Rev. by C. Stillman in HTB, April 18, p. 4 ("vivid, scholarly, fascinating"); 

by E. Hudson in LL, XVI, 167-68; by M. Sprengling in JMH , IX, 423-24. 

Wilson, Sir Arnold. Richard Burton. (Fifth Burton Memorial lecture.) Ox 
ford univ. pr. Pp. 40. 



204 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Butler. Bottger, H. Samuel Butlers satir. Romane und ihre literar. Bedeut- 

ung. Marburg diss., 1936. Pp. 100. 
Cowie, Donald. "Samuel Butler in New Zealand, with an early newspaper 

article written by Butler." LM, March, pp. 480-88. 

The article (1863) is "the starting-point of Erewhon." 
Muggeridge, M. The earnest atheist. See VB 1936, 410. 

Rev. by M. Colgate in AR, VIII, 622-26; by H. Jones in SRL, March 13, p. 16; 
by C. StiUman in HTB, March 14, p. 6; in New R, May 5, pp. 393-94. 

Muggeridge, M. "The legacy of Samuel Butler." SRL, Feb. 20, pp. 3-4, 
14. 
An expansion of the introd. to The earnest atheist. 

Carlyle. Sartor resartus. Ed. Charles Frederick Harrold. ("Series in litera 
ture," ed. Robert Shafer.) New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. lxxvi+ 
352. 
Rev. by W. Fischer in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 346. 

Aldag, P. "Thomas Carlyle und die Juden." Hochschule und Auslandj XV, 
203-4. 

Carlyle anti-Semitic on the basis of his little-known The Jew our lawgiver 
(1853). 

Deimel, Th. Carlyle und der Nationalsozialismus Bonn diss. Wiirzburg: 

Triltsch. Pp. viii+144. 
Drummond, A. L. Edward Irving and his circle. London: Clarke. Pp. 306. 

Rev. in TLS, Nov. 6, p. 824 ("very full and careful study" of one of Carlyle s 
most intimate friends, and a great preacher) . 

Eckloff, L. Bild und Wirklichkeit bei Thomas Carlyle. Se e VB 1936, 410. 

Rev. by K. Arns in Die neueren Sprachen, XLV, 335-36; in German life and 
letters, I, 315. 

Eckloff, L. "Thomas Carlyle als Denker-Dichter und Seher," Forsch. und 
Fortschritte, XIII, 378-79. 

Grey, Wilh. Carlyle und das Puritanertum. Halle diss. Wiirzburg. R. Mayr. 
Pp. xvi+107. 

Harrold, Charles Frederick. "Remembering Carlyle: a visit with his nephew, 
July 27, August 5 and 14, 1931." SAQ, XXXVI, 376-84. 

Parsons, C. 0. "Carlyle s gropings about Montrose." ES, LXXI, 360-71. 

Scudder, Townsend. The lonely wayfaring man: Emerson and some English 
men. See VB 1936, 411. 

Rev. by R. T. F. in Personalist, XVIII, 196-98; in TLS, May 15, p. 377. 

Shine, Hill. "Carlyle and Fraser s Letter on the doctrine of St. Simon/ " 

N & Q, Oct. 24, 1936, pp. 291-93. 
Shine, Hill. "Carlyle s fusion of poetry, history, and religion by 1834." SP, 

XXXIV, 43&-66. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 205 

Smith, Logan Pearsall. Repermals and re-collections. New York: Harcourt. 

Pp. vii+371. See VB 1936, 399. 

Rev. by S. Chew in HTB, May 9, p. 30. Includes essays on Carlyle ("the Rem 
brandt of English prose"), Michael Field, Pater, and Sainte-Beuve. 

Vance, William S. Carlyle and the American transcendentalists. Harvard univ., 

unpubl. diss., 1936. 
Volbrath, W. Carlyle und H. St. Chamberlain, zwei Freunde Deidschlands. See 

VB 1935, 425. 

Rev. by K. Arns in Die neueren Sprachen, XLV, 93; by K. Neumann in Beiblatt, 
XLVII (1936), 340-42. 

Wippennann, W, "Carlyle und das neue Deutschland." Neue Jhb. f. dt. 

Wiss., XIII, 329-43. 
Coleridge. Letters of Hartley Coleridge. Ed. Grace Evelyn Griggs and Earl 

Leslie Griggs. Oxford univ. pr., 1936. Pp. xvi+328. 

Rev. by A. Brandl in DLtz, LVIII, 1321-24; by G. Marsh in UP, XXXV, 213- 
15; by A. Strout in MLR, XXXII, 621-22. 

Crowe. Hughes, R. "Une 6tape de Testh&ique de Baudelaire: Catherine 

Crowe/ RLC, XVII, 680-99. 
Darwin. Hopkins, Louis J. "Darwin and his interpreters." Personalist, 

XVIII, 134-51. 

Darwin s theory in no way a mechanistic and materialistic explanation of life. 

West, Geoffrey. Charles Darwin: the fragmentary man. London: Routledge. 

Pp. 364. 

Rev. by A. Ayer in S, Dec. 24, p. 1154; by A. West in NS, XIV, 1029-30; in 
SR, Nov. 20, p. 327; in TLS, Oct. 23, p. 769. 

West, Geoffrey. "The Darwins." TLS, Aug. 21, p. 608. 

Dickens (see also II, Compton-Ricketts). Dickensian (quarterly), Vol. 

XXXIII. See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: "The agreement to write Pickwick (pp. 5-9); "The agree 
ments with Richard Bentley" (pp. 199-204); "An amusing letter to Georgina 
Hogarth" (pp. 101-2); "The beginning of a great friendship [between Dickens and 
Forster]" (pp. 187-90); "A contemporary American estimate of Oliver Twist" (pp. 
87-90); "Dickensian peeps into Punch " (pp. 27-29, 103-9, 271-77); "Forster s 
criticism of The village coqwttes" (pp. 170-72); "Macrone and the reissue of 
Sketches by Boz" (pp. 173-76) ; " The Metropolitan magazine and Dickens s 
early work" (pp. 93-96) ; "More Dickens towns" (pp. 137-38) ; "Peeps at Dickens" 
(pp. 39-40, 135-36); "A stage aside: Dickens s early dramatic productions. 1. 
The strange gentleman, September, 1836" (pp. 81-85; see also pp. 163-69, 254r-56); 
"The tenancy agreements for 48 Doughty Street" (pp. 213-16); W. C. Barker, 
"Letters of Sydney Smith to Charles Dickens" (pp. 91-92); W. C. Bennett, 
"Dickens at Washington: reminiscences of a former United States Senator" (pp. 
54-56) ; Rev. Chas. Burke, "An impression of A Christmas carol" (pp. 263-66) ; 
W. A. Clark, "Edwin Drood again" (pp. 191-95); Samuel Davis, "Chesterton and 



206 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Our mutual friend" (pp. 41-46); W. Dexter, " Bentley s miscellany " (pp. 232- 
38) ; James Fisher, "Reform as a Dickens background" (pp. 181-86) ; W. L. Gadd, 
"The house with the bow-window" (pp. 117-21); A. J. Goldin, "The lawyers of 
Dickens" (pp. 15-18); C. F. Lehmann-Haupt, "Studies on Edwin Drood " (pp. 
57-62); J. W. T. Ley, "The double tragedy of Mary Hogarth" (pp. 205-11); 
J. W. T. Ley, "More of what the soldier said: further disclosures of Mr. Thomas 
Wright" (pp. 47-51); Rev. W. P. D, MacMahon, "Honoured in his own country" 
(pp. 229-31); R. J. O Connell, "Dickens and the sea" (pp. 113-16); E. F. Payne, 
"Dickens in Boston in 1842" (pp. 252-53); Mary Pendered, "The firm of human 
interest bros." (pp. 245-51); N. F. Read, "The American editions of Pickwick" 
(pp. 21-26); P. F. Skottowe "Dickens and the weather" (pp. 257-59); H. Smeth- 
am, "John Dan Brown: a boyhood friend of Dickens" (pp. 52-53); Lewis Spence, 
"The secret of Charles Dickens" (pp. 279-87) ; E. H. Strange, "Notes on the bibli 
ography of Nicholas Nickkby" (pp. 30-33); Florence Tylee, "A man of letters" 
(pp. 155-61); P. C. Williams, "Dickens s comic detectives" (pp. 97-100). 

Aitken, D. F. "Did Dickens exaggerate?" Listener, Aug. 11. 

Brandl, A. " Dickens und sein Verleger bei Erhohung des Pickwick Honorars." 

Archiv, CLXXI, 211-12. 
"Christmas books: the submerged Dickens." TLS (leading article), Dec. 25, 

pp. 969-70. 
Darwin, Bernard. The speeches of Charles Dickens. London: Michael Joseph. 

Pp. 332. 

Rev. by D. Garnett in NS, XIV, 149. 

Jackson, T. A. Charles Dickens: the progress of a radical. London: Lawrence 
&Wishart. Pp.256. 
Rev. by K. John in NS, May 15, p. 815. 

"Little Nell." TLS, Sept. 4, p. 640. 

Maurois, Andre*. "Dickens et nous; peut-on faire de la bonne literature avec 

des bons sentiments." Nouvelles litteraires, April 17. 
Osborne, E. A. The facts about "A Christmas carol." London: The author, 

6 Pullman Court. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 11, p. 952. A bibliographical brochure containing valuable 
material; hastily assembled and argumentative in presentation. 

Pierce, Dorothy. "Special bibliography: the stage versions of Dickens nov 
els." BBDI, XVI, 10, 30-32, 52-54. 

R., V. "The wooden legs in Dickens." N & Q, Aug. 1, 1936, pp. 74-77. 

Sennewald, Ch. Die Namengebung bei Dickens. See VB 1936, 413. 
Rev. by W. Preusler in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 226-29. 

Disraeli. Aldag, P. "Benjamin Disraeli tiber die Juden- und Rassenfrage." 

Hochschule und Ausland, XV, 170-73. 
Hudson, Ruth L. "Poe and Disraeli." AL, VIII, 402-16. 
"The legacy of Disraeli: Toryism and democracy." TLS t Nov. 13, pp. 857-58 

(leading article). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 207 

Du Maurier. Du Maurier, Daphne. The Du Mauriers. London: Gollancz; 
New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. 312. 
Rev. by C. Stillman in HTB, April 25, p. 4; in FR t CXLI, 372-73, 

Feipel, Louis N. "The American issues of Trilby/ " Colophon, N.S., II, 

537-49. 

Lucas, E. V. "George du Maurier at thirty-three. 1 See II, Lucas. 
Eliot. Williams, Blanche Colton/ George Eliot. See VB 1936, 414. 

Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SeR, XLV, 499-501. 

Field, (see Carlyle: Smith). 

Fitzgerald (see also I, Ehrsam). Gaselee, Stephen, and others. "Fitzgerald s 

Omar in Latin verse: H. W. Greene." N & Q, June 26, pp. 457-58; July 

10, p. 30; July 24, p. 69. 
Gilbert. Bulloch, J. M. "W. S. Gilbert s father." N & Q, Dec. 19 (1936), 

pp. 435-39. 
Bulloch, J. M., and others. "The Bab Ballads by titles." N & Q, May 22, 

pp. 362-67. 

Brings the list of W. S. Gilbert s ballads up to 143, of which "only eighty were 
printed in any of the book editions." 

Dunn, George E. A Gilbert and Sullivan dictionary, London : Allen & Unwin, 
1936. Pp. 175. 

Gissing. (see II, Muller). 

Gladstone, .(see also II, Hammond). Garratt, Geoffrey T. *Th$ two Mr. Glad 
stones. London and New York: Macmillan, 1936. Pp. xv+311. 
Rev. by W. MacDonald in HTB y April 25, p. 21. Gladstone s dual personality. 

Hardy (see also II, Asquith; II, Blanche; II, Compton-Ricketts; II, Ford; II, 
Muller; III, Weygandt). Hardy, Thomas. Far from ike madding crowd. 
Introd. and notes by Carl J. Weber. New York: Oxford univ. pr. 

Abercrombie, Lascelles. "Thomas Hardy." Diet, of not. biog.j suppl. fw 
1922-1930. London: Milford, Oxford univ. pr. 

Adams, Randolph. "Still trumpeting." Colophon, N.S., II, 284. 

Behr, Amelie von. Der Typen-Konflikt in Thomas Hardys Romanen. Mar 
burg diss., 1936. Pp. vi+130. 

Brooks, Philip. "A Hardy display at Colby College"; "Thomas Hardy 
plagiarisms"; "Barrie s books from Hardy s library." NYTBR, July 11, 
p. 20; Aug. 8, p. 17; Dec. 19, p. 19. 

Burke, A. E. "Hardy and Hudson." TLS, July 3, p. 496. 

Castelli, Alberto. Thomas Hardy poeta. Saggio d interpretazione. ("Publ. della 
Universita Cattolica del Sacro Cuore," Ser, 4.) Milan: Soc. ed. "Vita e 
pensiero." Pp. iii+71. 

Chase, Mary Ellen. "An unpopular suggestion." The writer, L, 102-3. 
Hardy s debt to Vergil, the Old Testament, and Greek tragedy. 



208 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Ervine, St. John. "Mrs. Hardy and her circle." London Sunday Observer, 
Oct. 24. 

Flower, Newman. The wife of a genius: recollections of Mrs. Hardy." Lon 
don Sunday Times, Oct. 24. 

Hiinsch, M. Die sprachkunstlerische Gestaltung bei Hardy. See VB 1936, 415. 
Rev. by W. Heraucourt in Die neueren Sprachen, XLV, 338-39; by H. Heuer in 

Beiblatt, XLVIII, 232-33. 

Harvey, F. B. "Coincidence and its use by Thomas Hardy." LQHR, 
CLXII, 11-26. 
Contends that "his selection and manipulation distort life." 

Housman, A, E. "Hardy s favorite among my poems. " YR, XXVI, 296, 

302-3. 
Molson, Hugh. "The philosophies of Hardy and Housman." QR, CCLXVIII, 

205-13. 
Phillips, H. C. B. "Thomas Hardy." Publishers 1 circular (London), April 10, 

pp. 556-89. 

Roberts, Marguerite. "Hardy and the theatre." TLS, Dec. 11, p. 947. 
Rutland, W. R. "The sources of The dynasts. " TLS, Nov. 13, p. 866. 
Scontrini, Dionisia. Thomas Hardy: romanziere e poeta. Trapani: Ed. 

"R&dio." Pp. 132. 

Weber, Carl J. "Browning and Hardy." SRL, March 27, p. 9. 
Weber, Carl J. "Plagiarism and Thomas Hardy." Colophon, N.S., II, 443-54. 

The Hardy-Pinero controversy. 

Henley. MacCarthy, Mrs. Mary. Handicaps; six studies. London and New 
York: Longmans, 1936. Pp. ix+225. 
Includes studies of Henley and Stevenson. 
Home (see II, Wyndham). 

Hopkins. Further letters of Gerard Mauley Hopkins. Ed. Claude Colleer Ab 
bott. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 348. 

All the letters to and from Hopkins correspondents other than Bridges and 
Dixon. There are letters to Pusey, Lidden, and Cardinal Newman; and nearly 
thirty letters from Patmore and over twenty from Hopkins. A substantial and in 
dispensable addition to the growing volume of Hopkins literature. C. F. H. 

The note-books of Gerard Manley Hopkins. See VB 1936, 416. 

Rev. by R. Blackmur in VQR, XIII, 449-53; by B. Deutsch in HTB, May 16, 
p. 21; by L. Forster in ESt t XIX, 236-39; by L. MacNeice in Cr, XVI, 698-700; 
by E. Moss in Dublin rev., July, pp. 165-67; by G, Stonier in NS, Jan. 23, p. 124; 
by M. Walker in NYTBR, June 27, p. 6; by A. Whitridge in SRL, July 10, p. 20; 
in New R, March 31, p. 243; in S, March 12, pp. 479-80; in TLS, Jan. 23, p. 57. 

Cock, A. A. "Robert Bridges and The testament of beauty, with some refer 
ences to Gerard Manley Hopkins." France-Grande-Bretagne, April, pp. 
92-96. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 209 

Gardner, W. H. "The religious problem in G. M. Hopkins." Scrutiny, June. 
Huxley. Chesterton, G. K. "The Huxley heritage." AR, VIII, 484-87. 
Huxley, Aldous. The olive tree. London and New York; Harper. Pp. 307. 

Rev. by L. Pruette in HTB, March 7, p. 7. Includes essays on T. H. Huxley and 
the artist, B. R. Haydon. 

Jefferies. Williamson, Henry. Richard Jefferies: selections of his work, with 
details of his life and circumstance, his death and immortality. London: 
Faber. Pp. 431. 
Rev. by R. G. in EtA, I, 446-47; by R. Waller in NS, XIV, 288. 

Looker, S. J. (ed.). Jefferies 1 England. Nature essays by Richard Jefferies. 
London: Constable. Pp. 380. 
Rev. by R. Waller in NS, XIV, 960. 

Williamson, Henry. "A Wiltshire lad [Jefferies]." FR, CXLII, 178-86. 
Kingsley. Hanawalt, Mary. "Charles Kingsley and science." SP, XXXIV, 

589-611. 
Nicol, Albert. Charles Kingsley und die Geschichte. Miinchen diss. Wiirzburg: 

K. Triltsch. Pp. vi+52. 
Parrish, M. L., and Maun, Barbara. Charles Kingsley and Thomas Hughes. 

First editions See VB 1936, 417. 

Rev. by M. Thorp in MLN, LII, 454-55. 

Thorp, Margaret Farrand. Charles Kingsley: 1819-1875. Princeton univ. pr.; 

London: Milford. Pp. ix+212. 

Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, June 19, p. 10; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, June 6, 
p. 9; by E. Kellett in S, July 2, p. 30; by R. Mortimer in NS, XIV, 340-41; in 
TLS, Oct. 23, p. 777. 

Based in part on hitherto unpublished material. Pages 191-204 contain a 
bibliog. of Kingsley s works, "intended to indicate the extent of Kingsley s literary 
output year by year and also to identify the reviews, articles, and poems which he 
published anonymously in various periodicals. A great many of these which were 
not republished in book form have not hitherto been attributed to him and the list 
is probably not yet complete." A sound, restrained biography and delightfully 
readable! W. D. T. 

Kipling (see also I, Ehrsam). Sapling, Rudyard. Something of myself for my 
friends known and unknown. London: Macmillan; New York: Doubleday, 
Doran. Pp. 3+252. 

Rev. by S. Bene*t in HTB, Feb. 28, pp. 1, 2; by H. Canby in SRL, Feb. 27, pp. 
5-6; by M. Cazamian in EtA, I, 339-40; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Feb. 28, 
pp. 1, 16; by Lt.-Gen. MacMunn in ER, LXIV, 378-79; by H. Miles in NS, Feb. 
20, p. 298; by 0. Williams in Cr, XVI, 683-85; in FR, CXLI, 367-68; More books, 
XII, 213-14; in New R, March 24, pp. 214-15; in SR, Feb. 20, p. 135; in TLS, Feb. 
20, p. 126. 

Collins, J. P. "Rudyard Kipling at Lahore." NC, CXXI, 80-90. 



210 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Gauger, H. "Kipling s Recessional/ 1897-1937." NeuP, VIII, 245-49. 
MacMunn, Sir George. Rudyard Kipling: craftsman. London: Hale. Pp. 

288. 

Rev. in TLS, July 10, p. 508. 

Maurois, Andre*. "Rudyard Kipling." S, Feb. 19, pp. 307-8. 

Palmer, Herbert. "Rudyard Kipling." Cornhill mag., CLV, 24-31. 

Rice, Howard C. Rudyard Kipling in New England. Brattleboro, Vt.: 

Stephen Daye, 1936. Pp. 39. 

Rev. by E. Balastier in SRL, Feb. 27, p. 6; by C. Cestre in EtA, I, 338-39; in 
NYTBR, Feb. 7, p. 2. 

Rowbotham, A. H. "Rudyard Kipling and France." French rev., March, pp. 

365-72. 
Van de Water, Frederic. "Rudyard Kipling s feud." Harper s mag., CLXXIV, 

569-77. 
Van de Water, Frederic. Rudyard Kipling 1 8 Vermont feud. Weston, Vt.: 

Countryman pr. Pp. 15+119. 

Rev. by C. Crane in SRL, Jan. 8, 1938, p. 12. 

Voltan, C. The allegorical world of beast in Kipling. Teramana, Italy : Teramo 

tip., 1936. 
Landor (see also III, Bush). The poetical works of Walter Savage Landor. Ed. 

Stephen Wheeler. Oxford univ. pr. 3 vols. 

"This edition has already appeared as four of the sixteen volumes of the com 
plete Landor published in a limited edition in England by Chapman and Hall." 

Ashley-Montagu, M. F. "Three unknown portraits of Walter Savage Lan 
dor." Colophon, N.S., II, 257-61. 

Lang. Niven, Frederick. "Andrew Lang," Library rev., No. 44, pp. 170-74. 

Webster, A. B. Andrew Lang s poetry. (Andrew Lang lecture, Univ. of St. 
Andrews, Oct. 20, 1937.) Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 47. 

Lear. Butler, G. L. "Lear s Book of nonsense" TLS, Sept. 5, 1936, p. 713. 

Fry, Josephine. "The topography of Edward Lear." S, Dec. 31, p. 1184. 

Leimert, Erika. "Die Nonsense Poesie von Edward Lear (Ein Beitrag zur 
Psychologic des englischen Humors)." Die neueren Sprachen, XLV, 368- 
73. 

Lever. Rolfe, Franklin P. "Letters of Charles Lever to his wife and daugh 
ter." Huntington libr. bull, No. 10 (Oct., 1936), pp. 149-84. 

Macaulay (see also Brontes: Reilly). X. "Shelley and Macaulay." English, 
I, 576-77. 

Martineau. Ratcliffe, S. K. "Eccentric Englishwomen. VI. Harriet Mar- 
tineau." S, May 21, pp. 941-42. 

Meredith (see also III, Bush). Mackay, Mona E. MeredithetlaFrance.P&ns: 
Boivin. Pp. 298. 
Rev. in TLS, July 31, p. 557. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 211 

Woods, Alice. George Meredith as champion of women and of progressive educa 
tion. Oxford: Blackwell. Pp. 79. 

Moore (see also II, Muller). Gilomen, W. "George Moore and his friendship 
with W. B. Yeats." ESt, XIX, 116-20. 

Hone, Joseph M. The life of George Moore. See VB 1936, 419. 

Rev. by M. Cazamian in EtA, I, 256-57; by M. Curtis in Living age, CCCLI, 

550; by T. Good in LL, XVI, 176-78; in More books, XII, 24r-25; in New R, Feb. 

17, p. 52. 

Morris (see also I, Ehrsam; III, Bush). Hoare, A. Dorothy M. The works 

of Morris and of Yeats in relation to early saga literature. Cambridge univ. 

pr.; Toronto: Macmillan. Pp. vii+179. 

Rev. in CR, CLII, 508-9; in N & Q, July 24, p. 72; in TLS, May 29, p. 409. 

Begins with an illuminating discussion of the Icelandic sagas, and proceeds to 
discuss the works of Morris, the Irish literary movement (Synge, Lady Gregory, 
the earlier work of Yeats, James Stephens, etc.). The most important section of 
the book, so far as the title indicates, is the conclusion, in which it is shown that 
both Morris and Yeats used the sagas to express their own personalities, and thus 
completely transformed them into something original. C. F. H. 

Lohmann, Otto. "Die Rahmenerzahlung von Morris Earthly paradise/ " 
Archiv, CLXXII, 42-46. 

Riddehough, G. B. "William Morris s translation of the Aeneid" JEGP, 
XXXVI, 338-46. 

Newman. Tardivel, F. La Personalite litter air e de Newman. Paris: G. Beau 
ehesne. Pp. 444. 

Ward, Wilfrid. The life of John Henry Cardinal Newman. Based on private 
journals and correspondence. London: Longmans. Pp. 1187. 

Wrighton, Basil. "The actuality of Newman." Arena, I, 11-18. 

Ouida. Macaulay, Rose. "Eccentric Englishwomen. IV. Ouida." S, May 7, 
pp. 855-56. 

Pater (see also Carlyle: Smith). Fletcher, G. B. A. "A textual error in Pa 
ter." TLS, Aug. 29, 1936, p. 697. 

Patmore (see Hopkins). 

Pinero (see III, Boas; and Hardy: Weber, "Plagiarism"). 

Procter. Armour, Richard W. "A lost name." Reading and colkcting, I, 7, 

27. 
Ritchie. Kent, Muriel. "Anne Thackeray Ritchie: 1837-1919." Cornhill 

mag. y CLV, 766-82. 
Robinson. Baker, John M. Henry Crabb Robinson of Bury, Jena, the "Times" 

and Russell Square. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 256. 

Rev. by A. AspinaU in History, XXII, 177-78; by E. Blunden in S, March 5, 
ca. p. 415; by B. Ifor Evans in FR, CXLI, 378-79; by J. H. M. in LQHR, CLXII, 
278-79; in TLS, March 20, p. 223 (see also E. Morley in TLS, March 27, p. 240, 
and J. M. Baker, TLS, June 12, p. 500). 



212 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Tronehon, Henri. "Herder et les souvenirs anglais de Weimar." Rev. des 
corns et conferences, XXXVII (1936), 1st ser., pp. 606-13, 703-11; 2d ser., 
pp. 262-72. 
Henry Crabb Robinson s relationship with the Weimar group. 

Rossetti (see also I, Ehrsam; II, Compton-Rickett). Angeli, Helen Rossetti. 

"Correspondence of D. G. Rossetti." Dublin rev., Oct., pp. 364-67. 
Howarth, R. G. "On Rossetti s Jenny. " N & Q, July 10, pp. 20-21. 
Moore, Dom Thomas. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti." Dublin rev., April, pp. 345- 

60. 
Troxell, Janet C. (ed.). Three Rossettis; unpublished letters to and from Dante 

Gabriel, Christina, William. Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xi+216. 

Rev. by A. Kazin in HTB, Dec. 12, p. 7. 
Vincent, Eric. Gabriele Rossetti in England. See VB 1936, 421. 

Rev. by A. Aspinall in History, XXII, 177-78; by A. B. in Archiv, CLXXI, 
121-22; by B. Croce in La critica, XXXV, 382-83. 

Ruskin (see also II, Scudder). Morlang, W. Die Beziehungen zwischen Kunst 

und Religion in den Werken John Ruskins. Marburg diss., 1935. Pp. vi+ 

91. 
Whitehouse, J. Howard. Ruskin and Brantwood: an account of the Exhibition 

Rooms. London: Ruskin Society. Pp. 46. 

Rev. in SR, Aug. 28, p. 135. 

Senior. Bowley, Marian. Nassau Senior and classical economics. London: 

Allen &Unwin. Pp.358. 

Rev. by F. Knox in QQ, XLIV, 574-76; in TLS, July 17, p. 520. 

A valuable reconsideration not only of Nassau Senior but also of Victorian 
economists. Dr. Bowley has had access to Senior s unpublished papers and the 
Oxford lectures of 1847-52, and has thus revealed the humanitarian side of Senior, 
which had been expressed only in his anonymous or posthumous writings. 
C. F. H. 

Sharp. Fiechter, Sophia. Von William Sharp zu Fiona MacLeod. Ein Beitrag 

zum anglo-keltischen Schrifttum. Tubingen diss., 1936. Pp. 82. 
Sheehan. Tholen, W. "Patrick Augustin Sheehan, ein Freund deutschen Gei- 

steslebens." Der Oral, XXXI, 243-50. 
Smith, Alexander (see Brontes: Reilly). 
Spencer. Hill, T. W. (secretary to the trustees). "The Herbert Spencer 

trust." TLS, Feb. 6, p. 90. 
Stephen. MacCarthy, Desmond. Leslie Stephen. (Leslie Stephen lecture for 

1937.) Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 48. 
Trevelyan, G. M. (ed.). Leslie Stephen s sketches from Cambridge. Oxford 

univ. pr. Pp. xi+98. 

Rev. by D. Garnett in NS, XIV, 221. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 213 

Stevenson (see also Henley: MacCarthy). Dalglish, Doris N. Presbyterian 
pirate: a portrait of Stevenson. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 210. 
Rev. by P. Jack in NYTBR, Aug. 22, pp. 2, 14; by R. Lewin in NS, XIV, 456- 

58; by Janet Smith in S t July 16, pp. 14-15; in TLS (leading article), July 10, 

pp. 501-2 (see also pp. 759, 783). 

Field, Isobel. This life I ve loved. London: Michael Joseph; New York: Long 
mans. Pp. ix+353. 
Rev. by C. Stillman in HTB, April 4, p. 5; in TLS, May 8, p. 361. Pictures of 

Stevenson s life at Vailima, by Fanny Osbourne s daughter. 

Field, Isobel. "R. L. Stevenson." TLS, Oct. 9, p. 735. 
Smith, Janet Adam. R. L. Stevenson. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duck 
worth. Pp. 144. 

Rev. by G. Greene in S, April 2, p. 630; in NS, April 24, p. 692; in TLS (leading 
article), July 10, pp. 501-2. 

Swinburne (see also II, Compton-Rickett; II, Ford; III, Bush). Brown, E. K. 

"Swinburne: a centenary estimate." Univ. of Toronto quar., VI, 215-35. 
Child, Ruth C. "Swinburne s mature standards of criticism." PMLA, LII, 

870-79. 
Hesse, Gerh. Das politische Element in der Lyrik Swinburnes und Tennysons. 

Greifswald diss., 1936. Pp. vi+127. 
Hopkinson, Sir Alfred. "The centenary of Algernon Charles Swinburne." CR, 

GUI, 447-52. 

Hughes, Randolph. "Swinburne." NC, CXXI, 721-63. 
Knaplund, Paul. "Swinburne and the poet-laureateship, 1892." Univ. of 

Toronto quar., VI, 236-41. 
Lafourcade, Georges. "Le Centenaire de Swinburne." EtA, II (1938), 36- 

41. 

Includes references to several centenary articles of 1937. 

Lafourcade, Georges. "Le Triomphe du temps ou la reputation de Swin 
burne." EtA, I, 129-35. 

Peyre, Henry. "Le Centenaire de Swinburne." RLC, XVII, pp. 766-68. 

"The voice of Swinburne: a singer s conquest and after." TLS (leading 
article), April 10, pp. 261-62. 

Taylor. Blunden, Edmund C. Keats & publisher:, a memoir of John Taylor 
(1781-1864). London: Cape, 1936. Pp. 256. 

Tennyson (see also III, Boas; III, Bush; III, Weygandt; Brontes: Reilly; 
Brownings: Englische t etc.; Swinburne: Hesse). Greene, Graham. "Al 
fred Tennyson intervenes." S t Dec. 10, p. 1058. 

Grierson, H. J. C. "Croker and Tennyson." TLS, April 24, p. 308. 

LeRoy, Gaylord C. "The idea of progress in Tennyson s poetry." Harvard 
univ. summaries of theses (1936), pp. 275-78. 



214 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Potter, George R. "Tennyson and the biological theory of mutability in 

species." PQ, XVI, 321-43. 
Roy, P. -N.. Italian influence on the poetry of Tennyson. Benares: Uttaro pr., 

1936. Pp. 76. 

Rev. by F. Olivero in ES, LXXI, 415. 

Visser, G. J. " "The passing of Arthur and Ymadawiad Arthur. " Neo, 
XXIII, 46-52. 
Comparison of poems by Tennyson and Professor T. Gwynn-Jones. 

Thackeray (see also III, Boas). Senex. "Becky Sharp: her original." N & Q, 

Aug. 29, 1936, p. 157; see also Sept. 12, p. 197. 

Thompson. D Alessio, Emilia. Francis Thompson. Milan: Agraria. Pp. 78. 
Olivero, F. Francis Thompson. See VB 1935, 435. 

Rev. by E. Burgum in MLN, LII, 455-57; by F. Wood in ES, LXXI (1936), 
131-34. 

Thomson. Rebora, Piero. "James Thomson e la poesia di Leopardi in Inghil- 
terra." Bolletino degli studi inglesi in Italia, July, pp. 39-45. 

Wolff, William. "James Thomson, B.V.: a study in poetic melancholy." 
Poetry rev., XXVIII, 275-81. 

TroUope. J., W. H. "TroUope misquoting Virgil" N & Q, July 31, p. 79. 

Sampson, Ashley. "Trollope in the twentieth century." LM, XXXV, 371-77. 

"Trollope s House of Commons. The voice of an epoch/ " TLS (leading arti 
cle, a rev. of Phineas Finn issued in the "World s classics ser."), March 20, 
pp. 193-94. 

Ward. Murray, A. H. The philosophy of James Ward. Cambridge univ. pr. 
Pp. xii+196. 

Watson. Watson, Sir William. Poems. London: Harrap. 1936. Pp. 302. 
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVI, pp. 165-67. 

Harper, George McLean. Literary appreciations. Indianapolis and New York: 
Bobbs-MerriU. Pp. xiii+19; 240. 

Rev. by E. Walton in HTB, June 20, p. 7. Contains an essay on Watson s 
poetry. 

Wedgwood (see Brownings). 

Wilde. Saix, G. de. "Oscar Wilde et le th&tre." MF, 513-49. 

Sherard, Robert H. Bernard Shaw, Frank Harris and Oscar Wilde. Pref. by 
Lord Alfred Douglas, and additional chap, by Hugh Kingsmill. London: 
W. Laurie; New York: Greystone pr. Pp. 310; xvi-j-299. 
Rev. by F. Scully in SRL, June 19, pp. 14^15; by C. StiUman in HTB, Jan. 

31, p. 12; in NS, Feb. 6, p. 220; in TLS, Jan. 23, p. 62. An attempt to discredit 

Hams biography of Wilde. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 215 



BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF TWELVE VICTORIAN AUTHORS: 
A SUPPLEMENT 

JOSEPH G. FUCILLA 



The following items are intended as a supplement to tne review of Bibliog 
raphies of twelve Victorian authors compiled by T. G. Ehrsam, R. H. Deily, 
and R. M. Smith (New York, 1936), which appeared in Modern philology, 
XXXTV (1937), 389. See also Modem philology, XXXV (1938), 417. 

Arnold. Blackwell, R. G. "The letters of Matthew Arnold," Methodist rev. 
(South), XLIII (1896), 189-97. 1 

Cestre, C. " The Church of Brou de Matthew Arnold/ Revue germanigue, IV 
(1908), 527-38. 

Ferrando, G. "II primo centenario di Matthew Arnold," Marzocco, 24 die. 1922. 

McFarland, J. J. "Nature and the tragedies of life: a study of Matthew Arnold s 
poetry," Methodist rev., CXIII (1911), 62-75.. 

Reed, M. "Matthew Arnold s letters," New world, V (1896), 262-72. 

Snyder, H. N. "Matthew Arnold as an intellectual type," Methodist rev. (South), 
XLVI (1897), 400-418. 

Vollmer, P. "Matthew Arnold," Reformed Church quarterly rev., XVII (1913), 

58-83. 

Winchester, C. T. "Matthew Arnold," Auburn Seminary rev., I (1897), 38-41. 
Winslow, A. G. "Matthew Arnold," Freeman, VI (1922-23), 372-73. 

E. B. Browning. Aynard, J. "Un Marriage de po&tes," Journal des debate, 
5 avril 1913. 

B., Ad. "Elisabeth Barrett Browning," Revue chr&ienne (N.S.), IX (1891), 
787-807. 

Cross, Mrs. A. "George Eliot and Mrs. Browning," Methodist rev. (South), X 
(1891), 355-75. 

Crow, C. F. "The varying fame of Mrs. Browning," Methodist rev., XCIH (1911), 
82-100. 

Dobr<e, B. "Mrs. Browning s letters," National rev., Jan.-Feb., 1930. 

1 Articles on Arnold, Rossetti (D. 0.), Swinburne, and Tennyson were published by 
Emilio Cecchi in Italian periodicals between 1922 and 1928. See Ms Scrittori inglcfi ,e 
americani (Landano: Carabba, 1935). 



216 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Galimberti, A. "I Lirici da Tommaso Moore ad Alfredo Tennyson: Dante nei 
due Browning," Dante nel pensiero inglese. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 
205-12. 

Horine, J. W. "The letters of Elizabeth Barrett Browning/ Lutheran Church rev., 
XVIII (1899), 678-82. 

Melin, N. "Le Roman de Robert Browning et d Elisabeth Barrett d apr&s leur 
correspondance," Correspondant, 25 avril 1912. 

Minchwitz, M. J. "Traductions classiques de Elisabeth Barrett Browning," Revue 
germanique, VII (1900), 400-420. 

Monti, G. "II Dolore nelle opere dei grandi poeti della fede: Klopstock, Schiller, 
LaMartine, Tennyson, Elizabeth Browning e Cora Fabbri." La Poesia del do- 
lore. Modena: E. Sarasino, 1893. 

Mudge, J. "Love and the Brownings," Methodist rev., LXXXII (1900), 694-714. 

Nicholson, E. R. "Through Casa Guidi s windows today," Methodist rev., LXXIX 
(1919), 889-98. 

Stuart, C. M. "Elizabeth Barrett Browning." The vision of Christ. Rev. ed. Gin* 
cinnati: Jennings & Graham; New York: Eaton & Mains, 1906. Pp. 81-122. 

Clough. Anonymous. "The religious poetry of A. Clough," Wesley an Methodist 
g., CXVI (1893), 513-20. 



Gobrecht, W. R. "Is there a God?" The Gospel message in great poems. New York 
and London: Funk & Wagnalls, 1928. Pp. 161-75. 

Murray, J. A. "Clough and his poetry," Homiletic rev., XXIX (1895), 291-98. 

Fitzgerald. Angeli, D. "Letterati contemporanei: Edward Fitzgerald e i Ru- 
baiyat di Omar Khayyam," Emporium, Vol. XXX (1909). 

Axon, W. E. A. "Omar," Good health (1911), pp. 107-13. 
Damm, A. G. "Rubaiyat," Orch och Bild, Vol. VIII (1910). 

Fireman, M. "Reflections on the RubayahV " (a poem), Metaphysical mag., XV 
(1901), 30. 

Hardy, Anonymous. "Tomas Hardy," Nosotros, LIX (1928), 133-34. 

Chiaromonte, N. "Thomas Hardy: romanziere pessimista," Italia ktteraria, 22 
nov. 1931. 

de Catalogue, G. "Le Souvenir de Thomas Hardy," Revue du sieck, mai 1933. 

D Exideuil, P. "Thomas Hardy," Nouvette revue, avril 1927. 

Forzato Spezia, B. "Thomas Hardy," Stirpe, 1927. 

Gigli, L. "Thomas Hardy," Nuova antokgia, CCCXXXV (1928), 187-94. 

Gillet, L. "Thomas Hardy," Revue des deux mondes, 1 fevr. 1928, pp. 704-5. 

McKay, R. "The philosophy of Thomas Hardy," Modern churchman, XV (1925), 
109-18. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGHAPHY FOR 1937 217 

Millet, P. "Les Romans de Thomas Hardy/ Temps, 9 juillet 1911. 

Montenegro, E. "Estudios sobre la novela inglesa: George Meredith y Thomas 
Hardy," Nosotros, XLVII (1924), 181-92. 

Murry, J. M. "La Supr&natie de Thomas Hardy/ Revue hebdomadaire, 28 janv. 

1928, pp. 413-23. 

Olivero, F. "Un Introduzione a Thomas Hardy," Scuola e cidiura, Vol. IX (1933). 

Palmer, C. H. "The religion of Thomas Hardy s Essex/ American church monthly, 
XXI (1927), 425-30. 

. "Thomas Hardy and the church/ ibid., XXII (1928), 159-65. 

Salomon, M. "Figures de napoloniens de Thomas Hardy," Journal des abbots, 
19 sept. 1909. 

Schwarz, F. H. "Thomas Hardy," Neue Zuricher Zeitung, Aug. 20, 1912. 

Shaw, C. G. "Thomas Hardy and the ancient anguish of the earth," Methodist 
rev., XCVIII (1916), 235-47. 

Williams, O. "Thomas Hardy," Ambrosiano, 5 agosto 1931. 

Kipling. Aynard, J. "A propos des Poemes de guerre de Kipling," Journal des 
debate, 2 avril 1920. 

Borgese, G. A. " Kim di Kipling." Studi di ktteratura moderna. Milano: Treves, 
1915. Pp. 184-91. 

. "Rudyard Kipling," La Vita e & libro, I (Torino: Bocca, 1910), 70-78. 

Brion, M. "L Art du conte chez Rudyard Kipling," Revue hebdomadairej 21 sept. 

1929, pp. 357-64. 

Brook, R, "Kipling; criticism of his poetry," Bookman (London), LXXXV (1933), 
189. 

Castellanos, J. "Rudyard Kipling." Los Optimistas: ensayos literarios. Madrid: 
Editorial America, ca. 1918. 

Chesterton, G. K. "He*re*tiques: Rudyard Kipling, Bernard Shaw," Revue univer- 
sette, 15 nov. 1929. 

Deschamps, G. "La Vie litte*raire: M. Rudyard Kipling," Temps, 4 mai 1903. 

Ernest-Charles, J. "La Vie litte*raire: Rudyard Kipling," Revue Ueue, 23 janv. 
1904, pp. 17-20. 

Galletti, A. "Rudyard Kipling." Saggi e studi. Bologna: Zanichelli, 1915. Pp. 
293-350. 

Grappe, G. "Quelques vers de M. Rudyard Kipling/ Plume, XIV (1902), 129-31. 
Hugins, R. "Palmam qui meruit feram," Freeman, III (1921), 89. 
J. G. "Kipling et la chasse au diable," Temps, aotit 1918. 

Mantovani, D. "II nuovo apologo: R. Kipling." Letteraiura contemporanea. To 
rino: S.T.E.N., 1914. Pp. 309-16. 



218 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Montenegro, R. "Horacio Quiroaga pariente literario de Kipling y Jack London," 
Nosotros, LIV (1926), 134-36. 

Palma, G. "Due rappresentanti della moderna letteratura inglese: Wells, Rud- 
yard Kipling," Rivista detta signorine (1904). 

Ruxton, G. "Rudyard Kipling, poete," Revue hebdomadaire, 7 mars 1914, pp. 

58-85. 

Schneider, L. "Rudyard Kipling et la Duse jugs ingrats par les Allemands," 
Gaulois, 5, 12, 19, et 26 juiUet 1915. 

Schonfeld, B. "Rudyard Kipling s Soldatenlieder," Neuefreie Presse, 2 Okt. 1911. 

Servajean, H, "Kipling et la France," Escholier, de"c.-janv. 1926-27. 

Stuntz, H. C. "An hour with Kipling," Methodist rev., XCIII (1911), 694--711. 

Thompson, J, W. "The origin of Kipling s Rhyme of the three captains/ " Na 
tion, XCIV (1912), 130-31. 

Weidlich, C. "Kipling." Nel mondo degli scrittori. Palermo: Casa editrice Domi 
no, 193L Pp. 197-98. 

Z. M. "Rudyard Kipling," Journal des debate, 16 mars 1899. 

Morris. Kaufmann, M. "William Morris," Churchman (N.S.), XI (1896-97), 
125-31. 

Kenyon, J. B. "William Morris: poet, socialist and master of many crafts," Meth 
odist rev., LXXXI (1899), 386-400. 

Vidalenc, G. "La derniSre ceuvre de William Morris: L Imprimerie de Kelm- 
scott/ " Mercure de France, XCIX (1912), 768-75. 

Christina Rossetti. Galimberti, A. "Gli esuli. II culto di Dante in Casa Rosset- 
ti." Dante nel pensiero inglese. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 179-95. 

Gargano, F. "Christina Georgina Rossetti," Rassegna italiana, sett. 1929. 

Kenyon, J. B. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti and his sister Christina," Methodist rev., 
LXXVIII (1896), 743-53. 

Neal, T. (Cecconi, A.) "Cristina Rossetti." Studi di letteratura e d arte. Firenze: 
Marzocco, 1898. Pp. 83-97. 

Obertello, A. "Cristina Rossetti," Jtalio letteraria, 11 genn. 1931. 
Praz, M. "La Famiglia Rossetti," Stampa, 9 die. 1932. 
. "Cristina Rossetti," ibid., S genn. 1931. 

Smellie, A. "Christina Rossetti and her message," Wesleyan Methodist mag., 
CXVIII (1895), 203-6. 

D. G. Rossetti. Arrieta, R. A. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti." Dickens, Sarmiento: 
otros estudios. Buenos Aires: El Ateneo, 1928. 

Barbiera, R. "La strana vita di Dante Gabriele Rossetti," Immortali e dimenti- 
cati. Milano: Cogliati, 1901. Pp. 351-86. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 219 - 

Faggi, A. "Dante Gabriele Rossetti," Marzocco, No. 22, 1920. 

Galimberti, A. "Dante nell ispirazione preraffaelista," Perseveranza, 17 aprile 
1911. 

. "Gli esuli. n culto di Dante in Casa Rossetti/ Dante nel pensiero in- 

glese. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 179-95. 

Giartosio de Courten, M. L. "La Beatrice di Dante di Gabriele Rossetti: storia di 
un manoscritto e di un plagio," Nuova antokgia, 15 ott. 1930, pp. 629-44. 

Hinkson, K. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti: a strayed Catholic," Ave Maria (N.S.), 
XXXVII (1893), 281-86. 

Kenyon, J. B. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti and his sister Christina/ Methodist rev., 
LXXVIII (1896), 743-53. 

Praz, M. "La Famiglia Rossetti," Stampa, 8 die. 1932. 

Rigillo, M. "Dante Gabriele Rossetti e il preraffaellismo," Rassegna nazionale, 
CXXXIII (1928), 3-7. 

Tagliatela, E. Dante Gabriele Rossetti. Roma: Vallardi, 1914. 

Toynbee, P. "A chronological list with notes of paintings and drawings from 
Dante Gabriel Rossetti." Scritti van di erudizione e di critica in onore di Rodolfo 
Renier. Torino: Bocca, 1912. Pp. 135-67. 

Stevenson. Capasso, A. "La Ammoralita di un romanzo favoloso." Saper dis- 
tinguere, Vol. II. Genova: Emiliano degli Orfini, 1934. Pp. 183-94. 

. " L Isola del Tesoro, " Corriere Padano, 28 genn. 1933. 

Ceriello, C. R. " Tusitala. " Saggi di critica di varia letteratura. Napoli: Guida, 
1931. Pp. 202-11. 

Chiaromonte, N. "La Fantasia di Stevenson," Italia letteraria, 14 giugno 1931. 

Donde*-Bre*sy- "Robert Louis Stevenson dans la litte*rature fran9aise," Bi-biblio- 
graphie, 6 juillet 1923. 

Frank, G. "A portrait of Robert Louis Stevenson," Northwestern mag., Dec., 1910, 
pp. 9-12. 



. "Robert Louis Stevenson," ibid., April, 1912, pp. 305-12. 

Kenyon, J. B. "The letters of Robert Louis Stevenson," Methodist rev., LXXXII 
(1900), 533-48. 

Mims, E. "Robert Louis Stevenson," Methodist rev., LXXXIV (1902), 417-26. 

Necco, G. "Nuovo Stevenson," Italia letteraria, 29 agosto 1933. 

Noble, J. H. "Mr. Stevenson s forerunner," Yellow book, IV (1895), 121-42. 

Obertello, A. "Cronache letterarie: Ancora di Stevenson, Ripresa del romanzo 
storico," Italia letteraria, 24 genn. 1932. 

Whyte, W. F. "Sketch of Stevenson," Sunset, XXV (1910), 497-509. 
Swinburne. Cervesato, A. "Shelley e Swinburne," Marzocco, 13 agosto 1922. 



220 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Coupe, C. "Mr. Swinburne s studies in prose and poetry, Dublin rev., CXVI 
(1895), 338-62. 

Crespi, A. "Swinburne," Rassegna italo-britannica, aprile 1919. 

Davray, H. D. "Algernon Charles Swinburne: poete et patriote," Plume, XIV 
(1902), 1-4. 

De Bariol, 0. "Swinburne et son oeuvre poe*tique," Revue hebdomadaire, 24 avril 
1909, pp. 452-75. 

Paggi, A. "fl Boccaccio e la Novella della Lisa inferma/ " Marzocco, No. 50, 
13 die. 1931. 

Galimberti, A. "Dante nei canti di Algernon Swinburne e nella critica di John 
Ruskin." Dante nel pensiero ingkse. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 217-32. 

Jean-Aubry, J. "Poetes franc, ais d Angleterre," Her cure de France, CXXVII 
(1919), 31-37. 

Muret, M. "Mort du poete A. C. Swinburne," Journal des delate, 12 avril 1909. 
Puaux, R. "Swinburne," Temps, 16 avril 1909. 

Swindler, R. "The theology of Swinburne s poems," Gentleman s mag., CCLXXI 
(1891), 459-71. 

Tennyson. Angeli, D. "Centenario di Alfredo Tennyson," Fanfutta della domeni- 
ca, 15 agosto 1909. 

B., Ad. "Lord Tennyson," Revue chretienne (N.S.), XIII (1893), 269-84. 

Baker, H. "Alfred Tennyson: his misquoted larger hope in In memoriam, " 
Homiletic rev., LXVI (1913), 276-78. 

Bannard, T. "Tennyson and Mendelssohn Bartholdy," Monthly musical record, 
1913, p. 515. 

Barnes, S. D. "The faith of Tennyson/ Methodist rev., LXXXII (1900), 582-91. 

Baskerville, W. M. "Lord Tennyson," Methodist rev. (South), XLVI (1897), 
323-37. 

Bertoni, G. "Ulisse nella Divina Commedia e nei poeti moderni." Atti dell Aca- 
demia degli Arcadi, Vols. V-VI, 1930. 

Birney, L. J. "What Tennyson did for the minister," Methodist rev., XCIX (1917), 
22-35. 

Camerini, E. "Alfredo Tennyson." Nuovi profili letterari, Vol. I. Milano: Bat- 
tezzati e Saldini, 1875. Pp. 1-35. 

D Annunzio, G. "Tennyson," Mattino, Vol. I, No. 207 (9-10 ott. 1892). 
Davray, H. D. "Tennyson," Mercure de France, LXXX (1908), 659-69. 

. "Tennyson et ses sympathies franchises," Figaro, 13 aout 1909. 

De Witt, A. "Alfred Tennyson," Presbyterian Reformed rev., IV (1893), 112. 

Dixon, J. M, "Pragmatism in In memoriam, " Methodist rev., XCIII (1911), 
101-11. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 221 

Dorchester, D. "Alfred Tennyson/ Methodist rev., LXXVII (1895), 409-22. 

Dronsart, M. "Alfred Tennyson d apr&s les memoires publie*es par son fils," Cor- 
respondant, 10 nov., 10 de"c. 1896. 

Everett, C. C. "Tennyson and Browning as spiritual forces," New world, II (1893), 
240-56. 

Faggi, A. "La Poesia di Tennyson in un libro italiano," Marzocco, No. 2, 1929. 

Gaglio-Morana, V. Alfredo Tennyson; poeia rappresentativo dett Inghitterra vitto- 
riana. Palermo: Fratelli Vena, 1933. 

Galimberti, A. "I lirici da Tommaso Moore ad Alfredo Tennyson. ... L Ulysses del 
Tennyson." Dante nel pensiero inglese. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 212-14. 

Gibbs, L. K. "Tennyson s Idylls of the king, " Methodist rev., CXV (1913), 
756-63. 

Graham, J. W. "N!w facts on our survival of death/ Hibbertjour., VII (1908-9), 
260-77. 

Gregory, D. S. "A literary study of In memoriam/ " Homiletic rev., XXXVIII 
(1899), 467-72. 

Haddow, R. "Sense in war with souls: studies in Idylls of the king/ " Knox Col 
lege monthly, XVIII (1894r-95), 40-45, 86-91, 131-35, 215-20. 

Hardin, M. C. "Theology in Tennyson s poetry," Methodist rev. (South), XLIV 
(1896-97), 315-19. 

Hartsock, E. "Poor Tennyson/ Fersonalist, XI (1930), 28-31. 

Henry, H. T. "Lord Alfred Tennyson," American Catholic guar., XXIII (1898), 

1-27. 
Hoyt, A. S. "Tennyson s poetry,-" Homiletic rev., 1893, pp. 402-7. 

Jones, D. M. "The religious teaching of Tennyson," Wesleyan Methodist mag., 
CXV (1892), 876-80. 

Keeling, A. E. "Tennyson," Wesleyan Methodist mag., CXV (1892), 925-32. 

Knowles, F. L. " The idylls of the king/ " Methodist rev., LXXXVIII (1906), 
623-26. 

Lathrop, G. P. "Was Tennyson consistent?" American Catholic guar., XVIH 
(1893), 101-21. 

Lester, G. "Concerning Lord Tennyson s knowledge and use of the Bible," Meth 
odist rev. (South), XLV (1897), 163-70. 

. "Tennyson and Christmas," ibid., XLVI (1897), 338-50. 

Lockhart, A. J. "Arthur Hallam and In memoriam/ " Methodist rev., XCV (1913), 
46-65. 

Lowber, J. W. "Tennyson s science of religion." World wide problems or macro- 
cosmus. Cincinnati: Standard Publishing Co., 1923. Pp. 300-311. 



222 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 

Monti, G. "II Dolore nelle opere del grand! poeti della fede: Klopstock, Schiller, 
LaMartine, Tennyson, Elizabeth Browning, Cora Fabbri." La Poesia del do- 
lore. Modena: E. Sarasino, 1893. 

Moore, J. K. "Sources of Tennyson s early poems," Modern language notes, 
XXXI (1916), 307-10. 

Moseley, W. M. "Tennyson and immortality," Wesleyan Methodist mag., CXX 
(1897), 859-66. 

Mudge, J. "Tennyson and his teachings," Methodist rev., LXXXI (1899), 874^-87. 
Negri, G. "Alfred Tennyson." Ultimi saggi. Milano: Hoepli, 1904. Pp. 243-51. 

. "Tennyson e Gladstone." Segni dei tempi. 2d ed. Milano: Hoepli, 1897. 

Pp. 86-104. 

Olivero, F. "La Leggenda di Ulisse in Tennyson e in alcuni poeti irlandesi," Gior- 
nale dantesco, XXV (1922), 229-36. 

Painter, F. V. N. "The homiletic value of Tennyson," Homiletic rev., XXV (1893), 
202-8. 

Parsons, E. " In memoriam as a representative poem," Homiletic rev., XXXVI 
(1896), 213-19. 

. "Tennyson s attitude towards skepticism," ibid., XXXII (1896), 205-13. 

. "Tennyson s theology/ Methodist rev., LXXVI (1894), 917-27. 

Quayle, W. A. "Tennyson s men," Methodist rev., XCIII (1911), 219-36. 

Roberts, R. "The poet as seeker Tennyson." The Jesus of the poets and prophets. 
London: Student Christian Movement, 1919. Pp. 119-34. 

-. "The poet as seeker Tennyson." That one face. New York: Association 



Press, 1919. Pp. 107-22. 

Roz, F. "Une Vie de poete (Alfred Tennyson: a memoir by his son)," Bibliotheque 
universelle et Revue Suisse, Vol. LX (1910). 

Sarrazin, G. "Lord Tennyson," Nouvelle revue, 15 de*c. 1888, pp. 812-28. 
Schell, E. A. "Tennyson s Ulysses, " Methodist rev., XCV (1913), 192-202. 

Sinclair, W. "The religious poetry of Tennyson," Churchman (N.S.), XII (1897- 
98), 435-43, 475-83. 

Stuart, C. H. "Alfred Tennyson." The vision of Christ. Rev. ed. Cincinnati: 
Jennings & Graham; New York: Eaton & Mains, 1906. Pp. 167-232. 

Torretta, L. "Guerra e pace nell opera di Lord Tennyson," Nuova antologia, 16 
sett. 1917, pp. 157-64. 

Woods, M. A. " In memoriam, " Expository times, Vol. V(1893-94). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1938 



bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the 
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa- 
tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman (and editor 
of the bibliography), University of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har- 
rold, Michigan State Normal College; Frederic E. Faverty, North 
western University; and Charles W. Thomas, University of Wis 
consin, assisted by Marjorie Hill, Rebecca Ruggles, and Viola Wendt. 
The editor wishes to express thanks to Carl J. Weber, Colby College, 
for his annual and voluntary aid with the Hardy items. This bibli 
ography attempts to list the noteworthy publications of 1938 (in 
cluding reviews of earlier items) which have a bearing on English 
literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise stated, the date 
of publication is 1938. Reference to a page in the bibliography for 
1937, in Modern philology, May, 1938, is made by the following form: 
See VB 1937, 437. Some cross-references are given, although not all 
that are possible. 



KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 



A 

AHR 

AL 

AR 

Archiv 

BBDI 

Beiblatt 
BIHR 

CR 

Cr 

CWd 

DLtz 

DV 

EHR 

EJ 



= Anglia ELH 
= American historical review 

= American literature ER 

= American review ES 

= Archiv fur das Studium der ESt 
neueren Sprachen 

Bull of bibliog. and dramat- EtA 
ic index FR 

= Beiblatt zur Anglia GLL 

-- Bull of the Institute of His- GRM 
torical Research 

Contemporary review HTB 

Criterion 

Catholic world HV 

Deutsche Literaturzeitung 

Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift HZ 

English historical review JEGP 

English journal, college ed. 



= Journal of English literary 
history 

= English review 

- Englische Studien 

= English studies (Amster 
dam) 

Etudes anglaises 

= Fortnightly review 

= German life and letters 

Germanisch-romanische 
Monatsschrift 

= New York Herald-Tribune 
books 

Historische Vierteljahrs 
schrift 

= Historische Zeitschrift 
= Journal of English and 
Germanic philology 



[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1939] 



223 



224 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 



JMH 
JP 
JPE 
LgrP 



LL 
LM 

LQHR 
LZD 

MF 

MLN 

MLR 

MP 

N 

NC 

Neo 

NEQ 

NeuP 

New R 
Nrf 
NS 

NYTBR 
A" <fc Q 



Journal of modern history 
s Journal of philosophy 
Journal of political economy 
Literaturblatt fur german- 
ische und romanische Phil- 
ologie 

Life and letters today 
London mercury and book- 
man 

London quarterly and Hoi- 
born review 

Literarisches Zentralblatt 
fur Deutschland 
Mercure de France 
Modern language notes 
Modern language review 
Modem philology 
Nation 

Nineteenth century and after 
Neophilologus 
,2Vei0 England quarterly 
Neuphilologische Monats- 
schrift 

New republic 
Nouvelle revue frangaise 
New statesman and nation 



Notes <fc gi/ene* 



PMLA 

PQ as Philological quarterly 

QQ = Queen s quarterly 

QR as Quarterly review 

RA Revue anglo-americaine 

RdDM = Revue des deux mondes 

RES Review of English studies 

RF = Revue de France 

RH as Revue historique 

RM as Revue de metaphysique et de 

morale 

RLC as Revue de litterature com 
pared 

RPh = Revue de philosophic 
S a= Spectator 

SAQ as $ow/i Atlantic quarterly 
Scan = Scandinavian studies 
SeR = Sewanee review 
SM as Scientific monthly 
SP as Studies in philology 

SR as Saturday review 

SRL as Saturday review of literature 
St - fefte 

!TZ/^ = (London) Times literary 
supplement 

= Virginia quarterly review 

aa FoZermety 



I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 

"American bibliography for 1937." PMLA, LII, Suppl., 1264-73: "English, 
Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh. 

TAe annual bibliography of the history of British art. Vol. Ill (1936). Cam 
bridge univ. pr. Pp. xxiv+186. 

Arnim, Max (comp.). Internationale Personalbibliographie, 1850-1935. Leip 
zig: Hiersemann, 1936. Pp.xii+572. 
Rev. by G. Minde-Pouet in DLte, LIX, 1193-95. 

Arns, Karl. /Tidex der anglo-judischen Literatur. Bochum-Langendreer: Pop- 
pinghaus. Pp, 105. 

Rev. by F. Wild in tfei&Zatt, XLIX, 346-47; by W. Stiskind in ZXe Literatur, 
XLI, 55. 

TAe art tndac, Ocio6er 19S5-September 1938. A cumulative author and subject 
index to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Also Vol. 
X, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 225 

The bibliographic index. A cumulative bibliography of bibliographies. Vol. I, 
Nos. 1-3. New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir and David Randall. Vol. 
II, Nos. 9 (Jan.) and 10 (April). London: Elkin Mathews; New York: 
Scribner s. 
Queries about Arnold, Carroll, Dickens, Marryat, G. Meredith, etc. 

Bond, Donald F. "Anglo-French and Franco- American studies: a current 

bibliography." Romanic rev., XXIX, 343-72. 

"Attempts to list the most significant books and articles of 1937 which deal 
with Anglo-French and Franco-American literary history, from the sixteenth 
century to the present." Intended as the first in a series of annual bibliographies, 
this establishes itself in a field dealt with too cursorily in other surveys. By limit 
ing itself in the main to a brief indication of the contents of book or article, it steers 
a middle course between being on the one hand a mere list and on the other a series 
of reviews by one critic, the Scylla and Charybdis that cause grief for many 
bibliographies. F. E. F. 

Davis, E. J., and Taylor, E. G. R. (comps.). Guide to periodicals and bibliogra 
phies dealing with geography, archaeology, and history. Historical Assoc. 
pamphlet, No. 110. London: The Historical Assoc. Pp.22. 

Doubleday, H. A., and de Walden, Howard (comps.). The complete peerage. 
A history of the House of Lords and all its members from the earliest times. 
London: St. Catherine pr., 1936. Pp. 799+appendix, pp. 173. 
Rev. by C. B&nont in RH, CLXXXII, 134r-35. 

Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities, 
1937-38. New York: H.W.Wilson. Pp.109. 

Graham, Walter (ed). "The Romantic Movement: a selective and critical 
bibliography for 1937." ELH, V, 1-48. 

Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language. .... Vol. 
XLI, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.); Vol. XLII, No. 2 (Feb., 1939). 
New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Guide to depositories of manuscript collections in the United States. 100 sample 
entries. Prepared by the Historical Records Survey Division of Women s 
and Professional Projects, Works Progress Administration. Columbus, 
Ohio: Historical Records Survey. Mimeographed. Pp. 134. 

Hamlin, Arthur T. "The Howells collection." Harvard library notes, No. 28, 
pp. 147-53. 
Includes letters to William Dean Howells from Hardy, Kipling, Henry James, 

Stevenson, etc. 

Historical Association, London. Annual bulktin of historical literature, No. 
XXVII: Publications of the year 1987. London: Bell. 



226 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

International bibliography of historical sciences ..... Tenth year, 1985. Ed. for 
the International Committee of Historical Sciences. New York: H. W. 
Wilson. Pp. xxxvi+473. French ed. Paris: Colin. 
Rev. by C. L. Grose in JMH, X, 608; the vols. for 1931, 1933, and 1934 are 

rev. by H. Sproemberg in DLtzg, LIX, 525-30. 

Internationaler Jahresbericht der Bibliographic. Hrsg. von J. Vorstius. Vol. 
VIII (1937). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. 43. 

International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science. 
Twenty-fifth annual accumulation. July 1937-June 1938. Also Vol. XXVI, 
Nos. 3, 4 (Nov., Jan., 1939). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Janecek, Blanche. "Bibliography of Czech literature in English translation." 



Jessop, T. E. A bibliography of David Hume and of Scottish philosophy from 
Francis Hutcheson to Lord Balfour. London and Hull : A. Brown. Pp. xiv-f- 
201. 
Brief rev. by J. C. in Library assoc. record, XL, 492. 

Kunitz and Haycraft (eds.). British authors of the nineteenth century. See 
VB 1937, 417. 
Rev. by R. Hoops in ES, LXXIII, 110-11. 

Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica mensile, Vol. IX. "Bollettino bibliografico," 
each month (except March), a 5-6 p. bibliog. of books recently published in 
Europe and America. 

MacNair, Mary W., and Karr, Margaret N. (comps.). A list of American 
doctoral dissertations printed in 1986 ..... Washington: Government print 
ing office. Pp. vii 4-416. 

Osborn, James M. (ed.). Work in progress, 1938 > in the modern humanities. 
Bull.l6A (May), published by the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. 
"Nineteenth century literature," pp. 34-43. 

Pochmann, Henry A., et al. "Anglo-German bibliography for 1937." JEGP, 
XXXVII, 267-84. 

"Private libraries. II. Mr. Michael Sadleir." TLS (Antiquarian notes), 

June 25, p. 440. 

An account of a fine private library of Victorian items. 
La rassegna, XLV (1937), 327-34; XLVI, 81-88, 162-83. "Repertorio." 

Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. July 1937- 
June 1938. Also Vol. XXXVIII, No. 12 (June 7, 1938-Jan. 3, 1939). New 
York: H.W.Wilson, 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 227 

Shaw, Marian (ed.). Essay and general literature index. 1938. An index to 
%656 essays and articles in 151 volumes of collections of essays and miscel 
laneous works. New York: H. W, Wilson. Pp. vi+184. 

Subject index of the modern works added to the library of the British Museum 
in the years 1931-35. London: British Museum, 1937. 2 vols. Pp. 989; 
930. 
Brief rev. by A. E. in Library Assoc. record, XL, 104. 

"Victorian bibliography for 1937." MP, XXXV, 415-46. 

Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographie des Buck- und 
Bibliothekswesens, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. Vol. 
XII (1937). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. xii+450 columns. 

Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part LIV (Jan -Dec., 1987): The complete 

list of all books published in the United Kingdom Also Part LVIII 

(Jan.-Dec., 1938). London: J. Whitaker & Sons. 

"World-list of historical reviews." Bull, of the International Committee of 
Historical Sciences, No. 31 (Paris, 1936), pp. 195-359. 
Rev. by H. Sproemberg in DLtz, LIX, 525-30. 

Wright, LyleH. (comp.). Huntington Library lists. Number 2. Sporting books 
in the Huntington Library. San Marino, Calif., 1937. Pp. vii+132. 

The year s work in English studies, Vol. XVII (1936). Ed. for the English 
Assoc. by F. S. Boas and M. S. Serjeantson. London: Milford, Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. 311. "The nineteenth century and after" (B. Ifor Evans), 
pp. 241-79; "Bibliographica" (Harry SeUers), pp. 280-94. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND 
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

Adams, Margaret. "The British attitude to German colonization, 1880-5." 
Summaries of theses, CLXI. BIHR, XV, 190-93. 

Agate, James. "Irving as an artist." Listener, Feb. 9. 

Alexander, Gilchrist G. The Tempk of the nineties. London: Hodge. Pp. 
xii+284. 
Rev. in TLS, April 23, p. 270 (memoirs of the Middle Temple in the 1890 s). 

Alfassa, Paul. "La caricatura anglaise, 1750-1850." Revue de Paris, Feb. 15, 
pp. 931-38. 

The Amberley papers. See VB 1937, 419. 
Rev. by W. Notestein in YR, XXVII, 643-44. 

Andrews, Cyril B. The railway age. See VB 1937, 419. New York: Macmil- 
lan. Pp.xi+145. 



228 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

Armstrong, Martin. Victorian peep-show. London: MichaelJoseph. Pp.160. 
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 17, p. 803. 

Asquith, the Countess of Oxford and (ed.). Myself when young. London: 
Muller. Pp.422. 

Rev. by Edith Shackleton in LM, XXXVIII, 364r-65 (reminiscences by 15 
women, of different sorts and classes). 

Aydelotte, William 0. Bismarck and British colonial policy; the problem of 
South West Africa, 1883-1885. Philadelphia: Univ. of Perm, pr.; London: 
Milford, Oxford univ. pr., 1937. Pp. xii+179. 
Rev. by M. von Hagen in HZ t CLVIII, 379-81. 

Bader, Arao L. Frederick Saunders and the early history of the international 
copyright movement in America." Library quar., VIII, 25-39. 

Baily, Francis Evans. The love story of Lady Palmerston. London: Hutchin- 
son. Pp.510. 
Rev. by C. St. John in NS, March 12, p. 448. 

Benson, E. F. "Daughters of Queen Victoria." Atlantic month., CLXII, 
291-301, 500-9, 668-77, 805-14. 

Benson, E. F. Queen Victoria s daughters. New York: D. Appleton-Century. 
Pp.315. 
Rev. by Clara Stillman in HTB, Nov. 20, p. 5. 

Bolitho, Hector (ed.). Further letters of Queen Victoria. From the archives of 
Hie House of Brandenburg-Prussia. Tr. by Mrs. J. Pudney and Lord Sudley. 
London: Butterworth; New Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. 286; viii+283. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Feb. 5, p. 218; by A. L. Sachar in HTB, June 12, 

p. 5; by D. Thomson in LM, XXXVII, 452; in SR, Feb. 5, p. 86; in TLS (leading 

article), Jan. 29, pp. 65-6. 

Bolitho, Hector. Victoria and Albert. London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. viii+ 
382. 

Bowley, Arthur L. Wages and income in the United Kingdom since 1860. 
New York: MacmiUan, 1937. Pp.xix+151. 

Brinkmann, Karl. England seit 1815. Politik, Volk, Wirtschaft. Berlin: 
Junker & Dunnkaupt. Pp.342. 

Clapham, John Harold. An economic history of modern Britain. Vol. Ill: 

Machines and national rivalries, 1887-1918j with epilogue, 1914-1929. 

Cambridge univ, pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi+577. For Vols. I 

and II, see VB 1932, 405, and VB 1933, 400. 

Rev. by C. Brinkmann in Vierteljahrsschrift fur Social- und Wirtschaftege- 
schichte, XXXI, 405-6; by A. Grant in FR, CXLIV, 113-15; by G. Henderson 
in History, XXIII, 181-82; by H. Hinton in PSQ, LIII, 599; by W. Langer in 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 229 

HTB, Sept. 11, p. 10 ("it will long stand as the basic reference work"); by R. 
Sontag in SRL, Jan. 14, 1939, pp. 16-17; in TLS, Feb. 19, p. 119. 

The third and final volume of this very valuable work, bringing the narrative 
down from the Queen s first Jubilee to the outbreak of the World War, and cover 
ing such reforms as old age pensions, health insurance, town planning, etc.; set 
forth with the author s usual literary force and clarity, and handled so expertly 
that his weighty factual account never becomes a mere catalogue, but remains an 
absorbing narrative of late-Victorian economic evolution. C. F. H. 

Clarke, Basil F. L. Church builders of the nineteenth century. London: S.P. 
C.K Pp.296. 

Clokie, Hugh McDowalL Royal commissions of inquiry; the significance of 
investigations in British politics. Stanford univ.: Stanford univ. pr., 1937. 
Pp. viii+242. 
Rev. by A. White in JMH, X, 429-30. ("Three quarters of the book deal with 

the heyday of such commissions in the nineteenth century and their decline in 

the twentieth.") 

Cole, G. D. H. Persons and periods. London and New York: Macimllan. 

Pp. vii+333. 

Rev. by D. Thomson in LM, XXXVIII, 176-77; by J. Vallette in EtA, II, 
418-19 (includes essays on Robert Owen and W. Morris). 

Crabites, Pierre. Victoria 7 s guardian angel; a study of Baron Stockmar. New 
York: Button. Pp.289. SeeVB 1937,420. 
Rev. by A. Sachar in HTB, Feb. 27, p. 3. 

Craig, Gordon. "Henry Irving." LM, XXXVII, 400 if. 

Crichton-Browne, Sir James. The doctor remembers. London: Duckworth. 

Pp. 308. 

Brief rev. in LM, XXXVIII, 388 ("one of the last of the real Victorians" 
memories of Huxley, Browning, Lytton, Spencer, Thomas Stevenson, Gladstone, 
etc.). 

Curling, Jonathan. Janus Weathercock. .... London: Nelson. Pp. 415. 

Brief rev. by R. Lewin in LM, XXXVIII, 186 (full biography of Thomas 
Griffiths Wainewright; references to Bulwer-Lytton, Dickens, Wilde, etc.). 

Douglas, Lord Alfred. Without apology. London: Martin Seeker; New York: 
Ryerson. Pp. 316. 
Rev. by H. Fausset in LM, XXXVIII, 376 (reminiscences). 

Eckinger, Karl. Lord Palmerston und der schweizer Sonderbundskrieg. Berlin: 
Ebering. Pp.158. 
Rev. by W. Ganz in HZ, CLVIII, 659-60. 

Ehrmann, Ruth. George Bernard Shaw und der viktorianische Sozialismus. 
Basel diss. Antwerp, 1937. Pp.95. 



230 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

Falk, B. Turner the painter: his hidden life. London: Hutchinson. Pp.288. 

Fearon, William R. Parnell of Avondale. Dublin: At the Sign of the Three 
Candles. Pp.xiii+124. 
A play, treating the last decade of Parnell s life. 

Fellowes, Daisy. "Visites royales: la Reine Victoria rend visite a Louis- 
Philippe." Revue de Paris, June 15, pp. 835-57. 

Flett, Sir John S. The first hundred years of the Geological Survey of Great 
Britain, 1835-1935. London: H. M. Stationery office, 1937. Pp. 280. 

Foram, W. Robert. African odyssey: the life of Verney Lovett-Cameron. Lon 
don: Hutchinson, 1937. Pp.384. 
Explorer who crossed Africa from east to west at time of Livingstone s death. 

Ford, Ford Madox. Mightier than the sword. Memories and criticisms. Lon 
don: Allen &Unwin. Pp.292. 
Brief rev. by G. Lafourcade in EtA, II, 317 (Hardy, Ruskin, etc.). 

Garrett, Kathleen. "Lord Ellenborough s ideas on Indian policy." Sum 
maries of theses, CLXIV. BIHR, XVI, 37-39. 

Graf, Otto. Imperium Britannicum. Vom Inselstaat zum Weltreich. Leipzig: 
W. Goldmann, 1937. Pp. 326. 
Rev. by G. Schleypen in Die neueren Spraehen, XL VI, 217-18. 

Greville. See II, Strachey. 

Griggs, Earl Leslie. Thomas Clarkson, the friend of slaves. London: Allen & 
Unwin, 1936; Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan pr. Pp. 210. 
Rev. by M. Kennedy in JMH, X, 595. 

Habberton, William. Anglo-Russian relations concerning Afghanistan 1887- 
1907. ("Illinois studies in the social sciences," Vol. XXI, No. 4.) Urbana, 
111.: Univ. of Illinois pr., 1937. Pp. 102. 

Itev. by A. Hasenclever in HZ, CLVIII, 203; by M. B. in RH, CLXXXIII, 
146. 

Hall, Henry L. The Colonial Office; a history. London and New York: Pub. 

for the Royal Empire soc. by Longmans, Green, 1937. Pp. xii+296. 

Rev. by P. Knaplund in JMH, X, 272-73 ("students of the history of the 
British Empire in the nineteenth century will find this book a veritable gold 
mine"). 

Hallmann, Hans. Spanien und die franzosich-englische Mittelmeer-Rivalitat, 
1898-1907, ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der entstehenden und sich festigenden 
Entente cordiak. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, 1937. Pp.viii+143. 
Rev. by R. Stebbins in JMH, X, 141-42. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 231 

Harling, Robert. Home: a Victorian vignette. London: Constable. Pp.168. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 17, p. 803. Has chapters on the Victorian house, garden, 
furniture, food, entertaining, and "evenings at home"; rather one-eided picture, 
emphasizing the uncomfortable. 

Harling, Robert (comp.). The London miscellany. See VB 1937, 422. New 

York: Ryerson, 1937. Pp. vii+256. 

Rev. by T. James in LL, XVIII, 188-91; by R. LeGallienne in NYTBR, Nov. 
27, p. 9; by G. Stonier in NS t Jan. 22, p. 134; in HTB, Dec. 18, p. 12 ("from 
diarists, biographers, foreign correspondents, and guide-books of the time"). 

Harrison, Henry. Parnell vindicated; the lifting of the veil New York: R. R. 
Smith, 1931; London: Constable, 1937. Pp. viii+447. 
Rev. by J. Park in JMH, X, 121-22. 

Hobhouse, C. 1851 and the Crystal Palace See VB 1937, 423. 

Rev. by C. Smith in JM H, X, 308-9. 

Holt, Raymond V. The Unitarian contribution to social progress in England. 
London: Allen &Unwin. Pp. xi+364. 

Ilchester, the Earl of. Chronicks of Holland House. See VB 1937, 423. 
Rev. in CR, CLIII, 241-42; in HTB, Sept. 11, p. 15. 

Jagow, Kurt (ed.). The letters of the Prince Consort, 1831-1861. Tr. by E. T. 

S. Dugdale. London: Murray; New York: Dutton. Pp.398. 

Rev. by A. Sachar in HTB, Dec. 4, p. 20; by E. Sackville-West in LM, 
XXXVIII, 575-76. Original ed.: Prinzgemahl Albert. Ein Leben am Throne. 
Eigenhdndige Brief e und Aufzeichnungen, 1881-1861. Berlin: Siegismund, 1937 
Pp. 476. 

Jagow, Kurt. Konigin Victorias Madchenjahre. Berlin: Kiepenheuer. Pp. 
viii+324. 
Rev. by R. Schneider in Die Literatur, XLI, 251-52. 

Kellett, E. E. Religion and life in the early Victorian age. London: Epworth 
pr. Pp. 174. 
Rev. by W. Howard in LQHR, CLXIII, 557-59; in TLS, Aug. 20, p. 540. 

Kent, Muriel. "OctaviaHill (1838-1912). " Cornhitt mag., CLVHI, 806-16. 
Octavia Hill and the housing reforms of the nineteenth century. 

Kilvert s diary. Selections from the diary of the Rev. Francis Kilvert. Ed. with 
introd. by William Plomer. London: Cape; Toronto: Nelson. Pp. 396. 
Rev. by H. House in LM, XXXVIII, 463-65 (from eight of twenty-two MS 

vols. by a country parson; treats of Jan. 1, 1870 Aug. 19, 1871; highly praised). 

Kincaid, D. British social life in India, 1608-1937. London: Routledge. 
Pp. 320. 



232 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

Kirby, Chester. The English country gentleman; a study of nineteenth century 

types. SeeVB 1937,423. 

Rev. by D. Raymond in JMH, X, 152, Treats of four men: Grantley Berkeley, 
Lord George Bentinck, the fifth Duke of Richmond, and Sir John Bennet Lawes. 

Kutsch, Ruth. Queen Victoria und die deutsche Einigung. Berlin diss. Ber 
lin: Ebering. Pp. 134. 

Laver, James. Taste and fashion. From the French revolution until today. 
London: Harrap; Toronto: Oxford univ. pr., 1937. Pp.272. 
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVIII, 188-91. 

Lemperly, Paul. Books and I. Cleveland: Rowfant Club. Pp. ix+58. 

Lewinsohn, Richard. Barney Barnato; from Whitechapel down to diamond 
king. Introd. by Emil Ludwig. Tr. from French by Geoffrey Sainsbury. 
London: Routledge; New York: Button. Pp. xi 4-275. 
Rev. by T. Sugrue in HTB, April 24, p. 5 (business partner of Cecil Rhodes). 

Liveing, Susan. "Early Victorian memories." NC, CXXIV, 462-70. 

Maccoby, Simon. English radicalism: 1858-1886. London: Allen & Unwin. 

Pp.432. 

Itev. by H. J. Laski in NS, Sept. 17, p. 428; in TLS, Dec. 14, p. 810. Mac- 
coby s earlier vol. (see VB 1935, 411) is rev. by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXV, 
344-45. 

This is the sequel to Mr. Maccoby s English radicalism: 1882-1852, and shows 
the same merits and defects : a brilliant use of primary sources hitherto neglected, 
and a failure to make his multitudinous details synthesize in illuminating con 
clusions. There is the same revealing emphasis on the role played by Radical 
societies for agitation, contemporary documents, and obscure Radical periodicals. 
The author is undoubtedly guilty of undue stress on the power of the Radical 
forces in Parliament, and he fails to take account of the unpopularity of Joseph 
Chamberlain not only with many Liberals but also with a great number of Radi 
cals. On the whole, however, this volume, like its predecessor, is an invaluable 
source, or collection of sources, on the great Radical movement of the Victorian 
era. C. F. H. 

Magoun, F. P., Jr. The history of football from the beginnings to 1871. Bochum- 
Langendreer: Poppinghaus. Pp. ix+151. 

Maitland, F. A. H. 100 years of headlines, 1887-1987. London: Wright & 
Brown. Pp.251. 

Harder, Arthur J. "Navalism in England, 1893-1898." Harvard univ. sum 
maries of theses (1936) , pp. 203-6. 

Maurice, Sir Frederick. Haldane: 1856-1915. See VB 1937, 425. 
Rev. in CR, CLIII, 113-16. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 233 

Maxwell, W. B. Time gathered. London: Hutchinson. Pp.352. 

Rev. in TLS, Jan. 22, p. 54 (Victorian memoirs, by a son of the novelist Mary 
E. Braddon). 

Meine, K. England und Deutschland 1871 bis 1876. See VB 1937, 425. 

Rev. by M. B. in RH> CLXXXIII, 144; by P. Kluke in HZ, CLVIII, 204-5. 

Merim&e, Prosper: lettres a Fanny Lagden. Texte et traduction publics par- 
Georges Connes et Pierre Trahard. Paris: Boivin. Pp. xxii+281. 
Rev. by M. Nardon in Revue des cours et conferences, XXXIX, 573-76. 

Middleton, R. D. Dr. Routh. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xvi+ 

278. 

Rev. by A. Rowse in S, Sept. 30, p. 524; in TLS, Sept. 17, p. 601. Dr. Routh 
was President of Magdalen College, Oxford, from 1791 to 1854. 

Mitford, Nancy (ed.). Ladies of Alderley; being the letters between Maria 
Josepha, Lady Stanley of Alderley and her daughter-in-law, Henrietta Maria 
Stanley , during the years 1841-1850. Foreword by Lord Stanley of Alder 
ley. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. xxxii+315. 
Rev. by C. Vulliamy in S, June 24, p. 1160; in SR, July 2, p. 6. 

Morelli, Emilia. Mazzini in Inghilterra. Florence: Lemonnier. Pp. xii+190. 
Rev. by A. 0. in La critica, XXXVI, 293-94. 

Murray, J. Middleton. Heaven and earth. London: Cape. Pp.384. 
Rev. by M. Plowman in Adelphi, XV, V 42 (history of spiritual England). 

Nicolson, Hon. Harold G. Helen s tower. London: Constable, 1937; New 

York: Harcourt Brace. Pp.x+293;x+297. 

Rev. by Isabel Paterson in HTB, March 6, p. 6 ("neither formal history nor 
strict biography"; the central figure is the Marquess of Dufferin and Alva). 

Noble, Celia (Brunei), Lady. The Brunels, father and son. London: Cobden- 
Sanderson. Pp.291. 

Odell, Mary Theresa. The old theater, Worthing: 1807-1855. London: G. W. 
Jones. 
Rev. by H. Walbrook in FR, CXLIV, 631-32. 

O Faolain, Sean. King of the beggars: a life of Daniel O Connell London: 

Nelson. Pp.386. 

Rev. by D. Fitzgerald in LM, XXXVIII, 273-74. 

Papajewski, H. "Stellung und Entwicklung der Monarchic und des monar- 
chischen Gedankens in England wahrend der letzten hundert Jahre." 
NeuP t IX, 241-54. 

Parkes, H. B. "The philosophy of Marxism." Scrutiny, VII, 130-44. 



234 VirroKiAN BIBLIOGHAPHV FOR 1938 

Partridge, R. C. B. The history of the legal deposit of books throughout the 
British Empire. Pref. by Sir Frederic Kenyon. London: Library Assoc. 
Pp. xvii+364. 
Rev. by P. L. in Library Assoc. record, XL, 285-86; by T. Solberg in Library 

quar., VIII, 528-36. 

Petrie, Sir Charles. The Chamberlain tradition. London: Lovat Dickson; 
Toronto: Macmillan. Pp.x+287. 
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 12, pp. 97-98. 

Pevsner, N. "English and German art, and their inter-relations." German life 
andktters, II, 251-59. 

Postgate and Vallance. England goes to press See VB 1937, 425. 

Rev. by G. Graham in QQ, XLIV (1937), 553-55; by W. Wirthwein in JMH, 
X, 306-7. 

Powys, Llewelyn. Earth memories. New York: Norton. Pp. xi+284; 

Pringle, John Christian. Social work of the London churches; being some account 
of the Metropolitan Visiting and Relief Association, 1843-1937. Oxford 
univ. pr., 1937. Pp. xv+291. 

Puryear, Vernon. International economics and diplomacy in the Near East; a 
study of British commercial policy in the Levant, 1834-1853. London: Mil- 
ford, Oxford univ. pr.; Stanford univ.: Stanford univ. pr., 1935. Pp. xiii 
+264. 
Rev. by A. Hasenclever in HZ, CLIX, 202. 

Quennell, Peter. Victorian panorama See VB 1937, 425. 

Rev. by Ch. B. in RH, CLXXXII, 386; by T. James in LL, XVIII, 188-91; 
by N. Orsini in Leonardo, IX, 305; by 0. Williams in Nat. rev., CX, 118. 

Ragg, Laura. "Madame de Lamartine et sa famille anglaise." RLC y XVIII, 
630-65. 

Ramm, Agatha. "European alliances and ententes, 1879-85. A study of 
contemporary British information." Summaries of theses, CLX VI. BIHR, 
XVI, 41-43. 

Robertson, Dora. Sarum Close. A history of the life and education of the Cathe 
dral Choristers for 700 years. London: Cape. Pp. 380. 

Robinson, Maude, A soidh down farm in the sixties. London: Dent. Pp. x+ 
78. 
Rev. in SR, April 2, p. 217 (sheep farm in Sussex). 

Schumann, C. G. W. Structural changes and business cycles in South Africa, 
1806-1936. London: P. S. King. Pp. xix-f 397. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOE 1938 235 

Sekon, G. A. Locomotion in Victorian London. London and New York: Ox 
ford univ, pr. Pp. xi+210. 
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVIII, 188-91 ; by G. Stonier in NS, Jan. 23, p. 134; 

in HTB, April 3, p. 18; in TLS, Jan. 22, p. 53. Information for the statistician 

and pleasure for the student of period and manners. 

Seton-Watson, R. Britain in Europe, 1789-1914 See VB 1937, 426. 

Rev. by H. Bell in JMH, X, 561-63 ("a pronounced success"); by P. Kluke 
in HZ, CLVIII, 374-77; in More Books, XIII, 195-96. 

Simon, Shena D., Lady. A century of city government: Manchester 1888-1938. 
London: Allen &Un win. Pp.450. 

Sitwell, Sacheverell. Narrative pictures: a survey of English genre and its 
painters. Notes on the illustrations by Michael Sevier. London: Batsford; 
New York: Scribner s. Pp.128. 
Rev. by R. Cortissoz in HTB, Sept. 4, p. 8. 

Smith, James. "Baudelaire." Scrutiny, VII, 145-66. 

Smith, Logan PearsalL Unforgotten years. Boston: Little, Brown, 1939; 

London: Constable. Pp. 296; 266. 

Rev. by K. Woods in NYTBR, Jan. 1, 1939, pp. 1, 13. Many references to 
Victorians; memories of M. Arnold, etc. 

Squire, Sir John. The honeysuckle and the bee. London: Heinemann, 1937; 

New York: Button. Pp.282. 

Autobiography. Mentions G. Meredith, Swinburne, etc. Brief rev. in Edu 
cational forum, II, 341-42. 

Strachey, Lytton, and Fulford, Roger (eds.). The Grevi lie memoirs, 1814-1860. 
London: Macmillan. 8vols. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Dec. 3, p. 924. 

Straus, Ralph. Lloyd s: the gentlemen at the coffee-house. New York: Car- 
rick; London: Hutchinson, 1937. Pp. 327; 292. 
Rev. by R. Doughton in HTB, Jan. 30, p. 2. English title: Lloyd s: a historical 

sketch. 

TafTs, Winifred, Ambassador to Bismarck: Lord Odo Russell, first Baron 
Ampthill. London: Muller; Toronto: Saunders. Pp. 424. 
Rev. in German life and letters, II, 314; in SR, May 21, p. 326. 

Temperley, Harold, and Penson, Lillian M. (eds.) Foundations of British 
foreign policy from Pitt to Salisbury, 1792-1902; or documents, old and new, 
selected and edited. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xxrv+574. 
Rev. by R. Ensor in LM , XXXVIII, 572-73. 



236 VICTORIAN" BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

Thomag. The childhood of Edward Thomas. A fragment of autobiography. 
Pref. by Julian Thomas. London: Faber. Pp.152. 
Rev. by E. Blunden in LM, XXXVIII, 72-74 ("a late-Victorian boyhood"). 

Thomas, Ivor. Top Sawyer: a biography of David Davies of Llandinam. Lon 
don: Longmans. Pp.372. 

Rev. by D. Hartley in LL, XIX, 114-15; in SR, July 9, p. 22. Nineteenth- 
century Welsh industrialist. 

Thomson, Sir J. J. RecoUections and reflections. New York: Macmillan, 1937; 
London: Bell, 1936. Pp.viii+451. 

TisdaH, E. E. P. Queen Victoria s John Brown; the life story of the most re- 
markabk royal servant in British history. London: Paul. Pp. 256. Am. 

ed.: Queen Victoria s Mr. Brown; the life story New York: Stokes. 

Pp. xii+323. 

Trevelyan, G. M. British history in the nineteenth century and after (1 782-1919) . 
New ed. New York and London: Longmans. Pp. xvi+512. 
Rev. by G. McNeil in JMH, X, 594; in SR, Jan. 22, p. 56. 

Tyler, John E. The struggle for imperial unity , 1868-1895. London and New 
York: Longmans. Pp.viii+219. 

Vanbrugh, Violet. "The Irving I remember." Listener, Feb. 9. 
Victoria, Queen. See II, Bolitho, Jagow, Tisdall, Wilson. 

Villiers, George, A vanished Victorian: the life of George Villiers, 4th Earl of 
Clarendon, 1800-1870. London: Eyre & Spottiswoode. Pp.377. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Dec. 24, p. 1098. 

Vulliamy, C. Edward. OutLanders. A study of imperial expansion in South 
Africa, 1877-1902. London: Cape. Pp.380. 

Wakehurst, Lord. "Australia 1788-1938." Listener, Feb. 2. 
Walbrook, H. M. "Henry Irving." FR, CXLIX, 203-11. 

Wicks, Margaret. The Italian exiks in London, 1816-1848. See VB 1937, 427. 
Rev. by P. Rebora in Leonardo, IX, 274-77 (favorable) ; by E. Vincent in EHR, 
LIE, 317. 

Wiechterich, Richard. Giuseppe Mazzini. Der Prophet des neuen Itdien. 
Berlin: Keil Verlag, 1937. Pp. 273. 

Wilson, A. "Walks and talks." NO, CXXIV, 496-512. 

Wilson, Sir Arnold, and Levy, Hermann. Industrial assurance; a historical 
and critical study. London, New York, Toronto: Oxford univ. pr., 1937. 
Pp. xxxiii+519. 
Pt, I includes a summary of British legislation, 1774-1933. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 237 

Wilson, Barbara (Lister), Lady. Dear youth, London and New York: Mac- 
millan, 1937. Pp. viii+301. 
Story of a German governess in an English family of the 1870 \ 

Wilson, Mona. Queen Victoria. ("Short biographies," No. 8.) Reissue. Lon 
don; Nelson. Pp.168. 

Windelband, W. "Arthur James Balfour." Deutsche Rundschau, CCXLIX 
(1936), 205-11. See also CCLII (1937), 86-93. 

Woodward, E. L. The age of reform, 1815-1870. ("The Oxford history of 
England," Vol. XIII.) London and New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 
xviii+656. 

Rev. by R. Fulford in NS t Nov. 26, p. 888; by C. Webster in S, Nov. 4, pp. 
776-77; in CR, CLIV, 749-51. 

WooUey,S.F. "The personnel of the Parliament of 1833." EHR f LIII, 240 ff . 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY FORMS; 
ANTHOLOGIES 

Addison, Agnes. Romanticism and the Gothic revival. New York: R. R. Smith. 
Pp.viii+187. 

Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel Vol. VII. See VB 1936, 401. 
Vol. VIII. See VB 1937, 428. 
Rev. by R. Hoops in ES, LXXII, 292-94; in TLS, Aug. 20, p. 544. 

Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel Vol. EX: The day before yester 
day. London: Witherby. Pp. 364. 

Balder, Arno L. "Those mesmeric Victorians." Colophon, N.S. Ill, 335-53. 
Traces the vogue of mesmerism in Victorian fashionable and literary circles. 

Baron, Salo W. "The Jewish question in the nineteenth century." JMH, X, 
51-65. 

Batho, Edith. The poet and the past. (Warton lecture to the British Acade 
my.) London: Milford, 1937. Pp.24. 
Brief rev. by 0. Elton in MLR, XXXIII, 461. 

Booth, Allen B. (ed.) . A cabinet of gems. Short stories from the English an 
nuals. With introd. and notes. Berkeley: Univ. of Qalif. pr. Pp.ix+406. 
Pp. 1-19 present an account of the rise to popularity of the annual gift books. 

Among the authors who have a story reprinted in this collection are Bulwer- 

Lytton, Wilkie Collins, W. S. Gilbert, Capt. Marryat, A. Trollope. An interesting 

and valuable book. W. D. T. 

Borgerhoff, E. B. 0. "Realisme and kindred words: their use as terms of 
literary criticism in the first half of the nineteenth century." PMLA, LIII, 
837-43. 



23S Vu TOiUAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

Bowyer, John Wilson, and Brooks, John Lee (eds.). The Victorian age: prose, 
poetry, and drama. With introductions, bibliographies, and notes. New 
York: Crofts. Pp.xx+1188. 

"In order to provide a complete view of the literature, we have represented all 
the major writers and the more significant minor figures. The various types of 
non-fictional prose, of poetry, and of drama are included; and a critical bibli 
ography serves as a guide to the fiction." Preface, p.v. Rev. in EJ, XXVII, 541. 

Braaksma, M. H. Travel and literature. An attempt at a literary appreciation 
of English travel-books about Persia, from the Middle Ages to the present day. 
Groningen-Batavia: J. Wolters. Pp. iii-f 128. 

Bush, D. Mythology and the romantic tradition. See VB 1937, 429. 

Rev, by F. Mosse in Les langues modernes, XXXI, 212-13; by G. Norwood in 
Univ. of Toronto quar., VI (1937), 593-97; by L. Wolff in EtA, II, 53-54. 

Butler, E. M. "Alkestis in modern dress." Jour, of the Warburg Institute, I 
(1937), 46-60. 

Cazamian, Madeleine. "Les Victoriens." Les nouvelks litteraires, June 25. 

Chapman, J. A, "Poetry of yesterday and today." Poetry rev., XXIX, 429- 
33. 

Clapham, J. H. "Were the Victorians optimists?" Listener, Jan. 12. 

Combe, Thomas G. S. Sainte-Beuve et Us po&tes anglais. Bordeaux: Delmas, 

1937. Pp.224. 

Rev. by J. Pommier in RLC, XVIII, 751-53 (treats the influence of English 
poets upon him). 

Cruse, Amy. After the Victorians. London : Allen & Unwin. Pp. 264. 

Rev. by T. James in LL, XIX, 106-8; by R. Lewin in LM, XXXVIII, 477-78; 
by R. Mortimer in NS, Aug. 13, p. 253. What Englishmen were reading, 1887- 
1914. 

Daiches, D. Literature and society, London: Gollancz. Pp.287. 

". . . . trying to trace the relation between literature and society in England 

from the early Middle Ages to the present day This is not in any sense a 

history of English literature " 

Decker, Clarence R. "The aesthetic revolt against naturalism in Victorian 
criticism." PMLA,UII, 844-56." 

Dobree, Bonamy, and Batho, Edith. The Victorians and after. 1880-1914. 

With a chapter on economics by Guy Chapman. (Introductions to English 

literature, Vol. IV.) London: Cresset pr,; New York: R. M. McBride. 

Pp.384. 

Rev. by J.-B. Fort in EtA, II, 391-92; by H. House in NS, Aug. 13, p. 256; by 
S. Potter in LM, XXXVIII, 276-77. The introd., about one-third of the book, 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 239 

"deals with the literature of the period in all its forms, connecting it with the other 
arts and corresponding philosophic and religious movements. The social and 
political background is indicated as fully as possible .... the economic background 
is dealt with in a separate chapter. The remaining two-thirds of the book .... 
is made up of lists of books, written in the period, which are recommended for 
reading, accompanied by short critical notes on the most important " 

Faber, Geoffrey. Oxford apostles. London: Faber, 1936. Pp. xxiii+467. 
Rev. by E. Pr&lin in EH, CLXXXII, 148. 

Frehn, Paul. Der Einfluss der englischen Literatur auf Deutschlands Musiker 
und Musik im 19. Jahrhundert. Koln diss. Dusseldorf : Nolte, 1937. 
Pp. 196. 

Funke, 0. Die Schweiz und die englische Liieratur. Bern: Francke, 1937. 
Pp. 57. 

Gawsworter, J. (ed.). Fifty years of modern verse: an anthology. London: 
Seeker. Pp.283. 

Gray, Nicolette. XlXth century ornamented types and titlepages. London: 
Faber; Toronto: Ryerson pr. Pp. 213. 
Rev. by D. Sturge Moore in LL, XIX, 125-26. 

Greeves, Frederic. "Omar Khayya m, modern pessimism, and Christian 
thought." Cornhittmo$.,CLVm, 63-72. 

Grubb, H. T. H. "The ancient Celtic muse and its effect upon English 
poetry." Poetry rev., XXIX, 219-31. 

Gurian, Waldemar. The rise and decline of Marxism. Tr. by E. F. Peeler. 
London: Burns Gates. Pp.xi+184. 

Harrold, Charles Frederick, and Templeman, William D. (eds.). English 
prose of the Victorian era. New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp.lxxx+1743. 
An admirable anthology. In range of content, judgment in selection of repre 
sentative materials, bibliographical apparatus, and biographical, critical, and ex 
planatory notes, it challenges comparison with any other text in its field. Its foot 
note annotations are remarkably complete. Arnold, Carlyle, Froude, Huxley, 
Macaulay, Mill, Morris, Newman, Pater, Ruskin, Alexander Smith, Stevenson, 
and Thackeray are the authors represented. Particular mention should be made 
of the introduction, which gives a full, clear, and stimulating account of the 
"major aspects of the Victorian period." As an added attraction the volume in 
cludes a selected bibliography of the Victorian era, and a new and commendable 
departure in such texts an appendix "illustrative of nineteenth-century con 
ceptions of growth, development, evolution." This last is made up of passages 
from Lyell, Robert Chambers, Newman, Marx and Engels, Darwin, Spencer, and 
Bagehot. With an attractive and durable binding, good paper, large pages, wide 
margins, and very readable type, the Oxford Press has done justice to this excellent 
work. F. E. F. 



240 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR- 1938 

Hayward, John (comp. and ed.). Siker tongues; famous speeches from Burke 
to Baldwin. London: Joseph; Toronto: Saunders, 1937. Pp.384. 
Rev. by W. Schmidt in Die neueren Sprachen, XLVI, 327-29. 

Heywood, Terence. "Unrhymed poems of yesterday." Poetry rev. t XXIX, 
25-31. 

Hooker, Kenneth Ward. The fortunes of Victor Hugo in England. New York: 
Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xiii+333. 

Housman, Lawrence. The golden sovereign: a book of plays. London: Cape; 

New York: Scribner s, 1937. Pp.ix+439. 

Includes 19 plays based upon characters and historical events of the Victorian 
age. 

Hultsch, Paul. "Das Denken Nietzsches in seiner Bedeutung fur England." 
GRM, XXVI, 359-73. 

KUngberg, F. J. "Harriet Beecher Stowe and social reform in England." 
AHR,XUII, 542-52. 

Lea, F. A. "The pessimism of Sigmund Freud." Adelphi t XIV, 146-49. 
Leacock, Stephen. "Emigration in English literature." QR, CCLXX, 204 ff. 

Lieder, Paul Robert. Eminent British poets of the nineteenth century. 2 vols. 
New York: Harper. Pp. xxviii+655; 759. 

Lippincott, B. E. Victorian critics of democracy: Carlyle, Ruskin, Arnold, 

Stephen, Maine, Lecky. London: Milford, Oxford univ. pr,; Minneapolis: 

Univ. of Minnesota pr. Pp. viii+276. 

Rev. by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, May 1, p. 2; by C. Friedrich in JPE, XLVI, 
446; by G. Homans in SRL, Jan. 29, p. 18; by J. Schapiro in PoliL sci. quar., LIII, 
619; by G. Young in S, March 25, pp. 526, 528; in JP, XXXV, 388. 

An able and illuminating study of six critics; attempts "to present, to explain, 
and to evaluate the intellectual protest made against democracy in England in 
the nineteenth century" (p. vii) ; considers not only the writers criticism of de 
mocracy but also their characteristics as writers, the influences which helped shape 
their thought, their basic assumptions, etc. ; excels in analysis of their criticism and 
in forthright and thoughtful evaluation of it both in Victorian and post-Victorian 
terms; is weak and sketchy on much of the background, frequently through am 
biguous or superficial phrasing (e.g., Carlyle s "championing of the spiritual view 
of Life as against materialism .... met with little success," "the anti-democratic 
and authoritarian ideas of the intellectuals failed to make any impression on their 
age" [italics added]) ; in spite of occasional ingenuousness of ground, a very useful 
survey of material helpful to scholars and students in Victorian literature pre 
sented by a professor of political science. C. F. H. 

Lucas, F. L. The decline and fall of the Romantic ideal. See VB 1937, 431. 
Rev. by F. Bateson in RES, XIV, 233-35. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 241 

Mackail, J. W. Studies in humanism. London: Longmans. Pp. ix 4- 271. 

Rev. by G. Cookson in English, II, 112-14; by J. Cournos in NYTBR, July 
10, p. 9; by C. Williams in LM, XXXVIII, 187; in TLS, April 30, p. 291. Includes 
essay on Ruskin. 

MacMinn, Ney Lannes. Creative thinkers. A panoramic study of twenty Eng 
lish and American writers from 1800 to the present. Contributors: Dr. 
Walter B. Scott, Jr.; Dr. Margaret Farrand Thorp. (Orientation for mod 
ern times; a course .... prepared under the direction of the Delphian 
society for the use of its chapter members . . . .) Chicago: Delphian Soe., 
1937. 3 vols. Pp. 1099. 

MacMunn, Lt.-Gen. Sir George. Slavery through the ages. London: Nicholson 
and Watson; Toronto: Saunders. Pp.295. 

Maddison, John, and Garwood, Kenneth. The English novel. An anthology 
of English prose fiction. London: Harrap. Pp.317. 
Brief rev. (qualified praise) in English, II, 196. 

Madle, H. Die Maschine und der technische Fortschritt in der englischen Litera- 
tur des 19. und W. Jahrhunderts. Breslau diss. Breslau: Priebatsch. Pp. 
73. 

Mailahn, Wolfgang. Napoleon in der englischen Geschichtsschreibung von den 
Zeitgenossen bis zur Gegenwart. Berlin: Junker & Dunnhaupt, 1937. Pp. 
156. 

Mathews, Mitford M. "Notes and comments made- by British travelers and 
observers upon American English, 1770-1850." Harvard univ. summaries 
of theses (1936), pp. 341-44. 

Matthews, William. Cockney past and present: a short history of the dialect of 
London. London: Routledge. Pp. 245. 
Rev. by H. Fisher in LL, XVIII, 152, 154; in AT & Q, April 16, pp. 286, 287. 

Metz, Rudolph. A hundred years of British philosophy. Tr. by J. W. Harvey, 
T. E. Jessop, and Henry Sturt. Ed. by J. H. Muirhead. London: Allen & 
Unwin; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 828. 

For the original German work, see VB 1935, 418, and VB 1936, 405. Another 
rev. of the German, by H. Glockner, appeared in LgrP, LIX, 249-51. For pur 
poses of this translation the author revised, added new material to his text, and 
enlarged his bibliography. The translation is "in reality a corrected and enlarged 
edition of the German work." This is a fascinating and valuable volume greatly 
serviceable for students of nineteenth-century England in all fields. W. D. T. 

Michelagnoli, Alfredo. II sonetto nella letteratura inglese. Con cento sonetti 
dal Wyatt olio Swinburne. Padua, Cedam: Milanesi. Pp. viii+131. 



242 VICTORIAN BIBUOUUAPHY FOR 1938 

Moser, M. Richard Wagner in der englischen Literatur des 19. Jahrhunderts. 
Bern: Francke. Pp. 117. 
Rev. by A. B. in Arehw, CLXXIV, 264. 

Nelson, Rowland W. "The reputation of Lord Chesterfield in Great Britain 
and America, 1730-1936." Northwestern univ. summaries of doctoral dis 
sertations (1958), pp. 9-13. 

Oxford Movement. See III, Faber. 

Palmer, Herbert. Post-Victorian poetry. London: Dent. Pp. xiv+378. 

Rev. by Austin dark in LM, XXXVIII, 182 (a survey of poetry during the 
last fifty years; "Whether he likes them or not, in go the names of scores of poets 
.... his survey should prove invaluable even as a mere book of reference"). 

Ponteil, Mix. 1848. Paris: Colin, 1937. Pp. 22. 

Rev. by C. N. Sisson in JMH, X, 583 ("will appeal not only to the specialist 
but also to those who are interested in the great liberal principles and movements 
of the nineteenth century"). 

Pre-Raphaelite Movement. See IV, Carlyle: Jervis. 

Priestley, J. B. The English comic characters. London: Lane, 1937. Pp. 276. 

Rees, Garnet. "The Chat noir and the literary cafes of Paris in the eighteen- 
nineties," M odern languages* XX 5-24. 

Rice, Cale Young. "Poetry s genii." Poet lore, XLIII (1937), 193-228. 

Rosa, Matthew. The silver-fork school. See VB 1936, 406 
Rev. by W. S. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLVI, 264r-67. 

Routh, H.V. Towards the twentieth century. See VB 1937, 432. 

Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, II, 420-21 (qualified praise); by E. K Brown in 
MP, XXXVI, 93-95; by R. Gordon in Univ. of Toronto quar.> VIII, 122-24; by 
H. M. Jones in AL, X, 355-60; by J. J. H. in St, XXVII, 693; by E. Knowlton in 
SAQ, XXXVII, 435-37; by R. Lewin in LM, XXXVIL 79; by L. Trilling in 
NewR, My 20, p. 315; in CR, CLIII, 379-81. 

Sanderlin, George. "The influence of Milton and Wordsworth on the early 
Victorian sonnet." ELH, V, 225-51. 

Schilling, Bernard. "Nineteenth-century England and the history of ideas." 
EJ, XXVII, 669-78. 

Schulze, S. "Der landliche Mensch im englischen Romanen." Die neueren 
Sprachen, XLVI, 452-62. 

Shepperson, A. B. The novel in motley. See VB 1936, 406. 

Rev. by J. W. Beach in JEGP, XXXVI (1937), 438-42. Appendix has exten 
sive list of parody-burlesque novels between 1830 and 1900. 



VU TOHIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY KOIt 193S 243 

Short, Ernest, and Compton-Rickett, A. Ring up the curtain: being a pageant 
of English entertainment covering half a century. London : Jenkins. Pp. 319. 
Rev. in TLS, March 26, p. 203. 

Somervell, D. C. The Victorian age. (Historical Assoc. pamphlet No. 107.) 
London: G. Bell, 1937. Pp. 30. 

Stiven, Agnes Bain. Englands Einfluss auf den deutschen Wortschatz. Zeulen- 
roda: B. Spora, 1936. Pp. 151. 
Rev. by W. Collinson in MLR, XXXIII, 324-25. 

Swinnerton, Frank. "Variations of form in the novel." Essays and studies by 
members of the English Assoc., Vol. XXXIII. Collected by S. C. Roberts. 
Oxford: Clarendon pr. See pp. 79-92. 

Thurmann, E. Der NiederscMag der evangelische Bewegung in der englische 
Literatur. Emsdetten: H. & J. Lechte. See VB 1937, 433. 
Rev. by H. E. in GRM, XXVI, 323-24; by M. Rosier in ES, LXXIII, 141-42; 

by E. Vowinckel in LgrP, LIX, 96-97. 

Tronchon, Henri. Le jeune Edgar Quinet. ("Publications de la Faculte* des 
Lettres de Strasbourg," 2d ser., Vol. XV.) Paris: Les Belles Lettres, 1937. 
Pp.viii+410. 
Rev. by H. Peyre in Romanic rev., XXIX, 405-6; by M. Moore in MLR, 

XXXIII, 98-99 ("estimates the penetration of Herder into England, penetration 

mainly of a moral order, to about 1880 The studies of Coleridge and Carlyle 

are among the best"). 

Vallese, T. Politics and poetry. Political influence on English poetry. Rome: 
Albrighi, Segati, 1937. Pp. 111. 

Wangelin, Anne-Marie. Die Liebe in den Tristandichtungen der ViUorian- 
ischen Zeit. Tubingen diss. Bolzle, 1937. Pp. 99. 
The story in the hands of Arnold, Tennyson, Swinburne, and D. G. Rossetti. 

Weill, Georges. L Europe du XIX* sieck et l j idee de nationality. Paris: Albin 
Michel. Pp.480. 
Rev. by L. L. in Revue de I 1 Uniwrsitt de Bruxettes, XLIV, 6-8. 

Weineck, K. Deutschland und der Deutsche im Spiegel der englischen erz&h- 
lenden Literatur seit 1830. Jena diss. Halle: Akad. Verlag-Junge Forsch., 
Heft 4. Pp.264. 

Young, G. M. "The social debate in the Victorian age." France-Grande- 
Bretagne, March. 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 

Arnold (see also II, Smith, L.; and III, Lippincott). Arnold, M. Essays in 
criticism. Second series. Ed. by S. R. littlewood. London: Macmillan. 
Pp. 261. 



244 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

G., T. C. "Matthew Arnold and Sophocles." N & Q, Jan. 22, pp. 57-58. 
Churchill, R. C. "Gray and Matthew Arnold." Cr, XVII, 426-31. 
Corbett, J. A. "A Victorian critic in Germany." GLL, III, 62-69. 
Leavis, F. R. Revaluations (XI): Arnold as critic." Scrutiny, VII, 319-32. 

McIlvenna,Estelle. "The Philistine in Sturm und Drang, 7 " MLR, XXXII, 
31-39. 

MacNeill, J. E. "Arnold and Burnes." TLS, Jan. 15, p. 44. See VB 1936, 
407. 

Powys,J.C. Enjoyment of literature. New York: Simon & Schuster; Toronto: 
Musson. Pp. xxvii+522. 
Has discussions of Arnold, Hardy, etc. 

"The prince of French critics? Sainte-Beuve reconsidered." TLS, July 31, 
1937, pp. 549-50. 

"Prophet of European unity: Matthew Arnold after fifty years." TLS Qead- 
ing article), April 16, pp. 257-58. 

Stanley, Carleton. Matthew Arnold. Toronto: Univ. of Toronto pr.; Oxford 
univ.pr. Pp.163. 
Contains the Alexander Lectures, delivered at the Univ. of Toronto. 

Whitridge, Arnold. "Matthew Arnold and Sainte-Beuve." PMLA, LIII, 
303-13. 

Wickelgren, Florence. "Matthew Arnold s literary relations with France." 
MLS, XXXm, 200-14. 

Beddoes. Matthews, Janet. "A sonnet by Beddoes?" TLS, Dec. 18, p. 964. 

Blunt Finch, Edith. Wilfrid Scawen Blunt, 1840-1922. London: Cape. Pp. 

416. 

Rev. by M. Roberta in LM, XXXVIII, 580-81; in TLS f Sept. 24, pp. 612, b!4. 
Cockerell, S. "W. S. Blunt." TLS (Corresp.), Oct. 1, p. 628. 
Braddon (see II, Maxwell). 

Bradley. Loomba, Ram Murti. Bradley and Bergson: a comparative study. 
Lucknow: Upper India Publishing House, 1937. Pp. xi+187. 
Rev. by D. Emmet in Internal, jour, of ethics, XLVIII (1937), 130-31. 

Brontes. The miscellaneous and unpublished writings of Charlotte and Patrick 
Branwell Bronte. Vol. II, ("Shakespeare Head Bronte," Vol. XVIII.) 
Oxford: BlackweU. See also VB 1936, 407. 
Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, July 22, pp. 153-54; by O. Williams in LM, 

XXXVIII, 363-64; in TLS, July 16, p. 480. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 245 

Bronte, Emily, Gondal poems, now first published from the autograph rnamt- 
script in the British Museum. Ed. by Helen Brown and Joan Mott. Oxford : 
BlackweU. Pp.47. 
Rev. by L. B. in EtA, II, 308; by M. Crosbie in LM, XXXVII, 661. 

Bronte, Emily. Haute-Plainte [Wuthering Heights]. Tr. by Jacques and 
Yolande de Lacretelle. Pref. by the former. Paris: N. R. F. 1937. Pp. 
336. 

Arbeiten aus dem Seminar fur englische Sprache und Kidtur an der Hansischen 

Universitat. Hamburg: De Gruyter. Pp. 318. 

Rev. by A. Koszul in EtA, II, 458. Includes an essay on nature in Withering 
Heights. 

Brown, Helen, and Mott, Joan. "The Gondal saga: unpublished verses by 
Emily Bronte/ TLS, Feb. 19, p. 121. See also TLS, March 19, p. 183. 

DeTraz, R. "L enfance des Brontes." Revue de Paris, XLV, 579-605. 
Johnston, Myrtle. "The Brontes in Ireland." Cornhill mag., CLVIII, 76-87. 

MacFarlane, Kathryn. Divide the desolation, London: Harrap, 1937. Pp.410. 
Rev. by L. Villard in EtA, II, 86-87. A novel based on the life of Emily Bronte. 

Messiaen, P. "Les Hauts-de-Hurle-Vent." Revue des corns et conferences, 
XL, 189-92. 

Meyerstein, E. H. W. "A Bronte metre." TLS, Nov. 12, pp. 725-26; see 
also Nov. 26, p. 755 (by A. Harbottle). 

Vanderic, M. Les mauvais anges. 

Rev. by J. S. in EtA, II, 215. Play based on Wuthering Heights, produced in 
Paris. 

Wells, Augustin. Les soeurs Bronte et I ttranger. Paris: Rodstein, 1937. Pp. 

264. 
White, W. The miracle of Haworth., New York: Button. See VB 1937, 434. 

Rev. by M. Crosbie in LM, XXXVII, 465; by K. Woods in NYTBR, Jan. 22, 
1939, p. 9. 

Brownings (see also II, Nicholson; III, Butler). Charlton, H. B. "Browning: 
the poet s aim." Bull of ihe John Rylands libr., XXII, 98-121. 

Gargaro, F. Keats e Browning. Milano: La Prora. Pp. 224. 

Griffin, W. Hall. Life of Robert Browning. Completed and ed. by H. C. 
Minchin. New and rev. ed. London: Methuen. Pp. x+344. 

Gwynn, S. "The appeal of Browning." PR, CXLVIII (1937), 618-20. 
Heuer, H. "Browning und Donne: Hintergriinde einer Wortenlehnung." 
J0S,LXXII, 227-44. 



2IU VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

Kessel, E. "Das Schicksal der Elizabeth Barrett-Browning." Berliner Tage- 
blatt, Nr. 293. 

McCormick, James P. " Robert Browning s reputation in the nineteenth cen 
tury in England and America." Northwestern univ. summaries of doctoral 
dissertations (1937), pp. 10-14. 

McElderry, B. R. "Browning and the Victorian public in 186&-69." Research 
studies of the State College of Washington, V (1937), 193-203. 

Marks, Jeannette. The family of the Barrett: a colonial romance. New York: 
Macmillan. Pp.xix+709. 

Rev. by W. C. DeVane in SRL, Dec. 17, p. 5; by C. Stillman in HTB, Dec. 4, 
p. 5. 

Records of Jamaica are used illuminatingly to explain much of the behavior of 
Edward Moulton Barrett, father of E. B. B., and that of the poetess herself. 
Much of R. B. s own family background is discussed. In spite of certain weak 
nesses, here is a book that must be read and that will be enjoyed by all students 
and lovers of the Brownings. W. D. T. 

Olivero, Federico. Browning liriche. Messina: G. Principato, 1937. Pp.85. 

Rev. by H. M. in GRM, XXVI, 325. An annotated selection, for Italian 
readers. 

Phelps, W. L. "Browning, Joachim, Salvini." S, Sept. 23, p. 477. 
Raymond, W. 0. "Browning and the Old Yellow Book." TLS, Jan. 15, p. 44. 
Tracy, C. R. "Caliban upon Setebos." SP, XXXV, 487-99. 

Butler (see also III, Thunnann), "Notes on sales: nineteenth-century first 
editions" (Butler, Carlyle, Hardy). TLS, April 23, p. 284. 

Wilson, Edmund. The triple thinkers. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 289. 
Rev. by H. McC. in More Books, XIII, 196; by N. McCarty in North Am. rev., 
CCXLVI, 192; by E. Rickword in S, Nov. 11, pp. 819-20; by H. Strauss in YR, 
XXVIII, 816-19; in TLS, Nov. 12, p. 729. Includes essays on Butler and A. E. 
Housman. 

Carleton. McHugh, Roger. "William Carleton: a portrait of the artist as 
propagandist." St, XXVII, 47-62. 

Carlyle (see also III, Lippincott, Tronchon; and Butler). Bachmann, Karl. 
Die Geschichtsauffassung Thomas Carlyles und sein Gemeinschaftsgedanke 
im Lichte der geistigen und polit. Entwicklung Englands. Gottingen diss. 
Pp.vii+59. 

Basch, Victor. Carlyle, I homme et Voeuvre. Paris: Gallimard. Pp.281. 

Cook, E. Thornton. "Carlylean courtship." Cornhill mag., CLVII, 1-41, 
145-74, 289-322, 433-72. 

The first 15 chaps, of Speaking dust, the story of Carlyle and Jane Welsh, 
fictionized, published by John Murray (a book of 398 pages). 



VU TOKIAN BlBLIOGKAl HY KOlt 193S 247 

Deimel, T. Carlyk und der Nationalsozialismus See VB 1937, 436. 

Rev. by K. Arns in Beittatt, XLIX, 270-73. 

Eckloff , L. Bild und Wirklichkeit bei Thomas Carlyk. See VB 1937, 436. 

Rev. by M. A. in GRM, XXVI, 324-25; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXIII, 85- 
86; by H. Michel in Beiblatt, XLIX, 245-47. 

Gauger, H. Die Psychologic des Schweigens in England. (" Angl. Forschungen," 
Heft 84.) Heidelberg: C. Winter, 1937. Pp.72. 

Hirst, W. A. "The manuscript of Carlyle s " French Revolution/" NC, 
CXXIII, 93-98. 

Jervis, H. "Carlyle and The germ/ " TLS, Aug. 20, p. 544. 

Klenze, Camillo von. "Carlyle and German letters." In Charks Timothy 

Brooks, translator from the German (Publ.by MLA. Boston: Heath; 

London: Oxford univ. pr., 1937), pp. 19-21. 
Plagens, H. Carlyks Weg zu Goethe. Berlin diss. Bottrop: W. Postberg. Pp. 

98. 
Puhlmann, C. Thomas Carlyk. Eine Studie uber seine WeU- und Gesellschafts- 

anschauung. Gottingen diss. Pp. 47. 
Richter, K. "CarlyleNietzsche Chamberlain." Deutschlands Erneuerung, 

XXI (1937), 660-64. 
Rubin, J. J. "Whitman and Carlyle: 1846." MLN, Mil, 370-71. 

Shine, Hill. Carlyle s fusion of -poetry, history, and religion by 1884- Chapel 

Hill: Univ. of North Carolina pr. Pp. viii+85. 

Rev. by W. Dunn in MLN, LIV, 73-74; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXVI, 
106-7. 
Taylor, Alan Carey. Carlyk et la pensee latine. ("Etudes de littfrature 

Strangle et compart," Vol. VIII.) Paris: Boivin, 1937. Pp. viii-f 442. 

Rev. by A. Gudrard in JMH, X, 431-32; by F. Laurian in RLC, XVIII, 753- 
56; by M. Praz in ESt, XX, 230-34; by H. Shine in MLN, LIV, 154r-55. 

This is a continuation and conclusion of Dr. Taylor s earlier study of Carlyk: &a 
premiere fortune litteraire en France (Paris: Champion, 1929), which brought the 
account down to 1865, including the work of Taine. It presents anew, however, 
five of the earlier chapters, and is thus a remarkably comprehensive study. The 
influence of no other Victorian has been so exhaustively traced. The author tracks 
down what seem to be all the significant evidences of Carlyle s influence in France, 
Italy, Spain, Portugal, and Rumania, from 1825 to 1934. Translation of Carlyle 
especially of The French Revolution in France -and of the Heroes in Italyhis re 
ception in the periodicals, the editing and criticizing of his works, the Latin in 
terest in the Froude-Carlyle controversy, and the exploitation of Carlyle s hero- 
doctrine by Italian Fascism all make up an impressive and informative study. 
In addition there are several curious instances of Carlyle s influence in unlikely 



2 is VKTOIUAN BIBLIOCJUAPHY vou 193S 



ps, in L<5on Bloy, Verhaeren, Remy de Gourmont, Barr&s, and in such Spanish 
writers as Unamuno, Baroja, and Ortega y Gasset. Perhaps the most memorable 
of all is the influence of The French Revolution on Carducci, to be seen in his sonnet 
sequence Qa ira. Curiously absent is any treatment of the Saint-Simonians, 
worthy surely to be introduced along with the other earlier material. Only oc 
casionally does the author over-work his instinct for sources and influences, as, 
for example, in his discussion of the far-fetched possibility of an influence of 
Marhiavelli on Carlyle (p. 14), The chapter on the era of dictators shows to what 
extent Carlyle s teachings about the "hero" have been appropriated for the exalta 
tion of Mussolini. C. F. H. 

Wittig, Hans. "Das innere Gefuge der Gedankenwelt Thomas Carlyles." 
HZ, CLIX, 54-74. 

Carroll. Alice au pays des merveilks. Tr. and ill. by Ren Bour, Paris: 
Desclee De Brouwer, 1937. Pp. 197. 

Clarke. Bios, Hanna. Die Auffassung der FrauengestaUen Shakespeare s in 
dem Werke der Mrs. Cowden Clarke "The girlho.od I of Shakespeare s heroines." 
Erlangen diss. Wlirzburg: R. Mayr, 1936. Pp. 131. 

Clough. Levy, Goldie. Arthur Hugh Clough: 1819-1861. London: Sidg- 
wick and Jackson. Pp. 236. 
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 8, p. 638. 

Coleridge. Hartman, H. "A letter of Hartley Coleridge" (to James Sped- 
ding). Colophm, N. S., Ill, 113-19. 

Collins. See III, Booth. 

Darwin. Prenant, Marcel. Darwin. Paris: Editions Social es Internationales. 
Pp. 322. 
Rev, in RM, XLV, Suppl. to Oct. no., pp. 9-10. 

Smith, Homer W. "Destroyer of a legend." SRL (feature article), May 28, 
pp. 12-13. 

West, Geoffrey. Charles Darwin: a pwtrait. New Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. 

359. See VB 1937, 437. 

Rev. by B. L. C. in CWd t CXLVII, 501-2; by J. Cleugh in LM, XXXVII, 83; 
by G. Gray in YR, XXVII, 811-13; by W. Harrison in Cr, XVII, 784-87; by 
H. Parshley in HTB, May 29, p. 3; by D. Ramsey in New R, May 11, p. 24; by 
P. Wilson in NYTBR, May 8, pp. 1, 23; in More Books, XIII, 256-57. 

Dickens (see also II, Curling; III, Priestley, and Thurmann). Dickensian 

(quarterly), Vol. XXXIV; and XXXV, No. 249. See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: "Dickens to George Eliot: unpublished letters" (pp. 268-69); 

Dickens s speech "The Manchester School" (pp. 133-34); "Another new Dickens 

speech: At the Manchester Athenaeum, August 1852" (pp. 169-70); "The Albert 

A. Hopkins Collection at Yale" nearly 1,500 items of Dickensiana (p. 32) ; "The 

contemporary Manchester press on Dickens s visits" (pp. 140-43); "Dickensiana 



VICTORIAN* HIBLIOUKAI IIY KOU 193s 240 

of the half year" (p. 72); "Dickensiana of the quarter" (pp. 148-49, 213, 284-85; 
XXXV, 66); "The Dickensian s panorama" (p. 13f>i; "Dickensian peeps into 
Punch " (pp. 25-28, 185-92; XXXV, 49-54 i; "The extraordinary gazette" (pp. 
45-47); "Fang and Laing again" (p. 84); "Forster s review of Oliver Twist, re 
printed for the first time" (pp. 29-32); "French reception of The Pickuick papers 
in 1838" (XXXV, 31); "The London Dickens knew" (pp. 253-56} ; "Peeps at 
Dickens: pen pictures from contemporary sources. XXXIII A private visit to 
Dickens at Manchester" (pp. 137-39); "A princely donation [by Count de Suzan- 
net, of Dickens MSS to the Dickens House)" (pp. 221-24); "A review of We are 
observed: a mirror of English character, by W. J. BIyton" (p. 95); "A stage aside: 
Dickens e early dramatic productions. IV. The lamplighter" (p. 36) ; "The sup 
pressed letter respecting Grimaldi " (pp. 65-66) ; "Unpublished letters of Dickens 
to John Leech" (pp. 3-13, 101-9, 175-83, 225-31; XXXV, 37-14); Jane Bacon, 
"George Eliot, who walked with intellectual kings and lost the common touch" 
(pp. 264-67); W. C. Bennett, "America s classic 1 murder" (pp. 240-42); id., 
"America s early recognition of Dickens s genius" (XXXV, 47-48 [an important 
note]); -James Bernard, "Glorious magic" (pp. 249-51); Norman Berrow, "Some 
candid opinions on A Christmas Carol" (pp. 20-24) ; P. T. Garden, "Secrets of the 
Dickens House," an account of the gift to the House of the Howard Duffield Col 
lection of Drood literature (pp. 232-34); V. H. Carr, "Dickens as a neighbour" 
(XXXV, 45-47) ; A. E. B. Cross, "The influence of Dickens on the contemporary 
stage" (pp. 55-62); id., "Albert Smith, Charles Dickens and Christopher Tad 
pole " (pp. 157-63); id., "Some by-ways in Nicholas Nickleby" (XXXV, 5-9); 
E. M. Davies, "In Christmas story-book land" (pp. 37-40); id., "The Cock Lane 
ghost" (XXXV, 10-13); F. R. D., "Dickens in Manchester" (pp. 13f-35); F. R. 
Dean, "Dickens and Manchester" (pp. lli-18); W. D., "Author and artist. The 

claims of George Cruikshank definitely refuted and the discovery of a new 

work by -Dickens" (pp. 97-100; correction on p. 214); M. Evans, "The tragedy of 
GaffeV Hexara" (pp. 171-74); Frank Foster, "Transatlantic astigmatism in the 
sixties 1 (XXXV, 13-14); L. B. Frewev"From recent books" (pp. 52-54; 144- 
46, 209-11, 270-72; XXXV, 61-^64); W. Gadd, "Paddock Wood" [of Dombey and 
son] (pp. 123-28); id., "A dream of chalk and mastless ships in a muddy river" 
[Damd Copperfield] (pp. 203-6); id., -"A pilgrim in Canterbury" (XXXV, 15-18); 
T. W. H., "A Dickens operetta" (p. 21^-see also p. 216 for "A composite Dickens 
play in Russian," and p. 242) ; W. Kent, "Concerning A child s history of England" 
(pp. 275-78); A. S. Leek, "Some weaknesses of Oliver Twist" (pp. 194-98) ; J. W. 
T. Ley, "The Holland House circle" (pp. 129-30); id. t "Of first-class importance: 
the Nonesuch edition of Dickens s letters" (pp. 207-8); id., "Dickens s letters" 
(XXXV, 29-31); L. Mason, "Aunt Sophy and John Macrone" (p. 14); J. Mc- 
Nulty, "Our Carol" (pp. 15-19); id., "Dickens in town tonight" (pp. 235-39); 
id., "A Christmas carol of tomorrow" (XXXV, 18-21); E. J. Mitchell, "Jarndyce 
v. Jarndyce .... Bardell v. Pickwick: a comparison" (pp. 85-95); H. Nielsen, 
"Some observations on Sketches by Boz" (pp. 243-45) ; W. Partington, "The black 
ing laureate: the identity of Mr. Slum, a pioneer in publicity" (pp. 199-202); 
A. Paterson, "Two of a kind" [Burns and Dickens] (XXXV, 54-57) ; M. Pendered, 
"Stipendiary girls and spinsters" (XXXV, 23-28); S. Rust, "At the Dickens 
House: legal documents relating to the piracy of A Christmas carol" (pp. 41-44); 
id., "Treasures at the Dickens House: the first number of the Daily news " (pp. 



250 VHTOKIAN BIBLHM;UAI > H\ FOR 193S 

1 19-22} , and "Education at Shaw s Academy, Bowes" (XXXV, 32-36) ; L. Spence, 
"In the Highlands 1841" (pp. 63-65); A. de Suzannet, "Concerning two Blanch- 
ardsand two Douglas Jerrolds" (pp. 131-32} ; F. Tylee, The family in the days 
of Dickens" (pp. 257-63); W. Watson, "David Copperfield s solace" (pp. 192-93); 
P. Webling, "The truth about Mrs. Harris" (pp. 251-52); P. Williams, "On in 
troducing oneself to Dickens" (pp. 167-68; see also p. 284, and XXXV, 65-66); 
W. Woolliams, "Social reform: a rejoinder * (pp. 33-35; see also pp. 70-71); G. F. 
Young, "Round and about Little Dorrit s church" (XXXV, 58-60). 

Dickens. David Copperfield. Tr. into French by L. Chaffurin. Paris: La- 
rousse, 1937. Pp. 218. 

Dickens. Dossier de la maison Dombey et fils. Tr. with in trod, by Georges 
Connes. Paris: Nouvelle revue critique, 1937. Pp. 764. 

The ktters of Charks Dickens. Ed. by Walter Dexter. 3 vols. (In "The None 
such Dickens," 23 vols.) London: Nonesuch pr. 
Rev. by D. Garnett in NS, June 4, p. 954; by S. Leacock in SRL (feature 

article), Dec. 24, pp. 3-4, 16; by J. W. T. Ley in Dickensian, q.v.; in TLS, Aug. 27, 

p. 551. 

Dickens. Les papier & posthumes du Pickwick Club. Tr. by Paul Dottin. 
Paris: Nouvelle revue critique, 1937. Pp. 714. 

Dickens. Souvenirs iniimes de David Copperfield. Tr. by M. Rossel, A. Par- 
reaux, L. Guitard. Introd. by A. Paixeaux. Paris: Nouvelle revue critique, 
1938. Pp. 762. 
Rev. by A. Digeon in EtA, II, 437. For his rev. of two translations listed above, 

see toi, II, 198-99, 346-47. 

"Dickens s unpublished letter to Mrs. Wilson, March 25, 1847, on temper 
ance." Listener, Dec. 15, 1937. 

Bay, J. C. The Pickwick papers. Some bibliographical remarks .... Chicago: 
Caxton Club. Pp. 29. (250 copies only.) 

Connell, J. M. "The religion of Charles Dickens." Hibbert jour., XXXVI, 
225-35. 

Gummer, E. N. "Dickens and Germany." M LR, XXXIII, 240-47. 

Jackson, T. A. Charks Dickens: the progress of a radical. New York: Van 
guard pr. Pp. x+303. See VB 1937, 438. 
Rev. by M. Cowley in New R, Aug. 24, p. 81; in HTB, July 17, p. 10; in SRL, 

June 25, p. 18. 

Lemonier, Le*on. "G&ue de Dickens." Pref. to CEuvres computes de Dickens 
presented by Nouvelle revue critique. French rev., XI, 442 ff. 

Pomeranz, Herman, M.D. Medicine in the Shakespearean plays, and Dickens 
doctors. New York: Powell publications, 1936. 
"Dickens doctors," in 12 chapters, covers pp. 295-410. An index follows. 



Vll TOHiAX BlBUOGKAI tn t UK 1D3S 231 

Roife, Franklin-P. "The Dickens letters In the Huntington Library/* Hvnt- 
ington Library quar., I, 335-63. 

Shell, Anne. "Charles Dickens orders dinner." CWd, CXLVIII, 283-87. 

Squire, T. "Charles Dickens, actor." Theatre arts monthly, XXII, 910-13. 

Straus, Ralph. A portrait of Dickens. London: Dent. Pp.319. 

Disraeli. Letters from Benjamin Disraeli to Frances Anne, Marchioness of 
Londonderry, 1837-1861. Ed. with introd. by the Marchioness of London- 
deny. New York and London: Macmillan. Pp. xxv+196. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in A T S, Oct. 15, p. 582; by C. Stillman in HTB, Nov. 6, 

p. 22; in TLS, Sept. 10, p. 578. 

The radical Tory: Disraeli s political development illustrated from his original 
writings and speeches. Selected, ed., and introd. by H. W. J. Edwards; 
pref. by G. M. Young. London: Cape, 1937. Pp. 320. 

Hentschel, C. "Disraeli and Lassalle." GLL, II, 93-106. 

Egan. Kolb, Eugene. "Pierce Egan." TLS, Aug. 27, p. 556. 

Eliot (see also III, Thurmann; and IV, Dickens: Dickensian, two items). 

Bethell, S. L. "The novels of George Eliot." Cr, XVIII, 39-57. 

Davis, Jessie. "George Eliot and education." Educational forum, I (1937), 
201-6. 

Williams, Blanche C. "George Eliot." SeR, XLVI, 235-41. 

Fitzgerald (see also III, Greeves). Lucas, E. V. " The delightful fellow/ 
Edward Fitzgerald and Frederick Spalding." Cornhill mag., CLVIII, 
1-22. 

Extracts from Spalding s unpublished diary, 1863-83. 

Freeman. Krieger, H. "Die Bedeutung des Organischen in englischen Volks- 
und Staatsbegriff (Burke, Freeman, Seeley, Froude)." Die neueren 
Sprachen, XLVI, 1-16. 

Froude (see Freeman). 

GaskelL Hopkins, Annette. "Mrs. Gaskell in France, 1849-1890." PMLA, 
LIII, 545-74. 

Gilbert (see also III, Booth). Bulloch, J. M. "The Bab Ballads by titles." 
N & Q, Nov. 27, 1937, p. 387. Addition to VB 1937, 439. 

Vandiver, E, P., Jr. "W. S. Gilbert and Shakspere." Shakespeare Assoc. 
butt., XIII, 139-45. 

Gissing. Stones and sketches. Publ. for the first time in book form. Pref. by 
his son, A. C. Gissing. London: Michael Joseph. Pp. 288. 
Rev. by R. Church in NS, March 12, p. 454; by Leavis, as part of article 

listed below. 



252 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGHAPHY FOR 1938 

Gapp, S. V. George Gissing, classicist. See VB 1936, 415. 

Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXXIII, 123 (unfavorable); by A. Rotter in 
Btiblait, XLVIII (1937), 376-78. 

Haasler, G. Die Darstettung der Frau bei George Gissing. Greifswald diss. 
Greifswald: H. Adler. Pp. 103. 

Leavis, Q. D. "Gissing and the English novel." Scrutiny, VII, 73-81. 

Sieper, H. Psychologische Studien zu den Romanen George Gissings. Basel diss. 
Munich: R. Oldenbourg, 1937. Pp. vii+85. 

Gladstone (see also II, Asquith, H.). Eyck, Erich. Gladstone. Erlenbach- 

Ziirieh: E. Rentsch. Pp. 587. 

Rev. by R. Schneider in Die Literatur, XLI, 187-88. 
Eyck, Erich. Gladstone. Tr. by Bernard Miall. London: Allen &Unwin. Pp. 

505. 

Rev. by R. Fulford in NS, June 4, p. 966; by the Marquess of Lothian in LM, 
XXXVIII, 267-68; by E. Woodward in S, May 20, p. 9}8; in SR, May 28, p. 342; 
in TLS, May 21, p. 346. 
Hammond, J. L. Gladstone and the Irish nation. London: Longmans. Pp. 

768. 

Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Nov. 5, p. 728. 
Lyttelton, E. "Mr. Gladstone." QR, CCLXXI, 316. 
Mallet, Sir Charles. "Mr. Gladstone." CR, CXLX (1936), 291-302. 
Gray. "David Gray: born 1838." TLS, Jan. 29, p. 73. 

Gosse. Aas, L. "Sir Edmund Gosse." Edda nordisk tidsskrift for literatur- 
forskning, XXXVIII, 475-93. 

Graham. Tschiffely, A. F. Don Roberto. Being the account of the life and 
works ofR. B. Cunningham Graham t 1852-1936. London, Toronto: Heine- 
mann, 1937. Pp. xx+458. 
Brief rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, II, 305-6. 

Hardy (see also I, Hamlin; II, H. Asquith, Ford, Lemperly, L. Powys, Roy; 
III, Routh; Arnold: Powys, Butler, and Housman). Hardy, Under the 
greenwood tree. Ed. with introd. and notes by E. J. Pratt. Toronto : Mac- 
millan, 1937. Pp. xxvii+279. 

Adams, F. B. "Cheap American reprints" (of Hardy), Colophon, N. S. Ill, 

313-16, 
Brooks, Philip. "Hardy s birthday gift to Browning." NYTBR, June 19 

("Notes on rare books") ; see also Nov. 13. 

Castelli, A. Thomas Hardy poeta See VB 1937, 439. 

Rev. by K. Arns in ES, LXXII, 295-96; by F. Viglione in Beiblatt, XLIX, 21- 
22; by R. Waller in MLR, XXXII, 292-93. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 253 

Chakravarty, A. "The dynasts" and the post-war age in poetry. New York: 
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 174. 

-Cockerell, Sydney. "Hardy s library." TLS, Sept. 17, p. 598. 

Colling, Alfred. Le romancier fa la fatalitt: Thomas Hardy, Paris: Emile- 
Paul. Pp. 224. 

Duffin, H. C. Thomas Hardy: a study of the Wessex novek, the poems and the 
Dynasts. 3d. ed., rev. and enl. London: Longmans, 1937. Manchester: 
Univ. pr. Pp. xiv+356. 
Rev. by W. Gibson in English, II, 52-53. First ed. in 1916; now so revised as 

to be "almost a new book." 

Hicks, Granville. "Was Thomas Hardy a pessimist?" Educational Jorum, II 
(1937), 58-67. 

Lang, V. "Crabbe and Tess of the D UrbemUes." MLN, LIII, 369-70. 

Library of Hardy at Max Gate: see the catalogues of these London book 
sellers: First Edition Bookshop, Hodgson & Co., Frank Hollings, Cecil 
Hopkinson, Maggs Bros. 

Liebert, Vera. "Far from the madding crowd on the American stage. " 
Colophon, N.S., III, 377-82. 

Meusel, M. Thomas Hardy und die Bibel. Ein Beitrag zur englischen Literatur- 
und Kulturgeschichte. Kiel diss. Schmidt & Klaunig, 1937. Pp. 70. 

Moore, John. "Thomas Hardy s moors." Dalhousie rev., XVIII, 185 ff . 

Pirkhofer, A. "Zur Einheit des dichterischen Impulses in Thomas Hardys 
Kunsttheorie und Dichtung." GEM, XXVI, 232-46. 

Reed, Henry. "Max Gate: memories of Hardy s home." Birmingham post, 
June 15. 

Rutland, W. R. Thomas Hardy. ("Order of Merit ser.") London: Blackie. 
Pp. 165. 
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 5, p. 704. 

Rutland, W. R. Thomas Hardy:, a study of his writings and ih&ir background. 

Oxford: Blackwell. Pp. ix+365. 

Rev. by F. Chapman in Cr, XVIII, 139-41; by S. Norman in LM, XXXVIII, 
275-76; by E. Woodward in S, July 15, pp. 113-14; in NS, July 9, p. 86; in TLS, 
June 11, p. 397. Has list of Hardy s writings, pp. 356-60; of Hardyana, pp. 360-62. 

Sanders, E. N. "Pinero vs: Hardy." Colophon, N. S., Ill, 307. 

Vandiver, E. "Hardy and Shakspere again." Shakespeare Assoc. bull, XIII, 
87-95. 

Weber, Carl J. "Chronology in Hardy s novels." PMLA, LIII, 314-20. 



2T>4 V^rnwiAX BIULKXIHAPHY FOR 1938 



Weber, Carl J. "Setting a time-piece." "Hardy vs. Pinero." "Thomas 
Hardy in America." Colophon, N.S., III, 139-41, 307, 383-405. 

Weber, Carl J. "Three-score years of Egdon Heath." "Proust s Authentic 
proof of Hardy s genius/ " " A Jekyll and Hyde exhibition." "The sound 
of Cornish waves cold upon Cornish rocks." Colby mercury, VI, 149-55, 
181, 182-88, 215-16. 

Wentworth, H. "Manuscripts of Thomas Hardy." Daily Athenaeum, West 
Va. univ., Morgantown, April 29. 

Hopkins. Further letters of Gerard Manky Hopkins, See VB 1937, 4401 

Rev. by R. Cox in Scrutiny, VII, 217-18; by B. Deutsch in HTB, Aug. 21, p. 12; 
by B. Dobr6e in S, May 13, p. SSO; by H. Gregory in YR, XXVIII, 415-18; by 
M.C.M. in CWd, CXLVII, 258-59; by G. Stonier in NS, May 14, p. 240; by M. 
Walker in XYTBR, July 10, p. 9; by M. Zabel in New R, Nov. 30, p. 106; in Kenyan 
rev., I, 96-99; see also Beiblatt, XLIX, 78-82. 

Heywood, T. "Hopkins and Bridges on trees." Poetry rev., XXIX, 213-18. 

MacColl, D. S. "Patmore and Hopkins. Sense and nonsense in English 
prosody." LM, XXXVIII, 217-24. 

Read, Herbert. Collected essays in literary criticism. London: Faber. Pp. 366. 
Has essays on Hopkins, Patmore. 

Hon smart (see also Butler: Wilson). Ashton, Theresa. "A. E. Housman, a crit 
ical study." Poetry rev., XXIX, 191-200. 

Carter, John. "On collecting A. E. Housman." Colophon^ N.S., III, 54-62. 
Fletcher, G. B. A. "A. E. Housman and the N.E.D." N & Q, Oct. 29, p. 312. 

Gow, A. S.F. A. E. Housman: a sketch, together with a list of his writings and 
indexes to his classical papers. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmil- 
lan, 1936. Pp. xiii+137. 
Rev. by A. Gudeman in DLtz, LIX, 593-95. 

Housman, Lawrence. My brother, A. E. Housman: personal recollections, to 
gether with thirty hitherto unpublished poems. New York: Scribner s; Lon 
don: Cape (A. E. H. Some poems, some letters and a personal memoir). Pp. 
vii+286. 
Rev. by B. Deutsch in HTB, April 7, p. 5; by H. Fausset in LM, XXXVII, 

348; by J. J. R. in CWd, CXLVII, 632-33; by E. Wilson in New R, June 1, p. 107. 

Complete list of dated poems, pp. 273-75. 

Symons, Katherine E., et al. Alfred Edward Housman; recollections. New York: 
Holt, 1937. Pp. 82. 

Irving. Drummond, Andrew L. Edward Irving and his circle, including some 
consideration of the Tongues movement in the light of modern psychology. 
London: J. Clark, 1937. Pp. xi+305. 
Rev. by P. J. B. in LQHR, CLXIII, 126-27. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 193$ 255 

Jefferies. Jefferies, R. Hodge and his masters. Revised by H. Williamson. 
London: Methuen, 1937. Pp. 369. 

Looker, S. J. "Richard Jefferies." TLS, Nov. 27, 1937, p. 916. 

Thomas, E. Richard Jefferies. London: Dent. Pp.320. 

Williamson, H. "Richard Jefferies." Atlantic month., CLIX (1937), 681-88. 

Kemble. Armstrong, Margaret. Fanny Kembk, a passionate Victorian. New 

York: Macmillan. Pp. vi+388. 

Rev. by B. Atkinson in YR, XXVIII, 185-87; by Walter Pritchard Eaton in 
Key reporter, Vol. IV, No. 1, p. 6 ("little in this latest biography to correct the 
perspective"); by W. Hoole in Southw. rev., XXIII, 486; by G. Johnson in NewR, 
July 6, p. 256; by W. Lawrence in S, Sept. 30, p. 530; by E. Shackleton in LM, 
XXXVIII, 585-86; by C. Stillman in HTB, June 26, p. 1; by E. Vr. W. in CWd, 
CXLVII, 623-24; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, June 26, pp, 1, 12; in SRL, July 2, 
p. 5 Jin TLS, Oct. 1, p. 626. 

An absorbing and brilliant re-creation not only of Fanny Kemble but also of 
her background a microcosm of the Victorian age. Well written and remarkably 
accurate. Though not a scholarly work in the technical sense, the book should 
rank high among studies of life in the Victorian theater, especially as viewed 
through the eyes and the colorful adventures of one of its most vivid figures. 
C. F. H. 

Kingsley. Conacher, W. M. "Charles Kingsley." QQ, XLV, 503-11. 

Marmq, Macario. The social novel of Charks Kingsky. Salerno: DiGiacomo, 
1937. Pp. 121. 

Thorp, Margaret F. Charks Kingsky: 1819-1875. See VB 1937, 441. 

Rev. by J. Atkins in MLR, XXXIII, 86-87; by E. Bernbaum in JEGP, 
XXXVII, 439-40; by L. Cazamian in EtA, II, 54-55; by R. T. F. in the Per- 
sonalist, XIX, 421-22; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXV, 346-47; by H. F. Lowry 
in MLN, LIII, 454-55; by J. Pellow in Cr, XVII, 352-55; by F. Wild in ES, 
LXXIII, 112. 

Kipling (see also I, Hamlin). Colvin, Ian. " Some fragments of Keats.* A 
footnote to Kipling." Nat. rev., CIX (1937), 623-33. 

Eaton, W. P. "The professor reads Kipling." Atlantic month., CLIX (1937), 
723-27. 

Livingston, Flora V. Supplement to bibliography of the works of Rudyard Kip 
ling (1927}. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr.; London: Oxford univ. 
pr. Pp. xv+333. 

Mertner, Edgar. Das Prosawerk Rudyard Kiplings. Ein Beitrag zur Ge- 
schichte der englischen NoveUe. Halle diss. Halle: Phil. Habil.-Schr., 1937. 
Pp. 11+288. 



256 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

Rice, Howard C. "Le sejour de Kipling aux Etats-Unis." MF, CCLXXXIII, 

570-98. 
Serra, Renato. "Rudyard Kipling." In Scritti di Renato Serra, a cura di G. 

De Robertis e A. Grilli, Vol. II. Florence: Le Monnier. Pp. 163-226. 

Landor. Becker, G. J. "Lander s political purpose." SP, XXXV, 446-55. 
Super, R. H. "An unknown child of Landor s." MLN, LIU, 415-17. 

Lang. Reid, Forrest. "Andrew Lang and Longmans/" LM, XXXVII, 

502-8. 
Lear. Davidson, Angus. Edward Lear: landscape painter and nonsense poet, 

181&-1888. London: Murray; Toronto: Musson. Pp. 294. 

Rev. by G. Craig in LM, XXXVIII, 271-72; by D. Garnett in NS, May 14, 
p. 835; by T. James in LL, XIX, I04r-6; by E. Waugh in S, May 6, pp. 813-14; 
in FR, CXLIV, 119; in TLS, May 7, p. 309. 

Megroz, R. L. (ed.). The Lear omnibus. With introd. London: Nelson. Pp. 

237. 
Me*groz, R. L. "The master of nonsense." Cornhill mag., CLVII, 175-90. 

Lecky (see also III, Lippincott). Hirst, W. A. "The centenary of Lecky, the 
historian." NC, CXXIII, 494-98. 

Lever. McHugh, Rpger. "Charles Lever." St, XXVII, 247-60. 
Lockhart Parker, W. M. "Lockhart and Scott." TLS, Oct. 1, p. 627. 

Strout, A. L. "John Gibson Lockhart." N & Q, Oct. 15, pp. 275-79; also 
Oct. 29, and Dec. 3 (pp. 290-94, 308-10, 399-404), printing twenty MS 
letters by Lockhart. 

Macaulay. Firth, Sir Charles. A commentary on M acaulay s " History of Eng 
land" Introd. by Godfrey Davies. London: Macmillan. Pp. ix+375. 
Rev. by W. Beet in LQHR, CLXIII, 510-12; by K. Bell in NS, May 7, p. 
787; by G. Clark in EHR, LIII, 715; by H. Fisher in LM, XXXVIII, 261-63; 
by E. Kellet in LQHR, CLXIII, 289-301; by Sir John Marriott in FR, CXLIV, 
237-38; by C. Smyth in Cr, XVIII, 104r-7; in QR, CCLXXI, 182; in TLS, April 
9, p. 249. 

A volume made up by Mr. Godfrey Davies, of the Huntington Library, of 
notes taken, on Firth s lectures at Oxford before the war; carefully analytical of 
Macaulay s strength and weakness as a historian, examining the famous Third 
Chapter, and containing a chapter on "Macaulay s errors. " An invaluable aid 
to the proper approach to Macaulay, either as essayist or as historian. C. F. H. 

Beatty, Richmond Croom. Lord Macaulay: Victorian liberal. Norman, Okla. : 

Univ. of Oklahoma pr. Pp. xvi+387. 

Includes hitherto unpublished material drawn from Macaulay s 11-volume 
Journal, by permission of G. M. Trevelyan. Rev. by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, 
Jan. 1, 1939, p. 2; by W. Notestein in SRL, Jan. 21, 1939, p. 7. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 257 

L.,G. G. "Macaulay versus Montgomery." N & Q, CLXXIV, 434-36. 
Mallet, Sir Charles. "Macaulay." CR, CLIII, 299-307. 
Maine (see III, Ldppincott). 

Marryat (see also III, Booth). Bader, A. L. "Captain Marryat the man." 
N & Q, Jan. 29, p. 84. 

Walcutt, C. C. "Captain Marryat and BoswelTs Life of Johnson" N <fc Q, 
Jan. 8, pp. 27-28. 

Maurice. Sanders, Charles R. "Maurice as a commentator on Coleridge." 
PMLA, LIII, 230-43. 

Meredith. Mackay, Mona. Meredith et la France. See VB 1937, 442. 

Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXXIII, 291-92; by W. Frohock in Romanic 
rev,, XXIX, 192-94 (see also comment by Bond, ibid., p. 356); by H. Tronchon 
in Revue universeUe, XL VII, 323-24. 

Robinson, E. A. "Meredith s literary theory and science: realism versus the 
comic spirit." PMLA, LIII, 857-68. 

Zipf , G. K. "New facts in the early lif e of George Meredith." Harvard studies 
and notes in philology and literature, XX, 131-45. 

Mill. Abel, H. G. "John Stuart Mill and socialism." FR, QXLIV, 343-48. 

Grude-Oettli, F. N. John Stuart Mill zwischen Liberalismus und Socialismus. 
Zurich diss. Bleicherode am Harz: C. Nieft, 1936. Pp. 181. 

McCrimmon, James. "Studies toward a biography of John Stuart Mill." 
Northwestern univ. summaries of doctoral dissertations (1937), pp. 15-19. 

Vfran, Jules. "Le souvenir de Stuart Mill & Avignon." RdDM , CVII (1937), 

211-22. 
Moiiey. Spender, J. A. "John Morley." FR, CXLIV, 667-71. 

Morris (see also II, Cole, Pevsner, Yeats; III, MacMinn). Hare, Dorothy. 
The works of Morris and Yeats in relation to early saga literature. See VB 
1937, 443. 
Rev. by E. Batho in MLR, XXXIII, 289-90; by M. Cazamian in EtA, II, 58; 

by M. Schlauch in AfP, XXXV, 469-70. 

Litzenberg, Karl. "The diction of William Morris." ArkivforNordiskfilologi, 
LII (1937), 327-63. 

Litzenberg, Karl. "Tyrfing into Excalibur? A note on William Morris s un 
finished poem In Arthur s house? " Scan., XV, 81-83. 

Murry, J. Middleton. Heroes of thought. New York: Messner. Pp.xiii+368. 
Has a study of Morris. Publ. in London, by, Cape, the book has the title 

Heaven and earth (pp. 384). 



2.*S VU TOIUAS BlRLHKJHAPHY FOR 1938 

Wall, Bernard. " William Moms and Karl Marx/* DMin ret?., 1938, pp. 39- 

47. 
Newman* Delattre, Moris. "J. H. Newman Sducateur." EtA, II, 144-50. 

Lavery, Emmet. Second spring. A play. New York: Longmans. Pp. xiv+ 

178. 

Ray. by K. B. in CWd, CXLVII, 624-25 ("dramatized biography of Cardinal 
Newman"). 

Marietta, O.S.B., Sister. "Newman s Anglican sermons." CWd, CXLVIII, 

431-37. 
Tardivel, Fernande. J. H, Newman: Sducateur. Paris: Beauchesne, 1937. 

Pp.236. 
Tardivel, P: La personnalitt litt&raire de Newman. See VB 1937, 443. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in EiA, II, 66-67; in Revue de Paris, LXIII, 353-54. 

This is the first scholarly study of any considerable dimensions devoted to 
Newman as a man of letters. It includes not only a penetrating and informed 
treatment of Newman s literary method but also a discussion of Newman s 
character and rnind, his native gifts, and the sources and background of his in 
tellectual and artistic activities, in the English eighteenth century and in the 
Alexandrian Fathers. There are excellent chapters on Newman s style, his con 
ception of history, his sensitivity, his literary criticism, his poetry. But there is a 
surprising omission of any extended consideration of the Apologia or of the Gram- 
mar of assent or of the essay on The development of Christian doctrine, all of which 
rank high in literary art, in spite of the comparative neglect of the last two works. 
The author is not wholly happy in her treatment of Newman s eloquence and of 
his style: the various types of eloquence he displayed in his development as a 
preacher are not fully indicated; and some of the more elusive qualities of New 
man s style have escaped her, as is to be noted, for example, when she attempts 
to cite passages illustrating Newman s gift for gnomic and epigrammatic utter 
ance. Nevertheless this thoroughgoing and careful work, amounting to four 
hundred and forty-four pages, is a splendid contribution to a subject which has 
had all too little attention from scholars: the literary artist behind the theologian 
in John Henry Newman. C. F. H. 

Ouida. ffrench, Yvonne. Ouida: a study in ostentation. London: Cobden- 

Sanderson.^Pp. xiv+191. 

Rev. by T. James in LL, XIX, 106-8; by E. Shackleton in LM, XXXVIII, 285. 
Macaulay, Rose. "Ouida." S, June 17, p. 1104. 

Pater. Child, Ruth C. "Is Walter Pater an impressionistic critic?" PMLA, 
LIII, 1172-85. 

Patmore (see also Hopkins: MacColl, and Read). Du Bos, Charles. Ap 
proximations. Septieme s&rie. Paris: Editions R.-A. Corre a, 1937. Pp. 
420. 

Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, II, 428. Includes "L amour selon Coventry 
Patmore." 



VlCTOlUAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1938 -259 

Pinero (see also Hardy: Sanders). Kiither, H. Arthur Wing Pinero und sein 
Verhdltnis zu Henrik Ibsen. Miinster diss., 1937. Pp. viii+66. 

Reade, Turaer, Albert Morton. The making of "The cloister and the hearth" 

Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. ix+230. 

Rev. in EJ, XXIII, 877. 
Robinson. Baker, J. M. Henry Crabb Robinson See VB 1937, 443. 

Rev. by R. King in RES, XIV, 232-33. 

Gilbert, Mary. "Two little-known references to Henry Crabb Robinson." 
MLR, XXXIII, 268-71. 

Morley, Edith J. (ed.). Henry Crabb Robinson on books and their writers. 

3 vols. London: Dent. 

Rev. by E. Blunden in S, Oct. 14, pp. 622, 624; by Janet Smith in LM, XXXIX, 
85;in:TLS,Oct. l,p.626. 

This handsome and monumental work prints all of the important or interesting 
passages from Robinson s diary and journal which relate to his reading and his 
literary friendships and encounters, from the last years of the eighteenth century 
to the 1860 J s. Of great value is the magnificent index in the third volume, a boon 
to all scholars in the Romantics and the Victorians. Perhaps more footnote helps 
might have been supplied, but on this there is room for much difference of opinion : 
all obscure references are adequately taken care of. For comprehensiveness, use 
fulness, and accuracy, this work ranks high in the year s publications. C. F. H. 

Rossetti. Rossetti, D. G. The blessed damozel: the unpublished manuscript, 
texts and collation. Introd. by Paull Franklin Baum. Chapel Hill: Univ. 
of North Carolina pr., 1937; London: Milford. Pp. lvi+30. 
Rev. by C. Sisson in MLR, XXXIV (1939), 130; in N & Q, March 12, p. 197. 

Sanford, J. A. "The Morgan Library manuscript of Rossetti s The blessed 
damozel/ " SP, XXXV, 471-86. 

Troxell, Janet C. (ed.). Three Rossettis See VB 1937, 444. 

Rev. by P. Baum in MLN, LIII, 547-48; by J. Sanford in MP, XXXVI, 
221-22; by L. Wolf in EtA, II, 408-10; in TLS, July 9, p. 466. 

Troxell, Janet C. "The Trial books of Dante Gabriel Rossetti." Colophon, 
N.S., III, 243-58. 

Vincent, E. Gabriele Rossetti in England. See VB 1937, 444. 
Rev. by Oswald Doughty in MLR, XXXIII, 287-89. 

Ruskin (see also II, Ford; III, Lippincott, and Mackail). Dalhoff, R. Studien 
uber die Religiositat John Ruskihs, insbesondere ihre Entstehung, Entwcklung 
und Bedeutung fur sein Leben und Schaffen. Marburg diss. Wiirzburg: 
Triltsch, 1935. Pp. 77. 

Ericson, E. E. "A Ruskin allusion." ES, LXXII, 318-19. 



260 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 

Seibt, R, "Zugang zu Ruskins Fors clavigera. " 6RM, XXVI, 141-56. 

Seeley (see also Freeman). Brettschneider, G. Der Humanismus John 
Robert SeeUys. Sine Beitr. zur Geschichte d. Ideologic d. britischen Imperial- 
ismus. K5nlgsberg diss, Borna-Leipzig: Noske, 1937. Pp. x+150. 

Shortbotise (see III, Thurmann). 

Smith. Murphy, James. "Some plagiarisms of Sydney Smith." RES, XIV, 
199-205. 

Spedding (see Coleridge). 

Spencer. Diaconide, E. Etude critique sur la sociologie de Herbert Spencer. 
Paris: Pichon et Durand Auzias. Pp. 375. 

Hearnshaw, F. J. C. Some great political idealists of the Christian era. London : 
Harrap, 1937. Pp. 273. 
Has chapter on Spencer. 

Stanley (see also II, Foran). Hoffman, William. With Stanley in Africa. 
London: Cassell. Pp.284. 

Stephen, Sir James Fitzjames (see III, Lippincott). 

Stevenson (see also I, Hamlin). Canby, H. S. "From Stevenson to Pegler." 
SRL (feature article), Feb. 5, pp. 3-4, 16. 

Carter, John. "The hanging judge acquitted." Colophon, N.S., III, 238-42. 

Dalglish, Doris. Presbyterian pirate. See VB 1937, 445. 
Rev. by H. Wernitz in Beiblatt, XLIX, 208-10. 

"Stevenson after fifty years: recovery of a reputation." TLS (Scottish Lit 
erature Today Suppl.), April 30, p. viL 

Surtees. "Sporting heroes: Jorrocks and madcap My tton." TLS, March 26, 
pp. 193-94. 

Swinburne. Swinburne, A. C. "Two scenes from a tragedy." LM, XXXVII, 
406-14. A new MS, with note by E. H. W. Meyerstein. 

Hyder, C. K., and Chase, Lewis (eds.). The best of Swinburne. (Centenary 
ed.) New York: Nelson, 1937. Pp. xxviii 4-438. 

Lafourcade, G. "Swinburne vindicated." LM, XXXVII, 424-29. 

Tennyson. In memoriam Enoch Arden Le ruisseau Ulysse Les mangeurs 
de lotus. Tr. with introd. by Madeleine L. Cazamian. ("Collections 
bilingue des classiques Strangers.") Aubier: Editions Montaigne, 1937. 
Pp. xlvi+316. 
Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, II, 196-98 (great praise, especially for the introd.). 

Green, Jane. "A sorrow s crown of sorrow." N & Q, CLXXIV, 436-38. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1938 261 

Pisanti, G. Ulisse nella poesia di Tennyson e in queila di Pascdi. Giuseppe 
Vesuviano: L. Amendola, 1937. Pp. 55. 

Starke, F.-J. "Tennyson und Vergil. Eine Interpretation von Tennysons 
Gedicht To Vergil/ " NeuP, IX, 62-73. 

Steward, S.M. "Pope and Tennyson: a possible parallel." N & Q, CLXXIV, 
133-34. 

Btrout, Alan. " Christopher North on Tennyson." RES, XIV, 428-39. 

Thackeray (see also III, Shepperson, and Thurmann). Biddulph, Violet. 
"Thackeray and Madame de Praslin/ TLS 9 Feb. 19, p. 124. 

Hurst, H. Iixmischer und sentimentakr Realismus bei Thackeray. Hamburg: 
Friederichsen, De Gruyter. Pp. 118. 

Vulpius, W. "Thackerays Lehrlingszeif in Weimar." NeuP, IX, 111-14. 
Wethered, H. N. "On the art of Thackeray/ TLS, Nov. 12, p. 721. 
Wethered, H. N. On the art of Thackeray. London: Longmans. Pp.200. 

Thompson. The poems of Francis Thompson. (Oxford ed. of standard au 
thors.) Oxford univ. pr., 1937. Pp. 367. 

Ketrick, Paul. "Francis Thompson: poet of x wo worlds." CWd, CXLVII, 
422-27. 

Olivero, Federico. Francis Thompson. Tr. from the Italian by Dante Milani. 
Torino: S. Lattes. Pp. v+290. See also VB 1935, 435. 

Trollope (see also III, Booth, and Thurmann). Trollope, Anthony. Four lec 
tures. Ed. by M. L. Parrish. London: Constable. Pp. 148. 
Rev. in SRL, Jan. 7, 1939, p. 20. 

Tupper. Goodchild, R. "Martin Tupper." TLS, March 5, p. 156. 
Reeves, J. S. "Martin Tupper." TLS, April 9, p. 252. 

Salomon, LfB. "He gave the Victorians what they wanted." EJ, XXVII, 
648-61. 

Wainewright (see II, Curling). 

Ward, Mrs. Humphry (see III, Thurmann). 

Ward, Wilfrid. Ward, Maisie. Insurrection versus resurrection. London: 

S&eed & Ward, 1937. Pp. xi+558. 

Rev. by A. G. in Dublin rev., Oil, 385-86; in TLS, Jan. 1, p. 4 (2d vol. of Mrs. 
Sheed s biography of her father). See VB 1936, 423. 

Whewell. Seward, Georges C. Die theoretische Philosophie William Whe- 
wetts und der kantische Einfluss. Tubingen diss. Pp. 69. 



262 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 

Wilde (see also II, Douglas, and Yeats). Wilde, Oscar. "La femme couverte 
de joyaux" ["The woman covered with jewels"; version frangaise in&lite 
4tabii6 par G. de Saix]. Uage nowew, June, pp. 265-79. 

Wilde, Oscar. Intenzioni. Tr. by R. Kccoli. Milan: Bocca. Pp.218. 

Angermayer, F. A. "Das Ende. Betrachtungen zu Oscar Wildes Tod." Ber 
liner TagMott, Nr. 103. 

Brasol, Boris L. Oscar Wilde, the man, the artist, the martyr. New York: 
Scribner s; London: Williams & Norgate. Pp, xviii+403. 
Eev. by B. If or Evans in FR, CXLIV, 630-31; by B. Redman in HTB, July 

17, p. 4; in TLS, Oct. 1, p. 628. 

Franzero, C. M. Vita di Oscar Wilde. Florence: Sansoni. Pp. 274. 
Rev. by S. Rosati in Nuova antdogia, LXXIII, 238-39. 

Harris, Frank, Oscar Wilde. Pref. by Bernard Shaw. London: Constable. 

Pp. 432. 

Rev. by A. Palmer in LM, XXXVIII, 368-69. 
Kingsmill, Hugh. "The intelligent man s guide to Oscar Wilde." PR, CXLIV, 

296-303. 
Lemonnier, L&>n. Oscar Wilde. ("Collections ecrivains Grangers.") Paris: 

Didier. Pp. 272. 

Saix, Guillot de. "Oscar Wilde et le th^tre: J6zabel, drame incite en un 
acte." MF, CCLXXIX (1937), 513-49. 

Saix, Guillot de. " Une tragedie de femme par Oscar Wilde." MF, 
CCLXXXVI, 597-603. 

Stokes, Leslie, and Stokes, Sewell. Oscar Wilde. Pref. by Alfred Douglas. 
London : Seeker & Warburg; New York: Random House, 1937. Pp. x+99. 
Rev. by Walter Pritchard Eaton in HTB, Dec. 18, p. 11. A play. 

Ullmann, Stefan von. "Synasthesien in den dichterischen Werken von Oscar 
Wilde." ES, LXXII, 245-56. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1939 



bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the 
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa 
tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman (and editor 
of the bibliography), University of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har- 
rold, Michigan State Normal College; Frederic E. Faverty, North 
western University; and Samuel P. Chew, University of Wisconsin, 
assisted by Leslie Rutledge. The editor wishes to express thanks to 
Carl J. Weber, Colby College, for his annual and voluntary aid with 
the Hardy items. This bibliography attempts to list the noteworthy 
publications of 1939 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a 
bearing on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless other 
wise stated, the date of publication is 1939. Reference to a page in the 
bibliography for 1938, in Modern philology, May, 1939, is made by 
the following form: See VB 1938, 423. Some cross-references are 
given, although not all that are possible. 



KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 



A 

AHR 
AL 
Archiv 

BBDI = 

Beiblatt = 
BIHR = 

CE 

CR 

CWd 

DLtz 

DV 

EHR 

ELH 

ES 
ESt 



Anglia EtA 

American historical review FR 

American literature GLL 

Archiv fur das Studium der GRM 
neueren Sprachen 

Butt, of bibliog. and dra- HTB 
matic index 

Beiblatt zur Anglia HV 
Bull, of the Institute of his 
torical research HZ 
College English JEGP 
Contemporary review 
Catholic world JMH 
Deutsche Literaturzeitung JP 
Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift JPE 
English historical review LgrP 
Journal of English literary 
history 

Englische Studien LL 

English studies (Amster- LM 
dam) 



= Etudes anglaises 
=5 Fortnightly review 
= German life and letters 

Germanisch-romanische 
Monatsschrift 

= New York Herald-Tribune 
books 

Historische Vierteljahrs 
schrift 

= Historische Zeitschrift 
= Journal of English and 
Germanic philology 

Journal of modem history 
= Journal of philosophy 

= Journal of political economy 
= LiteraturUatt fur germa- 

nische und romanische Phi- 

lologie 

= Life and letters today 
= London mercury and book- 



[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1940] 



263 



264 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 



LQHR 
LZD 

MF 

MLN 

MLR 



N 
]V(7 

Neo 

NEQ 

NeuP 

New R 
Nrf 
NS 
NYTBR 

N & Q 
PMLA 

PQ 
QQ 
QR 
RdDM 



London quarterly and Hoi- 

born review 

Ltierarisches Zenfralblatt 

fur Deutschland 

Mercure de France 

Modem language notes 

Modem language review 

Modern philology 

Nation 

Nineteenth century and after 

Neophilologus 

Afoc England quarterly 

Neuphflologische Monats- 

schrifl 

#et0 republic 

NouveUe revue frangaise 

JV0 statesman and nation 

ATew Forfc Times fcoofc re- 



queries 

Pw&*. Mod. Lar^. A^soc. 
of Am. 

Philological quarterly 
Qween s quarterly 
Quarterly review 
Revue des deux mondes 



RES = Review of English studies 

ResP = Research and progress 

RF = Revue de France 

RH = Revue historique 

RM = Revue de mefaphysique et de 

morale 
RLC Revue de litterature com- 

paree 

RP = Revue de Paris 

RPh = Revue de philosophic 
RoR *= Romanic review 
S = Spectator 

SAQ = South Atlantic quarterly 
SeR = Sewanee review 
SM = Scientific monthly 
SP = Studies in philology 

SR = Saturday review 

SRL = Saturday review of literature 
TLS = (London) Times literary 

supplement 

TQ Univ. of Toronto quarterly 

VQR = Virginia quarterly review 
YR = Yale review 
ZNU == Zeitschrififur neusprach- 

lichen Unterricht 



I. BIBLIOGEAPHICAL MATERIAL 

"American bibliography for 1938." PMLA, LIII, SuppL, 1257-64: "English, 
Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh. 

Annual bibliography of English language and literature. Vol. XVIII (1937) . Ed. 
for the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. by Mary S. Serjeantson, as 
sisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xii+311. "Nine 
teenth century," pp. 196-247. 

The annual bibliography of the history of British art. Vol. IV (1937). Cam 
bridge univ. pr. Pp. xxiv+164. 

The art index: a cumulative author and subject index to a selected list of five arts 
periodicals and museum bulletins. October 1938 September 1989. Also Vol. 
XI, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Besterman, Theodore. A world bibliography of bibliographies. Vol. I, A-L. 
Oxford and London: the author; New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xxiv+ 
587. 

An indispensable work. It is a subject bibliography of printed bibliographies 
books that give a "list of books arranged according to some permanent principle." 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 265 

It includes "bibliographies of books, pamphlets, broadsides, periodicals, and, in 
deed, of every kind of type-set matter, together, by an extension, with systematic 
lists of music, maps, plans, and the like"; also bibliographies of every sort of 
written matter, including letters, documents, deeds, and papers of that order, as 
well as the more substantial type of manuscript material 7 ; "collections of ab 
stracts"; and indexes of patents for inventions. It attempts to represent all sub 
jects, including scientific and technological ones, with equal completeness. Within 
certain specified limits, this work "aims at completeness and internationality, ex 
cluding only lists in, though not those on, Oriental languages. * A peculiarly 
valuable characteristic is the appearance in square brackets, at the end of each 
entry, of the approximate number of items in that bibliography. This work, evi 
denced by Vol. I, is the most comprehensive work of its sort ever undertaken. 
W. D. T. 

The bibliographic index. A cumulative bibliography of bibliographies. 19SS. 
New York; H. W. Wilson. Pp. xii+344. Also Vol. II, Nos. 1-3. 

Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir and David Randall. 
Vol. II, Nos. 11 (Nov., 1938) and 12 (May). London: Elkin Mathews; 
New York: Scribner s. 

Bickley, Francis (ed.). Guide to the reports of the Royal Commission on histori 
cal manuscripts, 1870-1911. Part II: Index of persons. Second section: 
Lever-Z. London: H.M. Stationery office, 1938. 
Rev. by J. Neale in EHR, LIV, 742-43; see also ibid., LIII (1938), 723-24. 

Block, Andrew. The English novel, 1740-1850: a catalogue including prose 
romances, short stories, and translations of foreign fiction. Introd. by Ernest 
A. Baker. London: Graf ton. Pp. xi+367. 

Rev. with great praise by C. Grabo in Library quar. } IX, 373; by J. G. O L. in 
Library Assoc. record, XLI, 243-44. 

Bond, Donald F., McDermott, John F., and Tucker, Joseph E. "Anglo- 
French and Franco-American studies: a current bibliography" (for 1938). 
RoR, XXX, 151-86. 

Cox, Edward Godfrey, A reference guide to the literature of travel, including 
voyages, geographical descriptions, adventures, shipwrecks and expeditions. 
Vol. II: The new world. ("Univ. of Washington publns. in lang. and lit.," 
X.) Seattle; Univ. of Washington, 1938. Pp. viii+591. 

Vol. I (The old world) appeared in 1935. Rev. of both vols. by J. Oyer in 
Library quar., IX, 355-57. The work is intended "to list in chronological order 
.... down to and including the year 1800, all the books on foreign travels, 

voyages, and descriptions printed in Great Britain The Addenda take care 

of first printings of earlier works done in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries." 
Vol. Ill has been projected to present "items dealing with travel in Great Britain 
and Eire." 



260 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language .... Jan- 
Dec., 1938. Forty-first annual cumulation. Also Vol. XLII, Xos. 7, 10, 11 
(July, Nov., Dec.). Xew York: H. W. Wilson. 

The dictionary of national biography The concise dictionary from the be 
ginnings to 1930. Being an epitome Oxford univ. pr. Pp. viii+1456-f 

184. 

Fucilla, Joseph G. " Bibliographies of twelve Victorian authors: a supple 
ment. 1 MP, XXXVII, 89-96. See VB 1937, 417. 

Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities^ 
193S-1939. Xew York: H. W, Wilson. Pp. xvii+113. 

Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic Movement: a selective and critical 
bibliography for 1938." ELH, VI, 1-38. 

Hill, R. L. A bibliography of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan from the earliest times 
to 1937. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xii-f-214. 

Hopkinson, Cecil. Collecting golf -books. 1743-1938. ("Aspects of book-collect 
ing ser.") London: Constable, 1938. Pp. vii-j-56. 
Rev. by H. M. N. in The library, XX, 500-2. 

International bibliography of historical sciences Eleventh year, 1936. Ed. 

for the Internal. Comm. of Hist. Sciences. Xew York: H. W. Wilson, 

1938; Paris: Colin. Pp. xxxix+452. 

Rev. by W. Allison in AHR, XLV, 186; by L. Gottschalk in Library quar., 
IX, 94-95; by C. Grose in JMH, XI, 288. 

International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science. 
Twenty-sixth annual cumulation. July 1938 June 1939. Also Vol. XXVII, 
No. 3 (Sept.), and Xo. 5 (Jan., 1940). Xew York: H. W. Wilson. 

Internationaler Jahresbericht der Bibliographic. Hrsg. von J. Vorstius. Vol. 
IX (1938). Leipzig: Harrassowitz, Pp. 46. 

Reviews of Vol. VIII by V. Grundtvig in DLtz, LX, 41-43; by J. Wyer in 
Library quar. , IX, 95-96. 

Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica mensile, Vol. X. "Bollettino bibliografico" : 
see pp. 36, 72, 108, 144, 211, 280, 304, 331. 

MacXair, Mary W., and Karr, Margaret X. (comps.). A list of American doc- 
toral dissertations printed in 1937 .... with supplement to earlier lists. 
Washington: Government printing office. Pp. vii+422. 

Milne, Alexander Taylor (comp.). Writings on British history 1935: .... See 
VB 1937, 418. London: Cape. Pp. 427. 
Rev. by T. S. B. in Library Assoc. record, XLI, 290. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGKATHY FOR 1939 267 

Morgan, Bayard Quincy. A critical bibliography of German literature in Eng 
lish translation, 1481-1927. With supplement embracing the years 1928- 
1935. 2d ed., rev. and enl. Stanford univ. pr.; London: Milford, 1938. 
Pp. xi+773. 
Rev. by H. Atkins in MLR, XXXIV, 629-31; by H. Pochmann in AL, XI, 

228-29; by W. Siiskind in Die Litoratur, XLI, 376-77. 

O Neill, Edward Hayes. Biography by Americans, 1658-1936; a subject bibliog 
raphy. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania pr. Pp. x+465. 



Osborn, James, and Sawyer, Robert G. (eomps.). Work in progress, 1939, in 
the modern humanities. Bull. 17A, publ. by the Modern Humanities Re 
search Assoc. "Nineteenth century literature," pp. 74-98. 

Partington, Wilfred. Forging ahead. The true story of the upward progress of 
Thomas James Wise, prince of book collectors, bibliographer extraordinary and 
otherwise. New York: Putnam. Pp. xv+315. 

Fascinating biography of "the secret emperor of book forgers/ written by a 
professional author and editor who had dealings with him in person and corre 
sponded with him from 1919 to his death in 1938. Many letters and conversations 
of various people are quoted. Much of this book depends on the sensational find 
ings of Carter and Pollard (see VB 1934, 398) ; but this goes further than they. 
It gives "fresh information and .... new and unpublished evidence of Wise s 
responsibility for the forgeries," and undertakes "to trace the curious and little- 
known ramifications of his career, to show the inner character of the man in 
relation to his work and ambitions, and generally to indicate the extent and value 
of his achievements" (p. 6). He was a successful racketeer, who at the same time 
was a great bibliographer and the collector of the books and MSS in his great 
Ashley Library, recently purchased by the British Museum. The book is crammed 
with details of books and literary men (the Brownings, Shelley, Wordsworth, 
Coleridge, Ruskin, Morris, Swinburne, Arnold, Byron, Keats, Conrad, Hardy, 
Borrow, Tennyson, Eliot, Shorter, Forman, etc.). A bibliography of Wise s pub 
lications, including his forgeries and piracies, appears on pp. 285-304; the index 
covers pp. 305-15. Clear, interesting, and at times racy, this is the "success" 
story of an unprincipled genius and also a carefully written book, valuable for 
the student and scholar of literature. W. D. T. 

Peddie, R. A. A subject index of books published up to and including 1880. 
Third ser., A-Z. London: Grafton. Pp. xvi-f-1946. See VB 1933, 397. 

Pochmann, Henry A., et al "Anglo-German bibliography for 1938." JEGP, 
XXXVIII, 258-77. 

La rassegna, XVLI (1938), 284-301; XLVII, 53-61. "Repertorio." 

Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. July 1987 
June 1939. Also XXXIX, No. 12 (cumulated), issued Jan. 10, 1940. New 
York: H. W. Wilson. 



20K VUTOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Rosenfeld, Rose (comp.). "Rumania. The country and its people. An anno 
tated bibliography." BBDI, XVI (1938), 94-95, 116-17, 138-39. 
Lists works published in English, appearing after 1881. 

Roth, Cecil (ed.). Magna bibliotheca Anglo- Judaica: a bibliographical guide 
to Anglo-Jewish history. New ed., rev. and enl. London: Jewish Hist. Soc. 
of England, University College, 1937. Pp. xii +464. 
Rev. by J. L. in The library, XIX (1938), 383-85; by J. Reider in Library 

quar., IX, 96-98. 

Shaw, Marian, and Cowing, Agnes (comps.). Essay and general literature in- 

dex. July 1939: An index to 1533 essays and articles in 87 volumes 

New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 102. 

Smith, A. H., and Hatto, A. T. (comps.). A list of English, Scandinavian and 
German theses in the University of London. ("London mediaeval studies/ 7 
No. 2.) London: University College. Pp. viii+40. 
Numerous theses are listed that treat of Victorian authors and literary history. 

South Atlantic bulletin, IV, No. Is (Apr., 1938), 2-15: "List of theses, 1917- 

1937." 

Master s and doctor s theses in English and the modern foreign languages, ac 
cepted by the colleges and universities of the South Atlantic states during 1917- 
37 "Theses for the year" appears in ibid., IV, No. 2 (Oct., 1938), 4-5, and is 
to appear annually thereafter in the Oct. number. 

Spargo, John Webster. A bibliographical manual for students of the language 
and literature of England and the United States: a short-title list. Chicago: 
Packard. Pp. xii+191. 

Useful manual for advanced students in all fields, including the Victorian. 
More exhaustive than any other handbook of its type and more logical in arrange 
ment of material, it provides a list of more than a thousand references to "aid 
the student during the initial stages of investigation." F. E. F. 

"Victorian bibliography for 1938." ATP, XXXVI, 391-430. 

Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographie des Buck- und Bib~ 
liothekswesens, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. Vol. 
XIII (1938). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. xii-H38 cols. 

Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part LVIII (Jan.-Dec., 1938) : The complete 

list of all books published in the United Kingdom Also Part LXI (Jan.- 

Sept., 1939). London: J. Whitaker & Sons. 

The year s work in English studies, Vol. XVIII (1937). Ed. for the English 
Assoc. by F. S. Boas and Mary S. Serjeantson. London: Milford, Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. 290. "The nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh and 
F. S. Boas), pp. 253-63; "Bibliographica" (Harry Sellers), pp. 264-76. 



VKTOUIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1939 269 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND 
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

Adoratsky, V., and Dutt, C. P. (eds.). Karl Marx: selected works. New York: 
International publishers. 2 vols. Pp. xxiv+479; xxiii+694. 

Amelotti, G. Filosofia del Leopardi. Genova: artigraf. Fabris, 1937. Pp. x+ 
338. 
Rev. by A. Faggi in Giornale storica delta kUeratura italiana, CXIV, 93-95. 

Anderson, Pauline R. The background of anti-English feeling in Germany, 1890- 
1902. Washington, B.C.: American univ, pr. Pp. xxii+382. 
Rev. by E. Carroll in JMH, XI, 554-55. 

Angas, Commander W. Mack. Rivalry on the Atlantic, 1839-1939. New York: 
Lee Furman. Pp. xv+ 17-234. 
Rev. by L. Colcord in HTB, May 7, p. 21. 

Arthur, Sir George. Not worth reading. Foreword by Lord Birdwood. Lon 
don: Longmans. Pp. 310. 
Memories of the Victorian era. 

Auchmuty, James. Sir Thomas Wyse, 1791-1862: the life and career of an 
educator and diplomat. London: King. Pp. 320. 

Bailey, Frank Edgar, Jr. "British policy and the Turkish reform movement: 
a study in Anglo-Turkish relations, 1826-1853." Harvard univ. summaries 
of theses, 1937. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr., 1938. Pp. 124-26. 

Barnes, Harry Elmer. An economic history of the western world. New York: 
Harcourt, Brace. Pp. xviii+790. 

Bell, Edward. These meddlesome attorneys. London: Seeker. Pp.330. 

Rev. by E. Haynes in NS, Nov. 4, p. 656. 
Belloc, H. "Whiggery." FR, CXLVI, 646-54. 

Benet, Laura. Enchanting Jenny Lind. New York: Dodd, Mead. Pp. ix+ 
452. 

Benson, E. F. Queen Victoria s daughters. See VB 1938, 396. 

Rev. by R. M. in NS, April 29, p. 658; by D. Raymond in JMH, XI, 233-34. 

Blair, Sir David Hunter. In Victorian days t and other papers. London: Long 
mans. Pp. 249. 
Rev. in TLS, Apr. 1, p. 194. Excellent social background; pages on Jowett, 

Pusey, Wilde, etc. 

Bohner, Theodor. General Gordon, Kampfer und Christ ("Menschen, die den 
Ruf vernommen," No. 26.) Giessen: Brunnen-Verlag, 1938. Pp. 88. 



270 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Bolitho, Hector (ed.). Further letters of Queen Victoria See VB 1938, 

396. 

Rev. by L. Eshleman in JMH, XI, 90-92; by W. Whitelaw in AHR, XLIV, 
43(5. 

Bowley, Arthur L. Wages and income in the United Kingdom, since 1860. See 
VB 1938, 396. 
Rev. by W. Bowden in AHR, XLIV, 620-21. 

Briffault, Robert. The decline and fall of the British empire. New York : Simon 
& Schuster, 1938. "Pp. viii+264. 
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XIV, 24r-25. 

Brinkmann, Karl. England seit 1815 See VB 1938, 396. 

Rev. by O. Haussleiter in Vierteljahrsschr, Sozial- und Wirtschafts-Geschichte, 
XXXII, 91-92. 

Busheil, T. A. "Royal Mail"; a centenary history of the Royal Mail Line, 1839- 
1989. London: Trade & Travel Publns. Pp. 270. 

Butler, Nicholas Murray. Across the busy years: recollections and reflections. 
New York: Scribner s. Pp. 451. 
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XIV, 418. 

Catlin, George. The story of the political philosophers. New York : Whittlesey 
House. Pp. xvii+802. 
Rev. by H. Hazlitt in NYTBR, Jan. 7, 1940, p. 3. 

Cecil, Lord David. The Young Melbourne London: Constable. Pp. 

xiii+277. 

Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Sept. 2, p. 14 (see SRL, July 22, pp. 11-12 for ex 
tract of the book) ; by W. DeVane in YR, XXIX, 390-92; by P. Jack in NYTBR, 
Aug. 27, pp. 3, 21; by W. Wells in FR, CXLV, 600-1; by C. Wright in New R } Oct. 
25, pp. 346-47; in S, Feb. 3, p. 184; in TLS, Feb. 4, p. 67. 

Chalmers, Patrick R. Racing England. New York: Scribner s. Pp. 158. 
Rev. in HTB, Dec. 31, p. 8. History of English horse racing. 

Child, Harold. A poor player; the story of a failure. Cambridge univ. pr.; New 

York: Macmillan. Pp. 110. 

Rev. in TLS, May 6, p. 261 (see also p. 265). Memories of an actor of the 
nineties in London. 

Chubb, Sir Lawrence. "Octavia Hill, 1838-1938." Listener, Dec. 8, 1938. 

Clapham, J. H. An economic history of modern Britain. Vol. III. See VB 

1938, 396. 

Rev. by F. Dietz in AHR, XLIV, 902-4; by R. Sontag in SRL, Jan. 14, pp. 
16-17; by J. Williams in JMH, XI, 96-97. 



VlCTOHlAN" BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1930 271 

Clarke, Basil. Church builders of the nineteenth centwry. See VB 1938, 397. 

Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Feb. 4, p. 184. A study of the Gothic revival in 
England. 

A history of the Cobden Club. By members of the Club, London: Cobden- 
Sanderson. Pp. 88, 

Cockburn, Jacqueline. "Oetavia Hill." QR, CCLXXII, 324-41. 

Cole, George D. H., and Postgate, Raymond W. The British common people, 
1746-1938. London: Methuen, 1938; New York: Knopf. Pp. viii+558+ 
xxxiii. 

Rev. by L. Huberman in New R, Aug. 16, pp. 5^-55; by W. Langer in HTB, 
Nov. 12, p. 42; by L. Marshall in JMH, XI, 536-37. 

Collingwood, R. G. An autobiography. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 167. 

Rev. by J. Maxwell in Scrutiny, VIII, 319-24; "Philosophy at Oxford." A 
professor s recollections. 

Corrigan, Raymond. The Church and the nineteenth century. Milwaukee, 
Wis.: Bruce, 1938. Pp. xviii+326. 

For Oxford Movement see esp. pp. 154-63. Appendix C, pp. 301-10, has "Glos 
sary of nineteenth-century isms." 

Coupland, R. The exploitation of East Africa, 1856-1890: the slave trade and 
the scramble. London: Faber. Pp. ix+507. 

Rev. in MS, Sept. 16, pp. 408-10. 

Crabites, P. Victoria s guardian angel See VB 1938, 397. 

Rev. by A. Cross in ARH, XLIV, 376-77; by L. Eshleman in JMH, XI, 90-92. 

Davies, J. D. Griffith. Revolt and reaction. A study of European history from 
1789 to 1878. London: Lindsay Drummond. Pp.283. 

Dent. The house of Dent, 1888-1988. Being the memoirs of J. M. Dent, with 
additional chapters covering the last 16 years by Hugh R. Dent. London: 
Dent, 1938. Pp. xvii+334. 
Rev. briefly by L. Bonnerot in EtA, III, 218. 

Dickinson, Henry W. A short history of the steam engine. Cambridge univ. pr.; 
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi+255. 

Dolle*ans, Edouard. Histoire du mouvement ouvrier, 1871-1936. Paris: Colin. 
Pp. 404. See VB 1937, 421. 

Drummond, J. C., and Wilbraham, Anne. The Englishman $ food: a history of 
five centuries of English diet. London: Cape. Pp.574. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS> June 3, pp. 868-70. 

Edwards, George W. The evolution of finance capitalism. New York: Long 
mans, 1938. Pp. xvi+429. 
Rev. by N. Gras in AHR, XLV, 146-47. 



272 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1939 

My life: She autobiography of Havelock Ellis. Boston: Hough ton MifHin. Pp. 
xii+647. 

Ellwood, Charles A. A history of social philosophy. New York: Prentice-Hall, 
1938. Pp. xiv+581. 
Rev. by P. R. H. in Personalut, XX, 323-24. Includes chapter on Spencer. 

Emden, Paul H. Money powers of Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth cen 
turies. London: Low, 1937; New York: Appleton-Century, 1938. Pp. 
xii+428. 
Rev. by M. Beard in JMH, XI, 86-87; by R. Hidy in AHR, XLIV, 370-71. 

Ernie. Whippingham to Westminster: the reminiscences of Lord Ernie (Row 
land Prothero). London: John Murray, 1938. Pp.347. 
Rev. by C. Oman in EHR, LIV, 351-55. 

Evans, J. T. "Liverpool public libraries an historical survey." Library 
world, XLI, 227-29, 251-54. 

Featherstone, H. Latimer. A century of nationalism. ("Discussion books/ 7 
No. 35.) London and New York: Nelson. Pp. v+200. 

Fernand-Demeure. "Les arts et la m6decine au XIX e sicle." La nouvelle re 
vue, CLXII, 273-77; CLXIII, 13-22, 129-37. 

Finberg, A. J. The life ofJ. M. W. Turner, R.A. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; New 
York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 554. 

Rev. by R. Cortissoz in HTB, Dec. 17, p. 13 ("definitive"); in TLS, May 13, 
p. 275. 

Fingall, Elizabeth Plunkett, Countess of. Seventy years young: memories told 
to Pamela Hinkson. New York: Dutton. Pp. 7-441. 
Of "great and near-great in Anglo-Irish literature, politics, and society." 

Flack, Isaac H. (Harvey Graham, pseud.) Surgeons all Foreword by 0." St. 
John Gogarty. London: Rich; New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. xv+ 
17-426. 
Rev. by L. Clendenning in HTB, Oct. 29, p. 2. 

Fontane, Theodor. Bilderbuch aus England. Berlin: Grote, 1938. Pp. xx+ 
250. Tr. by Dorothy Harrison: Journeys to England in Victoria s early 
days, 1844-1869. London: Massie. Pp. 236. 
Rev. by G. Brandl in Archiv, CLXXV, 221. 

Foss, K. The doubk life of J. M. Turner. London: Seeker, 1938. Pp. 239. 
Rev. by J. Vallette in EtA, III, 275. 

Garratt, G. T. Gibraltar and the Mediterranean. New York: Coward-Mc- 
Cann. Pp. 351. 

Garvie, Alfred E. "The theology of Dr. Andrew Martin Fairbairn." LQHR, 
CLXIV, 28-39. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 273 

An Eton boy: letters of James Milnes Gaskellfrom Eton and Oxford, 1820-1830, 
Ed. Charles Milnes Gaskell. London: Constable. Pp. 242. 
Rev. in TLS, June 17, p. 354 (friend of Gladstone, A. H. HaUam t etc.). 

Grosser, Otto. "Contemporary views on the operation of the nineteenth cen 
tury theories of evolution." ResP, V, 39-50. 

Harris, David. Britain and the Bulgarian horrors of 1876. Chicago: Univ. 
of Chicago pr. Pp. vii+437. 

Harrison, Henry. Parnell, Joseph Chamberlain and Mr. Garmn. London: 
Robert Hale, 1938. Pp. ix+255. 
Rev. by W. Hall in AHR, XLIV, 969; by J. Park in JMH, XI, 234r-36. 

Hart, Dr. Heber L. Reminiscences and reflections. London: Bodley Head. 
Pp. 368. 

Hawtrey, R. G. A century of bank rate. London and New York: Longmans, 
1938. Pp. x+328. 
Rev. by A. Usher in JM H, XI, 435-36. 

Hayward, A. "Jockey to prime minister. The story of Baron Ward." Lis 
tener, May 4, pp. -946-48. 

Helms, Lloyd A. The contributions of Lord Over stone to the theory of money and 
banking. ("Illinois studies in the social sciences," Vol. XXIV, No. 4.) 
Urbana, 111. : Univ. of Illinois pr. Pp. 142. 

Hendrick, Burton J. Statesmen of the lost cause: Jefferson Davis and his cabi 
net. Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. rvii+542. 

Rev. by H. Commager in HTB, Nov. 26, p. 7. Includes details of diplomatic 
experiences in Europe. 

Hewlett, Dorothy. Victorian house. London: Hurst. Pp. 11-522. 
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 5, p. 465. 

Hill, W. Thomson. "Octavia Hill: two phases." FR, CXLV, 96-105. 
Hoffmann, Edith. "English and French caricature." Listener, March 23. 

Horton, J. T. James Kent. A study in conservatism, 1763-1847. London: 
Appleton. Pp. xi+354. 

Hughes, Edward. "The development of Cobden s economic doctrines and his 
methods of propaganda: some unpublished correspondence." Bull, of the 
John Rylands libr., VII (1938), 405-18. 

Imlah, Albert H. Lord Ellenborough: a biography of Edward Law, earl of Ellen- 
borough, governor-general of India. ("Harvard historical studies," Vol. 
XLIII.) Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr.,Pp. xvi+295. 



274 VU TOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FUU 1939 

Jackson, Holbrook. The printing of books. New York: Seribner s. Pp. xiii+ 

285. 

Rev. in HTB^ July 16, p. 13. Includes discussion of various Victorians and their 
influence on book design (Fitzgerald, Ruskin, Whistler, Bridges, Moore, Shaw, 
etc.). 

Jackson, Joseph. Literary landmarks of Philadelphia. Philadelphia: D. Me- 
Ray. Pp. 344+66 iflus. 
Rev. in HTB, Dec. 24, p. 13. Has records of visits by English writers. 

Jagow, K. (ed.). The letters of the Prince Consort. See VB 1938, 399. 

Rev. by P. Knaplund in JMH t XI, 232-33; by E. L. W. in EHR, LIV, 371-72. 

Jagow, K. Konigin Victorias Madchenjahre. See VB 1938, 399. 
Rev. by R. Schneider in Die Literatur, XLI, 251-52. 

Jenks, Leland K. The migration of British capital to 1875. New ed. London : 
Cape; New York: Knopf, 1938. Pp. 442. 
Rev, in TLS, Jan. 28, p. 51. 

Johnston, Myrtle. The rising. London: Murray; New York: Appleton. Pp. 
341. 

Rev. in Cornhill mag., CLIX, 716. Irish rebellion of 1867 treated in form of a 
novel. 

Jones, Thomas A. "In gaol for debt." QR, CCLXXII, 94-106. 

Keith, Arthur B. The British cabinet system, 1830-1938. London: Stevens. 
Pp. xi+648. 
Rev. in National rev., CXII, 535-36. 

Kilvert s diary, Vol. II. See VB 1938, 399. London: Cape. Pp. 448. 

Rev. by T. James in LL, XX, 116; by R. Mortimer in NS, Aug. 26, pp. 316- 
18; in TLS, July 22, p. 438. 

Korsch, Karl. Karl Marx. ("Modern sociologists ser.") New York: John 
Wiley, 1938. Pp. 248. 
Itev. by S. Hook in HTB, Feb. 26, p. 21. 

Kutsch, R. Queen Victoria und die deutsche Einigung. See VB 1938, 400. 
ReV. by P. Kluke in LQHR, CLXIV, 203-4. 

Lambert, Richard S. The universal provider: a study of William Whiteley and 
the rise of the London department store. London: Harrap, 1938. Pp. 277. 

Lehning, A. M. The International Association (1855-1859): a contribution 
to the preliminary history of the First International. Repr. from The inter 
national rev. for social hist., III. Leyden: Brill, 1938. Pp. 102. 

Lubbock, Lady Sybil. The child in the crystal. London: Cape. Pp. 318. 
Account of the author s early years, 1880-1900. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1939 275 

Lucke, Theodor. Wellington, der eiseme Herzog, Berlin: Rowohlt, 1938. Pp. 

661. 

Rev. by H. Howard in Books abroad, XIII, 474; by R. Schneider in Die Ltiera- 
tur, XLI, 443-44. 

Lyon, E. Wilson. "Dictatorship and democracy in the 19th century." Am. 
scholar, VIII, 445-55, 

Maccoby, S. English radicalism: 1853-1886. See VB 1938, 400. 

Rev. by G. H. in EHR, LIV, 372; see also A. Basye in Poli. sci. quar., LIV, 
146-47. 

Macdonald, H. M. "Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels, and the South Slavic 
problem in 1848-9." TQ, VIII, 452-60. 

Mack, Edward C. Public schools and British opinion, 1780 to 1860 

New York: Columbia univ. pr.; London: Methuen, 1938. Pp. xvi+432. 

Rev. by E. Turner in Bull, of Am. Assoc. of univ. professors, XXV, 606-9 
("Utilizing a copious body of pamphlet literature, reminiscence, history, prose 
fiction, and poetry, the author parallels the discussion of ideas with the history of a 
select number of Public Schools Charterhouse, Eton, Harrow, Rugby, Shrews 
bury, Westminster, and Winchester")- 

MacManus, M. J. (comp.). Irish cavalcade, 1550-1850. New York: Mac- 

millan. Pp. xix+320. 

Rev. by S. O Sheel in HTB, Aug. 13, p. 11 (selections from first-hand accounts). 
Maran, R&ie. Livingstone et I exploration de I Afrique. Paris: Gallimard, 

1938. Pp. 276. 

Rev. by H. Lauresne in Books abroad, XIII, 203. 
Marriott, Sir John A. R. The evolution of the British empifre and commonwealth* 

London: Nicolson & Watson. Pp. xv+387. 

Rev. by E. Graper in Am. poll. sci. ret>., XXXIV (1940), 148^=9. 
Marsh, Sir Edward H. A number of people: a book of reminiscences. New 

York: Harper. Pp. xii+420. 

Mathieson, W. L. The sugar colonies and Governor Eyre, 1849-1866. 2d ed. 
London and New York: Longmans, 1938. Pp. xiv+243. 
Rev. by E. PrSclin in RH, CLXXXVI, 163-64. 

Mauclair, Camille. Turner. Tr. from French by Eveline B. Shaw, ed. A. 

Gloeckner. London: Heinemann; Paris: Hyperion pr.; New York: Art 

Book Publns. Pp. vi+168. 

Rev. by R. Cortissoz in HTB, Dec. 17, p. 13. 
Mayer, J. P., et al. Political thought: the European tradition. Introd. by R. H. 

Tawney. New York: Viking pr. Pp. xrviii+485. 

Rev. by A. Gu<rard in HTB, Nov. 5, p. 21. 



276 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Medlicott, W. N. The Congress of Berlin and after: a diplomatic history of 
the Near East settlement, 1878-1880. London: Methuen, 1938. Pp. 454. 
Rev. by R. Seton-Watson in Slavonic rev., XVIII, 241-42; in TLS, Jan. 14, 

p. 18. 

Merimee, Prosper. Lettres a Fanny Lagden. Texte anglais et traduction, pub- 
life d apres le manuscrit original par .... See VB 1938, 401. 
Rev. by A. Schinz in RoR, XXX, 209-11; by G. Watts in Books abroad, XIII, 

69 (letters 1837-69). 

Merriam, Harold G. Edward Moxon: publisher of poets. New York: Colum 
bia univ. pr. Pp. vii+223. 

Rev. by C. Gohdes in SAQ, XXXVIII, 465; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, April 
16, p. 19; in TLS, April 15, p. 218. 

A good example ofjiow the study of Victorian publishers may throw light on 
the books and authors of their time; concerned with Moxon s publishing ventures, 
mainly in poetry, between 1830 and 1858; rests on many hitherto unpublished 
letters, agreements, and other MSS; gives many valuable glimpses into Tenny 
son s methods with MSS and proofs; and presents much on such Victorians as 
Talfourd, Henry Taylor, Sheridan Knowles, the Brownings. C. F. H. 

Middleton, William St. John F. Brodrick, Earl of. Records and reactions, 
1856-1930. London: Murray; New York: Dutton. Pp. x+318. 
Rev. by S. O Sheel in HTB, July 23, p. 16; in CornhiU mag., CLIX, 718. 

Mitford, Nancy (ed.). The Stanleys of Alderley; their letters betwen the years 
1851-1865. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. 407. 

Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, June 10, pp. 904-6; in TLS, June 3, p. 329. For 
earlier letters, see VB 1938, 401. 

Mottram, R. H. Trader^ dream; the romance of the East India Company. 
New York: Appleton-Century. Pp.xii+322. 

Mumford, Elizabeth (pseud.). Whistler s mother; the life of Anna McNeill 
Whistler. Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. vii+326. 

Murry, John Middleton. Heroes of thought. New York: Messner, 1938. Pp. 
xiii+368. 
Rev. in More books, XIV, 67. Includes studies of Marx and William Morris. 

Myers, Jesse. Baron Ward and the DuJces of Parma. London: Longmans, 
1938. Pp. 267. 
Rev. by J. W. G. in EHR, LIV, 543-44; in Bodleian library rec., I, 43-44. 

Newman, Sir George. The building of a nation s health. London: Macmillan. 
Pp. xiv+479. 

Nock, Albert Jay. Henry George. An essay. New York: W. Morrow. Pp. 
224. 
Rev. by E. Bates in HTB, Aug. 27, p. 5; in More books, XIV, 369. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 277 

Nomad, Max. Apostles of revolution. Boston: little, Brown,. Pp. x+467. 

Rev. by A. Yarmolinsky in AHR, XLV, 192-93 ("the biographical method 
to present the story of the radical movements of the past hundred years" [Harx 
included]). 

Notestein, Wallace. English folk: a book of characters. New York: Harcourt. 

Brace, 1938. Pp. 328. 

Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Jan. 1, p. 4; by A. S. T. in EHR, LIV, 551; noted 
in English jour., XXVIII, 162. 

Oudard, Georges. "Cecil Rhodes." BP, XLVI, 117-45, 377-409, 590-625. 

Oudard, Georges. Cecil Rhodes. ("Les contemporains vus de prs.") Paris: 
N.R. francaise. Pp. 254. 

Paget, Elma K. Henry Luke Paget. London: Longmans. Pp. ix+278. 

Rev. in TLS, Feb. 4, p. 68. Life of a friend of Newman, Pusey, Keble; bishop 
of Stepney and Chester. 

Parry, Albert. Whistler s father. Indianapolis: Bobbs-MerrilL Pp. xx+23- 
368. 

Parry, E. Jones (ed.). The correspondence of Lord Aberdeen and Princess 
Lieven, 1832-1854. Vol. I, 1832-1848. Ed. for the Royal Historical Soc. 
London: The Society, 1938. Pp.xxi+291. 
Rev. by A. May in AHR, XLV, 141-42. 

Percival, Alicia C. The English miss to-day and yesterday; ideals, methods, 

and personalities in the education and upbringing of girls during the last 

hundred years. London: Harrap. Pp, 335. 

Rev. by D. Stuart in English, II, 316-17. 
Petrie, Sir Charles. The Chamberlain tradition. See VB 1938, 402. 

Rev. by E. GuUey in AHR, XLIV, 969-70; the German trans, by Anton Mayer 
(Leipzig: P. Reclam, Jr., 1938. Pp. 305) rev. by W. Wirths in Die Literatur, 
XLI, 382-83. 

Phelps, William Lyon. Autobiography with letters. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 
xxiii+986. 

Plant, Marjorie. English book trade: an economic history of the making and 
sale of books. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 500+19 plates. 

Platz, Hermann. "Nietzsche, der Viedererstandene Pascal. " NeuP, X, 149- 

61. 
Polenz, Elfriede. Preussen und England in den 60er Jahren des 19. Jh. Koln 

diss. Pp. 96. 

Ramsay, A. A. W. The crisis in the cabinet, 1845." Cornhill mag., CLX, 
188-201. 
The scandal used by Meredith in Diana of the Crossways. 



27S VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Rayner, Robert M., and Airey, W. T. G. Britain and world affairs, 1783- 
1938. London: Longmans, 1938. Pp. xvi+477-787. 

Reitlinger, Henry. From Hogarth to Keene; with 87 reproductions of black and 
white drawings by English story-telling artists and illustrators. London: 
Methuen, 1938. Pp. xi+115. 
Rev. in Listener, March 16, p. 596. Includes Maclise, the Pre-Raphaelites, 

DuMaurier, etc. 

Richardson, Cyril C. The church through the centuries. New York: Scrib- 
ner s, 1938. Pp. xii+255. 

Roberts, W. "London in the fifties " N & Q, Sept. 23, p. 225. 

Robinson, Forbes. Letters to his friends. London: S.C.M. pr., 1938. Pp. 220. 
Rev. by W. Brash in LQHR, CLXIV, 272-73. Robinson (1867-1904), fellow 
of Christ s College, Cambridge. 

Rosenberg, Arthur. Democracy and socialism: a contribution to the political 
history of the past 150 years. Tr. from the German by George Rosen. Lon 
don: Bell; New York: Knopf. Pp. xi+369+vii. 
Rev. by R. Crossman in NS t June 17, pp. 945-46; noted in AHR, XLV, 193. 

Roth, Cecil. The magnificent Rothschilds. London: Hale. Pp. 291. 

Rousseaux, Paul. Les mouvements de fond de V economic qnglaise, 1800-1918. 
Paris: Descle*e; Louvain: Institute de recherches ^conomiques, 1938. Pp. 
299. 

Rusk, Ralph L. (ed.). The letters of Ralph Waldo Emerson (1818-1881). 
New York: Columbia univ. pr. 6 vols. Pp. xvi+458; 471; 462; 541; 546; 
633. 

Rev. by Van Wyck Brooks in New R, Aug. 23, pp. 78-80; by R. Flewelling in 
Personalist, XX, 343-52; by G. Whicher in HTB, May 28, pp. 1, 2. 

Russell, Alexander. Lord Kelvin; his life and work. London: Blackie, 1938. 
Pp. 163. 

Sekon, G. A. Locomotion in Victorian London. See VB 1938, 403. 
Rev. by C. Kirby in AHR, XLIV, 375-76. 

Seton-Watson, R. W. Britain in Europe, 1789-1914 See VB 1938, 403. 

Rev. by C. Brinkmann in DLtz, LX, 25-27; by G. LaFuze in Poli. sci. quar., 
LIV, 118-20; by H. Temperley in EHR, LIV, 339-41. 

Shepherd, T. B. "Liberal education: the views of the Rev. John Scott com 
pared with those of other educationalists in the mid-nineteenth century." 
LQHR, CLXIV, 459-70. 

Slochower, Harry. "Friedrich Nietzsche cosmic exile." Educational forum, 
III, 395-411. 



VICTORIAN BIULIOGUAPHY FOR 1939 279 

Smithers, Jack. The early life and vicissitudes of Jack Smithers. London: 
Martin Seeker. Pp. 250. 
Concerning Oscar Wilde s publisher. 

Smith, R. C. M. Colvin. The life and works of Colvin Smith, 17 96-187 5. 
Aberdeen: Univ. pr. Pp. 134. 

Sontag, Raymond J. Germany and England; background of conflict, 1848- 
1894* London and New York: Appleton-Century, 1938. Pp. xvii+362. 
Rev. by W. Hallgarten in New R, July 26, p. 343; by O. Hale in JMH, XI, 

405-7; by P. Knaplund in Poli. sci. quar., LIV, 452-53; by W. Langer in HTB, 

Jan. 15, p. 2. 

Sprigge, C. J. S. Karl Marx. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth, 
1938. Pp. 144. 

Steegmuller, Francis. Flaubert and Madame Bovary. New York: Viking pr. 
Pp. 412+app., bibliog., and index. 
Rev. by Maxwell Smith in French rev., XIII, 52-53. 

Summers, Montague, and others. "Queen Victoria and the novel." N <& Q, 
Jan. 14, p. 30; Jan. 28, p. 69. 

Syers, Edgar, and others. "Victorian book illustrators." N & Q, July 22, p. 
66; Aug. 5, p. 105. 

Szenczi, N. J. "Great Britain and the war of Hungarian independence." 
Slavonic rev., XVII, 556-70. 

Taffs, W. Ambassador to Bismarck: Lord Odo Russell See VB 1938, 

403. 

Rev. by D. B. H. in EHR, LIV, 192; by A. Sarkissian in JMH, XI, 92-93. 

Temperley, H., and Penson, L. (eds.). Foundations of British foreign policy 

1792-1902 See VB 1938, 403. 

Rev. by E. Erickson in JMH, XI, 390-92; by F. Harvey in LQHR, CLXIV, 
367-72; by P. Eluke in HZ, CLX, 606-8; by L. Robinson in Pditica, IV, 292-93. 

Temperley, H., and Penson, Lillian M. (eds.). A century of British blue books, 
1814-1914* Lists edited, with historical introductions. Cambridge univ. pr.; 
New York: Macmillan, 1938. Pp. xvi+600. 
Rev. by S. Bemis in AHR, XLV, 144r-45; by E. Erickson in JMH, XI, 390- 

92; by R. Mowat in EHR, LIV, 142-44, and QR, CCLXXII, 45-63. 

Phomas, J. A. The House of Commons, 1832-1901: a study of its economic and 
functional character. Cardiff: Univ. of Wales; London: Oxford univ. pr. 
Pp. 176. 

Thompson, Flora. Lark Rise. NewYbrk: Oxford univ. pr. Pp.288. 

Rev. by W. Carlton in HTB, July 16, p. 6. Life among humble agricultural 
laborers in one English countryside in the eighties. 



2SO VllTOIUAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Thompson, Jean. "Octavia Hill, 1838-1912." Listener, Dec. 8, 1938. 

Townclrow, Kenneth R. Alfred Stevens, architectural sculptor London: 

Constable. Pp. 320. 

Rev. by Clive Bell in A r , June 3, p. 870. 

Tuke, Margaret J. A history of Bedford college for women, 1849-1937. Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. 376. 
Rev. by R. Fulford in NS, Aug. 5, pp. 226-28. 

Tyler, David B. Steam conquers the Atlantic. New York: Appleton-Century. 

Pp. xv+425. 

Rev. by W. McFee in HTB, April 16, p. 13. 
Tyler, J. E. The struggle for imperial unity, 1868-1895. See VB 1938, 404. 

Rev. by A. Folsom in ANR, XLV, 149-50; by W. Hall in JMH, XI, 94-96; 
by A. B. K. in EHR, LIV, 191. 

Valentin, Veit. Bismarcks Reichsgrundung im Urteil englischer Diplomaten. 
Amsterdam: Uitgevers-Maatschappij "Elsevier"; New York: Norde- 
mann, 1938. Pp.xvi+559. 
Rev. by H. Holborn in JMH, XI, 404-5. 

Victoria, Queen. See II, Benson, Bolitho, Jagow, Kutsch, Summers. 
"The Victorian black-out." TLS, Nov. 18, p. riii of Christmas suppl. 

Vulliamy, C. E. Crimea: the campaign of 1854-56, with an outline of politics 
and a study of the royal quartet. London: Cape. Pp. 368. 

Walker, George. Haste, post, haste! Postmen and post-roads through the ages. 
New York: Dodd, Mead. Pp. 275. 
Rev. by S. Holbrook in HTB, March 12, p. 6. 

Waterfield, Reginald. A hundred years of astronomy. New York: Macmillan, 
1938. Pp. 526. 
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XIV, 153. 

Webster, C. K. "Palmerston and the liberal movement, 1830-1841." Politico,, 
Dec., 1938. 
Noted in A HR, XLIV, 700. 

Wellesley, Muriel. Wellington in civil life through the eyes of those who knew 
him. By his great-grandniece. London: Constable. Pp. xxvi-f 411. 
Rev. in Cornhill mag., CLIX, 862-63. 

Wellman, Rita. Victoria Royal: the flowering of a style. New York: Scrib- 
ner s. Pp. 334. 

Rev. by I. Paterson in HTB, Dec. 10, p. 7; by R. Roberts in SRL, Nov. 18, 
p. 10: by K. Woods in NYTBR, Nov. 26, p. 6. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1930 2M 

White, Leslie W, Industrial and social revolution, 1750-1937. New York: 
Longmans, 1938. Pp. 308. 

Williams, David. John Frost: a study in chartism. Cardiff: Univ. of Wales; 
Oxford univ. pr. Pp.355. 

Williams-Ellis, Amabel. Courageous lives: the stories of nine good citizens. 
New York: Coward-McCann. Pp.235. 
Includes accounts of Robert Owen, Dickens, Florence Nightingale. 

Wood, Elmer. English theories of central b(tnking control, 1819-18,58, with 
some account of contemporary procedure. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. 
Pp. xiii+250. 

Rev. by J. Butler in EHR, LIV, 517-19; by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, Feb. 
5, p. 23; by W. Hall in Poli. sci. quar., LIV, 619-20; by S. Pargellis in JMH, XI, 
547-48; in TLS, Jan. 7, p. 3. 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY 
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES 

Altenheim, Margarete. Jean Paul s reception in the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries. (An abridgment.) New York: Auspices of Grad. Sch. of New 
York Univ., 1938. Pp. 26. 

Anderson, Charles. "Melville s English debut." AL, XI, 23-28. 

Anson, Harold. "The church in 19th century fiction, II J. H. Shorthouse." 
Also "III Anthony Trollope" and "IV George Eliot." Listener, May 4, 
11, 25; pp. 945-46, 998-99, 1118-19. 

Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vol. IX. See VB 1938, 405. 
Rev. by A. Digeon in EtA, III, 154-55; by H. Williams in RES, XV, 113-15. 

Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vol. X: Yesterday. London: 
Witherby. Pp. 420. 

Ball, Robert H. The amazing career of Sir Giles Overreach Princeton, 

N.J.: Princeton Univ. pr. Pp. 484+14 plates. 

A history from early performances through to 1922 of Massinger s A new way 
to pay old debts, "Sir Giles biography is really a history of the stage and all its 
great men and periods since Elizabethan times. " Rev. in HTB, June 11, p. 13. 

Bargatzky, W. (comp.). Der Sinn der englischen Festlandspolitik. Reden und 
Schriften britischer Staatsmdnner aus zwei Jahrhunderten. Munich : Beck. 
Pp. 238. 
Rev. by P. Kluke in HZ, CLX, 606-8. 

Barnes, Walter. "Children s literature past and present." Educational 
forum, III, 385-94. 



282 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGHAPHV FOR 1939 

Beach, Joseph Warren. The concept of nature in nineteenth-century English 
poetry. See VB 1937, 428. 
Rev. by P. Meissner in DLtz, LX, 413-17. 

Bertoeci, Peter A. The empirical argument for God in late British thought. 

Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr., 1938. Pp. xv+311. 

Rev. by P. R. H. in Perstmalist, XXI, 97-99. Includes consideration of James 
Martineau, James Ward, A. Pringle-Pattison, W. R. Sorley, Frederick Tennant. 

Block, Anita. The changing world in plays and theatre. Boston : Little, Brown. 
Pp. xiii+449. 
Rev. by E. S, in More books, XIV, 202 ("the last fifty years"). 

Boas, Frederick S. "Literature in Victoria s accession and coronation years." 
<>Q,XLVI,1-13. 

Boas, George (ed.). Courbet and the naturalistic movement. Essays read at the 
Baltimore Museum of Art, May 16, 17, 18, 1938. Baltimore: Johns Hop 
kins pr., 1938. Pp.xi+149. 

Rev. by W. L. in Personalist, XX, 213. Emphasis upon painting, but treats 
also of "naturalism in nineteenth-century literature, music, and the graphic arts, 
together with its historical, political, and social background." 

Bronowski, J. The poet s defence. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Mac- 

millan. Pp. viii+258. 

Rev. by D. Jackson in Adelphi, XV, 347-50 (unfavorable) ; by R. Winkler in 
Scrutiny, VIII, 114-17. Considers eight poets, including Housman and Swinburne. 

Brown, Ivor J. C., and Fearon, George. Amazing monument: a short history 
of the Shakespeare industry. London: Heinemann; New York: Harper, 
Pp. xii+332. 
Rev. by E. Dunn in HTB, Dec. 24, p. 4. 

Bush, Douglas. Mythology and the romantic tradition See VB 1938, 

406. 

Rev. by E.- D Arms in Classical jour., XXXIV, 547-48; by A. Ehrentreich 
in Archiv, CLXXV, 112-15; by R. Jones in Classical jour., XXXV, 113-14. 

Btitow, H. Der englische Geist, Meister des Essays von Bacon bis zur Gegen- 
wart. Leipzig: Rauch. Pp. 287. Anthology. 

Catlin, George. Anglo-Saxony and its tradition. New York: Macmillan. 
Pp. xiv+344. 
Rev. by G. Shuster in NYTBR, Sept. 10, p. 5. 

Cecil, Lord David. "The early Victorian novelists, as they look to the reader." 
English literary and educational rev. for continental readers. 
Noted in EtA, III, 214. 

Chambers, R. W. Man s unconquerable mind: studies of English authors from 
Bede to A. E. Housman and W. P. Ker. London: Cape. Pp. 416. 



YHTOUIAN HIBLIO*,UAI*H\ nu 1UHU 2SH 

Chandler, A. R. Larks, nightingales, and poets: an exaay and an anthology. 
Columbus, Ohio: The Author, Ohio State univ., 1938. Pp. viii+190. 

Colum, Mary M. From these roots. The ideas that have made modern literature. 

London: Cape, 1938. Pp. 352. 

Brief rev. by J. Loiseau in EtA, III, 69-70. 
Cruse, Amy. After the Victorians. See VB 1938, 406. 

Rev. by M. Downing in QR, CCLXXII, 14-28; by J. Whiteley in LQffR, 
CLXIV, 131-32. 

Deetjen, Werner. "The German Shakespeare Society, 1864-1939." Res P, 
V, 327-30. 

Dietz, Heinrich. "Nordischer Mythus in der englischen Literatur." NeiiP, 
X, 306-19. 

Dobree, B., and Batho, E. The Victorians and after See VB 1938, 406. 

Rev. by W. Schirmer in Briblatt, L, 81-84; in S, Aug. 4, pp. 192-93, 

Elwin, Malcolm. Old gods falling. London: Collins; New York: MaemiDan. 

Pp. viii+412. 

Rev. by E. Boyd in SRL, July 1, p. 13; by N. Dennis in New R, Nov. 8, p. 26; 
by P. Jack in NYTBR, July 23, p. 2; by E. Kellett in NS, July 1, pp. 24-26; by 
F. Marsh in HTB, July 16, p. 6; in TLS, June 3, p. 323; in College English, I, 
101-2. 

A survey of popular literature, 1887-1914, seeking to show the struggle of 
literature with current Respectability; deals with Stevenson, G. Moore, Henley, 
Lang, Whibley, LeGallienne; is uneven in merit and distorts the decades it treats 
yet suggests by its very defects the general lines that might be taken by a study 
that would ap ply a sane and scholarly method to an important aspect of late- 
Victorian letters C. F. H. 

Everett, Edwin Mallard. The party of humanity: the "Fortnightly review" and 

its contributors, 1865-1874. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina pr; Pp. 

ix+370. 

Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SRL, June 3, p. 7; by F. Knickerbocker in SeR, 
XLVII, 428-30. SeealsoIV,Morley. 

Careful, well-documented account of one phase of mid-Victorian journalism; 
especially strong on John Morley, on positivism, and on science, as reflected by 
the liberal journalists and their opponents; better written than the general run 
of doctoral dissertations. C. F. H. 

Faust, Bertha. Hawthorne s contemporaneous reputation: a stady of literary 
opinion in America and England, 1828-1864. Univ. of Pennsylvania diss. 
Privately printed. Pp. 163. 

Ford, Ford Madox. The march of literature. New York: Dial pr., 1938; Lon 
don: Allen &Unwin. Pp. vii+878; 892. 
Rev. and exposed by E. Sackville-West in NS, Nov. 4, p. 654. 



2S4 VICTORIAN BIBLUHJKAIMIY FOR 1939 

Francis, John Harvey (ed.). From Caxton to Carlyle: a study of the development 
of language, composition and style in English prose. Cambridge imiv, pr. ; 
New York: Macmillan, 1937. Pp. ix-f-240. 

This is ". ... a selection of passages representative of English prose " 

Pref. 

Frenz, Horst. Die Entwicklung des sozialen Dramas in England vor Gals 
worthy. Gottingen diss., 1938. Pp. 70. 

Gilsoul, Robert. La theorie de Vart pour l j art chez les e er wains beiges de 1830 a 
nos jours. Bruxelles: Palais des acad&nies; Li6ge: H. Vaillant-Carmanne, 
1936. Pp. xxiv+418. 

Rev. by B. Woodbridge in RoR, XXX, 211-14. Includes discussion of English 
Pre-Raphaelites. 

Gouhier, Henri G. La jeunesse d Auguste Comte et la, formation du posi- 
tivisme. Paris: Vrin, 1936. Pp.388. 

Haldane, J. B. S. The Marxist philosophy and the sciences. London: Allen & 
Unwin, 1938. Pp. 183. 
Rev. by A. Wolf in Politica, IV, 168-70. 

Hamilton, Clayton. The theory of the theatre and other principles of dramatic 

criticism. New York: Holt. Pp. xviii+481. 

Rev. by M. M. in More books, XIV, 153-54. Treats of Stevenson and other 
Victorians. 

Haraszti, Z. "New science from old books." More books, XIV, 227-52. 

Description (pp. 249-51) of letters and MSS of Victorian writers, with some 
quotations. 

Hare, Cyril E. The language of sport. London: Country life pr. Pp. xvi-f- 
192. 

Glossary of sporting terms and language for every sport from 1300 to the 
present, with complete list of authorities. 

Harrison, Thomas Perrin, Jr. (ed.). The pastoral elegy. An anthology. With 
introd., commentary, and notes. Austin, Tex.: Univ. of Texas. Pp. xi-f- 
312. 
Includes Arnold s "Thyrsis." 

Heydet, X. "La fortune de Herder dans les pays de langue anglaise." Rev. 
de renseignement des langues vivantes, May, 1938, pp. 193-206. 

Hicks, Granville. Figures of transition: a study of British literature at the end 
of the nineteenth century. New York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+326. 

Rev. by P. Jack in NYTBR, Feb. 11, 1940, p. 18; by R. Roberts in SRL, Dec. 
9, pp. 6-7. 

A Marxist analysis of Morris, Hardy, Butler, Gissing, Wilde, Kipling; rapid, 
journalistic, frankly eclectic, ignoring those elements in late-Victorian literature 



VICTORIAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1930 2-So 

that do not further the main thesis; begins with a 68-page survey of the "Vic 
torian flood and ebb/ which puts together rapidly materials accessible in literary 
manuals and textbooks, often marred by loose or dubious phrasing (e.g., "Arnold 
.... came to hope that even a brutalized working class might do what a vulgarized 
middle class would not do [p. 55]); presents point of view throughout that self- 
destroying middle-class capitalism accounts for the qualities in late- Victorian 
literature. C. F. H. 

Hitchcock, Ronald. "Statistical bibliography in relation to modern civiliza 
tion." Year book of education, 1939, pp. 758-76. 

Noted in Library Assoc. record, XLI, 177: presents and discusses "tables and 
diagrams of the statistics of the output of English printing, with a view to de 
termining the main trends of cultural development in the past 450 years." 

Hooker, K W Victor Hugo in England. See VB 1938, 408. 

Rev. by P. Horgan in Books abroad. XIII. 507-8: by M. Moraud in RoR, XXX, 
426-28. 

Htilsmann, Paul. Der wirtschaftsstandische Gedanke in der englischen Literaiur. 
Eine ideengeschichtliche Untersuchung, Jena diss. Borna-Leipzig: R., 
Noske, 1938. Pp. 59. 
Treats Carlyle, Mill, Robert Owen. 

Jackson, Holbrook. The eighteen nineties. Harmondsworth: Penguin Bks. 
Pp. 288. 

Johnson, David D. "Fear of death in Victorian fiction." W. Virginia unit), 
bull, philol. studies, III, 3-11. 

Kieft, P. Heinrich Heine in westeuropaischer Beurteilung. Seine Kritiker in 
Frankreich, England und Holland. Amsterdam diss. Zutphen: Thieme, 
1938. Pp. 129. 

Lindsay, Jack, and Rickwood, Edgell (eds.). A handbook of freedom; a record 
of English democracy through twelve centuries. London: Lawrence. Pp.440. 
Rev. in HTB, Sept. 17, p. 21. Anthology, contemporary accounts, etc. 

Lippincott, B. E. Victorian critics of democracy. See VB 1938, 408. 

Rev. by J. Brebner in AHR, XLIV, 377-78; by C. Harrold in MP, XXXVI, 

328-30; by 0. Maurer, Jr., in Philosophical rev., XLVIII, 649-50; by K. Smellie 

in Politico,, IV, 72-74. 

Lossack, Gerhard. George Lillo und seine Bedeutung fur die Geschichte des 
englischen Dramas. Gottingen diss. Pp.86. 

Macdonagh, T. Literature in Ireland: studies Irish and Anglo-Irish. Dublin: 
Talbotpr. Pp. 248. 

Meissner, Paul. Englische Literaturgeschichte. HI. Romantik und Viktoria- 
nismus. ("Sammlung Goschen," 1124Q Berlin: De Gruyter, 1938. Pp.150. 

Rev. by W. Keller in ZNU, XXXVIII, 58-59; by W. Stiskind in Die Literaiur, 
XLI, 376-77. 



286 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Metz, R. A hundred years of British philosophy. See VB 1938, 409. 
Rev. by A. Castell in JMH, XI, 399-401. 

Modder, Montagu, F. The Jew in the literature of England to the end of the 

nineteenth century. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Soc. of Am. Pp. xvi 

+435. 
Moser, Max. Richard Wagner in der englischen Liter atur des XIX. Jahr- 

hunderts. See VB 1938, 410. 

Rev. by E. B. in Music and letters, XX, 336-37. 

Mowat, R. B. The Victorian age. London: Harrap. Pp.252. 

Rev. by H. Mallalieu in LL, XXIII, 401; by H. Minchin in FR, CXLVI, 
110-11; in TLS, Oct. 28, p. 621. See also VB 1937, 431. 

Confused, erratic, and incomplete; deals only with the years between 1840 
and 1880; abounds in errors and opinionated conclusions; extends its scope too 
wide for satisfactory treatment within its limits devoting three chapters to 
French and Italian writers, and five to social history in America. C. F. H. 

Muchnic, Helen. Dostoevski s English reputation (1881-1936}. ("Smith col 
lege studies in modern languages," Vol. XX, Nos. 3-4.) Northampton, 
Mass.: Smith college. Pp. vi+219. 
Rev. by E. Baker in MLR, XXXIV, 442-43; by E. Bernbaum in JEGP, 

XXXIX (1940), 155-56. See also III, Neuschaffer, Troyat. 

Murdoch, Walter. The Victorian era; its strength and weakness. ("John Mur- 
tagh Macrossan lectures," 1937.) London: Angus & Robertson, 1938. 
Pp. vi-f-66. 

Neuschaffer, W. Dostojewskijs Einfluss auf den englischen Roman. See VB 
1936, 405. 
Rev. by G. Buck in LgrP, LX, 115-16. See also III, Muchnic, Troyat. 

Oman, Sir Charles. On the writing of history. New York: Button. Pp. xi+ 
307. 
Rev. by Allan Nevins in HTB, Dec. 31, p. 4. 

Oxford Movement. See II, Corrigan, Paget; IV, Fairbairn. 

Palfrey, Thomas R. "Balzac: influence in England." N & Q, April 1, p. 232. 

Palmer, Herbert. "Major poets and minor." LM, XXXIX, 623-27. 
Puts a number of Victorians into proper categories. 

Palmer, Herbert. Post-Victorian poetry. See VB 1938, 410. 
Rev. by L. C. B. in EtA, III, 161-62. 

Perry, Henry Ten Eyck. Masters of dramatic comedy and their social themes. 
Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xxii+428. 

Pre-Raphaelite Movement. See II, Retlinger; III, GilsouL 



VirnwiAN BiHLKMJu.u in FOU l\YM -JsT 

Reid, Margaret J. C. The Arthurian legend; comparison of treatment in modern 
and medieval literature; a study in the literary value of myth and kgend. 
Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd, 1938. Pp. viii+277. 

Rice, Winthrop H. "The meaning of Taine s moment/ RoR, XXX, 273-79. 
Taine s explanation and subsequent interpretations by others of le moment 
used in the introd. to Histoire de la literature anglaise as one of the three forces 
la race, le milieu, le moment which determine literary productions. 

Rose, Felix (comp. and trans.). Les grands lyriques anglais. Introd. by Prof. 

Gustave Rudler. Paris: H. Didier. Pp. 412. 

Brief rev. in Poetry rev., XXX, 117. The first bilingual anthology of English 
lyric poetry from Shakespeare to Masefield; has 150 original poems, and 150 
translations, of course; bibliographical and critical note on each author. 

Ross, Harry. Utopias old and new. London: Nicholson & Watson, 1938 
Pp. 252. 

Rev. by J. B. Fort in EtA, III, 171. Praises highly News from nowhere. 

Roth, Cecil (ed.). Anglo-Jewish letters, 1158-1917. London: Soncino pr. Pp 
351. 

Routh, H. V. Towards the nineteenth century. See VB 1938, 410. 

Rev. by A. Castell in JMH, XI, 418-19; by R. Gordon in TQ, VIII (1938), 
122-24; by P. Meissner in DLtz, LX, 86-88. 

Sanderlin, George. "The repute of Shakespeare 7 s sonnets in the early nine 
teenth century." MLN, LIV, 462-66. 

Schapiro, J. S. "Utilitarianism and the foundation of English liberalism." 
Jour. Soc. Philos.j Jan. 
Noted in AHR, XLIV, 700. 

Schultz, Fritz. Der Deutsche in der englischen Literatur von Beginn der 
Romantik bis zum Ausbruch des Weltkrieges. Gottingen diss. Halle: Nie- 
meyer. Pp. ii+188. 

Shattuck, Charles Harlen. The dramatic collaborations of William Charles 
Macready. (Abstract of Univ. of Illinois diss.) Urbana, HI., 1938. Pp. 17, 

Sitwell, Osbert, Edith, and Sacheverell. Trio. Dissertations on some aspects of 
national genius. London: Macmillan, 1938. Pp.248. 
Rev. by P. Chauvet in EtA, II, 173-74. Includes treatment of Dickens. 

Smith, James Harry, and Parks, Edd W. (comps.). The great critics. An an 
thology of literary criticism. Rev. and enl. ed. New York: Norton. Pp. 
xx+766. 

Southern, Richard. "Trick-work in the English nineteenth-century theatre." 
LL, XX, 94-101. 



288 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Stolle, Erich. Die Zeitgenossen und unmittelbaren Nachfolger Shakespeares in 
der englischen Kritik des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. Hamburg diss. Ham 
burg: A. Preilipper, 1938. Pp. 57. 

The history of "The Times. 71 3 vols. Vol. II: The tradition established: 1841- 
1884. London: The Times; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+622. 
Rev. by R. Aldington in SRL, April 8, p. 7; by L. H. in The library, XX, 112- 
14; by W. Hill in FR, CXLV, 353-54; by A. Imlah in JMH, XI, 541-43; by M. 
Joachimi-Dege in Die neue Literatur, XL, 277-84; by E. Kellett in NS, Feb. 25, 
pp. 292-94; by H. Sidebotham in I/AT, XXXIX, 544^45; by C. Webster in Politico, 
IV, 281-83; by P. Wilson in NYTBR, April 9, p. 18; in CR, CLV, 371-74; in 
National rev., CXII, 53^-35; 5, Feb. 17, p. 269; TLS, Feb. 18, pp. 97-98. For 
Vol. I see VB 1935, 420. 

Traub, W. Auffassung und Gestaltung der Cleopatra in der englischen Liter atur. 
Wiirzburg: K Triltsch, 1938. Pp. 108. 

Troyat, H. Dostoievsky. Paris: Fayard. Pp. 660. 

Weill, Georges. V Europe du XIXe siecle et I idee de nationalite. See VB 1938, 
411. 
Rev. by R. Binkley in JMH, XI, 546-47; by H. Kohn in AHR, XLV, 145. 

Weineck, K. Deutschland und der Deutsche im Spiegel der englischen erzahlen- 
den Literatur seit 1830. See VB 1938, 411. 
Rev. by H. Galinsky in DLtz, LX, 846-49. 

Weitenkampf, Frank. The illustrated book. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr., 
1938. Pp. xiii+314. 

Rev. by P. J. in Library Assoc. record, XLI, 289-90; by E. Willoughby in 
Library quar., IX, 357-58; in More books, XIV, 70. 

Winterich, John T. Twenty-three books and the stories behind them. Berkeley, 
Calif.: Book Arts Club, 1938. Pp.236. 

Rev. in HTB, Oct. 29, p. 29. English and Am. books, chiefly nineteenth 
century. 

Young, G. M. The age of Tennyson. ("Warton lectures on English poetry.") 
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 20. 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 
Ainsworth (see Dickens: Dickensian, Mason). 

Albery. The dramatic works of James Albery. Ed. Wyndham Albery. 2 vols. 
London: P. Da vies. 
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 11, p. 83. Resurrection of a Victorian writer of comedies. 

Arnold (see also I, Fucilla; III, Harrison). AngeU, Joseph W. Matthew 
Arnold s indebtedness to Renan j s "Essais de morale et de critique." ("Ore 
gon univ. thesis ser.," No. 9.) Pp. 19. Mimeographed. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGUAPHY FOH 1939 2S9 

Bliss, William. "Matthew Arnold s elm." TLS, March 18, p. 163. See also 
March 25, p. 175; April 1, pp. 189-90; April 8, p. 203; April 15, pp. 217-18. 

Gill, W. W. "A line in The scholar-gypsy/ " N & Q, Dec. 9, p. 423. 

Groom, Bernard. On the diction of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. ("So 
ciety for pure English," Tract No. 53.) Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 93-149, 

Hendrickson, George L. "A supplement to Matthew Arnold the classicist, 7 " 
Classicaljour.,XXXV, 105-6. 

Knickerbocker, William S. "Thunder in the index." SeR, XLVII, 431-44. 

Montgomery, Henry C. "Matthew Arnold, classicist," Classical jour., 
XXXIV, 532-37. 

Moore, T. Sturge, "Matthew Arnold." Essays and studies by members of the 
English Assoc., Vol. XXIV. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 7-27. 

Poulton, E. B. "Matthew Arnold s elm." TLS, April 22, pp. 233-34. 

Ruff, W. "The exhibition of poetical manuscripts." Yak univ. libr. gazette, 
XIV, 26. 
Comments on MSS of Arnold, Browning, Clough, Landor, Rossetti, Tennyson. 

Ruff, W. "An exhibition of the writings of Matthew Arnold." Yale univ. 
libr. gazette, XIV, 95-98. 

Stanley, Carleton. Matthew Arnold. See VB 1938, 412. 

Rev. by P. Edgar in Dalhousie rev., XIX, 125-26; by C. F. Harrold in MP, 
XXXVII, 220-22; by W. S. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLVII, 431-35; by H. F. 
Lowry in TQ, VIII, 467-69 ("No book on Arnold is a good book unless it is also 
noble. And this is a noble one"); in TLS, Jan. 21, p. 37. 

Trilling, Lionel. Matthew Arnold. New York: Norton; London: Allen &Un- 

win. Pp. xiv+465. 

Rev. by W. Blackburn in SAQ, XXXVIII, 462-64; by H. Fausset in LM, 
XXXIX, 650-51; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXVII, 220-22; by W. Knicker 
bocker in SeR, XLVII, 431-35; by F. Leavis in Scrutiny, VIII, 92-49; by H. F. 
Lowry in NYTBR, Jan. 29, p. 2; by T. Sturge Moore in English, H, 386-87; by 
J. Orrick in SRL, Jan. 28, pp. 5-6; by A. Pryce-Jones in NS, March 11, p. 638; 
by E. Sackville-West in S, April 28, p. 716; by G. Whicher in HTB, Feb. 5, p. 
2; by E. Wilson in New R, March 22, 199-200; in Listener, April 13, pp. 802-3; 
in TLS, March 11, pp. 148, 150. 

Not a biography, but a critical narrative of the development of Arnold s 
mind; admirable in setting forth Arnold s emotional and intellectual tensions; 
brilliant in its placing of Arnold not only in his own time but in the complex 
pattern of modern thought since Descartes; contains fresh and penetrating criti 
cisms of Arnold s works, relating them pertinently to the past and the present; 
limits itself to Arnold s ideas especially their complex unity and thus tends to 
distort our picture of him by leaving out of account the indefinable quality of 
his thought and feeling which made him a poet as well as a critic. C. F. H. 



290 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Wilson, J. Dover. Leslie Stephen and Matthew Arnold as critics of Words 
worth. ("Leslie Stephen lecture.") Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Mac- 
millan. Pp. 59. 

Rev. by V. de S. Pinto in English, II, 317-18; by L. Trilling in SRL, Aug. 
26, p. 16. 

Professor Wilson seems curiously unaware of recent scholarship on Wordsworth 
and of the absence of any need to champion Stephen against Arnold s rejection 
of Wordsworth the "thinker." His little book is pleasant reading but not very 
original to those who have followed Wordsworth s reputation among the critics 
and scholars of the last forty years. O. F. H. 

Yvon, Paul. Matthew Arnold et la critique de la vie contemporaine dans sa 
potsie (1849-1872}. Caen: Imprimerie le Tendre, 1938. Pp.26. 
Rev. by P. Chauvet in EtA, III, 105. 

Bagehot. Irvine, William. Walter Bagehot. New York: Longmans. Pp.303. 
Rev. by R. Coventry in NS, Sept. 30, pp. 462-64; by H. Hazlitt in SRL, Dec. 
16, p. 7; by C. Hobhouse in S, Sept. 15, p. 381; by P. Eutchinson in NYTBR, 
Jan. 28, 1940, p. 17. 

An admirably written critical biography, supplying new material from the 
late Mrs. Russell Harrington, Bagehot s sister-in-law and biographer; inadequate 
on Bagehot s early life and on his career as banker, journalist, and talker; strong 
on Bagehot s literary and intellectual nature; contains six chapters devoted to 
his theory and practice as a writer; brief but illuminating accounts of Bagehot s 
religious, political, and economic convictions; all from the point of view of Neo- 
Humanism, according to which Bagehot is no doubt credited with more Aris- 
totelianism than he would have acknowledged and because of which the author 
has written a few pages on Wordsworth (pp. 160-63) which many readers will 
regard as highly uncritical; on the whole, a work notable not only for its scholar 
ship but also for its courageous and skilful passages of criticism. C. F. H. 

Barnes. Forster, E. M. "Homage to William Barnes." NS, Dec. 9, pp. 819-20. 

Borrow. Dearden, Seton. The gipsy gentleman: a study of George Borrow. 

London: A. Barker. Pp. viii-f-327. 

Rev. by K. John in NS, May 6, pp. 698-99. 
Bridges (see II, Jackson, H.). 

Brontes. Bronte, Anne. La dame du chdteau de Wildfell Hall. Traduit de 
Tanglais par Maurice Ranees. Paris: N.R. fran$aise, 1938. Pp. 493. 
Rev. briefly by L. V. in EtA, III, 333-34. 

Brown, Helen. "The influence of Byron on Emily Bronte." MLR, XXXIV, 
374-81. 

DeTraz, Robert. La familk Bronte. Paris: A. Michel, 1938. Pp. 314. 

Rev. by E. Jaloux in NouoeUes litteraires, Jan. 28; by M. Richard in RF, XIX, 
Pt. 2, 112-15; by M. Thiebaut in RP, XLVI, Pt. 2, 699-700; in TLS, June 3, 
p. iii of Foreign Books section. 



VKTOUIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 2111 

Ford, Boris. "Wuthering Heights." Scrutiny, VII, 375-89. 

Kinsley, Edith. Pattern for genius: a story of Branmll Bronte and his three 
sisters, Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, largely told in their mm words. New 
York: Button. Pp. 384. 
Rev. by W. C. DeVane in SRL, July 1, p. 7; by O. Ferguson in New R, Aug. 9, 

pp. 27-28; by G. Whicher in HTB, June 25, p. 13; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, 

July 16, p. 15. 

Moore, Virginia. Emily Bronte. Tr. from the English (see VB 1936, 408) by 
M. Hollard. Paris: N.R. franchise. Pp.251. 

White, W. The miracle ofHaworth. See VB 1938, 413. 

Rev. by W. DeVane in SRL, Feb. 4, p. 11 ; by C. Stillman in HTB, Jan. 22, p. 
3; by L. Villard in EtA, III, 57; by K. Woods in NYTBR, Jan. 22, p. 9. 

Brownings (see also I, Fucilla; II, Merriam, Needier; III, Shattuck; Arnold: 
Groom). Letters from Elizabeth Barrett to B. R. Haydon (1842-1845}. Ed. 
Martha Hale Shackford. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. lxxu-f-78. 

Rev. by Jeannette Marks in SRL, July 29, p. 7; noted in CE, I, 195 (first pub 
lication of 18 autographed letters and 3 fragments of letters). 

Browning, E. B. "Sonnets portugais." Revue blew, LXXVII, 104-6. 
Trans, by Claude Dravaine of 14 of the sonnets. 

Browning, R. Hommes et femmes. Poemes choisis. ("Collection bilingue des 
classiques Grangers.") Paris: Aubier, 1938. Pp. bodv+340. 
Rev. by W. DeVane in MLN, LIV, 394; by G. d Hangest in EtA, 111,193-95. 

Bacon, Leonard. "After fifty years." SRL, Dec. 9, pp. 3-4, 16. 
Feature article on Browning. 

Birkenhead, The Earl of. Straff ord. London: Hutchinson, 1938. Pp. 351. 
Rev. by G. Gray in AHR, XLIV, 693-94. 

Charlton, H. B. "Browning as dramatist." Bull, of John Rylands libr., 
XXIII, 33-67. 

Faverty, Frederic E. "The absconded abbot in The ring and the book." SP, 

XXXVI, 88-104. 

". . . . four letters in the Abate s own hand and five by other men who are 
engaged in securing him a pension." 

Forster, Meta, and Zappe, Winfried M. Robert Browning Bibliogrqphie. 

Halle: Niemeyer. Pp. 35. 

Useful but untrustworthy and unsatisfactory because of its inaccuracies and 
omissions. It is far from what it is intended to be a complete bibliography of the 
literature about Robert Browning that has appeared from 1895 to Feb., 1939. 
W. D. T. 



292 VICTORIAN BIBLHXIKAPHY FOK 19^ 



Gamier, Oh.-M. "Lea poetes anglais et la Mditerrane." France-Grande- 
Bretagne, Nov., 1938, pp. 245-57. 

Kenmare, Dallas. Browning and modern thought. London: Williams & Nor- 
gate. Pp. vii-f 229. 
Rev. in TLS, May 6, p. 260. 

Kessel, Elisabeth. Elizabeth Barrett Browning. Die Geschichte einer grossen 
Hebe. Berlin; Keil-Verlag. Pp. 244. 

Rev. by C. Behl in Die Literatur, XLI, 704; by O, Muller in Die neueren Spra- 
chen t XLVII, 303. 

Knickerbocker, K. L. "Browning s letters to Isabella Blagden." PMLA, 
LIV, 565-78. 

McElderry, B. R. "Victorian evaluation of The ring and the book." Research 
studies of the State College of Washington, VII, 75-89. 

Mabbott, T. 0. "Mrs. Browning s possible reminiscence of Dennody." 
N & Q, Oct. 21, pp. 293-94. 

Marks, Jeannette. The family of the Barrett ..... See VB 1938, 414. 

Rev. by Mary Beard in YR, XXVIII, 645-47; by W. Hamilton in SAQ, 
XXXVIII, 475-76; by K. Knickerbocker in MLN, LIV, 609-10; by A. Rolfs in 
Key reporter, IV, No. 2, pp. 6-8. 

Phelps, W. L. "Browning to Macready." TLS, Jan. 28, p. 60. Unpubl. 
letters. 

Purcell, J. M. "The dramatic failure of Pippa passes." SP, XXXVI, 77-87. 

Rudman, Harry. "An unpublished letter of Elizabeth Barrett Browning." 
N & Q, Oct. 28, pp. 310-11. 

S., E. "Browning on love." A Browning letter, March 10, 1885. More books, 
XIV, 258-59. 

Smith, Fred Manning. "Mrs. Browning s rhymes." PMLA, LIV, 829-34. 

Strachan, L. R. M. "Queries from Browning." N & Q, Jan. 14, p. 29. On 
"Paracelsus" and "The patriot." 

Tracy, C. R. "Bishop Blougram." MLR, XXXIV, 422-25. 
Bulwer-Lytton (see III, Shattuck). 

Bulwer-Lytton, Lady. Philip, L G. "Winwood Reade and Lady Bulwer 
Lytton." Bodleian libr. record, I, 102-5. 

Butler (see also III, Hicks). Wilson, Edmund. The triple thinkers. See VB 
1938, 414. 
Rev. by 0. Cestre in EtA, III, 80-81. 



VICTORIAN* BIBLIOIJUAIMH FOK 1039 293 

Carlyle (see also III, Francis, Hiilsmann). Beatty, Richard C. "Macaulay 
and Carlyle/ 7 PQ, XVIII, 25-34, 

Cazamian, Louis. Essais en deux langues. Paris: Didier, 1938. Pp. 340. 

Rev. by H. Peyre in EtA, III, 155-58. Has essays on Carlyle and on Andrew 
Lang; also complete bibliog. of Cazamian. 

Cook, E. Thornton. Thomas and Jane Carlyk. Romna einer Eke. Tr. from 
English by H. Bohmer. Munich: Bruckmann. Pp. 309. 

Rev. by C. von Crailsheim in Die Literatur, LXI, 444r45, For the English, see 
VB 1938, 414. 

Deimel, T. Carlyk und der Nationalsozialismus See VB 1938, 415. 

Rev. by E. Sehrt in LgrP, LX, 182-83; by W. Schmidt in Die wueren Smachen, 
XLVII, 36. 

Dietz, H. "Thomas Carlyle und die politische Fuhrerauslese des Engenders " 
ZNU, XXXVII (1938), 355-66. 

Eckloff, L, "Thomas Carlyle, the philosopher-poet and seer." ResP, IV 
(1938), 261-64. 

Fermi, L. Thomas Carlyle. Messina: Principato. Pp. vi+177. 
Grey, Wilhelm. Carlyle und das Puritanertum. See VB 1937, 436, 
Rev. by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXIV, 266-68. 

Paine, Gregory. "The literary relations of Whitman and Carlyle, with es 
pecial reference to their contrasting views on democracy," SP, XXXVI, 
550-63. 

Scudder, Townsend. Jane Welsh Carlyle. New York: Macmillan. Pp vii+ 
406. 

Rev. by R. T. F. in Personalist, XX, 444-45; by C. F. Harrold in SRL t May 
13, p. 6; by C. Stfflman in HTB, May 14, p. 4; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, May 14, 
p. 3. 

Skilful "fictionizing" of the materials of Jane Carlyle s biography; sound in 
facts and creative in coloring and emphasis; curiously neglects the Carlyles court 
ship and on the whole presents a pretty rather than a strong and vital picture of 
their relationship; interesting and successful maintenance of Jane Carlyle s point 
of \iew throughout. C. F. H. 

Shine, H. Carlyle } s fusion of poetry, history, andreligion by 1834. See VB 1938, 

415. 

Rev. by C. F. Harrold in Beiblatt, L, 55-^57; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXIV, 
266-68; by P. Landis in JEGP, XXXVIII, 322-23. 

Taylor, Alan C. Carlyk et la penste latine. See VB 1938, 415. 

Rev. by E. K. Brown in RoR, XX, 30^9; by C. F. Harrold in M P t XXXVI, 
447-49; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXIV, 266-68; by R. Michaud in French rev., 
XII, 506-8; by Emery Neff in AHR, XLIV, 378-80; by H. Peyre in EtA, III, 56; 
by Hill Shine in MLN, LIV, 154r-55. 



294 VKTOUIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Tuell, Anne K, "Carlyle s marginalia in Sterling s Essays and tales." PMLA> 
LIV, 815-24. 

Young, Louise Merwin. Thomas Carlyle and the art of history. Philadelphia: 

Univ. of Penn. pr. Pp. x+219. 

Rev. in SRL, Oct. 21, pp. 8, 16; by L. J. Davidson in MP, XXXVII (1940), 
332-34. 

An able analysis of Carlyie s theory and practice as historian; based chiefly, it 
would seem, on The French Revolution and thus arriving at conclusions which 
might have been different had the Cromwell and the Frederick been thoroughly 
examined; excellent on some of Carlyle s sources, especially Herder, Burke, and 
Schiller, less successful in the treatment of Coleridge and Scott; highly illuminating 
on Carlyle s conceptions of revolution, "social organism," history as "social 
biography," and on Carlyle s methods of composition; final chapter a too super 
ficial statement of Carlyle s relationship to other historians, past and present, at 
least if we are to take seriously the author s avowed twofold aim, both the analysis 
of Carlyle s methods and his place among the great historians. C. F. H. 

Carroll. The complete works of Lewis Carroll. Introd. by Alexander Wooll- 

cott. London: Nonesuch pr. Pp.1312. 

Rev. by V. Woolf in NS, Dec. 9, p. 829. 
Waugh, Evelyn. "Carroll and Dodgson." S, Oct. 3, p. 511. 

Clough (see also I, Fucilla). Levy, Goldie. Arthur Hugh Clough 

See VB 1938, 416. 

Rev. by L. B. in EtA, III, 275-76. 
Cobden, Richard (see II, Hughes). 

Collins. Hyder, Clyde K. "Wilkie Collins and The woman in white." PMLA, 
LIV, 297-303. 

Milley, Henry J. W. "The Eustace diamonds and The moonstone." SP, 
XXXVI, 651-63. 

Milley, Henry J.W. " Wilkie Collins and A tale of two cities." MLR,XXXIV, 
525-34. 

Dallas, E. S. Roellinger, F. X. "A note on Kettner s book of the table" 
MLN, LIV, 363-64. 

Darwin. Bradley, John H. Patterns of survival: an anatomy of life. New 
York: Macmillan, 1938. Pp.223. 
Rev. by L. Hopkins in Personalist, XX, 427-28. Includes section on Darwin. 

Eastman, Fred. Men of power. Vol. III. Nashville, Tenn.: Cokesbury pr., 
1938. Pp. 13-200. 
Rev. by R. T. F. in Personalist, XXI, 91-92. Has chapter on Darwin. 

Gesell, Arnold. "Charles Darwin and child development." SM, XLIX, 
548-53. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 295 

Hicks, Phyllis. "Robert Darwin. 71 A & Q, Nov. 4, pp. 328-29, 
Robert Darwin (1765-1848), father of Charles. 

Huxley, Julian, and Fisher, James. The living thoughts of Darwin, ("Living 
thoughts library.") London: Cassell; New York: Longmans. Pp. 148. 
Rev. by A. Gue"rard in HTB, Oct. 1, p. 19; by A. Sandow in SM, XLIX, 376-77, 

Dickens (see also II, Williams-Ellis; III, SitwelJ; IV, Collins: Milley). 
Dickensian (quarterly), Vol. XXXV, Nos. 250-52; also XXXVI, No. 253. 
See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: Dickens "Uncolleeted speeches . . . ." (pp. 104-6, 149-51, 
227-30; XXXVI, 55-57); Dickens "Unpublished letters to Lady Holland 1 
(XXXVI, 33-41) ; "An unpublished pamphlet [by Dickens). The proposed benefit 
for Leigh Hunt" (XXXVI, 31-32); "Descendants of the Dickens circle honour 
Dickens at the 127th anniversary dinner 7 (pp. 126-34) ; "Dickensiana of the quar 
ter" (pp. 137, 210; XXXVI, 57); "Dickensian peeps into Punch " (pp. 117-22, 
175-79); "Peeps at Dickens: pen pictures from contemporary sources" (pp. 164- 
65); W. C. Bennett, "Clothes as an index to character" (pp. 184-86); id., "Finish 
ing touches to characterization" (pp. 101-3); id., "The marchioness and Little 
Nell" (XXXVI, 7-8); id., "Unhappy endings" (pp. 223-25); M. Bradby, "An 
explanation of George Silver-man s explanation " (XXXVI, 13-18); L. Chol- 
mondeley, "The offending razor" (pp. 269-71); A. Coppock, "Smike" (pp. 162- 
63); W. D., "The long and the short of it" (pp. 265-68) ; F. Dance, "Near akin- 
Lamb and Dickens" (pp. 259-62); R. Dearsley, "The education of the poor" 
(XXXVI, 47-54); W. Dexter, "For one night only: Dickens s appearances as an 
amateur actor" (pp. 231-42, XXXVI, 20-30); W. Drury, " Eyes left! for Dick 
ens" (pp. 147-48); J. McNulty, "In spite of Euclid" (pp. 165^66); M. Malvern, 
"When Dickens put the question" (pp. 92-94); L. Mason, "William Harrison 
Ainsworth" (pp. 155-61); D. Monro, "By candle light" (pp. 172-74); id., "The 
Dickens orchestra" (pp. 263-64); W. Moore, "A visit to some landladies" 
(pp. 96-100; Alfred Noyes, "The value of Dickens, here and now" (pp. 
189-93); M. Tendered, "Soul drama" (pp. 243-49); W. Pine, "The return of the 
native: Dickens s readings at Portsmouth" (pp. 205-7); W. Power, "Universal 
Dickens" (pp. 167-71); J3. Rust, "Glorious Bath" (pp. 217-22); C. Sarolea, 
"Dickens and the slogans of democracy " (pp. 113-16); C. Williams, "The per 
sonal relations of Dickens and Thackeray" (pp. 75-91) ; P. Williams, "Dickens s 
literary caricatures" (XXXVI, 9-11); G. Younger, "Thames-side taverns" (pp. 
123-25). 

The letters of Charks Dickens. Ed. by Walter Dexter. See VB 1938, 418. 

Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Jan. 1, pp. 1-2; by H. Gorman in NYTBR, Jan. 29, 
p. 3; by Edmund Wilson (along with the other 20 vols. of the Nonesuch Dickens) 
in New R, Oct. 4, pp. 247-48. 

A., E. L. "First editions of Dickens." More books, XIV, 457. 

Boas, Guy. "Charles Dickens today." Blackwood s, CCXLV, 314-26. 

Christie, 0. F. Dickens and his age. An essay. London: H. Cranton. Pp.240. 



296 VICTOUIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Dodds, M. H., and S. S. H. "Dickens in twentieth-century fiction." N & Q, 

April 22, p. 279; Sept. 30, pp. 249-50. 

Forse, E. J. G. "Dickens as a plagiarist." N & Q, Aug. 12, p. 118. 
Hadfield, John. "A Dickens sensation." SRL, Sept. 16, p. 18. 
Haight, Anne. "Charles Dickens tries to remain anonymous." Colophon, 

("New graphic ser.," No. 1), pp. 39-67. 

Dickens authorship established for the preface and notes to "The loving ballad 
of Lord Bateman." 

Jackson, T. A. Charles Dickens: the progress of a radical. See VB 1938, 418. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in EtA, III, 55-56. 
"Last of the Dickensians: William DeMorgan (1839-1917)." TLS, Nov.18, 

p. 673. 
Leacock, Stephen. "Charles Dickens and Canada." QQ, XLVI, 28-37. 

Neely, Robert D. Doctors, nurses, and Dickens. Boston: Christopher. Pp. 
153. 

Roe, F. Gordon. "The Edwin Drood mystery. An American gift to London." 
Connoisseur, CIV, 227-31. 

Squires, P. C. "Charles Dickens as criminologist," Jour. crim. law and crimi 
nology, XXIX (1938), 170-201. 

Storey, Gladys. Dickens and daughter. London: Muller; Toronto: Saunders. 

Pp. 236. 

Rev. by W. Ley in Dickensian, XXXV, 250-53; in TLS, July 22, p. 440 (see 
also July 29, p. 453). 

Strachan, L. R. M., and V. R. "At Christmas: Ibsen and Dickens." N & Q, 
Dec. 20, pp. 474-75, 482. 

Zweig, Stefan. Master builders; a typology of the spirit. Tr. from the German 
by Eden and Cedar Paul. New York: Viking pr. Pp. xiii+905. 
Rev. by P. Rosenfeld in SRL, Nov. 25, p. 11. Has article on Dickens. 

Disraeli. Letters from Benjamin Disraeli to Frances Anne, Marchioness of 
Londonderry, 1837-1861. See VB 1938, 419. 
Rev. by F. Herrick in AHR, XLIV, 968-69. 

Cline, C. L. "Disraeli and Peel s 1841 cabinet." JMH, XI, 509-12. 

Cline, C. L. "Monuments of the Disraeli family." N & Q, Oct. 28, pp. 313- 
14. 

Doughty. Taylor, Walt. Doughttfs English. ("Society for pure English," 
Tract No. 51.) Oxford: Clarendon pr.; New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 
46. 



VICTORIAN BIHUO<;HAPHY FOU 1939 297 

Dowson. Gawsworth, John. "The Dowson legend." In Esmys by divers 
hands, X.S. Vol. XVII. London: Milford, Oxford univ. pr.. 1938. Pp. 
93-123. 

Du Maurier (see II, Rcitlinger). 

Eliot (see also III, Anson). Dewes, Simon. Marian: ike life of George Eliot. 
London : Rich & Cowan. Pp. 299. 

Rev. in TL&, Dec. 23, p. 746 ("an entertaining narrative" characterized by 
"exaggeration of the comic aspect" of " poor Marian always at odds with cir 
cumstances"; ". . . . a spurious view of the subject, always latent in the best 
biographic romance"" ; in a style not only highly intimate and informal but also the 
result of a "deliberately bright vulgarity"). 

Fairbairn. Garvie, Alfred E. "The theology of Dr. Andrew Martin Fair* 
bairn." LQHR, CLXIV, 28-39. 

Fitzgerald (see also I, Fucilla; II, Jackson, H.). Heron-Allen, E. "Fitz 
gerald s Salaman and Absal/ Ipswich, 1871." N &Q y July 8, pp. 31-32. 

K, H. G. L. "Edward and John Fitzgerald: fading memories." N <fe Q, 
June 24, pp. 434-35. 

Froude. Harrison-, A. W. "Mark Rutherford and J. A. Froude." LQHR, 
CLXIV, 40-44. 

Gilbert DeVoto, Bernard. "G. & S. preferred." Harper s, CXXVII, 669-72. 
Gissing (see III, Hicks). 

Gladstone (see also II, Gaskell). Brush, Elizabeth P. "Seven letters from 
Gladstone to Guizot." JMH, XI, 184-98. 

Eyck, Erich. Gladstone. See VB 1938, 420. 

Rev. by P. Knaplund in AHR, XLIV, 698. 
Hammond, J. L. Gladstone and the Irish nation. See VB 1938, 420. 

Rev. by H. Brailsford in New R, July 19, pp. 314r-15; by P. Knaplurd in AHR, 
XLV, 147-49; by E. Lyttleton in Politica, IV, 75-77; by G. M. Trevelyan in 
EHR, LIV, 345-48. 

Knaplund, Paul. "Extracts from Gladstone s private political diary touching 
Canadian questions in 1840." Canadian hist, rev., XX, 195-98. 

Knaplund, Paul. "Gladstone on a proposal to buy Dutch New Guinea/ 
JMH, XI, 357-61. (Letter, Jan., 1885.) 

Gordon. Waterfield, Gordon. Lutie Duff Gordon in England, Soidh Africa and 
Egypt. See VB 1937, 427. 
Rev. by A. J. Farmer in EtA, III, 170. 

Hardy (see also I, Fucilla, Partington; II, Ellis, Phelps; III, Hicks). Ander 
son, M. L. "Hardy s debt to Webster in The return of the native." MLN, 
LIV, 497-501. 



298 VlCTOItlAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1939 

Blyton, W. J. We are observed. London: Murray, 1938. Chap. 15: "Hardy 
chiefly * (pp. 207-35). 

Brooks, Philip. "Hardy books in Paul Lemperly s library." NYTBR, Dec. 
31, p. 11. 

Chakravarty, A. "The dynasts" and the post-war age in poetry. See VB 1938, 
421. 

Rev. by E. Baker in RES, XV, 242-43; by R. Gazes in EtA, III, 279; by B. 
Sears in Adelphi, May, pp. 409-11. 

Colling, A. Le romancier de la fatalite: Thomas Hardy. See VB 1938, 421. 
Rev. by R. Cazes in EtA, III, 59-60. 

Emery, John P., and Weber, Carl J. "Chronology in Hardy s Return of tke 
native." PMLA, LIV, 618-20. 

Forster, E. M. "Woodlanders on Devi." NS, May 6, pp. 679-80. 

Gruffydd, W. J. "Thomas Hardy." Y tro Olaf ac Ysgrifau Eraill (Welsh 
Book Club ed.) Y Clwb Llyfrau Cymreig. See pp. 195-99. 

"Hardy at Dorchester." London Times, May 11 (editorial. See also ibid., 
May 10, "Thomas Hardy s study"). 

"Hardy and his influence." TLS, Dec. 31, 1938, p. 828. See also p. 827; and 
May 13, 1939, p. 278. 

Horwill, H. W. "A Thomas Hardy memorial room." "Hardy s Dynasts 
.... and the war." NYTBR, June 4, p. 8; Nov. 5, p. 8. 

Lawrence, T. E. The letters of T. E. Lawrence. Ed. by David Garnett. Lon 
don: Cape, 1938; New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. 896. 

Has letters to and about Hardy; these appeared in Atlantic month., CLXIII, 
331-32. 

Littman, Hildegard. Das dichterische Bild in der Lyrik George Merediths und 
Thomas Hardys im Zusammenhang mit ihrer Weltanschauung. Bern diss. 
Bern (printed by Fiirst, Berlin). Pp. 487. 

Littman, H. Die Metapher in Merediths und Hardys Lyrik. Bonn diss. Bern . 
Francke, 1938. Pp. 485. 

Masefield, John. "Hardy: a vital personality." London Times, May 11, in 
article "The inspiration of Hardy." 

Muchnic, Helen. "Thomas Hardy and Thomas Mann." Smith College studies 
in modern languages, Vol. XXI, Nos. 1-4, pp. 130-42. 

Murphree, A. A., and Strauch, C. F., "The chronology of The return of the 
native." MLN, LIV, 491-97. 

Pirkhofer, A. "Vom Hardy-Bild der Gegenwart." ZNU, XXXVIII, 145-50. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1939 299 

Powys, Llewelyn. "Recollections of Thomas Hardy." VQR, XV, 425-34. 

Rutland, W. R. Thomas Hardy: a study See VB 1938, 421. 

Rev. by E. Baker in RES, XV, 115-17, and in MLR, XXXIV, 269-70; by R. 
Gazes in EtA, III, 60-61; by D. Daiches in 3/P, XXXVI, 449-52. 

Sandison, Helen. "An Elizabethan basis for a Hardy tale?" PMLA, LIV, 
610-12. 

Smith, Joseph C. "New Hardy items presented to Colby." New York Time*, 
Jan. 8, sec. 2, p. 8 D. 

Tindall, William Y. D. H. Lawrence and Susan his cow. New York: Cohim- 
bia univ. pr. Pp. xiv+23L 
Indexed, Treats of Lawrence s imitation of Hardy, etc. 

Weber, Carl J. "An early American Oxonian (and her Hardy studies)." 
American Oxonian, XXVI, 215-22. 

Weber, Carl J. "Hardy and The woodlanders." RES, XV, 330-33. 

Weber, Carl J. "Hardy in America." Colophon ("New graphic ser.," No. I), 
pp. 95-96. 

Weber, Carl J. Rebekah Owen and Thomas Hardy. With a bibliog. by N. 
Orwin Rush. ("Colby College monographs," No. 8). Waterville, Me.: 
Colby College Library. Pp. 95. 

Weber, Carl J. "Virtue from Wessex: Thomas Hardy." Am. scholar, VIII, 
211-22. 

"Yale library receives rare Hardy manuscript." New York Herald-Tribune, 
May 15. 

Hopkins. Further letters of Gerard Manley Hopkins. See VB 1938, 422. 

Rev. by H. Gregory in YR, XXVIII, 415-18; by J. Leishman in RES, XV, 
243-46. 

Binyon, Laurence. "Gerard Hopkins and his influence." TQ, VIII, 264-70. 

Finlay, Ida. "Gerard Manley Hopkins poet and priest." Cornhill mag., 
CLIX, 467-78. 
Brief survey of the life of Hopkins, based upon the three volumes of his letters. 

Jones, Glyn. "Hopkins and Welsh prosody." LL, XXI, 50-54. 

Heywood, Terence. "On approaching Hopkins." Poetry rev., -XXX, 185-88. 

Williams, Charles, and Heywood, T, "Gerard Hopkins and Milton." Poetry 
rev., XXX, 307-8. 

Housman (see also III, Bronowski, Chambers). Salinger, Herman. "Hous- 
man s Last poems, XXX, and Heine s Lyrische Intermezzo, 62." MLN, 
LTV, 288-90. 



300 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Hunt (see also Dickens: Dickensiari). Fischer, Erika. Leigh Hunt und die 

italienische Literatur. Freiburg diss., 1936. Pp. 112. 

Rev. by Helene Richter in LgrP, LX, 116-18. 
Htrdey. "Letters by James Russell Lowell." More books, XIV, 309. One 

letter (Dec. 31, 1884) about Huxley. 

Jameson. Letters of Anna Jameson to Ottilie von Goethe. Ed. by G. H. Needier. 
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 247. 

Jefferies. Jefferies, R. Hodge and his masters. See VB 1938, 423. 

Rev. by M.-L. Cazamian in EtA, III, 58-59. 
Thomas, E. Richard Jefferies. See VB 1938, 423. 

Rev. by M.-L. Cazamian in EtA, III, 57-58. 

Jowett (see II, Blair). 
Keble (see II, Paget). 
Kfngsley. Christie, John. "Westward ho!" TLS, Dec. 23, p. 743. 

Kipling (see also I, Fucilla; III, Hicks). Collingwood, R. G. "Kipling and 
Flores Strait." TLS, March 11, p. 149. 

Essays and studies. By members of the United Provinces branch of the 
English Assoc. Allahabad: Indian pr., 1938. Pp. v+179. 
Rev. by G. Cookson in English, II, 318-20. Contains two essays on Kipling, 

both praising him, by Indians; A. Jha and K. Mehrota. 

Ha ward, Edwin. "Kipling myths and traditions in India." NC, CXXV, 
194-202. 

Raven-Hart, R. "Kipling s one mistake." TLS, April 1, p. 190. See also 
April 8, p. 204. 

Weygandt, Ann M. Kipling s reading and its influence on his poetry. Phila 
delphia: Univ. of Penn. pr. Pp. xiii+200. 

Knowles, J. Sheridan (see II, Merriam). 

Lander. Ashley-Montagu. "An unpublished poem by Walter Savage 
Landor." NC, CXXV, 93-96. 

Lang (see Carlyle: Cazamian). 

Lear. Davidson, Angus. Edward Lear: landscape painter and nonsense poet, 
1812-1888. See VB 1938, 424. New York: Button. Pp. xv+280. 
Rev. by Iris Barry in HTB, June 25, p. 5; by P. Jack in NYTBR, June 18, pp. 

2, 18; by L. Untermeyer in SRL, June 17, p. 5. 

Lever. Stevenson, Lionel. Dr. Quicksilver: the life of Charles Lever. London: 
Chapman & Hall. Pp. vii+308. 
Rev. by E. Bowen in NS, Feb. 25, pp. 298-300; in TLS, Feb. 4, p. 69. 



VICTORIAN BIBUOGKAPHY FOU 1939 :i()i 

Eichmond C - Lord Macauloy: Victorian liberal. See VB 

Rev. by C. Brand in JMH, XI, 275; by G. Brunn in OTB, Jan. 15, p. 3; by L 
Eshleman in #Kme, Jan. 1, p. 2; by A. Kazin in Xtw R, April 12, p. 286; by 
W. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLVII, 242-52 ("Suet with no plums: restoring 
Thomas Babington Macaulay"); by W. Notestein in SRL, Jan. 21, p. 7 by R 
Schuyler in YR, XXVIII, 631-33. 

A highly readable and authentic one-volume biography; makes use of Macau- 
lay s eleven-volume MS Journal in the library of Trinity College, Cambridge; 
yet, aside from a half-dozen amusing anecdotes, does not add materially to our 
knowledge of Macaulay; limited mainly to biographical narrative; superficial in 
critical comment on the Essays, somewhat more penetrating in dealing with the 
History, though unfortunately completed before Firth s Commentary on Macaulay** 
History of England (1938); adequately though carelessly documented in footnotes 
without bibliography, a "Bibliographical Note" stating that the author saw "little 
reason ---- for troubling the student with a suggestion of my general reading"- 
a biography designed, therefore, for the general reader and, as such, an attractive 
and dependable work, but one that still leaves unbridged the gap between Tre- 
velyan s Life and our need of a full, critical life and times" of Macaulay. C. P. H. 

Davies, Godfrey. "The treatment of constitutional history in Macaulay s 
History of England." Huntington Library quar., II, 179-204. 

Firth, Sir Charles. -A commentary on Macaulay 1 s "History of England." See 
VB 1938, 424. 

Rev. by R. George in AHR, XLIV, 604-5; by W. Morgan in, JMH, 213-15. 
Munroe, David. "Macaulay, the study of an Historian." QQ, XLVI, 



R., M. U. H., and others. "Macaulay as a poet." N & 0, Aug. 5, p 99- 
Aug. 19, pp. 138-39. 

Manning. Garnier-Azais, M. L. Prelat des ouvriers. Le cardinal Manning 
1808-1892. Paris: LethieUeux. Pp. vi+115. 

Marryat. Lloyd, Christopher. Captain Marryat and the old navy. London 

and New York: Longmans. Pp. xu+286. 

Rev. by R. Church in NS, May 6, pp. 701-12; by J. Kemble in AHR, XLV, 213 
("literary and maritime history"); in S, Feb. 10, p. 232; TLS, Feb. 11, p. 88. 

Martineau, James (see III, Bertocci). 

Maurice. Jenkins, Claude. Frederick Denison Maurice and the new reforma 
tion. (Maurice lectures, 1938.) London: S.P.C.K.; New York: Mac- 
millan. Pp. 86. 

Meredith (see also II, Ramsay; Hardy: Littmann). Goodell, Margaret M. 
Three satirists of snobbery: Thackeray, Meredith, Proust; with an introduc 
tory chapter on the history of the word snob in England, France and Germany. 
("Britannica," 17.). Hamburg diss. Hamburg: Friedericksen, De Gruy- 
ter. p. 218. 



302 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Hicks, Arthur C. The structure of Meredith s novels and the comic spirit 
("Univ. of Oregon thesis ser.," No. 7.) Pp. 38. Mimeographed. 

Fetter, Guy B. George Meredith and his German critics. Pref. by E. A. 
Baker. London: Witherby. Pp. xvi+319. 

Rev. in National rev., CXIII, 390-92; in QR, CCLXXIII, 183; in TLS 3 Aug. 19, 
p. 492. 

Mill (see also III, Htilsmann). Hainds, John R. "John Stuart Mill s views 
on art." Northwestern univ. summaries of doctoral dissertations (1939), 
pp. 9-13. 

Htibner, Walter. "Wendepunkte des Freiheitsbegriffs. Eine kritische Inter 
pretation von J. St. Mills Abhandlung On liberty. " NeuP, 1-24. 

Moore, George (see II, H. Jackson; III, Elwin). 

Morley (see also III, Everett). Knickerbocker, Francis W. "The legacy of 
John Morley." SeR, XLVII, 145-51. 

Morris (see also I, Fucilla; II, Murry; III, Ross). "Bequest from Miss May 
Morris." Bodleian libr. record, I, 57. 

Lewis, Clive S. Rehabilitations, and other essays. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 208. 
Rev. by G. Whicher in HTB, July 23, p. 8; in N & Q, April 29, pp. 305-6; in 
TLSj April 1, p. 190. Includes an essay on Morris. 

Ormerod, James. Poetry of William Morris. Derby, England: The Author, 
c.o. Public libraries, museum and art gallery, 1938. Pp. 31. 

Newman (see also II, Paget). Kitchin, Kenneth S. Dr. Newman revisits 
Oxford. (Newdigate prize poem, 1939.) Oxford: BlackweU. Pp.14. 

Leslie, Shane. "Cardinal Newman." In Great Catholics. Ed. by C. C. H. 
Williamson. London: Nicholson, 1938; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 571; 
viii+456. 

Newcomb, Covelle. "Newman and nature." CWd, CXLIX, 338-42. 

Tardivel, F. La personnaliti litt&raire de Newman. See VB 1938, 426. 

Rev. by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXVI, 330-33; in RM, LVI, 354-55. 

O Shaughnessy. Anderson, George K. "Marie de France and Arthur 
O Shaughnessy: a study in Victorian adaptation." SP, XXXVI, 529-49. 

Ouida. ffrench, Yvonne. Ouida: a study in ostentation. See VB 1938,. 426. 
Rev. by K. Gerould in SRL, Feb. 4, p. 10; by I. Paterson in H TB, Jan. 29, p. 4; 
by F. Winwar in NYTBR, Jan. 29, p. 4. 

Pater. Minchin, H. C. "Walter Horatio Pater." FR, CXLVI, 158-64. 

Olivero, F. II pensiero religioso ed estetico di Walter Pater. Torino: S.E.I. 
Pp. 390. 

Rev. by A. Brandl in Archiv, CLXXV, 251-52. 



YKTOKIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 3(W 

"Walter Pater: born August 4, 1839." TLS, Aug. 5, p. 466. (Centenary 
article.) See also p. 467. 

Peel, J. H. B. "Pater and perfection." Poetry rev., XXX, 181-83. 

Wainwright, Benjamin B. "A centenary query: Is Pater outmoded?" Eng 
lish jour., college ed., XXVII, 441-49. 

Praed. Hudson, Derek. A poet in parliament: the life of W. M. Praed, 180- 

1839. London: Murray. Pp. 269. 

Rev. by R. Lewin in S, Aug. 11, pp. 227-28; in TLS, June 24, p. 369. 
Prothero (see II, Ernie). 
Pusey (see II, Blair, Paget), 

Reade. Turner, Albert Morton. The making of "The cloister and the hearth" 

See VB 1938, 427. 

Rev. by A. McKillop in JEGP, XXXVIII, 321-22; by W. Tindall in MLN, 
LIV, 312-13. 

Reade, William Winwood (see Bulwer-I/ytton, Lady). 

Robinson. Morley, Edith J. (ed.). Henry Crabb Robinson on books and their 
writers. See VB 1938, 427. 
Rev. by R. W. King in R&S, XV, 237-42. 

Rossetti (see also I, Fucilla). Rossetti, D. G. The blessed damozel: the un 
published manuscript See VB 1938, 427. 

Rev. by O. Bornand in EtA, III, 273-75. 

Rossetti, D. G. Sister Helen. Ed. by Janet C. Troxell. New Haven: Yale 

univ. pr. Pp.viii+95. 

Rev. by J. Sandford in MP t XXXVII, 107-8. 
Troxell, Janet C, (ed.). Three Rossettis See VB 1938, 427. 

Rev. by O. Doughty in MLR, XXXIV, 268-69. 

Ruskin (see also II, Chubb, Cockburn, Finberg, Foss, H. Jackson, Mau- 
clair, Thompson; Browning: Gamier). Ruskin, John. Letters to Bernard 
Quaritch, 1867-1888. Ed. by Charlotte Quaritch Wrentmore. London: 
Quaritch. Pp. 125. 

Davis, C. Rexford. "A Ruskin letter." Jour, of the Rutgers univ. library, II, 
53-55. 

Klauss, Friedrich. John Ruskins Auffassung des Menschen als Grundlage 
seiner sozialen Bestrebung. Berlin diss., 1938. Pp. 77. 

M., M. "Twenty-two Ruskin letters." More books, XIV, 423. 
Whitehhouse, J. Howard. Ruskin the painter and his uxyrks at Bembridge. 

Oxford univ. pr., 1938. Pp. 142 and 68 plates. 

Rev. in NS, Feb. 25, p. 302. 



304 VICTORIAN- BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

Rutherford (see Froude). 

Sala. Straus, Ralph. "George Augusta Sala." TLS, Aug. 26, p. 503. 

Salomons. Hyamson, Albert M. David Salomons. London: Methuen; To 
ronto: Saunders. Pp. xi+140. 

Seeley. Rosenberg, Hertha. "J. R. Seeleys The expansion of England im 
Rahmen des nationalpolitischen Unterrichts," NeuP, X, 63-75. 

Shorthouse (see III, Anson). 

Spencer (se^also II, Ellwood). Tillett, Alfred W. Herbert Spencer betrayed. 
London: King. Pp. 67. 

Spurgeon. Crocker, Lionel. Charles Haddon Spurgeon s theory of preach 
ing." Quar. jour, of speech, XXV, 214-24. 

Stanhope, Fifth Earl of. Notes of conversations with the Duke of Wellington, 
1831-1851. Introd. by Philip Guedalla. ("World s classics.") Oxford 
univ, pr., 1938. Pp. xxii+340. 

Stephen (see also Arnold: Wilson). Leavis, Q. D. Leslie Stephen." Scrur 
tiny, VII, 404-15. 

Stevenson (see also I, Fucilla; III, Hamilton). Hermann, Richard A. {Arnold 
Hollriegel, pseud.). Home from the sea: Robert Louis Stevenson in Samoa. 
Tr. from the German by Elizabeth R. Hapgood. Indianapolis: Bobbs- 
Merrill. Pp. 280. 
Rev. by F. Marsh in HTB, Oct. 8, p. 7; by K Woods in NYTBR, Oct. 8, p. 4. 

Gwynn, Stephen L. Robert Louis Stevenson. ("English men of letters ser.") 
London and New York: Macmillan. Pp. x+268. 
Rev. in TLS, June 24, p. 377. 

Issler, Mrs. Anne R. Stevenson at Silverado. Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton 
printers. Pp. 247. 
Rev. in NYTBR, Feb. 12, p. 9; in TLS, June 24, p. 378. 

MacLean, Cecil. La France dans I &uvre de Robert Louis Stevenson. Paris: 

Jouve, 1936. Pp. 224. See VB 1936, 422. 

Rev. by Ruth Z. Temple in RoR, XXX, 222-24 (lacks originality and inclu- 
siveness, but is "a reasonable and useful book"). 

Vandiver, E. P., Jr. "Stevenson and Shakespere." Shakespeare Assoc. bulL } 
XIV, 232-38. 

Swinburne (see also I, Fucilla; II, Hart; III, Bronowski, Stolle). Hussey, 
Richard, and others. "Parodies of Swinburne." N & Q, June 17, p. 429; 
July 1, pp. 13-14. 

Muller, Anne-Marie. Die Auffassung von Liebe und Tod in Swinburnes Tris 
tram of Lyonesse. Zurich diss. Wtirzburg: Triltsch, 1938. Pp. 90. 



VUTOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 30,5 

Noyes, Alfred. Orchard s bay. New York: Sheed & Ward. Pp. 322. 

Rev. by M. Wade in HTB 1 Nov. 19, p- 2 (some of the essays are on literary 
subjects, among them Swinburne and Tennyson). 

"Swinburne on Middleton." TLS, June 17, p. 357. See also July 8, p. 406. 

Talfourd (see also II, Merriam). Newdick, Robert S. "A Victorian Demos 
thenes (a study of Thomas Noon Talfourd as an orator)." Quar. jowr. qf 
speech, XXV, 580-96. 

Taylor, Henry (see II, Merriam). 

Tennyson (see also I, Fucilla; II, Moxon; III, Young; Arnold: Groom, 
Swinburne: Noyes). A., R. H., and L., G. G. Crossing the Bar." N &Q, 
Feb. 4, pp. 80-81. 

Boddington, O.-E. "Deux po&mes de Tennyson." Les lanvues modernes, 

Dec., 1938, pp. 549-52. 

Translations in verse of "0 swallow, swallow" and "Tears, idle tears; 1 
C., T. C. Tennyson: KapiolaruV " N & Q, April 8, p, 242. 

Hunton, William A. Tennyson and the Victorian political milieu. Abridg 
ment of thesis. New York: Grad. Sch. of New York univ., 1938. Pp. 18. 

L., G. G. " The poet : some notes on Tennyson s early poem." N & Q, July 
22, pp. 62-64. 

"Lord Tennyson at Aldworth," including a tribute by Alfred Noyes. Poetry 
rev., XXX, 421-31. 

Pitollet, C. "Les fleurs de Francis Jammes et celles d 1 Alfred Tennyson." 
Revue de I enseignement des langues vivantes, March, pp. 113-19. 

Rose, Felix, "Tennyson and Victor Hugo: two poets, two nations, one 
epoch." Poetry rev., XXX, 105-17. 

Thackeray (see also Dickens: Dickensian C. Williams, Haight; Meredith: 
Goodell). Hurst, Hilda. Ironischer wnd sentimentaler Realismus bei Thack 
eray. See VB 1938, 429. 
Rev. by E. Bernbaum in JEGP, XXXIX (1940), 156-57. 

Thompson. Olivero, F. Francis Thompson. Tr. by Milani. See VB 1938, 
429. 
Rev. by K Neill in MLN t LIV, 630-31. 

Olivero, F. Francis Thompson. Deutsche Uebersetzung aus dem italienischen 
von G. Zaccaria. Torino: Soc. editrice internazionale. Pp. 345. 
For the original Italian, see VB 1935, 435. 

Trollope (see also III, Anson; Collins: Milley), Booth, Bradford A. "Trol- 
lope in California." Huntington library quar*, III, 117-24. 



306 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 

LaFarge, Christopher. "I know he was right." SRL, Jan. 27, 1940, pp. 12- 
14 (feature article). 

Ward, Mrs. Humphry. Marvin, F. S. " Robert Elsi$ere : fifty years after." 
CR, CLVI, 196-202. 

Ward, James (see III, Bertocci). 
Watts-Dunton (see II, Hart). 

Wilde (see also II, Blair, Smithers; III, Hicks). Brasol, B. Oscar Wilde, 

the man, the artist, the martyr. See VB 1938, 430. 

Rev. hy M. Downing in QR, CCLXXII, 14-28. 
Harris, Frank. Oscar Wilde. See VB 1938, 430. 

Rev. by L. Lemonnier in EtA, III, 61-62. 
Lemonnier, L&>n. Oscar Wilde. See VB 1938, 430. 

Rev. by L. Bocquet in Revue bleue, LXXVII, 276-77. 

MacCarthy, Desmond. "Artificial comedy." NS, Aug. 26, pp. 305-7. See 
also correspondence by G. Stevenson-Reece, NS, Sept. 2, p. 345. 

Wise (see I, Partington). 

Wordsworth. The letters of William and Dorothy Wordsworth; the later years. 
Ed. by Ernest de Selincourt. 3 vols. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. xxxviii 
+544; xiv+ 545-1060; xii+ 1061-1408. 
Rev. by R. Lovett in New R } Sept. 27, p. 222. 

Beatty, Frederika. Willilam Wordsworth of Rydal Mount. New York: Dut- 

ton. Pp. 307. 

Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Aug. 12, p. 16; in TLS, June 24, p. 377. 

Attempts to show, at least in its avowed aim, that Wordsworth in old age was 
less conservative than is generally believed; fails to prove this thesis or even to 
dwell upon it; concentrates on the day-by-day life at Rydal Mount when the poet 
had become a Victorian; in no sense competes with Miss Batho s The later Words 
worth. C. F. H. 

Yeats. Brash, W. B. "W. B. Yeats." LQHR, CLXIV, 320-33. 
A critical study. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1940 



"^HIS bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the Vic 
torian Literature Group of the Modern Language Association 

. of America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University of 
Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal College; 
Frederic E. Faverty, Northwestern University; and Samuel P. Chew, 
University of Oklahoma. It attempts to list the noteworthy publica 
tions of 1940 (including reviews of earlier items) that have a bearing 
on English literature of the Victorian period and similar publications 
of earlier date that have been inadvertently omitted from the pre 
ceding Victorian bibliography. Unless otherwise stated, the date of 
publication is 1940. Reference to a page in the bibliography for 1939, 
in Modern philology, May, 1940, is made by the following form: See 
VB 1939, 412. Some cross-references are given, although not all that 
are possible. 

KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 

A = Anglia FR 

AHR = American historical review GRM 

AL = American literature 

Archiv = Archiv fur das Studium der HTB 

neueren Sprachen 

BBDI = Butt, of bibliog. and dramat- HV 

ic index 

Beiblatt = Beiblatt zur Anglia HZ 

BM = British Museum quarterly JEGP 

CE = Cffttege English 

CR - Contemporary review JMH 

CWd = Catholic world JP 

DUz = Deutsche LAteraturzeitung JPE 

DV = Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift LAR 

EHR = English historical review LgrP 

ELH = Journal of English literary 

history 

ES = Englische Studien LL 

ESt = English studies LM 

EtA - Etudes anglaises 



= Fortnightly review 

= Gemanisch-romanische 
Monatsschrift 

= New York Herald-Tribune 
books 

= Historische Vierteljahrs 
schrift 

- Historische Zeit&chrift 

= Journal of English and Ger 
manic philology 
= Journal of modem history 
= Journal of philosophy 
= Journal of political economy 
= Library Association record 
= Literaturblatt fur german- 
ische und romanische Phflo- 
logie 
= Life and letters today 

* London mercury and book 
man 



[MODERN PHILOLOGT, May, 1941] 



307 



308 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 



LQ 

LQHR 

LZD = 

Manch = 

MF = 

MLN = 

MLR = 

MP = 

M & L - 

N = 

NC = 

Neo 

NEQ 



New R 
NR 



NYTBR 



Q 



Library quarterly 

London quarterly and Hoi- 

born review 

Literarisches ZentralblaU 

fur Deutschland 
= Papers of the Manchester 

Literary Club 
= Mercure de France 
= Modem language notes 
= Modern language review 
= Modern philology 
- Music and letters 
= Nation 

= Nineteenth century and after 
Neophilologus 
Afofl England quarterly 
= Neuphiklogische Monats- 

schrift 

= Afafl republic 
~ National review 
= Nouvette revue frangaise 
= jVet0 statesman and nation 
Time* 6oofc re- 



PQ 
QQ 

RES 

RO 
RH 

RM 

RLC 

RP 

RPh 

RoR 

S 

SAQ 

SeR 

SM 

SouR 

SP 

SRL 

TLS 



Philological quarterly 

Qtt0n $ quarterly 

Quarterly review 

Review of English studies 

Revue de France 

jfovue germanique 

Revue historique 

Revue de m&aphysique et de 

morale 

Revue de litterature com- 

paree 

Revue de Paris 

Revue de philosophic 

Romanic review 

Spectator 

ot4A Atlantic quarterly 

Sewanee review 

Scientific monthly 

Southern review 

Studies in philology- 

Saturday review of literature 

Times literary supplement 

t/mt>. of Toronto quarterly 

Virginia quarterly review 



Mod. Lang. Assoc. ZNU 



of Am. 



Zeitschrift fur neusprach- 
lichen Unterricht 



I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 
"American bibliography for 1939." PMLA, LIV, Suppl., 1251-64: "English, 

Nineteenth century," and "Contemporary," ed. Albert C. Baugh. 
Annual bibliography of English language and literature, Vol. XIX (1938). Ed. 

for the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. by Angus Macdonald, assisted 

by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xii+284. "Nineteenth 

century," pp. 175-220. 
The art index: a cumulative author and subject index to a selected list of fine arts 

periodicals and museum bulletins. October 1939 September 1940, Also Vol. 

XII, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 
Besterman, Theodore. A world bibliography of bibliographies. Vol. II, M-Z; 

index. Oxford and London: the author; New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Pp. 641. 

Rev. of Vol. I (see VB 1939, 376) and Vol. II by J. Barrow in College and re 
search libraries , II, 63-64 (points out weaknesses). 

The bibliographic index. A cumulative bibliography of bibliographies. 1989. 
New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. x+307. Also Vol. Ill, Nos. 1-3. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1940 3()9 

Bibliotheca celtica. A register of publications relating to Woks and the CeUic 
.peoples and languages. Newser., Vol. I (1929-33). Aberystwyth: National 
Library, 1939. 

Bond, Donald F.; McDermott, John F.; and Tucker, Joseph E. "Anglo- 
French and Franco-American studies: a current bibliography" (for 1939). 
RoR, XXXI, 114-46. 

TheCambridgebibliographyofEngli&hliterature. Ed. by F. W. Bateson. 4 vote. 
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xl+912; xx+1003; xxii+1098; 287. 

The third volume, dealing with the nineteenth century, is naturally of greatest 
value for scholars of the Victorian period; but all volumes are of value the fourth, 
the index volume, included. Vol. Ill is arranged in seven parts, as follows: (1) In 
troduction, (2) The poetry, (3) Prose fiction, (4) The drama, (5) Critical and mis 
cellaneous prose, (6) Philosophy, history, science, and other forms of learning, 
(7) The literature of the Dominions. These seven parts are divided for instance, 
the introduction has these divisions: (I) Bibliographies, literary histories and spe 
cial studies, prose selections, and literary memoirs and reminiscences; (II) Literary 
relations with the Continent; (III) The intellectual background; (IV) Book pro 
duction and distribution; (V) Education; and (VI) The political and social back 
ground. Then there are subdivisions and further subdivisions. 

Little more can be given here than a word of high praise, and of general ex 
planation. Mr. Bateson has labored long, conscientiously, with tremendous energy 
and pains, and with most valuable effectiveness. For many, many years to come 
the scholars in the great field of English literature will inevitably be indebted to 
him and, of course, to the Cambridge University Press. This CBEL is a descendant 
of The Cambridge history of English literature (1907-16) and the bibliographies ap 
pended tojts chapters. But the CBEL has "its own arrangement, scope, and style, 
and its own army of contributors." It is not a modern edition of the CHEL bibli 
ographies, but is a modern equivalent of them, and more. Using a chronological 
order as far as possible, it purports to record the authors, titles, and editions, and 
the relevant criticism, of all the books (in English or Latin) that can be said still 
to have literary interest and that were published by writers native to what is now 
the British Empire and who were "established" by 1900. Because of the chrono 
logical order, there is basis for Mr. Bateson s contention that it is "something more 
than a catalogue"; that "it is, in addition, a short-hand history of English litera 
ture"; and that, "used with discretion, some of the sections will tell the diligent 
enquirer more about their subject-matter than does the ordinary textbook." As 
pointed out in the preface, the different forms and subjects have been treated in 
varying degrees of detail. The chief objections to the CBEL will be that some rela 
tively minor authors have not been included at all and, especially, that some minor 
authors, though provided with partial lists of their works, have not been provided 
with lists of biographical and critical works about them. The lists of secondary 
publications ("Biography and criticism" and "Modern studies") that have been 
given are necessarily selective, but the editor has tried to include every important 
work of criticism or exposition, at least to the end of 1935 or 1936 for Vol. 1, 1937 
for Vol. II, and 1938 for Vol. III. W. D. T. 



310 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Cubbon, William (comp. and ed.). A bibliographical account of works relating 
to the Isle of Man, with biographical memoranda and copious literary refer 
ences. Vol. II. Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 796. 
Vol. I appeared in 1933. This work includes sections on poetry, drama, prose 

fiction; has complete bibliographies of T. E. Brown, Hall Caine; has three full 

indexes covering both volumes. 

Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language .... Janu 
ary, 1988 December, 1939. Forty-second annual emulation. Also Vol. 
XLIII, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Ebisch, Walther, and Schiicking, L. L. "Bibliographic zur Geschichte des 
Kterarischen Geschmacks in England." A, LXIII (1939), 1-64. 

Gable, J. Harris. Bibliography of Robin Hood. ("Univ. of Nebraska studies 
in lang., lit., and criticism," No. 17.) Lincoln, 1939. Pp. 163. 
Rev. by J. Ashton in PQ, XIX, 416; by W. Schmidt in Beiblatt, LI, 38-39. 

Gee, Ernest R. The sportsman s library; being a descriptive list of the most im 
portant books on sport. New York: Bowker. Pp. xix+158. 

Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities, 
1939-1940. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xviii+126. 

Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic Movement: a selective and critical 
bibliography for the year 1939." ELH, VII, 1-38. 

Harrold, Charles Frederick. "Recent trends in Victorian studies : 1932-1939." 
SP, XXXVII, 667-97. 

Hiler, Hilaire and Meyer (comps.). Bibliography of costume; a dictionary cata 
log of about eight thousand books and periodicals Ed. by Helen Grant- 

Cushing, assisted by Adah V. Morris. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1939. 

Pp. xl+911. 

Rev. by H. A. S. in LAR, XLII, 34; in LQ, IX, 152-53. 

Historical Association, London. Annual bulletin of historical literature, No. 
XXVIII: Publications of the year 1988. London: BeU, 1939. Pp. 65. 

International bibliography of historical sciences .... Twelfth year^ 1937. Ed. 
for the Internal. Comm. of Hist. Sciences. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1939. 
Pp. 499. 
Rev. by C. Grose in JMH, XII, 304. 

International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science. 
Vol. VIII: July, 1987 March, 1940. Also Vol. XXVII, No. 3 (Sept.), and 
No. 5 (Jan., 1941). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Internationaler Jahresbericht der Bibliographic. Hrsg. von J. Vorstius. Vol. X 
(1939). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. 36. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 311 

LeFanu,W.R. British periodicals of medicine: a chronological list. Baltimore: 
Johns Hopkins pr., 1938. Pp. 93. 
Rev. by C. C. B. in LAR, XLI (1039), 54. 

Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica mensile, X (1939), 381 ff.; XI, 33-36, 97-101 
"Bollettino bibliografieo." 

London Library. Subject-index of the London Library, Si. James s Square, Lon 
don. Compiled by Sir Charles H. Wright and C. J. Purnell. Vol. Ill (addi 
tions, 1923-38). London, 1938. Pp. xvi+1045. 

Macmillan, Dugald (comp.). Catalogs ofiheLarpent plays in the Hvntington 
Library. ("Huntington Library lists," No. 4.) San Marino, Calif 1939 
Pp. xvi+442. 

Rev. by R. C. Bald in RES, XVI, 231-33. Catalogue of plays deposited for 
licensing, 1737-1824; over 2,500 items; includes items by Plaache* and otter nine 
teenth-century dramatists. 

MacNair, Mary W., and Karr, Margaret (compe.). A list of American doctoral 
dissertations printed in 19S8 ..... Washington: Government printing 
office. Pp. vii+420. 



Milne, Alexander Taylor (comp.). Writings on British Mstory, 1&86 ..... See 
VB 1939, 378. London: Cape. Pp. 389. 
Rev. by F. Marcham in JMH, XII, 420, 421. 

Osborn, James M., and Kerr, David R. (eds.). Work in progress, 1940, in the 
modern humanities. Bull. 18A, publ. by the Modern Humanities Research 
Assoc. "Nineteenth century" and "Twentieth century," pp. 39-49. 

Palfrey, T. R.; Fucilla, J. G.; and Holbrook, W. C. A bibliographical guide to 
the Romance languages and literatures. 2d ed. Evanston, 111.: Chandler s, 
Inc. Pp. ix+82. 

Rev. by R. Levy in French rev., XIV (1941), 233-36; by H. Norman in LQ, X, 
135-37; in Hispania, XXIII, 297-98. 1st ed., 1939. 

Pochmann, Henry A. (ed.). "Anglo-German bibliography for 1939." JEGP 
XXXIX, 546-67. 

Readers guide to periodical literature ____ July, 1939 June, 1940. Also Vol. 
XL, No. 12 (Jan. 10, 1941). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Review index: a quarterly guide to professional reviews for college and reference 
libraries. Vol. I, No. 1 (Dec.). Ed. by Louis Kaplan and Clarence S. Paine. 
Chicago: Follett. 

This is a key to professional book reviews in leading scholarly journals; will 
index more than 6,000 reviews a year; not more than one-sixth of these reviews 
will be duplicated in any other American indexing service; will list all the reviews 
that have appeared in the preceding quarter in any of the periodicals indexed, of 



;312 YKTOUIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1940 

foreign and American books, regardless of the year in which a book may have been 
published. 

Revue de littfrature compare, XIX (1939), 323-31; 491-97; 676-86; XX, 114- 
21. "Bibliographic, livres et p&iodiques." 

Shaw, Marian, and Cowing, Agnes (comps.). Essay and general literature in 
dex, 1939. .... Also issue for July, 1940. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 
199; 130. 

Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian bibliography for 1939." MP, 
XXXVII, 375-418. 

Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographic des Buck- und Bibli- 
olhekswesens, mil besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. Vol. XIV 
(1939). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. xii+384. 
Vol. XIII (1938) rev. by C. Cannon in LQ, X, 270-72. 

Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part LXII (Jan.-Dec., 1939): The complete 
list ofallbooks published in the United Kingdom. .... Also Part LXV (Jan.- 
Sept., 1940). London: J. Whitaker & Sons. 

The year s work in English studies, Vol. XIX (1938). Ed. for the English 
Assoc. by F. S. Boas. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 275. "The 
nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh and F. S. Boas), pp. 236-50; 
"Bibliographica" (John Southgate), pp. 251-62. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND 
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

Abercrombie, L.; Cecil, Lord David; Chesterton, G. K; Cole, G. D. H.; and 
others. Revaluations. Studies in biography. Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp.258. 
Ten papers, including studies of Elizabeth Garrett Anderson, Gladstone, 

Morris, Pater, Tennyson, George Frederick Watts. 

Abrarns, Irwin M. "A history of European peace societies, 1867-1899." Har 
vard univ. summaries of theses (1988). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 
120-23. 

"The Ackland family: Letters, 1829-1901." Bodleian Library rec., I, 174. 

Acquisition of letters to Gladstone, by Sir T. D. Ackland; of letters by Mrs. 
Gladstone, E. B. Pusey, J. H. Newman, Dean Hook, T. H. Green, Lord Goschen, 
John Morley, Lord Roseberry, R. L. Nettleship, J. A. Spender. 

Adams, Henry Packwood. Karl Marx in his earlier writings. London: Allen & 
Unwin; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 221. 

Adams, James Truslow. Empire on the seven seas. The British empire, 1784- 
1939. New York and London: Scribner s. Pp. xi+391. 
Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, April 28, pp. 1, 14. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 313 

Armour, Richard W., and Howes, R. F. (eds.). Coleridge the talker; a aerie* of 
contemporary descriptions and comments. Ithaca: Cornell univ. pr.; Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. xvi+480. 
Rev. by E. Griggs in YR, XXIX, 835-37; by H. Read in &, June 2 1, p. 841. 

Bailey, Frank E. "The economics of British foreign policy, 1825-50." JMH, 
XII, 449-84. 

Bain, James S. A bookseller looks back: the story of the Bains. London: Mac- 
millan. Pp. xvi+304. 

Beall, Erica. Royal cavalcade. London: Paul; Toronto: Ryerson, 1939. 
Pp. 540. 
Queen Victoria and the royal family. 

Benson, E. F. Final edition. New York: D. Appleton-Century. Pp. 304. 
Rev. by I. Paterson in HTB, Sept. 20, p. 5. Late Victorian reminiscences. 

Berkeley, G. F.-H., and J. Italy in the making. Vol. III. Cambridge univ. pr. 
Pp. xxv+490. 
Deals in full narrative detail with the year of revolution, Jan .-Nov., 1848. 

Berlin, Isaiah. Karl Marx; his life and environment. ("Home univ. library" 
ser.) London: Butterworth, 1939. Pp. 256. 

Bird, T. H. Admiral Ross and the English turf, 1795-1877. London: Putnam, 
1939. Pp. x+331. 

Brogan, Denis W. France under the Republic: the development of modern France 
(1870-1939). New York: Harper; London: Hamilton. Pp. x+744. 
Rev. by A. Gu^rard in HTB, Dec. 5, p. 3. English title: Development of modem 

France, 1870-1939. 

Browne, Douglas G. Private Thomas Atkins. A history of the British soldier 
from 1840-1940. London: Hutchinson; Toronto: Ryerson. Pp. 334. 

Brownlow. The eve of Victorianism. The reminiscences of Emma Sophia, Coun 
tess Brownlow, 1802-1834. London: Murray. Pp. 218. 

John Brunton s hook; being the memoirs of John Brunton, engineer, from a manu 
script in his own hand mitten for his grandchildren and now first printed. 
Introd. by J. H. Clapham. Cambridge univ. pr., 1939. Pp. viii+163. 
John Brunton lived from 1812 to 1899. 

Bryant, Arthur. English saga: 1840-1940. London: Collins. Pp. 340. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 7, p. 621. Traces the evils of today s social order (culminat 
ing in war) to the triumph of utilitarian laissez faire in mid-Victorian England; 
analyzes the social, cultural, and moral results of the Peelite split in the Tory 
party in 1846; and attempts to show that a hopeful outlook is still to be found in 
the "organic Toryism" preached by Disraeli, plus a moral socialism such as is im- 



314 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

plicit in the teachings of Morris. A stimulating book, with much of which many 
readers will not agree, but which vitalizes a good deal of mid- Victorian political 
economy by showing how relevant it is to the present-day dilemma. C. F. H. 

Burn, Duncan L, The economic history of steelmakingj 1867-1989. A study in 
competition. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xii+548. 

Clare, Albert. The City Tempk, 1640-1940. The tercentenary commemoration 
volume. London: Independent pr. Pp. xxiv-j-288. 

Clare, Rev. Wallace. The historic dress of the English schoolboy. Ulus. by G. 
Bickers. London: Soc. for the Preservation of Ancient Customs. 
Rev. in N & Q, Jan. 27, p. 72. 

Clough, Shepard B. France: a history of national economics, 1789-1939. New 
York: Scribner s, 1939. Pp. ix+498. 
Rev. by J. Wolf in JMH, XII, 101-2. 

Cohen, Lucy. Some recollections of Claude Goldsmid Montefiore, 1858-1938. 
Forew. by H. A. L. Fisher. London: Faber & Faber. Pp. 277. 

Cole, G. D. H., and Postgate, R. W. The British common people, 1746-1988. 
See VB 1939, 383. 
Rev. by S. Pargellis in Polit. sci. quar., LV, 290-92. 

Cowper, Col. L. I. The King s Own: the story of a royal regiment. 2 vols. Lon 
don: Honorary secretary, Regimental Assoc. 
Account from 1680 to 1914. 

Crewe, The Marquess of. "The eclipse of liberalism." FR, CXLVII, 474-84. 

Curwen, E. Cecil (ed.). The journal of Gideon Mantell, surgeon and geologist; 
covering the years 1818-1852. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 315. 

Darby, Henry C. The draining of the Fens. A history from 1500 to 1900. 
("Cambridge studies In economic hist.") New York: Macmillan; Cam 
bridge univ. pr. Pp. xix+312. 

Devereux, Roy. John London McAdam: chapters in the history of highways. 
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 195. 

Dittmar, Heinrich. Die deutsch-englischen Beziehungen in den Jahren 1898/ 
1899; die Vorbesprechungen zu den Bundnisverhandlungen von 1900/1901. 
Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, 1938. Pp. 143. 
Rev. by R. Dietrich in HZ, CLXII, 385-87. 

Eberhard, Heinrich. Der englische Hochschulsport; seine Entwicklung, seine 
Gliederung und seine Stellung in der englischen Universitatserziehung der 
Gegenwart. Berlin: Weidmann, 1938. Pp. iv+200. 

Rev. by H. Marcus in Archiv, CLXXVII, 56-57. A history from the beginning 
to the present. 



VICTORIA^ BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 ^15 

Eckles, Robert B. "The character and management of the parties in the 
House of Commons, 1847-1859." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1B3S). 
Cambridge: Harvard univ, pr. Pp. 136-38. 

Fellowes, Edmund H. The Knights of the Garter, 1348-1939. ("Historical mono 
graphs relating to St. George s Chapel, Windsor/ 1 ) London: S.P.C.K. Pp. 
xvi+113. 

Fiske. The letters of John Fiske. Ed. by his daughter Ethel F. Fisfc. New 

York: Macmillan. Pp. 706. 

Rev. by H. Gorman in NYTBR, Dec. 22, pp. 1, 16; by A. Nevins in SRL, Jan. 4, 
1941, p. 6. Contains many interesting and valuable glimpses of Carlyle, George 
Eliot, Froude, Huxley, Mill, Tennyson, and other Victorians. 

Flexner, Marion W. Drina: England 1 s young Victoria. New York: Coward- 
McCann; London: Michael Joseph, 1939. Pp. ix+277. English title: The 
young Victoria. 

Fulford, Roger. "A good German." NS, Feb. 10, pp. 170-71. 
On Prince Albert and his "pre-eminently German qualities." 

Gibbon, Sir Gwilym, and Bell, R. W. History of the London County Council, 
1889-1939. New York: Macmillan, 1939. Pp. xxi+696. 
Rev. by C. Kirby in JMH, XII, 261-62. 

Gibson, S. "1840: an exhibition." Bodleian Library rec., I, 167-70. 

Gleason, John H. "The growth of Russophobia in England, 1815-1841." Har 
vard univ. summaries of theses (1938). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 
138-41. 

Gleichen, Lady Helena. Contacts and contrasts; reminiscences. London: Mur 
ray. Pp. 356. 

Graham, Eleanor. The making of a queen. Victoria at Kensington Palace. Lon 
don: Cape. Pp. 333. 

Grant, A. J., and Temperley, Harold. Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries (1789-1938). 5th ed. New York: Longmans, 1939. Pp. 700. 
Rev. in JMH, XII, 279. 

Graveson, Samuel (ed.). Penny postage centenary. London: Postal History 
Society. Pp. 144. 

Hale, Oron J. Publicity and diplomacy, with special reference to England and 
Germany, 1890-1914. Publ. for the Virginia Institute for Research in the 
Soc. Sciences. New York: D. Appleton-Century. Pp. xi+486. 

Hansen, Marcus Lee. The Atlantic migration. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. 
Pp. 391. 



316 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Hawgood, John. Modern constitutions since 1787. London: Macmillan; New 
York: Van Nostrand, 1939. Pp. xii+539. 
Rev. by F. Ogg in JM H, XII, 402. 

Ingram, Arthur F. W. Fifty years 1 work in London, 1889-1939. London: 
Longmans. Pp. 249. 

Johnson, Charles. "The Camden Society, 1838-1938." In Transactions of the 
Royal Hist. Soc., 4th ser., Vol. XXII. London: Royal Hist. Soc. Pp. 3151 

Jones, G. P., and Pool, A. G. A hundred years of economic development in 
Great Britain. ("Hundred years ser.") London: Duckworth; New York: 
Macmillan. Pp. 420. 
Rev. by E. Morgan in Economic jour., L, 308-10; in NS, Feb. 17, p. 220. 

Kair, D. L. The constitutional history of modern Britain, 1485-1987. New 
York: Van Nostrand, 1938. Pp. 568. 
Rev. by R. Schuyler in AHR, XLVI, 113-17. 

Kiernan, E. V. G. British diplomacy in China, 1880 to 1885. Cambridge univ. 
pr.; New York: Macmillan, 1939. Pp. xi+327. 

Keith, A. B. The constitution of England from Victoria to George VL 2 vols. 
London: Macmillan. Pp. lvi+486; x+516. 
Rev. in NR, CXIV, 380-81. 

Lehmann-Haupt, H. "English illustrators in the collection of George Arents." 
Colophon ("New graphic ser."), I, No. 4, 23-47. 
Illustrators from Rowlandson to Caldecott. 

Leslie, J. H. "Vanity Fair, a weekly newspaper." N & Q, May 4, p. 315; 
July 13, p. 35. 
First number, Nov. 7, 1868. 

Leveson-Gower, Sir George. Years of content: 1858-1886. London: Murray. 
Pp. 270. 
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 22, p. 592. 

Marchard, Leslie. "The Athenaeum": a mirror of Victorian culture. Chapel 
Hill: Univ. of North Carolina pr. Pp. 400. 

Marder, Arthur. "British naval policy in 1878." JMH, XII, 367-73. 

Marriott, Sir John A. R. The evolution of the British empire and commonwealth 
See VB 1939, 387. 
Rev. by H. Robinson as "an irritating volume," in AHR, XLVI, 129-30. 

Martin, Paul. Victorian snapshots. Introd. by Charles Harvard. London: 
Country life; New York: Scribner s, 1939. Pp. xv+72. 



VICTORIAN RIBLHKJRAPHY FOR 104(1 317 

Marx. Living thoughts of Karl Marx; based on "Capitol"; a critique of political 
economy. Presented by Leon Trotsky. ( Living thoughts library," Vol. 
XL) Toronto: Longmans, Pp. 184. 
Rev. by A. Gu6rard in HTB, Jan. 21, p. 10. 

Medlicott, W. N. "The Gladstone government and the Cyprus convention, 
1880-85." JMH, XII, 186-208. 

Merriam, H. G. Edward Moxon: publisher of poets. See VB 1939, 388. 

Rev. by G. Doane in LQ, X, 300-301; by B. McElderry, Jr., in MLN, LV, 
307-8. 

Meynell, Viola (ed.). Friends of a lifetime: letters to Sydney Carlyk CockereU. 
London: Cape. Pp. 384. 
Rev. by B. Howard in NS, Oct. 26, pp. 420-22. 

-Middleton, W. St. J. F. B., Earl of. Records and reactions, 1856-1939. See 
VB 1939, 388. 
Rev. by C. Smith in JMH, XII, 411-12. 

Moffett, T. H. "Truth underlined; or, From Hogarth to Low." Manch, LXIV 
(1939), 81-95. 

Morice, G., and others. "Minor Victorian playhouses." N & Q, Aug. 17, 
pp. 119-20; Sept. 14, p. 195. 

Mundy, P. D. "The Victorian home of taste." N & Q, April 7, pp. 298-99. 

Newton, A. P. A hundred years of the British empire. London: Duckworth. 
Pp. 416. 
Rev. in S, Sept. 13, p. 272. 

Palfrey, Thomas R. "Sur une biographic de Byron ayant appartenu & Stend 
hal." RoR, XXI, 280-84. 

Palmer, Norman. "Irish absenteeism in the eighteen-seventies." JMH, XII, 
357-66. 

Parry, E. Jones (ed.). The correspondence of Lord Aberdeen and Princess Lie- 
ven, 1832-1854. Vol. II, 1848-1854. London: Royal Historical Soc., 1939. 
Pp. vii+293-669. 
Rev. by A. A. in EHR, LV, 508-9; by V. Puryear in JMH, XII, 546-47. For 

Vol. I see VB 1939, 389. 

Petrie, Sir Charles. Joseph Chamberlain. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duck 
worth. Pp. 142. 

Plant, Marjorie. The English book trade See VB 1939, 389. 

Rev. by J. H. E. B. in LAR, XLII, 131-32; by A. Robinson in Economic jour., 

L, 310-11. 



318 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Platz, Hermann. "Houston Stewart Chamberlain, Bayreuth und Shake 
speare/ NeuP, XI, 210-24. 

Playfair, G. Kean. London: Bles, 1939. Pp. viii+346. 

Pledge, Humphry T. Science since 1500; a short history of mathematics, physics, 
chemistry, and biology. London: H.M. Stationery off., 1939. Pp. 357. 

Powicke, F. M.; Johnson, Charles; and Harte, W. J. Handbook of British 
chronology. London: Royal Historical Soc., 1939. Pp. 424. 
Rev. by J. Edwards in EHR, LV, 296-97; in AHR, XLVI, 182. 

Redford, Arthur, assisted by Russell, Ina S. The history of local government in 
Manchester. Vols. I and II. London: Longmans, 1939, 1940. Pp. xi+392; 
viii+467. 
Starts with the year 1839. 

Reed, William Henry. Elgar, ("Master musicians ser.") New York: Dutton, 
1939. Pp. viii+215. 
Rev. by P. Bowdoin in HTB, Jan. 21, p. 11. 

Rothenstein, Sir William. Since fifty: men and memories, 1922-1938. London: 

Faber & Faber, 1939. Pp. 346. 

Rev. by R. Cortissoz in HTB, May 5, p. 2. Includes recollections of Kipling, 
Beerbohm, etc. 

Saintsbury, H. A., and Palmer, Cecil (eds.). We saw him act. A symposium on 
the art of Sir Henry Irving. A series of essays } articles, and anecdotes t per 
sonal reminiscences and dramatic criticisms written by his contemporaries. 
London: Hurst & Blackett, 1939. Pp. 423. 

Seheunemann, W. Character und Krise der britischen Weltpolitik. Das Zeital- 
ter Grossbritanniens, 1789-1933. Leipzig: Bibliographisches Institut, 1939. 
Pp. 92. 

Sedgwick, Henry D. Madame Recamier: thebiographyofaflirt. Indianapolis: 
Bobbs Merrill, 1939. Pp. 313. 
Rev. by M. Smith in French rev., XIV, 51-52. 

Senex and others. "Frazier s magazine, Regina. " N & Q, June 15, p. 425; 
Aug. 31, p. 159. 

Shryock, Richard H. The development of modern medicine. An interpretation of 
the social and scientific factors involved. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsyl 
vania pr., 1936. Pp. xiv+442. 
Rev. by G. Dick in JMH, XII, 254-55. 

Sitwell, Osbert (ed.). "The changes of fifty years (being extracts from the 
diary of Georgiana Sitwell, 1826-1900)." LL, XXIV, 140-47; XXV, 26- 
34, 148-57. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOCJKAPHY FOR 1940 ;U9 

Sitwell, Osbert. Two generations. London: MacmiUan. Pp. xxxiii+308, 
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 28, p. 498 (early and mid-Victorian diaries of the Sitwelis). 

Smyth, Charles. Simeon and church order: the Birkbeck lectures for 1937-88. 
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. 336. 

Rev. by J. Mozley in S, Nov. 22, p. 542; in jPL, Sept. 28, p. 492, Studies in 
the Cambridge background of the early Victorian evangelicalism. 

Sontag, R. J. Germany and England; background of conflict, 1848-1894. See 
VB 1939, 391. 
Rev. by E. Koch in German queer., XIII, 167-68. 

Thompson, Lillian Gilchrist. Sidney Gikhrist Thomas. London: Faber&Fa- 
ber. Pp. 328. 

Rev. by R. Coventry in NS, June 22, pp. 774-76. 

Viallate, Achille. L activite teonomique en France de la fin du XV IIP si^cle a 
nos jours. Paris: Marcel Riviere, 1937. Pp. 489. 
Rev. by J. Wolf in JMH t XII, 101-2. 

Victoria, Queen. See II, Beall, Flexner, Graham, Wilkins. 

Warner, John, and Gunn, W. A. John Frost and the Chartist movement in Mon 
mouthshire; catalogue of Chartist literature, prints, relics r etc. Newport, Mon 
mouthshire: Chartist centenary committee, Central Library, 1939. Pp. 
xii4-55. 
Rev. by C. Fay in Economic jour. , L, 305-6. 

Watteville, H. de. Lord Kitchener. London: Blackie, 1939. Pp. 201. 

Wilkins, Vaughan. ... e Vittoria regnd. Milan: Mondadori, 1939. Pp. 756. 
Rev. in Rassegna italiana, XXIII, 228-29. 

Williams, David. John Frost: a study in chartism. See VB 1939, 393. 
Rev. by C. Fay in Economic jour., L, 305-6; by T. Jones in , Jan. 12, p. 51. 

Wilson, Sir Arnold T. The Suez Canal; its past, present, and future. 2d ed. 
Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 242. 1st ed., Dec., 1938. 

Windelband, W. Bismarck und die europdischen Grossm&chte 1879-1885. Auf 
Grand unveroffentlicher Akten. Essen: Essener Verlag-Anst. Pp. 699. 
Noted in Die neue Literatur, XLI, iiL 

Windelband, W. "Bismarcks Kolonialkonflikt mit England/ Deutsche Rund 
schau, LXVI (Dec., 1939), 81-84. 

Windelband, W. "Erich Marcks J nachgelassenes Bismarckbueh." Deutsche 
Rundschau, LXVI (Feb.), 82-33. 



320 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Winstanley, Denys A. Early Victorian Cambridge. Cambridge univ. pr. ; To 
ronto: Macmillan. Pp. xii+460. 

Rev. by S. Gaselee in S, Aug. 23, p. 196; by J. Marriott in FR, CXLVIII, 
425-26; in CR, CLVIII, 711-13; in N & Q, Sept. 7, pp. 179-80; in TLS, Aug. 31, 
p. 422. 

Woodward, E. L. The age of reform, 1815-1870. See VB 1938, 405. 
Rev. by H. Bell in AHR, XLV, 384-86. 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY 
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES 

Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vols. IX and X. See VB 1939, 
393. 

Rev. of Vol. IX by G. Tillotson in MLR, XXXV, 269-70; rev. of Vol. X by C. 
Sisson in MLR, XXXV, 401-2; by H. Williams in RES, XVI, 244-46. 

Ball, Robert H. The amazing career of Sir Giles Overreach See VB 1939, 

393. 

Rev. by D. Walmsley in RES, XVI, 216-19. 

Barnett, John E. "The posthumous reputation of Dean Swift." Harvard univ. 
summaries of theses (1988). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 286-89. 
Includes nineteenth-century biographers and critics. 

Bauermann, W. Die Times und die Abwendung Englands von Deutschland um 
1900. Cologne: Orthen, 1939. Pp. 78. 

Binyon, Laurence. " Terza rima in English." English, III, 113-17. 

Braaksma, H. M. Travel and literature See VB 1938, 406. 

Rev. by R. W. Frantz in MP, XXXVIII, 101-3. 
Bronowski, J. The poet s defence. See VB 1939, 394. 

Rev. by J. B. Leishman in RES, 369-72. 

Brooks, Cleanth. Modern poetry and the tradition. Chapel Hill: Univ. of 

North Carolina pr., 1939. Pp. 267. 

Rev. by W. Auden in New R, Feb. 5, p. 187; by J. Bennett in MLR, XXXV, 
270. Includes chapters on "Yeats: the poet as myth-maker/ and "Notes for a 
revised history of English poetry." 

Carter, Boyd. "Alphonse Daudet: in memoriam: 1840-1940." French rev. t 
XIV, 21-25. 

Cazamian, Louis. La poesie romantique anglaise. ("Etudes d aujourd hui," 
Vol. I.) Paris: H. Didier, 1939. Pp. 88. 

Rev. by Edmund Blunden in EtA, III (1939), 367-68. Includes "tracing the 
romantic sensibility through the days of men like Beddoes, Darley, and Hood into 
the full Victorian Age and onwards. 7 



VlCTOHlAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1940 321 

Cecil, Lord David (comp. and ed.). The Oxford book of Christian r^rae. With 
an introd. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 594. 

Chartist movement. See II, Warner, Williams. 

Church, Richard. "The poet and the novel. 1 In Essays by divers hands (N.S.), 
Vol. XVIII. Ed. by St. John Ervine. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. 
Pp. 2-18. 

Craig, Hardin, and Dodds, John W. (eds.). Types of English fiction. New 
York: Macmillan. Pp. ix+745. 

Daiches, David. The novel and the modern world. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago 
pr. Pp.238. 
Rev. by W. Auden in New R, Jan. 15, pp. 90-91. 

Davis, Herbert; DeVane, W. C.; and Bald, R. C. (eds.). Nineteenth-century 

studies. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell univ. pr. Pp. 303. 

Includes the following studies: C. Moore, "Thomas Carlyle and fiction: 1822- 
1834" (pp. 131-78); W. DeVane, "Browning and the spirit of Greece" (pp. 179- 
98); F. Curtin, "Aesthetics in English social reform: Ruskin and his followers" 
(pp. 199-246); O. Maurer, Jr., "William Morris and the poetry of escape" (pp. 
247-76); C. Bissell, "A study of The way of att flesh" (pp. 277-303). 

Dietz, Heinrich. "Demagogic im Spiegel der englischen Literatur des ver- 

gangenen Jahrhunderts." NeuP, XI, 81-93. 
Ehrentreich, Alfred. "Klassiker des englischen Kinderbuches im poHtischen 

Gewande." NeuP, XI, 175-83. 

On the great influence of Lewis Carroll upon the form, diction, and spirit of 
political satire hi England, especially during the present war; informative and sug 
gestive. W. D. T. 
Ellis-Fermor, Una. The Irish dramatic movement. London: Methuen, 1939. 

Pp. 232. 

Rev. by F. Boas in English, III, 86-87. 
Evans, B. If or. "England s treasury of literature: missionaries of the free 

mind." TLS, Sept. 7, pp. 446, 461. 
Evans, B. Ifor. Tradition and romanticism. Studies in English poetry from 

Chaucer to W. B. Yeats. London: Methuen. Pp. 213. 

Rev. by R. Cox in Scrutiny, VIII, 441-43; by V. Pinto in English, III, 36-37; 
in FR, CXLVIII, 336-37; in TLS, Feb. 3, pp. 58, 64. 

Dedicated to the thesis that the classic versus romantic conflict is fundamentally 
an unsound English controversy; that the genius of English poetry has never truly 
ceased to be "romantic," a term which applies to all that is basic in the great Eng 
lish poetic tradition. Contains good discussion of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold 
as the principal Victorian poets. Will arouse much disagreement among all types 
of readers, who will compare it, unfavorably, with Lucas Decline andfaU of the 
romantic ideal. A provocative and stimulating study. C. F. H. 



322 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Everett, Edwin Mallard. The party of humanity: the "Fortnightly review 1 and 
its contributors, 1865-1874. See VB 1939, 395. 
Rev. by W. Graham in MLN, LV, 302-4. 

Fan-ell, Ralph. Stefan Georges Beziehungen zur englischen DichtkunsL ("Ger- 
manische Studien," Heft 192.) Berlin: Ebering, 1937. Pp. 239. 
Rev. by Henri Tronchon in RG, XXX (1939), 297-99 (the most useful part, on 

pp. 179-220, considers the translations George made from Browning, Ruskin, 

Felicia Hemans, Rossetti, Swinburne, Dowson, etc.). 

Fischer, Walther. Des Darmstddter Schriftstelkrs Johann Heinrich Kunzel 
(1810-1878) Beziehungen zu England. Mit ungedruckten (oder wenig bekann- 
ten) Briefen von Carlyle, Dickens, Macaulay, Chr. von Bunsen, F. Freili- 
grathy u. a. ("Giessener Beitrage zur deutschen Philologie," No. 67.) Gies- 
sen: von Miinchowsche Universitats-Druckerei Otto Kindt, 1939. Pp. 80. 
Rev. by F. Krog in HZ, CLXII, 655-56; in ZNU, XXXI, 89-90. 

Gantz, Kenneth F. "The beginnings of Darwinian ethics." Univ. of Texas 
Publication No. 3926. July 8, 1939. Studies in English, 1939. Austin: 
Univ. of Texas, 1939. Pp. 180-209. 

A well-documented article, with treatment especially of Darwin, but also of 
Huxley, Spencer, Morley, Lyell, E. B. Tyler, McLennan, Alfred R. Wallace, 
James Hunt, Bagehot, John Lubbock, Francis Galton, W. R. Greg, and others. 
The article concludes that Darwin s discussion of the moral faculty of man is a 
summing-up, from the point of view of the evolution of man, of the ideas presented 
by others din-ing the 1860 s; that Darwin contributed two important details, in 
addition to gathering and shaping the ideas of others into a coherent theory of the 
origin, nature, and development of man s moral being; that The descent of man 
(1871) inaugurated the controversial stage in the development of evolutionary 
ethics the second rather than the first stage. A useful and stimulating article. 
W. D. T. 

Gohdes, Clarence. "A check-list of volumes by Longfellow published in the 
British Isles during the nineteenth century." BBDI, XVII, 46. 

Gohdes, Clarence. "Longfellow and his authorized British publishers." 
PMLA, LV, 1165-79. 

Hauser, Sylva. Die Entvncklung der Landschaftsschau in der englischen Rei- 
seliteratur vom Anfange des 18. bis ungefdhr zur Mitte des 19. Jahrhunderts. 
Zurich diss., 1937. Pp. 125. 

Hawley, Joseph. "A hundred years of shorthand." Manch, LXIV (1939), 
56-78. 

HenMn, Leo J. Darwinism in the English novel, 1860-1910. The impact of evo 
lution on Victorian fiction. New York: Corporate pr., 163 Front St. Pp. 
303. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 323 

Hentschel, Cedric. T. he Byronic Teuton: aspects of German pessimism, 1800- 

1983. London: Methuen. Pp. viii+234. 

Rev. in Modern languages, XXII, 33. 
Hicks, Granville. Figures of transition See VB 1939, 396. 

Rev. by D. Daiches in New R, Jan. 1, p. 29; by A. Kazin in HTB, Jan. 7, p. 2; 
in Educational forum, IV, 359-60. 

Hooker, K. W Victor Hugo in England. See VB 1939, 397. 

Rev, by F. C. Green in MLR, XXXV, 106-8. 

Hiibner, Walter. "Wesensziige der politischen Rede in England." NeuP, XI, 
41-59. 

Jones, Kathleen. La revue Britannique. Son histoire et son action littlmire 
(1825-1840}. Sorbonne diss. Paris: Droz, 1939. Pp.207. 
Noted in RLC t XX, 119. 

Knowles, Edwin B., Jr. "Don Quixote through English eyes." Hispania, 

XXIII, 103-15. 

A historical account, "a rapid summary of three major changes in English 
literary taste as it focussed itself on this one Spanish work . . . . : the jestbook 
Don Quixote of the first half of the seventeenth century; the humorous satirical 
classic of the first half of the eighteenth century; and the sad comment on hu 
manity s idealism of the nineteenth century. Like every statement of majority 
reactions, this one recognizes that in every period there were minority views of a 

contrary sort " One wishes for more evidence before accepting the author s 

conclusion as to the majority reaction of the nineteenth century. W. D. T. 

Lowry, Howard F. "The literature of the nineteenth century and the modem 
scholar." In English Institute annual, 1939. New York: Columbia univ. 
pr. Pp. 90-115. 

Lucas, F. L. Ten Victorian poets. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmil- 

lan. Pp. xx+202. 

Rev. by L. Aaronson in NC, CXXVIII, 79-82 (severely); by G. Cookson in 
English, III, 93-94; by J. J. H. in Studies, XXIX, 334-35; by S. Norman in S, 
May 24, p. 726; in N & Q } April 27, p. 306. Treats of Arnold, Browning, Clough, 
Hardy, W. Morris, C. Patmore, C. Rossetti, D. G. Rossetti, Swinburne, Tennyson. 
Is a new edition of Lucas 7 Eight Victorian poets (1930) with two new chapters, on 
Coventry Patmore and Chris tina Rossetti. 

Marriott, Sir John. English history in English fiction. London: Blackie. Pp. 
xii+308. 

Matthews, W. Cockney past and present See VB 1938, 409. 

Rev. by P. Reaney in RES, XVI, 491-94. 

Metz, Rudolf. A hundred years of British philosophy. See VB 1939, 398. 
Rev. by W. Long in The personalist, XXI, 79-82. 



324 VICTOUIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Muchnic, Helen. Dostoevsky s English reputation See VB 1939, 398. 

Rev. by H. Papajewski in BeiUatt, LI, 42-43. 

Neff, Emery. A revolution in European poetry, 1600-1900. New York: Co 
lumbia univ. pr. Pp. x+279. 

This is an admirable, relatively brief, historical study in comparative literature, 
tracing the main themes of European literature the literature of France, Eng 
land, Germany, and Italy from the culmination of mid-seventeenth-century 
French "classicism" through the phenomena of "romanticism" (though these Pro 
tean terms are never used) down to the last emancipations from the era of Louis 
XIV in the works of Jules Laforgue and Mallanne\ A surprising amount of 
literary history is compressed within the 279 pages of Professor Neff s volume; yet 
all is handled with clarity and with distinction of style. It will be of great help to 
students in bringing Continental movements of thought and literature into re 
vealing relationship with those in England, in showing the underlying unity of 
Western culture and change during a period when a great revolution, too broad and 
complicated to be snared in a simple definition, shifted the intellectual center of 
gravity from the world of Racine, Newton, and Gottsched to that of Goethe, 
Wordsworth, and Hugo. In a work which attempts not only to synthesize so many 
great literary forces but also to deal with them in a spirit of criticism, readers will 
sometimes find themselves in conflict with the author s judgments, emphases, de 
tails, or principle of selection. Yet, in these days of quantitative and uncritical 
accumulation of fact, it is refreshing to come upon a book which has the courage to 
assemble and evaluate. For Victorianists, the book presents a brief and vivid back 
ground in Continental literature and a number of arresting passages on such Vic 
torians as Tennyson, Arnold, Browning, Swinburne. C. F. H. 

^ Rev. by Paul Hazard in RoR, XXXII (1941), 93-94 ("il nous donne une Stude 
d un genre nouveau, il nous fait penser, il nous pr&ente un choix heureux et nuance* 
de tremors admirables; son livre me"rite de figurer en excellente place dans la biblio- 
theque de ceux qui veulent re"fl<Schir sur Involution du lyrisme europSen, et rver 
BUT de beaux vers"). 

Noyes, Alfred. Pageant of letters. New York and London: Sheed & Ward 
Pp. 356, 
Rev. in SRL, Dec. 21, p. 22. 

The Oxford book of English verse, 1250-1918. Newed. Ed. by Sir Arthur Quil- 
ler-Couck Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. xxviii+l, 172. 

Rev. by J. Leishman in RES, XVI, 360-69; by R. Marvell in NS, Feb. 3, p 140 
by M. Plowman in Adelphi, XVI, 365-67. 

Oxford Movement. See IV, Forbes, Newman. 

Perry, Ten Eyck. Masters of dramatic comedy See VB 1939, 398. 

Rev. by A. Nicoll in JEGP, XXXIX, 399. Includes treatment of Wilde. 
Pope, Hugh. "A brief history of the English version of the New Testament 

first published at Rheims in 1582, continued down to the present day " 

Library, XX, 351-76; XXI, 44r-77. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 325 

Randall, John H. The making of the modern mind; a survey of the irdelkctual 
background of the present age. Rev. ed. Boston: Hough ton Miffin. Pp. 
xiii+696. 
Part IV, dealing with the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, has been revised. 

Reid, Margaret J. C. The Arthurian legend See VB 1939, 399. 

Rev. as "a beginner s thesis" by E. V. in RES, XVI, 331-32. 

Reynolds, Paul E. "The English sonnet sequence, 1783-1845." Harvard univ. 
summaries of theses (1928). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 328-30. 

Robinson, Lennox (ed.). The Irish theatre London: Macmillan. Pp. 

xiv+230. 

Rose, Felix (comp. andtrans.). Les grands lyriques anglais. Paris: H. Didier. 
Pp. 441. See also VB 1939, 399. 
Rev. with praise in Modem languages, XXI, 185-86; in NS, June 15, p. 756. 

Rudman, Harry W. Italian nationalism and English letters. Figwes of the 
Risorgimento and Victorian men of letters. ("Columbia univ. studies in Eng 
lish and comp. lit.," No. 146.) New York: Columbia univ. pr.; London: 
Allen & Unwin. Pp. 444. 

Rev. by W. Gibson in English, III, 142 (a hundred pages of the book are devoted 
to Notes, Bibliography, and Index; its main purpose, to study "the political in 
fluence exerted by the exiles of the Risorgimento on the work of Victorian men of 
letters"; the fruits of this influence were "meagre" and "slight"); in S, July 12, 
pp. 39-40; in TLS, June 29, p. 316. 

Part II is valuable, dealing, from the point of view of literature, with such 
figures as Ugo Foscolo, Gabriele Rossetti, Panizzi, Orstni, Cavour, Garibaldi. Half 
the book is devoted to Mazzini; involves such Victorians as Gladstone and 
Carlyle. Excellent contribution to background materials in comparative literature. 

--a F. H. 

Russell, Leonard (ed.). English wits. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 363. 

Rev. by C. Connolly in NS, Nov. 16, p. 496, The wits include Theodore Hook, 
Miss Mitford, Sydney Smith, Oscar Wilde, 

Sandoe, James. " Private theatricals and private theatres/ " Colorado- 
Wyoming jour, of letters (1939), pp. 77-88. 
Treats of Jane Austen, Dickens, Meredith, etc. 

Schaepdryver, K. de. Hippolyte Taine: essaisursapense e. Paris: Droz, 1938. 
Pp. 187; 
Rev. by Horatio Smith in RoR, XXXI, 301-3. 

Schlosser, A. Die englische Literatur in Deutschland von 1895 bis 1984 

See VB 1937, 433. 

Rev. by Ernst Sehrt in LgrP, LXI, 31-32. 



326 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Schultz, F. Der Deutsche in der englischen Literatur See VB 1939, 399. 

Rev. by L. Forster in MLR, XXXV, 249-50; by H, Marcus in Archiv, 
CLXXVII, 56; in ZNU, XXXIX, 88-89. 

Schulz, F. D. H. "Von Byron bis Shaw: iiber das Moralische, das sich im 
Puritanismus nicht immer von selbst versteht." Die Literatur, XLII, 
194-96. 

Simmons, Ernest J. Dostoevski; the making of a novelist. Oxford urdv. pr. Pp. 
x+416. 

Speirs, J. The Scots literary tradition. London: Chatto & Windus. Pp. 200. 

Stewart, W. McC. "Racine vu par les anglais de 1800 a nos jours." RLC, 
XIX (1939), 563-80. 

Stoll, Elmer E. Shakespeare and other masters. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. 
Pp. xv+430. 

Storr, Vernon F. Freedom and tradition. A study of liberal evangelicalism. Lon 
don: Nisbet. Pp. 193. 
Rev. in TLS, March 16, p. 132. 

An admirable brief account; first three chapters cover the origins of the Evan 
gelical movement, and its development in nineteenth-century liberalism in the 
Oxford Noetics, in Coleridge, in Arnold, in Essays and reviews; the second half of 
the book is less historical than analytical and hortatory, dealing with the religious 
problems of the recent past and of the present. A thoughtful and useful little book 
by the author of one of the standard Evangelical histories of nineteenth-century 
English religious thought, The development of English theology. . . . 1800-1860 
(1913). C. F. H. 

Summers, M., The Gothic quest: a history of the Gothic noveL London: Fortune 
pr. 1938. Pp. 443. 
Gothic romances of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. 

Temple, William. The genius of English poetry. (Presidential address, English 

Assoc.) Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 16. 

Considers Browning the most distinctively English of poets. 
Tolles, Winton. Tom Taylor and the Victorian drama. ("Columbia univ. 

studies in English and comp. lit.," No. 148.) New York: Columbia univ. 

pr. Pp. ix+299. 

Toynbee, Arnold, A study of history. Vols. IV, V, and VI. Issued under the 

auspices of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Oxford univ. pr., 

1939. Pp. xvi+656; vi+712; vi+633. 

Rev. by P. Sorokin in JM H, XII, 374-87. 

Trilling, Lionel. The Victorians and democracy." Southern rev., V, 642-47. 
Tronchon, Henri. Lejeune Edgar Quinet. See VB 1938, 411. 

Rev. by F. Baldensperger in RLC, XIX (1939), 195-97. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 327 

Walpole, Sir Hugh. "English domestic fiction: its influence abroad." TLS, 
Sept. 7, p. 445. 

Wells, Henry W. New poets from old. A study in literary genetics. New York: 
Columbia univ. pr. Pp. x+356. 

Worcester, David. The art of satire. Harvard univ. pr.; London: Milford. 
Pp. vii+184. 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 

Arnold (see also III, Lucas). Matthew Arnold: poetry and prose; with Sir Wil 
liam Watson s poem and essays by Lionel Johnson and H. W. Garrod. Introd. 
and notes by Sir E. K. Chambers. ("Clarendon series of English lit.") 
Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 222. 
Rev. by E. A. Baker in RES, XVI, 357-58 (with praise for the introductory 

material and the poetry); by R. Mortimer in NS, March 16, p. 368; in N & Q, 

Feb: 3, p. 90. 

Brown, E. K "Matthew Arnold and the eighteenth century." TQ, IX, 
202-13. 

Hippoclides. "The Church of Brou: monuments." N & Q, June 15, p. 423. 

Knickerbocker, W. S. "Arnold, Shelley, and Joubert." MLN, LV, 201. 
On Arnold s phrase: "beautiful and ineffectual angel." 

Morrison, Theodore. "Dover Beach revisited: a new fable for critics." Har 
per s, CLXXX, 235^4. 
Five hypothetical English professors are asked to explain and evaluate "Dover 

Beach." Their replies present amusing and instructive variations. 

Muller, Herbert J. "Matthew Arnold: a parable for partisans." Southern rev., 
V, 551-58. 
Inspired by Trilling s Matthew Arnold (see VB 1939, 401). 

Page, Frederick, and others. "A line in "The scholar-gypsy. " N & Q, Jan. 20, 
p. 51; Jan. 27, p. 68. See VB 1939, 401: Gill, W. W. 

Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. The poetry of Matthew Arnold: a commentary. 
New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xv+404. 

Rev. by Douglas Bush in YR, XXX, 195-97; by Samuel C. Chew in HTB, 
July 31, p. 12; by D. Fitts in SRL, Sept. 14, p. 7; by P. Hutchison in NYTBR, 
July 28, p. 2. 

This commentary treats every poem in respect to sources, influences, dates, and 
significance in Arnold s development, in so far as all known materials are avail 
able; it levies upon the "Yale Manuscript," a volume of some seventy pages of 
notes and rough drafts of poems, and upon Arnold s letters, journals, and other 
sources, in an attempt to solve the problems arising from Arnold s habit of "in 
cessantly classifying and rearranging his verses, cancelling and restoring poems, 
excerpting passages that might stand alone, revising the diction, and altering the 



328 VICTORIAN BIBLIOCSKAPHY FOR 1940 

punctuation." Much valuable light is thrown on the meaning of a number of poems 
and passages, though the editors admit that "disappointingly little has been dis 
covered as to the exact date of composition JJ of many of them. Much is revealed 
as to Arnold s methods of writing, his debt to rather unlikely sources, such as 
periodical reviews and other journalistic and "literary" sources, and the causes of 
his occasional blunders and inconsistencies. Many of the major poems "Dover 
Beach," "Obermann once more/ and "Tristram and Iseult" are thus given a 
new and illuminating approach, though many readers will feel that, in view of the 
new materials drawn upon, more interpretation might have been expected. Many 
will regret, too, that the editors denied themselves the opportunity to present a 
cogent discussion of Arnold s poetry and poetic development in the Introduction. 
They will, however, appreciate Sir Francis Wylie s appendix-chapter on "The 
scholar-gipsy country." A companion volume, containing the poems themselves, 
has been planned for publication in 1941, the two volumes to constitute a new edi 
tion of the complete Poetical works. No thoughtful reader of Arnold can afford to 
neglect the thorough, accurate, and well-organized product of Professors Tinker 
and Lowry. C. F. H. 

Bagehot. Irvine, William. Walter Bagehot. See VB 1939, 402. 

Rev. by E. A. Baker in RES, XVI, 359-60; by E. Burgum in MLN, LV, 636-37; 
by F. Herrick in AHR, XLVI, 137-38; by R. Hunt in NC, CXXVII, 110-12. 

Beddoes. Meyerstein, E. H. W. "Thomas Lovell Beddoes." English, III, 
8-15. 

Beerbohm (see II, Rothenstein). 

Braddon. Sadleir, Michael. "Notes on Lady Audley s secret." TLS, May 11, 
p. 236. See also TLS, June 1, p. 272. 

Bradley. Correspondence of Robert Bridges and Henry Bradley , 1900-1923. 
Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. vi+191. 
Rev. by Nowell Smith" in English, III, 138. 

Bridges (see also Bradley). Eaker, J. Gordon. "Robert Bridges concept of 
nature." PMLA, LIV (1939), 1181-97. 

Guerard, Albert, Jr. "The dates of some of Robert Bridges lyrics." MLN, 
LV, 199-200. 

Brimley. Phelan, Lewis J. "The life and letters of George Brimley." Harvard 
univ. summaries of theses (1988). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 
317-19. 

Brontes. Cook, Davidson. "Charlotte Bronte and Mary Stuart/ " TLS, 
April 20, p. 200. 

Cornish, Dorothy Helen. These were the Brontes. New York: Macmillan. Pp. 
491. 
Brief rev. in CE t I, 559. This is fictional biography. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 329 

Eve. " Villette and a French critic." N & Q, July 13, pp. 21-23. 
Comments on Ernest Dimnet s Les saurs Bronte (1910). 

Moore, Virginia. Emily Bronte. See VB 1939, 403. 
Rev. by L. Villard in EtA, III (1939), 384-85. 

Romieu, Emilie and Georges . Les sosurs Brontes. Paris, 1929; 2nd ed., 1931. 
A German translation (Die Schwestem Bronte) by R. Stransky appeared in 
Zurich and Leipzig, published by Rascher, 1939. Pp. iv+310. 

Wells, Augustin. Les sceurs Bronte et I etranger. See VB 1938, 413. 
Rev. by L. Villard in EtA, III (1939), 385-86. 

Broughton. "Rhoda Broughton s secret: melodrama of the breaking heart; a 
girlhood of bitter disillusion." TLS, Nov. 30, p. 604. 

Brown, T. E. (see I, Cubbon). 

Brownings (see also III, Davis, Lucas, Temple). The ring and the book. In- 
trod. by E. Dowden. Notes by A. K. Cook. New impression, with notes. 
Oxford univ. pr. Pp; 556. 

Rev. and re-evaluated by V, Pritchett in NS, July 20, p. 66. This new ed. in 
cludes an appendix of notes taken from A. K. Cook s Commentary on the poem. 

Ariail, J. M. "Is Tippa passes a dramatic failure?" SP, XXXVII, 120-29. 

Armstrong, A. J. "Browning s The ring and the book. " N & Q, Feb. 10, 
p. 100, March 30, p. 232. 

Cramer, Maurice Browning. "Browning s friendships and fame before mar 
riage- (1833-1 846)." PMLA, LV, 207-30. 

Davidson, Gustav. "The first edition of the Sonnets from the Portuguese. " 
Publishers weekly, CXXXVI (1939), 1976-77. . 

Forster, M., and Zappe, W. Robert Browning Bibliographic. See VB 1939, 403. 

Rev. by W. Templeman in JEGP, XXXIX, 436. 
Fox, Berenice. "Revision in Browning s Paracelsus." MLN, LV, 195-97. 

McCormick,- James P. As aflame springs: the romance of Robert and Elizabeth 
Barrett Browning. New York: Scribner s. Pp.356. 
Rev. by M. Lehman in HTB, Sept. 22, p. 16. 

Page, Frederick. "Browning vindicated." TLS, May 25, p. 255. 
Raymond, William 0. "Browning s casuists." SP, XXXVII, 641-66. 

Raymond, William 0. "Browning s letters to Isabella Blagden: an adden 
dum." PMLA, LV, 614-15. 

Raymond, William 0. "Browning s poetry: fifty years after." TQ, IX, 
138-51. 



330 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Rebora, P. "Robert Browning nel cinquantenario della morte." Studi inglesi: 
bolkttino dell Institute britannico di Firenze, Oct., 1939, pp. 85-100. 
Noted in RLC, XX, 119, and in EtA, III (1939), 423. Treats especially of 

Browning s connection with Italy. 

Senex, Humphreys, F., and others. "Browning queries." N &> Q, July 27, pp. 
64-65; Aug. 24, pp. 140-41; Aug. 31, pp. 151-53; Sept. 21, p. 214. 
Difficult passages in Browning explained. 

Smalley, Donald. "A parleying with Aristophanes." PMLA, LV, 823-38. 

Smiles, Sam, and others. "The dictator orders his tomb." NS t March 16, 
p. 380. 
A page of parodies, in a certain competition. 

Titman, Lily. "Thomas Hardy and Robert Browning and music." The choir 
(London), XXX (Dec., 1939), 263-64. 

Tracy, C. R. "The source and meaning of Browning s Tray" PMLA, LV, 
615-17. 

Yarrill, E. H. (trans.). Browning s "Roman murder story" as recorded in a 
hitherto unknown Italian contemporary manuscript. Introd. by William 0. 
Raymond. ("Baylor University s Browning interests," Ser. XL) Baylor 
bulletin, Vol. XLII, No. 4. Waco, Tex.: Baylor univ., 1939. Pp. 47. 
Rev. by H. Minchin in FR, CXLVIII, 336-37. 

Zappe, W. M. Robert Brownings Verhdltnis zur bildenden Kunst. Berlin diss. 
Pp. 91. 

Butler (see also III, Davis). Cosi muore la carne. Trans, into Italian by Enzo 
Giachino. Torino: G. Einaudi, 1939. 
Rev. by B. Dal Fabbro in Letteratura, IV, 155-56. 

Eyrignoux, Louis. "La dette de Shaw envers Samuel Butler: deux docu 
ments." EtA, III (1939), 361-64. 

Caine (see I, Cubbon). 

Carlyle (see also III, Davis, Fischer, Rudman). Thomas Carlyle: journey to 
Germany, autumn 1858. Ed., with introd., notes, and commentaries by 
Richard A. E. Brooks. New Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. xxxviii+222. 
Rev. by T. Scudder in JMH, XII, 569-70; by H. Shine in MLN, LV, 638; by 

S. Southern in NYTBR, Dec. 29, p. 5; in HTB, Sept. 15, p. 18. 

A very careful edition of the MS acquired by the Yale University Library in 

1932; fully documented; and containing an illuminating appendix that discusses 

twelve of Frederick s battles in the light of Carlyle s sources, methods, and degree 

of fidelity to the original materials. C. F. H. 

Davis, Harold (ed.). "Dickens, Carlyle, and Tennyson, by James S. Pike." 
Atlantic monthly, CLXIV (1939), 810-19. 
Visits to these authors in 1863. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 ;W1 

Fervacque, P. "L actualite de Carlyle." Le Temps, July 7, 1939. Noted in 
RLC.XK, 119. 

Grierson, Sir Herbert. Essay sand addresses, London: Chatto & Windus. Pp. 

285. 

Rev. by E. Meyerstein in English, III, 140-41; by G. M. Young in S, Aug. 9, 
pp. 148, 150; in TLS, July 6, p. 323. Includes treatment of Fronde and J. S. Mill. 

Reprints a number of short pieces already published, including Carlyle and 
Hitler" (1931). Charming and delightful, but very uneven in merit ; suffers to some 
extent from "dating/ 5 as many of the author s pronouncements, on Scott, Byron, 
and Carlyle, especially, were made while he was still in the process of determining 
his conclusions. C. F. H. 

Griggs, Edward H. Moral leaders. New York: Abingdon pr. Pp, 240. 
Popular essays, including one on Carlyle. 

Hartwig, George H. "An immortal friendship (Carlyle and Emerson)." H ib- 
bertjour., XXXVIII, 102-14. 

Scudder, Townsend. Jane Welsh Carlyk. See VB 1939, 405. 
Rev. in TLS, April 6, p. 167. 

Selliere, Ernest. L actualitg de Carlyk: un preurseur du ncdimal-socialisme* 

Paris: Nouvelle revue critique, 1939. Pp. 254. 

Rev. by R. Hunt in NC, CXXVI, 474-75; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXV, 246- 
47; by F. Piquet in RG, XXX (1939), 287-88. 

Smith, Fred Manning. "Whitman s poet-prophet and Carlyle s hero." 
PMLA, LV, 1146-64. 

Wagner, Albert. "Goethe, Carlyle, Nietzsche and the German middle class." 
Monatshefte fur deutschen Unterricht, XXXI (1939), 161-74, 235-42. 

Young, Louise. Thomas Carlyle and the art of history. See VB 1939, 406. 

Rev. by W. Abbott in MLN, LV, 550-51; by L. Davidson in MP, XXXVII, 
332-34; by H. Grierson in EHR, LV, 318-21; by C. Harrold in JEGP, XXXIX, 
428-31; by S. P. L. in JP, XXXVII, 80-81; by T. Scudder in JMH, XII, 271-72. 

Carroll (see also III, Ehrentreich). "Les merveilles de la photographie." Tr. 
from English by H. Fontenoy. Nrf, XXVIII, 238-42. 

Archibald, R. C. "Bibliography of Lewis Carroll: additions." N & Q, Aug. 
24, pp. 134-35. 

McPike, E. F., and others. "Dobson, Dodson or Dodgson family. 7 N <fc Q, 
June 22, p. 442; July 27, p. 69. 

Clough (see III, Lucas). 

Coleridge. Griggs, Earl Leslie. Coleridge fille: a biography of Sara Coleridge. 
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 280. 
Rev. by V. Woolf in NS, Oct. 26, pp. 418-20. 



332 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Collins. Parrish, M. C. Wilkie Collins and Charles Reade. First editions (with 
a few exceptions) in the library at Dormy House, Pine Valley, Neio Jersey, 
described with notes by M. L. Parrish, with the assistance of Elizabeth V. Mil 
ler. London: Constable. Pp. x-f 356. 150 copies only. 
Rev. in TLS, June 1, p. 272. 

Conrad. Clemens, Florence. "Joseph Conrad as a geographer." SM, LI, 
460-65. 

Gee, John A., and Sturm, Paul J. (eds.). Letters of Joseph Conrad to Marguerite 
Poradowski: 1890-1920. Tr. from French, and ed with an introd. New 
Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. 147. 
Rev. by M. Zabel in New R, Dec. 23, pp. 873-74. 

Grordan, John D, Joseph Conrad: the making of a novelist. Cambridge: Har 
vard univ, pr. Pp. xiv+430. 
Rev. by M. Zabel in New R, Dec. 23, pp. 873-74. 

Croker. Brightfield, Myron F. John Wilson Croker. Berkeley: Univ. of Cali 
fornia pr. Pp. xiiiH-464. 

Cust. "Diaries of Robert Needham Cust, 1842-1909." BM, XIV, 7-8. 

Dallas, E. S. Roellinger, F. X. "E. S. Dallas in Trollope s Autobiography." 
MLN, LV, 422-24. 

Darwin (see also III, Gantz). Pleadwell, F. L. "Charles Darwin and Mrs. 
Whitby." N & Q, May 18, p. 354. 

Dickens (see also III, Fischer; Carlyle: Davis). Dickensian (quarterly), Vol. 

XXXVI, Nos. 254, 255. See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: "Dickens s earliest known letter" (pp. 103-4); "A new Dick 
ens letter: about his amateur theatricals" (pp. 75-77); "The birthday in the 
black-out" (pp. 137-38); "A Dickens diary" (pp. 151-62); "Peeps at Dickens: 
pen pictures from contemporary sources. XXXV Home theatricals" (pp. 173- 
74) ; "Ein Fuhrer, im Dickens" (pp. 43-44) ; Ernest Boll, "The sketches by Boz " 
(pp. 69-73); W. Dexter, "For one night only: Dickens s appearances as an ama 
teur actor" (pp. 91-102, 131-35); W. L. Gadd, "Coketown" (pp. 85-87); W. L. 
Gadd, "The Dickens touch" (pp. 181-85); T. W. Hill, "Let s talk of epitaphs" 
(pp. 79-84); T. W. Hill, "The oyster; a close-up" (pp. 139-46); J. McNulty, 
" A Christmas carol in other lands" (pp. 5-7) ; J. McNulty, "An omitted chapter" 
(pp. 147-49); L. Mason, "Poe and the Messenger " (pp. 163-68); L. Mason, "A 
tale of three authors" (pp. 109-19); C. Woollen, "Some thoughts on Dickens s 
women" (pp. 178-80). 

Alain. "L imagination dans le roman." RP, March 1, pp. 47-52. 
Primarily a study of the imagination of Dickens. 

Becker, May Lamberton. Introducing Charles Dickens. New York: Dodd. 
Mead. Pp. ix+250. 
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Nov. 16, p. 24. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1940 

Christie, 0. F. Dickens and his age See VB 1939, 407. 

Rev. in XR, CXIV, 124. 

Davis, Earle R. "Dickens and the evolution of caricature/ PMLA, LV, 
231-40. 

"Dickens in Russia: a moral educator." By a Russian correspondent, TLS t 
Sept. 7, p. 459. 

G., W. W. " In a Pickwickian sense/ " N & Q, July 27, p. 63. 
Gives 1851 as earliest date for the phrase. 

Gaselee, S., and others. "At Christmas: Ibsen and Dickens." A r < <?, Jan. 
20, p. 51; Jan. 27, p. 68. 

Gummer, Ellis N. Dickens works in Germany, 1887-1B37. Oxford: Claren 
don pr. Pp. 200. 
Rev. in N & Q, May 4, p. 323. 

Ignoto, and others. " Pickwick : two queries." N & Q, Aug. 24, p. 137; 
Sept. 14, p. 197; October 26, pp. 302-3; Nov. 16, pp. 358-59. 

Krappe, Edith S. "A possible source for Poe s The tell-tale heart and The black 

cat." AL, XII, 84-88. 

The possible source is Dickens 7 The clock-case. 
Lucas, Audrey. "Some Dickens women." YR, XXIX, 706-28. 

Lucas, John P., Jr. "To John Landseer, Esquire: a note from Charles Dick 
ens." SAQ, XXXIX, 448-53. 
" The old curiosity shop : Dickens and Disney." TLS, April 6, p. 167. 

Orwell, George. Inside the whale London: Gollancz. Pp. 188. 

Rev. by H. House in S, March 15, p. 382; by M. Plowman in Adelphi, XVI, 
316-17; by V. Pritchett in NS, March 16, pp. 369-70; in Dicken&ian, XXXVI, 
174-77. Includes an essay on Dickens social ideology a consideration of Dick 
ens in relation to revolutionism. 

Wilson, Edmund. "Dickens and the Marshalsea prison." Atlantic monthly, 

CLXV, 473-83, 681-91. 
Wilson, Edmund. "Dickens: the two Scrooges." New R, March 4, pp. 297- 

300; March 11, pp. 339-42. 
Wilson, Edmund. "The mystery of Edwin Drood." New R, April 8, pp. 

463-67. 

This and the article on "Dickens: the two Scrooges" present a study of Dickens 
double personality with special reference to the Ellen Ternan affair, to the satire 
on the middle class in Our mutual friend, and to the dual personality of John Jasper 
in Edwin Drood. 
Wilson, R. A. "Translations of the works of Charles Dickens." BM, XIV, 

59-60. 



334 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Disraeli, Benjamin. Cline, C. L. "Benjamin Disraeli on the grotesque in lit 
erature." RES, XVI, 68-71. 

Dudgeon, Patrick 0. "Las novelas de Mr. Disraeli." Nosotros, V, 81-91. 
Hibernicus. "Disraeli and Spanish." N & Q, July 6, p. 11. 

D Israeli, Isaac, Kopstein, Sarah. Isaac D Israeli (1766-1848). Basel diss. 
Jerusalem: Azriel pr., 1939. Pp. 110. 

Dobson. "Austin Dobson: 1840-1921: a poet of two worlds." TLS, Jan, 13, 
p. 22 (a centenary article). 

Hasenclever, E. Dos 18. Jahrhundert in Austin Dobsons Dichtung. Gottingen 
diss. Wurzburg-Aumuhle: Triltsch, 1939. Pp. 98. 
Brief rev. in LZD } XCI, 588. 

Doughty. Brie, Friedrich. "Charles Doughty und sein Epos The dawn in 
Britain: 3 A, LXIV, 256-95. 

Cartwright, J. "Charles M. Doughty and Travels in Arabia Deserta/ " 
Manch, LXIV, 141-60. 

Taylor, Walt. Doughty s English. See VB 1939, 408. 
Rev. by S. Potter in MLR, XXXV, 130-31. 

Doyle. Starrett, Vincent (ed.). 2&1B: studies in Sherlock Holmes, by various 
hands. New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi+247. 
Rev. in Educational forum, IV, 497. 

DuMaurier. Lanoire, Maurice. "Un anglo-franc.ais, Georges du Maurier." 
SP, March 15, pp. 263-81. 

Eliot. Haight, Gordon S. George Eliot and John Chapman; with Chapman s 

diaries. New Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. xi+261. 

Rev. in NYTBR, Dec. 15, p. 12; in TLS, Dec. 28, p. 657. 

This work, together with George Eliot s letters (now in the Yale University 
Library) at present being edited by Mr. Haight, will revolutionize much in our con 
ception of Marian Evans; it supplies much that was omitted by John W. Cross, 
and publishes Chapman s hitherto unpublished diaries, also in the possession of 
Yale University; it portrays George Eliot as more dependent on others than is 
generally supposed, and reveals Chapman as a puzzlingly contradictory character; 
the Westminster review group, including Herbert Spencer, receives new and illu 
minating treatment. C. F. H. 

Sackville-West, Edward. Books in general." NS, Nov. 23, pp. 518-20. 
An essay on Middlemarch. 

Forbes. Perry, William. Alexander Penrose Forbes, bishop of Brechin; the Scot 
tish Pusey. London: S.P.C.K., 1939. Pp. 224. 
Early leader of the Oxford Movement. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 335 

Froude (see Carlyle: Grierson). 
Garrett, afterward Anderson, Elizabeth (see II, Abercrombie). 

Gladstone (see also II, Abercrombie, Ackland, Medlicott, Rudman). Hiley, 
P. C. W. "Gladstone and Gordon." N & Q t Aug. 10, p. 100. 

Hardy (see also II, Bain; III, Craig, Daiches, Lucas, Stoll, Wells; Browning: 
Titman). Revenge is sweet; two short stories. With an introd. on "Hardy s 
uncollected tales/ by Carl J. Weber. Waterville, Me.: Colby College li 
brary. Pp. 61. 

Selected poems of Thomas Hardy. Ed. with introd. by G. M. Young. London: 
Macmillan. Pp. xxxix+204. 

Rev. by L. Aaronson in NC, CXXVIII, 492-99; by W. Empson in N8, Sept. 14, 
pp. 263-64. 

Auden, W. H. "A literary transference." SouR, VI, 7&-8d. 

Baker, E. A. "Hardy s Dynasts: the moment for a performance." London 
Times, June 4, p. 4. 

Baker, Howard. "Hardy s poetic certitude." SouR, VI, 49-63. 
Baldwin, Earl, of Bewdley. "Thomas Hardy." English, III, 57-62. 
Barber, E. "Hardy and Hardy s Wessex." Country life, LXXXVII, 562-65. 
Barzun, Jacques. "Truth and poetry in Thomas Hardy." SouR t VI, 179-92. 

Bentley, Phyllis. "Thomas Hardy as a regional novelist." FR, CXLVII, 
647-52. 

Blackmur, R. P. The expense of greatness. New York: Arrow Editions. 
Pp. 305. 

Includes essays on "The shorter poems of Hardy" and "The later poems of 
Yeats." 

Blackmur, R. P. "The shorter poems of Thomas Hardy." SouR, VI, 20-48. 

Blyton, W. J. "Hardy after a century." NR, CXIV, 611-15; CWd, CLII, 
292-95. 

Brewin, A. H. "Thomas Hardy and the unknown soldiers." London Times, 
June 1, p. 7. 

Brooks, B. G. "Thomas Hardy." NC, CXXVIII, 377-89. 

Brooks, Philip. "Remarkable Hardy exhibition at the Grolier Club." 
NYTBR, June 2, p. 17. 

Chadwick, Gertrude. "Thomas Hardy: some Wessex recollections." Guard 
ian, June 7, pp. 275-76. 



336 VICTORIAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Chakravarty, A. u The dynasts" and the post-war age in poetry. See VB 1939, 

410. 

Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXVI, 616-18; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXV, 
248-49. 

Davidson, Donald. "The traditional basis of Thomas Hardy s fiction." SouR, 
VI, 162-78. 

Dobree, Bonamy. "The dynasts." SouR, VI, 109-24. 
Downs, R. B. "Colby s Hardy collection." LQ, X, 162. 
Edgar, Pelham. "The Hardy centenary." QQ, XLVII, 277-87. 

Flower, Sir Newman. "Some memories of Thomas Hardy." Dorset county 
chronicle, May 30, p. 5, 

Gannett, Lewis. "Rothenstein s memories of Hardy." N. Y. Herald-Tribune, 
April 23. 

Gilchrist, Anne. "Tunes in the Hardy music books." M & L, XXI, 301-2. 
Grew, Eva. "Thomas Hardy as musician." M & L, XXI, 120-42. 
Grew, Eva. "Thomas Hardy and music." The choir, XXXI, 82-83. 

Grigson, G. "Architecture and Thomas Hardy." Arch. rev. (Cheam, Surrey), 
LXXXVIII, 1-2. 

"Thomas Hardy: born June 2, 1840. The dynasts/ the book of the mo 
ment. Poetical history with the force of a prophecy." TLS, June 1, pp. 
266, 270. Feature centenary article. 

Hilton, X R. "Thomas Hardy." Architects jour., XCI, 614-16. 

Holland, Clive. "The Thomas Hardy I knew." Christian sci. mon., May 18, 
mag. sec., pp. 5, 14. 

Holland, Clive. "Cycle rides with Hardy." Dorset county chronicle, June 6, 
pp. 1, 3. 

Holland, Clive. "My walks and talks with Hardy." John o j London s weekly, 
XLIII, 274 (June 7). 

Holland, Clive. "Hardy the man." Jour, of Roy. Soc. of Arts, LXXXVIII, 
779-92. 

Hopkins, F. M. "The Lemperly sale" (of a Hardy letter). Publisher s weekly, 
Jan. 20, 257-59. 

HorwiU, H. W. "The centenary of Hardy s birth." NYTBR, July 7, p. 8. 

Kaplan, Estelle. Philosophy in the poetry of Edwin Arlington Robinson. New 
York: Columbia univ. pr. See pp. 6, 12, 31-33, 52. 

Leavis, F. R. "Hardy the poet," SouR, VI, 87-98. 



VICTORIAN RIBLIOGHAPHY FOR 19 H) H37 

Leisner, August R. "Sonnets on Hardy." Dalhousie rev., XX, 316-18. 
Leishman, J. B. "Hardy s burning veracity/ RES, XVI, 367. 
Lovett, Neville. Hardy s religion." London Times, June 3, p. 3. 

MacCarthy, Desmond. "Thomas Hardy: the writer." Listener, June 6 f pp. 
1086-87. 

McCourt, E. A. "Thomas Hardy and war." Dalhousie rev., XX, 227-34. 
McWilliam,W. "In Thomas Hardy s Wessex." Geographical mag., XI, 36-49. 
"Thomas Hardy" (editorial). Manchester guardian, June 1, p. 6. 

"Masefield on Thomas Hardy." Bull of the John Rylands library, XXIII 

(1939), 362. 
Milner, G. "The religion of Thomas Hardy." Modern churchman, XXX, 

157-64. 
Mizener, A. "Jude the obscure as a tragedy." SouR, VI, 193-213. 

Morley, Christopher. "Soliloquy on Thomas Hardy." Columbia univ. quar., 

XXXII, 206-9. 

Muller, Herbert J. "The novels of Hardy today." SouR, VI, 214-24. 
Pirkhofer, A. W. "Der Unsterblichkeitsgedanke in Thomas Hardys Gedich- 

ten." ZNU, XXXIX, 175-85. 
Porter, Katherine A. "Notes on a criticism of Thomas Hardy." SouR, VI, 

150-61. 
Quiller-Couch, Sir Arthur. "The dynasts." John o London s weekly, June 7, 

pp. 275-76. 

Ransom, John C. "Honey and gall." SouR, VI, 2-19. 
Selected letters of Edwin Arlington Robinson. Ed. R. Torrence. New York: 

Macmillan. See pp. 45, 129-30, 159, 177. 
Roe, Ivan. "Thomas Hardy: poet of fate and circumstance." Chambers s 

jour., No. 531, pp. 411-15. 
Rowse, A. L. "Thomas Hardy and North Cornwall." Country life, 

LXXXVIII, 70-72. 
Samuel, Viscount. "The philosophy of Thomas Hardy." John <? London s 

weekly, June 7, pp. 277-78. 
Sassoon, Siegfried. "Hardy as I knew him." John o London^ weekly, June 7, 

pp. 269-70. 

Schwartz, Delmore. "Poetry and belief in Thomas Hardy." SouR, VI, 64-77. 
Sherman, Elna. "Thomas Hardy: lyricist, symphonist." M & L, XXI, 

143-71. 



;J3S VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Sherman, Elna. "Music in Thomas Hardy s life and work/ Musical quar., 

XXVI, 419-45. 

Sime, A. H. M. "Thomas Hardy the poet/ LQHR, CLXV, 330-38. 
Smith, Joseph Coburn. "Hardy s first short story traced." New York Times, 

Feb. 25. 
The southern review: Thomas Hardy centennial issue (Vol. VI, No. 1). 

Its articles are listed in the present Hardy bibliog. according to authors names; 
this issue of the Southern review is a good-sized book. 

In this brilliant and provocative volume Hardy faces a barrage of critical artil 
lery, and he emerges from the ordeal rather well. Many of his poems, it is true, are 
summarily discarded; he is repeatedly belabored for his "ill-digested philosophy" 
(Tate); and his novels undergo searching analysis which is not always favorable. 
But though much is taken, much abides. Although he is not a major poet, he 
wrote "major poems" (Leavis), is "a great minor poet" (Ransom), and his works 
are distinguished by "the best sort of humanity" (Baker), and by a fine "sense of 
the dignity of man" (Dobr6e). These essays go beyond their assignment. They 
contain also much illuminating comment on nineteenth-century thought and on 
Victorian and modern poets and poetry. S. P. C. 

Tate, Allen. "Hardy s philosophic metaphors." SouR, VI, 99-108. 

Tilley, T. H. "Memories of an intimate friendship." Dorset county chronicle, 

June 6, p. 1. 

Titman, Lily. "Thomas Hardy as musician." The Chesterian, XX, 157-62. 
Titman, Lily. "A master s method." Writer (London) (N.S.), II, 90-94. 

Titman, Lily. "Thomas Hardy s Sussex contacts." Sussex county mag., XIV, 
215-19. 

Tomlinson, H. M. "The Wessex novels." John o London s weekly, June 7, 

p. 272. 
Walpole, Sir. Hugh. "Two memories of Thomas Hardy." Jour, of the Roy. Soc. 

of Arts, LXXXVIII, 792-93; 

Weber, Carl J. "The centenary of Emma Lavinia Gifford." Colby mercury, 
VII (Nov." 24), 1-12. 

Weber, Carl J. Hardy of Wessex: his life and literary career. New York: Co 
lumbia univ. pr. Pp. xii+302. 

Rev. by S. C. Chew in Christian sci. mon., May 4, mag. sec., p. 10, in HTB, 
April 14, p. 16; by P. Edgar in Ottawa jour., June 1 ; by M. Geismar in AT, April 27, 
p. 548; by A. Hill in VQR, XVI, 452-54; by P. Hutchison in NYTBR, March 17, 
p. 17; by R. Roberts in SRL, June 1, pp. 14r-16; by R. Thompson in New York 
Times, March 18; by E. Wagenknecht in Seattle Post-Intettigencer, April 21; in CE> 
II, 87. 

This biography is primarily and avowedly written to show Hardy as a man of 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 339 

letters "to tell why Thomas Hardy wrote, why he wrote on the subjects he chose, 
and how his books grew from ideas and emotions and experiences to printed 
volumes." Mr. Weber has succeeded remarkably well, as was expected of him. 
He has for years made himself internationally acknowledged, because of Ms numer 
ous articles and monographs, as a vigorous, intelligent, meticulous, and apprecia 
tive Hardy scholar. His book is a centennial tribute to Hardy and is such & work 
as we think Hardy himself would approve of. He has achieved a mastery of an 
immense amount of fact, including much drawn from hundreds of unpublished 
letters ; and he has made fact interesting, as he uses it shrewdly, straightforwardly, 
and economically to show us Hardy the writer and to give us a new and better 
understanding and, consequently, a more appreciative enjoyment of Hardy s prose 
and poetry. Inevitably there must emerge (and does emerge) from such a presen 
tation a better understanding of and a new admiration for Hardy the man. 

Because of the interest that wartime England and America today are showing 
in The dynasts, many people would welcome from Mr. Weber a larger treatment 
of that poem than he has seen fit to give of it in a brief chapter of this book. He has, 
however, intentionally restricted himself in this book and has striven toward ob 
jectivity of treatment. Those who wish that he had included more interpretation 
should not criticize this book adversely for lacking it. 

The style of the book is simple, clear, unaffected, meaty, and sympathetic. Mr. 
Weber writes as only one can write who has written much and who has gained 
control of a vastly greater amount of detail about his subject than he sees fit to use 
for his set purpose. Previous reviewers have properly praised him especially for 
his tactful yet effective dealing with all that pertains to the first Mrs. Hardy. 
Chapter iv ("The poor man and the critic") is also particularly well done. The 
literary biography of Hardy covers pp. 3-231. Appendixes cover pp. 235-78 and 
present much helpful and much new information, including, with others, sections 
on Hardy s quotations from English literature, his debt to Shakespeare, notes on 
the Wessex novels, Hardy s short stories, his debt to Browning, his Napoleonic 
library, the Hardy plays, and Hardy s manuscripts. The fact that the index covers 
twenty-two pages of double-columned small type indicates that Mr. Weber has 
skilfully compressed a very large amount of objective detail into a smoothly co 
herent and richly rewarding book. W. D. T. 

Weber, Carl J. "A Hardy thought." SRL, May 25, p. 11. 

Weber, Carl J. Rebekah Owen and Thomas Hardy. See VB 1939, 411. 

Rev. by Joseph Warren Beach in MLN, LV,* 316-17. 
Weber, Carl J. "The restoration of Hardy s starved goldfinch." PMLA, LV, 

617-19. 

Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy in America." Colophon (N.S.), I, 100. 
Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy music: with a bibliography." "Further 

Thomas Hardy music." M & L, XXI, 172-78, 302, 400. 
Willis, Irene C. Thomas Hardy." NS, June 1, pp. 698-99. 
Wilson, Carroll A. A descriptive catalogue of the Grolier Club Hardy exhibition. 

("Colby College monograph," No. 9.) Portland, Me.: Southworth pr. 



340 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Zabel, Morton. "Hardy in defense of his art: the aesthetic of incongruity." 

SouR, VI, 125-49. 
Hopkins. Abbott, C. C. "Gerard Manley Hopkins: a letter and drafts of 

early poems." Durham univ. jour., XXXII, 65-73. 
Applejoy, P. "Hopkins sets a poetic signpost." CWd, CLI, 184-90. 
Heywood, T. "Gerard Manley Hopkins; his literary ancestry." English, III, 

16-24. 

See also ibid., p. 149 (note by R. G. Howarth). 
Lahey, G. F. Gerard Hanky Hopkins. Oxford univ. pr., 1938. Pp. 172. 

A companion to the poems of Hopkins, published in the "Oxford bookshelf" ; it 
is labeled "the only biography" of Hopkins. 
Housman (see also III, Bronowski). The collected poems of A. E. Housman. 

New York: Henry Holt, Pp. 264. 

Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXVIII, 71-76; by C. Brooks, Jr., in Kenyon rev., 
Ill (1941), 105-9; by L. MacNeice in New R, April 29, p. 583; by R. Ward in 
Adelphi, XVI, 318-20. 

Housman, A. E. "The defeated." Hitherto unpublished poem. VQR, XV 
(1939), 541. 

Caclamanos, D. "The source of a poem by A. E. Housman." "The source of 
another poem by A. E. Housman." N&Q, Feb. 24, p. 133; April 6, p. 244. 

Carter, John, and Sparrow, John. "A. E. Housman: an annotated check-list." 
Library, XXI, 160-91. 

Garrod, H. W. "Housman: 1939." In Essays and studies by members of the 
English Assoc., XXV (1939), 7-21. 

Maurer, K-W. "A. E. Housman." A, LXIII (1939), 197-208. 
Peters, E. C. "A cynical classicist." Poetry rev., XXXI, 155-56. 
Richards, Grant. Housman, 1897-1937. Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 350. 

Withers, Percy. A buried life. London: Cape. Pp. 136. 
Rev. by T. Worsley in NS, Sept. 14, pp. 266-67. 

Hudson. Hamilton, Robert. "The spirit of W, H. Hudson: an evaluation." 
QR, CCLXXV, 239-48. 

Ingelow. Singers-Biggers, G. "Jean Ingelow, 1820-1897." English, III, 
78-84. 

Jameson. Letters of Anna Jameson See VB 1939, 412. 

Rev. by H. Atkins in MLR, XXV, 262-63; by V. Lange in Germanic rev., XV 
304; by C. Mercer in Dalhousie rev., XX, 388-90. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 341 

Johnson (see also Arnold). Patrick, Arthur W. Lionel Johnson (1867-190$), 
poete et critique. Sorbonne diss. Paris: L. Rodstein, 1939. Pp. 254. 
Rev. by E. K. Brown in TQ t IX (1939), 120-21. 

Jones. Weber, Hans, Richard Jones. Ein fruher englischer Abtrunni&er der 
klassischen Schule der Nationaldkonomie. Zurich diss. Zurich: H. Girsber- 
ger Verlag, 1939. Pp. x+116. 

Kingsley, "Charles Kingsley: Sermons, 1850-1862." Bodleian Library rec., I, 

174. 

Six holograph sermons acquired. 
Kipling. More selected stones. London: Macmillan. Pp. vi+212. 

Rev. by V. Pritchett in NS, April 6, p. 464. 

Kipling, R. Les tambours du Fore and aft. Traduction de L. Fabulet, R. d Hu- 
mires et Austin Jackson. Paris: Delagrave, 1938. 
Rev. briefly by V. L. in EtA, III (1939), 411. 

Brown, Hilton. "Rudyard Kipling: a reassessment." NC t CXXVIII, 39-50. 

Chelius, Ida. "Unsere SteUung zu Kipling." Die deutsche hohere Schule, VII, 
202-3. 

Feilhauer, L. Das Gentlemanideal bei Rudyard Kipling und sein Zusammen- 
hang mil der Eigenart englischen Wesens in Beziehung zu der aUgemeinen 
Frage nach der "Fundierung" menschlicher Werte in Vitalenergien. Mar 
burg diss., 1939. Pp. 78. 

Hanson, Laurence. "The Kipling bequest." BM , XIV, 93-95. 

Kugler, H. "Kiplings Deutschenhass." Die deutsche hohere Schule, VII, 282. 

"The lasting Kipling." TLS, Dec. 7, p. 617. (Editorial.) 

Lemonnier, Leon. Kipling. Paris: Tallandier, 1939. Pp. 347. 

Mabbott, T. 0. "Kipling at Gloucester, Massachusetts. - N & Q t April 6, 

p. 244. 

Munch, R. "Noch immer Kipling?" ZNU, XXXIX, 72-81. 
Milner, V. "Mrs. Rudyard Kipling." NR, CXIV, 229-32. 

An obituary. 
Renwick, W. L. "Re-reading Kipling." Durham univ. jour., XXXII, 3-16. 

Rice, Howard C. "En marge de quelques traductions de Kipling." EtA, III 

(1939), 343-48. 
Shanks, Edward. Rudyard Kipling: a study in literature and political ideas. 

London: Macmillan; New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. xi+267. 

Rev. by P. Jack in NYTBR, Oct. 27, p. 5; by H. McC. in More book*, XV, 
333-34; by V. Pritchett in NS, April 6, p. 464; in TLS, March 30, p. 160. 



342 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Weygandt, Ann. Kipling s reading and . , . . his poetry. See VB 1939, 412. 
Rev. by Hill Shine in MLN, LV, 560-61. 

Landor. The poetical works of Landor. See VB 1937, 442. 

Rev. by H. Wright in RES, XVI, 105-8. 

Ashley-Montagu, M. F. "Imaginary conversations." TLS, Jan. 27, p. 45. 

Lever. Stevenson, L. Dr. Quicksilver: the life of Charles Lever. See VB 1939, 
412. 

Rev. by J. B. Fort in EtA, III (1939), 389-90. 

Linton. Neiman, Fraser. "William James Linton, 1812-1897." Harvard univ. 
summaries of theses (1938). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 314-16. 

Livingstone. Some letters from Livingstone, 1840-1872. Ed. by David Cham- 
berlin. Introd. by R. Coupland. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 308. 
About seventy letters, the greater number not previously published. 

"The Waller and Kirk papers." Bodkian Library rec., I, 145-47. 

MSS of correspondence, notes, and diaries of Englishmen in Africa, including 
Livingstone and Gordon. 

Macaulay (see also III, Fischer). Beatty, R. C. Lord Macaulay See 

VB 1939, 413. 

Rev. by G. Davies in AHR, XLV, 386. 

Monroe, D. "Macaulay the last of the Whigs." Dalhousie rev., XIX, 
429-37. 

Marryat. Shand, John. "Marryat on cutting out. " NC, CXXVII, 480-81. 
Maurice (see Stephen). 

Meredith. Richard Feverel Traduit de 1 anglais par Weill-Raphael. 2 yols. 

Paris: -Gallimard, 1938. 

Rev. by V. Taffe in EtA, III (1939), 410-11. 

Carter, John. "Meredith s One of our conquerors" TLS, July 27, p. 368. 
Forman, M. B. "George Meredith s last letter. " TLS, July 20, p. 351. 
Goodell, Margaret. Three satirists of snobbery See VB 1939, 413. 

Rev. by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXV, 271; by W. Schmidt in ZNU, XXXI, 

85-87. 

Milner, V. "A talk about George Meredith." NR, CXV, 608-12. 
Petter, G. B. George Meredith and his German critics. See VB 1939, 414. 
Rev. by Burges Johnson in MLN, LV, 553-54. 

Mill (see Carlyle: Grierson). "Emerson to John Stuart Mill." More books, 
XV, 436-37. A letter, May 6, 1865. 



VIQJORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1D40 343 

Montgomery. Keeton, Morris T. "The philosophy of Edmund Montgom 
ery." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1938). Cambridge: Harvard univ. 
pr. Pp. 372-74. 

Moore. Auriant. "Un disciple anglais d fimile Zola: George Moore. Docu 
ments in&lits." MF, QCXCVII, 312-23. 
Letters from Moore to Zola, in French, 1882-87. 

Edgar, Pelham. "George Moore and George Russell." Canadian poetry mag., 
July, 1939, pp. 5-10. 

Morris (see also II, Abercrombie; III, Davis, Lucas). Eshleman, Lloyd W. 
A Victorian rebel: the life of William Morris. New York: Scribner s. Pp. 
xiv+386. 

Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Dee. 21, p. 22; by EL McC. in More books, XV, 431; 
by F. Steegmuller in HTB, Oct. 20, p. 17; by P. Wilson in NYTBR, Nov. 3, pp. 
1,14, 

A work of very uneven merit; attempting to cover the numerous activities of 
Morris, it is best when dealing with his work as a socialist and with his effort to 
bring art into everyday life; inadequate and often misleading on Morris ideas; 
aims to be readable and fails to be substantial; does not support its commercializ 
ing title; leaves a much-needed one-volume "life and work" still to be written. 
C. F. H. 

Flower, R. "The William Morris manuscripts." BM, XIV, 8-12. 

Gregory, Leonora. "Forecasts of fascism." NS, June 15, p. 749. 
News from nowhere contains such a forecast. 

Lewis, Clive. Rehabilitations See VB 1939, 414. 

Rev. by J. Leishman in RES, XVI, 109-13. 
Robertson, J. C. Mixed company. London: Dent. Pp. ix+200. 

Rev. by C. Stanley in Dalhousie rev., XIX, 526-28; in TLS, Feb. 3, p. 63. Con 
tains pages on "Plato and William Morris." 

Newbolt Betjeman, John (ed.). Selected poems: Henry Newbolt. London: 
Nelson. Pp. 160. 
Rev. by T. Worsley in NS, Nov. 16, p. 500. 

Newman (see also II, Ackland). Harrold, Charles Frederick. "Newman and 
the Alexandrian Platoniste." MP, XXXVII, 279-91. 

Healy, Martinus. The logical cogency of faith in the writings of John Henry 
Newman. Outline of diss. at the Catholic Univ. of Louvain. Lovanii: 
Typis ad Sancti Alphonsi, 1939. Pp. 8. 

Soulairol, J. "L actualit< de Newman." Nouvelles litteraires, Oct. 8, 1938. 

Noted in RLC, XIX (1939), 329. 
Opie. Bond, W. L. "Amelia Opie, novelist and Quaker." English, III, 62-66. 



344 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Haselden, R. B. "A note on James Northcote and John Opie." Huntington 

Ubr. quar. t III, 471-76. 

Has an unpublished letter by Mrs. Opie. 
Ouida. ffrench, Yvonne. Ouida See VB 1939, 414. 

Rev. by L. Rocher in Lea langues modernes, XXXVIII, 73-74. 
Pater (see also II, Abercrombie). Child, Ruth C. The aesthetic of Walter Pater. 

(Wellesley college publ.) New York: Macmillan. Pp. 157. 

Olivero, F. II pensiero religiose ed estetico di . . . . Pater. See VB 1939, 414. 

Rev. by E. K. Brown in MP, XXXVII, 437-38; by D. Stauffer in MLN, LV, 
232^33. 

Patmore (see III, Lucas). 
Planche (see I, Maemillan). 

Poole. Clark, G. N. "Reginald Lane Pooled EHR, LV, 1-7. 
Obituary of the editor of EHR from 1885 to 1920. 

Praed. Hudson, D. A poet in parliament: the life of . . . . Praed. See VB 1939, 
415. 
Rev. by J. R. M. B. in EHR, LV, 346-47. 

Pusey (see II, Ackland). 

Reade (see also Collins). Orwell, George. "Books in general." NS, Aug. 17, 
p. 162. 
A re-evaluation and appreciation of Charles Reade. 

Rossetti (see also III, Lucas). Dante Gabriel Rossetti s letters to Fanny Corn- 
worth. Ed. Paull Franklin Baum. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins pr.; Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. 142. 
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 23, p. 595. 

Rossetti, D. G. Sister Helen. Ed. Janet Troxell. See VB 1939, 415. 

Rev. by R. McKerrow in RES, XVI, 108-9. 
Koziol, H. "D. G. Rossetti s Reime." Archiv, CLXXVII, 98-99. 

Ruskin (see also III, Davis). Albers, Helma. Studien zu Rwkins Sozialismus. 
Hamburg diss., 1938. Pp. 76. 

Curran, C. P. "Benjamin Woodward, Ruskin, and the O Sheas." Studies, 
XXIX, 255-68. 

Gilbert, Katherine. "Ruskin s relation to Aristotle." Philosophical rev., 
XLIX, 52-62. 

ReiUy, Joseph. "Ruskin and war." CWd, CLII, 267-75. 
Russell (see Moore: Edgar; Yeats: O Connor). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 345 

Stephen. Sanders, Charles R. "Sir Leslie Stephen, Coleridge, and two Cnlc- 
ridgeans." PMLA, LV, 795-801. 
The two Coleridgeans are F. D. Maurice and J. D. Campbell. 

Stevenson. Aitkin, J. "The duel scene in St. Ives" TLS t Feb. 3, p. 59; for 
replies, see Feb. 10, p. 73; Feb. 17, p. 87. 

Issler, Anne. Stevenson at Silverado. See VB 1939, 416. 

Rev. by C. Stroven in AL, XII, 395. 
Snyder, Edward D. "A note on R. L. S." MLN, LV, 197-98. 

Strickland. Pope-Hennessy, Una. Agnes Strickland: biographer of the queens 
of England, 1796-1874- London: Chatto & Windus. Pp. xvi-f 328. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, April 20, p. 534; by M. Wilson in English, III, 

89-90; in TLS, April 27, p. 210. 

Surtees. Bell, Quentin. "Surtees." NS, March 9, p. 335. 

Gladstone, Hugh S., and others. "Surtees." N & Q, Oct. 5, pp. 249-50; Oct. 
19, p. 282. 

Swinburne (see also III, Bronowski, Lucas). Poems and prose. Ed. Richard 
Church. ("Everyman s library," No. 961.) New York: Dutton. Pp. xx-f 
377. 

Swinburne, A. C. Selected poems. Introd. by Laurence Binyon. ("World s 
classics," No. 481.) Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. xviii+339. 

Brown, Calvin S., Jr. "More Swinburne-D Annunzio parallels." PMLA, LV, 
559-67. 

Hughes, Randolph. "A Swinburne MS." TLS, Feb. 24, p. 99. 

Symonds. "J. A. Symonds (1840-1893) : the historian of the Renaissance. A 
garland of Victorian friendships." TLS, Oct. 5, pp. 506, 510. See also pp. 
507, 519. 

Taylor, Tom (see III, Tolles). 

Tennyson (see also II, Abercrombie; III, Lucas; Carlyle: Davis). Selections 

from Tennyson. Ed. with introd. by William Clyde DeVane and Mabel 

Phillips DeVane. New York: Crofts. Pp. xxv+481. 

Attempts to put "all the best of Tennyson s poetry into the compass of one 

readable volume, sufficiently annotated and edited to be useful to the students." 

The poems are arranged according to time of first publication. An appendix gives 

the form of the first published versions of "The lady of Shalott," "Oenone," and 

"The lotus-eaters." A selected bibliography is added (pp. 478-81). The notes are 

unusually numerous and are carefully concise in expression, even though some few 

are appropriately long; they will undoubtedly aid the student. The introduction 

(pp. xi-xxiii) presents a well-considered evaluation and appreciation of Tennyson s 

work and reputation. Although some readers may think the appreciation too con- 



346 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

servative, others will not; and the characterization of the man and of his work is 
refreshing and appealing as it portrays the contradictions in his nature, his ambi 
tions, and his poetry. In spite of small type the book is easy to read and is well 
made. W. D. T. 

De La Mare, Walter. Pleasures and speculations. London: Faber & Faber. 

Pp. 368. 

Rev. by T. Bosanquet in English, III, 138-39. Has an essay on Tennyson that 
first appeared in TLS. 

Loane, G. "Illustrations of Tennyson." N & Q, Oct. 12, pp. 258-60; Oct. 19, 
pp. 274-76. 

Presents similarities of thought and expression in Tennyson and various great 
writers. 

Lumiansky, R. M. "Tennyson and Gu]?runarkviJ?a I." N & Q, July 13, pp. 
23-24. 

Possible indebtedness to the Poetic Edda for "Home they brought her warrior 
dead." 

McKean, G. R. "Faith in Locksley HaUY " Dalhousie rev., XIX, 472-78. 

S., W. W. "The Miller s daughter with apologies to Tennyson!" N & Q, 
Feb. 3, p. 79. 
On the influence of Greek lyric poetry. 

Thackeray (see also Meredith: Goodell). Ardagh, J., and others. "Thacke 
ray s drawings." N & Q, Feb. 3, p. 82; March 9, p. 179; March 30, pp. 
231-32. 

Dodds, John W. "Thackeray in the Victorian frame." SeR, XLVIII, 466-78. 
Milford, H. S. "Thackeray letters." TLS, April 27, p. 207. 

Appeals for letters for the proposed edition of Thackeray correspondence by 
Gordon N. Ray. A similar appeal is in NS t May 18, p. 645. 

Thompson. Tolles, F.B. "The Praetorian cohorts: a study of the language of 
Francis Thompson s poetry." ESt, XXII, 49-64. 

Trelawny. Armstrong, Margaret. Trelawny; a man s life. New York: Mac- 
millan. Pp. 379. 
Fascinatingly written. Uses some new source material. 

Trollope (see also Dallas: Roellinger). Ralph the heir. ("World s classics," 
Nos. 475, 476.) 2 vols. Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 356; 362. 

Fester, Lotte. Anthony Trollope als Beurteikr der politischen und gesellschaft- 
lichen Zustande seiner Zeit. Giessen diss. Wurzburg-Aumuhle: Triltsch, 
1939. Pp. 80. 
Brief rev. in LZD, XCI, 588. 

Piper, Myfanwy. "Trollope." NS, Feb. 17, p. 209. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 347 

Sadleir, Michael. "A conundrum for Trollopians." TLS, Oct. 19, p. 536; see 
also Oct. 26, pp. 548, 560. 

Wildman, John H. Anthony Trollope s England. Providence, R.I.: Brown 
univ. Pp. 135. Rev. in TLS, Dec. 28, p. 659. 

Waterton. Gosse, Philip. The squire of Walton Hall London: Cassell. Pp. 
333. 

Rev. by V. Pritchett in NS, Sept. 21, p. 286. A biography of Charles Waterton, 
the naturalist. 

Wilde (see also III, Perry, Russell). Buhner, K. "Noch immer Oscar Wilde/ 
Berl. Bors.-Ztg., 360. Listed in Die Literatur, XLII (Oct., 1939), 19. 

De Saix, Guillot. "Le cinquime 6vangile selon Saint Oscar Wilde: dix-neuf 
contes in6dits." MF, CCXCVI, 257-73. 

Douglas, Lord Alfred. Oscar Wilde: a summing-up. London: Duckworth. 
Pp. 143. Rev. in TLS, Feb. 3, p. 60. 

Snider, Rose. "Oscar Wilde s progress Down East." NEQ, XIII, 7-23. 

Winwar, Frances. Oscar Wilde and the yellow nineties. New York: Harper. 

Pp. vii+381. 

Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, March 24, p. 2; by E. Boyd in SRL, March 23, p. 5; 
by H. Gorman in NYTBR, March 24, p. 5. 

Winwar, Frances. "Some postscripts to Oscar Wilde." SRL, Aug. 17, pp. 
13, 16. 

Wyndham, Horace, and others. "Lady Wilde." N & Q, Feb. 10, p. 98; Feb. 
24, p. 142. 

Wordsworth. The letters of William and Dorothy Wordsworth; the later years. 

See VB 1939, 418. 

Rev. by A. Beatty in MLR, XXXV, 240-43; by C. Cestre in EtA, III (1939), 
381-83. 

Yeats (see also III, Brooks; Hardy: Blackmur). Last poems and plays. Lon 
don: Macmillan. Pp. vi+126. 

Rev. by F. Leavis in Scrutiny, VIII, 437-40; by J. Ransom in Kenyan rev., II, 
345-47. 
Yeats, W. B. Letters on poetry from W. B. Yeats to Dorothy WelUsley. Oxford 

univ. pr. Pp. 216. 

Rev. by W. Mellers in Scrutiny, IX, 197-99; by E. Meyerstein in English, III, 
136-38; by A. Tate in New R, Nov. 25, pp. 730-32. 
Yeats, W. B. Poesie. Tr. into Italian by Leone Traverse. Milano: Ed.Schei- 

willer, 1939. 

Rev. by G. Altichieri in Letteratura, IV, 154-55. 



348 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 

Yeats, W. B. "Some passages from the letters of W. B. Yeats to A. E." 

Dublin mag., July-Sept., 1939, pp. 9-21. 

Unpublished letters, 1889-192L 
Clemens, C. "The passing of W. B. Yeats." Canadian bookman, June- July, 

1939, pp. 21-25. 

De Lipski, W. "Note sur le symbolisme de W. B. Yeats." EtA, IV, 31-42. 
Edgar, Pelham. "The enigma of Yeats." QQ, XLVI (1939), 411-22. 

Gwynn, Stephen (ed.). Scattering branches: tributes to the memory of W. B. 

Yeats. London: Macmillan. Pp. viii+230. 

Rev. by S. Spender in NS, Aug. 31, pp. 214-15. A "concerted biographical 
study" contributed by Maud Gonne, Sir W. Rothenstein, Lennox Robinson, W. G. 
Fay, Edmund Dulac, F. R. Higgins, C. Day Lewis, L. A. G. Strong, and Stephen 
Gwynn. 

Hinkson, Pamela. "Letters from W. B. Yeats." YR, XXIX (1939), 307-20. 
O Connor, Frank. "Two friends, Yeats and A. E." YR, XXIX (1939), 60-88. 
Recollections. 

O Hegarty, P. S. "Notes on the bibliography of W. B. Yeats." Dublin mag., 
Oct.-Dec., 1939, pp. 61-65. 

O Hegarty, P. S. "W. B. Yeafa and revolutionary Ireland of his time." Dub 
lin mag., July-Sept., 1939, pp. 22-24. 

Pauly, M.-H. "W. B. Yeats et les symbolistes frangais." RLC, XX, 13-33. 

Smith, A. J. M. "Poet young and old: W. B. Yeats." TQ, VIII (1939), 
255-63. 

Whitridge, Arnold. "William Butler Yeats, 1865-1939." Dalhousie rev., XIX, 
1-8. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1941 



"^HIS bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the Vic 
torian Literature Group of the Modern Language Association of 

. America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University of Illi 
nois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal College; 
Samuel P. Chew, University of Oklahoma; and Austin Wright, Carne 
gie Institute of Technology. It attempts to list the noteworthy pub 
lications of 1941 (including reviews of earlier items) that have a bear 
ing on English literature of the Victorian period and similar publica 
tions of earlier date that have been inadvertently omitted from the 
preceding Victorian bibliography. Unless otherwise stated, the date 
of publication is 1941. Reference to a page in the bibliography for 
1940, in Modern philology. May, 1941, is made by the following form: 
See VB 1940, 443. Some cross-references are given , although not all 
that are possible. 

KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 
HTB 



A = Anglia 

AHR = American historical review 
AL = American literature 
Archiv = Archiv fur das Studium der 

neueren Sprachen 

BBDI = Bull, of bibliog. and dramat 
ic index 

Beiblatt = Beiblatt vur Anglia 
CE = College English 

CR = Contemporary review 

CWd = Catholic world 
DLtz Deutsche Literaturzeitung 
EHR = English historical review 
ELH = Journal of English literary 

history 

ES = Englische Studien 

ESt = English studies 
EtA - Etudes anglaises 
FR = Fortnightly review 
HLQ = Huntington Library quar 
terly 

[MODBBN PHILOLOGY, May, 1942]- 



JAA 
JEOP 

JMH 

JP 

JPE 

JR 

LAR 

LgrP 



LJ 
LL 
LQ 
LQHR 



LR 



= New York Herald-Tribune 
books 

= Journal of aesthetics and art 
criticism 

= Journal of English and Ger 
manic philology 

= Journal of modern history 

= Journal of philosophy 

= Journal of political economy 

= Journal of religion 

* Library Association record 

= Ldteraturblatt fur german- 
ische und romanische Philo- 
logie 

= Library journal 

= Life and letters today 

= Library quarterly 

= London quarterly and Hoi- 
bom review 

== Library review 



349 



350 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 



LZD = Literarisches Zentralblatt QQ 
fur Deutschland QR 
MLN = Modern language notes RES 
MLR = Modern language review RLC 
MP = Modern philology 
M &L = Music and letters RoR 
N = Nation S 
NC = Nineteenth century and after SAQ 
NEQ = New England quarterly SeR 
New R = New republic SouR 
NR National review SP 
NS = New statesman and nation SRL 
NYTBR = New York Times book re 
view TLS 
N & Q = Notes and queries TQ 
PMLA = Pubs. Mod. Lang. Assoc. of VQR 

Amer. YR 

PQ = Philological quarterly ZNU 

PSQ Political science quarterly 
QJS = Quarterly journal of speech 



= Queen s quarterly 
= Quarterly review 

Review of English studies 

= Revue de litterature com- 

paree 

= Romanic review 
= Spectator 

= South Atlantic quarterly 
= Sewanee review 
= Southern review 

Studies in philology 

Saturday review of litera 
ture 

Times literary supplement 
= Univ. of Toronto quarterly 
= Virginia quarterly review 
= Yale review 

Zeitschrift fur neusprach- 
lichen Unterricht 



I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 

" American bibliography for 1940." PMLA, LV, Suppl., 1264-77: English, 
Nineteenth, century/ 3 and " Contemporary/ 7 ed. Albert C. Baugh. 

Annual magazine subject-index, 1940; including as Part II, The dramatic index, 
1940. Ed. by Mary E. Bates. Boston: R W. Faxon. 

Arns, Karl. Index der anglo-judischen Literatur. Band I: England. Band II: 
Amerika und Nachtrag zu England. Bochum-Langendreer : Poppinghaus, 
1938, 1939. Pp. 105; 221. 

Rev. by Engelhardt in Die neueren Sprachen, XLVIII, No. 9 (noted in LgrP, 
LXII, 70); by Marcus in Beiblatt, LI, Nos. 8-9 (noted in LgrP, LXII, 70); by 
P. Meissner in LgrP, LXII, 100-101; by Wunder in Die Bucherei, VII, Nos. 1-2 
(noted in LgrP, LXII, 117). 

The art index . ... to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. 
October, 1938 September, 1941. Also Vol. XIII, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: 
H. W. Wilson. 

The bibliographic index. A cumulative bibliography of bibliographies. 1940. 
New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. x+340. Also Vol. IV, Nos. 1-3. 

Bond, Donald F., and Tucker, Joseph E. "Anglo-French and Franco-Ameri 
can studies: a current bibliography" (for 1940). RoR f XXXII, 176-98. 

The Cambridge bibliography of English literature. See VB 1940, 423. 

Rev. by A. Friedman in LQ, XI, 521-24; by H. Hobson in Christian sci. mon., 
Feb. 15, p. 11; by H. Hodson in S, Dec. 27, 1940, p. 695; by H. S. V. Jones in 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 351 

JEGP, XL, 564r-66; by E. Kellett in NS, March 8, p. 254; by W. Macmillan in A*S, 
March 22, p. 308; by S. Pargellis in YR, XXX, 860; by M. S&dleir in AT, CXXX, 
51-60; by C. Sisson in ML#, XXXVI, 247-49; by J. Sutherland in RES, XVII, 
490-94; by L. Wroth in HTB, Oct. 5, p. 32; in CE, III, 210; in N d Q, Feb. 1, 
pp. 89-90. 

Caron, P., and Jaryc, M. (eds.). World list of historical periodicals and bibliog 
raphies. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1939; Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. xiv-f 
391. 
Rev. by W. Allison in AHR, XLVI, 360-61; by B. H. S. in EHR, LVI, 176. 

Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language .... Jan 
uary, 1939 December, 1940. Forty-third annual cumulation. Also Vol. 
XLIV, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic Movement: a selective and critical 
bibliography for the year 1940." ELH, VIII, 1-40. 

Guide to Catholic literature, 1888-1940 5 vols. Detroit: Walter Romig 

ft Co., 1940. 

Rev. in Subscription books butt. t XII, 22. 

Henry, Edward A. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American univer 
sities, 1940-1941 Compiled for the Assoc. of Research Libraries. New 
York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xviii+142. 

Internationalbibliography of historical sciences Thirteenth year, 1938. Ed. 

for the Internat. Comm. of Hist. Sciences. Berlin: De Gniyter, etc. Pp. 

xxix+424. 

Noted in LZD, XCII, 443. 

International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science. 
Twenty-eighth annual cumulation. Also Vol. XXIX, No, 3 (Sept.), and 
No. 5 (Jan., 1942). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Kennedy, Arthur G. A concise bibliography for students of English, systemati 
cally arranged. Stanford: Stanford univ. pr. Pp. viii+144. 
Brief rev. in CE, III, 107. 

Miller, E. Morris. Australian literature from its beginnings to 1935. A descrip 
tive and bibliographical survey of books by Australian authors in poetry, drama, 
fiction, criticism and anthology, with subsidiary entries to 1938. 2 vols. Mel 
bourne univ. pr., in assoc. with Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. ix+484; 485+ 
1074. 

Includes many items dealing with the Victorian literature of England: consult 
the "Index of subjects, including non-Australian" (II, 997-1009), as well as the 
"General index of Australian authors" (II, 1011-74). Valuable and useful. 



352 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Osborn, James M., and Kerr, David R. (eds.). Work in progress, 1941, in the 
modern humanities. Bull. 19A, publ. by the Modern Humanities Research 
Assoc. "General studies," "Nineteenth century," and "Twentieth cen 
tury," pp. 3-8, 50-64. 

Palfrey, Thomas R., and Coleman, Henry E., Jr. (comps.). Guide to bibliog 
raphies of theses, United States and Canada. 2d ed. Chicago: Amer. Library 
Assoc., 1940. Pp. 54. 

Pochmann, Henry A. (ed.). "Anglo-German bibliography for 1940." JEGP, 
XL, 263-76. 

Readers guide to periodical literature .... July, 1939 June, 1941. Also Vol. 
XLI, No. 12 (Jan. 10, 1942). New York: H. W. Wilson. 

Review index: a quarterly guide to professional reviews Ed. by Louis 

Kaplan, Clarence S. Paine, and Louise Smith. Vol. I, No. 4 (annual cumu 
lative issue). Also Vol. II, No. 1 (Dec.). Chicago: Follett. 

Revue de litterature comparee, XX (1940), 234-41. "Bibliographic, livres et 
p&iodiques." 

Shaw, Marian (ed.). Essay and general literature index, 1934-1940. Also Essay 
and general literature index, 194L New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 1362; 
viii+250. 

Shores, Louis. Basic reference books 2ded. Chicago: Amer. Library As 
soc., 1939. Pp. xiv-r-472. 

Spargo, John Webster. A bibliographical manual See VB 1939, 380. 

2d ed., rev., enlarged, and with an index. Chicago: Packard. Pp. x+260. 
Rev. by T. Ehrsam in LQ, XI, 229-31; briefly in CE, lII, 323. 

Subject index to periodicals, 1939. Issued by the Library Assoc. London: Li 
brary Assoc., 1940. 

Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian bibliography for 1940." MP, 
XXXVIII, 421-62. 

Whitaker s cumulative book list Part LXVI (Jan -Dec., 1940) : The complete 

list of all books published in the United Kingdom Also Part LXIX 

(Jan.-Sept.). London: J. Whitaker & Sons. 

Winchell, Constance M. Reference books of 1938-1940. Second informal sup 
plement to "Guide to reference books," sixth edition, by Isadore Gilbert Mudge. 
Chicago: Amer. Library Assoc. Pp. 106. 

The year s work in English studies, Vol. XX (1939). Ed. for the English Assoc. 
by F. S. Boas. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 214. "The nine 
teenth century and after," pp. 153-92; "Bibliographica," pp. 193-204. 
Rev. in N & Q, Dec. 27, p. 364. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 353 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND 
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT 

Adams, James Tmslow. Empire on the seven seas See ,VB 1940, 426. 

Rev. by R. Trotter in AHR, XLVI, 708-9. 

Armour, R. W., and Howes, R. F. (eds.) Coleridge the talker. .... See VB 
1940, 427. 

Rev. by H. S. V. Jones, briefly, in JEGP, XL, 310-11; by R. W. King in RES, 
XVII, 112-16. 

Aspinwall, A. "The Irish proclamation fund, 1800-1846." EHR, LVI, 265- 
80. 

Bevington, Merle Mowbray. The Saturday review, 1855-1868: representative 
educated option in Victorian England. ("Columbia university studies in 
English and comparative literature," No. 154.) New York: Columbia univ. 
pr. Pp. x+415. 

Uses a famous and important weekly newspaper as a source and a subject for 
literary and intellectual history. The book deals chiefly with the years 1855-68, 
the period of its first editor, John Douglas Cook. The author s reasons are that 
selection and adequate consideration within a single volume could not be given 
for a longer period and, especially, that "by 1868 the Saturday review had attained 
its distinctive form and its maximum influence" from then on its course is one of 
continuation and decline. The last chapter rapidly traces the magazine through 
the years until it ceased publication, in 1938. Mr. Bevington considers in this 
book the writers in the Saturday renew as commentators on and critics of English 
civilization. His chapters "deal with (1) the circumstances of periodical publica 
tions, especially the daily and weekly papers, (2) politics, (3) religion, (4) morals 
and society, (5) the prophets, (6) novels and light literature, (7) poetry, (8) gen 
eral literature, (9) foreign literature, (10) science, (11) the arts. An appendix 
on pp. 331-91 presents an account of writers for the Saturday^ review and their 
contributions; an account is also given of writers for the Review to whom Mr. 
Bevington can make no definite ascriptions. The names appear, in the appendix, 
of James Fitzjames Stephen, Bagehot, Brodrick, George Butler, R. W. Church, 
George Eliot, E. A. Freeman, Froude, Galton, Garnett, Grant Duff, J. R. Green, 
Huxley, Kingsley, Lewes, Linton, Morley, Palgrave, Patmore, Sandars, Leslie 
Stephen, Venables, etc. A great number of notable Victorians are treated in the 
book. The bibliography and the index cover pp.* 393-415. 

An important presentation of mid-Victorian life, well documented, and 
written with a cool breadth of view, yet with a lively and sincere interest. Litera 
ture receives the fullest consideration, and students of the Victorian period in 
European letters, especially English, will find this book valuable. The Saturday 
review is representative of the intellects, activities, and standards of those who 
were mostly well-to-do; representative of a minority, but nevertheless representa 
tive of an extremely important city class-that class in the English population 
that as the Saturday review itself states, "fairly represents the wealth, the 
education, and the governing power concentrated in th* metropolis." Mr. 



354 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR. 1941 

Bevington has done excellently well in writing a history of 1855-68, as that 
fascinating period is indicated through the pages of a great and powerful weekly 
review. W. D. T. 

Blomfield, Sir Reginald. Richard Norman Shaw: 1831-1912 London: 

Batsford, 1940. Pp. 128. 

Rev. by J. Betjeman in S, March 21, pp. 320, 322. 

An interesting and valuable account of a late- Victorian architect who built 
Albert Hall Mansions, New Scotland Yard, the Gaiety Theatre block, and the 
Piccadilly Hotel; contains interesting glimpses into mid-Victorian Gothic, "Queen 
Anne" revivalism, commercial Renaissance, etc., and other information relating 
to Victorian social backgrounds. C. F. H. 

Blyton, W. J. "The response to crisis; some contrasts." QR, CCLXXVII, 

105-14. 

A history of the activity or inactivity of England s literary men in times of 
national crisis. 

Brown, Taylor. "Samuel Brown and his libraries." LR, No. 60 (winter), pp. 
125-29. 

Brownlow. The eve of Victorianism See VB 1940, 427. 

Rev. by A. A. in EHR, LVI, 348-49. 

Bryant, Arthur. English saga See VB 1940, 427. Published in New 

York, by Harper (338 pp.), as Pageant of England: 1840-1940. 
Rev. by C. Brinton in SRL, March 29, p. 15; by L. Gershoy in HTB, April 6, 
p. 16; by H. Hobson in Christian sd. mon., Feb. 15, p. 11; by D. McDougall in 
Canadian hist, rev., XXII, 198; by S. Ratcliffe in YR, XXXI, 186-90; by G. 
Schiitz in LJ, Feb. 15, p. 177; by D. Somervell in S, Jan. 3, p. 16; by F. -Underbill 
in Canadian forum, XXI, 92; by C. Wilson in NS, Jan. 4, p. 15; by P. Wilson 
in NYTBR, April 13, pp. 9, 29; in CWd, CLIII, 379. 

Bullock, F. W. B. The History of Ridley Hall, Cambridge. Vol. I, To the end 
A.D. 1907. Cambridge: Ridley Hall. Pp. xvi+478. 

Rev. in TLS, March 15, p. 124. Valuable for origins and backgrounds of Vic 
torian Evangelicalism. 

Burke, Thomas. Living in Bloomsbury. London: Allen & Unwin, 1939; New 
York: Norton. Pp. 286; 361. 

Rev. by C. ConnoUy in NS, Nov. 11, 1939, p. 688; by R. Roberts in SRL, May 
17, p. 15; in TLS, Oct. 14, 1939, p. 589. 

Burke, Thomas. The streets of London througn the centuries. London: Bats- 
ford; New York: Scribner. Pp. 160. 
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Jan. 13, p. 8; by H. Hobson in Christian sci. mon., 

Feb. 21, p. 11; by N. Pevsner in S, Jan. 24, p. 93; by J. Shand in NC, CXXX, 

130-31; by G. Stonier in NS, Feb. 15, pp. 168-69; in NYTBR, May 11, p. 9; 

in TLS, Jan. 4, p. 4. 



VICTQKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1041 355 

Burn, Duncan. The economic history of stedmaJting See VB 1940, 428. 

Rev. by G. Allen in Economic jour., LI, 291-93; by A. Bimie in EHR, LVI, 
330-32; by S. Stratton in Amer. econ. ret?., XXXI, 148; by A. Uaher in AHR, 
XLVI, 912; in TLS, Nov. 16, 1940, p. 576. 

Buscot, the Very Rev. Canon W. The history of Cottm Colkge. London: 
Burns Gates & Washbourne, 1940. Pp. xi+308. 
Rev. by S. J. G. in Dublin rev., CIV (1940), 25MO. 

Cole, G. D. H. British waking-class politics: 18S2-1914. London: Routledge. 

Pp. 320. 

Rev. by T. Brennan in Economic jour., LI, 31 1-12; by C. Burns in S, March 21, 
pp. 312, 314; by L. Woolf in NS, March 22, pp. 304-5. 

Cole, G. D. H. Chartist portraits. New York: Macmillan. Pp. 388. 
Rev. by H. Laski in NS, Nov. 22, pp. 445-46. 

Dangerfield, -George. Victoria s heir: the education of a prince. New York; 

Harcourt, Brace. Pp. xi-f-345. 

Rev. by L. Curtis in SRL, Sept. 13, p. 5; by H. J. S. in Christian sci. mon., 
Sept. 4, p. 22; by W. Sears, Jr., in Churchman, Sept. 1, p. 21; by G. Whicher in 
HTB, Sept. 7, p. 5; by P. Wilson in NYTBR, Aug. 31, p. 3; by E. Wyatt in 
Commonweal, Sept. 19,.p. 521; briefly in CE, III, 99. 

Davis, Forrest. The Atlantic system: the story of Anglo-American control of the 

seas. New York: Reynal. Pp. xvi-f-363. 

Rev, by A. Berle; Jr.,. in HTB, Nov. 23, p. 3; by E. Earle in SRL, Nov. 29, 
p. 16; in Social studies, XXXIII, 47. 

Eberhard, H. Der englische Hochschulsport See VB 1940, 428. 

Rev. by H. Biber in LgrP, LX.Il, 36-38. 

Edgett, Edwin F. / speak for myself; an editor in his world. New York: Mac- 
millan, 1940. Pp. xi+385. 

Fay, C. R. English economic history, mainly since 1700. London: Heffer, 
1940; Toronto: Ryerson pr. Pp. vii+253. 
Rev. by B. Keirstead in Dalhousie rev., XX, 517-18. 

Fisher, Herbert Albert Laurens. An unfinished autobiography. Oxford univ. 

pr. Pp. 176. 

Rev. by F. Marvin in Nature, May 3, p. 523; by G. Murray in S, Dec. 13, 1940, 
p. 642; in NYTBR, April 20, p. 8; in TLS, Dec. 7, 1940, p. 620. Tells "of his boy 
hood in Sussex and in the New Forest, and of the poets and painters who were his 
parents friends"; includes "vignettes of Oxford characters like Pater, Jowett, 
Lewis Carroll . . . .*and of foreign scholars like Taine and Renan." 

Fiske. The letters of John Fiske. See VB 1940, 429. 
Rev. by W. Hutchinson in JMH, XIII, 448. 



356 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Fortescue, Lady Winifred. There s rosemary .... there s rue. Boston: Hough- 
ton Mifflin J.London: Blackwood, 1939. Pp. 428. 
Autobiography. 

Graves, Philip R. Briton and Turk. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 260. 
Rev. in NR, CXVI, 741-42. 

Grigson, Geoffrey (ed.). The journals of George Sturt, 1890-1902. London: 
Cresset pr. Pp. 235. 
Rev. by V. Pritchett in NS, Sept. 13, pp. 259-60. 

Hall, Walter Phelps, and Davis, William Stearns. The course of Europe since 
Waterloo. New York: D. Appleton-Century. Pp. xviii+901. 
Rev. in AHR, XLVII, 177; in New R, July 7, p. 29. 

Hansen, Marcus Lee. The Atlantic migration. See VB 1940, 429. 

Rev. by R. Billington in NEQ, XIV, 181-85; by H. Cowan in AHR, XLVI, 

671-72; by W. Morrell in EHR, LVI, 315-17; by G. O Brien in Studies, XXX, 

17-31. 

Hayes, Carlton J. H. A generation of materialism: 1871-1900. ("The rise of 
Europe" ser., ed. W. L. Langer, Vol. XVII.) New York: Harper. Pp xii+ 
390. 

Rev. by C. Brinton in SRL, Dec. 13, p. 12; by J. Chamberlain in NYTBR, 
Jan. 18, 1942, p. 3; by F. Hirsch in LJ, Oct. 15, p. 902; by J. McSorley in CWd, 
CLIV, 362; in Social studies, XXXIII, 48. 

Heintzelman, A. W. "The Albert H. Wiggin collection of prints, drawings, 
and books." More books, XVI, 229-34. 

Hellman, George S. "Three unpublished letters of Bayard Taylor." SRL 
Sept. 20, pp. 12f-15. 

Relating to many Victorian men of letters whom Taylor met. 
Hendel, Richard Heathcote, The American impact on Great Britain, 1898- 
1914. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania pr., 1940. Pp. ix+439. 
Rev. by H. Angus in Amer. jour, of sociology, XLVII, 214-15. 

Hobhouse, Christopher. Oxford as it was London- Batsford 1939 Pp 

ix+120. 

Rev. by A, Bodin in EtA, IV (1940), 81-82. 
Housman, Lawrence. Gracious majesty. London: Cape. Pp. 222. 

Rev. by K. Martin in NS, Sept. 27, p. 311. 
Jeffery, Gordon (ed.). "Diary of a dockyard workman. Extracts from the 

yearbook of Thomas Murphy, 1829-79." LL, XXX, 7-18. 

Jones, G. P., and Pool, A. G. A hundred years of economic development in Great 
Britain. See VB 1940, 430. 

Rev. by W. Bowden in AHR, XLVI, 638-39; by S. Clark in Amer. jour, of 
sociology, XLVII, 265. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1941 ;$57 

Jones, Kathleen. La Revue brifannique. Son histoire ei son action litilraire 
(1825-1840}. Paris: Droz, 1939. Pp. 207. 
Rev. by H. Peyre in EtA, IV (1940), 67. 

Keefe, H. J. A century in print. The story of Hazell s, 1839-1989. Forew. by 
Ralph C. Hazell. London: Hazell, Watson, & Viney, Ltd., 1939. Pp.xvi+ 
224. 

Many details of Victorian living conditions industrial, political, and domestic 
are indicated in this history of a great printing firm. Many reprints of old illus 
trations are given. There are references to various magazines that this firm printed 
and to Victorian newspapers. The accounts of magazine production (the British 
workman, the Animal world, the Family mirror, the Illustrated photographer, etc.) 
are particularly interesting. Mention is made of various authors: Dickens, Glad 
stone, Edwin P. Hood, Besant, Ruskin, Sir W. R. Nicoll, J. M. Barrie, John 
Watson ("Ian Maclaren"), Martin Tupper, Miss Burdett-Coutts, Sala, Oliver 
Wendell Holmes, Bulwer-Lytton, etc. One chapter is devoted to "What our 
grandparents used to read." Letters from Ruskin to Henry Jowett, manager of 
Hazell s, are printed and discussed on pp. 98-105. HazelTs have a collection of 
"seventy-two out of the hundreds of letters that Ruskin wrote to Henry Jowett in 
the Seventies and Eighties." This printing-history will please and inform the 
student of the Victorian era. An index would have been an improvement. W. D. T. 

Keith, A. B. The constitution of England from Victoria to George VI. See VB 
1940, 430. 

Rev. by C. Burns in Ethics, L (1940), 472; by J. Fairlie in Amer, pol. sci. rev., 
XXXV, 362; by H. Laski in NS, Feb. 10, 1940, p. 180; in TLS, Feb. 17, 1940, 
p. 90. 

Leacock, Stephen. Our British empire. London: John Lane. Pp. 280. 
Rev. by G. Schwartz in NS, March 15, p. 280; in NR, CXVI, 247-48. 

Leveson-Gower, Sir George. Years of content: 1858-1886. See VB 1940, 430. 
Rev. by A. Waugh in S, Jan. 3, p. 17. 

Mansergh, Nicholas. Ireland in the age of reform and revolution. London: 
Alien & Unwin, 1940. Pp. 272. 
Rev. by W. K. H. in EHR, LVI, 677-78. 

Marchand, Leslie A. "The Athenaeum": a mirror of Victorian culture. SeeVB 

1940, 430. 

Rev. by J. Cournos in NYTBR, May 4, p. 12; by G. Hellman in HTB, May 11, 
p. 27; by R. Mortimer in NS, May 17, 505-6; by R. Roberts in SRL, May 24, 
p. 12; by C. Sanders in SAQ, XL, 302-3; briefly in CE, III, 211; in N & Q, Sept. 
13, p. 154. 

Marder, Arthur J. The anatomy of British sea power: a history of British naval 
policy in the pre-dreadnaught era, 1880-1906. New York: Knopf, 1940. 
Pp. xix+580. 
Rev. by H. Sprout in PSQ, LVI, 294-97; by A. Vagts in New R, March 31, pp. 

443-44. 



358 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Massingham, H. J. (ed.). England and the farmer. London: Batsford. Pp. 
vi+154. 
Rev. by H. Bates in LL t XXX, 146-49. 

Meynell, Esther. A woman talking. London: Chapman. Pp. 218. 
Reminiscences of the late- Victorian literary and artistic world. 

Meynell, Viola (ed.). Friends of a lifetime: letters to Sydney Carlyle Cockerel!. 

See VB 1940, 431. 

Rev. by Mona Wilson in English, III, 227-28. Includes letters from or refer 
ences to W. S. Blunt, Cunninghame-Graham, Hardy, Charlotte Mew, William 
Morris, Ouida, Ruskin, Philip Webb, etc. 

Mowat, M. The Victorian age: the age of comfort and culture. London: Har- 

rap, 1939. Pp. 251. 

Rev. by P. Yvon in EtA, IV (1940), 66. 
Newton, A. P. A hundred years of the British empire. See VB 1940, 431. 

Rev. by W. Hall in AHR, XLVII, 122-23; by W. P. M. in EHR, LVI, 676-77. 

Oman, Sir Charles. Memories of Victorian Oxford. London: Methuen. Pp. 

288. 

Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Oct. 25, pp. 379-80; by E. Woodward in S, 
Oct. 31, pp. 429-30; in TLS, Oct. 25, p. 530. 

Palmer, Norman D. The Irish land league crisis. New Haven: Yale univ. pr., 
1940. Pp. viii+340. 
Rev. by P. Knaplund in AHR, XL VI, 906-7. 

Quinlan, Maurice J. Victorian prelude. A history of English manners , 1700- 
1830. ("Columbia univ. studies in English," No. 155.) New York: Co 
lumbia univ. pr. Pp. 301. 

Tries to account for the rise of Victoriahism by a study of the history -of man 
ners in the eighteenth century; includes chapters on "The model female/ Chang 
ing taste and temperament," "Censors and reformers," "Censors and expurga- 
tors." 

Rhys, Ernest. Wales England wed. London: Dent, 1940; New York: Dut- 
ton. Pp. ix+295. 

Rev. by R. Roberts in SRL, March 1, p. 6. Autobiography; contains inter 
esting pictures of the eighties and nineties; of Arthur Symons, Beardsley, John 
Davidson, etc. 

Richmond, Mary. "A century back." S, Jan. 3, pp. 8-9. 
Compares and contrasts 1841 with 1941. 

Roe, F. Gordon. "The lighter side of collecting: some comics of yesteryear." 
Connoisseur, CVIII, 22-26, 35, 184-86. 

Treats of artists who worked for Fun and Hood s comic annual in the Victorian 
period. 



VHTOKIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 359 

Rose, J. Holland; Newton, A. P.; and Benians, E. A. feds.). The Cambridge 
history of the British empire. Vol. II: The growth oj th$ new empire, 1783- 
1870. Cambridge univ. pr., 1940. Pp. xii-f 1068. 

Rev. by S. Bloom in New R, Sept. 22, p. 379; by C. Fay in Economic jnur., LI f 
80-91; by W. Macmillan in NS, March 22, p. 308; by R.^Schuyler in PSQ, LVI, 
449-52; by E. Woodward in JVC, CCXXIX, 588-90; in A #, CXVI, 244-45. 

Rothenstein, John. The life and death of Gander. London: Dent, 1938; New 

York: Button. Pp. xx-f 300. 

Rev. by F. Winwar in NYTBR, Jan. 19, p. 4. Many glimpses of late- Victorian 
literary figures through the art and bohemianism of the time. 

Sitwell, Osbert (ed.). "The English scene during the Crimean War. Being 
selections from the journal of Louisa Lucy Hely Hutchinson, afterwards 
Lady Sitwell, edited by her grandson." LL, XXIX, 208-24. 

Southworth, James Granville. Vauxhall Gardens. A chapter in the social his 
tory of England. New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xii-f-192. 

Taylor, F. Sherwood, The century of science, 1840-1 940. London: Heinemann. 
Pp. 292. 
Rev. by O. Stapledon in NS, Feb. 1, pp. 112-13. 

Thompson, Flora. Over to Candleford. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 216. 

Autobiographical; of the Oxfordshire hamlet of the eighties presented in Lark 
rise (see VB 1939, 391). 

Ullathorne. From cabin-boy to archbishop: the autobiography of Archbishop 
Ullathorne. Introd. by Shane Leslie. London: Burns Oates & Wash- 
bourne. Pp. xxvi+310. 
Rev. by D. Mathew in , March 28, p. 352. Useful for students of Newman. 

Venn, J. A. (ed.). Alumni Cantabrigienses. Part 2: 1752-1900. Vol. I: Abbey- 
Challis. Cambridge univ. pr., 1940. 
Rev. by A. Emden in EHR, LVI, 507-8. 

Victoria, Queen. See II, Dangerfield, Housman. 

Wallis, J. P, R. Thomas Baines, artist and explorer, 1820-1875. London: 
Cape. Pp. 352. 
Rev. by W. Gaunt in MS, March 8, pp. 257-58. 

Williams, David. John Frost: a study in chartism. See VB 1940, 433. 

Rev. by F. Gillespie in AHR y XL VI, 904-5; by H. Jordan in JMH, XIII, 
249-50. 

Winstanley, D. A. .Early Victorian Cambridge. See VB 1940, 434. 

Rev. by M. G. Jones in History, XXVI, 82-83; by D. Mackegg in Christian sci. 
mon., Oct. 26, 1940, p. 11. 



360 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Wood, Elmer. English theories of central banking control, 1819-1858 See 

VB 1939, 393. 

Rev. by J. Horsefield in Economica, VIII, 218-20. 

Woods, Margaret L. "Oxford in the seventies." FR, CL, 276-82. 
Young, G. M. "Mid-Victorian." TLS, May 3, p. 216. 

HI. MOVEMENTS OF IDfiAS. AND LITERARY 
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES 

Allen, Gay Wilson, and Clark, Harry Hayden (eds.). Literary criticism: from 
Pope to Croce. New York: American Book Co. Pp. x+659. 

Aufseeser, Gretel. Judische Gestalten im modernen englischen Roman. Zurich 
diss. Zurich: Miiller, Werder & Co., 1940. Pp. 79. 

Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vol.X: Yesterday See VB 1939, 
393. 
Rev. by A. Digeon in EtA, IV (1940), 71-72, 

Baker, Joseph E. "A scheme for nineteenth-century studies," SeR, XLIX, 
82-88. 

Balch, Marston (ed). Modern short biographies and autobiographies. New 
York: Harcourt, Brace, 1940. Pp. xii+589. 
Rev. by D. McCaslin in CM, III, 95-96. 

Barzun, Jacques. Darwin, Marx, Wagner: critique of a heritage:. Boston: 

Little, Brown. Pp. xii+420. 

Rev. by W. Auden in New R, June 23, pp. 861-62; by H. Forman in NYTBR, 
May 18, pp. 1, 12; by R. Gotesky in SRL, May 24, p. 5; by A. Gerard in HTB, 
June 8, p. 5. 

Bax> Clifford. "On style in some of the older writers." YR, XXX, 734r~48. 
Includes many allusions to Victorians. 

Bekker, Konrad. Marx philosophische Entwicklung, sein Verhdltnis zu Hegel 
Basel diss. Basel: Volksdriickerei, 1940. Pp. 134. 

Bentley, Phyllis. "England in her fiction." LJ, LXVI, 695-99. 

Brief review of the diverse topographical background of English fiction. 
Bevington. See II, Bevington. 

A book of short plays, XV-XX centuries. Published for the English Assoc. 

London: Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. 308. 

Rev. by T. Walton in LL, XXIX, 88-90. Includes Tennyson s Thefakon. 
Braaksma, H. M. Travel and literature See VB 1940, 434. 

Rev. by K. Brunner in LgrP, LXII, 30. 



VICTORIAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1941 361 

Bradner, Leicester. M ifeae Anglicanae. A history of Anglo-Latin poetry 1500- 
1925. ("Modern Language Assoc. of Amer., general series," Vol. X.) New 
York: Mod. Lang. Assoc.; London: Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. xii-f 383, 
Rev. by D. Allen in MLN, LVI, 628-30; by B. Clough in Classical weekly, 

Dec. 1, pp. 79-80. 

Brinton, Crane. Nietzsche. Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 266. 
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XVI, 158-59. 

Brockway, Wallace, and Winer, Bart K. (eds.). Second treasury of the world s 
great letters. New York: Simon & Schuster. Pp. xxxix+636. 

Rev. by G. Barker in New R, Dec. 29, p. 901; by J. Planner in HTB, Dec. 21, 
p. 6. 

Bronowski, J. The poet s defence. See VB 1940, 434. 
Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, IV (1940), 72-73. 

Bruner, David K. Family life in early Victorian prose fiction. Abstract of 
diss., Univ. of Illinois. Urbana, 111. Pp. 10. 

Cecil, Lord David (comp. and ed.). The Oxford book of Christian verse. See 

VB 1940, 435. 

Rev. by C. Lewis in RES, XVII, 95-102 ("an encouraging book; the harvest of 
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries is, in my opinion, more vivid, more varied, 
and more excellent than that of any preceding age") ; by F. Prince in Dublin rev., 
CV, 131-32. 

"Century of book service: learning s debt to the London Library: Thomas 
Carlyle and Hagberg Wright." TLS, May 3, p. 214. 

Chambers, R. W. Man s unconquerabk mind. . . : > See VB 1939, 394. 

Rev. by J. Delcourt in EtA, IV (1940), 54-56; by W. Lawrence in MLR, 
XXXVI, 116-17. 

Clubb. See III, Kennedy. 

Croce, Benedetto. History as the story of liberty. London: Allen & Unwin; 
New York: Norton. Pp. 324. 
Rev. in TLS, March 15, pp. 123, 130. 

Daiches, David. Poetry and the modern world: a study of poetry in England be 
tween 1900 and 1939. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr., 1940. Pp. x+247. 
Rev. by J. Bishop in Poetry, LVIII, 210; by M. Castleman in LQ, XI, 234; 
by M. Mack in YR, XXX, 610; by J. Moffatt in JR, XXI, 311; by K. Raine in S, 
May 2, p. 482; by A. Tate in New R, Jan. 6, pp. 25-26, followed by corresp., 
Feb. 10, p. 183, and March 3, p. 309; in TLS, April 12, p. 182. 

Davis, Herbert; DeVane, W. C.; and Bald, R. C. (eds.). Nineteenth-century 

studies. See VB 1940, 435. 

Rev. by E. Bernbaum in JEGP, XL, 442-44; by J. J. R. in CWd, CLIII, 754; 
by E. Walton in HTB, April 20, p. 13; briefly in CE, III, 621. 



362 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Dyson, C. M. (ed.). Victorian narrative poems. London: Methuen. Pp. 118. 
Noticed in Modern languages, XXII, 138. The poems are "Morte d Arthur," 
"Sohrab and Rustum," "Saul," and "Goblin market." 

Evans, B. Ifor. Tradition and romanticism See VB 1940, 435. 

Rev. by B. Davis in RES, XVII, 210-11; briefly in CE, II, 723. 

Falconer, J. W. "A hundred years of Punch." Dalhousie rev., XXI, 170-76. 
Fifteen poets. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp.503. 

Rev. by J. Leishman in RES, XVII, 206-9; briefly in CE, III, 213; in NS, 
Feb. 22, p. 196. Victorians are Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold; Humber Wolfe, 
H. B. Charlton, and H. W. Garrod, respectively, made the selections and pro 
vided brief introductory essays. 

Freedley, George, and Reeves, John A. A history of the theatre. New York: 

Crown pubs., 1940. Pp. xvi+688. 

Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, Dec. 29, 1940, p. 13; by J. Gassner in NYTBR, 
March 2, p. 16; by R. Gilder in Theatre arts, XXV, 169; by G. Kernodle in QJS, 
XXVII, 450. 

Frenz, Horst. Die Entwicklung des sozialen Dramas in England vor Gals 
worthy. See VB 1939, 396. Bleicherode am Harz: Carl Nieft. 
Rev. by K. Arns in LgrP, LXII, 31-32; by He"rancourt in Beiblatt, Vol. LI, 

No. 10 (noted in LgrP, LXII, 121); by H. Hillebrand in MLN, LVI, 620-23. 

Fricker, Robert. Dos historische Drama in England von der Romantik bis zur 
Gegenwart. Bern diss. ("Schweizer anglist. Arbeiten," No. 8.) Bern: A. 
Francke, 1940. Pp. vi+363. 

Rev. by H. Hillebrand in MLN, LVI, 620-23; by A. Nicoll in JEGP, XL, 
445-46. 

Fuller, Edmund. Pageant of the theatre. New York: Crowell; Pp. xii+270. 

Rev. in Theatre arts, XXV, 553-54. 

< 

Gates, E. J. "A nineteenth century English translator of Gongora." Hispanic 
rev., July, 1939. 

Gettmann, Royal A. Turgenev in England and America. Urbana: Univ. of 
Illinois pr. Pp. 196. 

Rev. by A. Kaun in JEGP, XLI (Jan., 1942), 112-15. 

Gilbert, Katherine Everett, and Kuhn, Helmut. A history of aesthetics. New 
York: MacmiUan, 1939. Pp. xx+582. 

Rev. by C. Thorpe in AL, XIII, 82-84; by A. Warren in PQ, XX, 188-91. 

Hull, Myra E. "The merman lover in ballad and song." In Studies in English 
in honor of Raphael Dorman O Leary and Selden Lincoln Whitcomb, by mem- 



VlCTOHIAN BlBLIOGHAPHY FOR 1941 363 

bers of the English Department of the University of Kansas. ("Univ. of 

Kansas Publns., humanistic studies," Vol. VI, No. 4.) Lawrence: Univ. 

of Kansas, 1940. 

This article appears oft pp. 65-80. Other articles include: W. D. Paden, 
"Tennyson and the reviews ( 1829-1835) ," on pp. 15-39; W. S. Johnson, "Musty, 
fusty Christopher/ on pp, 40-43; John Virtue, "Carlyle s Mr. Symmons, " on 
pp. 44-49; Clyde K. Hyder, "Wilkie Collins in America," on pp. 50-58. 

Jackman, Mabel E. "The relation between maturity of content and simplic 
ity of style in selected books of fiction." LQ, XI, 302-27. 
Many Victorian novels are among the works considered. 

Johnson, Edgar Augustus Jerome. A treasury of biography. New York: How- 
ell, Soskin. Pp. xv+504. 

Includes extracts from Trelawney, Lockhart s Scoit, Trevelyan s Macaulay, 
Forster s Dickens, J. S. Mill, Froude s Carlyle, Ruskin, Gosse s Father and son, 
Stracliey s "Cardinal Manning." Rev. by M. Rugof? in HTB, Oct. 26, p. 27. 

Jones, Kathleen. See II, Jones, Kathleen. 

Kennedy, Arthur G. "Odium philologicum, or, a century of progress in English 
philology." In Craig, Karelin (ed.), Stanford studies in language and litera 
ture, 1941. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford univ. pr. Pp. vi-f 387. 
This volume includes, among others, these studies: Clubb, Merel D., "The 
criticism of Gulliver s Voyage to the Houyhnhnms, 1726-1914"; Matthews, 
Ruth E., "Three articles from the pen of Charles Kingsley"; Zech, Adolph, 
"Wilhelm Dilthey s analysis of Charles Dickens." 
Larrabee, Stephen A. "II poco piu and the school of taste." ELH, VIII, 47- 

50. 

Latourette, Kenneth Scott. The great century: A.D. 1800 A.D. 1914. New 
York: Harper. Pp. vii+516. 

Rev. by M. Spinka in JR, XXI, 316-17. This is the fourth volume of the au 
thor s series on the History of the expansion of Christianity. 

Lieder, Paul Robert, and Withington, Robert (eds.). The art of literary criti 
cism. D. Appleton-Century. Pp. xii-f 689. 
Brief rev. in C#, III, 105. 

Looker, Samuel J. "Supplements to classic works." N & Q, Aug. 16, pp. 97- 
98. 
Refers to Swinburne s completion of Hyperion, Reynolds 1 sequel to Don Juan 

and imitation of Dickens m Pickwick abroad, Johnston s continuations of Dickens, 

and Graves s re-writing of Copperfield. 

Lucas, F. L. Ten Victorian poets. See VB 1940, 437. 

Rev. by H. Muller, briefly, in SouR, VI, 815-16; by C. Sisson in MLR, 
XXXVI, 538-39. 



364 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

McDiannid, Hugh (ed.). A golden treasury of Scottish poetry. London and 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. xli+415. 

Rev. by H. Hobson in Christian set. mon., Jan. 18, p. 11; by L, MacNeice in 
NS, Jan. 18, p. 66; by J. A. Smith in S, Jan. 31, p. 122; in TLS, Feb. 15, p. 78. 

Mack, Edward Clarence. Public schools and British opinion since 1860: the 
relationship between contemporary ideas and the evolution of an English insti 
tution. New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xn-f-511. 

Madle, Herbert. Die Maschine und der technische Fortschritt in der englischen 
Ltteraiur des 19. and 20. Jahrhunderts. See VB 1938, 409. 
Rev. by A. Eichler in L$rP, LXII, 32. 

Marcuse, Herbert. Hegel and the rise of modern social theory. New York: Ox 
ford univ. pr. Pp. 464. 

Marriott, Sir John. English history in English fiction. See VB 1940, 437. 

Rev. by C. Kirby in AHR, XLVII, 176-77; by D. Mackegg in Christian sci. 
mon., Nov. 30, 1940, p. 10; briefly in CE, III, 103; in Educational forum, V, 352-53; 
in TLS, Aug. 3, 1940, p. 376. 

"Master of melodrama: the centenary of Thomas Dibdin: from Gothic to the 
crime play." TLS, Sept. 20, p. 470. 
On the "father of the Victorian school of playwrights in prose." 

Neff, Emery. A revolution in European poetry, 1600-1900. See VB 1940, 438. 
Rev. by A. Barker in Canadian forum, XXI, 29; by L. Bogan in N, April 12, 
p. 441; by I. Edman in SRL, May 3, pp. 5, 16-17; by C. F. Harrold in JEOP, XL, 
432-33; by P. Hazard in RoR, XXXII, 93-94; by E. Hudson in LL, XXX, 
65-66; by H. M. Jones in SeR, XLIX, 120-25; by E. Knowlton in SAQ, XL, 191- 
92; by M. Mack in YR, XXX, 608-9; by H. Midler in SouR, VI, 827-28; by E. 
Walton in HTB, Jan. 26, p. 14; in TLS, April 5, suppl., p. viii. 

Nitze, William Albert. A^/iwr{a?iro7rianceandmo<iempo<rya7irfmu5^. Univ. 
of Chicago pr. 1940. Pp. xi+97. 
Rev. by A. Remy in RoR, XXXII, 300-302. 

Noyes, Alfred. Pageant of letters. See VB 1940, 438. 

Rev. by Sister M. Madeleva in Commonweal, Dec. 20, 1940, p. 234; by F. 
SteegmuUer in HTB, Nov. 3,. 1940, p. 20; in CE, II, 410; in CWd, CLIII, 364. 

Ortega y Gasset, Jose*. Toward a philosophy of history. New York: Norton. 
Pp. x+13-273. 

Rev. by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, May 4, p. 12. Contains many valuable in 
sights into nineteenth-century intellectual currents. 

Oxford dictionary of quotations. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xiii+879. 

Rev. by J. Krutch in N, Nov. 22, p. 514; by R. Mortimer in NS, Sept. 27, p. 
310; by B. Watson in 8, Oct. 17, p. 388; in N < Q, Oct. 18, pp. 223-24. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1941 3f>r> 

Oxford Movement. Ramsay, A. M. "Hugh James Rose/* Dwham unw 
jour., XXXIV, 50-58. 

Palmer, Herbert. "A brief history of the poetry of despair." English III 
166^72. 

Pinto, V. De Sola. "Realism in English poetry." On pp. 81-100 of Ewxya and 
studies by members of the English Association, Vol. XXV. Ed. by Percy 
Simpson. Oxford: Clarendon pr., 1940. 

Poepping, Hilde. James Stephens. Eine Untersuchvng fiber die irische Ernev- 
erungsbewegung in der Zeit von 1900 bis 1930. ("Schrif tenreihe der Deutsch- 
enGes.ftirkelt. Studien, " Heft 4.) Halle: Niemeyer, 1940. Pp.iii+101. 
Rev. by LaT. StockweU in JEGP, XL, 449-51. Includes a bibliography of 

Stephens works and "a valuable, but by no means complete, bibliography of 

Irish literature from 1890 to 1938." 

Pre-Raphaelite Movement. See Browning: Cramer. 

Rose, Felix (comp. and trans.). Les grands lyriques anglais. See VB 1940, 439. 
Rev. by L. Tancock in MLR, XXXVI, 149-51. 

Rudman, H. W. Italian nationalism and English letters See VB 1940, 

439. 

Rev. by S. C. Chew in JEGP, XL, 580-82. 

Sampson, George. The concise Cambridge history of English literature. New 
York: Macmillan; Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xiv+1094. 
Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXX, 300-301; by H. Hobson in Christian sci. 

mon., Sept. 6, p. 10; by T. James in LL, XXX, 236; by R. Roberts in SRL, Oct. 11, 

p. 6; in N cfe Q, Aug. 9, pp. 83-84; in S, Sept. 19, p. 292; in TLS, Aug. 16, p. 398. 

"The ninety pages on late-Victorian and post-Victorian literature are all his own; 

and none the worse for that." 

Sanderlin, George. "A bibliography of English sonnets 1800-1850." ELH, 
VIII, 226-40. 

Schmidt, Karlernst. Moliere in der angelsdchsischen Kritik. ("Britannica," 
Heft 19.) Hamburg: Friederichsen, De Gruyter, 1940. Pp. 169. 
Noted in LgrP, LXII, 77. 

Scouller, Edward. "A bookish causerie." LR, No. 60 (winter), pp. 114r-20. 

Suggests that the year 1880, when Mundella s bill made education compulsory 
in Britain, "ushered in an entirely new era in literary history, a new era in human 
history." 

Schuster, M. Lincoln (ed.). A treasury of the world s great letters. New York: 
Simon & Schuster; London: Heinemann. Pp. xlviii+563. 
Rev. by F. Morton in Theatre arts, XXV, 401-4; by V. Pritchett in NS, May 

17, pp. 510-12. 



366 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Sells, A. L., and Learoyd, W. H. A. " Thompson of Sunderland : a footnote 
to Flaubert." Durham univ. jour., XXXII (1940), 98-101. 
Refers also to a passage in Thackeray. 

Shine, Hill. Carlyle and the Saint-Simonians. The concept of historical periodic 
ity. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins pr. Pp. xiii+191. 

Attempts to show the entry of a French influence into British nineteenth-cen 
tury thought. 

Stoll, Elmer Edgar. "Poetry and the passions: an aftermath." PMLA, LV 
(1940), 979-92. 
Largely treating W. B. Yeats. 

Stoll, Elmer Edgar. "Poetry and the passions again." JEGP, XL, 509-25. 
Includes consideration again" of Masefield ; s Nan, Hardy s Tess, and Brown 
ing s Pompilia, 

Summers, Montague. A Gothic bibliography. London: Fortune pr.; New 
York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xx-|-621. 

Tolles, W. Tom Taylor and the Victorian drama. See VB 1940, 440. 

Rev. by R. Gilder in Theatre arts, XXV, 75-76; by B. H. in QJS, XXVII, 326. 
Includes a chapter on Taylor s collaboration with Charles Reade. 

Traub, W. Auffassung und Gestaltung der Cleopatra in der englischen Literatur. 

See VB 1939, 400. 

Rev. by A. Eichler in LgrP, LXII, 97-98. 
Venturi, Lionello. "The aesthetic idea of impressionism." JAA, I, 34-45. 

Walbank, F. A. (ed.). The English scene in the works of prose writers since 
1700. Forew. by Sir John Squires. London: Batsford. Pp. xiv-f 225. 

Wilson, Edmund. To the Finland station: a study in the writing and acting of 

history. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1940. Pp. 509. 

Rev. by E. K Brown in "The method of Edmund Wilson," TQ, XI, 105-11. 
Has chapters on Michelet, Renan, Taine, Anatole France, the origins of socialism, 
Marx, Engels, etc. 

Wilson, Edmund. The wound and the bow: seven studies in literature. Boston : 

Houghton Mifflin. Pp. 295. 

Rev. by E. K Brown in "The method of Edmund Wilson," TQ, XI, 105-11; 
by M. Colum in "Critics and history," Amer. mercury, LIII, 627-32; by D. 
Daiches in New R, Aug. 25, pp. 257-58; by E. Garnett in LJ, June 1, p. 520; 
by P. M. Jack in NYTBR, Aug. 24, pp. 5, 26; by H. M. Jones in SRL, Sept. 6, 
pp. 3-4; by A. Kazin in HTB, Aug. 31, p. 2; by C. Wright in Commonweal, Sept. 5, 
p. 475. Includes "Dickens: the two Scrooges 7 (pp. 1-104) and "The Kipling 
that nobody read" (pp. 105-81). 

Worcester, David. The art of satire. See VB 1940, 441. 
Rev. unfavorably by M. Randolph in PQ, XX, 93-95. 



VICTORIAN" BIBLIOGRAPHY Ftm 1941 ;iH7 

Wright, William Kelley. A history of modern philosophy. New York: Mac- 
millan. Pp. xvi+634. 
Rev. by E. Holmes in Philosophical rev. t L, 540-42. 

Young, G. M. The age of Tennyson. Warton Lecture on English Poetry, Brit 
ish Academy, 1939. From the Proceedings of the British Academy, Vol. 
XXV. London: Milford, 1939. Pp. 20. 
Rev. by Horace Eaton in MLN, LVI, 378-81. 

Yvon, PauL L Influence de Flaubert en Angkterre. Caen: Caron. 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 

Arnold (see also III, Hull). Matthew Arnold: poetry and prose See VB 

1940, 441. 

Rev. by Horace A. Eaton in MLN, LVI, 378-81. 

Beauchamp, William T. "Plato on the prairies (Matthew Arnold at Gales- 
burg)." Educational forum, V, 285-95. 

An account of the reception given to Arnold and his lecture on "Literature and 
science," at the Opera House, Galesburg, Illinois, Jan. 28, 1884. "An unintelligible 
message to an uncomprehending audience." The account is based on^he files of a 
contemporary newspaper and of the Knox College weekly and on the memories 
of witnesses. 

Cairns, Huntington; Tate, Allen; and Van Doren, Mark. Invitation to learn 
ing. New York: Random House. Pp. xix+431. 
Rev. by B. Davenport in SRL, June 7, p. 10; by A. GuSrard in HTB, July 20, 

p. 5; in NYTBR, July 6, p. 6. Includes discussion of Arnold s Essays in criticism 

and Mill s Autobiography. 

Garrod, H, W. "Matthew Arnold s 1853 preface." RES, XVII, 310-21. 

Gordon, Ian A. "Three new letters of Matthew Arnold." MLN, LVI, 552- 
54. 

Groom, Bernard. On the diction of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. See VB 
1939, 401. 
Rev. by Horace A. Eaton in MLN, LVI, 378-81. 

Hamilton, Harlan W. "Matthew Arnold s Study of poetry sixty years after." 

CE, II, 521-30. 

Praises the sanity and timeliness of Arnold s commentary and advises the 
serious application of his principles in the present-day teaching of literature. 

Lowry, Howard F. Matthew Arnold and the modern spirit. Inaugural lecture, 
Princeton univ. Princeton, N.J. Pp. 29. 

Motter, T. H, Vail. "Culture and the new anarchy." Bull, of the Amer. Assoc. 
of university professors, XXVII, 295-304. 



368 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Rowse, A. L. "Matthew Arnold as Cornishman." NS, Aug. 9, p. 133. 

S.; and Pollard, A. L. "Matthew Arnold and Leopardi." N & Q, May 31, 
p. 387; June 14, p. 430. 

Tate, Allen. "Literature and knowledge: comment and comparison." SouRj 
VI, 629-57. 
Contains among other things a re-evaluation of Arnold s aesthetic theory. 

Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. The poetry of Matthew Arnold: a commen 
tary. See VB 1940, 441. 
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in MLN, LVI, 633-35; by P. Magnus in S, July 4, pp. 

18-19; by R. Mortimer in NS, June 14, pp. 612-14; in TLS, June 28, pp. 310, 314 

(see also editorial, p. 311). 

Yvon, Paul. Etude sur la pensee intime d un poete victorien. Matthew Arnold 
et la critique de la vie contemporaine dans sa poesie (1849-1872). Caen: Im- 
primerie Le Tendre, 1938. Pp. 28. 
Listed in Biblio, VII, No. 5 (May, 1939), 108. 

Barnes. Blunden, Edmund. "Thomas Barnes (1785-1841): literary diver 
sions of an editor [of the Times]. 99 TLS, May 10, p. 226; see also May 31, 
p. 263. 

Barrie. Mackail, Denis George. Same: the story of J. M. B. New York: 

Scribner; London: Peter Davies. Pp. 736. 

Rev. by E. Bowen in S, April 4, p. 374; by W. P. Eaton in HTB, Nov. 16, p. 20; 
by G. Freedley in LJ, Sept. 1, p. 730; by H. Hobson in Christian sti. mon., June 7, 
p. 10; by M. M. in More books, XVI, 382; by S. Stokes in Theatre arts, XXV, 
845-48; by 0. Williams in NR, CXVI, 729-35; in TLS, April 5, pp. 161, 166 (see 
also April 26, p. 203, and June 21, p. 299). 

Black. "Scene and sentiment: novelist and landscape: William Black reaches 
his centenary." TLS } Nov. 8, p. 557. 

Boucicault. Nicoll, AUardyce, and Cloak, F. T. (eds.). "Forbidden fruit" and 
other plays. Princeton univ. pr., 1940. Pp. viii+313. 
Rev. by 0. Coad in AL, XII, 521. 

Bowles. Rietmann, Oskar. William Lisle Bowles (176^1850}. Eine Begleit- 
studie zur Entstehung der englischen Romantik und zur Kulturgeschichte. 
Basel diss. Basel: Otto Fritz Knoebel, Dornach, 1940. Pp. ii+153. 

Bridges. Green, Andrew J. "Bridges odes for music." SeR, XLIX, 30-38. 

Smith, Nowell Charles. Nates on "The testament of beauty." 3d ed., rev. Ox 
ford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. 138. 

Brontes. The complete poems of Emily Jane Bronte. Ed. from the manuscripts 
by C. W. Hatfield. New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xxi+262. 
Rev. by M. Colum in NYTBR, Jan. 25, 1942, p. 9; brief comment under 

"Reprints, new editions/ in HTB, Nov. 9, p. 29. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 369 

Cornish, Dorothy Helen. These were the Brontes. See VB 1940, 442. 
Rev. briefly by D. Stanford in SouR, VI, 625. 

DeTraz, Robert. Die Familie Bronte (his La famille Bronte &e YB 1939, 
402 trans, into German by M. Arnold). Zurich and Leipzig: Rascher. 
Pp. 265. 
Noted in LZD, XCII, 437, and ZNU, XLJ 48. 

Dry, Florence. Sources of "Jane Eyre." ("Bronte sources," No. 2.) London: 
Heffer, 1940. Pp. x+92. 

Ratchford, Fannie Elizabeth. The Brontes web of childhood. New York: Co 
lumbia univ. pr. Pp. xui-f-293. 

Rev. by P. Bentley in SRL, June 7, pp. 6, 18; by L. Bogan in New R, Sept. 1, 
pp. 285-86; by E. Bowen in S, Sept. 19, p. 286; by S. C. C. in Christian *ci. won., 
June 14, p. 11; by F. Stovall in Southwest rev., XXVI, 497-502; by L. Trilling in 
TV, July 5, p. 16; by E. Wagenknecht in NYTBR, June 15, p. 6; by G. Whicher 
in HTB, June 8, p. 4, and in Key reporter, autumn, p. 6; in N & Q, Sept. 27, p. 182; 
in FR, CL, 303-4. 

An indispensable, highly illuminating book for Bronte students and scholars; 
also valuable and fascinating for the general reader who may have no particular 
Bronte interest. Miss Ratchford has done a remarkably good job of summarizing 
and discussing and correlating a vast amount of widely scattered and difficult-to- 
read manuscript material and of showing in a clear and interesting manner the 
psychological and literary importance of it all. W. D. T. 

RandaU, David A., and Winterich, Jo"hn T". "Jane Eyre," in "One hundred 
good novels," Publishers weekly, Jan. 18, pp. 268-69. Collation and notes. 

Sugden, K. A. R. A short history of the Brontes. ("Oxford bookshelf" ser.) 
Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp.. 121. 

Brownings (see also III, Davis) . The poetical works of Robert Browning. Com 
plete from 1833 to 1868, with the shorter poems thereafter. ("Oxford standard 
authors.") Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xiv-f 698. 

Robert Browning: Poetry and prose. With appreciations by Landor, Bagehot, 
Swinburne, Henry James, Saintsbury, and F. L. Lucas. Ed, by Sir Humphry 
Milford. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xxi-f-203. 

Rev. by R. Mortimer in Aft>, June 7, p. 581 (the review is a defense of Brown 
ing) ; briefly in CE, III, 323; in N & Q, May 31, p. 395. 

Barbour, A. R. "Browning vindicated." TLS, Dec. 13, p. 632. 

Baylor s old yellow manuscripts containing the conversation of Marquis Francesco 
Azzolini with Gio Lodovico Francia. Trans, from the original Italian by 
Professor J. E. Shaw; and The ill-fated good fortune of Francesco Canonid, 
called Mascambruni. Trans, from the original Italian by Dr. Beatrice Cor- 
rigan, together with An introductory essay by William O. Raymond. ("Bay 
lor University s Browning interests," Ser. XII.) Baylor bulletin, Vol. XLTV, 
No. 3. Waco, Tex.: Baylor univ. Pp. 99. 



370 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Buck, Gerhard. "Drei Miszellen zu Brownings "The ring and the book. " 
Archiv, CLXXIX, 30-32. 

Cramer, Maurice Browning. "What Browning s reputation owed to the Pre- 
Raphaelites, 1847-1856." ELH, VIII, 305-21. 

Cundiff, Paul A. "The dating of Browning s conception of the plan of The 
ring and the book/ " SP, XXXVIII, 543-51. 

Faverty, Frederic E. "The source of the Jules-Phene episode in Pippa passes." 
SP, XXXVIII, 97-105. 
Browning s use of Bulwer s play The lady of Lyons and its source. 

Holmes, Stewart Walker. "Browning s Sordello and Jung: Browning s Sor- 
dello in the light of Jung s theory of types." PMLA, LVI, 758-96. 

M. M. "Browning s copy of La Lgende des siecles. " More books, XVI, 
335-36. 

McCormick, James Patton. As a flame springs: the romance of Robert and 
Elizabeth Barrett Browning. New York: Scribner, 1940. Pp. 356. 
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Jan. 18, p. 12. 

Ray, S. N. "Browning correspondence: corrections for editions 1933 and 
1936." N & Q, Dec. 6, p. 315. 

Raymond, William 0. "Three recently discovered Italian manuscripts." 
Trans, of the Royal Society of Canada, 3d ser., Sec. II, Vol. XXXV, pp. 
119-30. 
The third MS is a contemporary account of the source-story in The ring and 

the book. A translation by E. H. Yarrill, with introduction by W. O. Raymond, 

has appeared in the Baylor University bulletin (see VB 1940, 444). This article is 

"to some extent a summary" of that introduction. 

"Renan and Browning s A death in the desert. " N & Q, Nov. 22, p. 289. 

Smith, C. Willard. Browning 1 s star-imagery. .... ("Princeton studies in Eng 
lish," No. 21.) Princeton univ. pr. Pp. 251. 

Smith, Cornelia M. "Proverb lore in The ring and the book." PMLA, LVI, 
219-29. 

Wenger, C. N. "Browning s dramatic monologues." CE, III, 225-39. 

A plea for the use of the psychoanalytic method in interpreting and appraising 
the monologues. 

Y.; S. E.; and Jaggard, William. "Browning s Flight of the Duchess. " 
N&Q, June 28, p. 462; July 12, p. 28. 

Yocom, Henry W. "Some additional sources of Browning s Saul." N & Q, 
July 26, 44-46. 

Suggests Flavius Josephus, The antiquities of the Jews; a musical drama, 
Faustus, set to music by Henry R. Bishop (pub. 1829) ; Henry H. Milman, History 
of the Jews (1830). 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 #71 

Bulwer-Lytton (see Browning: Faverty). 

Buraey. Morley, Edith J. "Sarah Harriet Burney, 1770-1844 " J/P 
XXXIX, 123-58. " 

Prints sixteen of her letters to Crabb Robinson, from their meeting in 1829 to 
1843. 

Burton. Burton, Jean. Sir Richard Burton s wife. New York Knopf Fp 
vi+378+xiii. 

Rev. by M. Messier in LJ, June 1, p. 519; by I. Paterson in HTR, June 22, p. 3; 
by R. Roberts in SRL, June 28, p. 6; by E. Wyatt in Commonweal, July 4, p. 260: 
in JV, June 28, p. 761. 

Butler. Dilworth, Nevin. "The second passing of Samuel Butler." SAQ, XL, 
37-45. 

Holt, Lee Elbert. "Samuel Butler and his Victorian critics." ELH, VIII, 
146-59. 

Carlyle. (See also III, Hull, Shine; Sterling) Thomas Carlyle: journey to Ger 
many, autumn 1858. Ed. R. A. E. Brooks. See VB 1940 7 444. 
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in JEGP, XL, 444-45, and in MP, XXXVIII, 470-72; 

by H. Ladewig in Books abroad, XV, 353; by L. Young in AHR, XLVI, 905-6. 

Ballmer, Adolf. Carlyks Stellung zu Theorie und Praxis des modernen Kapi- 
talismus. Basel diss. Basel: Gasser & Cie, 1940. Pp. 80. 

Eckloff, L. Bild und Wirklichkeit bei Thomas Carlyle. See VB 1938, 415. 
Rev. by E. Sehrt in LgrP, LXII, 99-100. 

Goldberg, Maxwell H. "Jeffrey: mutilator of Carlyle s Burns?" PMLA, 
LVI, 466-71. 

Lea, F. A. "Carlyle and the French Revolution (I)." Adelphi, XVIII, 20-24. 

Nevinson, Henry W. "Carlyle and the London library." NS, May 31, p. 556. 
See also TLS, May 3, p. 214. 

Taylor, Alan C. Carlyle et la pensee latine. See VB 1939, 405. 
Rev. by J. J. H. in Studies, XXX, 471-74. 

Carroll. Ayres, Harry Morgan. "Lewis Carroll and The garden of Rachel" 

HLQ, V, 141-45. 
Burpee, Lawrence J. "Alice joins the immortals." Dalh&usie rev., XXI, 194r- 

204. 

On the continued popularity of the Alice books. 
Clough. Anon. "Cain in literature." N & Q, Sept. 27, p. 181. 

Mentions dough s "The song of Lamech." 
Anon. "Scribner presents manuscript to Churchill." Publishers weekly, July 

19, p. 190. 

MS of ClougWs "Say not the struggle nought availeth." 



372 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Carter, John. "Clough to Churchill: a memorable experience." Publishers 
weekly, Aug. 2, pp. 309-11. 
Circumstances of presentation of Clough MS. 

Note on the purchase of the MS of "Say not the struggle nought availeth," 
at Sotheby s. N & Q, July 12, p. 15. 

Coleridge. Griggs, Earl Leslie. Coleridge fille See VB 1940, 445. 

Rev. by S. C. C. in Christian sd. mon., Feb. 15, p. 10; by A. Cowie in SRL, 
June 14, p. 19; by E. Morley in RES, XVII, 240-42; by D. Stuart in English, III, 
187-88; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, Feb. 9, p. 4; in NR, CXVI, 373; in TLS, Sept. 
21, 1940, p. 484. 

Collins (see also III, Hull). Parrish, M. C. Wilkie Collins and Charles Reade. 
See VB 1940, 446. 

Rev. by D. Randall in Papers of the Bibliographical Society of America, XXXV, 
168-70. 

Cooke. Barnard, E. A. B., and others. " Charon of the Cam." N & Q, 

Aug. 30, pp. 118-19; Sept. 27, p. 181; Oct. 11, p. 207. 

Concerning "The diary of Samuel Pepys, Esq. 1 , while an undergraduate at 
Cambridge/ by C. R. W. Cooke, published 1864 or 1865. 

Conrad. Bradbrook, Muriel C. Joseph Conrad, J6sef Teodor Konrad Nalecz 
KorseniowsM; Poland s English genius. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: 
Macmillan. Pp. 80. 
Rev. by H. Hobson in Christian sd. mon., Sept. 20, p. 10; by J. Reilly in CWd, 

CLIV, 242; in N & Q, Aug. 16, p. 98; in New R, Oct. 6, p. 446; in TLS, Aug. 2, 

p. 372. 

Clemens, Florence. "Conrad s Malaysia." CE, II, 338-46. 

Conrad a trustworthy authority on politics in Malaysia but does not handle 
the subject of native psychology with the same mastery. 

Gee, J. A., and Storm, P. J. (eds.). Letters of Joseph Conrad to Marguerite 

Poradowski: 1890-1920. See VB 1940, 446. 

Rev. by F. Steegmuller in HTB, Feb. 2, p. 12; brief rev. in CE, II, 411. 
Gordan, J. D. Joseph Conrad: the making of a novelist. See VB 1940, 446. 

Rev. by J. Beach in JEGP, XL, 446-48; by J. McGovren in Commonweal, 
April 4, p. 604; by E. F. M. in Christian sci. mon., March 8, p. 11; by F. Steeg 
muller in HTB, Dec. 15, 1940, p. 15. 

Retinger, J. H. Conr ad and his contemporaries. London: Faber. Pp. 150. 
Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXX, 345. 

Zabel, Morton. "Conrad: the secret sharer." New R, April 21, Part II, pp. 
567-74. 

This article, "part of a long study of Conrad s life, novels and ideas," shows 
how, through discipline of his art, Conrad mastered the "obsessional tendencies" 



VlCTOHlAX BlBLlOGItAPHY Foil 1941 373 

of his own character; how in his novels (particularly in ruder u*em y) be 
created characters with conflicts similar to his own; and how the structure of his 
plots and his innovations in narrative technique result inevitably from his pre 
occupation with these conflicts. 

Corelli, Marie, Bullock, George. Mane Corelli: the life and death of a besi- 
selkr. New York: Transatlantic arts; London: Constable, 1940, PD 
xvii+279. 

Rev. by V. Woolf in Listener, Feb. 22, 1939. 

Croker (see also Tennyson). Brightfield, Myron F. John Wilson Croker See 
VB 1940, 446. 
Rev. by H. Bell in AHR, XLVI, 398-99; by C. Fryer, in JMH, XIII, 464. 

Dallas, E. S. Roellinger, F. X. "E. S. Dallas: a mid-Victorian critic of indi 
vidualism." PQ, XX, 611-21. 

Barley. Abbott, Claude C. "Further letters of George Darley (1795-1846)." 
Durham univ. jour., XXXIII (1940), 25-45. 
Letters to John Taylor, author and publisher; 

Darwin (see also III, Barzun). Loewenberg, Bert J. "Darwinism comes to 
America." Mississippi vcdky hist, rev., XXVIII, 339-68. 
Impact of Darwin s theories upon America. 

Dickens (see also III, Looker, Wilson). Dickensian (quarterly), Vols 

XXXVI-XXXVIIL See VB 1932, 422. 

Items as follows: "A contemporary view of the [Dickens] readings" (XXXVII, 
223-24; "A Dickens diary" (XXXVII, 19-33, 221-31) ; "A Dickens diary for 1837; 
compiled from contemporary sources" (XXXVII,^211-21); "A Dickens diary: 
one hundred years ago" (XXXVII, 71-84) ; "America, 1842: & Dickens diary one 
hundred years ago n (XXXVIII, 53-60); "Dickens as an amateur actor: complete 
list of performances" (XXXVJI, 10-11); "The first reading tour" (XXXVH, 
138-39); "Tl^e glorious year of 1836" (XXXVII, 155-63); "The Hatton garden 
philanthropist" (XXXVII, 167-68); "Pickwick in America" (XXXVIII, 33-34); 
"Provincial towns visited by Dickens and his amateur company" (XXXVII, 
104-5); "Uncollected speeches: V: Dulwich College" (XXXVII, 13-16); "Un- 
collected speeches: IX: In America" (XXXVIII, 39-41); A. Ainger, "Peeps at 
Dickens: pen pictures from contemporary sources: XXXVI. Canon Ainger s ac 
count of Mr. Nightingale s diary " (XXXVI, 203-4); A, Ainger, "At the Presi 
dent s levee in Washington" (XXXVIII, 47-48); W. Bennett, "The mystery of 
the Marchioness" (XXXVI, 205-8); T. Brumleigh, "On the road with the 
Trents" (XXXVII, 231-35; XXXVIII, 14-15); G. Burton, "More secrets" 
(XXXVI, 235-38) ; H. D., "Dickens s popularity in Germany" (XXXVI, 218-19) ; 
W. D., "The leaven of Dickens" (XXXVII, 1-3); W. D., "It s the seasomV aa 
does it" (XXXVII, 59-60); W. Dexter, "For one night only: Dickens s appear 
ances as an amateur actor" (XXXVI, 195-201; XXXVII, 7-8, 106-9); W. Dex 
ter, " Mr. Charles Dickens willread " (XXXVII, 133, 136-37, 20 1-3; XXXVIII, 
41-43); W.,Gadd, "Fact and fiction of America" (XXXVIII, 49-52); G. Grubb, 



374 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

"Dickens s first experience as a parliamentary reporter" (XXXVI, 211-18); R. 
Hamilton, "Dickens and Boz" (XXXVI, 242-44); R. Hamlyn-Harris, "Dickens 
stands for England" (XXXVII, 173-76); T. Hill, "A catalogue of the Miller col 
lection of Dickens music at the Dickens House" (XXXVII, 48-54); T. Hill, 
"The Dickens dietary" (XXXVII, 145-51, 191-99; XXXVIII, 22-31); T. Hill, 
"Immortal memory" (XXXVII, 205-9); T. Hill, "A unique collection of music" 
(XXXVII, 43-47); L. Kennethe, "Memorials of friendship" (XXXVII, 89-98); 
J. McNulty, "Christmas eve in a library" (XXXVIII, 44-47); J. McNulty, 
"Dickens all the year round" (XXXVII, 99-103); J. McNulty, "The haunted 
man" (XXXVII, 61-64); J. McNulty, "The overture" (XXXVII, 141-44); 
J. McNulty, "Wizards of the north and south" (XXXVII, 225-26); G. Major, 
" Angelica! 7 " (XXXVII, 125-26); L. Mason, "The Dickens world and its mes 
sage" (XXXVII, 181-84); A. Paterson, "Dickensian mysteries from Montreal" 
(XXXVIII, 17-22); E. Payne, "Boston s birthday broadcast to Britain" 
(XXXVII, 121-23); E. Payne, "Dickens s first look at America" (XXXVIII, 
7-13); L. C. S., "Collins s farm, Hampstead" (XXXVII, 165-66); L. C. S., "The 
Dickens Fellowship conference" (XXXVI, 209-10); L. Savage, "Cheer up, old 
mawther!" (XXXVII, 37-38); O. Savage, "The first Dickens sale: compiled 
with comments" (XXXVII, 227-29); 0. Savage, "Lady James s folly" (XXXVI, 
241-42); L. Staples, "A Kendal Green circle" (.XXXVII, 129-32); L. Staples, 
"Tom Hill" (XXXVII, 185-90); G. Stuaft-Bunning, "New American notes" 
(XXXVIII, 34-38); D. Udy, "The balloon club: some unpublished documents" 
(XXXVII, 85-88). 

Alain. "Le Fantastique et le re*el d apres les Contes de NoeT de Dickens." 
La nouvelle revue frangaise, Dec., 1939, pp. 817-23. 
Noted in EtA, IV (1940), 88. 

Becker, May Lamberton. Introducing Charles Dickens. London: Harrap. 
See VB 1940, 446. 
Rev. in TLS; Nov. 15, p. 563. 

Grubb, Gerald G. "On the serial publication of Oliver Twist." MLN, LVT, 
290-94. 

Gummer, Ellis N. Dickens 1 works in Germany See VB 1940, 447. 

Rev. by H. Davies in MLR, XXXVI, 146-47. 
House, Humphry. The Dickens world. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 240. 

Rev. by V. Pritchett in MS, Oct. 11, p. 347; by R. Scott-James in S, Dec. 26, 
p. 602; by G. M. Young in Dickensian, XXXVIII, 61-62; in N & Q, Nov. 22, 
p. 294; in TLS, Oct. 11, p. 509. "The author fears that though Dickens is his sub 
ject, John Stuart Mill may appear to be his hero, Malthus and Harriet Martineau 
his villains." 

Houtchens, Lawrence H. "Charles Dickens and international copyright." 
AL, XIII, 18-28. 

Quennell, Peter. "Books in general/ 7 NS, Sept. 13, p. 257. 
An appreciation of Dickens. 



VlCTOlUAX BlBLIQGUAPHY FOR 1941 #73 

Roe, F. Gordon. " Pickwick in America. 1 " Conwimw*, CVII, 111-14, 

Concerns plagiarisms of Dickens written by Thomas Peckett Prest under the 
pseudpnym of "Bos" and published in London by Edward Lloyd. 

Rolfe, Franklin P. "Additions to the Nonesuch edition of Dickens letters." 
HLQ, V, 115-40. 

Thomas, R. E. "Dickens s characters." N & Q, Nov. 29, p. 303. 
Zech, Adolph. See III, Kennedy. 

D Israel, Isaac. Cline, C. L. "The correspondence of Robert Southey and 
Isaac D Israeli." RES, XVII, 65-79. 

Doyle. Steele, Frederic Dorr. "Veteran illustrator goes reminiscent." Colo 
phon ("New graphic" ser. [1939]), Vol. I, No. 3. 

Eliot. Haight, Gordon S. George Eliot and John Chapman See VB 1940, 

448. 

Rev. by M. Chase in YR, XXX, 611-12; by A. Kitchell in MLN, LVI, 559-60; 
by J. Macdonald in Canadian forum, XX, 326; R. Roberts in SRL, Jan. 18, pp. 
10-11 ; by F. SteegmuUer in HTB> Jan. 26, p. 10; in CE, II, 515; in JV, Jan. 4, p. 28- 

Race, Sydney. "John Chapman." N & Q, April 26, pp. 293-95; May 17, 
pp. 346-49. 

Supplementary to Haight s George Eliot and John Chapman^ cites some facts 
about Chapman and his family. 
Wright, Walter Francis. "George Eliot as industrial reformer." PMjL4,LVI, 

1107-15. 
Ewing. "Juliana Ewing s world: morality with fun: interpreter of Victorian 

childhood." TLS, Aug. 9, p. 380 (see also Aug. 23, p. 409). 
Fitzgerald. Ardagh, J., and Anon. "Jewelled copy of Omar Khayyam." 

N & Q, Jan. 25, p. 62; Feb. 15, pp. 122-23; April 26, p. 304. 
Frazer. Downie, Robert Angus. James George Frazer, the portrait of a scholar. 

New York: Macmillan. Pp. ix+141. 

Rev. by W. Sears, Jr., in Churchman, March 15, p. 19; in NYTBR, Feb. 16, p. 2. 
Kellett, E. E. "James George Fraser." LQHR, July, pp. 293-98. 
Gaskell. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general" N8, June 21, p. 630; see also 

June 28, p. 652. 

An appreciation of Mrs. Gaskell. 
GHbert. A treasury of Gilbert and Sullivan: the words and music of one hundred 

and two songs from ekven operettas. Ed. Deems Taylor. New York: Simon 

& Schuster. Pp. 405. 

Rev by F P. Adams in HTB, Oct. 26, p. 3; by M. Marshall in N, Nov. 8, p. 457; 
by W. Sears, Jr., in Churchman, Nov. 15, p. 18; by F. Weitenkampf in NYTBR, 
Nov. 9, p. 3. 



376 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1941 

Troubridge, St. Vincent. "Gilbert and PlancheV N & Q, March 22, pp. 200- 
205; July 12, pp. 17-18. 
Cites numerous parallel passages and apparent borrowings by Gilbert. 

Troubridge, St. Vincent. "Gilbert s sources." N & Q, March 29, p. 224. 
Cites a speech by Charles James Mathews as a possible source. 

Granby. Farjeon, Eleanor. Miss Granby s secret; or, The bastard of Pinsk. 

New York: Simon & Schuster. Pp. vi+369. 

Biography of Adelaide Granby, Victorian writer of sentimental fiction; and 
the unpublished novel, The bastard of Pinsk. 

Hardy, (see also II, Meynell; III, Bax, Bentley). Under the greenwood tree; 

or, The Mellstock quire. With wood engravings by Claire Leighton. New 

York: Macmillan, 1940. Pp. x+237. 

Rev. by I. Athey in SRL, May 24, p. 18; by H. Hobson in Christian sci. mon., 
March 1; by H. Horwill in NYTBR, May 18, p. 8; in Baltimore Sun, Feb. 23; in 
CE, II, 815. 

"Adventures of a novel: Tess after fifty years : Thomas Hardy and the pub 
lic outcry." TLS, July 5, pp. 322, 325. 

Blunden, Edmund. Thomas Hardy. ("English men of letters" ser.) London: 
Macmillan. 
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 22, p. 576. 

Brooks, Philip. "On A pair of blue eyes"; "On the jubilee of Tess"; "A singu 
larly interesting letter of Thomas Hardy." NYTBR, Feb. 23, p. 25; June 
15, p. 19; July 20, p. 16; Oct. 5, p. 26. 

Ghent, Percy. "A letter from Hardy to John Moule." Toronto evening tele 
gram, Sept. 8. 

Hall, Harold E. "Reminiscences of a confirmed Hardyan." Colby mercury, 
VII, 15-17. 

"Hardy s magazine editors." TLS, July 12, p. 335. 

Horwill, Herbert W. "Aaronson s discussion of Hardy s poetry." NYTBR, 
Jan. 12, p. 8. 

"The jubilee exhibition of Tess at Colby College." TLS, Aug. 23, p. 401. 

Nevinson, Henry W. Thomas Hardy. ("P.E.N. books.") London: Allen & 
Unwin. Pp. 64. 

"A note on the Hardys." TLS, Dec. 28, 1940, p. 655. 
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS, May 31, p. 557. 

An essay on Hardy s realism and on the kinship between Under the greenwood 
tree and Jude. 

Rush, N. Orwin. "Robinson s Hardy sonnet." Colly mercury, VII, 14-15. 



VICTOHIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1041 ^77 

Tate, Allen. ^Hardy s philosophic metaphors." See VB 1040, 452. Reprinted 
in Reason in madness; critical essays. New York: Putnam. Pp. xiii-f 230. 
Rev. by J. Barzun in SRL, May 31, p. 7; by A. GuArard in HTB, June 1, p. 4. 

Tinker, Edward L. "The jubilee of pain-enduring Tess." XYTBR, Aug. 17, 
p. 17. 

Weber, Carl J. "Ainsworth and Thomas Hardy." RES, XVII, 193-200. 

Weber, Carl J. "An Elizabethan basis for a Hardy tale? an addendum " 
PMLA, LVI, 598-600. 

Weber, Carl J. "Hardy music." M & L, XXII, 298; see also XXII, 197. 

Weber, Carl J. Hardy of Wessex See VB 1940, 452. 

Rev. by J. Beach in MLN, LVI, 308-9; by J. Bennett in Amer. Oxonian, 
XXVIII, 118-19; by E. Blunden in RES, XVII, 368-71 ("his great merit is to 
have written a good biography with plenty of detail and still with clear progress") ; 
by G. Clarke in QQ, XL VII, 474-75; by F. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLIX, 130-31: 
in TLS, May 31, p. 267. 

Wilson, Carroll A. A descriptive catalogue of the Grolier Club centenary exhibi 
tion of the works of Thomas Hardy. See VB 1940, 453. 

Rev. by P. Brooks in NYTBR, Feb. 23, p. 25; by C. Weber in Colby mercury, 
VII, 17-19; in TLS, June 21, p. 304. 

Wilson, Carroll A. "Some Hardy corrections and notes." Colby mercury. VII. 
73-76. 

Hare (see Sterling). 

Hook. "Hoaxer and wit: Theodore Hook, 1788-1841." TLS, Aug. 23, p. 408. 

Hopkins. South worth, James G. Sowing the spring: studies in British poets 
from Hopkins to McNeice. London: Blackwell, 1940. Pp. 178. 
Rev. by T. James in LL, XXIX, 179-80. 

Stanford, W. B. "Gerard Manley Hopkins and Aeschylus." Studies, XXX, 
359-68. 

Housman. Ehrsam, Theodore G. A bibliography of Alfred Edward Housman. 

Boston: Faxon. Pp. 44. 

Rev. by G. Doane in LQ, XI, 525-26; by C. StonehiU and discussion by T. Ehr 
sam, K. Gregory, and W. White in Publishers 1 weekly, March 15, p. 1236; May 24, 
p. 2057; May 31, p. 21&7; June 14, p. 2361. 

Garrod, H. W. "Housman: 1939." See VB 1940, 454. 

Rev. by W. Husbands in MLR, XXXVI, 427; by E. Kellett in NS, Jan. 25, 
p. 96; by D. Low in RES, XVII, 375-76; in CE, II, 624. 

Gladding, Everett B. "Housman s More poems, VII and DehmePs Trost" 
MLN, LVI, 215-17. 



378 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Hyder, Clyde K. (ed.). Concordance to ike poems of A. E. Housman. Law 
rence: Univ. of Kansas, 1940. Pp. viii+133. 

Runyan, Harry J. "An emendation to A. E. Housman s translation from 
Euripides Alcestis (962-1005)." MLN, LVI, 458. 

White, WiUiam. "A. E. Housman on Blunt and Kipling." N & Q, Nov. 29, 
p. 301. 

Whitridge, Arnold. "Vigny and Housman: a study in pessimism." Ameri 
can scholar , X, 156-69. 
Vigny and Housman the only nineteenth-century poets "whose pessimism was 

the result of a definite philosophy." Great quality attracting us in both poets is 

style. They taught us to endure life even at its worst and revealed the dignity of 

human nature and the radiant loveliness of the universe. 

Withers, Percy. A buried life. See VB 1940, 454. 

Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXIX, 204-6; by M. Wilson in English, III, 186- 
87. 

Htitton. LeRoy, Gaylord C. "Richard Holt Hutton." PMLA, LVI, 809-40. 
A survey of the literary and controversial writings of the "Invisible David of 
the Spectator." 

Huxley. Grusendorf, A. A. "Huxley on higher education. " School and soci 
ety, LIII, 326-29. 

Jeff eries. Looker, Samuel J. The nature diaries and notebooks of Richard Jef- 
feries. Billericay, Essex: Grey Walls pr. Pp. 82. 
Rev. in N & Q, Nov. 29, p. 308. 

Jeffrey (see also Carlyle: Goldberg). Charvat, William. "Francis Jeffrey in 
America." NEQ, XIV, 309-34. 

Kemble. Dilkey, Marvin C?, and Schneider, Heinrich. "John Mitchell Kem- 
ble and the brothers Grimm." JEGP, XL, 461-73. 

Kingsley (see III, Kennedy). 

Kipling (see also Housman: White). Brazilian sketches. New York: Double- 
day, Doran. Pp. 115. 
Rev. by E. Wilson in New R, March 24, p. 413. 

Rudyard Kipling s verse, 1885-1936. New York: Doubleday, Doran, 1940. 
Pp. xv+852. 

Rev. by E. Wilson in New R, March 24, pp. 413-14; in CE, II, 516. 

Clemens, Cyril. "A chat with Rudyard Kipling." Dalhousie rev., XXI, 325- 
30. 
Kipling on America and Americans, including Mark Twain. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 379 

Dening. "Kipling im englisehen Unterricht." Die wwren Sprochin, Vol 
XLVIII, Nos. 10-11. 
Noted in LgrP, LXII, 119. 

Hughes, T. Cann, and DeCastro, J. P. "Kipling dedication " N d Sent 
13, p. 146; Oct. 4, p. 192. " 

"The wittiest woman in India," to whom Plain tales from the hiU* was dedicate 
was Kipling s mother. 

Mertner, E. Das Prosawerk Rudyard Kiplings. ("Anglistische Studien " 
Heft 4.) Berlin: Ebering, 1940. Pp. 257. 

Noted in LZD, XCII, 437. 

Wilson, Edmund. "The Kipling that nobody read." Atlantic monthly 
CLXVII, 201-14, 340-54. 

Landor. Elwjn, Malcolm. Savage Landor. New York: Macmillan Pp-xxi-f 
498. 

Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Oct. 5, p. 16; by A. Cowie, in SRL, Oct. 11, p. 16; 
by H. Gorman in NYTBR, Oct. 19, p. 9; by E. Olcott in LJ, Sept. 1, p. 730; by 
L. Trilling, unfavorably, in New R, Oct. 27, pp. 562-63; by H. McC. in More 
books, XVI, 437; by E. Wyatt in Commonweal, Oct. 24, p. 24. 

Metzdorf, Robert F. "Addendum: a new Landorian manuscript." PMLA, 
LVI, 755-77. 

Super, R. H. "Extraordinary action for libel Yescombe v. Landor." PM LA t 
LVI, 736-55. 

Lang. Green, Roger L. "Andrew Lang bibliography." TLS, May 31, p. 263. 
An inquiry. 

Lear. James, Lionel. "Edward Lear in Albania." NR, CXVI, 576-85. 

Nock, S. A. "Lacrimae nugarum: Edward Lear of the nonsense verses." 
SeR, XLIX, 68-81. 
Comments, in part, about Davidson s Edward Lear (see VB 1939, 412). 

Lockhart (see also Tennyson: "Croker on Tennyson"). Cline, C. L. "Dis 
raeli and John Gibson Lockhart." MLN, LVI, 134-37. 

F., L., and K, H. G. L. "Lockhart s novels." N & Q, March 15, p. 188; 
April 5, p. 250. 

Strout, Alan Lang. "Blackwood s magazine, Lockhart, and John Scott: a 
Whig satirical broadside." N & Q, Jan. 11, pp. 22-24. 

Strout, Alan Lang. "Lockhart and Croker." TLS, Aug. 30, p. 424; Sept. 13, 
p. 464. 

Unpublished letters. 



380 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Longmore. Seary, E. R. "A sequel to Don Juan." MLR, XXXV (1940), 526- 
29. 
On George Longmore s imitation of Don Juan, published in Cape Town, 1850. 

Lyte. White, Frederic C. "A link with Lyte." N & Q, Dec. 13, p. 331. 

Henry Francis Lyte, composer of "Abide with me." 
Macaulay. "Macaulay writes home." Bodleian library rec., I, 247-52. 

A manuscript letter, from Calcutta, Feb. 8, 1836. 
Shand, John. "A Protestant wind." NC, CXXX, 207-10. 

Macaulay s History and its lesson for British freedom. 

Marryat. Meyerstein, E. H. W. "A note on Masterman ready." English, III, 
180-82. 

Pritehett,^. S. "Books in general." NS, Sept. 20, p. 282. 
Appreciation of Marryat. 

Maurice. Sanders, Charles R. "Coleridge, Maurice, and the Church Univer 
sal." JR, XXI, 31-45. 

Meredith. Petter, Guy. George Meredith and his German critics. See VB 1940, 

456. 

Rev. by L. Cazamian in EtA, IV (1940), 68-69. 
Sackville-West, Edward. "Books in general." NS, Aug. 9, p. 139. 

Reappraisal of the novels of Meredith. 

MeynelL Meynell, Alice. Poems (complete ed., in "Oxford poets" ser.) Ox 
ford univ. pr. Pp. xiv+222. 
Rev. by R. Church ("The poet s pantheon") in NS, Dec. 21, 1940, pp. 662-63; 

by J. Hopkins in Commonweal, July 4, p. 258; by E. Tinker in NYTBR, May 4, 

p. 22; in CWd, CLIII, 369; in TLS, Nov. 23, 1940, p. 594. 

Mill (see also Dickens: House; Sterling). Mill, John Stuart. On social free 
dom. Reprinted from the Oxford and Cambridge review, June, 1907, with 
an introd. by Dorothy Fosdick. New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. x+72. 
This essay, written probably shortly before Mill s death in 1873, has been al 
most completely neglected; it represents "a marked advance" in Mill s thinking 
on the problem of liberty. 

Morris. Davis, Arthur Kyle. "William Morris and the Eastern question. 
With a fugitive political poem by Morris." In Humanistic studies in honor 
of John Calvin Metcalf. ("Univ. of Virginia studies," Vol. I.) Charlottes- 
ville, Va. Pp. 28-47. 

Eshleman, Lloyd W. A Victorian rebel: the life of William Morris. See VB 

1940, 457 

Rev. by P. Baum in SAQ,XL, 90-91; by E. Holding in New R, March 31, p. 
442; by H. Lehman-Haupt, and discussion by Eshleman in Publishers weekly t 
Jan. 4, p. 66; Feb. 1, pp. 620-21. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1941 381 

Riddehough, G. B. "William Morris s translation of the Odj/$ae|r. f> JEGP, 
XL, 558-61. 

Newman, Francis (see Sterling). 

Newman (see also II, Ullathorne). Newcomb, Covelle. Red Hal: a study of 
John Henry, Cardinal Newman. New York: Longmans, Green. Pp. vii+ 
278. 
Biography of Newman for younger readers. Rev. by M. Adams in LJ, Dee. 15, 

p. 10%; by M. Becker in HTB, Jan. 4, 1942, p. 6; by H. Binsse in Commonweal, 

Nov. 21, p. 110; by E. Wyatt in CWd, CLIV, 380. 

Pater. Child, Ruth C. The aesthetic of Walter Pater. See VB 1940, 458. 

Rev. by E. Barnhart in JAAC, I, 131-32; by C. Harrold in MP, XXXVIII, 
472 ; in CE, 11,412. 

Pinero. Dunkel, Wilbur Dwight. Sir Arthur Pinero: a critical biography with 

letters. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. v+142. 

Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, Oct. 19, p. 24; by G. Freedley in LJ, LXVI, 667; 
by J. Krutch in N, Oct. 11, p. 346. 

Planche" (see Gilbert: Troubridge). 

Praed. Note on Etoniana. N & Q, Dec. 20, p. 337. 

Says that Etoniana for November 29 "continues the letters of Winthrop 
Praed The Praed letters are of 1816, ending up with one on 21 July. . . . ." 

Procter. Two letters in the Boston Public library. M ore books, XVI, 462-66. 

Reade (see also III, Tolles). It s never too late to mend. An edition of Readers 
unpublished drama, with an introduction and notes by Leone Rives. 
Toulouse: Imprimerie toulousaine, 1940. Pp. 111. 
Rev. by A. Turner in MLN, LVI, 313-14. 

Rives, L&me. Charles Reade: sa vie, ses romans. Toulouse: Imprimerie tou 
lousaine, 1940, Pp. 528. 

Rev. by J. Tompkins in RES, XVII, 363-66 ("the most comprehensive and 
systematic work" on Reade: includes use of unpublished letters and private 
papers; "the authority" on his life and activities. Has a useful bibliography of 
Reade s work and of criticisms of it) ; by A. Turner in MLN, LVI, 313-14. 

Sutcliffe. Emerson G. "Psychological presentation in Reade s novels." SP, 

XXXVIII, 521-42. 

Rossetti. Dante Gabriel Rossetti s letters to Fanny Cornworth. Ed. Paull Frank 
lin Baum. See VB 1940, 458. 
Rev. by J. Troxell in MLN, LVI, 399-400. 

Baum, Paull F. "The Bancroft manuscripts of Dante Gabriel Rossetti." M P, 

XXXIX, 47-68. 



382 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Ruskin (see also II, Keefe). Angus, Douglas R. "The relationship of Words 
worth s Ode on the intimations of immortality to Ruskin s theory of the 
infinite in art." MLR, XXXVI, 506-8. 

Clippinger, Frank W. Ruskiris ideas on education in relation to twentieth cen 
tury educational reform. Abstract of diss., Univ. of Illinois. Urbana 111 
Pp. 18. 

Walzel, Oskar. "Jacob Burckhardt and John Ruskin." (Ext. from Easier 
Zschr.f. Gesch. u. Alter tumskunde, Vol. XXXVIII.) 
Noted in Helicon, III, 180. 

Russell. Byrne, J. Patrick. "A. E., poet and man." Poet lore, XLVII 240- 
49. 

Shaw. Smith, Winifred. "Bernard Shaw and his critics (1892-1938)." Poet 
lore, XLVII, 76-83. 

Smith, Alexander (see Arnold: Garrod). 
Stephen, James Fitzjames (see II, Bevington). 

Sterling. Tuell, Anne KimbalL John Sterling: a representative Victorian. 

("Wellesley college publications.") New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiv+405. 

Rev. by G. Hellman in HTB, July 13, p. 12; by J. J. R. in CWd, CLIII, 756; 
by R. Roberts in SRL, May 31, p. 16; by C. Sanders in SAQ, XL, 306-8; in CE, 
III, 322. Includes between two and three hundred unpublished letters from 
Sterling to J. S. Mill, Carlyle, Francis Newman, J. A. Symonds, and others. 

Stevenson. Hughes, T. Cann. "R. L. Stevensonprize medal." N & Q Sept 
13, p. 146. 

Query about medal given Stevenson in 1871 for paper read before the Royal 
Scottish Society of Arts. 

Moorman, Lewis J. Tuberculosis and genius. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr 
1940. Pp. xxxv+272. 

Curious alliance between fever and art illuminated by the dramatic stories of 
Stevenson, Thompson, and others; told by a physician. 

Surtees. Pope-Hennessy, Una. Durham company. London: Chatto & Win- 
dus. Pp. 223. 

Rev. by Clive Bell in NS, April 5, pp. 370-71. Contains essays on "Robert 
Surtees of Mainsforth" and "Hamsterley and Jorrocks." 

Taylor, John (see Barley). 

Taylor, Meadows. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general. 7 NS, Nov. 8, p. 411. 
Praises The confessions of a thug. 

Tennyson (see also III, A book of short plays; III, Hull). Tennyson: representa 
tive poems. Selected and ed. by Samuel C. Chew. ("Odyssey series in lit 
erature.") New York: Odyssey pr. Pp. lvi+520. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

The introduction (pp. xf-xlii) presents chronologically arranged statements of 
fact, interpretation, and criticism of Tennyson s poetry; is biographical "only so 
far as a record of Tennyson s life serves to explain his growth as a poet." Mr. Chew 
has provided an excellent selected bibliography on pp. xlvi-lvi, with useful critical 
comments. The poems that constitute the main part of this book are put into 
eight groups: I. "The poet and his land"; II. "Songs"; III. "The poet and his 
art"; IV. "Poems on classical subjects"; V. "Poems on medieval subjects"; 
VI. " Maud and miscellaneous poems" ; VII. " In memoriam and other elegies"; 
VIII. "Personal and meditative poems." This grouping is highly arbitrary. It 
tends, moreover, to convey an impression of periodicity of separate interests. Such 
an impression is unfortunate; the continuity and overlapping of Tennyson s inter 
ests ought not to be put into a shadow. The editor s footnote annotations are good. 
But in selection and arrangement and annotation of poems this book does not 
supersede the DeVanes Selections from Tennyson. There is valuable inclusion, in 
the three appendixes of this book, of juvenilia, poems of literary squabbles, and 
poems by Alfred s brothers, Frederick and Charles. W. D. T. 

"Croker on Tennyson." Colophon ("New graphic" ser. [1940]), I, No. 4, 
95-96. 

Croker the author of the anonymous review of Tennyson s Poem* in the Quar 
terly review, Art. IV, 1833. 

Kishi, Shigetsugu (comp.). Lafcadio Beam s lectures on Tennyson. Tokyo: 
Hokuseido pr.; South Pasadena, Calif.: P. D. and lone Perkins, 1620 Mis 
sion Street. Pp. 181. 
Mooney, E. A., Jr. "Alfred Tennyson s earliest Shakespeare parallels." 

Shakespeare Assoc. bull, XV (1940), 117-24. 
Ratchford, Fannie E. "Idylls of the hearth: Wise s forgery of Enoch Ardent 

Southwest rev., XXVI, 317-25. 

Rutland, William R. "Tennyson and the theory of evolution." In Essays and 
studies by members of the English Association. Vol. XXVI. Ed. Arundell 
Esdaile. Oxford univ. pr. 
Rev. in N & Q, Dec. 13, p. 336. 

Thackeray (see also III, Sells). Albaugh, Kathryn L. "The influence of Wil 
liam Makepeace Thackeray on Wilhelm Raabe." In Abstracts of dus., 
Stanford univ., XVI, 98-101. 

Dodds, John Wendell. Thackeray: a critical portrait. New York: Oxford univ. 
pr. Pp. vii+257. 

Critical study of Thackeray s writings, arranged chrono!6gically; attempts "to 
trace the growth of a mind and at the same tame to identify the quality of an art 

^ Rtfb^KWy, *., in HTB, Dec. 7, p. 26; by R. Roberts in BEL, Dec. 

27, p. 16; by E. Wagenknecht in NYTBR, Dec. 21, p. 14. 

Hurst, H. Ironischer und sentimentaler Realismus bei Thackeray. See VB 1939, 

417. 

Rev. by E. Vowinckel in LgrP, LXII, 101-2. 



384 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 

Pacey, W. C. D. "Balzac and Thackeray." MLR, XXXVI, 213-24. 
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS, March 22, p. 302. 

Re-evaluation of Thackeray, with emphasis on Vanity Fair and its Balzac-like 
picture of a materialistic society. 

Troubridge, St. Vincent. "Thackeray s drawings." N & Q, April 12, p. 269. 
See Ardagh, J., in VB 1940, 460. 

Thompson. Poems of Francis Thompson, 1859-1907. Revised ed. Ed. with 
biographical and textual notes by Terence L. Connolly. New York: D. 
Appleton-Century. Pp. xxiv-h 5-587. 

Trelawny. Armstrong, Margaret. Trelawny. See VB 1940, 460. 

Rev. by O. Williams in NR, CXVII, 457-63. 
Athoe, G. B. J. "Trelawny s cottage." TLS, Aug. 2, p. 371. 

Supplementary to Armstrong s book. See also the information from C. Rodney 
on Aug. 16, p. 397. 

Trollope. The way we live now ("World s classics," Nos. 484 and 485). Oxford 
univ. pr. 

Trollope, Anthony. Tireless traveller; twenty letters to the "Liverpool mercury," 
1875. Ed., with introd., by Bradford Allen Booth, Univ. of California; 
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xi-|-221. 

Bone, Gavin. "The text of Trollope s Phineas redux: a rejoinder." RES, 
XVII, 452-58. 

Chapman, R. W. "The text of Trollope." TLS, Jan. 25, p. 48; March 22, 
p. 144; see also Feb. 8, p. 72, and March 1, p. 108. 

Chapman, R. W. "The text of Trollope s Autobiography." RES, XVII, 90-94. 
Chapman, R. W. "The text of Trollope s Phineas redux." RES, XVII, 184-92. 
Chapman, R. W. "The text of Trollope s novels." RES, XVII, 322-31, 

Chapman, R. W., "Trollope s American senator." TLS, June 21 p 304- see 
also July 12, p. ^335. 

Chapman, R. W. "Trollope s Autobiography (1883)." N & Q, Nov. 1, p. 245. 

Emendations resulting from comparison with MS in the British Museum. 
Chapman, R. W. "Trollopian criticism." TLS, July 5, p. 323; July 26, p. 359. 
Dick, H. G., and Jaggard, W. "Queries from Anthony Trollope s notes on 

English drama." N & Q, May 24, pp. 372-73; June 14, p. 431. 

Ignoramus and Russell Claud. "Nineteenth century calumnies." N & Q, 

March 1, p. 154; March 29, p. 229. 

Concerning a passage in Trollope s The way we live now. 
Parker, W. M. " The telegraph girl/ " TLS, Oct. 26, 1940, p. 548. 

A letter from Trollope. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOB 1941 385 

Wildman, John H. Anthony Trollope s England. See VB 1940, 461. 
Rev. by I. Westcott in MLR, XXXVI, 539-40. 

Wilde. Kernahan, Coulson. "Wilde and Heine." Dublin mag-, Jan.-March, 
1940, pp. 19-26. 

Wordsworth. Havens, Raymond Dexter, The mind of a poet: a Mudy of Word&* 
worth s thought wtih particular reference to "The prelude," Baltimore: Johns 
Hopkins pr. Pp. xviii+670. 
"In the fifteen manuscripts of The Prelude, which embody changes made in 

the course of forty-two years, we have more material than exists for the study of 

any other great poem." 

Yeats (see also III, Stoll). Auden, W. H., and Schwartz, Delmore. "William 
Butler Yeats: two essays." Partisan rev,, VI (1939), 46-59, 
Auden writes "The public v. the late Mr. William Butler Yeats" (pp. 46-51); 

Schwartz, "The poet as poet" (pp. 52-59). 

Church, Richard. Eight for immortality. London: Dent, 
Yeats is among the eight. 

Gilkes, Martin. " Countess Cathleen by the Avon/ English, III, 159-64. 

Gwynn, Stephen (ed.). Scattering branches See VB 1940, 462. 

Rev. by J. Burnham in Commonweal, May 16, p. 88; by B. Deutseh in HTB, 
May 11, p. 2; by E. Forbes-Boyd in Christian sci. mon., Aug. 31, 1940, p. 11; by 
J. Stephens in 8, July 12, 1940, p. 40; in NYTBR, May 18, p. 2; in TLS, Aug. 3, 
1940, p. 376. 

Healy, J. V. "Scientific and intuitable language." SouR, VII, 214-16. 
Yeats s language not abstract or scientific; it is intuitable. 

Hogan, J. J. "W. B. Yeats." Studies, XXVIII (1939), 35-48. 
Kingsmill, Hugh. "Meetings with Yeats." NS, Jan. 4, pp. 10-1L 

Macken, Mary M. "W. B. Yeats, John O Leary and the Contemporary 
Club." Studies, XXVIII (1939), 136-42. 

MacNeice, Louis. The poetry of W. B. Yeats. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xi+242. 
Rev. by J. Burnham in Commonweal, May 16, p. 88; by S. C. C. in Christian sci. 
man., May 3, p. 10; by M. Craig in LL, XXIX, 83-86; by B. Deutseh in HTB, 
June 1, p. 10; by E. Drew in Atlantic monthly t May; by D. Fitts in SRL, May 3, 
p. 6; by W. H. M. in Scrutiny , IX, 381-83 ("in the last resort, not a bad, but a su 
perficial book"); by E. Meyerstein in English, III, 223-25; by E. Muir in NS, 
April 26, p. 440; by M. Roberts in S, Feb. 28, p. 234; by W. Soutar in Addphi, 
XVII, 425-27; in N & Q, March 1, pp. 161-62; in TLS, March 29, p. 150. 

Masefield, John. Some memories of W. B. Yeats. London: Cuala pr.; New 
York: MacmiUan, 1940. Pp. 35. 
Rev., by W. Soutar in Adelphi, XVII, 425-27. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1942 



^HIS bibliography has been prepared 
11 by a committee of the Victorian 
-1L Literature Group of the Modern 
Language Association of America: Wil 
liam D. Templeman, chairman, Univer 
sity of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har- 
rold, Michigan State Normal College; 
Samuel P. Chew, University of Okla 
homa; and Austin Wright, Carnegie In 
stitute of Technology. It attempts to list 
the noteworthy publications of 1942 (in 
cluding reviews of earlier items) that have 
a bearing on English literature of the Vic 
torian period and similar publications of 
earlier date that have been inadvertently 
omitted from the preceding Victorian bib 
liography. Unless otherwise stated, the 
date of publication is 1942. Reference to a 
page in the bibliography for 1941 , in Mod 
ern philology, May, 1942, is made by the 
following form: See VB 1941, 411. Some 
cross-references are given, although not 
all that are possible. For certain continu 
ing bibliographical works, and for most of 
the abbreviations used, see the preceding 
Victorian bibliographies. 

KEY TO NEW ABBREVIATIONS 
AGR American-German review 
APSR = American political science review 
BLR = Bodleian Library record 
BSP - Papers of the Bibliographical Society of 

America 

DUJ = Durham Univ. journal 
HJ = Hibbert journal 
JHI = Journal of the history of ideas 
JRLB = Bull of the John Rylands Library 
MDU = Monatshefte fur deutschen Unterricht 
MLJ = Modern language journal 
PLC = Princeton University Library chronicle 

I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 

"American bibliography for 1941." PMLA, 
LVI,Suppl, 1255-67: English, "Nineteenth 



century," and "Contemporary," ed, Albert 
C. Baugh and others. 

"Anglo-German bibliography for 1941." AGR, 
VIII (April), 41-48. 

Biella, Arnold. "Additions and corrections to 
the bibliography of 19th century British 
drama." PQ, XXI, 299-322. 

Bond, Donald F., and Tucker, Joseph E. 
"Anglo-French and Franco-American stud 
ies: a current bibliography" (for 1941). 
RoR, XXXIII, 132-56. 

The Cambridge bibliography of English litera 
ture. See VB 1941, 384. 
Rev. by D. Bond in MF, XXXIX, 303-12; by 
H. Craig in CE, III, 422-24; by F. Francis in 
Library?new ser., XXII, 250-55; by G. L. M. in 
BSP, XXXV (1941), 163-65; by R. Welkk in 
PQ, XXI, 251-56. 

Carty, James. Bibliography of Irish history, 
1870-191 L Dublin Stationery Office, 1940. 
Pp. 319. 
Rev. by J. Kenney in AHR, XLVII, 935. 

Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic move 
ment: a selective and critical bibliography 
for the year 1941." ELH, IX, 1-35. 

MacPike, E. F. "English, Scottish and Irish 
diaries, journals, common-place books, etc., 
1550-1900: a bibliographical guide to se 
lected material." BBDI, XVII, 183-85. 
(To be continued.) 

O Connell, J. Harlhit "A collector looks at the 
nineties." PLC } II (1941), 121-52. 

Osborn, James M., and Withner, Patricia 
(eds.). Work in progress, 19$, in the m>d- 
ern humanities. Bull. 20A, pub. by the 
Modern Humanities Research Assoc. "Gen 
eral studies," "Nineteenth century," and 
"Twentieth century," pp. 3-14, 91-115. 

Parrish, M. L. "Adventures in reading and 
collecting Victorian authors." PLC, III, 
33-44. 



[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1943] 



387 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



Roberts, W. Wright. "English autograph let 
ters in the John Rylands library." JRLB, 
XXV (1941), 110-36. 
Mentions many unprinted nineteenth-century 

English letters by Carlyle, Mrs. Gaskell, Landor, 

Maoaulay, Rnskin, etc. 

Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian bib 
liography for 1941." MP, XXXIX, 383- 
419. 

Wales. Handlist of manuscripts in the National 
Library of Wales. Parts I and II. (The 
National Library of Wales jour., Supple 
ments. Series II, Nos. 1 and 2.) Aberyst- 
wyth: National Library of Wales pr., 
1940; [1941]. Pp. xxiii+28; 29-92. 
These two supplements are not indexed, and I 
have not combed them carefully for Victorian 
items, of which there are more than a few. MSS 
are ordinarily in English or Welsh. As samples of 
the contents: one entry announces the possession 
of the original MS of Arnold s "On the study of 
Celtic literature"; another, that of the original 
MS of "In the bay," by Swinburne, "a poem of 
forty stanzas, with notes in the autograph of J. 
Churton Collins, 1879, and Dr. Owen Pritchard, 
1909." W. D. T. 

"Sir Hugh Walpole s Nineties collection." 

BLR, II, 40-41. 

Acquisition by the Bodleian of works of the 
1890 s, including autograph letters of "very 
many! of the authors; especially there are MSS 
and letters of William Watson, Stephen Phillips, 
and Frederick Rolfe ("Baron Corvo"). 

Woodin, William Hartman. First editions, 
original drawings, paintings, caricatures; the 
work of the great English illustrators and au 
thors of the XVII-XIX centuries collected by 
the late William H. Woodin .... sold by 
. . . . public auction sale. 3vols. New York: 
Parke-Bernet galleries, 1941-42. 

The year s work in English studies, Vol. XXI 
(1940). Ed. -for the English Assoc. by F. S. 
Boas. Oxford univ. pr. "The nineteenth 
century and after," pp. 206-48; "Biblio- 
graphica," pp. 249-57. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELI 
GIOUS, AND SOCIAL 

ENVIRONMENT 

Arbuthnot. The correspondence of Charks Ar- 
buthnot [1767-1850]. Ed. for the Royal His 



torical Society by A. Aspinall. London: 
Royal Historical Society, 1941. 

Arnold, Julian B. Giants in dressing gowns. 

Chicago: Argus. Pp. viii+240. 

Written by son of Sir Edwin Arnold. Rem 
iniscences of Browning, Darwin, Disraeli, Glad 
stone, Henry Irving, Tennyson, Queen Victoria, 
and others. Rev. by T. Opie in Churchman, Sept. 
1, p. 17; by R. Roberts in SRL, June 13, p. 17. 

Bannard, H. E. "The real Victorians." S, 
March 6, pp. 228-29. See also March 20, 
p. 281; March 27, p. 306. 
An attempt at a definition. 

Bell, E. Moberly. Octavia Hill: a biography. 

Foreword by Sir Reginald Rowe. London: 

Constable. Pp. 304. 

Rev. by I. Barclay in NS, Sept. 12, pp. 176- 
77; by S. CockereU in 8, Sept. 11, p. 243; in NR, 
CXIX, 527-29; in TLS, Oct. 10, p. 495. See also 
VB 1939, 382, 385, and 392. . 

Bevington, Merle Mowbray. The Saturday re 
view, 1855-1868: representative educated 
opinion in Victorian England. See VB 1941, 
387. 
Rev. by M. A. C. in Canadian forum, XXII, 

28; by C. Grabo in LQ, XII, 323-25; by V. 

Pritchett in NS, June 13, p. 391; by M. Thrall in 

MLN, LVII, 677-79; by C. Vulliamy in S, May 

29, p. 512. 

Bloom, Ursula. Time, tide, and I. London: 
Chapman & Hall. Pp. 256. 

Bogart, Ernest Ludlow. Economic history of 
Europe, 1760-19S9. ("Longmans economic 
ser.") New York: Longmans. Pp. xiii-J- 
734. 

Rev. by S. Fay in Annals of the Amer. acad. of 
pol. and soc. sci., CCXXIII, 228; by N. Gras in 
JMH, XIV, 561-62; by A. Usher in AHR, 
XLVIII, 104-6; in Current history, II, 378. 

Bonner, Arthur and C. B. Hypatia Bradlaugh 
Bonner: the story of her life. London: 
Watts. Pp. 133. 

Bowen, Elizabeth. Bowen s court. London: 
Longmans; New York: Knopf. Pp. 340; 
458, 
A detailed history of an Anglo-Irish family 

during three centuries in Ireland. Rev. by H 

Binsse in Commonweal, Aug. 21, p. 424; by L. 

Bogan in N, Aug. 22, p. 156; by Bryher in LL, 



VU TOHIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY Foil 1042 



3X9 



XXXIV, 141-42; by M. Colum in SRL, Sept. 5, 
p. 3; by A. Eaton in LJ, June 15, p. 581; by 
H. Gorman in NYTBR, Aug. 2, p. 4; by I. Pat 
terson in HTB, Aug. 2, p. 5; by E. West in NS, 
July 25, pp. 62-63; in TLS, June 27, p. 322. 

Bowman, A. K. The life and teaching of Sir 
William MacEwen. A chapter in ihe history 
of surgery. London: Hodge. Pp.425. 

Brockway, Wallace, and Weinstock, Herbert. 
The opera; a history of its creation and per 
formance: 1600-1 94L New York: Simon & 
Schuster, 1941. Pp. viii+603. 
Rev. by E. N. B. in JAA, No. 6, pp. 70-71 
("little if any, attempt to relate the opera and its 
changing styles and modes to development in 
other arts or to its cultural milieu"); in HTB, 
Feb. 1, p. 18; in Theatre arts, XXXVI, 348. 

Browne, Lewis. Something went wrong: a 
summation of modern history. New York: 
Macmillan. Pp. x+360. 
Shows the ill effects of the coming of the ma 
chine. Rev. by W. Chamberlin in NYTBR, Feb. 
15, p. 14; by W. Hall in Annals of the Am&r. acad 
of pol and soc. sci., CCXXI, 198; by G. Johnson 
in HTB, March 1, p. 6; by C. Matterson in 
JMH, XIV, 400; by M. Messier in LJ, Jan. 1, 
p. 39; in Am&r. mercury, LIV, 500; in CE, III, 
692;inS#L, Feb. 21, p. 6. 

Carberry, Mary Evans-Freke, Lady. Happy 

world: the story of a Victorian childhood. 

New York and London: Longmans. Pp. 

viii-f-273. 

Rev. by C. St. John in NS, Feb. 7, pp. 97-98; 
in HTB, June 7, p. 10; in TLS, Feb. 14, p. 82. 

Cole, G. D. H. Chartist portraits. See VB 1941, 
389. 

Rev. by J. Armitage in FR, CLI, 166-68; by 
G. C. in Adelphi, XVIII, 78; by C. Fay in Eco 
nomic jour., LII, 66-69; by H. Laski in NS, Nov. 
22, 1941, pp. 445-46; in TLS, Jan. 3, p. 9. 
Cutts, Elmer Henry. "British educational pol 
icy in India under the East India Com 
pany." Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 
1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 173-76. 

De Beer, E. S. "English literary society in 
1839: the diary of A.-F. Rio." N & Q, 
Dec. 19, p. 365. 
Rio records meetings with the Carlyles, Henry 

and Sara Coleridge, Disraeli, Gladstone, Hallam, 



Maeaulay, Milnps, Cr&bb Robinaem, Rogers, 
Tennyson. Rio met Wordsworth m IH41, 

Duff, David S. The life $fanj of H. R. H. Prin 
cess Louise, duchess of Argyll, London : Stan 
ley Paul, 1940. Pp. 352. 
Includes on pp. 345-46 a list of writing* by 

Queen Victoria and material about her. 

Dykes, Eva Beatrice. The Xeyro in English ro- 
mantic thought: or, a tiid$j of m/mpathy /or 
the oppressed. Washington: Associated 
publishers. Pp. 197. 

Summary of the antisiavery movement in ihe 
eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth cen 
turies. Rev. by F. Klingberg in JMH, XIV, 
576-77. 

Fellowes, Edmund H. English cathedral music 
from Edward VI to Edward VIL London: 
Methuen, 1941. Pp. 268. 

Fitzpatrick, Brian. The British empire in Aus 
tralia: an economic history, 1884-WS9. 
New York: Stechert. Pp. 529. 
Rev. by J. Condliffe in JPE, L, 472; by H. 
Daniel in Pacific affairs, XIV, 497; by M. Laugh- 
lin in PSQ, LVII r 308; by R. Woolbert in Foreign 
affairs, XX, 784; in TLS, Oct. 25, 1941, p. 527. 

Fletcher, Edward Garland. "Electricity at the 
Savoy." Studies in English 1941. (The 
Univ. of Texas Pub. No. 4126.) Austin: 
Univ. of Texas, 1941, Pp. 154-61. 

Gillespie, James Edward. Europe in perspec 
tive, 1815 to the present. New York: Har- 
court, Brace. Pp. 945. 

Gordon, A. A. Culkdfrom a diary, 1867-1939. 
Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd. Pp. x-f 214. 

Hawthorne, Nathaniel. English notebooks. 
Based upon the original MSS in the Pier- 
pont Morgan library. Ed. by Randall 
Stewart. Published with the co-operation 
of Brown university. New York: Mod. 
language assoc. of America, 1941. Pp. 
xliv+667. 

The notebooks as Hawthorne wrote them, not 
as they were "edited" by Mrs. Hawthorne in 
1870. 

Rev. by H. Gorman in NYTBR, March 22, 
p 16; by V. Pritchett in NS, Oct. 24, p. 275; by 
T. Scudder in N & Q, XV, 166-67 ; by L. Wroth in 
HTB, July 19, p. 10; briefly in CE, III, 430-31 



390 



AX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



("the Notebooks, Mr. Stewart believes, are per 
haps the fullest and richest book ever written by 
an American about England"). 
Hayes, J. H. A generation of materialism: 

1871-1900. See VB 1941, 390. 

Rev. by A. Adey in Current history, II, 61; by 
F. Downing in Commonweal, March 13, p. 515; 
by A. Gue"rard in HTB, Jan. 18, p. 3; by H. 
Kohn in Annals of the Amer. acad. ofpol. and soc. 
sci., CCXX, 236; by H. Rothfels in JMH, XIV, 
385-87; by E. Nagel in Partisan rev., IX, 256-59; 
by H. Selsam in Science and society, VI, 169-73. 

Henson, Herbert Hensley. Retrospect of an un 
important life, Vol. I: 1868-1920. Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. viii-f-341. 
Rev. by J. Halet in FR, CLII, 215-16; by 
J. Mozley in S, July 24, pp. 88, 90; by R. Murray 
in CR, CLXII, 251-52; in BUJ, XXXIV, 33; in 
TLS, July 25, p. 366. Valuable for glimpses of 
late- Victorian Anglicanism. 

Holmes-Pollock letters: the correspondence of 
Mr. Justice Holmes and Sir Frederick Pol 
lock, 1874-1932. Ed. by Mark De Wolfe 
Howe; introd. by John Gorham Palfrey. 
2 vols. Harvard univ. pr., 1941. Pp. xxn-i- 
275; 359. 
Rev. by P. Palmer in Kenyan rev., IV, 247-50. 

Hornik, M. P. "The Anglo-Belgian agree 
ment of 12 May 1894." EHR, LVII, 227- 
43. 

Housman, Lawrence. Gracious majesty. New 
York: Scribner. Pp. 7+222. See VB 1941, 
390. 
Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, June 21, p. 15; in 

LJ, June 1, p. 533; in TLS, Sept. 6, 1941, p. 432. 

Twelve.dramatic episodes based upon the life of 

Queen Victoria. 

Hudson, Cyril E., and Reckitt, Maurice B. 
The church and the world. Vol. III. London: 
Allen & Unwin, 1940. Pp. xiv-f-266. 
Rev. briefly by C. Moehlman in Church his 
tory, X (1941), 294-95. Concerned with church 
and society in England from 1800 to 1939. 

Ireland, Tom. Ireland, past and present. New 
York: Putnam s. Pp. 1010. 

Rev. by D. McDougall in AHR, XLVIII. 
110-11. 

Jacks, L. P. The confession of an octogenarian. 
London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 280. 



Jones, Kathleen. La revue britannique 

See VB 1941, 391. 

Rev. by T. Palfrey in RoR, XXXII (1941), 
315-16. 

Jones, Louis C. The clubs of the Georgian rakes. 
("Columbia university studies in English 
and comparative literature," No. 157.) 
New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xi-f- 
259. 

Kenyon, F. G. Arthur Hamilton Smith, 1860- 
1941. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 14. 

Knaplund, Paul. The British empire, 1815- 
1989. New York: Harper, 1941. Pp. xx-f 
850. 
Rev. by W. Hall in PSQ, LVII, 306-7; by 

C. Mowat in AHR, XLVII, 598-99. 

Laski, H. J, "King s secretary." FR, CLII, 
389-93. 

Lever, Tresham. The life and times of Sir Rob 
ert Peel. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 
xii+320. 

Rev. by F. Hearnshaw in CR, CLXI, 378-79; 
by E. Woodward in S, May 15, p. 470; in TLS, 
p. 226 (also see p. 261). 

This treats of the life and times of the first half 
of the nineteenth century far more vividly and 
fully than is customary in biographical works. It 
gives a useful and valuable political and social 
account. The book is well documented; and it 
presents on pp. 312-15 a bibliography in several 
divisions, including "General histories of the pe 
riod," "Economic and social histories," and 
others, especially an excellent "Biographies, 
memoirs, etc." W, D. T. 

Leveson-Gower, Sir George. Years of endeav 
our: 1886-1907. London: Murray. Pp. 
285. 

Rev. by E. Woodward in S, Feb. 27, p. 212; in 
CR, CLXI, 380; in NR, CXVIII, 395-96; in 
TLS, March 14, p. 123. For the author s volume 
on the years 1858-86, see VB 1941, 391. 

Levien, John M. Impressions of W. T. Best. 
London: Novello & Co. Pp. 62. 

Lomer, Gerhard Richard. "Sir Henry Ellis in 
France : a chapter in the history of the Brit 
ish Museum." In William Warner Bishop, 
1941. Ed. by H. M. Lydenberg and A. 
Keogh. Yale univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 116M4. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



Lowndes, Mrs. Belloc. "I, too, have lived in 
Arcadia, : a record of love and childhood. 
New York: Dodd, Mead. Pp. 318. 

Mackenzie, Agnes Mure. Scotland in modern 
times, 1720-1939. Vol. VI of her History of 
Scotland. Edinburgh: Chambers; New 
York: MacmiUan. Pp. xx+412. 

Mackenzie, Compton. U 1900." LL, XXXIII, 
74-85; XXXIV, 13-25, 92-98. 

Marchand, Leslie A. "The Athenaeum": .... 

See VB 1941, 391. 

Rev. by B. Barber in LQHR, CLVII, 219-21; 
by B. M. in Dalhousie rev., XXI, 515; by W. Gra 
ham in JEGP, XLI, 108-10; by M. Thrall in 
MLN, LVII, 677-79. 

Marston, Thomas Ewart. "British interests 
and influences in the Red Sea, 1820-1860." 
Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 1939 
(pub. 1942), pp. 119-21. 

Molony, J. Chartres. "A soldier of old India." 

Blackwood s, CCLII, 290-99. 

An account of General Frederick Young, d. 
1874. 

Newbolt, Margaret (ed.). The later life and 
letters of Sir Henry Newbolt. London: Faber 
& Faber. Pp. 426. 
Some of his friends treated in this are Bridges, 

Buchan, Hardy, Hewlett, Kipling, and Yeats. 

Rev. in TLS, Dec. 26, p. 625. 

Odell, George C. D. Annals of the New York 
stage, Vol. XIII: 1885-1888. Columbia 
univ. pr. Pp. xviii+723. 

Orioli, G. Adventures of a bookseller. London: 
Chatto & Windus. Pp. 329. 

Parkes, H. B. "Nietzsche." Scrutiny, X 

(1941), 51-60. 
Parrott, Ian. "Arthur Sullivan (1842-1900)." 

M & L, XXIII, 202-10. 

Ponsonby, Arthur. Henry Ponsonby: Queen 
Victoria s private secretary; his life from his 
letters. London: Macmillan. Pp. 441. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Oct. 17, p. 259; 

in TLS, Oct. 17, pp. 510/513. 

Presland, J. DeedesBey: a stvdy of Sir W ynd- 
ham Deedes, 1883-1928. London: Macmil 
lan. Pp. xii-f-359. 



Quennell, Marjorie and C. H. B. A huiory o/ 
everyday things in England, 1851-1942. Vol. 
IV. Rev. ed. London: Batsford. Pp. x-f 
214. With 175 illustrations. 
For the first ed., see VB 1934, 408. 

Quinlan, Maurice J. Victorian prelude 

See VB 1941, 392. 

Rev. by H. Bell in Commonweal, June 26, p. 
233; by C. Brinton in SRL, Jan. 31, p. 18; by 
N. Dennis in New R, April 27, pp. 580-82; by 
R. Ecklea in JMH, XIV, 377-78; by L. Fowler fn 
S, July 24, p. 88; by H. Laski in \"S, June 20, 
p. 410; by C. Bobbins in AHR> XLVIII, 9&-100; 
briefly in CE, III, 775. 

Robb, Janet Henderson. The Primrose League, 
1883-1906. ("Columbia univ. studies in 
history, economics, and public law," No. 
492.) Columbia univ. pr. Pp. 5+258. 
Study of a significant political organization in 
late Victorian England. Rev. by \V. Aydelotte in 
JMH, XIV, 578; by G. Smith in S<*ial studies, 
XXXIII, 333; by J. Starr in APSR, XXXVI, 
788. 

Roper, D. C. Fifty years of public life. Duke 
univ. pr.; Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. x+422. 

Rose, J. H.; Newton, A. P.; and Benians, E. A. 

The Cambridge history of the British empire. 

Vol. II. See VB 1941, 393. 

Rev. by H. Innis in EHR, LVII, 512-15; by 
H. Manning in AHR, XLVII, 593-96. 

Rose, Walter. Good neighbours: some recottec- 
tions of an English village and its people. 
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. viii-f- 140. 
General reminiscences of the minute social life 

of an English village as the author remembers it 

and as his father and grandfather described it to 

him. 

Roth, Cecil. A history of the Jews in England. 

Oxford univ. pr., 1941. Pp. xii+306. 

Rev. by L. Namier in NC, CXXXII, 279-80; 
by N. Sykes in HJ, XL, 398; in Commonweal, 
June 19, p. 212; in TLS, March 14, p. 128. 

Rowse, A. L. A Cornish childhood: autobiogra- 
phy of a Cornishman. London: Cape. Pp. 
282. 

RusseU, Elbert. The history of Quakerism. 
New York: MacmiUan. Pp. 586. 



392 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



Sanderson, Charles R. "Some notes on Lord 
Sydenham." JRLB, XXV (1941), 165-88. 

Shirras, G. F. James Bonar, 1852-1941. Ox 
ford univ. pr. Pp. 20. 

Shudofsky, M. M. "Sarah Bernhardt on 
Hamlet." CE, III (1941), 293-95. 

Somervell, D. C. Modern Britain, 1870-1939. 
London: Methuen. Pp. 220. 

Strauss, William L. Joseph Chamberlain and 
the theory of imperialism. Introd. by Rupert 
Emerson. Washington, D.C.: Amer. coun 
cil on public affairs. Pp. xi-fl33. 
This is a well-developed, well-documented, 
vivid account of a key figure in the progress of 
British imperialism. It has much of interest to 
the student of Victorian literature and literary 
background. W. D. T. 

Stuart, D. M. The mother of Victoria. New 
York and London: Macmillan. Pp. xi-f- 
313. 

Tovey, Donald F., and Parratt, Geoffrey. 
Walter Parratt: master of music. Oxford 
univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 184. 

Trevelyan, George Macaulay. English social 
history. A survey of six -centuries, from Chau 
cer to Queen Victoria. New York: Long 
mans, Green. Pp. 628. 
To the death of Queen Victoria. Includes two 
chapters on Cobbett s England; one on the time 
between the two Reform bills (1832-67); and 
another on the second half of the Victorian era 
(1865-1901). Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Dec. 
27, p. 3. 

Turner, W. J. "Arthur Sullivan (1842-1900)." 
S, May 15, p. 461. 

Tyler, J. E. Anglo- American.relations. ("His 
torical Assoc. pamphlet," No. 122.) Lon 
don: Wyman & Sons. Pp. 20. 
Treats of the period 1783-1941. Rev. in JMH, 

XIV, 428. 

Letters of Herbert Cardinal Vaughan to Lady 
Herbert of Lea. Ed. by Shane Leslie. Lon 
don: Burns Oates. 

Rev. in S, Dec. 11, p. 562; in TLS, Dec. 26, 
p. 634. Letters (an average of several letters a 
month) written between 1867 and 1903. 



Verneuil, Louis. The fabulous life of Sarah 
Bernhardt. Trans, from French by Ernest 
Boyd. New York: Harper. Pp. 312. 

Victoria, Queen. See II, Arnold, Duff, Hous- 
man, Laski, Ponsonby, Stuart. 

Webster, Caroline. Mr. W. and I: being the 
authentic diary of [the author] during a fa 
mous journey with Daniel Webster to Great 
Britain and the Continent in the year 1889. 
Introd. by Claude M. Fuess. New York: 
Washburn. Pp. xxu+264. 
Rev. by S. BenSt in HTB, Dec. 13, p. 2; by E. 

Calkins in SRL, Dec. 26, p. 16; by H. Gorman in 

NYTBR, Dec. 13, p. 38. 

West, E. J. "From a player s to a playwright s 
theatre: the London stage, 1870-1890." 
QJS, XXVIII, 430-36. 

Williamson, J. A. The ocean in English history. 
Oxford univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 208. 

Wilson, Forrest. Crusader in crinoline: the 
life of Harriet Beecher Stow. Philadelphia: 
Lippincott, 1941; London: Hutchinson. 
Pp. 7-706; 376. 

Wilson, T. G. Victorian doctor; being the life of 
Sir William Wilde. London: Methuen. Pp. 
338. 

A biography of Oscar Wilde s father. Rev. by 
R. Aickman in FR, CLII, 139-40; by H. Bash- 
ford in S, July 17, pp. 64, 66; by J. Hone in N8, 
July 18, p. 49; in TLS, July 4, p. 332 (see also 
correspondence, p. 343). 

Wellman, Rita. Eugenie. New York: Scrib- 
ner. Pp. 326. 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LIT 
ERARY FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES 

Amiel, J. Henri. "R&disme et positivisme. 
Divergences entre l esthe"tique positiviste et 
I esth^tique realiste." RoR, XXXIII, 105- 
12. 

Barzun, Jacques. Darwin, Marx, Wagner 

See VB 1941, 394. 

Rev. by C. Brinton in AHR, XLVII, 599-601; 
in TLS, May 23, p. 256 (see also editorial on 
p. 259). 

Bates, E. Stuart. Inside out. An introduction 
to autobiography. New York: Sheridan 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FO 



House, 1937. Pp.713. London: Blackwell, 
1936, 1937. 2 vols. Pp. 288; 378. 

Bentley, Phyllis. The English regional novel 
("P. E. N. books.") London: Allen & Un- 
win, 1941. Pp. 48. 

Rev. in FR, CLI, 476; in TLS, March 28, p. 
155. Includes treatment of nineteenth- and twen 
tieth-century novelists, notably Charlotte Bronte 
(Shirley is "the first great English regional nov 
el"), Mrs. Gaskell, Trollope, George Eliot, 
Hardy, and Arnold Bennett; makes mention also 
of S. Baring-Gould, K. Snowden, J. S. Fletcher, 
H. Sutcliffe, Hall Caine, Eden Philpotts. 

Bowen, Elizabeth. English novelists. ("Brit 
ain in pictures. 37 ) London: Collins. Pp.48. 
Illus. 27. 

Rev. in TLS, May 16, p. 250. Includes discus 
sions of Dickens, Trollope, Meredith, etc. 

Briggs, Elsie. "Australian literature." SRL, 
Sept. 5, pp. 15-17. 

Brown, E. K. (ed.). Victorian poetry. ("Nel 
son s English series.") New York: Nelson. 
Pp. xlv+912. 

Cantor, Jacob. "The literary reputation of 
Baudelaire in England and America, 1857- 
1934." Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 
1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 394-99. 

Cargill, Oscar. Intellectual America See 

Gissing: Cargill. 

Clinton-Baddeley, V. C. Words for music. 

New York: Macmillan; Cambridge univ. 

pr., 1941. Pp. xii+164. 

Discusses the questions whether making a 
song is a poet s job or a musician s; whether poor 
words can hurt good music; whether poetry can 
be too good to be set to music; etc. Quotes Yeats, 
Gilbert, and many others. 

Cobban, Alfred. "The triumph of pessimism." 

HJ, XL, 132-39. 

Has many allusions to the Victorian contribu 
tion to the pessimism of the nineteenth and twen 
tieth centuries. 

D., A. E., and Dodds, M. H. "Who s who in 
English literature, 1848 to 1862?" N & Q, 
Oct. 10, pp. 227-28; Nov. 21, p. 324. 
Lists liberals, illiberals, and editors of that pe 
riod. 



Enright, D. J. "A note on Irish literature and 
the Irish tradition." Scrutiny, X, 247-56. 

Fairchild, Hoxie X. "Romanticism and the re 
ligious revival in England. * JHI, II (1941), 
330-38. 

Frierson, William C. The English novel in 
transition: 1885-1940. Norman: Univ. of 
Oklahoma pr. Pp. vii-i-333, 
Treats the methods of the late Victorians, and 
such authors as Flaubert and "his French contem 
poraries, and the Russians. Rev, by J. Coumos 
in NYTBR, Aug. 16, p. 2; by A. Margoehes in 
Current history, II, 380; by R. E. Roberts in SRL, 
July 11, pp. 5, 18 (see also Aug. 29, p. 9, and 
Sept. 5, p. 11); in CE, HI, 773, and IV, 210; in 
HTB, Nov. 15, p. 40; briefly in Amer. mercury, 
LV, S7&-77. 

Gerould, Gordon Hall. The patterns of English 
and American fiction; a history. Boston: 
Little, Brown. Pp. x-h526. 
A large portion of the book is devoted to the 

Victorian period. 

Gettman, Royal A. Turgenev in England and 

America. See VB 1941, 396. 

Rev. by H. Muchnic in MLN, LVII, 404-5; 
by L. Richardson in AL t XIII, 435-36. 

Gloyn, Cyril K. The church in the social order: 
a study of Anglican social theory from Cole 
ridge to Maurice. Forest Grove, Oregon: 
Pacific univ. Pp. 201. 

Gohdes, Clarence. "British interest in Ameri 
can literature during the latter part of the 
nineteenth century as reflected by Mudie s 
Select Library." AL, XIII, 350-62. 

Gordon, George Stuart. Anglo-American titer- 
ary relations. Ed. R. W. Chapman. Oxford 
univ. pr. Pp. 180. 

Rev. in Listener, Nov. 19, p. 664; in TLS, Oct. 
24, p. 526. Touches on Arnold, Dickens, Thack 
eray, etc. 

Grigson, Geoffrey (comp.). The Romantics: an 

anthology. London: Routledge. Pp. 35f>. 

Rev. with high praise by J. A. Smith in S, Dec. 

11, p. 556. Draws on the letters, journals, reports 

of scientific observations, and commonplace 

books, as well as on the more familiar poems and 

prose works, of writers between the 1720 s and 

the 1870 a. "He has given us the intellectual and 



394 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



emotional climate in which the English Roman 
tics worked; their interests, reading, and topics of 
conversation" as well as some of their own 
work. 

Haines, Helen E. What s in a novel? ("Colum 
bia univ, studies in library service," No. 
6.) New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. 
xi+283. 

Includes a chapter, "From mid-Victorian 
roots" (pp. 34-56) and one called "History in fic 
tion" (pp. 105-32). Rev. by E. Baldwin in LJ, 
June 15, p. 581; by Howard M. Jones in SRL, 
July 25, p. 14; in School and society) July 4, p. 28. 

Haycroft, H. Murder for pleasure: the life and 
times of the detective story. London: Davies. 
Pp. 376. 

Hayes, James M. In praise of nuns: an an 
thology of verse. New York: Button. Pp. 
5+224. 
Included are Alice Meynell, Owen Meredith, 

Cardinal Newman, Dawson, Christina Rossetti, 

C. Patmore. Rev. by J. Duffy in Commonweal, 

Nov. 13, p. 100. 

Henkin, Leo J. Darwinism in the English nov 
el, 1860-1910 See VB 1040, 436. 

Rev. by G. Potter in MLN, LVII, 323-24. 

Hutcherson, Dudley R. "Poe s reputation in 
England and America, 1850-1909." AL, 
XIV, 211-33. 

Hutton, Edward. Catholicism and English lit 
erature, London: Muhler. 
Rev. by C. Williams in S, Nov. 20, p. 486. , 

Latourette, Kenneth. The great century: A.D. 
1800 A.D. 1914. See VB 1941, 397. 
Rev. by D. Muzzey in AHR, XLVIII, 66-68. 

Law, Helen Hull. Bibliography of Greek myth 
in English poetry. Supplement. New York: 
Amer. Classical League service bureau, 
1941. Pp. 19. 

Maly-Schatter, Florence. The Puritan element 
in Victorian fiction, with especial reference to 
the works ofG. Eliot, Dickens and Thackeray. 
Zurich diss. Zurich: A. G. Gebr. Leemann 
& Co., 1940. Pp. 112. 

Martineau, Helen. "Robert Braithwaite Mar- 
tineau: a follower of the Pre-Raphaelites." 
Connoisseur, CX, 97-101. 



Neff, Emery. A revolution in European poetry, 

1600-1900. See VB 1941, 398. 

Rev. by E. Barnhart in JAA, No. 2-3 (1941), 
pp. 136-37; by P. Buck, Jr., in MDU, XXXIV, 
342; by C. Lyons in MLN, LVII, 322-23; by H. 
Routh in RES, XVIII, 363-66; by F. Walter in 
TQ, X (1941), 497-98; by J. Wurtzbaugh in 
Books abroad, XV (1941), 478-79. 

Northend, Marjorie. "Henry Arthur Jones 
and the development of the modern English 
drama." RES, XVIII, 448-63." 

O Connor, John J. The Catholic revival in Eng 
land. ("The Christendom series," Vol. III.) 
New York: Macmillan. Pp. ix-f-102. 
Covers the period 1770-1892. Rev. by J. Mc- 
Sorley in CWd, CLV, 763; by L. Riley in Church 
man, March 15, p. 17. 

Oxford movement. See III, Hutton, O Con 
nor. 

" Pantheon of English writers : Chambers 
cyclopaedia (1842)." TLS, Dec. 12, pp. 612, 
624. 

Pollard, Graham. "Novels in newspapers: 
some unpublished letters of Captain Mayne 
Reid." RES, XVIII, 72-85. 
These letters to the editor of the Newcastle 

weekly chronicle throw light on the publishing of 

novels by syndication. 

Pre-Raphaelite movement (see also III, Mar 
tineau; Brownings: Cramer). Gaunt, Wil 
liam. The Pre-Raphaelite tragedy. New 
York: Harcourt. Pp. 5+256. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, April 11, pp. 243- 
44 (see also correspondence from Harry Ballam, 
April 25, p. 274, and from Sydney Cockerell, May 
9, p. 306) ; by H. G. F. in Connoisseur, CX, 81; by 
G. Whicher in HTB, Nov. 8, p. 4; by F. Winwar 
in NYTBR, Sept. 13, pp. 4, 14; in Amer. mercury, 
LV, 634; in TLS, April 25, pp. 210, 214 (see also 
editorial on p. 211, and correspondence on pp. 
247, 259, 271, 283, 295) ; in VQR, XVIII, Ixix-lxx. 

Pritchett, V. S. ["Zola and the English nov 
el."] NS, Feb. 22, 1941, pp. 188-89. 

Ramage, Ethel. "Chartism in English litera 
ture, 1839-1876." Summaries of doctoral 
dissertations, University of Wisconsin, IV 
(1941), 236-38. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOE 1942 



395 



Richards, Paul Lambert. "The Italian histori 
cal novel as influenced by English Gothic 
fiction, 1820-1840." Harvard univ. sum 
maries of theses, 1939 (pub. 1942), pp. 277- 
80. 

Roberts, S. C. "At the heart of the nineties." 
In Essays and studies by members of the Eng 
lish Association, Vol. XXVII (1941). Col 
lected by Nowell Charles Smith. Oxford: 
Clarendon pr. Pp. 66-75. 

Rorabacher, Louise E. Victorian women in life 
and fiction. (Abstract of thesis, Univ. of Il 
linois.) Urbana, Illinois. Pp. 17. 

Rudman, Harry. Italian nationalism and Eng 
lish letters See VB 1941, 399. 

Rev. by K Greenfield in MLN, LVII, 235-36. 

Sanders, Charles Richard. Coleridge and the 
Broad Church movement. Duke univ. pr. 
Pp. 307. 
Studies in S. T. Coleridge, Dr. Arnold of 

Rugby, J. C. Hare, Carlyle, and Maurice. 

Scarfe, Francis Harold. "The French back 
ground in English poetry, 1850-1900." Ab- 
stracts of dissertations approved for .... de 
grees in the University of Cambridge .... 
1939-1940. Cambridge: Univ. pr., 1941. 
Pp. 55-56. 

Shine, Hill. Carlyle and the SaintrSimoni- 

ans See VB 1941, 400. 

Rev. by H. Grierson in EHR, LVII, 520-23; 
by C. F. Harrold in JEGP, XLI, 389-90; by T. 
Scudder in JMH, XIV, 115-16. 

Singh, Bhupal. A survey of Anglo-Indian fic 
tion. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr., 
1934. Pp. xi+344. 

Contains much of interest to students of the 
Victorian period. Includes chapters on "Mead 
ows Taylor and other predecessors of Kipling"; 
"Rudyard Kipling"; "Rudyard Kipling and his 
school"; "Indian history in Anglo-Indian fic 
tion"; etc. A bibliography of Anglo-Indian nov 
els covers pp. 311-34; bibliographies of criticism 
and biography and of articles and reviews appear 
on pp. 334-36. This work was inadvertently over 
looked previously. 

Smith, A. J. M. " Our poets 1 : a sketch of 
Canadian poetry in the nineteenth cen 
tury." TQ, XII, 75-94. 



Summers, Montague. .4 Gothic 

See VB 1941, 400. 

Rev., together with The Goihic quest face be 
low), by E. Bembaum in MLQ, III, 4&f>-8$ * al 
though the Quest terminates about 1830, it h&a 
some information of later concernfor iixst&nee, 
the treatment of John Frederick Smith, "un 
deservedly forgotten," who nourished in the 
fifties. The Bibliography docs not terminate 
about 1830, but includes treatment of many Vic 
torians) ; by F. Roe in Connouscur, CDC, 168-70; 
in TLS, March 8, 1941, p, 120 (see ako commeot 
by Summers on April 5 and May 24, pp. 165, 251 ; 
by A. Craig on April 19, p. 191). A selected list of 
Gothic fiction from 1728 to 1916, including trans 
lations from the French. 

Summers, Montague. The Gothic quest. New 
York: Columbia univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 443. 
See VB 1940, 440, for publication in Eng 
land, 1938. 
Rev. by E. Bernbaum (see above item) ; by 

J. E. T. in RoR, XXXIII, 141. 

Taylor, John Tinnon. Early opposition to the 
English novel. The popular reaction from 
1760 to 1880. New York: King s Crown 
pr. Pp. 156. 

Thompson, James Westfall, and Holm, Ber 
nard J, A history of historical writing. 2 
vols. New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi-f- 
676; ix+674. 

Rev. by J. Barzun in New R t Dec. 7, pp. 768- 
69; by D, Knowlton in NYTBR, Jan. 24, 1943, 
p. 33. A monumental work on historical writing 
from the earliest times to the present. Includes 
chapters on Macaulay, Carlyle, and Froude. 

Williams, Edwin E. Racine depuis 1885. Bi- 
blioffraphie raisonnee des livres, articles, 
comptes-fendw critiques relatifs <i la vie et 
Venture de Jean Racine, 1885-WS9, ("Johns 
Hopkins studies in romance literatures and 
languages," Extra Volume XVI.) Balti 
more: Johns Hopkins pr., 1940. Pp. 279. 
"Racine en Angleterre.," on PP- 139-40. 

Wilson, Edmund. The wound and the bow 

See VB 1941, 400. 

Rev. by W. DeVane in YR, XXXI (1941), 
384-87; by E. Downing in CWd, CLIV, 500-501; 
by F. Leavis in Scrutiny, XI, 72-73; by G. 
Stonier in N8 t April 18, pp. 259-60; by W. 



396 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



Turner in S t April 17, pp. 380, 382; in TLS, May 
23, p. 260. 

Wolle, Francis. "Fitz- James O Brien in Ire 
land and England, 1828-1851." AL, XIV, 
234-49. 

Zylstra, Henry. "E. T. A. Hoffman in Eng 
land and America." Harvard univ. sum 
maries of theses, 1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 378- 
90. 

IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS 
Arnold, Sir Edwin (see II, Arnold). 

Arnold, Matthew (see also I, Wales; III, Gor 
don). C., T. C. "Matthew Arnold: uneol- 
lected lines." N & Q, Aug. 29, p. 132. 

Chambers, E. K. A sheaf of studies. Oxford 

univ. pr. Pp. 176. 

Rev. by G. Cookson in English, IV, 91; by 
E. Kellett in NS, Aug. 29, p. 146; by P. Pool in S, 
July 10, p. 42; in TLS, July 18, p. 351. Includes 
"Matthew Arnold s tree," "The poetry of Mat 
thew Arnold," "Meredith s Modern love," "Mere 
dith s nature poetry," and "Alice Meynell s 
Rhythm ofMfe"; the first and third of these are 
here printed for the first time. 

Dudley, Fred A. "Matthew Arnold and sci 
ence." PMLA, LVII, 275-94. 

Fyfe, Hamilton. "Matthew Arnold and the 
fall of France." HJ, XL, 125-31. 

Hussey, R.; Jaggard, W.; J., W. H.; D., A. E.; 
Pettit, H. ; Morris, J. E. "Arnold on Shake 
speare." N & Q, April 18, p. 221; May 16, 
p. 276; June 20, p. 348; July 18, p. 52; Oct. 
24, p. 264. 

Interpretation of a passage in the famous son 
net. 

M., A. "Arnold and the Cambridge Plato- 
nists." N & Q, Nov. 21, p. 315. 

M., A. "Arnold and President Grant." N & 
Q, Sept. 26, pp. 194-95. 

"Memorabilia." N & Q, July 18, pp. 31-32. 
Discussion of Arnold s comments on Grant s 
Memoirs. 

P., 0.; and C., G. A. F. M. "Matthew Arnold 
And the Rugby magazine, 1837." N & Q, 
March 7, p. 137; March 28, p. 178. 



Pollock, Sir John. "France: a reply to Mr. 
Hamilton Fyfe and Matthew Arnold." 
HJ, XL, 355-60. 

Price, Fanny. "Bunyan and Matthew Ar 
nold." N &Q, Sept. 26, p. 195. 

Price, Fanny, and Green, Jane. "The first line 
of Thyrsis. " N & Q, Oct. 24, p. 255; Nov. 
21, p. 323. 

Savage, Henry L. "The cuckoo s parting 
cry/ " MLQ, I (1940), 551-52. 

Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. The poetry of 
Matthew Arnold: a commentary. See VB 
1941, 402. 
Rev. by R. Church in FR, CLI, 331-32; by R. 

Cox in Scrutiny, X, 395-97; by G. Tillotson in 

R8S, XVIII, 245-48. 

Arnold, Thomas (see also III, Sanders). "Ar 
nold and 1942." S, June 12, pp. 552-53. 
See also p. 580, etc. 

"Arnold of Rugby." S, June 12, p. 552. 

Paton, J, L. "The Thomas Arnold centenary." 
OR, CLXII, 106-8.. 

Shipton, I. "Arnold of Rugby, 1842-1942." 
NR, CXVIII, 553-58. 

"Thomas Arnold of Rugby: prophet of educa 
tion: 1795-1842." TLS, June 13, p. 291. 
See also pp. 295, 307, 319. 

Barnes. "Memorabilia." N & Q, June 6, p. 

309. 

This comments on an essay on Barnes by H. J. 
Massingham in Time and tide, May 16. 

Jacobs, Willis D. "William Barnes and Eng 
lish." N & Q, June 13, p. 330. 

Barrie. Letters of J. M. Barrie. Ed. by Viola 
Meynell. London: Davies. 

Beddoes. Abbott, C. Colleer. "The parents of 
Thomas Lovell Beddoes." DUJ, XXXIV, 
159-75. 

Blessington, Lady. Pittman, Diana. "Key 

to the mystery of Edgar Allan Poe " 

Southern literary messenger, IV, 19-24. 

Blunt. Reinehr, Sister Mary Joan. The writ 
ings of Wilfred Scawen Blunt: an introduc 
tion and study. Milwaukee: Marquette 
univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 223. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1942 



Borrow. Parks, Edd Winfield. Segments of 
southern thought. Athens: Univ. of Georgia 
pr. Pp. ix+392. 
Includes chapter on Borrow. 

Quennell, Peter. "Books in general." NS, 
Nov. 15, 1941, p. 426. 
An appreciation of Lavengro. 

Boucicault. Folland, Harold Freeze. "The 
plays of Dion Boucicault." Harvard univ. 
summaries of theses, 1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 
347-50. 

Braddon. Summers, Montague. "Miss Brad- 
don." TLS, Aug. 29, p. 432 (see also p. 
480). 

Bridges. Gue*rard, Albert Joseph. Robert 
Bridges: a study of traditionalism in poetry. 
Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xvi+332. 
Rev. by G. Barker in N, April 4, p. 400; by 

H. Baker in HTB, March 15, p. 9; by A. Green 

in NYTBR, May 24, p. 16; by T. Maynard in 

CWd, CLV, 375. 

Fox, Adam. "English landscape in Robert 
Bridges." English, IV, 74-79. 

Tindall, William Y. "The Robert Bridges col 
lection." Columbia univ. quar. f XXXIII, 
154-58. 

Brontes. The complete poems of Emily Jane 

Bronte. See VB 1941, 402. 

Rev. by L. Bradner in MLN, LVII, 304-5; by 
J. J. K. in Canadian forum, XXI, 283; by T. 
Miller in Southwest rev., XXVII, 271-74; by F. 
Ratchford in JEGP, XLI, 565-66; by E. West in 
NS, Oct. 24, p. 278. 

Brash, W. B. "The Brontes of Haworth- 

through trials to triumph." LQHR, CLVII, 

57-66. 
Brooks, Philip. "Notes on rare books." 

NYTBR, March 22, p. 18. 

On the Brontes, Trollope, George Eliot. See 
the same writer on other Victorians, in NYTBR, 
March 1, pp. 18, 20 (Gissing) ; June 14, p. 17, and 
Jan. 17, 1943, p. 16 (Hardy). 

Ratchford, Fannie E. The Brontes web of 

childhood. See VB 1941, 403. 

Rev. by L. Bradner in MLN, LVII, 304-5; by 
J, Hillhouse in JEGP, XLI, 252-55; by E. West 
in NS, Dec. 6, 1941, pp. 479-80. 



Brownings (see also II, Arnold). The to* of 
Browning. Ed. with notes by William Hud 
son Rogers. Xew York: Nelson. Pp. rii-f- 
605. 

Acres, W, M. "Altham, Cook, and Barrett 
families." N <3r Q, April i 1, p. 205; June 27, 
p. 361. 

"The authorship of Aeschylus soliloquy/ " 
TLS, March 21, p. 144. 

Barbour, A. R. "Browning vindicated. 1 TLS, 
Dec. 13, 1941, p. 632. 

Cramer, Maurice Browning. "Browning s lit 
erary reputation at Oxford, 1855-1859." 
PMLA, LVII, 232-40. 
The Browning fever at Oxford, particularly 

among the Pre-Raphaelites. 

Cundiff, Paul A. "A new interpretation of 
Book I of The ring and the book" Cornell 
university abstracts of theses . . . . , 1940, pp. 
26-29. 

Dodds, M. H.; Armstrong, T. P.; D., A. E.; 

H., R. M. "Browning: holy-cross day." 

N & Q, Feb. 21, p. 108; March 28, pp. 178- 

79; April 11, p. 208. 

The historical foundations of Browning s 
poem. 

"E. B. Browning s Sonnets from the Portu 
guese" Explicator, Vol. I, item 24. 

Furst, Norbert. "Rilke s translations of Eng 
lish, French, and Italian sonnets." SP, 
XXXIX, 130-42. 

Harlan, Aurelia Brooks. "Not by Elizabeth 

Barrett Browning." PMLA, LVII, 582-85. 

"To Robert Lytton: from Elizabeth Barrett 

Browning" is a youthful effusion of Bulwer- 

Lytton, addressed to Robert Browning. 

Hobson, G. D. "Aeschylus soliloquy." TLS, 
April 11, p. 189. 

Lindsay, Jean Stirling. "The central episode 
of Browning s By the fireside/" SP, 
XXXIX, 571-79. 

M., A., and Hibernicus. "The memorable 
lady." N & Q, May 9, p. 261; May 30, 
p. 307. 

Phrase in a sonnet by George Meredith ex 
plained as a reference to Mrs. Browning. 



398 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



Pittman, Diana. "Key to the mystery of Ed 
gar Allan Poe " Southern literary mes 
senger, IV, 143-65. 

Ransom, Harry. "The Brownings in Paris, 
1858." Studies in English 1941. (The Uni 
versity of Texas Pub. No. 4126.) Austin: 
Univ. of Texas, 1941. Pp. 147-53. 

S., H., and Sayar. "Botany." N & Q, March 
7, p. 137; April 25, p. 237. 

About a point in Browning s "Englishman in 
Italy." 

Smalley, Donald Arthur. "Bordello: its sig 
nificance for Browning s career as a poet." 
Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 1989 
(pub. 1942), pp. 247-50. 

Smith, Fred Manning. "Elizabeth Barrett and 
Browning s The flight of the duchess. SP, 
XXXIX, 102-17. 

Smith, Fred Manning. "More light on Eliza 
beth Barrett and Browning s The flight of 
the duchess. " SP, XXXIX, 693-95. 

Bulwer-Lytton (see also Brownings: Harlan). 
H., A. R., and Bayley, A. R. "The last of 
the barons." N & Q, Jan. 10, p. 22; Feb. 7, 
p. 83. 

Butler. Bissell, Claude T. "The moral criti 
cism of Samuel Butler." Cornell univ. ab 
stracts of theses . . . . , 1940, pp. 19-21. 

Holt, Lee. "Critical opinion concerning the 
work of Samuel Butler (1835-1902)." Sum 
maries of doctoral dissertations, Univ. of Wis 
consin, V (1940), 260-61. 

Holt, Lee. "Samuel Butler s rise to fame." 
PMLA, LVII, 867-78. 

Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS, Dec. 
12, p. 392. 

On certain of the anomalies of Butler and his 
writings, particularly The way of all flesh. 

Carlyle (see also I, Roberts; III, Sanders, 
Thompson). Correspondence echangee entre 
Goethe et Carlyle. Paris: Librairie du regio- 
nalisme, 1940. 
Listed in AGR, VIII, 42. 

Grierson, Herbert J. C. Thomas Carlyle. 
("Annual lecture on a master mind." Hen 



rietta Hertz Trust of the British Academy, 
1940.) Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 27. 

Lea, F. A. "Carlyle and the French Revolu 
tion (2)." Adelpki, XVIII (Dec., 1941) 
36-38. 

Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS, Dec. 
6, 1941, p. 476. 

Treats both the "national mystifier" and the 
"man behind the character." 

Reilly, Joseph J. Of books and men. New York : 

Messner. Pp. viii-j-273. 

Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Dec. 27, p. 14; 
J. Cournos in NYTBR, Jan. 24, 1943, p. 35; by 
J. Sohon in LJ, LXVII, 844. Essays passages 
on Mrs. Carlyle, Conrad, Hardy, Housman. 

Rubin, Joseph Jay. "Carlyle on contemporary 
style." MLN, LVII, 362-63. 

Carroll. Empson, William. "Alice in Wonder 
land. The child as swain." Chap, vii of his 
English pastoral poetry (English title: Some 
versions of pastoral). New York: W. W. 
Norton, 1938. 

Clough (see also Arnold: Price). Morley, 
Christopher. "Clough and the United 
States." Publishers weekly, Aug. 16, 1941, 
p. 449. 

Price, Fanny. "Clough and Patmore." N &Q, 
Dec. 19, p. 376. 

Coleridge, Hartley. New poems: including a 
selection from his published poetry. Ed. by 
Earl Leslie Griggs. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 
xxii-hl35. 

Rev. by P. Carver in RES, XVIII, 360-63; by 
E. Kellett in NS, Oct. 17, p. 261; by E. Meyer- 
stein in English, IV, 96; by G. Whicher in HTB, 
Nov. 1, p. 16; briefly in CE, IV, 150. 

Coleridge, Sara. Woolf, Virginia. " The death 
of the moth" and other essays. New York: 
Harcourt, Brace. 
Has essays on "Sara Coleridge" (pp. 111-18) 

and "George Moore" (pp. 156-61). 

Conrad (see also Carlyle: Reilly). A Conrad 
argosy. Introd. by William McFee. New 
York: Doubleday, Pp. x+713. 
Rev. by M. Zabel in New R, Nov. 16, pp. 644- 

45 (see also Dec. 14, p. 796); in NYTBR, Dec. 

27, p. 10. 



\ICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1942 



Gee, J. A. "The final typescript of Book III of 
Conrad s Nostromo." Yale univ. libr. ga 
zette, XVI, 80. 

Gordan, John Dozier, Jr. "Joseph Conrad: 
his development as a novelist from amateur 
to professional." Harvard univ. summaries 
of theses, 1939 (pub, 1942), pp. 237-39. See 
VB 1941, 406. 

Hall, James Norman. "My Conrad." Atlantic 
monthly, CLXIX, 583-87. 

Leavis, F. R. "Revaluations (XIV): Joseph 
Conrad." Scrutiny, X (1941), 22-50; 157- 
81. 

Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." N8, Jan. 

31, p. 78. 

On the Malayan books, preferring the "day- 
lit" rather than the "dubious" and dreamlike in 
Conrad. 

Wagenknecht, Edward. "Pessimism in Hardy 
and Conrad." CE, III, 546-54. 

Dallas, E. S. Roellinger, Francis X. "E. S. 
Dallas on imagination." SP, XXXVIII, 
652-64. 

Darwin (see II, Arnold; III, Barzun). 

Davidson. Applejoy, Petronius. "A view of 
John Davidson against a nineties back 
ground." CWd, CLIV, 552-61. 

Dickens (see also III, Bowen, Gordon, Maly- 
Schatter). Dickensian (quarterly), Vols. 
XXXVIII-XXXIX. See VB 1932, 422. 
. Items as follows: "The amateur theatricals in 
Montreal: contemporary criticisms of Dickens s 
first public appearances as an actor" (XXXVIII, 
72-74) ; "America 1842: a Dickens diary one hun 
dred years ago" (XXXVIII, 87-94; XXXIX, 
29-30); "Uncollected speeches: X: In America 
1842: (3) At the Tremont theatre, Boston, Satur 
day, January 29th, 1842" (XXXVIII, 102); 
M. K. Bradby, "Social wrongs in Bkak House 
and today" (XXXVIII, 228-30); K. BromhiU, 
"Phiz s illustrations to Dombey and son" 
(XXXVIII, 219-21; XXXIX, 48-51); T. K. 
Brumleigh, "Notes on Dombey and son" 
(XXXVIII, 211-17; XXXIX, 31-39); T. K. 
Brumleigh, "Relicts and relics" (XXXVIII, 103- 
12); W. Dexter, "Mr. Charles Dickens will read: 
IV" (XXXVIII, 231-34) ; E. E. Hampson, "Care 
and training of children then and now" 



(XXXVIII, 222-26); T. W. Hill, The Dick- 
ensian dietary: Ill-Special occwJow 
(XXXVIII, 95-101, 197-205; XXJCIX, 5-15) 
T. W. Hill, "Mm. Pickwick" (XXXVIII, 75- 
79); Tom Hood, "Bca in America" (XXXVIH, 
83-84) ; E. A. Lewis, "A defense of Mm. BtridQ" 
(XXXVIII, 208) ; J. W. T. Ley, "A second Joey 
Ladle" (XXXVIII, 124-25); J. H. McNuUy, 
"The Dickens renaissance" (XXXVIII, 206-8); 
L. Mason, "More about Poe and Dickens" 
(XXXIX; 21-28); A. Patereon, "Diekenmm 
mysteries from Montreal" (XXXVIII, 85-86); 
F. P. Rolfe, "More letters to the Watsons" 
(XXXVIII, 113-23, 189-95); George F. Young, 
"Old Highgate re-visited" (XXXVIII, 80-83). 

Bay, J. Christian. "The Pickwick papers. 
Some bibliographical remarks." In his The 

fortune of books: essays of a librarian, 

Chicago: Walter M. Hill, 1941. Pp. 223- 
37. 

A reprint of the book published in a limited 
edition in 1938 (see VB 1938, 418). 

Boll, Ernest. "Charles Dickens in Oliver 
Twist. 1 Psychoanalytical ret?., XXVII 
(1940), 133-43. 
With this compare Wilson s treatment of 

Dickens in The wound and the bow (see VB 1941, 

400). 

Churchill, R. C. "Dickens, drama and tradi 
tion." Scrutiny, X, 358-75. 

"Dickens on the stage." TLS, Oct. 10, p. 499. 

"Dickens s circus: Astley and English litera 
ture." TLS, Jan. 10, p. 20. 

Grubb, Gerald Giles. "Dickens pattern of 
weekly serialization." ELH, IX, 141-56. 
Dickens developed a special serial technique 
or pattern, and throughout his editorial career 
applied it to the work of his contributors. 

Gummer, Ellis N. Dickens 1 works in Ger 
many See VB 1941, 408. 

Rev. by S. Nobbe in Germanic rev., XVII, 145- 

46. 

House, Humphry. The Dickens world. See VB 

1941, 408. 

Rev. by R. Churchill, "Dickens as journalist," 
in Scrutiny, X, 304-7; by D. Daiches in New R, 
May 25, p. 740; by M. Zabel in N t April 11, p. 
434; in HTB, Feb. 8,p. 17. 



400 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



McKenzie, Gordon. "Dickens and Daumier." 
In Bronson, B. H., and others. Studies in 
the comic. ("Univ. of California publ. in 
English/ VIII, No. 2, 155-298.) Pp. 273- 
98. 

Marks, A. W., and Dexter, Walter. "Cuttris 
coffee house." N & Q, Aug. 15, p. 110; Sept. 
26, p. 204. 

Roe, F. Gordon. " Talking of Dombey. 1 " 
Connoisseur, CIX, 177-78. 

Stoll, Elmer E. "Heroes and villains: Shake 
speare, Middleton, Byron, Dickens." RES, 
XVIII, 257-69. 

Van Doren, Carl, and Dickens, Charles. "Had 
Charles Dickens an American great-grand 
mother?" N&Q, May 30, p. 304; Aug. 15, 
p. 117. 

Disraeli (see also II, Arnold). Cline, C. L. 
"The failure of Disraeli s Contarini Flem 
ing, 1 N&Q, Aug. 1, p. 69. 

H., R. "Three queries from Coningsby." N & 
Q, Dec. 5, p. 345. 

H., R. "Tree voices." N&Q, Dec. 5, p. 345. 

Ignoto; Troubridge, St. Vincent; Gwatkin, 
E. M.; Ed.; H., K. H. "Disraeli s novels: 
key to characters." N&Q, Aug. 15, p. 110; 
Sept. 12, p. 173; Oct. 24, pp. 263-64. 

James, Stanley B. "The tragedy of Disraeli." 
CWd, GUI (1941), 414-19. 

Micklewright, F. H. A. "Disraeli and Gold- 
win Smith." N & Q, Dec. 19, p. 376. 
Identification of "the Oxford professor" in 
Lothair with Goldwin Smith caused acute an 
noyance to the victim. 

Price, Fanny. "Disraeli and Baum." N&Q, 
Nov. 21, p. 312. 

Q., D. "Disraeli s quotations." N&Q, Nov. 
7, pp. 284-85. 

D Israeli, Isaac. Cline, Clarence L. "Unpub 
lished notes on Romantic poets by Isaac 
D Israeli." Studies in English 1941. (The 
University of Texas Pub. No. 4126.) Aus 
tin: Univ. of Texas, 1941. Pp. 138-46. 

Dobson. Dobson, Dorothy deB. "Austin 
Dobson: a note by his daughter." Poetry 
rev., XXXIII (March-April), viii-ix. 



Dowson. Tillotson, Geoffrey. Essays in criti 
cism and research. Cambridge univ, pr.; 
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xxx+215. 
Includes chapters: "Ernest Dowson"; "The 
publication of Housman s comic poems"; "Wil 
liam Morris and machines"; "William Morris, 
word-spinner." Rev. by J. Bennett in MLR, 
XXXVII, 384-85; by R. Cox in Scrutiny, X, 395- 
97; by E. Kellett in NS, March 28, p. 212; by 
L. Kronenberger in N, Aug. 22, p. 157; by M. 
Meagher in CWd, CLV, 503; by V. Pinto in Eng 
lish, IV, 59-60; in Amer. mercury, LV, 123; in 
N & Q, March 14, p. 154; in QR, CCLXXIX, 
119-20; in TLS> April 4, p. 174. 

Doyle (see III, Haycroft; Carroll: Van Doren). 

DuMaurier. A., H.; and Ed. "Trilby." 
N&Q, Aug. 15, p. 111. 

Slate, J. T. L. "Nodier, Scott, and Trilby. " 
N&Q, Sept. 26, p. 197. 

Eliot (see also III, Maly-Schatter). Pritchett, 
V. S. "Books in general." NS, Oct. 31, pp. 
291-92. 

On the moral world of George Eliot, particu 
larly in Middlemarch. 

Ellis, Sir Henry (see II, Lomer). 

Engel, Carl. Engel, Carl. "Some letters to a 
namesake." Musical quar., XXVIII, 337- 
79. 

Fitzgerald. Ignoto. "Edward Fitzgerald: 
grave and rose." N&Q, Nov. 7, p. 287. 

Frazer. "Sir James Fraser, O.M." JRLB, 
XXVI (1941), 16-18. 

Marrett, R. R. James George Frazer. ("British 
Academy lecture" series.) Oxford univ. pr. 
Pp. 17. 

Freeman. "E. A. Freeman (1823-1892): a 
reputation after fifty years." TLS, March 
21, p. 136. 

Froude (see III, Thompson). 
Gaskell (see I, Roberts). 

Gilbert (see II, Parrott; III, Clinton-Bad- 
deley). 

Gissing (see also Brontes: Brooks). Cargill, 
Oscar. Intellectual America: ideas on the 
march. New York: Macmillan, 1941. Pp. 
xxiH-777. 



VICTORIAN* BiBuor.Kvi in FOK 1942 



Rev. by P. Bentley in FR, CLI, 478-80; by 
G. Hellman in NYTBR, Feb. 15, pp. 9, 22. In 
cludes discussion of Gissing, Hardy, Moore. 

Niebling, Richard F. "The Adams-Gissing col 
lection." Yale unit), libr. gazette, XVI, 47- 
50. 

Gladstone (see II, Arnold). 

Hallam. Hotter, T. H. Vail. "Hallam s Po 
ems of 1830: a census of copies." BSP, 
XXXV (1941), 277-80. 

Hotter, T. H. Vail. "Hallam s suppressed al 
lusion to Tennyson." PMLA, LVII, 587- 



Hotter, T. H. Vail. "When did Tennyson 
meet Hallam?" MLN, LVII, 209-10. 

Hardy (see also I, Parrish; III, Gerould; Bar 
rier Meynell; Brontes: Brooks; Carlyle: 
Reilly; Conrad: Wagenknecht; Disraeli: 
R.H.; Gissing: Cargill; Housman: Rich 
ards.) Maumbury Ring: a historical sketch 
of the Roman amphitheatre at Dorchester, 
With notes by Carl J. Weber. Waterville, 
Haine: Colby college library. Ltd. ed. 

The return of the native. With introd. by John 
T. Winterich. New York: Heritage Club. 
Pp. xiii+ 416. 

The thieves who couldn t help sneezing. With in 
trod. on Hardy s first Christmas story by 
Carl J. Weber. Waterville, Haine: Colby 
college library. 

Aliesch, Peter. Studien-zu Thomas Hardy s 
Prosastil Diss.Bern. Druck: A.-G.Buch- 
druckerei Schiers, 1941. Pp. 115. 

Blunden, Edmund. Thomas Hardy. See VB 
1941, 410. Actually published in 1942. Pp. 
ix+286. 

Rev. by P. Bentley in FR, CLI, 248-49; by 
J. Cournos in NYTBR, Jan. 24, 1943, pp. 9, 24; 
by B. de Selincourt in London Observer, March 8; 
by H. Hobson in Christian sci. monitor, April 14, 
p. 11; by S. Spender under "Cobwebs on Hardy" 
in NS, May 16, pp. 325-26; by J. Stephens in S, 
March 13, p. 260; by 0. Williams in NR, 
CXVIII, 389-93; by M. Willy in English, IV, 94r- 
95; in DUJ, XXXIV, 184-85; in AT & Q, April 25, 
p. 238; in TLS, Feb. 21, pp. 90, 94. 



Child, Harold. "Hardkna"; 

Victorians" (anonymous editorial on A pair 
of blue eyes). TLS, Aug. 15, p. 408; Feb. 21, 
p. 91. 

Horwili, Herbert W. "Dr. Adam Fox in favor 
of Hardy." NYTBR, Sept. 27 5 p. 39. 

Jonsson, Snaebjorn. Introd. and notes, with a 
trans, of Temnto Icelandic: Temaf&Ur- 
berville-AeUinni. 2 vols. Reykjavik, Ice 
land: Isafoldar. 

Kenmare, Dallas. "Thomas Hardy and the 
human drama." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 345- 
50. 

Kernahan, J. Coulson. "The pessimism of 
Thomas Hardy." LQHR, CLVJI, 276-83. 

MacCarthy, Desmond. "A critic on Hardy." 
Sunday times (London), Feb. 15. 

Nevinson, Henry W. Thomas Hardy. See VB 

1941, 410. 

Rev. by R. Grylla in 5, Jan. 16, p. 66; by S. 
Spender in NS, Oct. 3, p. 225; in CR, CLXII, 64. 

Nichols, Robert. "The grandest Victorian." 
Time and tide, March 21, pp. 242-45. 

Purdy, Richard L. "Hardy and Jowett." 
TLS, Oct. 3, p. 487. 

Sassoon, Siegfried. "The dynasts in war-time." 
S, Feb. 6, pp. 127-28. 

Tinker, Edward Larocque. "Hardy s first 
short story." NYTBR, Oct. 18, p. 31. 

Tomlinson, Philip. "Hardy as the spirit of 
pity" (anon, editorial), TLS, Feb. 21, p. 86. 

Weber, Carl J. "A. J. Cronin and Thomas 
Hardy." CE, III, 590. 

Weber, Carl J. The first hundred years of 
Thomas Hardy, 1840-1940: a centenary bib- 
liography of Hardiana. Waterville, Maine: 
Colby college library. Pp. 276. 
Rev. by J. Blanck in Publishers weekly, 
April 25, p. 1610; by P. Brooks in NYTBR, 
April 12, p. 18; by J. Winterich in SRL, June 6, 
p. 17. 

In the preface to Mr. Weber s Hardy of Wes~ 
sex: his life and literary career, published in 1940, 
the author called Hardy "the most voluminously 
discussed writer of modern times." This book is 
a supplement to Hardy of Wessex. It presents a 



402, 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



list of works consulted by Mr. Weber for his writ 
ing of the biography. Such a list was too long to 
be given as an appendix, printed and bound with 
the biography. But the book presents also the 
titles of works written in foreign languages about 
Hardy including Swedish, Russian, Italian, 
Polish, Chinese, Japanese. Finally, it attempts to 
incorporate in its listings a record of "everything 
that had ever been written about Hardy any 
where during his first hundred years." In order 
that the many writings called forth by the cen 
tenary of Hardy s birth could be listed in this 
centenary volume, it was not sent to press until 
the end of 1941 j numerous memorial articles did 
not appear until during 1941. 

This bibliography has omitted mention, I be 
lieve, of no important items about Hardy. I be 
lieve, further, that an exceedingly small number 
of Hardiana of even slight value have been left 
out of its lists. Every person, scholar or not, who 
has enjoyed reading Hardy s work and who looks 
at this book will be pleased to see it, for a lover of 
work by a certain author likes to leam that many 
other readers share his enthusiasm. He will be 
grateful to Mr. Weber for thus indicating the re 
markable popularity of Hardy remarkable in its 
variety, its pervasiveness, and its persistence. 
W. D. T. 

Weber, Carl J. "Hardy s grim note in The 
return of the native." BSP, XXXVI, 37-45. 

Weber, Carl J. "Housman and Hardy and 
Maine." Bull, of the Maine library assoc., 
May, pp. 7-9. 

Weber, Carl J. The jubike of "Tess" 1841- 
1941* Catalogue of an exhibition in commem 
oration of the fiftieth anniversary of the publi 
cation of "Tess of the D Urbervilles." 

Waterville, Maine: Colby college library, 
1941. Ltd. ed. Pp. 64. Illus. 35. 
Rev. in NYTBR, July 20, 1941, p. 16. 

Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy and his New 
England editors." NEQ, XV, 681-99. 

Weber, Carl J. Thomas Hardy in Maine. Port 
land, Maine: Southworth-Anthoensen pr. 

Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy music." M & 
L, XXIII, 98-99. 
Check list of Hardy music not mentioned in 

previous issues (see VB 1941, 411). 

Weber, Carl J. "About The woodlanders." 
Christian sci. monitor, May 16, p. 15, 



Hare (see III, Sanders). 

Harrison. "Letters to Eugen Oswald." BLR, 

II (1941), 24. 

Acquisition of letters written by prominent 
liberals and socialists, 1854-1910. Long and nu 
merous letters from Frederic Harrison are in 
cluded. 

Hood. Marchand, Leslie A., and D., A. E. 
"Thomas Hood, the poet." N & Q, July 18, 
p. 49; Aug. 29, p. 143. 

Hopkins. Pick, John. Gerard Manley Hop 
kins: priest and poet. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 
x+169. 

Emphasizes the importance of Hopkins re 
ligion to his poetry. Rev. by G. Stonier in NS, 
Sept. 26, p. 207 (takes issue with Pick on the 
question of faith or doubt in Hopkins later po 
ems; adds some points of comparison between 
Hopkins and George Herbert) ; by W. Turner in 
8, Oct. 2, p. 318; in DUJ, XXXIV, 34r-35; in 
TLS, Sept. 26, p. 474. 

SieveMng, Lancelot. ["Remarks about Hop 
kins."] Poetry rev., XXXIII, 323-25. 

Taylor, Frajam. "The rebellious will of Ger 
ard Manley Hopkins." Poetry, LIX, 270-78. 

Housman (see also Carlyle: Reilly; Dowson: 
Tillotson). The parallelogram. The amphis- 
baena, The crocodile. With introd. by Wil 
liam White. Los Angeles: Privately printed 
by Grant Dahlstrom for Jake Zeitlin, 1941. 
Pp. vi+10. 

Contains three comic verses first printed in 
this country; the only other printing is in a pam 
phlet, Three poems, issued by University College, 
London, in 1935. 

Beall, C. B. "Housman, Dehmel, and Dante." 
MLN, LVH, 211. 

Clemens, Cyril. "A. E. Housman at Cam 
bridge." Dalhousie rev., XXII, 321-25. 

Haber, Tom B. "The spirit of the perverse in 
A. E. H." 8AQ, XL (1941), 368-78. 

Marcellino, Ralph E. "Vergil and A. E. Hous 
man." Classical jour., XXXVII (1941), 34. 

Murphy, Paul R. "Two paraphrases by A. E. 
Housman." Classical jour., XXXVII 
(1941), 96-97. 



VICTORIAN BIBUO<;HAI*H\ FUU 1042 



IfW 



Norman, Charles. "Johnson and A Shrop 
shire lad. " Poetry, LX, 264-69. 

Richards, Grant. Housman, 1897-1936. With 
introd. by Mrs. E. W. Symons and appen 
dixes by G. B. A. Fletcher and others. Ox 
ford univ. pr. Pp. xxii+493. 
Account of a friendship of forty years dura 
tion, written by Housman s publisher. Contains 
hitherto unpublished letters. 

Rev. by J. Carter in S, Dec. 19, 1941, p. 581; 
by J. Hopkins in Commonweal, June 5, p. 161 ; by 
R. Humphries in N, May 9, p. 550; by P. Jack in 
NYTBR, May 3, p. 4; by J. Sparrow in NS, April 
4, pp. 225-26; by C. Tinker in YR, XXXI, 832- 
34; by G. Whicher in HTB, Nov. 8, p. 24; by M. 
Zabel in New R, April 13, p. 510; in CE, IV, 90; 
in TLS, Dec. 13, 1941, p. 630. 

White, William. "A. E. Housman s riddle: A 
Shropshire lad, LXIII." Mark Twain 
quar., IV (summer-fall, 1941), 3-4, 21-23. 

White, William. Bibliographical note on 
Housman. BSP, XXXIV (1940), 274. 

White, William. Bibliographical note on 
Housman s Odes from the Greek dramatists. 
BSP, XXXV (1941), 297-98. 

White, William. "Concerning A. E. Hous 
man." Amer. N & Q, I (1941), 131-32. 
Prints letters from A. C. Benson and Gran- 

ville-Barker to Housman about his poetry. 

White, William. Reviews of Ehrsam s Bibliog 
raphy and Hyder s Concordance to the poems 
of Housman (see VB 1941, 411, 412). 
MLN, LVII, 293-94. 

White, William. " A Shropshire lad in Amer 
ica." Amer. N & Q t II, 38-40. 

White, William; Carter, John; Bald, R. C. 
"A. E. Housman: an annotated check-list. 
Additions and corrections." Library, 
XXIII, 31-34. See article by Carter, and 
Sparrow in VB 1940, 454. 

Hunt, Thornton. Blunden, Edmund, "Leigh 
Hunt s eldest son." In Essays by divers 

hands Royal Society of Literature , 

newser., Vol. XIX. Ed. byR. W. Chap-, 
man. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. 
Pp. 53-75. 

Huxley. Foley, Louis. "The Huxley tradition 
of language study." MLJ, XXVI, 14r-20. 

Jones, Henry Arthur (see III, Northend). 



Kipling. The gods of the copybook head 
ings." XR, CXVIII, 283-84. 
A pessimistic post-war poem by Kipling, 

Braddy, Nella. Rudyard Kipling, wi of em 
pire. New York: Messner. Pp. viii-f-278. 
Rev. by J. Strond&hl in LJ, Feb. L% p. 183. 

A biography for readers of twelve and over. 

Eliot, T. S. (ed.). A choice of Kipling s mrse. 
London: Faber & Faber, 1941. Pp. 306. 
Rev. by Mulk Raj Anand, "Mr. Eliot s Kip 
ling," in LL, XXXII, 167-70; by J. Braddock in 
PR, CLI, 142-45; by B. Brooks in .VC, CXXXII, 
139-43; by G. Cookson in Engli*h, IV, 4-7 (laud 
atory of Kipling as well as of Eliot) ; by B. Ford, 
"A case for Kipling?" in Scrutiny, XI t 23-33 
("certainly Mr. Eliot should never have lowered 
himself to advocating a revival of interest in such 
a writer") ; by G. Stonier in MS, Jan. 3, pp. 10-11, 
and March 28, p. 219; by 0. Williams in NR, 
CXVIII, 190-95; in TLS, Jan. 24, p. 46 (see abo 
Feb. 7, p. 67). 

Eliot, T. S. "In praise of Kipling s verse." 

Harper s, CLXXXIV, 149-57. 

A condensation of the introd. to A choice of 
Kipling s verse. 

"A Kipling collection." TLS, Aug. 29, pp. 432, 
444. 
Bibliographical note, 

"Notable accessions." BLR, II, 69. 

Acquisition of MSS of three poems (two un 
published), written about 1883; and letters about 
Kipling. 

Whitbread, L., and B., E. G. "Rudyard Kip 
ling s father." N & Q, Oct. 24, pp. 24^44; 
Dec. 19, pp. 381-82. 

Whitbread, L.; Whitmore, J.; Mabbott, T. 0. 
"Kipling and runes." N & Q, Aug. 1, pp. 
74-75; Aug. 29, p. 141; Oct. 24, pp. 260-61. 

Landor (see also I, Roberts). Elwin, Malcolm. 

Savage Landor. See VB 1941, 413. 

Rev. by B. Dobrce in S, May 29, pp. 515-16; 
by R. Mortimer, with an appreciation of Landor, 
in NS, May 16, p. 323; in TLS, May 16, pp. 246, 
252. 

LeFanu. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." 

NS, Nov. 29, 1941, p. 457. 

Praises In a glass darkly; cold toward Unck 
Silas. 



404 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



Lever. Genn, Francis. "Books in general." 

N8 t Sept. 5, p. 159. 

On Thackeray s Irish sketch book and Charles 
Lever in general. 

Lewes. Doremus, Robert Barnard. "George 
Henry Lewes: a descriptive biography." 
Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 1940 
(pub. 1942), pp. 337-40. 

Macaulay (see I, Roberts; III, Thompson). 

MacDonald, George. "Menander s mirror: 
princess and goblins." TLS, Dec. 26, p. 627. 

Maginn. "Tragedy of a writer: William Ma- 
ginn 1794-1842." TLS } Aug. 22, p. 418. 
See also p. 427. 

Wardle, Ralph Martin. "William Maginn and 
Blackwood s magazine." Harvard univ, sum 
maries of theses, 1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 379- 
82. 

Martineau. Retrospect of western travel. 2vols. 

New York: Harper. Pp. 13+276; 5+239. 

Facsimile ed. of the 1838 issue. Rev. by E. 
Calkins in SRL, Dec. 5, p. 11; by H. Reynolds in 
Atlantic monthly, CLXX, 162; in HTB, Nov. 8, 
p. 34; in Publishers weekly, Nov. 21, pp. 2137-38. 

Maurice (see III, Gloyn, Sanders). 

Meredith (see also III, Bowen; Arnold: Cham 
bers; Brownings: M., A.). "Mr. Buxton 
Fonnan." TLS, May 23, p. 264. See also 
pj). 372, 396. 
Forman s Meredith library. 

Mayo, Robert D. "The egoist and the Willow 
Pattern." ELH, IX, 71-78. 

Mayo, Robert D. "Sir Willoughby s pattern." 
N & Q, Dec. 19, pp. 362-63. 

Pollock, Sir John, "George Meredith." CR, 
CLXI, 285^88. 

Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general" NS, June 

6, p. 371. 

More about the "innumerable spots" on 
Meredith s sun; but vices become virtues in The 



Meynell (see also Arnold: Chambers; Tenny 
son: Meehan). Page, Frederick. "Alice 
Meynell: an uncollected poem." N & Q, 
Dec. 19, pp. 375-76. 



Mill. On social freedom. See VB 1941, 414. 
Rev. by A. Levi in JMH, XIV, 277. 

Mill, John Stuart. The spirit of the age. Ed. 

with introd. by Frederick A. von Hayek. 

Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. xxxiii-h 

94. 

Presents for the first time in book form a series 
of five papers that appeared in The examiner in 
instalments from Jan. 9, 1831, to May 29, 1831. 

Jackson, Reginald. An examination of the de 
ductive logic of John Stuart Mill Oxford 
univ. pr., 1941. Pp. ix+193. 

Moore (see Coleridge, Sara: Woolf ; Gissing: 
Cargill). 

Morris (see also Dowson: Tillotson). Wroth, 
L. C. "Printing in the Mauve Decade." 
HTB, Feb. 8, p. 18. 

Discussion of Morris and the Kelmscott press 
and comment upon "a leaf from the Kelmscott 
Chaucer together with a monograph by Carl Pur- 
ington Rollins," brought out by Philip C. 
Duchenes, 507 Fifth Ave., New York. 

Newbolt (see II, Newbolt). 

Newman. Duffy, Charles. "Cardinal New 
man s relatives." N & Q, May 9, p. 261. 

May, J. Lewis. "Newman once more: Theidea 
of a university." CWd, CLII (1941), 718- 
24. 

Norton. Dent, Alan. Preludes and studies. 

London: Macmillan. Pp. xiii+251. 

Includes an essay on Caroline Norton. Rev. 
by G. Stonier in NS, July 25, p. 64. 

Owen, Robert. Williams, Wm. "Robert 
Owen, social reformer." National Library of 
Waksjour., II (1941), 3&-40. 
Brief; chiefly bibliographical of Owen writings 

in the National Library. 

Owen, Robert Dale. Leopold, R. W. Robert 
Dak Owen. Harvard univ. pr. ; Oxford univ. 
pr. Pp. 484. 

Pater. Child, Ruth C. The aesthetic of Walter 
Pater. See VB 1941, 415. 
Rev. by L. Rosenblatt in JEGP, XLI, 118-21. 

Schoen, Max. "Walter Pater and the place of 
music among the arts." JAA, No. 6, pp. 
12-23. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY KOK 1942 



405 



Patmore (see also Clough: Price). Price, 
Fanny. "Patmore and the oxymoron." N 
& Q, Aug. 29, pp. 124-25. 

Phillips (see I, Walpole). 

Piaed. Hudson, Derek. "Winthrop Mack- 
worth Praed." N & Q, Jan. 3, p. 7. 
Addenda to Hudson s biography of Praed: A 

poet in Parliament See VB 1940, 458. 

Note on Etoniana. N & Q, May 9, p. 253. See 

VB 1941, 415. 

Says that Etoniana for April contains more 
letters of Praed. 

Reid (see III, Pollard). 

Robinson. Brodribb, C. W. "Crabb Robinson 
and his circle." N & Q, June 27, pp. 357-58. 

Rolfe (see I, Walpole). 

Rossetti. Baum, Paull F. "Rossetti s The 

kaf." MLQ, II (1941), 187-89. 

A translation of "La feuille" by A. V. Arnault 
(1815). 

Belloc, Elizabeth. "Christina Rossetti." 
CWd, CLV, 674r-78. 

Gaunt, William. "Two portrait drawings by 
Dante Gabriel Rosetti." Connoisseur, CX, 
140-41, 158. 

Ruskin (see also I, Roberts; II, Bell). Cham 
bers, R. W. Man s unconquerable mind: 
studies of English writers, from Bede toA.E. 
Housman and W. P. Ker. London: Cape, 
1939. Pp. 414. 
Includes a short paper on Raskin. Rev. by 

W. Bryan in MLN, LVII, 381-83. 

Dolk, Lester. "The reception of Modern paint 
ers." MLN, LVII, 621-26. 

Hagstotz, Hilda B. The educational theories of 
John Ruskin. Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska 
pr. Pp. xi+294. 

Hogan, Charles Beecher. "The Yale collection 
of the manuscripts of John Ruskin." Yale 
univ. libr. gazette, XVI, 61-69. 

Strout, Alan Lang. "Miscellaneous letters to 
and about James Hogg: V." N & Q, April 
11, p. 198. 
Reference to a letter from young Ruskin (Feb. 

13, 1834) and a postscript omitted in the printed 



Thorp, Will&rd, "The Ruakin m&miscripts." 
PLC, I, No. 2 (1940), 1-10. 

Sala. Stevens, E. H. "A Sda quatrain?" 
TLS, Nov. 14, p. 564. Sec also p. 583. 

Strauss, Ralph. Sola: the portrait of an eminent 

Victorian. London: Constable. Pp. 308, 

Rev. by A. C. in Canneiweur, CX, 168 ("tbe 

Victorian atmosphere envelops and exudes from 

the picture . . . ."); by S. H&reourt-Smith in S, 

Sept. 11, p. 244; by P. Quennell in .VS, Oct. 10, 

p. 242; in TLS, Sept. 5, pp. 438, 440 (see also pp. 

451, 463). 

Shaw. Bax, Clifford (ed.). Florence Farr, Ber 
nard Shaw and W. B. Yeats Utiers. London: 
Cuala pr. Pp. 85. 

Dunkel, Wilbur D. "George Bernard Shaw." 
SeR, L, 255-62. 

Esdaile, E. Bernard Shaw s postscript to fame. 
London: Quality pr. Pp. 20. 

Isaacs, Edith J. R. "The playwright as critic: 
G. B. S." Theatre arts, XXVI, 755-62. 

Pearson, Hesketh. G, B. S.: a futt-length por 
trait. New York: Harper. Pp. xi-f390. 
Rev. by H. Bolman in LJ, Oct. 1, p. 844; by 

J. Brown in SRL, Oct. 24, p. 6; by W. Eaton in 

HTB, Jan. 3, 1943, p. 4; by J. Krutch in N t Oct. 

17, p. 385; by P. Jack in NYTBR, Oct. 11, p. 1; 

by F. Morton in Theatre arts, XXVI, 794-95; by 

W. Scott in Amer. mercury, LV, 750-55; briefly in 

CE, IV, 209. 

Strauss, E. Bernard Shaw: art and socialism. 
London: Gollancz. Pp. 128. 

Smith, Goldwin (see Disraeli: Micklewright). 
Smith, John Frederick (see III, Summers). 

Stephen. "Master of light verse: in memory 
of J. K. S. [J. K. Stephen]." TLS, Jan. 31, 
p. 58. 

Sterling. Tuell, Anne KimbalL John 
Sterling. . . . . See VB 1941, 416. 
Rev. by W. Dunn in MLN, LVII, 386-88; by 
C. Harrold in JEGP, XLI, 390-92 ("among the 
most distinguished volumes on the minor Vic 
torians to appear in many years") ; by G. Kitchin 
in MLR, XXXVII, 382-83. 

Stevenson. Ashe, Matthew J. "Stevenson s 
Catholic learning." CW d, CLVI, 20&-12. 



406 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



Auriant. "Une belle histoiredeplagiat." Mer- 
wre de France, Dec. 1, 1939, pp. 463-68. 
Suggests that The Suicide Club may have been 
a source for Maupassant s L Endormeuse and 
Morice s Suicide-House. Otis Fellows, however 
(see RoR, XXXIII, 59, n. 9), feels that "Maupas 
sant s debt to the Scotsman is negligible." 

Moore, John Robert, and G., W. W. "Steven 
son s Catriona. " N & Q, July 18, pp. 36- 
38; Sept. 12, p. 174. 

R., V.jandD., E. "Stevenson: The wrong box: 
notes and comments: I, II, III." N & Q, 
April 4, pp. 187-89; Aug. 15, pp. 101-3; 
Nov. 21, pp. 302-5. 

Senex, and Dodds, M. H. "Stevenson and Os- 
bourne: The wrecker. " N & Q, Feb. 28, 
p. 121; May 2, p. 249. 

Swinburne (see also I, Wales), Shahani, Ran- 
jee G. "The Asiatic element in Swin 
burne." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 225-30. 

Taylor, Meadows (see III, Singh). 

Tennyson (see also II, Arnold; Hallam). Bay, 
J. Christian. "A Tennyson-Browning asso 
ciation copy." In his The fortune of 

books Chicago: W. M. Hill, 1941. 

Pp. 285-90. 

A reprint; privately printed in 1940 for the 

Friends of the Torch Press. 

Caelamanos, D. "Tennyson s ideal man." 
TLS, Oct. 17, pp. 511, 513. 

Dodds, M. H. "Literary inaccuracies." N & 

Q, Aug. 29, p. 144. 

Quarrel between Tennyson and Irving over 
the production of Becket. 

Fausset, Hugh. "The hidden Tennyson." Po 
etry rev., XXXIII, 272-75. 

"A great national poet: England at war: Ten 
nyson s mystic imperialism." TLS, Oct. 10, 
pp, 498, 501. 

Harrison, Thomas P., Jr. "Tennyson s Maud 
and Shakspere." Shakespeare Assoc. butt., 
XVII, 80-85. 

Meehan, Francis. Living upstairs New 

York: Button. Pp. 5-256. 

Rev. by R. Roberts in SRL, July 18, p. 16. 
Includes discussions of Tennyson, Alice Meynell, 
Francis Thompson. 



"Memorabilia." N & Q, Nov. 21, p. 301. 

Brief defense of Tennyson against a statement 
by Ensor. 

Mortimer, Ray. "Books in general." NS, Oct. 
10, p. 241; and Oct. 17, p. 258. 
On Tennyson s poetry fifty years after. 

Nicholson, Harold. "Tennyson: fifty years 
after." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 333-36. 

Paden, W. D. Tennyson in Egypt: a study of 
the imagery of his earlier work. ("Univ. of 
Kansas pub., Humanistic studies," No. 
27.) Lawrence: Univ. of Kansas. Pp. 178. 

Quiller-Couch, Sir A. "Tennyson after fifty 
years." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 269-7L 

Sparke, Archibald. "Literary inaccuracies." 

N&Q, April 25, p. 233. 

Corrects a statement about Tennyson in Dame 
Madge Kendal, by Herself. 

"A Tennyson emendation." TLS, Oct. 10, p. 

499. 
"[Tennyson] fifty years after." TLS, Oct. 10, 

p. 499. 

Woods, Margaret L. "My recollections of 
Tennyson." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 276-77. 

Yohannon, J. D. "Tennyson and Persian po 
etry." MLN, LVII, 83-92. 

Thackeray (see also III, Gordon, Maly-Schat- 
ter). Boll, Ernest. "The author of Eliza 
beth Broumrigge: a review of Thackeray s 
techniques." SP, XXXIX, 79-101. 

Cline, C. L. "Thackeray and the Morning 
chronicle. " TLS, Dec. 19, p. 619. 

Dodds, John W. "Thackeray as a satirist pre 
vious to Vanity Fair. }) MLQ, II (1941), 
163-78. 

Dodds, John W. Thackeray SeeVB 1941, 

417. 

Rev. by M. Rosa in SeR, L, 270-73; by M. 
Williams in English, IV, 95-96; briefly in CE, III, 
430; in TLS, Aug. 29, p. 426 (see also pp. 427, 
475, 571). 

Pritchett, V. S. In my good books. London: 

Chatto & Windus. Pp. 192. 

Includes his NS essays on Thackeray (see VB 
1941, 418), Synge, and others. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



407 



Ray, Gordon Norton. "Thackeray and 
France." Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 
1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 353-56. 

Scudder, Harold H. "Thackeray and N. P. 
Willis." PMLA, LVII, 589-92. 

Thompson (see Tennyson: Meehan). 

Trelawny. Becker, M. L. "Trelawny." HTB, 

March 22, p. 20. 

Note (in "The reader s guide") on Trelawny 
and works about him. 

Trollope (see also III, Bowen). Chapman, 
R. W. "A correction in Trollope." TLS, 
March 7, p. 116. 

Chapman, R. W. "Thextext of Trollope s 
Ayala s angel" MP, XXXIX, 287-94. 

Sadleir, Michael. "Caldigate novels." TLS, 
Dec. 20, 1941, p. 643. See also Jan. 3, p. 7. 

Sadleir, Michael. "A new Trollope item." 

TLS, July 25, p. 372. 

Third report of the Postmaster General (1857). 
Reply from Charles Clay, Aug. 8, p. 396; from 
Sadleir, Aug. 29, p. 432. 

"The text of Trollope." TLS, Jan. 10, p. 24. 

Tinker, C.B., and Chapman, R.W. "The text 
ofTTottope aPhineasredux" RES, XVIII, 
86-92. See also corr. by H. Summers on 
XVIII, 228. 

A reply by Chapman to Gavin Bone s defense 
of the received text, and evidence from the MS 
(Tinker s) that about half of Chapman s emenda 
tions are justified. 

Y., Y. "Delightful." N&, April 18, pp. 255- 
56. 

Ttipper. Buchmann, Ralf. Martin F. Tupper 

and the Victorian middle class mind. 

("Schweizer anglistische Arbeiten," No. 

10.) Bern: A. Francke AG., 1941. Pp. 165. 

Rev. by M. Thrall in MLN, LVII, 677-79. 

Mr. Buchmann investigates the following 
sorts of Victorian middle-class ideas and ideals: 
those dealing with faith in the Bible, the Anglican 
Revival, science, morality, the Christian gentle 
man, home life, education, money, success, util 
ity, progress, optimism, social sentimentalism, 
the political compromise, and patriotism. He 
centers his study of these in statements by Tup 
per. Although he points out some things of inter 
est and value, I quote one sentence as a warning 



of what the reader must be on guard against: 
"He [Tupper] outbrownings Browning s God s 
in His Heaven, all s right with the world/ in his 
Ballad of Optimism. " 

At one place Buchmann states that his pur 
pose has been to illustrate a .class by specifying aa 
individual (Tupper) and by comparing his ideas 
and ideals with those of other middle-class indi 
viduals. He is making, says he, "a purely histori 
cal survey of Victorian middle class literature, 
life, and thought." Elsewhere, however, he gives 
a different indication of his purpose, stating his 
belief that a close study of the Victorian bour 
geoisie will make their defects odious to the pres 
ent, will help us to free ourselves from these fet 
ters of a narrow-minded bourgeois Weltanschau 
ung." But to be successful, says he, his work 
must be "strictly critical," must "relentlessly 
satirize," must be "purely critical and destruc 
tive." He insists that we "must destroy the con 
ventional, the smug, the commonplace, that 
which found its outlet in Tupper s works as the 
opinion of a wide public" must destroy them 
because we have inherited them from the Vic 
torians, and them "we have to destroy and kill 
even in ourselves." But in the next paragraph he 
declares that we have inherited good as well as 
bad. Then, in the second paragraph farther 
along, he concludes as follows: "The Victorian 
middle class mind deserves severe criticism to 
destroy the barriers of self-assurance and conceit 
built up around its weak core." This reviewer 
finds a confusion of intentions, and a loose, feazy, 
and badly labored apologia. 

A considerable weakness in this study is thai 
it does not give Tupper credit, as Thomas Sec- 
combe did, for certain good ideas and actions; 
and that it also fails to give the Victorian middle- 
class mind similar credit credit that it deserved 
probably to a greater degree than did Tapper. 
W. D. T. 

Watson (see I, Walpole). 
Wilde (see II, Wilson). 

Wilson, John. Kttman, Diana. "Key to ifte 
mystery of Edgar Allan Poe, . . . ." South 
ern literary messenger, IV, 143-68. 
Shows great influence of Wifeon upon Poe, es 
pecially in "The raven." 

Strout, Alan Lang. "The recreations 4Chri$t&- 
pher North, 1842." N&Q, June 6, pp. 814- 
15; Aug. 1, pp. 60-7L 
Passages in the book identified in tfee original 

numbers of Blackwod &. 



408 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 



Yeats (see also III, Clinton-Baddeley, En- 
right; Shaw: Bax). Hone, Joseph. W. B. 
Yeats, 1865-1989. New York and London: 
Macmillan. Pp. viii+535. 
Authorized biography. Includes treatment of 

Arthur Symons, Stevenson, Bridges, Henley, 

Morris, and many others. 

Southern review: the William Butler Yeats 
memorial issue, Vol. VII, No. 3. Pp. 260. 

Rev. in CE, III, 601-2. Contains 15 articles: 
Howard Baker, "Domes of Byzantium"; R. P. 
Blackmur, "Between myth and philosophy: 
fragments of W. B. Yeats" ; Kenneth Burke, "On 
motivation in Yeats"; Donald Davidson, "Yeats 
and the centaur"; T. S. Eliot, "The poetry of 
W. B. Yeats"; Horace Gregory, "W. B. Yeats 
and the mask of Jonathan Swift"; Randall Jar- 
rell, "The development of Yeats s sense of real 
ity"; L. C. Knights, "W. B. Yeats: the assertion 
of values"; F. O. Matthiessen, "The crooked 
road"; Arthur Mizener, "The romanticism of 
W. B. Yeats"; John Crowe Ransom, "The Irish, 
the Gaelic, the Byzantine"; Delmore Schwartz, 
"An unwritten book"; Allen Tate, "Yeats s ro 
manticism: notes and suggestions" ; Austin War 
ren, "Religio poetae"; Morton D. Zabel, "The 
thinking of the body: Yeats in the autobiogra 
phies." 

This Yeats memorial issue is even better than 
the Hardy volume (see VB 1940, 452), possibly 



because Yeats s poetry offers more of a challenge 
than does Hardy s. The fifteen distinguished au 
thors of this symposium have written with the 
scholarship and fine critical insight which has al 
ways characterized the Southern review, and the 
result is the. most impressive volume of criticism 
which has yet appeared about a poet of this 
century. 

We have here brilliant studies of various as 
pects of Yeats s work, but some of the more 
baffling problems are left unsolved. There is no 
agreement upon the matter of the romanticism of 
the later Yeats, and even on the question of eval 
uation there is wide difference of opinion. To 
Eliot, Yeats is the greatest of modern poets; to 
Blackmur he is the greatest English poet since the 
seventeenth century; but by others he is weighed 
and found wanting. 

The student of Victorian literature may per 
haps find fault with the volume in that the criti 
cal bias of certain of the authors results in a con 
temptuous treatment of the early "romantic" 
Yeats. He is studied as a rare example of a ro 
mantic poet who grew up, gained wisdom. Now 
the peculiar significance of the later poetry will be 
admitted by all, but it is at least doubtful that 
posterity will dismiss the earlier Yeats, along 
with the other Pre-Raphaelite poets, as un 
worthy of serious notice. The task of the critic is 
to educate the taste to the poetry of the past, not 
to break the poetry of the past on the Procrustean 
bed of the taste of the present. S. P. C. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY 

for 1943 



i bibliography has been prepared 
jf by a committee of the Victorian 
Literature Group of the Modern 
Language Association of America: Wil 
liam D. Templeman, chairman, Univer 
sity of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har- 
rold, Ohio State University; Samuel P. 
Chew, University of Oklahoma; and Aus 
tin Wright, Carnegie Institute of Tech 
nology. It attempts to list the noteworthy 
publications of 1943 (including reviews of 
earlier items) that have a bearing on Eng 
lish literature of the Victorian period and 
similar publications of earlier date that 
have been inadvertently omitted from the 
preceding Victorian bibliography. Unless 
otherwise stated, the date of publication 
is 1943. Reference to a page in the bibliog 
raphy for 1942, in Modern philology, May, 
1943, is made by the following form: See 
VB 1942, 337. Some cross-references are 
given, although not all that are possible. 
For certain continuing bibliographical 
works, and for most of the abbreviations 
used, see the preceding Victorian bibliog 
raphies. 

KEY TO NEW ABBREVIATIONS 

APSS = Annals of the Amer. Acad. of Political 

and Social Science 
ASR - Amer. sociological review 
CLS Comparative literature studies 
JEH = Journal of economic history 
MLQ - Modern language quarterly 

I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL 
"American bibliography for 1942." PMLA t 
LVII, SuppL, 1261-74: Engfeh, "Nine- 
teenth century," and "Contemporary," ed. 
Albert C. Baugh and others* 

The Association of Research Libraries 
(comps.). A catalog of books represented by 
Library of Congress prwted* cards isswed to 
July 81, fft&Tofe. KXyi (A-HBRED). 
Aim Arbor, Mich. : Edwards Bros., 1042-48w 

MoDaror PHILOLOGY, May, 1944) 



Photographic reproduction of cards, reduced in 
size; not a carefully revised and edited catalogue 
of the printed books in the Library of Congress, 
comparable to the new Catalogue of the British 
Museum. The preface states that the books repre 
sented "are not all in the Library of Congress, 
and conversely, that the library contains some 
thousands of books for which cards have not yet 
been printed." Scholars wiH still use union card 
catalogs that include Library of Congress cards; 
but they will find this series of volumes ex 
ceedingly useful. 

Bond, Donald F. "Anglo-French and Franco- 
American studies: a current bMograptiy" 
(for 1942). RoR, XXXIV, 164-72. 

Fiction catalog: 1941 edition: a subject, m$wr 
and title list of 5050 works of $d&m mike 
English language with omnota&om. Compiled 
by Dorothy E. Cook and Isabel S. Munro; 
assisted by Elizabeth S. DrcvalL ("Standard 
catalog ser. n ) New York: Wilson, 1942, 
Pp. xi+789. 
Rev. by H. Haines in LQ, XIII, 162. 

Fiction catalog: 191$ supplement to ike 1941 &&- 
tim ..... New York: Wilson. Pp. 50. 

Francis, F. C. "Recent bibliographical wo*" 
Library, 4th ser. r XXIH (1942), 10S-2& 
Includes account of Michael Sadelr s foirfel*- 

coming Bibliographical catalogue of nineteenth 

cenfary fiction. 

Graham, Walter (ed). Tbe Roraamfe Ease 
ment: a selective and critical bMograpfey 
for ike year 1942." ELH, X, 1-25. 

H., A. ML "Theammlm$i8teT:& bMograpli- 
ealnote/ iV <fcftlei>. 13, ppu9&-im 
Lists the puMstem since ifee begioi^g {17S8}. 

Haskel, Daniel C. A dbdfe &s* <#s*aMs 
indexes to indmdwt fenoixxi&m He New 
York PnbKc Mf*wy. Hew Yoffc; H U- 



Ireland Nonaa O; 



toa: 

Rev. % W. 



409 



410 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943 



MacPike, E. F. "English, Scottish and Irish 
diaries, journals, common-place books, etc., 
1550-1900: a bibliographical guide to select 
ed material," Part II. BBDI, XVII, 213- 
15. See VB 1942, 330. 

Queen, EUery (ed,). The detective short story: a 
bibliography. Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. 
146. 

Ratchford, Fannie Elizabeth. "Thomas J. 
Wise to John Henry Wrenn on nineteenth- 
century bibliography." BSP, XXXVI 
(1942), 215-28. 

Stallman, Robert. "A selective bibliography on 
the criticism of poetry, 1920-1942." Uni 
versity rev., X, 65-71. 

Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian bib 
liography for 1942." MP, XL, 330-51. 

Ulrich, Carolyn F., and Kiip, Karl. Books, and 
printing: a selected list of periodicals, 1800- 
1942. Woodstock, Vt.: Rudge; New York: 
New York pub. lib. Pp. xiv+244. 
Lists periodicals dealing with the book arts; 
includes the most .outstanding ones published 
since 1800, foreign and American. The field of the 
graphic arts is divided so as to follow the develop 
ment of "book" and of "printing" periodicals 
treating of: the background of the book; the his 
tory of printing and of bookbinding; the physical 
elements iii book-making (including illustrations) ; 
the world of the book with aspects such as the au 
thor and the market, the publisher and advertiser, 
the bookseller, the librarian, the collector. Almost 
every item is annotated, to indicate its usefulness, 
and the annotations will be found of great value. 
Rev. by H. Lehmann-Haupt in Publishers 
weekly, Aug. 7, p. 424; by G. McKay in LJ, 
LXVIII, 950. 

Wales. Handlist of manuscripts in the National 
Library of Wales. Parts III, IV, V. Aberyst- 
wyth: National Lifcrary of Wales pr. [1941- 
42]. Pp. 93-156; 157-220; 221-84. See VB 
1942, 331. 

Zucker, A. E. (ed.). "Bibliography, Americana 
Germanica, 1942." AGR, IX, No, 4, 36-44. 

II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELI 
GIOUS, AND SOCIAL 
ENVIRONMENT 

Aldington, Richard. The Duke: being an ac 
count of the life and achievements of Arthur 
Wellesky, first Duke of Wellington. New 
York: Viking pr. Pp. vi-f-405. 



Rev. by J. Barzun in HTB, Oct. 10, p. 3; by 
S. North in* Book week, Oct. 17, p. 2; by C. Rob 
erts in NYTBR, Oct. 10, p. 3; by K. Willis in LJ, 
Sept. 15, p. 723; by L. Zarain SRL, Oct. 16, p. 53; 
in CE, V, 168. 

Alston, R. W. "William Etty, R.A." NC, 
CXXXIV, 70-76. 

Arbuthnot. The correspondence of Charles Ar- 

buthnot. See VB 1942, 331. 

Rev. by M. George in History, XXVII (1942), 
88-90 ("extends (with gaps) from 1809 to 1850. 
Arbuthnot was an indispensable member of the 
Tory party"). 

Arnold, Julian B. Giants in dressing gowns. See 
VB 1942, 331. 
Rev. in TLS, July 3, p. 320. 
Austen, Frederick William. Rectors of two Es 
sex parishes and their times (from the 13th 
century], Colchester: Benham. Pp. x-f-475. 
Publisher s note: ". . . . sidelights on circum 
stances and people and manners and customs and 
incidents of village life." Rev. in TLS, Apr. 10, 
.p. 179. 

Beecharh, Sir Thomas. A mingkd chime: an 
auto-biography. New York: Putnam. Pp. 
viii+330. 

Traces the life of this composer-conductor 
from childhood in the 1880 s to 1924. Rev. by 
J, Erskine in HTB, May 9, p. 3; by E. Goossens 
in "NYTBR, May 2, p. 5; by P. Lang in SRL, 
June 26, p. 24; by M. Owen in LJ, Apr. 15, p. 326. 

Bell, E. Moberly. Octavia Hill See VB 

1942, 331. 

Rev. by F. Maurice in Economic jour., LIII, 
98-100; in NR, CXIX (1942), 527-29. 

Berger, Max. The British traveller in America, 
1836-1860. ("Columbia univ. studies in his 
tory, economics, and public law," No. 502.) 
Columbia univ. pr. Pp. 5+239. 
Includes an extensive critical bibliography of 

British travel in America from 1836 to 1860. 

Rev. in HTB, Nov. 28, p. 20. 

Bevington, Merle. The Saturday review, 1855- 

1868 See VB 1942, 331. 

Rev. by W. Graham in JEGP, XLII, 141-43; 
in N & Q, June 5, p. 356. 

Bolitho, Hector (ed.). A Batsford century: me 
record of a hundred years of publishing and 
bookselling, 1843-1943. London: Batsford. 
Pp. viii+148. 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943 



411 



Rev. by H. G. F. in Connoisseur, CXII, 129; 
by R. Mortimer in NS, Nov. 20, p. 341; in FR, 
CMXXIV, 414; in N & Q, Dec. 4, p. 359. 

Brebner, J. B. , and Nevins, Allan. The making 
of modern Britain: a short history. London: 
Allen & Unwin; New York: Norton. Pp. 
9+243. 
Rev. by J. Barzun in HTB, July 25, p. 14; by 

J. Williamson in S, Nov. 19, pp. 484-86; by G. 

Wakefield in LJ, June 15, p. 528. 

Brown, Benjamin H. The tariff reform move 
ment in Great Britain, 1881-1895. Columbia 
univ. pr. Pp. xi+170. 

Burke, Thomas. Travel in England Lon 
don: Batsford. Pp. vi+154. 
A history of travel in England. Rev. by C. Rid 
ley in NS, Oct. 16, p. 255. 

Connolly, Cyril. " 1843. " Horizon, VIII, 

75-89. 
De Schweinitz, Karl. England s road to social 

security: from the statute of laborers in 1349 

to the Beveridge report of 194%. Univ. of 

Pennsylvania pr. Pp. x+281. 

Rev. by J. Brebner in P&Q, LVII (1942), 
629-30. 

Dickinson, A. E. F. "The drama behind El- 
gar s music." M & L, XXIII (1942), 

116-25. 
Dietz, Frederick Charles. An economic history 

of England. New York: Holt, 1942. Pp. 

jrii+616. 

Preface: ". . . . intended to give .... a pic 
ture of how Englishmen have made their living 
over the centuries, how changes in the ways of 
doing things came about, and how political and 
social life influenced and have been influenced by 
economic problems as time went on." Rev. by 
S. Reznek in AHR, XLVIII, 100; by F. Woolbert 
in Foreign affairs, XXI, 373. 

Edwards, Maldwyn Lloyd. Methodism and 
England: a study of Methodism in its social 
and political aspects during the years 1850- 
1932. London: Epworth pr. Pp. 252. 
Rev. by R. Wearmouth in LQHR, July, pp. 

275-76; in TLS, June 12, p. 286. 

Fyfe, J. G. (ed.). Scottish diaries and memoirs, 
1746-1843. Stirling: Eneas Mackay, 1942. 
Pp. 603. 
Rev. by M. P. in History, XXVIII, 225-26. 



Gerould, Gordon Hall. "Cruikshank s literary 
background." PLC, IV, 62-64. 

Gillespie, James Edward. Europe in perspec 
tive, 1815 to the present. See VB 1942, 332. 

Rev. by F. Melvin in AHR, XLVIII, 388: in 
Social studies, XXXIII, 239. 

Glover, T. R. Cambridge retrospect. Cambridge 
univ. pr.; Toronto: Macmillan. Pp. xii+ 
146. 

Treats of Cambridge University, 1889-1943. 
Includes accounts of more than twenty dons, in 
cluding William Heitland. Rev. by D. D. C. in 
QQ, L, 330-31; in N & Q, July 31, pp. 89-90. 

Goldring, Douglas. South Lodge: reminiscences 
of Violet Hunt, Ford Madox Ford, and the 
English Review circle. London: Constable. 
Pp. 260. 

Rev. by R. Grylls in S, Nov. 12, pp. 463-64; 
in TLS, Oct. 9, p. 486. 

Harrison, Eric. "The Englishry of Tom 

Brown." QQ, L, 37-52. 

Valuable analysis of virtues of the mid- Victori 
an public school, as illustrated through Thomas 
Hughes. 

Harrison, J. W. D. "Marlborough in the six 
ties." FR, No. 919, pp. 54-61. 

Hawthorne, Nathaniel. English notebooks. Ed. 

by Randall Stewart. See VB 1942, 332. 

Rev. by E. Batho in RES, XIX, 103-4; by 
C. Sisson in MLR, XXXVIII, 57-59; by S. Wil 
liams in MLN, LVIII, 153-54. 

Ireland, Tom. Ireland, past and present, .See 

VB 1942, 333. 

Rev. by J. Driscoll in HTB, Feb. 22,- 1942, p. 
16; by A. Shaw in SRL, Feb. 28, 1942, p. 13; in 
CWd, CLVI (1942), 250. 

John, Augustus. "Fragment of an autobiog 
raphy X." Horizon, VIII, 136^43: 

Jones, Louis C. The clubs of the Georgian rakes. 

See VB 1942, 333. 

Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Nov. 1, 1942, p. 
14; by W. Garrison in Christian century, July 15, 
1942, p. 885; by T, Lask in NYTBR, Oct. 25, 
1942, p. 32. 

Joyce. A homestead history: the reminiscences 
and Utters of Alfred Joycej of Plaistow and 
Norwood, Port Phillip, 1848-1864* Introd. 
by G. F, James. Melbourne univ. pr.j Lon 
don: Milford, 1942. Pp. 200. 



412 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943 



Joyce, a middle-class Cockney, who 
through the evening classes of the London Me 
chanics Institution, then went to Australia. 
Rev. by W. P. M. in History, XXVIII, 228. 

Knaplund, Paul. The British empire, 1815- 

1939. See VB 1942, 333. 

Rev. by K. BeU in NS, Apr. 24, 277-78; by 
A. Sachar in HTB, June 14, 1942, p. 20; by G. 
Woodbridge in Survey graphic, XXXI (1942), 
432; by R. Woolbert in Foreign affairs, XX 
(1942), 580; by A. Viton in APSS, CCXX (1942), 
235; in TLS, Dc. 12, 1942, p. 604. 

Kuczynski, Jtirgen, A short history of labor 
conditions under industrial capitalism. Vol. 
I: Great Britain and the Empire, 1750 to the 
present day. London: F. Muller, 1942. Pp. 
272. 
Rev. by H. Hohman in JPE, LI, 281-82. 

Lever, Sir Tresham. The life and times of Sir 

Robert Peel. See VB 1942, 333. 

Rev. by A. Fremantle in History, XXVII 
(1942), 90-91; in NR, CXIX (1942), 185-86. 

Lieven. The Lieven-Palmerston correspondence, 
1828-1856. Trans, and ed. by Lord Sudley. 
London: Murray. Pp. 316. 
Rev. by A. F. F. in History, XXVIII, 227-28; 

by R. Partridge in NS, Apr. 24, p. 277; in NR, 

CXX, 422-24. 

Loewenberg. Annals of opera, 1597-^1940. 
Compiled from the original sources by Al 
fred Loewenberg. Introd. by Edward J. 
Dent. Cambridge: Heffer. Pp. xxiv-h879. 
Includes, under librettists, works which gave 

rise to operas. Rev. by E. B. in M & L, XXIV, 

116-17. 

Looker, Samuel J., and Strachan, R. M. "Tree 
voices." N & Q, Jan. 2, p. 26; Jan. 16, p. 52. 
Reference to passages from Ruskin, Jefferies, 

Meredith, Hardy. 

Lowndes, Mrs. Belloc. "I, too, have lived in 

Arcadia." See VB 1942, 334. 

Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, March 1, 1942, 
p. 5; by E. Crowell in LJ, Feb. 1, 1942, p. 130; 
by E. Drew in Ail. month., Apr., 1942; by R, 
Roberts in SRL, March 14, 1942, p. 8; by E. 
West in NS, Nov. 8, 1941, p. 412; by K. Woods in 
NYTBR, March 1, 1942, p. 8; in CWd, CLV 
(1942), 248; in TLS, Oct. 11, 1941, p. 509. 



Mallet, Sir Charles. "Theology and religion." 

CR, CLXIV, 218-24. 

Several references to Newman, Oxford move 
ment, etc. 

Mather, Frank Jewett, Jr. "George Cruik- 
shank, artist." PLC, IV, 53-61. 

"Menander s mirror: Old Kaspar s work un 
done ." TLS, May 22, p. 243. 
Reflections on the nature of the Victorians. 

"Menander s mirror: on picking sides." TLS, 

Oct. 9, p. 483. 

Includes discussion of some Victorian novel 
ists. 

Milner, Violet. "A protest against the legend 
about Victorian oppression of youth. " 
NR, CXVIII (1942), 59-63. 

Montague, Clifford M. "Grub Street fights (a 
history of literary feuds)." Poet lore, 
XLIX, 25-40, 147-64, 248-65. 
Includes feuds involving many Victorian au 
thors. 

Morelli, Emilia. Mazzini in Inghilterra. Fi- 

renze: Le Monnier. 

Noted with brief comment in Italica, XX, 
212-13, where reference is made to a rev. of this 
book by Mario Missiroli in L lllustrazione iiali- 
ana, May 16. 

Morgan, Charles. The house of Macmillan 
(1843-1943). London: Macmillan. Pp. 264. 
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Nov. 20, pp. 340- 

41; in TLS, Nov. 20, p. 560 (see also Nov. 27, 

p. 571) ; see also fourth item below. 

Morice, G.; Gardner, M,; and Williams, C. B. 
"A record of some XlX-century London 
theatres." N & Q, Oct. 9, pp. 223-24; Nov. 
20, p. 326; Dec. 4, p. 354. 

"John Murray, 1778-1843: The Anax of pub 
lishers. 5 " TLS, June 26, p. 308. 
Anniversary article. 

Odell, George C. D. Annals of the New York 

stage 1885-1888. See VB 1942, 334. 

Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, July 26, 1942, p, 

18; by J. Krutch in N, Oct. 3, 1942, p. 304; ir 

Theatre arts, XXVI (1942), 796. 

"One hundred years of Macmillan history. 
Publishers weekly, Oct. 9, pp. 1430-38. 
A survey. Many Victorian authors mentioned 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943 



413 



Parsons, Julia Stoddard. Royalty in the nine 
teenth century. Boston: Humphries. Pp. 7-f 
232. 
Rev. by R. Alvarez in LJ, Feb. 15, p. 171; by 

C. Higby in JMH, XV, 329-30; in HTB, July 4, 

p. 12. 

Peddie, R. A. "Publishers bindings, 1762- 
1850." Library world, XLV1, 20-21. 

Ponsonby, Arthur. Henry Ponsonby: Queen 

Victoria s private secretary See VB 

1942, 334. 

Rev. by L. Fowler in S, Oct. 23, 1942, p. 388; 

by M. Maxse in NR, CXX, 80-84; by P. Wilson 

in NYTBR, Nov. 14, p. 14. 

Quinlan, Maurice J. Victorian prelude 

See VB 1942, 334. 

Rev. by M. George in RES, XIX, 220-22; by 
C. Harrold in MLQ, IV, 386-88; by W. Temple- 
man in JEGP, XLII, 137-41. 

Raven, C. E. Science, religion, and the future: a 

course of eight lectures. Cambridge univ. pr. 

Pp. x+126. 

Rev. by J. Murry in FR, No. 920, pp. 137-38; 
by H. Wood in S, June 4, p. 530; in TLS, May 22, 
p. 246. 

Contains a brilliant chapter on the Darwinian 
controversy and its consequences, though the au 
thor no doubt exaggerates the historic importance 
of the controversy, overlooking, for instance, the 
fact that the conflict between religion and science 
had emerged on the Continent long before 1859. 
C. F. H. 

Rayleigh, Robert John Strutt, 4th Baron. Life 
of Sir J. J. Thomson, O.M., sometime Master 
of Trinity College, Cambridge. New York: 
Macmillan. Pp. x+299. 
Rev. by J. Crowther in S, Jan. 8, p. 36; by 

W. Kaempffert in NYTBR, Oct. 31, p. 41; in 

TLS, Jan. 16, p, 30 

Roe, F. Gordon. "Tinsel terror: a study in 
skeltery." Connoisseur, CXI, 102-8. 

On the vogue for "tinsel prints" in Victorian 
England. 

Rose, Walter. Good neighbours See VB 

1942, 334. 

Rev. by D. Hawkins in NS, Dec. 19, 1942, p. 
413; by T. Hennell in S t Sept. 25, 1942, p, 292; 
by H. J. in History, XXVIII, 124-25; by J. 
Southron in NYTBR, Jan. 10, p. 7; in HTB, 
Jan. 17, p. 14; in TLS, Aug. 22, 1942, p. 417; in 
VQR, XIX (summer), Ixxi. 



Roth, Cecil. A history of the Jews in England. 

See VB 1942, 334. 

Rev. by E. BeUer in APSS, CCXXIII (1942), 
200; by E. Fischoff in ASR, VII (1942), 577. 

Russell, Elbert. The history of Quakerism. See 

VB 1942, 334. 

Rev. by W. Chamberlin in AH. month., CLXX 
(1942), 108; by J. Cross in LJ, Apr. 1, 1942, p. 
318; by A. Eister in ASR, VII (1942), 735; by 
W. Garrison in Christian century, LIX (1942), 
757; by A. Mekeel in AHR, XLVIII, 293; by 
0. Shepard in N, Aug. 22, 1942, p. 158; by F. 
Tolles in APSS, CCXXIII (1942), 259. 

Sharp, Evelyn. "Village Harnpdens in the 
eighties: a reminiscence." CR, CLXIV, 
109-13. 

Sitwell, Edith. English women. ("Britain in 
pictures.") London: Collins. Pp. 48. 
Rev. by M. Wilson in English, IV (1942), 

92-93. 

Strasser, Alex. Victorian photography. London : 

Focal pr. 

Rev. by C. Beaton in NS, Jan. 23, p. 61; in 
QR, CCLXXX, 245; in TLS, March 6, p. 118. 

Temperley, Harold, and Henderson, Gavin B. 
"Disraeli and Palmerston in 1857, or, the 
dangers of explanations in Parliament." 
Cambridge historical jour., VII (1942), 
115-&6. 

Trevelyan, George Macaulay. English social 

history See VB 1942, 335. 

Rev, by K. Hutchison in N, March 13, p. 387 ; 
by W. Jordan in JMH, XV, 167; by D. McDou- 
gall in Canadian hist, rev., XXIV, 298-300; by 
E. Mclnnis in Canadian forum, XXIII, 22 ; by 
T. Mendenhall in AHR, XLVIII, 776-77; by 
C. Morley in SRL, Feb. 20, p. 9; by W. Notestein 
in YR, N.S., XXXII, 792; by C. Sanders in 
SAQ, XLII, 103-4; by E. Sedgwick in Atl 
month., CLXXI, 147. 

Trevelyan, George Macaulay. Trinity college: 
an historical sketch. Cambridge univ. pr,; 
New York: Macmillan. Pp. vi+122. 
Rev. by A. Rowse in NS, Nov. 13, pp. 320-21 ; 
by T. Spencer in NYTBR, Nov. 28, p. 38; in S, 
Oct. 29, p. 416; in TLS, Oct. 16, p. 493. 

Verneuil, Louis. The fabulous life of Sarah 
Bernhardt. See VB 1942, 335. 



41-4 



VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943 



Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, Nov. 8, 1942, p. 5; 
by G. Freedley in LJ, Oct. 1, 1942, p. 844; by 
G. Hellman in NYTBR, Nov. 22, 1942, p. 37; 
by R. Lockridge in SRL, Dec. 12, 1942, p. 22; 
in Theatre arts, XXVII, 130. 

Victoria, Queen. See II, Parsons, Ponsonby. 

Vulliaray, C. E. The Polderoy papers. London: 

Michael Joseph. Pp. 288. 

Fictional diary of an English cquntry gentle 
man, 1868-86. Rev. by R. M. in NS, Apr. 17, 
p. 262. 

Walker, Eric A. The British Empire: its struc 
ture and spirit. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 240. 
Rev. by H. Taylor in Empire rev., LXXVII, 

105. 

Watt, Margaret H. The history of the parson s 

wife. London: Faber. Pp. 200. 

Rev. by M. Maxse in NR, CXXI, 77-81; by 
C. Ridley in NS, May 29, pp.- 356-57. 

West, E. J. "The London stage, 1870-1890: a 
study in the conflict of the old and new 
schools of acting." Univ. of Colorado studies, 
ser. B, Studies in the humanities, II, 31-84. 
In summary form, this study appeared in 

QJS. See VB 1942, 335. 

Westrup, J. A. "Elgar and programme music." 
DUJ, XXXV, 90-97. 

Williamson, J. A. The ocean in English history. 

See VB 1942, 335. 

Rev. by G. Grigson in S, Jan. 9, 1942, p. 42; 
by A. Rowse in NS, March 21, 1942, p. 197; in 
HTB, Nov. 15, 1942, p. 36; in TLS, Jan. 10, 
1942, p. 22, 

Wilson, Forrest. Crusader in crinoline 

See VB 1942, 335. 

Rev. by E. Barker in S, May 22, 1942, p. 489; 
by F. Klingberg in AHR, XLVII (1942), 636; by 
P. Quennell in NS, May 2, 1942, p. 291; by L 
Wechsler in NEQ, XV (1942), 161; in TLS, May 
2, 1942, p. 222. 

III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND 
LITERARY FORMS; AN 
THOLOGIES 

Barzun, Jacques. Darwin, Marx, Wagner 

See VB 1942, 335. 

Rev. by G. S. in M & L, XXIV, 51-53; in 
Economica, IX (1942), 310. 



Barzun, Jacques. Romanticism and the modern 
ego. Boston: Little, Brown, Pp. viii+359. 
Rev. by M. Curti in NYTBR, Dec. 19, p. 9; 
by C. Gauss in SRL, Dec. 4, p. 24; by H. Levin 
in New R, Oct. 25, p. 584; by M. Owen in LJ, 
Oct. 15, p. 843; by P. Quinn in Book week, Nov. 
28, p. 8; by J. Randall, Jr., in JP, XL, 635; by 
G. Whicher in HTB, Oct. 31, p. 5. 

A brilliant but rather brief, and sometimes 
superficial, attempt at a definition, covering the 
field of comparative literature, Mr. Barzun s 
book distinguishes between intrinsic romanticism 
(a perennial element in human nature) and ex 
trinsic or historic romanticism, which rises only 
under propitious circumstances when the in 
herently romantic in human nature is given un 
usual opportunity to express itself. Thus it may 
be an error to single out an individual or a move 
ment as romantic in itself. Historically consid 
ered, the romantic spirit has always appeared 
when men- have faced a "dissolving epoch" with 
the challenge for constructive and creative work 
but also with the crippling sense of "man s great 
ness and man s wretchedness," with the "double 
problem of making a new world and making it in 
the knowledge, that man is both creative and 
limited, a doer and a sufferer, infinite in spirit and 
finite in action" (pp. 25-26). Mr. Barzun s little 
book is significant for its skilful defense of Rous 
seau and the German Romantics, its demonstra 
tion that it is uncritical to attribute the brutali 
ties of naziism and fascism to a degenerate or a 
fanatically excessive romanticism, its penetrating 
analysis of "Romantic art" and "Romantic life," 
its suggestive tracing of the romantic spirit 
through realism, naturalism, and symbolism, and 
its provocative analysis of the "modern ego," 
with its self-consciousness, creative impotence, 
fear of committing itself, and obsession with sex. 
On the other hand, as a series of lectures, Mr. 
Barzun s discussion frequently is weakened by 
vulnerable generalizations; and his rather high 
handed definition of classicism in chapter iii, 
"The classic objection," lays him open to easy 
attack from scholars in neoclassicism. 

On the whole, the work is an "essay," and one 
should not carp at the author for not doing what 
he did not set out to do. Yet many of us will re 
gret that he did not use the last one hundred and 
twenty pages of his book for a more detailed and 
solid treatment of his main themes rather than 
for a section of miscellaneous definitions of "Ro 
mantic" and for "Notes and References," which, 
however readable, do comparatively little to give 



VICTOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943 



415 



the work the substantial character it deserves. 
C. F. H. 

Bishop, Morris (ed.) , A treasury of British hu 
mor. New York: Coward-McCann, 1942. 
Pp. xxxiv-f 820. 

Booth, J. B. (ed.). Seventy years of song. Lon 
don: Hutchinson. Pp. 80. 
Anthology of popular songs. Rev. by 0. Wil 
liams in NR, CXXI, 233-37. 

Bowra, C. M. The heritage of symbolism. Lon 
don and Toronto: Macmillan. Pp. x-f-232. 
Treats of Yeats, Vale"ry, Blok, Rilke, Georg. 
Rev. by H. Heuel in QQ, L, 291-95; by H. Levin 
in New R, Aug. 23, pp. 260-61; by M. Macken 
in Studies, XXXII, 280-82; by V. Pinto in Eng 
lish, IV, 159-61; by E. Sackville West in NS, 
March 13, pp. 176-77; in DUJ, XXXV, 104-5; in 
Poetry rev., XXXIV, 126-28. 

Churchill, R. C. "The rural novel." S, Oct. 22, 
p. 381. 
Many references to Victorian novelists. 

Craig, Horace S., Jr. "Sainte-Beuve et sa con- 
naissance de 1 anglais: quelques precisions." 
CLS, VIII (1942), 24-27. 

Dowdell, Victor Lyle, Aristotle and Anglican 
religious thought. ("Bohlen lectures," 1941.) 
Cornell univ. pr.; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xi+ 
103. 
Rev. by P, 0. K. in JP, XL, 3G2; by A. Za- 

briskie in JR, XXIII, 73. 

Emmons, Alma R. "The Highlander in Scot 
tish prose fiction." Cornell unit), abstracts of 
theses 1941, pp. 35-38. 

Fisch, M. H. "The Coleridges, Dr. Prati, and 

Vico." MP, XLI, 111-22. 

Undertakes to present "at least half of the 
story of English interest in Vic6 down to . , . . 
1884." 

Frierson, W, C. The English novel in transition. 

See VB 1942, 336. 

Rev. by L. Richardson in AL, XIV, 460; by 
E. Wagenknecht in MLQ, IV, 128-29. 

Gloyn, Cyril K. The church in the social order. 

.... See VB 1942, 336. 

Rev. by A. Castell in JP, Aug. 27, 1942, p. 
500; by C. Sanders in JR, XXII (1942), 451; in 
Christian century, June 3, 1942, p. 732. 



Gordon, George Stuart. Anglo-American liter 
ary relations. See VB 1942, 336. 
Rev. by C. Duffy in MLQ, IV, 256-57; by 
U. Ellis-Fermor in English, IV, 128-29; by D. 
Gordon in RES, XIX, 318-20; by S. Ratcliffe in 
NS, Dec. 5, 1942, p. 377; by C. Sisson in MLR, 
XXXVIII, 155-56; by W. Thorp in AL, XV, 
323-24; in AHR, XLVIII, 643; in CE, IV, 450; in 
N, May 8, p. 677; in NR, CXX, 84. 

Gwynn, Denis. The second spring: 1818-1852. 

London: Burns Oates. Pp. ix-f-246. 

Rev. in TLS, May S, p. 227 ("a brief but fully 
documented account of the growth of Roman 
Catholicism in En&land after the Catholic Eman 
cipation Act"). 

Jaryc, Mark. "Studies of 1935-1942 on the 
history of the periodical press." JMH, XV, 
127-41. 

A bibliographical article; includes Victorian 
England. 

Hallo well, John. The decline of liberalism as an 
ideology. Univ. of California pr. Pp. 146. 
Rev. by A. Boerner in APSR, XXXVII, 

1140-41. 

Haycraft, Howard. Murder for pleasure 

See VB 1942, 337. 

Rev. by G. Stevens in SRL, Oct. 18, 1942; in 
LR, autumn, 1942, p. xvi; in TLS, Aug. 1, 1942, 
p, 381. 

Hook, Sidney. The hero in history. New York: 

John Day. Pp. 273. 

Rev. by J. Freeman in NYTBR, June 27, p. 
23. Includes treatment of Carlyle, Engels, Spen 
cer. 

Kain, Richard Morgan. "The literary reputa 
tion of Turgenev in England and America, 
1867-1906." Madison, quar., II (1942), 14- 
23. 

Larrabee, Stephen A. English bards and Gre 
cian marbles: the relationship between sculp 
ture and poetry, especially in the Romantic 
period. Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xiii-j-312. 
Rev. by D. Bush in JEGP, XLII, 595-97. 

Includes treatment of, Landor. 

Liptzin, Sol. "Heinrich Heine and the early 
Victorians." MDU, XXXV, 3